The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About505 E Central Ave #B - DEF 1 - Plan7/08/24 5 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 E CENTRAL AVE E ADAMS ST E FLORA ST E WARNER AVE S H A L L A D A Y S T S H I C K O R Y S T S K I L S O N S T OA K S T CE D A R S T MA P L E S T ME A S O R S T S H A L L A D A Y S T E CENTRAL AVE E ADAMS ST PROJECT LOCATION THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1" = 300'-0" Issue Date GEN-1 PROJECT INFORMATION & SHEET INDEX #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE SVA ARCHITECTS IS THE DESIGNATED ARCHITECT OF RECORD AS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD SHALL REVIEW SUBMITTALS AND COORDINATE SUBMITTALS AND DEFERRED SUBMITTALS THROUGH THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS PROJECT. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THEIR DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. REVIEW AND COMMENT ON SUBMITTALS AND DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE AUTHOR OF THE DOCUMENTS OR THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE REVIEW IS ONLY FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT AND GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. PROJECT ADDRESS: 505 EAST CENTRAL AVE #B, SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA 92707 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: 2418 SF OF RENOVATION OF EXISTING CLASSROOMS, AND PANTRY SPACE TO A NEW LIBRARY, STAFF OFFICE AND RESTROOM. LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMNETS AND A 708 SF TRELLIS CODE ANALYSIS SEE SHEET GEN-2 FOR COMPLETE CODE ANALYSIS OWNER CITY OF SANTA ANA PUBLIC WORKS AGENCY 20 CIVIC CENTER PLAZA P.O. BOX 1988 SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA 92702 MICHELLE CABANAS P:714.647.5732 GENERAL CONFORMANCE STATEMENT ARCHITECT OF RECORDAPPLICABLE CODES PROJECT SUMMARY STATEMENT OF GENERAL CONFORMANCE THE DRAWINGS OR SHEETS LISTED IN THE INDEX ON THIS SHEET HAVE BEEN PREPARED BY OTHER DESIGN PROFESSIONALS OR CONSULTANTS WHO ARE LICENSED AND/OR AUTHORIZED TO PREPARE SUCH DRAWINGS IN THIS STATE. IT HAD BEEN EXAMINED BY ME FOR: 1. DESIGN INTENT AND APPEARS TO MEET THE APPROPRIATE REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE 24, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY ME 2. COORDINATION WITH MY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND IS ACCEPTABLE FOR INCORPORATION INTO THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT. THIS STATEMENT OF GENERAL CONFORMANCE "SHALL" NOT BE CONSTRUED AS RELIEVING ME OF MY RIGHTS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER SECTION 17302 AND 81138 OF THE EDUCATION CODE AND SECTION 4-336, 4-341 AND 4-344 OF TITLE 24, PART 1 (TITLE 24, PART 1 SECTION 4-317) (B)) I CERTIFY THAT ALL DRAWINGS OR SHEETS LISTED IN THE INDEX ON THIS SHEET (CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION AND THEATRICAL) ARE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE AND HAVE BEEN COORDINATED. 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO TITLE 24, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR). 2. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE BY AN ADDENDUM OR A CHANGE ORDER APPROVED BY THE CITY OF SANTA ANA, AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 4-338, PART 1, TITLE 24, CCR. 3. A PROJECT INSPECTOR EMPLOYED BY THE DISTRICT (OWNER) AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION OF THE WORK. THE DUTIES OF THE INSPECTOR ARE DEFINED IN SECTION 4-342, PART 1, TITLE 24, CCR: CLASS 1. 4. NOT USED 5. A COPY OF CCR TITLE 24, PARTS 1 THROUGH 5 MUST BE KEPT ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL NOTES DEFERRED APPROVALS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE DESIGN-BUILD SYSTEMS AND WILL BE A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL BY THE CONTRACTOR AT A LATER DATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENGINEERING AND CALCULATIONS FOR APPLICABLE ITEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN THE SERVICES OF A CIVIL OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD, WHO SHALL REVIEW THEM AND FORWARD THEM TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS PROJECT WITH NOTATION INDICATING THAT THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. THE SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THEIR DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS PROJECT. FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM MODIFICATIONS STOREFRONT AND GLAZED ENTRANCE SYSTEMS GOVERNING AGENCIES PROJECT DIRECTORY LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY OCFM 1 FIRE AUTHORITY, IRVINE, CA 92602 P: 714.573.6000 SHEET INDEX ARCHITECT SVA ARCHITECTS 6 HUTTON CENTRE DRIVE, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA,CA 92707 CONTACT: PROJECT MANAGER P: 949.809.3380 VICINITY MAP THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: FEDERAL: AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES (ADAAG) STATE OF CALIFORNIA PARTIAL LIST OF APPLICABLE CODES AS OF JAN 1, 2022 202BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) PART 1, TITLE 24 C.C.R. 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 2 (2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL WITH CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 3 (2018 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, NFPA) 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 4 (2018 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS, IAPMO) 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 5 (2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS, IAPMO) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 6 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 9 (2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE OF THE INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL) 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CAL GREEN CODE) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 11 2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 12 PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 19 CITY OF SANTA ANA MUNICIPAL CODE PARTIAL LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS: 2019 BUILDING CODE (FOR SFM) REFERENCED STANDARDS CHAPTER 35 NFPA 13 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2023 EDITION NFPA 17 DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 2022 EDITION NFPA 17A WET CHEMICAL SYSTEMS 2022 EDITION NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE 2022 EDITION NFPA 80 FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING PROTECTIVES 2022 EDITION NFPA 2001 CLEAN AGENT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 2022 EDITION UL 464 AUDIBLE SIGNAL APPLIANCES 2012 EDITION UL 521 HEAT DETECTORS FOR FIRE PROTECTION SIGNAL 2022 EDITION SYSTEMS UL 1971 SIGNLAING DEVICES FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED 2018 (R2010) CITY OF SANTA ANA DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B, SANTA ANA, CA 92707 MECHANICAL M000 GENERAL INFORMATION - MECHANICAL MD101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL M101 FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL M201 ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL M501 DETAILS - MECHANICAL M601 SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL M901 TITLE 24 - MECHANICAL M902 TITLE 24 - MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL E000 GENERAL INFORMATION - ELECTRICAL ES100 LANDSCAPE LIGHTING PLAN E101 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL E102 FLOOR PLAN - POWER E103 ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL E201 FLOOR PLAN LIGHTING E301 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING CALCULATION E302 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING CALCULATION - EMERGENCY E501 DETAILS - ELECTRICAL E502 DETAILS - ELECTRICAL E601 SCHEDULE - ELECTRICAL E701 ONE LINE - ELECTRICAL E901 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL E902 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL PLUMBING D100 FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION - MEP P000 GENERAL INFORMATION - PLUMBING PD101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING P101 FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT - PLUMBING P102 FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER - PLUMBING P103 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING P501 DETAILS - PLUMBING P601 SCHEDULES - PLUMBING P701 ISOMETRICS - PLUMBING ARCHITECTURAL A01.1 OVERALL SITE PLAN A01.2 DEMOLITION - OVERALL FLOOR PLAN A01.3 DEMOLITION - ENLARGED PLANS A01.4 DEMOLITION - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A01.5 DEMOLITION - ENLARGED SLAB PLANS A11.1 IMPROVEMENTS - SITE PLAN A11.2 IMPROVEMENTS - OVERALL FLOOR PLAN A11.3 IMPROVEMENTS - ENLARGED PLANS A11.3A IMPROVEMENTS - ENLARGED SLAB PLAN A11.4 IMPROVEMENTS - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A11.5 IMPROVEMENTS - ENLARGED OFFICE AND RESTROOM PLANS A11.6 IMPROVEMENTS - FURNITURE PLAN A21.0 DEMOLITION - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A21.1 IMPROVEMENTS - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A21.2 IMPROVEMENTS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A21.3 IMPROVEMENTS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A21.4 IMPROVEMENTS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A22.1 IMPROVEMENTS - BUILDING SECTIONS A50.1 INTERIOR FINISH PLAN A52.1 DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE A52.2 STOREFRONT SCHEDULE A52.3 STOREFRONT DETAILS A52.4 WALL & FLOOR & CLG DTLS. A60.1 CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS A61.2 WALL TYPES & DETAILS A62.1 DOOR DETAILS A62.2 DOOR DETAILS A62.3 WINDOW DETAILS A63.1 CEILING DETAILS A63.2 MONUMENT SIGNAGE DETAILS - UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT A63.3 INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND MOUNTING DETAILS GENERAL GEN-1 PROJECT INFORMATION & SHEET INDEX GEN-2 CODE ANALYSIS PLAN GEN-3 GENERAL NOTES GEN-4 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS GEN-5 PROJECT SIGNAGE GEN-6 SITE DETAILS LANDSCAPING L4.001 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND LEGENDS L4.101 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN L4.401 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS L4.402 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS L4.403 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS L4.404 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS L5.001 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION NOTES AND LEGENDS L5.101 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN L5.401 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS L5.402 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS L6.001 LANDSCAPE PLANTING NOTES AND LEGENDS L6.101 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN L6.401 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS L7.101 LANDSCAPE LIGHTING NOTES, LEGEND & PLAN L7.401 LANDSCAPE LIGHTING DETAILS STRUCTURAL S-0.1 GENERAL NOTES S-0.2 GENERAL NOTES S-1.1 TYPICAL DETAILS S-2.1 FOUNDATION PLAN S-3.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S-4.1 HARDY HFX PANEL DETAILS S-4.2 HARDY HFX PANEL DETAILS S-4.3 HARDY HFX PANEL DETAILS CIVIL C-1.0 GENERAL NOTES , LEGENDS, AND ABBREVIATIONS C-1.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS CD-1.0 SITE DEMOLITION PLAN C-2.0 SITE CONTROL PLAN C-3.0 SITE GRADING PLAN C-3.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN C-4.0 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS C-4.1 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS C-5.0 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C-5.1 EROSION CONTROL PLAN SHEET COUNT: 101 SHEETS OCCUPANCY GROUP: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: OCCUPANT LOADS: TOTAL BUILDING AREA: AREA OF REMODEL : (E) FIRE SPRINKLERS: (N) PROPOSED SPRINKLERS: B, A-2.1, A-3, & S-3 TYPE - V / TYPE -V-B SEE GEN-2 23,850 S.F. 2,500 S.F. YES NO BUILDING DATA 7/08/24 Permits: Bldg #101117766 Elect #20181754 Plumb #30146722 Mech #40138703 APPROVALS: PLNG - P. Raj BLDG - CSG POLICE - B. Martin PUBLIC WORKS - Y. Soto ELECT - CSG MECH - CSG PLUMB - CSG 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 U.C. Refr. A-3 OCCUPANCY SEPARATIONS BOCC. -A-3 1B PER CBC TABLE 508.4 1 - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS RATINGELEMENT BEARING WALLS - EXTERIOR PER CBC TABLE 601 NOTES BEARING WALLS - INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS - EXTERIOR STRUCTURAL FRAME NON-BEARING WALLS - INTERIOR ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLIES ROOFING 2 HR 1 HR N/A - - - CLASS B EXT. WALLS ALL BEARING PROPOSED OCCUPANCY LOAD TABLE OCC. LOAD FACTOROCCUPANCY TYPE A-3 B PER CBC TABLE 1004.1.1 1,084 SF AREA STACKS READING 1,002 SF 100 SF/PERSON 50 SF / PERSON OCC. LOAD 10 PERSONS 20 PERSONS TOTAL: 32 PERSONS OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS EXISTING OCCUPANCY LOAD TABLE OCC. LOAD FACTORROOM NAME PER CBC TABLE 1004.1.1 AREA OCC. LOAD OFFICE 275 SF 100 SF / PERSON 2 PERSONS LOBBY WAITING AREA (SCOPE) HEALTH CENTER (SCOPE) CLASSROOM NO.2 (SCOPE) STORAGE (SCOPE) STORAGE (SCOPE) CLASSROOM NO.1 (SCOPE) PREFUNCTION AREA STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM STORAGE CHILDREN'S CENTER PARTITION STORAGE STORAGE ELECTRICAL ROOM EXIT PASSAGEWAY KITCHEN MENS LOCKERS WOMENS LOCKERS CORRIDOR EXIT PASSAGEWAY HANDBALL COURT HANDBALL COURT SECURITY CLOSET STORAGE EXERCISE ROOM STORAGE WORKOUT ROOM STORAGE RESOURCE CENTER COMPUTER TRAINING CONFERENCE ROOM OPEN OFFICE DIRECTORS OFFICE OFFICE COUNSELORS OFFICE OFFICE RECEPTION WOMENS VESTIBULE WOMENS TOILET JANITOR MENS VESTIBULE MENS TOILET WATER HEATER 826 SF N/A N/A -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - 240 SF 34 SF 197 SF 3,975 SF 15 SF 1,716 SF 34 SF 128 SF 143 SF 182 SF 660 SF 422 SF 398 SF 398 SF 280 SF 718 SF 721 SF 10 SF 209 SF 1,456 SF 52 SF 1,335 SF 165 SF 264 SF 488 SF 256 SF 1,254 SF 117 SF 111 SF 111 SF 111 SF 154 SF 33 SF 167 SF 22 SF 35 SF 174 SF 43 SF 5 NET 795 PERSONS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 50 NET 34 PERSONS N/A N/A N/A N/A 300 GROSS - N/A N/A 200 GROSS 2 PERSONS 50 GROSS 8 PERSONS 50 GROSS 8 PERSONS N/A N/A N/A N/A 50 GROSS 15 PERSONS 50 GROSS 15 PERSONS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 50 GROSS 30 PERSONS 50 GROSS 27 PERSONS 150 GROSS 2 PERSONS 20 NET 25 PERSONS 15 NET 17 PERSONS 150 GROSS 9 PERSONS 150 GROSS 1 PERSON 150 GROSS 1 PERSON 150 GROSS 1 PERSON 150 GROSS 1 PERSON 150 GROSS 1 PERSON N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SEE 3/A61.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 5' - 0 1/4" 4' - 5 2 7 / 3 2 " EXIT1 EXIT 2 275 SF OFFICE 1 57 SF RESTROOM 2 1080 SF GENERAL STACKS 3 293 SF TEEN AREA 4 504 SF CHILDRENS AREA 5 72" 52" 72" 72" HATCHED AREA NOT IN SCOPE 205 SF READING AREA 7 72" 72" 72"72" NEW METAL STUD WALL PER SHEET A61.1 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL NEW CONCRETE WALL PER SHEET A61.1 2-HR RATED WALL 1-HR RATED WALL EXITING TAG SHOWING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS & EXIT DIRECTION EXIT XX EXIT PATH THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date GEN-2 CODE ANALYSIS PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 CODE ANALYSIS EXITING PLAN LEGEND1/8" = 1'-0"1EXITING FLOOR PLAN DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 DETAIL REFERENCE DETAIL NUMBER 1 A101SHEET ON WHICH DETAIL IS SHOWN BUILDING SECTION REFERENCE SECTION NUMBER 1 A101SHEET ON WHICH SECTION IS SHOWN INTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE ELEVATION NUMBER 1 A101SHEET ON WHICH ELEVATION IS SHOWN EXTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE SHEET ON WHICH ELEVATION IS SHOWN A101 DOOR REFERENCE 101 WINDOW REFERENCE 1 REVISIONS 1REVISION NUMBER STOREFRONT REFERENCE WALL TYPES A1.6 GRIDLINE REFERENCE 1 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY SYMBOL 1 MATERIAL REFERENCE 101 SF1 1/ A101 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" Issue Date GEN-3 GENERAL NOTES #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 ABBREVIATIONS A.B. ANCHOR BOLT (S) A.C. ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING ACOUS ACOUSTIC AC. T. ACOUSTICAL TILE A.D. AREA DRAIN ADJ. ADJUSTABLE AGG AGGREGATE ALT. ALTERNATE ALUM. ALUMINUM APPROX. APPROXIMATE APT. APARTMENT ASPH. ASPHALT A.S.T.M. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS @ AT B.B BOTTOM OF BEAM BD. BOARD BLK. BLOCK BLK'G. BLOCKING BM. BEAM BOT. BOTTOM BDRM. BEDROOM BR. BROOM CAB. CABINET CPT. CARPET C.B. CATCH BASIN CEM. CEMENT CEM. PLAS. CEMENT PLASTER C. CENTER LINE CER. CERAMIC C.I. CAST IRON CIRC. CIRCULAR CLG. CEILING CLR. CLEAR C.M.T. CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE COMPC. COMPOSITION CONC. CONCRETE CONT. CONTINUOUS CTSK. COUNTERSUNK CU. FT. CUBIC FEET CU. IN. CUBIC INCH CU. YD. CUBIC YARD D. DRYER D.F. DOUGLAS FIR D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA. DIAMETER DIM. DIMENSION DN. DOWN DR. DOOR D.S. DOWN SPOUT DSP. DRY STANDPIPE DUP. DUPLICATE DW. DISHWASHER DWGS. DRAWINGS E. EAST EA. EACH E.J. EXPANSION JOINT ELEVA. ELEVATOR ELEV. ELEVATION ENCL. ENCLOSURE EQ. EQUAL EQUIP. EQUIPMENT E.W.W.M. ELECTRIC WELDED WIRE MESH EXPN. EXPANSION EXP. EXPOSED EXT. EXTERIOR EXTR. EXTINGUISHER FHS FLAT HEAD SCREW F.A.U. FORCED AIR UNIT F.F. FINISH FLOOR F.G. FIXED GLASS FHWS FLAT HEAD WOOD SCREW FIN. FINISH FIXT. FIXTURE FLASH. FLASHING FLR FLOOR FLR'G FLOORING FLUOR. FLUORESCENT F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY F.O.S. FACE OF STUD F.O.W. FACE OF WALL F.P. FIRE PLACE F.S. FINISH SURFACE FREQ. FREQUENCY FT. FEET, FOOT FTG. FOOTING FXC FIRE EXTINGUISHER & CABINET GA. GAUGE GALV. GALVANIZED G.I. GALVANIZED IRON (STEEL) GUN. FUNITE GYP. GYPSUM GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD H.B. HOSE BIBB H.C. HOLLOW CORE HD DEAD H.M. HOWLLOW METAL HORIZ. HORIZONTAL HR. HOUR I. IRON I.D. INSIDE DIAMETER INC. INCORPORATED INSUL. INSULATION INT INTERIOR JT. JOINT JST. JOIST K. KITCHEN LAM. LAMINATED LAM. PLAS. LAMINATED PLASTIC LAV. LAVATORY LT. LIGHT LVR. LOUVER M.C. MEDICINE CABINET MECH. MECHANICAL MEMB. MEMBRANE MET. METAL MFG. MANUFACTURE M.H. MAN HOLE MIN. MINIMUM MIR. MIRROR MTG. MOUNTING MTL. METAL N. NORTH NAT. NATURAL N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT NO. NUMBER N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE O/ OVER O.C. ON CENTER O.D. OVERFLOW DRAIN OPP. OPPOSITE OV. OVEN OVHD. OVERHEAD PB. PUSHBUTTON PC PULL CHAIN PL PLATE P PROPERTY LINE PLAS. PLASTER PL. GLS. PLATE GLASS PLAST. PLASTER PLYWD. PLYWOOD PNL. PANEL PR. PAIR PRCST. PRECAST PREFAB. PREFABRICATED % [ERCEMT QRY. QUARRY QTY. QUANTITY RAD. RADIUS R. RISER R.A.G. RETURN AIR GRILLE RD. ROAD R.D. ROOF DRAIN RDWD. REDWOOD RECP. RECEPTABLE REF. REFERENCE REF. REFRIGERATOR REG. REGISTER REINF. REINFORCEMENT REQ'D REQUIRED RES. FLR. RESILIENT FLOORING RET. RETAINING RF. ROOF RF'G. ROOFING RM. ROOM RO. ROUGH R.O. ROUGH OPENING RUB. RUBBER R.B. RUBBER (RESILIENT) BASE S. SOUTH S.C. SOLID CORE S.D. STORM DRAIN SHT. SHEET SHT'G SHEATHING SIM. SIMILAR S&P SHELF AND POLE SPECS. SPECIFICATIONS SPRKL. SPRINKLER SQ. IN. SQUARE INCH SQ. FT. SQUARE FOOT ST. STEEL STOR. STORAGE STRUCT. STRUCTURAL SUSP. SUSPENDED SIM. SIMILAR S4S SMOOTH FOUR SIDES T TREAD T&B TOP AND BOTTOM T.B. TOP OF BEAM T.C. TOP OF CURB T.C. TOP OF CONCRETE T.G. TOP OF GRATE TEL TELEPHONE TEMP. TEMPERED T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE THK. THICK THRESH THRESHOLD T.P. TOP OF PAVING T.S. TOP OF SHEATHING T.W. TOP OF WALL TYP. TYPICAL UL UNDERWRITER'S LABEL ULT. ULTIMATE UNFIN. UNFINISHED U.R.F. UNDER ROOF FRAMING V.A.T. VINYL ASBESTOS TILE VENT. VENTILATOR VERT. VERTICAL VIT. VITREOUS VOL. VOLUME V.T. VINYL TILE W. WEST W/ WITH W.C. WATER CLOSET WD. WOOD W WIDE FLANGE (STEEL) W.G. WIRE GLASS W.H. WATER HEATER W.I. WROUGHT IRON W/O WITH OUT WP. WATERPROOFING WS WEATHERSTRIPPING W.S.P. WET STANDPIPE WT. WEIGHT YD. YARD ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS LEGENDGENERAL NOTES 1. SITE DEVELOPMENT A. GRADE AND DEVELOP SITE SUCH THAT ALL PRIMARY BUILDING ENTRANCES ARE ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED FROM THE PUBLIC WAY AND DISABLED PARKING PROVIDED. B. ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS, FACILITIES AND SPACES ON THE SAME SITE. WHERE MORE THAN ONE ROUTE IS PROVIDED, ALL ROUTES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE C. IF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE HAS A CHANGE IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2", THEN A CURB RAMP, RAMP, ELEVATOR, OR PLATFORM LIFT SHALL BE PROVIDED. D. ALL WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, AND OTHER SPACES THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 48 INCHES AND A CLEAR HEIGHT OF 80 INCHES. 2. WALKS AND SIDEWALKS A. WALKS AND SIDEWALKS SUBJECT TO THESE REGULATIONS SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS COMMON SURFACE, NOT INTERRUPTED BY STEPS OR BY ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL EXCEEDING 1/2", AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 48 INCHES IN WIDTH. B. ALL SIDEWALKS SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT. C. SURFACE CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:48 (CBC 11B-403.3). D. WALKS, SIDEWALKS AND PEDESTRIAN WAYS SHALL BE FREE OF GRATINGS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. GRATINGS LOCATED IN THE SURFACE OF ANY OF THESE AREAS, GRID OPENINGS IN THE GRATING SHALL BE LIMITED TO 1/2" IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW. E. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2". WHEN CHANGES DO OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2 EXCEPT THAT LEVELS NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. F. WHEN CHANGES IN LEVELS GREATER THAN 1/2" ARE NECESSARY THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CURB RAMPS OR RAMPS AS REQUIRED. G. WALKS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LEVEL AREA NOT LESS THAN 60" SQUARE AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK, AND NOT LESS THAN 48" WIDE BY 44" DEEP AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS AWAY FROM THE WALK. SUCH WALKS SHALL EXTEND 24" TO THE SIDE OF THE STRIKE EDGE OF A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK. H. WHEN THE SLOPE IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL OF ANY WALK EXCEEDS 5%, IT MUST COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS FOR PEDESTRIAN RAMPS (PER CBC 11B-405). I. ALL WALKS WITH CONTINUOUS GRADIENTS SHALL HAVE LEVEL AREAS AT LEAST 5 FEET IN LENGTH AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 400 FEET. 3. ENTRANCES AND DOORWAYS A. PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE DISABLED. B. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE "ISA" SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. C. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND ARE IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. D. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR (CBC 11B-404.2.7). E. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA SHALL BE A MINIMUM 60" SQUARE IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING AND A MINIMUM 44" SQUARE OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING (48" IF THE DOOR HAS BOTH LATCH AND CLOSER). THE SQUARES SHALL BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. SEE NOTE I BELOW FOR STRIKE SIDE REQUIREMENTS. F. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 18" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS AND THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO THE DWELLING UNIT. G THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED NO GREATER THAN 1:2. H. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT SLIDING AND POCKET DOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. I. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 LBS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT SHALL BE APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION MAY INCREASE THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE FIRE DOORS TO ACHIEVE POSITIVE LATCHING, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 15 LBS MAX. J. EXIT DOORS MUST OPEN FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT A KEY, OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. EXIT DOORS FROM BUILDINGS OR ROOMS SERVING 10 OR FEWER OCCUPANTS MAY HAVE A NIGHT LATCH, DEADBOLT OR SECURITY CHAIN, AS LONG AS THE DOORS CAN STILL BE OPENED FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. IN ADDITION, THESE DEVICES ARE NOT MOUNTED MORE THAN 48" ABOVE THE FLOOR. MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE BOLTS, SURFACE MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS AND SURFACE BOLTS ARE PROHIBITED. WHEN EXIT DOORS ARE USED IN PAIRS AND AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS ARE USED, THE DOOR LEAF WITH THE FLUSH BOLT MUST HAVE NO DOORKNOB OR SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF MUST NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. K. EVERY REQUIRED EXIT MUST BE LARGE ENOUGH TO PERMIT A DOOR AT LEAST 3'-0" WIDE BY 6'-8" HIGH. EXIT DOORS SHALL OPEN AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF AT LEAST 32". L. THRESHOLDS AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2". SUCH THRESHOLDS SHALL BE BEVELED NO GREATER THAN 1:2. M. THE FLOOR LANDING IMMEDIATELY OUTSIDE THE ENTRY MAY BE SLOPED UP TO 1/8" PER FOOT IN THE DIRECTION AWAY FROM THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE FOR DRAINAGE. N. THE SPACE BETWEEN TWO CONSECUTIVE DOOR OPENINGS IN A VESTIBULE, SERVING OTHER THAN A REQUIRED EXIT STAIRWAY, MUST HAVE AT LEAST 48" OF CLEAR SPACE FROM ANY DOOR OPENING INTO THE VESTIBULE WHEN THE DOOR IS OPEN 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. DOORS IN SERIES MUST SWING IN THE SAME DIRECTION OR AWAY FROM THE SPACE BETWEEN THE DOORS. 4. STAIRWAYS A. STAIRWAYS SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON EACH SIDE. STAIRWAYS SHALL HAVE INTERMEDIATE HANDRAILS WHERE REQUIRED SUCH THAT ALL PORTIONS OF THE STAIRWAY WIDTH REQUIRED FOR EGRESS CAPACITY ARE WITHIN 30 INCHES OF A HANDRAIL. INTERMEDIATE HANDRAILS SHALL BE SPACED AT EQUAL INTERVALS WITHIN THE WIDTH OF THE STAIRWAY AND BE CONTINUOUS FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH. B. HANDRAILS MUST BE 34 TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE NOSING OF THE TREADS AND MUST EXTEND IN THE DIRECTION OF THE STAIR RUN FOR AT LEAST 12" BEYOND THE TOP NOSING AND 12" PLUS THE TREAD WIDTH BEYOND THE BOTTOM NOSING. C. ENDS SHALL BE RETURNED OR SHALL TERMINATE IN A NEWEL POST OR SAFETY TERMINAL. D. HANDRAILS PROJECTING FROM A WALL SHALL HAVE A SPACE OF NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2- INCH BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE HANDRAIL. E. THE HANDGRIP PORTION OF HANDRAILS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1-1/4-INCHES NOR MORE THAN 1 1/2-INCHES IN CROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSION OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE AND SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH SURFACE WITH NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE CORNERS AND ALL EDGES MUST HAVE A MINIMUM 1/8" RADIUS. F. THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH INTERIOR STAIR SHALL BE MARKED BY A STRIP OF CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR THE FULL WIDTH OF THE TREAD AT LEAST 2-INCHES WIDE PLACED PARALLEL TOAND NOT MORE THAN 1-INCH FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING TO ALERT THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. G. WHERE STAIRWAYS OCCUR OUTSIDE A BUILDING, THE UPPER APPROACH AND ALL TREADS SHALL BE MARKED BY A STRIP OF CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2- INCHES WIDE AND PLACED PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1-INCH FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING TO ALERT THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. A PAINTED STRIP SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE. H. ALL TREAD SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT. I. TREADS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, ROUNDED OR CHAMFERED EXPOSED EDGES, AND NO ABRUPT EDGES AT THE NOSING (LOWER FRONT EDGE). J. NOSING SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 1-1/4 INCH PAST THE FACE OF THE RISER BELOW. K. STAIR RISERS SHALL BE SOLID PER CBC 11B-504. 5. SANITARY FACILITIES A. WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A DOOR THAT HAS AN AUTOMATIC CLOSING DEVICE, AND SHALL HAVE A CLEAR UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING WIDTH OF 32-INCHES WHEN LOCATED AT THE END AND 34-INCHES WHEN LOCATED AT THE SIDE WITH THE DOOR POSITION AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. B. TOILET FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE TOILET AREAS, NO MORE THAN 44-INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT. C. WHERE URINALS ARE PROVIDED AT LEAST ONE WITH A RIM PROJECTING A MINIMUM OF 14- INCHES FROM THE WALL AND AT A MAXIMUM OF 17-INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. D. URINAL FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT. E. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. F. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. G. MIRRORS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM GLASS EDGE NOT MORE THAN 40- INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. H. LOCATE TOWEL, SANITARY NAPKIN, AND WASTE RECEPTACLES WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS NOT MORE THAN 40-INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. I. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE WALL OR PARTITION WITHIN 7" TO 9" TO CENTERLINE FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT, MOUTED BELOW THE GRAB BAR, AT A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 19 INCHES, AND 36 INCHES MAXIMUM TO THE FAR EDGE FROM THE REAR WALL. DISPENSERS SHALL PERMIT CONTINUOUS FLOW AND NOT CONTROL DELIVERY (CBC 11B-604.7). J. GRAB BARS, TUB AND SHOWER SEATS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 250 LB. PER CBC 1607A.8.2. K. GRAB BARS: 1. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE OF A GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/4" TO 1-1/2" OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. 2. IF THE GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BARS SHALL BE 1-1/2". 3. A GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. 4. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 5. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8". 6. SWITCHES CONTROLS AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS A. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE 15" MIN ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE BOX PER CBC 11B-308.1.2. B. SWITCHES SHALL BE 48" MAX. ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE TOP OF THE BOX (11B-308.1.1). C. IF REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION ( FOR EXAMPLE, A BASE CABINET ) BETWEEN 20" AND 25" IN DEPTH, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS REDUCED TO 44" FOR FORWARD APPROACH, OR 46" FOR SIDE APPROACH PROVIDED THE OBSTRUCTION IS NO MORE THAN 24" IN DEPTH. THE OBSTRUCTION MAY NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 25" FROM THE WALL BENEATH THE CONTROL. D. THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (BOXES) SHALL BE LOCATED 48" ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE OR SIDEWALK. E. IF EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED THEY SHALL ACTIVATE A MEANS OF WARNING THE HEARING IMPAIRED. FLASHING VISUAL WARNING SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE. 1. THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE IDEAS AND DESIGNS INCORPORATED HEREIN, AS AN INSTRUMENT OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF SVA ARCHITECTS, AND ARE NOT TO BE USED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR ANOTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SVA ARCHITECTS. 2. THE WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS AS EXISTING CONDITIONS WAS PREPARED FROM INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. WHILE THIS INFORMATION IS BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE, SVA ARCHITECTS INC. IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF ANY WORK SHOWN AS EXISTING NOR IS SVA ARCHITECTS INC. RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN INCORPORATED INTO THESE DRAWINGS AS A RESULT. 3. EACH BIDDER SHALL POSSESS AT THE TIME OF BID A CLASS B OR THE APPROPRIATE CLASS C CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE PURSUANT TO PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 3300 AND BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE SECTION 7028.15. THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER MUST MAINTAIN THE LICENSE THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THIS CONTRACT. 4. FIRE SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION AND THE DURATION OF THIS CONTRACT: A. GENERAL: FIRE SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH 2019 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE TITLE 24, PART 9, CHAPTER 33. B. ACCESS ROADS: FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS ROADS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPENDIX D. ******** C. WATER SUPPLY: WATER MAINS AND HYDRANTS SHALL BE OPERATIONAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1412. D. BUILDING ACCESS: ACCESS TO BUILDINGS FOR THE PURPOSE OF FIREFIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED. CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SHALL NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO BUILDINGS, HYDRANTS OR FIRE APPLIANCES. *********** E. ALTERATIONS OF BUILDINGS: SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 1405, 1411, 1413, AND 1415. G. FIRE WATCH: MAINTAIN FIRE WATCH WHEN REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND WHEN THE EXISTING CEILING HAS BEEN REMOVED AND EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE SHUT DOWN FOR ALTERATIONS. FIRE WATCH SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT UNTIL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE RETURNED TO SERVICE OR AS ALLOWED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. FOLLOWING ARE MINIMAL REQUIREMENTS REQUIRED BY THE ORANGE COUNTY FIRE AUTHORITY. REFER TO APENDIX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I) SHALL HAVE THE ABILITY TO COMMUNICATE IN ENGLISH; MINIMUM 18 YEARS OF AGE. II) SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO NOTIFY THE ORANGE COUNTY FIRE AUTHORITY IN CASE OF EMERGENCY (VIA PHONE 911). III) SHALL HAVE NO OTHER ASSIGNED DUTIES OR RESPONSIBILITIES. IV) SHALL MAKE ROUTINE PATROLS OF SPECIFIED AREAS AND MAINTAIN A TIME LOG. V) SHALL HAVE THE ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE FIRE ALARM SOUNDS AND BE FAMILIAR WITH EVACUATION PROCEDURES. VI) SHALL HAVE THE ABILITY TO USE A FIRE EXTINGUISHER IN CASE OF SMALL FIRES. 5. PENETRATIONS TO FIRE RATED MATERIALS OR ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE RESTORED TO EQUAL RATING. FIRE STOP SYSTEMS AS LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. FIRE STOP SYSTEMS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED. 6. STATEMENT (TITLE 24, PART 6): NONRESIDENTIAL ENERGY STANDARDS COMPLIANCE: THE DESIGN INDICATED HEREIN COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS OF TITLE 24, PART 6, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS. THE PROPOSED BUILDING(S) WILL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS PROVIDED IT (THEY) IS (ARE) BUILT ACCORDING TO THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND PROVIDED ANY FUTURE IMPROVEMENTS ARE COMPLETED ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE 24, PART 6, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS. THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN PREPARED TO INCLUDE ALL SIGNIFICANT ENERGY CONSERVATION FEATURES REQUIRED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE STANDARDS. BUILDING AREAS THAT ARE UNCONDITIONED AND/OR NOT SUBJECT TO THE STANDARDS ARE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. ENVELOPE MANDATORY MEASURES: A. INSTALLED INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL HAVE BEEN CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA QUALITY STANDARDS FOR INSULATING MATERIAL. B. ALL INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FLAME SPREAD RATING AND SMOKE DENSITY REQUIREMENTS OF [TITLE 24, PART 2, CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, SECTIONS 720 AND 2603.] C. ALL EXTERIOR JOINTS AND OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE THAT ARE POTENTIAL AND OBSERVABLE SOURCES OF AIR LEAKAGE SHALL BE CAULKED, GASKETED, WEATHERSTRIPPED OR OTHERWISE SEALED. D. SITE CONSTRUCTED DOORS, AND WINDOWS SHALL BE CAULKED BETWEEN THE UNIT AND THE BUILDING, AND SHALL BE WEATHERSTRIPPED (EXCEPT FOR UNFRAMED GLASS DOORS AND FIRE DOORS). E. MANUFACTURED DOORS AND WINDOWS INSTALLED SHALL HAVE AIR INFILTRATION RATES CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 24, PART 6, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, SECTION 110.6(a)1. F. MANUFACTURED FENESTRATION PRODUCTS IN THE ENVELOPE OF THE BUILDING, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WINDOWS, SLIDING GLASS DOORS, FRENCH DOORS, SKYLIGHTS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND GARDEN WINDOWS MUST BE LABELED FOR U-VALUE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE (NFRC) NATIONAL FENESTRATION RATING COUNCIL'S INTERIM U-VALUE RATING PROCEDURE. G. DEMISING WALL INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL OPAQUE PORTIONS OF FRAMED WALLS (EXCEPT DOORS). 7. INSPECTOR OF RECORD REQUIREMENTS: A. ONE OR MORE INSPECTORS EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE 24 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS WILL BE ASSIGNED TO THE WORK. THE INSPECTORS DUTIES ARE SPECIFICALLY DEFINED IN SECTION 4-342 OF SAID TITLE 24, PART 1. B. INSPECTOR SHALL BE CERTIFIED AS A CLASS [2] INSPECTOR THROUGH THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. INSPECTOR SHALL ALSO BE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS PROJECT AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK FOR THIS PROJECT. 8. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE 24, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR). 9. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE BY AN ADDENDUM OR A CCD APPROVED BY THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. 10. GRADING PLANS, DRAINAGE IMPRPOVEMENTS, ROAD AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIROMENTAL HEALTH CONSIDERATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES. 11. DRINKING WATER SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. 12. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE CODES. ALL ENGINEERING SHALL COMFORM WITH ALL APPLICABLE MUNICIPAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION INCLUDING ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AND ADA REQUIREMENTS. 13. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT NECESSARILY TO SCALE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF CONSTRUCTION. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR CLARIFICATION BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 14. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CONCRETE, FACE OF MASONRY UNITS, CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS AND BEAMS, OR FACE OF STUDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS ARE TO TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB OR TOP OF INTERIOR PAVING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CEILING HEIGHT DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISHED SURFACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. THE CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CHECK WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION OF CIVIL, STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL WORK. SHOULD THERE BE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECT'S AND THE CONSULTING ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS THAT WOULD CAUSE A CONFLICT, IT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ARCHITECTS ATTENTION FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SAID WORK. ANY WORK INSTALLED IN CONFLICT WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 16. ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE CONSIDERED TO BE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING ABBREVIATIONS OR THEIR EXACT MEANING, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR CLARIFICATION. 17. DETAILS MARKED "TYPICAL" SHALL APPLY IN ALL SIMILAR CASES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. 18. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND/OR NEW WORK SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OFF-SITE AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. 19. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01 30 00 OF SPECIFICATIONS AND AS REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. 20. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01 60 00 OF SPECIFICATIONS. 21. ALL METAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE SO ARRANGED AND SPACED AS TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF PIPE CONDUITS AND DUCT-WORK WITH A MINIMUM OF CUTTING. SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NECESSARY FRAMES, BRACING, AND SEALANT AROUND THE OPENING. 22. OFFSET STUDS WHERE REQUIRED SO THAT FINISH WALL SURFACE WILL BE FLUSH. 24. DOORS IN RATED WALLS SHALL CONSIST OF SELF-CLOSING, SELF-LATCHING ASSEMBLIES WITH SMOKE AND DRAFT SEALS AT HEAD AND JAMBS. DOOR ASSEMBLY RATINGS SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DOOR AND ACTIVATED BY SMOKE DETECTORS. 25. INSTALL METAL CORNER BEADS AT ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD EDGES INSTALL CASING BEADS WHEREVER GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER, ETC. ABUTS DISSIMILAR FINISH MATERIAL AND PROVIDE SEALANT AS REQUIRED. 26. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE AT ALL COLUMNS AND EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WELD FURRING CHANNELS TO STEEL COLUMN PRIOR TO FIRE PROOFING WHEN REQUIRED. 27. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL STIFFENERS, BRACING, BACK-UP PLATES, AND SUPPORTING BRACKETS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL CASEWORK, STAIR RAILINGS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND PARTITIONS, AND OF ALL WALL MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, OR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 28. ALL GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS (C.P.S.C.), CFC, AND CBC. 29. CONTACT BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METAL SHALL BE PROTECTED. 30. ALL DOOR SIZES SHOWN ON DOOR SCHEDULE ARE OPENING SIZES. ALLOWANCE FOR THRESHOLDS, ETC. SHALL BE TAKEN OFF DOOR. ALL DOORS AND FRAME SHALL BE REINFORCED WHERE REQUIRED FOR CLOSERS, STOPS, AND HARDWARE. 31. ROOFING SYSTEM SHALL BEAR U.L. LISTING AS A CLASS "A" SYSTEM. ALL MANUFACTURED MATERIALS USED SHALL BEAR THE APPROPRIATE U.L. LABEL. 32. ALL WOOD TRIM, SPACER, FILLER, ETC., THROUGHOUT JOB SHOULD BE FIRE TREATED. 33. INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY MUST BE IN THE EMPLOY OF THE OWNER, NOT THE CONTRACTOR. 34. MINIMUM HEADROOM CLEARANCE AT STAIRS SHALL BE 6'-8" MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM A PLANE PARALLEL AND TANGENT TO THE TREAD NOSING TO THE SOFFIT ABOVE AT ALL POINTS. 35. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEGE. LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. 36. EXIT SIGNS SHALL HAVE 6" MINIMUM HEIGHT LETTERS AND SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 1013 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 37. FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS DOORS, FIRE DAMPERS, ETC. IN CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATED AS REQUIRED BY INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL WORK AND AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. PROVIDE RATED ASSEMBLIES IN RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY BUILDING INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 38. FURNISH AND INSTALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED BUT IN NO CASE SHALL THE LIGHT VALUE BE LESS THAN ONE FOOT CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL IN ALL EXIT CORRIDORS AND STAIR SHAFTS (CBC SECTION 1008). 39. THERE SHALL BE NO TRENCHES OR EXCAVATIONS 5' OR MORE IN DEPTH INTO WHICH A PERSON IS REQUIRED TO DECEND UNLESS A PERMIT IS OBTAINED FROM THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING OR GRADING PERMIT. 40. THE CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION OF ANY BUILDING, STRUCTURE, SCAFFOLDING OR FALSEWORK MORE THAN 3 STORIES OR 36' IN HEIGHT REQUIRES A PERMIT FROM THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT. 41. GLASS DOORS, ADJACENT PANELS AND ALL GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 18" OF THE ADJACENT FLOOR SHALL BE GLASS APPROVED FOR IMPACT HAZARD. 42. ALL LIGHT GAUGE METAL STUDS AND BRACING SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 43. INSTALLATION OF SHORING, UNDERPINNING, AND/OR SLOT CUTTING EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER THE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION AND APPROVAL OF THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. 44. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS ENFORCED BY THE STATE DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY. 45. DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY ALL CONTRACTORS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO EXAMINE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS TO THE OWNER SINCE PROPOSALS MUST TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION ALL SUCH CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK. DISCREPANCIES IN THE DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT. REVISED DRAWINGS OR INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE ISSUED BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK. 46. CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED. 47. ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO BE 5/8" THICK TYPE 'X' UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC WALL CONSTRUCTION. 48. THERMAL INSULATION SHALL BE PROVIDED PER TYPICAL ASSEMBLIES NOTED ON DRAWINGS. REFER TO SPECS FOR PRODUCT INFORMATION. 49. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY CBC SECTION 2406 AND BY OTHER APPLICABLE CODE. 50. ROOF DRAINS DISCHARGING WATER MUST BE CONDUCTED UNDER THE SIDEWALK 51. DOORS SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 7 INCHES INTO THE REQUIRED CORRIDOR WIDTH WHEN FULLY OPENED OR MORE THAN ONE HALF INTO THE REQUIRED WIDTH WHEN IN ANY POSITION. (CBC SECTION 1005.7.1) ******************* 52. PUBLIC HALLWAYS AND EXIT COURT PASSAGEWAYS TO HAVE 7'-0" CLEAR HEIGHT TO LOWEST PROJECTION. (CBC SECTION 1005.3) 53. OCCUPANCY LOAD SIGNS SHALL BE POSTED IN EACH CLASSROOM, ASSEMBLY ROOM, OR SIMILAR PURPOSE ROOM, HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE. 54. DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH PROTECTIVE ELEMENTS OF FIRE RATED CORRIDOR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A COMBINATON FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS PER CBC SECTION 714. 55. NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE ON THESE PLANS WITHOUT THE KNOWLEDGE OR CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WHOSE SIGNATURE APPEARS HEREON. 56. THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT CONTAIN THE NECESSARY COMPONENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION SAFETY. 57. LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE AND CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION IN EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING ON THIS SITE TO AVOID INTERCEPTING EXISTING PIPING OR CONDUITS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHETHER SHOWN HEREON OR NOT AND TO PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE. THE ARCHITECT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN OR DETAILED AND INSTALLED BY ANY OTHER CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT SHOULD ANY UNIDENTIFIED CONDITIONS BE DISCOVERED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF UTILITIES OR OTHER PROPERTY DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSECUTION OF THIS WORK. 58. THE PROJECT APPLICANT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ENGINEERING DIVISION FOR ALL PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS. ACCESSIBILITY NOTES DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TOILET ROOM PLUMBING FIXTURE HEIGHTS/DIMENSIONS 8" MIN. 9" 17" MIN. 8" MAX. 34 " M A X . @ A P R O N 29 " M I N . 34 " M A X . 6" 27 " M I N . INSULATED PIPES ELEVATIONSECTION LAVATORY NOTES: 1. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER THE LAVATORY. 2. ALL HOT WATER & DRAIN PIPES ACCESSIBLE UNDER LAVATORIES MUST BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. BACKSPLASH WHERE OCCURS PLAN L-SHAPED GRAB BARS @ SIDE AND BACK WALLS ABOVE W.C. @ SIDE DOOR 60" MIN. CLR RECESSED TOILET ACCESSORIES, SEE PLAN & ELEVATIONS F. O . F . 17 " - 1 8 " SIDE DOOR 34" MIN. CLR 27 " M I N . @ A P R O N 29 " M I N . 4" MIN. TO SIDEWALL OR FIXTURE CLEAR SPACE. MAX. PROJECTION OF ACCESSORIES (CBC 1133B.8.6.1) FACE OF WALLFACE OF WALL 1' - 6" ACCESSIBLE STD. URINAL 1' - 3 " MA X . 1' - 5 " NON-WATER URINAL PLACARD 32" MIN. CLR 4' - 0 " MIN. 1' - 6"STRIKE SIDE CLEARANCE 2' - 0 " SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION 33 " - 3 6 " 24" MIN. 54" MIN. GRAB BAR BACKING PLATE, SEE DET. FLUSH VALVE @ WIDE SIDE MAX 1' - 0" GRAB BAR 3' - 6" MIN. FOF 17" - 18" T. O . S . 17 " - 1 9 " MIN. 1' - 0" MIN. 2' - 0" GRAB BAR 3' - 0" MIN. 13-1/2" MIN. PROJECTION FROM WALL (CBC 11B-605.2) 36" MIN. CLEAR WHERE WALLS OR PROJECTIONS EXTEND MORE THAN 24" FROM FRONT OF CLEAR SPACE 4" MAX. EN D D O O R 32 " M I N . C L R 18 " M I N . 5' - 0 " M I N . C L R @ END DOOR 48" MIN. CLR WALL-MOUNTED TOILET 56" MIN (INWARD SWING DOOR) FEMININE NAPKIN VENDOR TO C O I N S L O T O R OP E R A B L E P A R T S TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER & WASTE SECTION - FULLY RECESSED ELEVATION SECTION - SEMI-RECESSED 4" MAX. 3' - 4 " P.T. DISP. TOILET PARTITION OR WALL, SEE PLANS FOR LAYOUTS PARTITION OR WALL- MOUNTED RECESSED DUAL- ROLL TISSUE DISPENSER 1-1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, SEE DET. FIN. FLOOR 1' - 0 " 5' - 0 " 33 " - 3 6 " 2' - 4 " TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER LOCATED WITHIN 7" - 9" OF THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT FACE OF WALL 1- 1 / 2 " M I N . TOILET COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIES INDIVIDUAL ITEMS 7" - 9" 36" MAX. 19 " M I N . 1' - 0 " 60 " M A X . A F F 58 " M I N . A F F DOOR & WALL-MOUNTED SIGNAGE, SEE DETAIL MIRROR SIZE PER PLAN & SPECS DOOR SIGNAGE MIRROR 35 " M A X FEMININE NAPKIN VENDOR 3' - 4 " TO C O I N S L O T O R OP E R A B L E P A R T S TO B O T T O M E D G E O F RE F L E C T I N G S U R F A C E (C B C 1 1 B 6 0 3 . 3 ) CL MIRROR SIZE PER PLAN & SPECS MIRROR @LAVATORY 40 " M A X . TO B O T T O M E D G E O F RE F L E C T I N G S U R F A C E (C B C 1 1 B 6 0 3 . 3 ) ELEVATION (RECESSED POSITION) SECTION (DOWN POSITION) 2' - 9 " 1' - 9" AC T I V A T I N G D E V I C E 4' M A X SP R A Y H E A D 2' - 1 0 " M A X . ACCESSIBLE EYEWASH 36" MIN. CLR. CL. 18" MIN. 44 " M A X . FO R W A R D R E A C H 44 " M A X . P U L L R O D 15" MIN. FROM WALL SPRAY HEAD KN E E C L R . 27 " M I N . 5 GEN-4 5 GEN-4 PLAN GRAB BARS @ BOTH SIDES OF THE COMPARTMENT TOILET PARTITION OR WALL SEE PLANS FOR LAYOUT F. O . F . 17 " - 1 9 " AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET CL R . 35 " - 3 7 " 60" MIN. PARTITION OR RECESSED MOUNTED TOILET ACCESSORIES, SEE PLAN & ELEVATIONS SANITARY NAPKING DISPOSAL UNIT SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED AND LOCATED ON THE SIDEWALL BETWEEN THE REAR WALL OF THE TOILET AND THE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER, ADJACENT TO THE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER. (CBC 11B-604.7.2) A. F . F . 19 " M I N . OPENING OF DISPOSAL UNIT 55 " 4" MAX. TO O P E R A B L E P A R T 40 " M A X . 3' - 4 " SECTION ELEVATION PER CBC 11B-603.5 1 GEN-5 WALL TYPE PER PLAN NOTE: THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING A SHEAR FORCE OF 250# WITHOUT BENDING OR PULLING OUT OF THE WALL 1 1/2" Ø 1 1/2" PROVIDE 4x BLOCKING ENTIRE LENGTH OF GRAB BAR, REFER TO DETAIL 9/A61.2 FOR BLOCKING 5/8" TYPE "X' GYP. BD. (3) #14 SDS PER PLATE. PROVIDE 5/16" METAL SLEEVE SPACER AT FASTENERS 9 A61.2 TY P I C A L L A N D I N G 5' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 44 " @ D O O R S W I T H O U T CL O S E R & L A T C H 48 " @ D O O R S W I T H AN D T H E D O O R S @ AC C E S S I B L E W A T E R CL O S E T CO M P A R T M E N T S 4' - 0" MIN. CLR 2' - 10"CLOSERS & LATCH 12" MIN. CLR AT DOORS W/ LEVEL LANDING AT BOTH SIDES OF DOOR (@ EXTERIOR - 2% MAX SLOPE ALLOWED IN EITHER DIRECTION) - CLEARANCES PER CBC FIGURE 11B-404.2.4.1 24" MIN. CLR @ EXTERIOR DOORS 18" MIN. CLR @ INTERIOR DOORS 8. ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENTS: A. SEE TOILET ROOM FLOOR PLAN FOR ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL LOCATION. B. VERIFY TOILET ACCESSORIES & TYPE OF PARTITION IN SPECS. C. PROVIDE BACKING IN WALL & TOILET PARTITION FOR GRAB BAR ANCHORAGE. D. COMPARTMENT DOOR TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 18" STRIKE-SIDE CLEARANCE (CBC 11B604.8.1). E. DOOR PULL AT ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-404.2.7 AND NOT REQUIRE GRASPING OR TWISTING. F. OPENING HARDWARE IS CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR (CBC 11B-404.2.7). G. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER SHALL PERMIT CONTINUOUS PAPER FLOW AND SHALL NOT CONTROL DELIVERY (CBC 11B-604.9.6). H. ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT DOOR EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC CLOSING DEVICES (3 SECONDS MIN. SWEEP TIME FROM OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH). I. SEE ACCESSIBILITY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. J. FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET COMPARTMENT AT ALL ACCESSIBLE STALLS, TYP. K. WHERE ONLY ONE TYPE OF TOILET FIXTURE OR ACCESSORY IS USED, IT SHALL BE POSITIONED FOR ACCESSIBILITY. 6. SWITCHES, CONTROLS AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS:(REFER TO DETAIL ) A. ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED NOT LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. B. THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF ALL CONTROLS, DISPENSERS, RECEPTACLES AND OTHER OPERABLE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 15 INCHES NOR MORE THAN 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM AT BOTH FORWARD AND PARALLEL APPROACH. C. IF REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, A BASE CABINET) BETWEEN 20" AND 25" IN DEPTH, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS REDUCED TO 44" FOR FORWARD APPROACH. FOR SIDE APPROACH PROVIDED THE OBSTRUCTION IS NO MORE THAN 24" IN DEPTH, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS REDUCED TO 46". THE OBSTRUCTION MAY NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 24" FROM THE WALL BENEATH THE CONTROL. D. FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (BOXES) SHALL BE LOCATED 48" ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE, OR SIDEWALK. E. IF EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED THEY SHALL ACTIVATE A MEANS OF WARNING THE HEARING IMPAIRED. FLASHING VISUAL WARNING SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE. 7. ADDITIONAL COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. COUNTERTOPS AND WORK SURFACES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE (HEIGHT BETWEEN 28" AND 34" AFF) WITH/ ACCESSIBLE CLEAR SPACE BELOW PER CBC 11B-902.1. B. ACCESSIBLE SEATING AT TABLES OR COUNTERS SHALL PROVIDE KNEE CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 27" HIGH, 30" WIDE, AND 19" DEEP PER 11B-902.2, 1B-306.3, & 11B-306.3.5 B. WARNING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 72 AND 72G (AS AMENDED BY CHAPTER 35) AND SHALL PROVIDE VISUAL ALARMS (I.E. STROBES) IN RESTROOMS, CORRIDORS, MULTI- PURPOSES ROOMS, LOBBIES, MEETING ROOMS, AND ANY OTHER COMMON USE ROOMS (CBC 1007.12). 1. RAMPS AND STAIRWAYS REFER TO ACCESSIBILITY NOTES ON SHEET GEN-2 AND ELSEWHERE IN THESE DRAWINGS 2. ENTRANCES AND DOORWAYS: (REFER TO DETAIL ) A. PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE DISABLED. B. RECESSED DOOR MATS SHALL BE ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIRS. C. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE SIGN (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. D. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA SHALL BE A MINIMUM 60" SQUARE IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING AND A MINIMUM 44" SQUARE OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING. THE SQUARES SHALL BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. SEE NOTE E BELOW FOR STRIKE SIDE CLEARANCES. E. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 18" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS. F. THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED NO GREATER THAN 1:2. G. THE SPACE BETWEEN TWO CONSECUTIVE DOOR OPENINGS IN A VESTIBULE, SERVING OTHER THAN A REQUIRED EXIT STAIRWAY, MUST HAVE AT LEAST 48" OF CLEAR SPACE FROM ANY DOOR OPENING INTO THE VESTIBULE WHEN THE DOOR IS OPEN 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. DOOR IN SERIES MUST SWING IN THE SAME DIRECTION OR AWAY FROM THE SPACE BETWEEN THE DOORS. H. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS, MANUALLY OR AUTOMATICALLY OPERATED, IS UTILIZED, AT LEAST ONE OF THE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR, UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING 32" WIDE WITH THE LEAF POSITIONED 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. I. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO OPEN BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A W HEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATED A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. J. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATED DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LB. SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT SHALL BE APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 3. SANITARY FACILITIES: (REFER TO DETAIL ) A. WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A DOOR THAT HAS AN AUTOMATIC CLOSING DEVICE, AND SHALL HAVE A CLEAR UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING WIDTH OF 32" INCHES WHEN LOCATED AT THE END AND 34" INCHES WHEN LOCATED AT THE SIDE WITH THE DOOR POSITION AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES AWAY FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. B. TOILET FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE TOILET AREAS, NO MORE THAN 44" INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT. C. WHERE URINALS ARE PROVIDED AT LEAST ONE WITH A RIM PROJECTING A MINIMUM OF 14 INCHES FROM THE WALL AND AT A MAXIMUM OF 17 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. D. URINAL FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT. E. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. F. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS PER FOOT. LEVEL OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. G. MIRRORS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE OF GLASS NOT MORE THAN 40 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. H. LOCATE TOWEL, SANITARY NAPKIN, AND WASTE RECEPTACLES WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS NOT MORE THAN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. I. LOCATE TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS ON THE WALL OR PARTITION WITHIN 7" INCHES MIN. AND 9" INCHES MAX. OF THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT AT A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 19 INCHES AND 36 INCHES MAXIMUM TO THE FAR EDGE FROM THE REAR WALL (CBC 11B-308.3.2) J. GRAB BARS, TUB AND SHOWER SEATS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 250 LB. PER LINEAR FOOT LOAD. K. GRAB BARS (REFER DETAIL ): 1) THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE OF A GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/4" TO 1-1/2" OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. 2) IF THE GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND GRAB BARS SHALL BE 1-1/2". 3) A GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. 4) GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 5) EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8". L. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. 4. NOT USED 5. PUBLIC TELEPHONES: A. ON FLOORS WHERE PUBLIC TELEPHONES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE TELEPHONE SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. ON ANY FLOOR WHERE TWO OR MORE BANKS OF TELEPHONES ARE PROVIDED, EACH BANK SHALL HAVE AN ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONE. B. THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF THE TELEPHONE SHALL BE WITHIN 48 INCHES OF THE FLOOR FOR BOTH FORWARD AND SIDE APPROACHED. C. FRONTAL APPROACH TELEPHONES REQUIRE A 30 INCH CLEAR WIDTH ENCLOSURE IF A COUNTER OVERHAND EXCEEDS 12 INCHES IN DEPTH OR 27 INCHES IN HEIGHT. D. THE CORD FROM THE TELEPHONE TO THE HANDSET SHALL BE AT LEAST 2'-5" LONG. E. TELEPHONES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RECEIVER THAT GENERATES A MAGNETIC FIELD IN THE AREA OF THE RECEIVER CAP. IF BANKS OF PUBLIC TELEPHONES ARE PROVIDED, THEN A REASONABLE NUMBER, BUT AT LEAST ONE, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A VOLUME CONTROL. F. TELEPHONES SHALL HAVE PUSH-BUTTON CONTROLS. G. IF A TOTAL OF FOUR OR MORE PUBLIC PAY TELEPHONES ARE PROVIDED AT THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF A SITE, AND AT LEAST ONE OF THE TOTAL IS AN INTERIOR LOCATION, THEN AT LEAST ONE INTERIOR PUBLIC TEXT TELEPHONE SHALL BE PROVIDED. H. IF TELEPHONE BOOKS ARE PROVIDED THEY SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE AND LOCATED IN A POSITION THAT COMPLIES WITH ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGES. I. A CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE AT LEAST 30" X 48" THAT ALLOWS EITHER A FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE TELEPHONES. CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS MAY BE PART OF THE KNEE SPACE REQUIRED UNDER SOME OBJECTS. 3 GEN-4 2 GEN-4 5 GEN-4 4 GEN-4 1' - 6"A. 20" TO 25" A. 48" CLR MIN. B. 36" CLR MIN. B. 24" MAX.AISLE WIDTH 3' - 0 1 1 / 1 6 " A. 44" MAX. B. 46" MAX. REACH OVER OBSTRUCTION TYP. WALL MOUNT DIMENSION ELEVATION 3' - 6 " U . N . O . 8" MIN. ELEC. SWITCH T-STAT TELE/CRT POWER 1' - 0" MAX. 1' - 0"2' -0" AT PARTY WALLS AND AREA SEPEARATIONS OUTLETS SECTION HORIZONTAL METAL STRAP BETWEEN STUDS 1' - 0" MAX. TELE/DATA/POWER J-BOXES 4' - 0" A. FORWARD APPROACH (KNEE SIDE UNDER COUNTER) B. SIDE APPROACH OF ACCESSIBLE COUNTER HT. MI N . 1' - 3 " THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date GEN-4 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 3/8" = 1'-0"2REACH RANGES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS 3" = 1'-0"5GRAB BARS 3/8" = 1'-0"3DOOR LANDINGS 1 : 1 1COMMON AREA ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 3/8" = 1'-0"4REACH RANGES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 60 " M A X . A F F 58 " M I N . A F F F.F. NOTE: 1. AT ALL DOUBLE DOORS, LOCATE SIGNAGE ADJACENT TO JAMB OF INACTIVE LEAF OF DOOR PAIR. PROVIDE 90 DEGREE INHIBITOR TYPE CLOSER ON INACTIVE DOOR. 2. SEE DOOR SCHEDULES FOR TYPE OF DOOR SIGNAGE AT ALL DOORS. 3. SEE REQUIRED ROOM SIGNAGE DETAILS FOR REQUIRED HEIGHT. RESTROOM SYMBOL @ ALL RESTROOM DOORS, SEE DETAIL CL CL REQUIRED ROOM OR ACCESSIBLE ENTRY SIGNAGE PER DETAILS 9" EQ EQ CL SEE PLANS AND DOOR SCHEDULES FOR SIGNAGE TYPE AT EACH DOOR 4 GEN-5 8 GEN-5 9 GEN-5 18" MIN. 18 " M I N . FIGURE 11B-703.4.2 LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS 45.00° CENTERED ON TACTILE CHARACTERS 6" 1/4"1/4" CLEAR ACRYLIC PLASTIC OPAQUE COLORED ACRYLIC PLASTIC BACKING GRAPHIC PAINTED ON INTERIOR FACE OF CLEAR PLASTIC RADIUS CORNER, TYP. BACKGROUND COLOR SHALL CONTRAST 70% WITH DOOR COLOR. WHEN ISA IS USED, COLOR TO BE BLUE IN COLOR EQUAL TO FS-15090 PER FEDERAL STD. 595C INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (ISA) AT ALL RESTROOMS, WHITE IN COLOR PER 11B-703.7.2.1 CBC 2016 ALL GENDER NOTE: 1. ATTACH SIGNS USING THREE FLATHEAD VANDAL RESISTANT COUNTERSUNK SCREWS AND ADHESIVE. SIGNS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AND MOUNTED BEING A 4'-10" MINIMUM AND A 5'-0" MAXIMUM ABOVE FINISH FLOOR LINE TO CENTER OF SIGN. 2. EDGES AND VERTICES ON GENERIC SYMBOLS SHALL BE EASED OR ROUNDED @ 1/16" MIN. OR CHAMFERED @ 1/8" MAX. VERTICES SHALL BE RADIUSED BETWEEN 1/8" MIN. AND 1/4" MAX. PER CBC-703.7.2.6.4 11 3 1 / 3 2 " 12 " D I A . 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE MOUNTED ON 1/4" THICK CIRCLE BACKGROUND COLOR OF TRIANGLE SYMBOL SHALL CONTRAST WITH THE COLOR OF THE CIRCLE SYMBOL CHARACTER PROPORTIONS STROKE PROPORTION CALIFORNIA CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED. INDIVIDUAL BRAILLE DOTS SHALL EACH BE DISTINCT AND SEPARATE. EACH DOT SHALL BE ROUNDED OR DOMED IN LIEU OF SQUARE SIDED AND FLAT TOPPED. PER CBC TABLE 11B-703.3.1, DOT BASE DIAMETER SHALL BE 0.059" TO 0.063", DISTANCE BETWEN TWO DOTS IN THE SAME CELL SHALL BE 0.100", DISTANCE BETWEEN CORRESPONDING DOTS IN ADJACENT CELLS SHALL BE 0.300", DOT HEIGHT SHALL BE 0.025" TO 0.037", AND DISTANCE BETWEEN CORRESPONDING DOTS FROM ONCE CELL DIRECTLY BELOW SHALL BE 0.395" TO 0.400" WIDTH TO HEIGHT PROPORTION TEMPLATE BRAILLE SPACING TEMPLATE PER CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) AND CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR), TITLE 24, PART 2. RAISED CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "O" IS 60 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 110 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I". STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" SHALL BE 10% MINIMUM AND 20% MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER. H 110% H - MAX. 60% H - MIN H 20% H MAX. 10% H MIN. 5/16" FIGURE 11B-703.3.1 BRAILLE MEASUREMENT 3/32" 3/32 " 13/ 3 2 " 1/1 6 " DISTANCE BETWEEN CORRESPONDING DOTS IN ADJACENT CELLS DISTANCE BETWEEN DOTS IN THE SAME CELL DISTANCE BETWEEN CORRESPONDING DOTS FROM ONE CELL DIRECTLY BELOW SINGLE BRAILLE CELL BLANK CELL SPACE BETWEEN WORDS RAISED DOT BASE DIAMETER NO RAISED DOT DISTANCE BETWEEN DOTS IN THE SAME CELL 1. MEASURED CENTER TO CENTER. VISUAL CHARACTERS TO COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-703.5 ALL GENDER 9" 1/ 2 " M A X . 3/ 8 " M I N . 3/ 8 " M I N . BRAILLE: CALIFORNIA ROUNDED TOP CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOTS 5" HIGH PICTOGRAM & 1" HIGH TACTILE LETTER, WHITE 1/4" THICK ACRYLIC SIGN PANEL (CONSTRUCTION PER SPECS) CL NO T E ( 2 ) 48 " M I N . A . F . F . 9" NO T E ( 1 ) 60 " M A X . A . F . F . NOTE (1) : TO THE BASELINE OF HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED CHARACTERS NOTE (2) : TO THE BASELINE OF LOWEST BRAILLE CELL 5 GEN-5 FOR TACTILE TEXT AND BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS SEE DTL. BACKGROUND COLOR PER OWNER/ARCHITECT APPROVAL SIGNAGE COLOR WITH WHITE LETTERING 6" 1/ 4 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 1/4"5 1/2"1/4" 6" 5' - 0 " A . F . F . CL INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY W/ WHITE SYMBOL GRAPHICS BACKGROUND COLOR - BLUE IN COLOR EQUAL TO FS-15090 PER FEDERAL STD. 595C 1/4" WHITE BORDER 1/2" CORNER RADIUS NOTE: PROVIDE MECHANICAL MOUNTING W/ VANDAL RESISTANT FASTENERS. PROVIDE ADHESIVE MOUNTING SYSTEM WHEN ATTACHED TO GLAZING. NAME 1/4"VARIES 1/4" 1/ 4 " 4 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 5" OF T H E H I G H E S T R A I S E D C H A R A C T E R 60 " M A X . A . F . F . ME A S U R E D F R O M T H E B O T . BRAILLE FONT: CALIFORNIA ROUND TOP CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOTS ROOM NAME AND NUMBER TEXT: 1" HIGH LETTERS, RAISED MIN 1/32" ABOVE BACKGROUND; FONT: AVANT GARDE (SANS SERIF, UPPER CASE), WHITE CENTER TEXT & BRAILLE ON SIGN NOTE: 1. PROVIDE MECHANICAL MOUNTING W/ VANDAL RESISTANT FASTENERS. PROVIDE ADHESIVE MOUNTING SYSTEM WHEN ATTACHED TO GLAZING. 2. PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO RECEIVE ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN, SECONDARY ENTRANCES TO HAVE ROOM NUMBER U.N.O., REFER ACCESSIBILITY PLAN AND DOOR SCHEDULE 1" MI N . 1/ 2 " #1" 1/ 2 " M A X 3/ 8 " M I N BACKGROUND COLOR PER OWNER/ARCHITECT APPROVAL OF T H E L O W E S T B R A I L L E 48 " M I N . A . F . F . ME A S U R E D F R O M T H E B A S E L I N E 5 GEN-5 FOR TACTILE TEXT AND BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS SEE DTL. EXIT ROUTE 60 " M A X . A . F . F . 6" 4 1/2" TEXT: COLOR "EXIT ROUTE", 1" HIGH LETTERS RAISED MIN 1/32" ABOVE BACKGROUND FONT: AVANT GARDE (SANS SERIF) R 1/2" BRAILLE: CALIFORNIA ROUNDED TOP CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOTS NON-GLARE BACKGROUND OF 70% CONTRASTING COLOR TO TEXT - PER OWNER/ARCHITECT NOTE: 1. PROVIDE MECHANICAL MOUNTING W/ VANDAL RESISTANT FASTENERES. PROVIDE ADHESIVE MOUNTING SYSTEM WHEN ATTACHED TO GLAZING. A = RIGHT-HEADED ARROW B = LEFT-HEADED ARROW C = UP ARROW (AS INDICATED ON PLAN) 48 " M I N . A . F . F . 1/ 2 " M A X 3/ 8 " M I N 1/ 2 " M A X 3/ 8 " M I N 45 % S U B . LI N E S P A C I N G 5 GEN-5 FOR TACTILE TEXT AND BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS SEE DTL. EXIT1/ 2 " M A X 3/ 8 " M I N 60 " M A X . A . F . F . 6" 4 1/2" TEXT: "EXIT", 1" HIGH LETTERS RAISED MIN 1/32" ABOVE BACKGROUND FONT: AVANT GARDE (SANS SERIF) COLOR PER OWNER/ARCHITECT APROVAL R 1/2" BRAILLE: CALIFORNIA ROUNDED TOP CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOTS NON-GLARE BACKGROUND OF 70% CONTRASTING COLOR TO TEXT NOTE: PROVIDE MECHANICAL MOUNTING W/ VANDAL RESISTANT FASTENERS. PROVIDE ADHESIVE MOUNTING SYSTEM WHEN ATTACHED TO GLAZING. 48 " M I N . A . F . F . MI N . 1/ 2 " 5 GEN-5 FOR TACTILE TEXT AND BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS SEE DTL. 1' - 2" 7" 1/4" THICK LAMINATED ACRYLIC SIGN, CONSTRUCTION PER SPECS TEXT: "ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM AVAILABLE", 5/8" HIGH WHITE LETTERS FONT: AVANT GARDE (SANS SERIF) INTERNATIONAL HEARING ACCESS SYMBOL ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM AVAILABLE CONTACT ADMIN OFFICE FOR ARRANGEMENTS BRAILLE: CALIFORNIA ROUNDED TOP CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOTS 48 " M I N . A . F . F . FOR TACTILE TEXT AND BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS SEE DTL.5 GEN-5 4" 8" MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY XXX 1/4" THICK LAMINATED ACRYLIC SIGN, CONSTRUCTION PER SPECS TEXT: "MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY", 7/8" HIGH LETTERING, NUMBER IN 1" HIGH NUMERALS FONT: AVANT GARDE (SANS SERIF) 70 " M A X . A . F . F . 40 " M I N . A . F . F . ROOM NAME & # OCC ROBOTICS 1 #1-19 54 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date GEN-5 PROJECT SIGNAGE #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/2" = 1'-0"1DOOR ROOM SIGNAGE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4TOILET ROOM DOOR SIGNAGE -A/G 1 : 1 5TACTILE SIGNAGE TEMPLATES 3" = 1'-0"8ALL GENDER SIGN -A/G 3" = 1'-0"9ACCESSIBLE ENTRY SIGN 3" = 1'-0"11ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN 3" = 1'-0"12TACTILE EXIT ROUTE SIGN 3" = 1'-0"13TACTILE EXIT SIGN 3" = 1'-0"16ASSISTIVE LISTENING SIGN 3" = 1'-0"17OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN DESCRIPTION DATE NOT USED 3 NOT USED 2 NOT USED 7 NOT USED 6NOT USED 10NOT USED 14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED 18 NOT USED 19 NOT USED 20 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 1' - 0 " NO PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING" IN 12 INCH HIGH WHITE LETTERS AT EACH ACCESS AREA WITH NO STRIPING THROUGH TEXT 4" WIDE WHITE PAINT STRIPES @ 36" O.C. AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE AT LOADING ZONE BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE, SEE NOTE #2 EXISTING STANDARD ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE ON POST TO BE RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION AS NOTED, SEE DETAIL 4/GEN-6 FOR REFERENCE TYP. ISA PARKING SYMBOL, SEE DETAIL 7/GEN-6, TYP. NOTES: 1. SLOPE: MAXIMUM SLOPE OF FINISHED SURFACE SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% IN ANY DIRECTION AT THE STALL AND THE DROP OFF AISLE. 2. MARKING: ACCESS AISLED SHALL BE MARKED WITH A BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE AROUND THEIR PERIMETER. THE AREA WITHIN THE BLUE BORDERLINES SHALL BE MARKED WITH HATCHED LINES A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES (914 MM) ON CENTER IN A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH THAT OF THE AISLE SURFACE, PREFERABLY BLUE OR WHITE. THE WORDS "NO PARKING" SHALL BE PAINTED ON THE SURFACE WITHIN EACH ACCESS AISLE IN WHITE LETTERS A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES IN HEIGHT AND LOCATED TO BE VISIBLE FROM THE ADJACENT VEHICULAR WAY. ACCESS AISLE MARKINGS MAY EXTEND BEYOND THE MINIMUM REQUIRED LENGTH. CBC 11B-502.3.3. 4" WIDE PAINT STRIPES, SOLID WHITE CONCRETE WHEELSTOP TO BE INSTALLED FOR ALL RE-STRIPED ACCESSIBLE PARKING PER 3/GEN-6 EXISTING STALLS TO REMAIN (E) TRUNCATED DOMES TO REMAIN EXISTING VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE ON POST TO BE RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION AS NOTED, SEE DETAIL 5/GEN-6 FOR REFERENCE 2% MAX SLOPE ALL DIRECTIONS FOR ALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING, TYP. 4" WIDE WHITE PAINT STRIPES @ 36" O.C. AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE AT LOADING ZONE BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE, SEE NOTE #2 4" WIDE PAINT STRIPES, SOLID WHITE NO PARKING" IN 12 INCH HIGH WHITE LETTERS AT EACH ACCESS AREA WITH NO STRIPING THROUGH TEXT EXISTING STANDARD ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE ON POST TO BE RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION AS NOTED, SEE DETAIL 4/GEN-6 FOR REFERENCE TYP. BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE SEE NOTE #2 9' - 0"5' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"5' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"8' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0" 18 ' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 3' - 0 " EQ EQ 9' - 0 " 3' - 0"5' - 1" 18' - 0" 5' - 0 " 9' - 0 " EQ EQ NOTES: 1. SLOPE: MAXIMUM SLOPE OF FINISHED SURFACE SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% IN ANY DIRECTION AT THE STALL AND THE DROP OFF AISLE. 2. MARKING: ACCESS AISLED SHALL BE MARKED WITH A BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE AROUND THEIR PERIMETER. THE AREA WITHIN THE BLUE BORDERLINES SHALL BE MARKED WITH HATCHED LINES A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES (914 MM) ON CENTER IN A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH THAT OF THE AISLE SURFACE, PREFERABLY BLUE OR WHITE. THE WORDS "NO PARKING" SHALL BE PAINTED ON THE SURFACE WITHIN EACH ACCESS AISLE IN WHITE LETTERS A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES IN HEIGHT AND LOCATED TO BE VISIBLE FROM THE ADJACENT VEHICULAR WAY. ACCESS AISLE MARKINGS MAY EXTEND BEYOND THE MINIMUM REQUIRED LENGTH. CBC 11B-502.3.3. 4" WIDE WHITE PAINT STRIPES @ 36" O.C. AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE AT LOADING ZONE BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE, SEE NOTE #2 NO PARKING" IN 12 INCH HIGH WHITE LETTERS AT EACH ACCESS AREA WITH NO STRIPING THROUGH TEXT ISA PARKING SYMBOL, SEE DETAIL 7/GEN-6 2% MAX SLOPE ALL DIRECTIONS FOR ALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING TYP. NO PA R K I N G EXISTING TRUNCATED DOMES TO REMAIN EXISTING SIGNAGE AND TRUNCATED DOMES TO REMAIN EXISTING SIGNAGE AND TRUNCATED DOMES TO REMAIN 3' - 0 " 45.00° 4'-0" LONG PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP (2) #3 BARS A.C. PAVING OR SLAB, SEE PLAN #4 X 24" GALV. BARS @ 24" O.C., MINIMUM 3 3" 2 1 / 2 " 2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2" 7 1/2" 5 1 / 2 " PARKING ONLY 3 ' - 0 " 6' - 8 " T Y P . 7" 1' - 6 " 3" 16 GA. GALV. STL. SIGN PAINTED OSHA BLUE INCL. FASTENERS 9 1/2" HIGH ISA SYMBOL AND 2 1/4" HIGH "PARKING ONLY" PAINTED W/ WHITE REFLECTORIZED PAINT 1" R., TYP. 1/2" WIDE BORDER PAINTED W/ WHITE REFLECTORIZED PAINT FINISH GRADE OR SLAB, REF. PLAN 2" x 2" GALV. STEEL PIPE POST 12" DIA. CONC. FOOTING 1' - 0" 16 GA. GALV. STL. SIGN PAINTED WHITE INCL. FASTENERS TEXT: "MINIMUM FINE OF $250.00" FONT: ARIAL, BLACK SIZE: 1" MINIMUM FINE OF $250.00 2% MAX. IN P.O.T. WHERE SIGN IS NOT CURRENT, PROVIDE (N) SIGNAGE PER CURRENT CITY STANDARDS 3 ' - 0 " 6' - 8 " T Y P . 7" 1' - 6 " 3" 16 GA. GALV. STL. SIGN PAINTED OSHA BLUE INCL. FASTENERS 9 1/2" HIGH ISA SYMBOL AND 2 1/4" HIGH "VAN ACCESSIBLE" PAINTED W/ WHITE REFLECTORIZED PAINT 1" R., TYP. 1/2" WIDE BORDER PAINTED W/ WHITE REFLECTORIZED PAINT FINISH GRADE OR SLAB, REF. PLAN 2" x 2" GALV. STEEL PIPE POST 12" DIA. CONC. FOOTING VAN ACCESSIBLE 16 GA. GALV. STL. SIGN PAINTED WHITE INCL. FASTENERS TEXT: "MINIMUM FINE OF $250.00" FONT: ARIAL, BLACK SIZE: 1" MINIMUM FINE OF $250.00 2% MAX IN P.O.T. WHERE SIGN IS NOT CURRENT, PROVIDE (N) SIGNAGE PER CURRENT CITY STANDARDS 1' - 0" 3' - 0 " 1' - 4" CL R . 6" STRUCTURAL POST 1/4":1FT SLOPE TOP FOR RUNOFF FINISH GRADE 2" (4) #5 VERTICAL REINFORCING (4) #4 TIES @ TOP (@ 3" O.C.) #4 TIES @ 8" O.C. 3" C L R . 3" CLR. NOTE: TYPICAL OF ALL FENCE POSTS EXCEPT FENCELINE COLUMNS AND GATES. OVERALL FOOTING DIMENSIONS TO BE AS DEPICTED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS. SIGN SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 11B-502.6.4 2" 3' - 0 " 2" 2"3' - 0"2" WHITE TRAFFIC PAINT SYMBOL & BORDER BLUE BACKGROUND COLOR EQUAL TO 10590 PER FED. STD 595C ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL PER CBC SECTION 11B-703.7.2.1 3' - 4" MIN. 3' - 4 " M I N . NOTES: 1. USE ONLY APPROVED DSA/AC DETECTABLE WARNING PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION CBC11B.705.1 2. IF A WALK CROSES OR ADJOINS A VEHICULAR WAY, AND THE WALKING SURFACES ARE NOT SEPARATED BY CURBS, RAILINGS, OR OTHER ELEMENTS BETWEEN THE PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND THE VEHICULAR AREAS, THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN THE AREAS SHALL BE DEFINED BY A CONTINUOUS DETECTABLE WARNING WHICH IS A MINIMUM OF 3'-0" WIDE. 3. A WRITTEN FIVE (5) YEAR PRODUCT WARRANTY PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF DETECTABLE WARNINGS AND DIRECTIONAL SURFACE PRODUCTS AS EQUIVALENT TO THE EVALUATION AND PRODUCT APPROVAL PROGRAM TO BE PROVIDED. SUCH WARRANTY SHALL INDICATE COMPLIANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS AS PUBLISHED IN THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, AND ALSO INCLUDE DURABILITY CRITERIA WHICH INDICATES THAT THE SHAPE, COLOR FASTNESS, CONFIRMATION, SOUND-ON- CANE ACOUSTIC QUALITY, RESILIENCE AND ATTACHMENT WILL NOT DEGRADE SIGNIFICANTLY FOR AT LEAST FIVE (5) YEARS AFTER INITIAL INSTALLATION. 4. COLOR. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL BE YELLOW CONFORMING TO FS 33538 OF FEDERAL STANDARD 595C. CBC 11B-70S.1.1.5. 5. SURFACE TO BE SMOOTHED DOWN AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE 1/4 MAX. DEPTH. TYPICAL PLAN A. PLAN (TYP.) B. SECTION (TYP.) 0. 9 0 " - 0 . 9 2 " 0. 4 5 " - 0 . 4 7 " AT T O P 3/8"0.2 " HT. 2. 3 5 " AP A R T 2 11/32"2.2"-2.4" APART AT B A S E TAPERED EDGES WHERE EXPOSED 2 11 / 3 2 " 2 11/32" APART TILE JOINT FLUSH TRANSITION 2.35" .0.65" THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date GEN-6 SITE DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 1/4" = 1'-0"1ENLARGED ACCESSIBLE PARKING LAYOUT @ SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-0"2ENLARGED ACCESSIBLE PARKING LAYOUT @ NORTH3" = 1'-0"3CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 1/2" = 1'-0"4STANDARD ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE 1/2" = 1'-0"5VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE 1" = 1'-0"6TYPICAL FOOTING DETAIL 1/2" = 1'-0"7PARKING SYMBOL 3" = 1'-0"8DETECTABLE WARNING DOMES 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 PATH OF TRAVEL PATH OF TRAVEL (P.O.T) AS INDICATED MEETS THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. IS A BARRIER-FREE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITHOUT ANY ABRUPT LEVEL CHANGES EXCEEDING 1/2" BEVELED AT A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2 EXCEPT THAT LEVEL CHANGES ARE 1/4" MAX VERTICAL & IS AT LEAST 48" WIDE. 2. SURFACE SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT. 3. CROSS-SLOPE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48 AND RUNNING SLOPE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:20 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED (SEC 11B-403.3) 4. P.O.T. SHALL BE MAINTAINED FREE OF OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTIONS TO 80" MINIMUM (SECTION 11B-307.4) AND PROTRUDING OBJECTS GREATER THAN 4" PROJECTION FROM WALL SURFACE BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND (SECTION 11B-307.2) 5.PROVIDE FLUSH TRANSITIONS AT ANY ADJOINING JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT WALK SURFACES IN P.O.T. LIMITS OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN GENERAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE STATEMENT: THE P.O.T. IDENTIFIED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IN COMPLIANT WITH THE CURRENT APPLICABLE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS FOR PATH OF TRAVEL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND STRUCTURAL REPAIRS. AS PART OF THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT, THE POT WAS EXAMINED AND ANY ELEMENTS, COMPONENTS OR PORTIONS OF THE P.O.T. THAT WERE DETERMINED TO BE NONCOMPLIANT 1) HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AND 2) THE CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY TO BRING THEM INTO COMPLIANCE HAS BEEN INCLUDED WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT'S WORK THROUGH DETAILS, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCORPORATED INTO THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ANY NONCOMPLIANT ELEMENTS, COMPONENTS OR PORTIONS OF THE POT THAT WILL NOT BE CORRECTED BY THIS PROJECT BASED UPON THE VALUATION THRESHOLD OR A FINDING OF UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP ARE SO INDICATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DURING CONSTRUCTION, IF P.O.T. ITEMS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT REPRESENTED AS CODE COMPLIANT ARE FOUND TO BE NONCONFORMING BEYOND REASONABLE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE WITH THE CBC AS PART OF THIS PROJECT BY MEANS OF A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DOCUMENT. PROPERTY LINE DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER SCOPE OF T.I. SURFACE LEVEL PARKING NOT IN SCOPE SURFACE LEVEL PARKING NOT IN SCOPE E CENTRAL AVENUEE CENTRAL AVENUE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE OPEN LANDSCAPE PL PL PL PL PL SURFACE LEVEL PARKING NOT IN SCOPE LIMITS OF WORK S1 S2 S3 S4 S4 S4 4' - 6 " 9' - 6 " S1 S2 ACCESSIBLE PARKING PER CBC , AREA TO BE RE-STRIPED S3 EXISTING FULLY ACCESSIBLE PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO REMAIN SEE L4.101 FOR LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN S4 ACCESSIBLE PARKING TO BE RE-STRIPED. RELOCATE (E) SIGNAGE PER NEW LAYOUT. REFER TO A11.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION S5 REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPING/IRRIGATION AS NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK. S6 SALVAGE EXISTING BENCHES THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A01.1 OVERALL SITE PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 SITE PLAN LEGEND3/64" = 1'-0"1SITE DEMOLITION PLAN DESCRIPTION DATE N SITE PLAN KEYNOTES 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 HATCHED AREA NOT IN SCOPE A01.3 1 1 A21.0 2 A21.0 A B C 1 2 3 4 A01.5 1 1. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS PREPARED BY THE ARCHITECT ARE FOR A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING BUILDING COMPONENTS, ASSEMBLIES AND MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING CONDITION AND QUANTITIES. 2. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING NECESSARY PERMITS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL MUNICIPAL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITY OVER ANY ASPECT OF THE DEMOLITION SCOPE. 3. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WORK. 4. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN A MANNER COMPLIANT TO FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL MUNICIPAL REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES. 5. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK SCHEDULES WITH OWNER. IN NO CASE SHALL DEMOLITION WORK BE CONDUCTED DURING HOURS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL MUNICIPALITY. 6. PLANS ARE BASED ON EXISTING RECORD DRAWINGS AND VISUAL OBSERVATION. UNIDENTIFIED ITEMS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO REMOVAL. 7. CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR LIST OF SALVAGEABLE ITEMS. 8. REMOVE EXISTING CEILING FINISHES (ACOUSTICAL TILE) AND SUBSTRATE (GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER) AND RELATED SUSPENSION SYSTEMS WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS IN ALL ROOMS DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE NEW CEILING FINISHES (AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS) PER INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. 9. REMOVE EXISTING WALL FINISHES (CERAMIC TILE, VINYL WALL COVERING, PLYWOOD, GYPSUM BOARD SUBSTRATES, PLASTER, ETC.) IN ALL ROOMS DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE NEW WALL FINISHES PER INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. 10. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING & BASE (CERAMIC TILE, CARPET, PADDING AND ACCESSORIES) IN ALL ROOMS DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE NEW FLOORING AND BASE PER INTERIOR FINISH PLANS. 11. REPAIR ALL SURFACES DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR, WALL, AND CEILING FINISHES AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SOUND AND FLUSH SUBSTRATE. 12. ALSO REFERENCE CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL COORDINATION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED OR PROTECTED IN PLACE. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A01.2 DEMOLITION - OVERALL FLOOR PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/8" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION OVERALL FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 001 001 037 001 001 004 001 037 035035035 035 037 157 002 038 V.I.F. 28' - 7" V. I . F . 31 ' - 1 " 5" V. I . F . 31 ' - 0 " V.I.F. 60' - 5" 001 024 038 V.I.F. 60' - 5" 039 039 037037 002 009 009 A B C 1 2 3 4 166 009 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED EXISTING DOOR/FRAME/HW TO BE REMOVED SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF (E) CONCRETE SLAB (INCLUDING CONCRETE CURBS FOR WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED) EXISTING ITEM & EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED SLAB DEMOLITION AT NEW RESTROOM LOCATION IN SUPPORT OF MORTAR BED TILE INSTALLATION THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A01.3 DEMOLITION - ENLARGED PLANS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 001 EXISTING DOOR & FRAME TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY 002 EXISTING WINDOW & FRAME TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY, PREP FOR NEW STOREFRONT ENTRY 004 DEMOLISH EXISTING CASEWORK/CABINETRY AS SHOWN 009 SAWCUT AND REMOVE HATCHED PORTION OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FOR POWER RUN TO NEARBY FURNITURE, REPLACE SLAB IN KIND FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL WORK, SEE E102 FOR REQUIREMENTS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SLAB TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW WORK) 024 EXISTING CONCRETE COLUMNS TO REMAIN (ALL FRAMED WALLS SHALL BE REMOVED) 035 EXISTING WINDOW TO REMAIN & PROTECTED IN PLACE 037 EXISTING WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED 038 EXISTING WALL AND STRUCTURAL FRAMING TO BE PROTECTED-IN-PLACE DURING CONSTRUCTION, TYP. 039 EXISTING GYP AND FINISHES TO BE DEMOLISHED, PROTECT STRUCTURAL FRAMING FOR NEW WALL 157 REMOVE AND PRESERVE EXISTING MURAL TO BE AND RELOCATED, SEE SHEET A11.3 FOR LOCATION 166 EXISTING WINDOW TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE 1/4" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES DEMO PLAN LEGEND DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 080 117 117 165 080 164 A B C 1 2 3 4 (E) 2' X 2' SUSPENDED CEILING TILES TO BE PROTECTED-IN-PLACE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND IMPROVEMENTS (E) RECESSED RETURN AIR GRILL TO BE REMOVED, AS INDICATED (E) RECESSED LT. FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED, AS INDICATED (E) ACT FIN. CLG. & SUSPENDED GRID TO BE REMOVED, AS INDICATED NOTES: 1. ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE AND COORDINATION PURPOSES. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS, NOTES, KEYNOTES AND DETAILS CALLOUTS ARE TYPICAL, U.N.O. 3. MECH. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY GEN. CONTRACTOR OF ANY CEILING THAT NEEDS TO BE TEMPORARY REMOVED TO ACCOMPLISH THE MECHANICAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. GEN. CONTRACTOR (G.C.) SHALL REMOVE AND REPLACE TO MATCH EXISTING WHEN THE MECH. SCOPE OF WORK IS COMPLETE. G.C. SHALL REPLACE ANY CEILING TILES DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A01.4 DEMOLITION - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 KEYNOTES DEMOLITION RCP LEGEND 080 DEMOLISH EXISTING CEILING, INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTS, FIXTURES, ETC. 117 REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR RETENTION AND REUSE 164 EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLERS TO BE PROTECTED IN PLACE TYP. 165 EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLERS TO BE RELOCATED TO MATCH NEW CONDITIONS TYP. DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED EXISTING DOOR/FRAME/HW TO BE REMOVED SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF (E) CONCRETE SLAB (INCLUDING CONCRETE CURBS FOR WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED) EXISTING ITEM & EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED SLAB DEMOLITION AT NEW RESTROOM LOCATION IN SUPPORT OF MORTAR BED TILE INSTALLATION A B C 1 2 3 4 V.I.F. 28' - 7" V. I . F . 31 ' - 1 " 5" V. I . F . 31 ' - 0 " V.I.F. 60' - 5" V.I.F. 60' - 5" 2' - 0" 2' - 9 " THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A01.5 DEMOLITION - ENLARGED SLAB PLANS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 KEYNOTES DEMO PLAN LEGEND N DESCRIPTION DATE 1/4" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION ENLARGED SLAB FLOOR PLAN 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 8 U.C. Refr. PATH OF TRAVEL PATH OF TRAVEL (P.O.T) AS INDICATED MEETS THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. IS A BARRIER-FREE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITHOUT ANY ABRUPT LEVEL CHANGES EXCEEDING 1/2" BEVELED AT A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2 EXCEPT THAT LEVEL CHANGES ARE 1/4" MAX VERTICAL & IS AT LEAST 48" WIDE. 2. SURFACE SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT. 3. CROSS-SLOPE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48 AND RUNNING SLOPE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:20 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED (SEC 11B-403.3) 4. P.O.T. SHALL BE MAINTAINED FREE OF OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTIONS TO 80" MINIMUM (SECTION 11B-307.4) AND PROTRUDING OBJECTS GREATER THAN 4" PROJECTION FROM WALL SURFACE BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND (SECTION 11B-307.2) 5.PROVIDE FLUSH TRANSITIONS AT ANY ADJOINING JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT WALK SURFACES IN P.O.T. LIMITS OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN GENERAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE STATEMENT: THE P.O.T. IDENTIFIED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IN COMPLIANT WITH THE CURRENT APPLICABLE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS FOR PATH OF TRAVEL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND STRUCTURAL REPAIRS. AS PART OF THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT, THE POT WAS EXAMINED AND ANY ELEMENTS, COMPONENTS OR PORTIONS OF THE P.O.T. THAT WERE DETERMINED TO BE NONCOMPLIANT 1) HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AND 2) THE CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY TO BRING THEM INTO COMPLIANCE HAS BEEN INCLUDED WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT'S WORK THROUGH DETAILS, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCORPORATED INTO THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ANY NONCOMPLIANT ELEMENTS, COMPONENTS OR PORTIONS OF THE POT THAT WILL NOT BE CORRECTED BY THIS PROJECT BASED UPON THE VALUATION THRESHOLD OR A FINDING OF UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP ARE SO INDICATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DURING CONSTRUCTION, IF P.O.T. ITEMS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT REPRESENTED AS CODE COMPLIANT ARE FOUND TO BE NONCONFORMING BEYOND REASONABLE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE WITH THE CBC AS PART OF THIS PROJECT BY MEANS OF A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DOCUMENT. PROPERTY LINE DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER E CENTRAL AVENUEE CENTRAL AVENUE SURFACE LEVEL PARKING NOT IN SCOPE SURFACE LEVEL PARKING NOT IN SCOPE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE OPEN LANDSCAPE PL PL PL PL SURFACE LEVEL PARKING NOT IN SCOPE LIMITS OF WORK S1 S4 S3 40' - 9" 63' - 0" 44' - 5" 25 ' - 8 " 130' - 0" 15 5 ' - 4 " 7' - 4" 16 ' - 8 " 30' - 0"48' - 7" 22 ' - 5 " 40 ' - 8 " 48' - 8" LAY DOWN AREA 11 ' - 6 " 11' - 7" 13 ' - 2 " 8' - 10" 15' - 0" 15 ' - 0 " 196' - 6" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0 " GEN-6 1 GEN-6 2 S5 S4 S4 3' - 0 " 4' - 0" 5' - 0" 4' - 0" 3' - 0 " S7 S6 S6 S2S8 S9 4' - 6 " 3' - 6" 13' - 0" S10 S10 MONUMENTS SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT S11 S12 S1 S2 NEW BOOK DROP OFF, OFOI S3 EXISTING FULLY ACCESSIBLE PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO REMAIN SEE L4.101 FOR LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN S4 ACCESSIBLE PARKING TO BE RESTRIPED. RELOCATED (E) SIGNAGE PER NEW LAYOUT. REFER TO A11.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION S5 NEW SHADE STRUCTURE WITH OVERHEAD SIGNAGE REFER TO 7/A63.3, LANDSCAPE, AND STRUCTURAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION S6 NEW TRUNCATED DOMES. REFER TO 8/GEN-6 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. S7 NEW CROSSWALKS TO BE STRIPED WHITE. S8 NEW CONCRETE FLATWORK TO BE INSTALLED. EXISTING IRRIGATION TO BE PROTECTED AND RELOCATED AS NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE WALK. REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPE AS NEEDED. S9 NEW FENCE TO BE INSTALLED. REFER TO L4.101 & L4.403 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION S10 (E) BENCHES TO BE SALVAGED AND PLACED BACK ON SITE. COORDINATE W/ CITY FOR NEW LOCATION. S11 (N) IRRIGATION SERVICE AND BACKFLOW DEVICE. REFER TO CIVIL AND LANDSCAPING FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION S12 (E) 2" WATER SERVICE THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A11.1 IMPROVEMENTS - SITE PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 SITE PLAN LEGEND3/64" = 1'-0"1SITE IMPROVEMENT PLAN SITE PLAN KEYNOTES DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 U.C. Refr. NEW METAL STUD WALL PER SHEET A61.1 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL NOT IN SCOPE 2-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER 1-HR RATED FIRE PARTITION WALL TYPE ANNOTATIONS, SEE SHEET A61.1 FOR DETAILS 1 101 NUMBER INDICATES DOOR PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A52.1 NUMBER INDICATED WINDOW PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A53.1 EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF THE GRID LINES AND/OR TO THE FACE OF STUDS, U.N.O. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT. 3. REFER TO SHEET GEN-4 FOR TYPICAL ACCESSIBILTY REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS. 4. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS AND CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN HERE. 1i 60" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR TURNING SPACE CLR. 60" MIN. 30"X48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30"X48" CLR. 1-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER A11.3 1 2 A21.1 1 A21.1 3 A21.1 275 SF OFFICE 157 SF RESTROOM 2 1080 SF GENERAL STACKS 3 293 SF TEEN AREA 4 504 SF CHILDRENS AREA 5 A11.5 2 A11.5 1 HATCHED AREA NOT IN SCOPE 205 SF READING AREA 7 162 SF ELEC. ROOM 8 186 SF IDF ROOM 9 7' - 10"5' - 4" 2' - 9" 6' - 0" 5' - 10" 3' - 0" 163 A63.3 8 A B C 1 2 3 4 A11.3A 1 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A11.2 IMPROVEMENTS - OVERALL FLOOR PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 FLOOR PLAN LEGEND KEYNOTES 1/8" = 1'-0"1IMPROVEMENTS OVERALL FLOOR PLAN 163 TEMPORARY FULL HEIGHT DEMISING WALL DURING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO SERVE AS A VISUAL AND AUDITORY BARRIER BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AND DELHI'S ONGOING ACTIVITIES. WALL TO BE MDF W/ SMOOTH PAINT FINISH TO MATCH (E)SURROUNDINGS. (E) FLOOR TO BE PROTECTED IN PLACE AS PARTITION SHOULD NOT BE ATTACHED THROUGH THE (E) FINISH FLOOR , AND NOT IMPEDE ON PATH OF TRAVEL. NOT A PERMANENT PARTITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE DONE DURING INSTALLLATION AND DEMOLITION OF DEMISING WALL. DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 U.C. Refr. NEW METAL STUD WALL PER SHEET A61.1 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL NOT IN SCOPE 2-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER 1-HR RATED FIRE PARTITION WALL TYPE ANNOTATIONS, SEE SHEET A61.1 FOR DETAILS 1 101 NUMBER INDICATES DOOR PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A52.1 NUMBER INDICATED WINDOW PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A53.1 EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF THE GRID LINES AND/OR TO THE FACE OF STUDS, U.N.O. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT. 3. REFER TO SHEET GEN-4 FOR TYPICAL ACCESSIBILTY REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS. 4. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS AND CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN HERE. 1i 60" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR TURNING SPACE CLR. 60" MIN. 30"X48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30"X48" CLR. 1-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER A21.3 8 2 A21.1 1 A21.1 3 A21.1 A21.2 2 SF1 1/ A52.2 SF2 2/ A52.2 SF3 3/ A52.2 504 SF CHILDRENS AREA 5 293 SF TEEN AREA 4 275 SF OFFICE 1 57 SF RESTROOM 2 2 3 4A21.31 2 3 A21.3 4 5 6 A21.3 7 5' - 0" 11' - 5" 061000.B 061000.B 084410.A 061000.B 106100.A A11.5 2 0007 080000.B M3.4 M3.1 M3.4 M6.6 M6.6 M3.4 M3.4 M3.4 M3.4 M3.4 M6.6 M6.4 M3.4 M3.4 M6.4 32 ' - 0 " 7' - 1 1 " 9' - 4 " 14 ' - 5 " 32' - 7" 7"1' - 11" 6' - 0" 2' - 7" 7' - 7"7"5' - 0"18' - 6"2' - 6" M3.4061000.A 13' - 2" 205 SF READING AREA 7 5' - 0" 1 A22.1 2 A22.1 W1.6 W1.6 W7.4 W7.4 W1.6 W7.4 M3.4 10 A61.2 1 A21.3 9 260000.H 260000.I 260000.H A21.4 3 124000.N 5 107100.B 107100.B 107100.B107100.B 009 10 009 1080 SF GENERAL STACKS 3 3' - 6" A B D D D E F E F H H H G G C 099000.A 4' - 9" 2' - 6 " R 1' - 0" A63.3 8 F 080000.D 099000.A A B C 1 2 3 4 A63.3 48 033000.G 27 27 27 25 2727 084410.A 084410.A 064100.K 064100.B A ALL-GENDER ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE 4/GEN-5 B ALL-GENDER SIGN 8/GEN-5 C ACCESSIBLE ENTRY SIGN 9/GEN-5 D ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN 11/GEN-5 E TACTILE EXIT ROUTE SIGN 12/GEN-5 F TACTILE EXIT SIGN 13/GEN-5 G ASSISTIVE LISTENING SIGN 16/GEN-5 H OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN 17/GEN-5 DESCRIPTION DETAILNO. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A11.3 IMPROVEMENTS - ENLARGED PLANS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 FLOOR PLAN LEGEND 0007 ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS 009 SAWCUT AND REMOVE HATCHED PORTION OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FOR POWER RUN TO NEARBY FURNITURE, REPLACE SLAB IN KIND FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL WORK, SEE E102 FOR REQUIREMENTS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SLAB TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW WORK) 033000.G (N) CONCRETE SLAB INFILL, SEE DET. 9/A52.4 061000.A WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 061000.B (N) SHEER WALL: 2X12 STUD @ 16" OC W/MOISTURE RESISTANT 5/8" GYP BRD EA SIDE & RUBBER WALL BASE 064100.B WALL-MOUNTED COUNTERTOP, SEE DET. 03/A63.3 064100.K WALL-MOUNTED COUNTERTOP, SEE DET. 05/A63.3 080000.B NEW DOOR & FRAME & THRESHOLD, REF SPECS. PAINT. ARCH. AND OWNER TO DETERMINE COLORS, TYP 080000.D NEW CROWN SST-II HYDRAULIC BI-FOLD DOOR, REFER TO A62.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. BLOCKING FOR BI-FOLD MOTOR PER 4/S-1.1. 084410.A ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONT (INTERIOR) - SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A62.3 099000.A PAINT WALLS TO MATCH EXISTING. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING WHERE NEW WORK MEETS EXISTING, TYP. 106100.A (E) RELOCATED MURAL 107100.B (N) FLOOR MOUNTED DESIGNER CLEAR SECURITY GATE LIB-180 RFID SCANNER, SEE SPECS FOR TYPE/SIZE, OFOI 124000.N WALL-MOUNTED IDF STORAGE CABINET, ADDITIONAL BLOCKING REQ. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM SIZE WITH I.T. SPECS, CFCI 260000.H INCLUDE POWER AND DATA TO COPY PRINT STATION 260000.I INCLUDE POWER AND DATA TO SELF CHECKOUT AND LIBRARY KIOSK KEYNOTES 1/4" = 1'-0"1IMPROVEMENTS ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN DESCRIPTION DATE SIGNAGE LEGEND N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 A B C 1 2 3 4 4" 5' - 5" 4" 2' - 1 " 3' - 6 " 2' - 0 " 4"4' - 11" 3' - 5"6' - 6"2' - 0" 4' - 1" 5" 1" 7' - 8" 1" DEPRESSION IN EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR MORE INFO 1" 4' - 1 0 " 2' - 9 " 1" 2' - 1 1 " 2' - 0 " APPROXIMATE AREA OF (N) CONCRETE SLAB, CONTRACTOR TO V.I.F. REFER TO 19/A52.4 FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING SLAB / FOOTING. NEW CONCRETE SLAB INFILL EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB NOT IN SCOPE THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date A11.3A IMPROVEMENTS - ENLARGED SLAB PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE N 1/4" = 1'-0"1IMPROVEMENTS ENLARGED SLAB PLAN SLAB PLAN LEGEND 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 +10' -6" +10' -6" +9' -6" +11' -6" +10' -6" +10' -6" +10' -4" +11' -0" +10' -6" +10' -6" +11' -6" +10' -6" +10' -4" +10' -6" 260000.G 230000.H 083300.A +10' -6"6' - 0" 1 A22.12 A22.1 260000.C 230000.J 230000.I 260000.C +10' -6"+10' -6" 221000.K 095100.C R 3' - 0" R 5' - 0" R 3' - 0" R 4' - 0"R 3' - 0" R 4' - 0"R 5' - 0" R 4' - 0" R 4' - 0" R 5' - 0" R 3' - 0" R 4' - 0" R 5' - 0" R 4' - 0" R 3' - 0" 095100.B 092116.D R 14' - 0" A B C 1 2 3 4 NOTES: 1. GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS SHALL BE FRAMED WITH METAL STUD JOISTS, U.N.O. SEE DETAIL XX/XX FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2. FOR SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING, REFER TO SHEET A64.1. 3. AT ALL ROOMS WITHOUT CEILINGS (LABELLED AS "EXP" ON PLAN AND/OR ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE), ALL EXPOSED SURFACES AND ELEMENTS SHALL BE PAINTED, INCLUDING STRUCTURE, DECK ABOVE, AND ALL UTILITIES INCLUDING PIPING, CONDUITS, DUCTWORK, ETC. 4. PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION COMPONENTS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERNECE AND COORDINATION PURPOSES. REFER TO PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR COMPONENT AND SYSTEM QUANTITIES, TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS 5. CENTER LIGHTING FIXTURES BETWEEN OPPOSITE WALLS, U.N.O. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS, NOTES, KEYNOTES AND DETAILS CALLOUTS ARE TYPICAL, U.N.O. 7. SEE SHEET A50.1 FOR INTERIOR FINISH LEGEND 8. AT EXPOSED CEILINGS, ALL DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUITS SHALL RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALL, AND AS CLOSE TO THE DECK ABOVE AS POSSIBLE. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS FOR CONDUIT/PIPES AT WALLS WHERE EXPOSED. * REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EMERGENCY LIGHTING. 2' X 4' SUSPENDED CEILING TILES, REFER TO NOTE 2 RECESSED SUPPLY AIR GRILL, SEE MECH. DRAWINGS RECESSED RETURN AIR GRILL, SEE MECH. DRAWINGS 2X2 LUMINAIRE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* S S SPEAKERS, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS EXIT SIGNAGE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SUSPENDED STRIP FLUORESCENT, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* SUSPENDED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* RECESSED EXHAUST AIR GRILL, SEE MECH. DRAWINGS 2X4 LUMINAIRE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* GYP. BOARD CEILING, REFER TO NOTE 1 ROOF HATCH ABOVE, REFER TO DET. 8/A62.6 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* WALL MOUNTED TO BE 8' - 0" TYP. WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE AT STAIR, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* DECORATIVE PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS* 2' X 2' SUSPENDED CEILING TILES, REFER TO NOTE 2 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A11.4 IMPROVEMENTS - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 KEYNOTES 083300.A OVERHEAD FOLDING DOOR, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPE AND FINISH, SEE SHEET A62.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 092116.D (N) 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP BD CEILING, SEE SHEET 13/A52.4 FOR DETAILS 095100.B SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CIRCULAR CEILING CLOUDS W/ PRE-FINISHED FLOATING EDGE (12" FROM SURROUNDING WALLS), SEE DET. 19/A52.4 AND SPECS, TYP. REFER TO A50.1 FOR CEILING FINISH ABOVE CEILING CLOUDS. 095100.C SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES, SEE SHEET A/9.2 FOR DETAILS 221000.K EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ARE TO BE MODIFIED ON A PERFORMANCE BASED DEFFERED APPROVAL 230000.H NEW EXHAUST FAN TO BE INSTALLED, REFER TO MECHANICAL 230000.I NEW MECHANICAL SUPPLY, REFER TO MECHANICAL 230000.J NEW MECHANICAL RETURN, REFER TO MECHANICAL 260000.C LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 260000.G (N) 8" RECESSED DOWN LIGHT 1/4" = 1'-0"1IMPROVEMENTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN IMPROVEMENT RCP LEGEND DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 U.C. Refr. NEW METAL STUD WALL PER SHEET A61.1 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL NOT IN SCOPE 2-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER 1-HR RATED FIRE PARTITION WALL TYPE ANNOTATIONS, SEE SHEET A61.1 FOR DETAILS 1 101 NUMBER INDICATES DOOR PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A52.1 NUMBER INDICATED WINDOW PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A53.1 EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF THE GRID LINES AND/OR TO THE FACE OF STUDS, U.N.O. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT. 3. REFER TO SHEET GEN-4 FOR TYPICAL ACCESSIBILTY REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS. 4. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS AND CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN HERE. 1i 60" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR TURNING SPACE CLR. 60" MIN. 30"X48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30"X48" CLR. 1-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER 6' - 2" 3' - 8 " 5' - 8" 4' - 6 " 20' - 10" 5' - 8" 32' - 6" 5' - 0" 3 A21.3 4 5 6 A21.3 7 M3.4 M3.4 M3.4M6.4 M3.4 M6.6 M3.4 M3.4 M3.4 A21.3 9 B 3 4 7' - 6 " 7' - 7" 17 " - 1 8 " 1' - 6 " M I N . 2 M6.4 221000.C A21.31 2 3M6.6 M6.6 102800.O102800.O 102800.R 102800.G 102800.J 102800.M M6.4 10 5' - 2 " 5' - 1" A 3 1" = 1'-0"2ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0"1ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A11.5 IMPROVEMENTS - ENLARGED OFFICE & RESTROOM PLANS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 FLOOR PLAN LEGEND 102800.G (N) LOCKABLE SOAP DISPENSER, TYP. 102800.J (N) RECESSED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER, TYP. 102800.M (N) TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER, TYP. 102800.O (N) PARTITION MNT 42" GRAB BAR, TYP. 102800.R (N) ACCESSABLE SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECS, TYP. 221000.C PLUMBING FIXTURES, TYP., SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTES N N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 MOBILE MOBILE MOBILE MOBILE MOBILE U.C. Refr. NEW METAL STUD WALL PER SHEET A61.1 EXISTING METAL STUD WALL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL NOT IN SCOPE 2-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER 1-HR RATED FIRE PARTITION WALL TYPE ANNOTATIONS, SEE SHEET A61.1 FOR DETAILS 1 101 NUMBER INDICATES DOOR PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A52.1 NUMBER INDICATED WINDOW PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A53.1 EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF THE GRID LINES AND/OR TO THE FACE OF STUDS, U.N.O. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT. 3. REFER TO SHEET GEN-4 FOR TYPICAL ACCESSIBILTY REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS. 4. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS AND CALLOUTS NOT SHOWN HERE. 1i 60" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR TURNING SPACE CLR. 60" MIN. 30"X48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30"X48" CLR. 1-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER 504 SF CHILDRENS AREA 5 293 SF TEEN AREA 4 1080 SF GENERAL STACKS 3 57 SF RESTROOM 2 275 SF OFFICE 1 124000.D E132 124000.M124000.M124000.M124000.M 205 SF READING AREA 75' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0" 1' - 0 " 1 A22.1 2 A22.1 2' - 7 " 107100.B 107100.B 064100.B 064100.B 064100.B 12' - 1" 12' - 1" 12' - 1" 124000.P 124000.P 124000.S 124000.T 124000.U 124000.V 30X48 CLEAR 3' - 9" 064100.I 124000.O MO B I L E MO B I L E MO B I L E MO B I L E 124000.O 064100.K 4' - 9" A B C 1 2 3 4 274100.A THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date A11.6 IMPROVEMENTS - FURNITURE PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 FLOOR PLAN LEGEND1/4" = 1'-0"1PROPOSED FURNITURE PLAN 064100.B WALL-MOUNTED COUNTERTOP, SEE DET. 03/A63.3 064100.I ONE SIDED LIBRARY SHELVING, OFCI 064100.K WALL-MOUNTED COUNTERTOP, SEE DET. 05/A63.3 107100.B (N) FLOOR MOUNTED DESIGNER CLEAR SECURITY GATE LIB-180 RFID SCANNER, SEE SPECS FOR TYPE/SIZE, OFOI 124000.D 4 TOP CIRCULAR TABLE AND CHAIRS, TYP., OFOI 124000.M NEW RIVELI MODULAR FOLDING SHELVING SYSTEM, OFCI 124000.O MOBILE BOOK CARTS, OFOI 124000.P CHILDERENS FURNITURE, TYP., OFOI 124000.S 8 TOP WORKING TABLE WITH INDIVIDUAL SEAT DIVIDERS, FLUSH MOUNTED POWER PROVIDED, OFOI 124000.T WORKSTATIONS, OFOI 124000.U MOBILE BOOK CARTS, OFOI 124000.V BOOK DROPOFF COLLECTION BIN, OFOI 274100.A LED DISPLAY, CFCI, SEE 2/A63.3 E132 INKJET PRINTER, OFOI KEYNOTES DESCRIPTION DATE N 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 002035035035 C 002 4 035 035 162 AB 035002 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date A21.0 DEMOLITION - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/4" = 1'-0"1DEMO SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"2DEMO EAST ELEVATION 002 EXISTING WINDOW & FRAME TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY, PREP FOR NEW STOREFRONT ENTRY 035 EXISTING WINDOW TO REMAIN & PROTECTED IN PLACE 162 EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM, STEEL SUPPORTS AND FRAMED WALL AND FINISH UP TO REMAIN PROTECTED IN PLACE 1/4" = 1'-0"3DEMO NORTH ELEVATION DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 10 ' - 3 " 12' - 11" 25 1 083300.A 21 ' - 1 0 " 5' - 3" P-3 P-4 P-3 090000.A 4 27 2727 1 A22.1 P-3 P-4 P-4P-4 C 090000.A 27 27 P-4 P-3 P-3 P-4 P-4 090000.A THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date A21.1 IMPROVEMENTS - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/4" = 1'-0"2IMPROVMENT EAST ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"1IMPROVMENT SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"3IMPROVMENT NORTH ELEVATION 083300.A OVERHEAD FOLDING DOOR, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPE AND FINISH, SEE SHEET A62.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 090000.A EXTERIOR STUCCO FINISH DESCRIPTION DATE P-3 FRAZEE BM 2155-40 SEMOLINA P-4 FRAZEE 7282 W CANDLE GLOW CONTRACTOR TO PAINT ENTIRETY OF WALLS AFFECTED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION. PER KEYNOTES BELOW. 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 34' - 2" 5' - 0" 5' - 0" 10 ' - 0 " 4' - 5 " 6' - 6 " 9' - 1 " 7' - 0 " 159 158 4' - 6" 161161161161161161 260000.C260000.C260000.C260000.C 095100.B095100.B R 1' - 0" R 8" R 6" R 1' - 0" R 6" R 8" R 1' - 0" R 6" R 1' - 0" R 8" 8' - 1 " 5' - 1 0 " 3' - 1 1 " 4' - 1 1 " 6' - 8 " 8' - 7 " 1' - 3" 1' - 0" 1' - 4" 2' - 7" 3' - 2" 2' - 6" 2' - 10" 3' - 3" 2' - 10" A B 161161161 095100.B095100.B095100.B095100.B260000.C260000.C 159159159 5' - 0"6' - 11"7' - 11"5' - 0"5' - 9"5' - 7" AB 1" 124000.M 124000.M 11 " 11 " 400004.A 124000.M124000.M124000.M124000.M124000.M 124000.M124000.M124000.M124000.M124000.M 400004.A 274100.A 095100.B095100.B095100.B 095100.B095100.B 095100.B 160 1 A63.3 AB THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/2" = 1'-0" Issue Date A21.2 IMPROVEMENTS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/2" = 1'-0"1NORTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ MAIN WALL 1/2" = 1'-0"2SOUTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ MAIN WALL 1/2" = 1'-0"3SOUTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ KNOWLEDGE BAR 158 CASED OPENINGS, TYP. 159 PUNCHED OPENINGS, SEE 10/A61.2 FOR DETAIL TYP. 160 NEW BOOK DROP 161 NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS, TYP. 095100.B SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CIRCULAR CEILING CLOUDS W/ PRE-FINISHED FLOATING EDGE (12" FROM SURROUNDING WALLS), SEE DET. 19/A52.4 AND SPECS, TYP. REFER TO A50.1 FOR CEILING FINISH ABOVE CEILING CLOUDS. 124000.M NEW RIVELI MODULAR FOLDING SHELVING SYSTEM, OFCI 260000.C LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 274100.A LED DISPLAY, CFCI, SEE 2/A63.3 400004.A INSTALL NEW 11" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM LETTERING HELVETICA FONT WALL SIGNAGE, TYP. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTES 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 4' - 0 " TA-6 TA-3 102800.R 102800.Q TA-5 4' - 0 " 1' - 1 0 " TA-7 TA-9 TA-5 102800.Q TA-14 102800.R TA-6 4' - 0 " 27 27 27 WS 242 4' - 0" WS 242 4' - 0" WS 242 4' - 0" 2' - 5 " 3' - 0 " 12' - 1"064100.B 3' - 3 " WS 153 3' - 0"3' - 0" 2' - 1 1 " 114000.D 221000.G WS 310 3' - 1" WS 310 3' - 1" 5' - 1 0 " 4' - 6 " 064100.B 4 10 ' - 6 " 4 B TG TG TG TG 3' - 6 " 9' - 4" 2' - 8"9' - 5"2' - 8"2' - 8"2' - 8"9' - 4"9' - 4"2' - 8" 088000.E 099000.B099000.B 099000.B 099000.B 099000.B 099000.B 050000.C 5 088000.E 088000.E 088000.E 088000.C 088000.C088000.C088000.C 10 ' - 6 " 3" 2' - 3 " 2' - 3 " 2' - 6 " 1 2 3 092116.E 13 A52.3 13 A52.3 5 A52.3 5 A52.3 5 A52.3 4 A52.3 4 A52.3 4 A52.3 A63.3 5 3' - 0 " 2' - 6" 8" 4 2 102800.T 1/2" = 1'-0"8EAST INTERIOR ELEVATION @ HALLWAY THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/2" = 1'-0" Issue Date A21.3 IMPROVEMENTS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/2" = 1'-0"1WEST INTERIOR ELEVATION @ RESTROOM 1/2" = 1'-0"2SOUTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ RESTROOM1/2" = 1'-0"3NORTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ RESTROOM 050000.C NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT, SEE A52.2 FOR STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS 064100.B WALL-MOUNTED COUNTERTOP, SEE DET. 03/A63.3 088000.C LAMINATED TEMPERED GLAZING, W/LLUMAR GLACIER NRM55 PS4 DECORATIVE WINDOW FILM, TYP. 088000.E ALUM. STOREFRONT WINDOW W/1" INSUL. GLAZING, CLR TEMPERED 1/4" GLASS EA. SIDE W/LLUMAR R20 SR SP4 FILM, TYP. 092116.E INTERIOR DRYWALL FINISH (PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING CORRIDOR) 099000.B EXISTING SPLIT-FACED CMU COLUMNS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYP. 102800.Q (N) FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECS, TYP. 102800.R (N) ACCESSABLE SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECS, TYP. 102800.T (N) WALL MOUNTED BOBRICK KB110 CHANGING TABLE 114000.D UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR, OFCI 221000.G ACCESSIBLE SINK @ COUNTERTOP, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR MODEL NUMBERS TA-3 24" X 36" FRAMED MIRROR, BOBRICK B-165 2436 TA-5 GRAB BARS @ ACCESSIBLE STALL (1-1/4" DIA. STANLESS STEEL), BOBRICK B-5897 TA-6 SURFACE MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER (O.F.C.I) TA-7 RECESSED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER NAPKIN DISPOSAL, BOBRICK B-3094 TA-9 RECESSED TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER, BOBRICK B-3013 TA-14 RECESSED CONVERTIBLE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER / WASTE RECEPTACLE. BOBRICK B-3944 1/2" = 1'-0"4SOUTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ OFFICE 1/2" = 1'-0"5WEST INTERIOR ELEVATION @ OFFICE 1/2" = 1'-0"6EAST INTERIOR ELEVATION @ OFFICE 1/2" = 1'-0"7NORTH INTERIOR ELEVATION @ OFFICE1/2" = 1'-0"9BOOK DROP INTERIOR ELEVATION DESCRIPTION DATE 1/2" = 1'-0"10EAST INTERIOR ELEVATION @ RESTROOM KEYNOTES 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 4 A21.4 AS 1 PL 1 AS 1 OPEN OPEN W.I. 291 3' - 0" W.I. 291 3' - 0" W.I. 291 3' - 0" W.I. 291 3' - 0" PL 1 3"12' - 0"3"5' - 4"3" 18' - 1" 2' - 9 " 2' - 9" W.I. 291 2' - 7" 3' - 6 " 3' - 3 " 4 A21.4 AS 1 18' - 1" 18' - 1" 3"5' - 4"3"12' - 0"3" 2' - 9 " 9" 3' - 6 " PL 1 A21.4 1 A21.4 2 4 A21.4 2' - 6 " PL 1 PL 1 A21.4 6 A21.45 18' - 1" AS 1 PL 1 1' - 1"4"1' - 1" 2' - 6 " 3" 9" 3' - 6 " PLASTIC LAMINATE #1 - CABINETS - FORMICA EVERFORM, BIANCO MINERAL 758. PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART, MONUMENT WOOD Y0808K-12, 12 SOFT GRAIN FINISH WITH AEON 1. ALL MILLWORK SHALL CONFIRM TO THE CURRENT WOODWORK INSTITUTE STANDARDS CUSTOM GRADE. ALL CABINETRY SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT W OODWORK INSTITUTE STANDARDS CUSTOM GRADE. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL CABINETRY AND MILLWORK ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 3. SEE SHEETS A21.1, A21.2, A21.3, A21.4 AND A50.1 FOR EXTERIOR FINISH KEYNOTES AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PL 1 MILLWORK AS 1 PL 1 AS 1 2' - 6" 3' - 6 " AS 1 3" 6" 3" 2' - 6 " 3' - 6 " PL 1 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A21.4 IMPROVEMENTS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 1" = 1'-0"1RECEPTION DESK BACK ELEVATION 1" = 1'-0"2RECEPTION DESK FRONT ELEVATION 1" = 1'-0"3ENLARGED RECEPTION DESK PLAN 1" = 1'-0"4RECEPTION DESK SECTION MILLWORK LEGEND 1" = 1'-0"5HINGE @ RECEPTION DESK 1" = 1'-0"6HINGE @ RECEPTION DESK 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 25 095100.B095100.B 095100.B 1 3' - 0 " 4 TG TG TG TG TGTG TG TG 099000.B 099000.B 061000.B 095100.B 095100.B 095100.B260000.C 095100.B 10 ' - 6 " 10 ' - 4 " 10 ' - 6 " 10 ' - 6 " 161 123 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/2" = 1'-0" Issue Date A22.1 IMPROVEMENTS - BUILDING SECTIONS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 161 NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS, TYP. 061000.B (N) SHEER WALL: 2X12 STUD @ 16" OC W/MOISTURE RESISTANT 5/8" GYP BRD EA SIDE & RUBBER WALL BASE 095100.B SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CIRCULAR CEILING CLOUDS W/ PRE-FINISHED FLOATING EDGE (12" FROM SURROUNDING WALLS), SEE DET. 19/A52.4 AND SPECS, TYP. REFER TO A50.1 FOR CEILING FINISH ABOVE CEILING CLOUDS. 099000.B EXISTING SPLIT-FACED CMU COLUMNS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYP. 260000.C LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1/2" = 1'-0"1EAST BUILDING SECTION 1/2" = 1'-0"2WEST BUILDING SECTION DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTES 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CHILDRENS AREA TEEN AREA WORK ROOM/ OFFICE GENERAL STACKS RESTRM. ENTRANCE EXISTING HALLWAY LAPTOP DISPENSER COVERED PATIO SELF-CHECK 1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALLS, PARTITIONS, AND COLUMNS TO BE PAINTED P-1 EGGSHELL FINISH, SEMI-GLOSS AT WET WALLS, PAINTED WOOD AND METAL 3. ALL PRODUCTS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS GENERAL NOTES: PLAN NOTES: 1 2 FLOORING: T-1 FLOOR TILE: DALTILE, KEYSTONES MOSAIC, UPTOWN SPECKLE D202, 2" X 2" WITH 1/16" GROUT JOINTS USING CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS GROUT, OYSTER GRAY 386 WALL SURFACES: P-1 GENERAL AREA WALL PAINT: DUNN EDWARDS, COLOR TO BE CRYSTAL HAZE DE6219, EGGSHELL FINISH, SEMI-GLOSS FINISH AT WET AREAS, PAINTED WOOD AND METAL, FLAT FINISH ON CEILINGS P-2 ACCENT WALL PAINT: DUNN EDWARDS, COLOR TO BE PACIFIC PALISADE DE5787, EGGSHELL FINISH T-2 WALL TILE: DALTILE, COLOR STORY WALL, MATTE DESIGNER WHITE A00661, 3" X 6" INSTALLED IN A RUNNING BOND PATTERN TO A HEIGHT OF 48" MINIMUM USING FULL TILES ONLY WITH 1/16" GROUT: B-1 GENERAL AREA WALL BASE: TARKETT, 4" COVED BASE, COLOR TO BE CHARCOAL 20 MILLWORK: PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE: WILSONART, MONUMENT WOOD Y0808K-12, 12 SOFT GRAIN FINISH WITH AEON FINISHES LEGEND & NOTES 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALL BASE TO BE B-1, COVED, USING ROLL GOODS ONLY. 5. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF BUILT-IN COUNTERS AND CABINETS E-1 EXISTING SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR: POLISH AND SEAL WALL THICKNESS ONLY TO BE PAINTED P-4; SEE ELEVATIONS CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS GROUT, BRIGHT WHITE 381 6. EXISTING WINDOWCOVERING TO REMAIN. CLEAN, PATCH AND REPAIR, AS REQUIRED DEMOLISH EXISTING WALL & FLOOR FINISHES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES, AS SPECIFIED4. B-2 RESTROOM WALL BASE: DALTILE, COLOR STORY WALL, MATTE DESIGNER WHITE A0061, 3" X 6" COVED INSTALLED USING CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS GROUT, BRIGHT WHITE 381 GYP. BD. CEILINGS, SOFFITS AND EXPOSED CEILINGS TO BE PAINTED P-1, FLAT FINISH AS-1 COUNTER TO BE FORMICA, EVERFORM, BIANCO MINERAL 758. PROVIDE MATCHING 4" SPLASH AT KITCHENETTE P 1 P 1 P 1P 1 P 2 P 2 P 3 AS 1 PL AS 1 AS 1 PL 1 E 1 B 1 E 1 B 1 C 1 B 1 T 1 B 2 T 2 P-3 ACCENT WALL PAINT: DUNN EDWARDS, COLOR TO BE MARIGOLD DE5291, EGGSHELL FINISH 11 1 1 P 1 P 1 STAINED WOOD DOORS; STAIN TO MATCH PL-1 2 P-4 ACCENT WALL PAINT: DUNN EDWARDS, COLOR TO BE ROLLING HILLS DE5606, EGGSHELL FINISH 2 E 1 B 1 E 1 B 1 C-1 CARPET TILE: MILLIKEN, THE LOWDOWN, COVERT SECS, SECRET TAPES, 18" X 36" 3 3 INSTALL A GREY VINYL TRANSITION STRIP WHERE CARPET MEETS CONCRETE: TARKETT, SLIMLINE TRANSITIONS U.C. Refr. A B C 1 2 34 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date A50.1 INTERIOR FINISH PLAN #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/4" = 1'-0"1PROPOSED FINISHES PLAN DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 AL - ALUMINUM AC - ANODIZED CLEAR BZ - ANODIZED BRONZE CC - CONCEALED CLOSER CLR - CLEAR FC - FLOOR CLOSER FF - FACTORY FINISH FLFD - FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPER FP - FIELD PAINT FPFP - FACTORY PRIMED, FIELD PAINTED FRA - FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY FS - FIELD STAINED GA - GALVANIZED GL - GLASS OR GLAZING GS - GALVANIZED STEEL HM - HOLLOW METAL KY - FLUOROPOLYMER FINISH (SEE SPECS) LVR - LOUVER MF - MILL FINISH MR - MIRRORED GLASS MAG - MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN P - PAINTED (FOR EXISTING FRAMES - PAINT SHALL INCLUDE PREP AND REPAIR OF EXISTING FRAME, TYPICAL) PG - PAINT GRADE PH - PANIC HARDWARE PR - PAIR SCW - SOLID CORE WOOD SG - STAIN GRAIN SMC - SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER ST - STEEL SS - STAINLESS STEEL TEMP - TEMPERED WV - WOOD VENEER F FLUSH HE I G H T P E R S C H E D U L E WIDTH PER SCHED. PAIR WHERE OCCURS - NOTED IN SCHEDULE WITH DOUBLE TAG, I.E. 'G-G'' FG FULL GLASS HE I G H T P E R S C H E D U L E WIDTH PER SCHED. PAIR WHERE OCCURS - NOTED IN SCHEDULE WITH DOUBLE TAG, I.E. 'FG-FG'' TEMPERED GLASS @ R A T E D D O O R S 54 " M A X . 1' - 0 " 2' - 0"6" SG SLIDING GLASS WIDTH PER SCHED. PAIR WHERE OCCURS - NOTED IN SCHEDULE WITH DOUBLE TAG, I.E. 'G-G'' HE I G H T P E R S C H E D U L E 2' - 0" 5' - 6 " B BI-FOLD HE I G H T P E R S C H E D U L E WIDTH PER SCHEDULE THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date A52.1 DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 WINDOW SCHEDULE Type Mark WIDTH HEIGHT FRAME GLAZING DETAILS SILL HEIGHT FIRE RATING Phase CreatedMATERIAL FINISH HEAD DETAIL JAMB SILL DETAIL 27 5' - 8" 6' - 10" ALUMINUM PTD. TEMP. 2/A62.3 3/A62.3 1/A62.3 3' - 4 1/2" EXISTING 27 5' - 8" 6' - 10" ALUMINUM PTD. TEMP. 2/A62.3 3/A62.3 1/A62.3 3' - 4 1/2" EXISTING 27 5' - 8" 6' - 10" ALUMINUM PTD. TEMP. 2/A62.3 3/A62.3 1/A62.3 3' - 4 1/2" EXISTING 27 5' - 8" 6' - 10" ALUMINUM PTD. TEMP. 2/A62.3 3/A62.3 1/A62.3 3' - 4 1/2" EXISTING 27 5' - 8" 6' - 10" ALUMINUM PTD. TEMP. 2/A62.3 3/A62.3 1/A62.3 3' - 4 1/2" EXISTING 25 13' - 4" 7' - 2" ALUMINUM PTD. TEMP. 2/A62.3 3/A62.3 1/A62.3 3' - 0" EXISTING 1. ALL GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC CHAPTER 24. 2. GLASS DOORS, ADJACENT PANELS AND ALL GLAZED OPENINGS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR IMPACT HAZARD PER CBC CHAPTER 24. PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION OF GLAZING PER SECTION 2406.3. 3. REFER TO OVERALL BUILDING PLANS FOR WINDOW TYPE DESIGNATION. REFER TO WINDOW TYPE ELEVATIONS ON THIS SHEET FOR OPERABLE WINDOW DESIGNATIONS, IF ANY. ALL WINDOW SIZES ARE NOMINAL - VERIFY EXACT DIMENSIONS WITH MANUFACTURERS. 4. SEE WINDOW TYPES FOR WINDOW MULLION CONFIGURATIONS. 5. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL WINDOW AND GLAZING INFORMATION. 6. VERIFY ALL HEADER HEIGHTS WITH ELEVATIONS. 7. WINDOWS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF MULTIPANE GLAZING WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE TEMPERED PANE MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF CBC SECTION 2406 FOR SAFETY GLAZING. WINDOW SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES - WINDOWS DOOR SCHEDULE Mark DOOR TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT DOOR FRAME DETAILS PH Phase Created HARDWARE SET CommentsMATERIAL MATERIAL FINISH HEAD DETAIL JAMB DETAIL 1 12' - 10" 10' - 2 3/8" ALUMINUM AND GLASS ALUMINUM PTD. 5/A62.3 7/A62.2 NEW CONSTRUCTION 1 CROWN DOORS SST-II HYDRAULIC BI-FOLD SYSTEM. REFER TO SPEC 08 34 16 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2 F 3' - 0" 7' - 0" SOLID CORE WOOD WOOD PTD. 6/A62.1 6/A62.1 NEW CONSTRUCTION 3 ATTACH RESTROOM SIGNAGE, SEE DET. 6,7,8/GEN-5, EQUIP PANIC HARDWARE 3 SG 3' - 0" 7' - 0" SOLID CORE WOOD WOOD PTD. 6/A62.1 6/A62.1 NEW CONSTRUCTION 4 EQUIP PANIC HARDWARE 4 FG-FG 6' - 0 15/32" 7' - 0" ALUMINUM AND GLASS ALUMINUM PTD. 2/A62.1 1/A62.1 YES NEW CONSTRUCTION 5 EQUIP PANIC HARDWARE 5 FG-FG 4' - 5 1/2" 8' - 0" ALUMINUM AND GLASS ALUMINUM PTD. 1/A62.2 2/A62.2 YES NEW CONSTRUCTION AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH PANIC HARDWARE SWING PANELS THAT SHALL REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 50 LBS OF FORCE TO OPEN. Grand total: 5 DOOR LEGEND AL - ALUMINUM AC - ANODIZED CLEAR BZ - ANODIZED BRONZE CC - CONCEALED CLOSER CLR - CLEAR FC - FLOOR CLOSER FF - FACTORY FINISH FLFD - FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPER FP - FIELD PAINT FPFP - FACTORY PRIMED, FIELD PAINTED FRA - FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY FS - FIELD STAINED GA - GALVANIZED GL - GLASS OR GLAZING GS - GALVANIZED STEEL HM - HOLLOW METAL KY - FLUOROPOLYMER FINISH (SEE SPECS) LVR - LOUVER MF - MILL FINISH MR - MIRRORED GLASS MAG - MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN P - PAINTED (FOR EXISTING FRAMES - PAINT SHALL INCLUDE PREP AND REPAIR OF EXISTING FRAME, TYPICAL)A\ PG - PAINT GRADE PH - PANIC HARDWARE PR - PAIR SCW - SOLID CORE WOOD SG - STAIN GRAIN SMC - SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER ST - STEEL SS - STAINLESS STEEL TEMP - TEMPERED 1. LETTER "P" FOLLOWING DOOR TYPE LETTER IN SCHEDULE INDICATES A PAIR OF DOORS. SCHEDULED DIMENSION IS TOTAL FRAME OPENING. BOTH DOOR LEAVES ARE THE SAME SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. LETTER "X" FOLLOWING DOOR TYPE LETTER IN SCHEDULE INDICATES A FIXED PANEL ABOVE DOOR LEAF. DOOR LEAF IS TO BE 7'-0" HIGH. SCHEDULED DIMENSION IS HEIGHT OF ACTIVE DOOR LEAF PLUS FIXED PANEL. FIXED PANEL SHALL BE OF SAME MATERIAL, CONSTRUCTION, THICKNESS, AS FINISH AS ACTIVE DOOR AND PROVIDED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS DOOR. 3. LOUVERS IN FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES TO BE FLFD (FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPER), LOUVERS IN EXTERIOR DOORS TO BE VANDAL-PROOF SECURITY TYPE. 4. GLAZING, ALL GLAZING PANELS IN FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES TO BE RATED GLASS. ALL OTHER GLAZING PANELS IN DOORS TO BE TEMPERED GLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. ALL DOORS NOTED AS 1-HOUR, AND 1 1/2-HOUR FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL MEET THE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF MAXIMUM 450 F TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE AMBIENT AFTER 30 MINUTES OF THE FIRE TEST. (CBC SEC. 1005.3.3.5 AND 1005.3.4.4). 6. THICKNESS: ALL DOORS TO BE 1 3/4" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO HAVE WEATHERSTRIPPING ALL SIDES PER TITLE 24, SECTION T20-1451-1542. 8. ALL WOOD DOORS TO BE SOLID-CORE TYPE. 9. EXIT DOORS SERVING 50 OR MORE OCCUPANTS SHALL OPEN IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT. 10. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. ANY SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE APPROVED TYPE. CBC CHAPTER 33 AND UFC SECTION 12,104(B). 11. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING PER CBC 11B-404.2.7 1. OPERABLE BY A SIMPLE EFFORT, NOT GRASPING WRIST MOVEMENT (LEVERS, PANIC DEVICES, OR PULLS). 2. 5-LB CLOSURE PRESSURE AT INTERIOR DOORS. 3. 5-LB CLOSURE PRESSURE AT EXTERIOR DOORS. 4. 5-LB CLOSURE PRESSURE AT FIRE DOORS. 5. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 12. ALL DOORS INDICATED AS FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES TO HAVE CLOSURES AND SMOKE SEALS. 13. ON DOORS IN ALUMINUM FRAMES, PROVIDE ARMORED STRIKE ON JAMB OF ALUMINUM FRAME. 14. EXIT DOORS SHALL HAVE A READILY VISIBLE, DURABLE SIGN ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING, "THIS DOOR TO REMAINED UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." THE SIGN SHALL HAVE 1" HIGH LETTERS ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. THE LOCKING DEVICE MUST BE OF A TYPE THAT WILL BE READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED. 15. DOORS SHALL BE A MINUMUM OF 36" WIDE X 80" HIGH WITH NO SINGLE LEAF EXCEEDING 4'-0" IN WIDTH. 16. BOTTOM 10" OF DOOR TO HAVE SMOOTH UNINTERUPTED SURFACE FOR OPENING BY WHEELCHAIR FOOT REST. 17. CENTER OF HARDWARE TO BE 30" TO 40" ABOVE FLOOR. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOOR TO BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER OR PUSH-PULL TYPE HARDWARE. 18. PROVIDE DOOR SYMBOLS ON DOORWAYS LEADING TO SANITARY FACILITIES (SEE TOILET ROOM DOOR SIGNAGE). CENTER SYMBOLS ON DOORS AT 60" HEIGHT, AND FINISH IN COLOR CONTRASTING TO THAT OF THE DOOR. 19. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH MAXIMUM WITH A 2:1 DEGREE BEVELED EDGE. 20. THRESHOLD HEIGHT BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED AT MAZIMUM 50% SLOPE. 21. ALL EXTERIOR DOOR SHALL HAVE PERIMETER DOOR SOUND SEAL/GASKET. 22. EACH DOOR IN A MEANS OF EGRESS FROM A GROUP A, OR ASSEMBLY AREA NOT CLASSIFIED AS AN ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY, HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE SHALL NOT BE PROVIDED WITH A LATCH OR LOCK UNLESS IT IS PANIC HARDWARE OR FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. BUILDING CODE 1008.1.10 FIRE CODE 1008.1.10 DOOR GENERAL NOTES DOOR NOTES LEGEND COMMENTS: DOOR COMMENTS LEGEND 1. PROVIDE ELECTRONIC HOLD-OPENS FOR EACH LEAF W/ CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM. DOOR SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TGTG 5 4' - 6" 3' - 9 " 4' - 6" 088000.E 4 A52.3 5 A52.3 TG TG 088000.E 088000.E 088000.C 088000.C 8' - 1 " 2 4 A52.3 5 A52.3 TGTG 4' - 6"4' - 6" 3' - 6 " 7' - 0 " 4 A52.3 5 A52.3 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 1" = 1'-0" Issue Date A52.2 STOREFRONT SCHEDULE #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1" = 1'-0"1SF11" = 1'-0"2SF21" = 1'-0"3SF3 ABBREVIATIONS TG - TEMPERED GLAZING, AS REQUIRED PER CBC 2406 GENERAL NOTES DESCRIPTION DATE 088000.C LAMINATED TEMPERED GLAZING, W/LLUMAR GLACIER NRM55 PS4 DECORATIVE WINDOW FILM, TYP. 088000.E ALUM. STOREFRONT WINDOW W/1" INSUL. GLAZING, CLR TEMPERED 1/4" GLASS EA. SIDE W/LLUMAR R20 SR SP4 FILM, TYP. KEYNOTES 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 R-19 BATT INSUL. AT EXT. WALLS PER T-24 FIN. PER FIN. SCHED., WRAP DWN. AND O/ AT HEAD PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS. CONT. SEALANT FILLET VERTICAL MULLION BEYOND 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN, SEE STRUCT. DWGS. HEADER PER STRUCT. DWGS. DRIP EDGE (PRE- FINISHED, TYP.)CORNER BEAD ALUM. STOREFRONT HEAD GLASS PER ELEVATION SHIM AS REQ'D. - ATTACH PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. INTERIOREXTERIOR CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BETWEEN FRAME AND SELF- ADHERING FLASHING, TYP. BOTH SIDES SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, LAP DOWN AND OVER THROUGH ROUGH OPENING SELF-ADHERED FLASHING 8-IN. WIDE, LAP OVER AND DOWN ALUM. HEAD FLASHING CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/SELF-ADHERED FLASHING O/VERTICAL LEG OF DRIP EDGE EXT. CEMENT PLASTER & LATH O/WEATHER BARRIER CASING BEAD (DEPTH OF PLASTER) SHIM AS REQ'D. - ATTACH PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. R-19 BATT INSUL. AT EXT. WALLS PER T-24 FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS.CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD HARDY FRAME PER STRUCTURAL 1/S-3.1 CORNER BEAD INTERIOR @ LIRBARY INTERIOR @ CORRIDOR ALUM. STOREFRONT JAMB CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BETWEEN FRAME AND SELF- ADHERING FLASHING, TYP. BOTH SIDES 1/4" GLASS PER ELEV. HORIZONTAL MULLION BEYOND TYP. EXISTING CMU COLUMNS (E) 4X4 SHIM AS REQ'D. - ATTACH PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. R-19 BATT INSUL. AT EXT. WALLS PER T-24 FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS. CONT. SEALANT FILLET 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN, SEE STRUCT. DWGS. CORNER BEAD INTERIOR EXTERIOR ALUM. STOREFRONT JAMB BACKER ROD AND SEALANT GLASS PER ELEV. HORIZONTAL MULLION BEYOND SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, LAP DWN AND O/ THRU ROUGH OPNG. CASING BEAD (DEPTH OF PLASTER), TYP. AT JAMBS EXT. CEMENT PLASTER & LATH O/WEATHER BARRIER CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, SEE SPECS. SELF-ADHERED FLASHING 8-IN. WIDE, LAP DN. AND OVER CASING BEAD, TYP. STOREFRONT SILL 1/4" GLASS PER ELEVATION VERTICAL MULLION BEYOND SEAL AROUND BOLT SEALANT (E) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 3/8" DIA. HILTI KH-EZ WITH 2 1/2" NOM. EMBED. @ 18" O.C. PER ICC ESR-3027 VERTICAL MULLION BEYOND ALUM. STOREFRONT HEAD 1/4" GLASS PER ELEVATION SHIM AS REQ'D. - ATTACH PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. INTERIORINTERIOR CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BETWEEN FRAME AND ALUMINUM HEAD MULLION. STOREFRONT TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING SOFFIT (E) SOFFIT TO REMAIN 3 1/8X12 GLB PER 1/S-3.1 ROOF FRAMING BEYOND THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 3" = 1'-0" Issue Date A52.3 STOREFRONT DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 3" = 1'-0"3TYP. STOREFRONT HEAD @ PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"5TYP. S.F. JAMB @ BRICK VENEER 3" = 1'-0"7TYP. STOREFRONT JAMB @ PLASTER DESCRIPTION DATE 3" = 1'-0"13STOREFRONT SILL 3" = 1'-0"4TYP. STOREFRONT HEAD @ ROOF/SOFFITNOT USED 11 NOT USED 8 NOT USED 1 NOT USED 12 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 WALL TYPE PER PLAN ANCHOR BOLT & 2X PT SILL PLATE FIRE-RATED SEALANT @ FIRE-RATED WALLS, ACOUSTICAL SEALANT @ NON-RATED WALLS ACOUSTICAL INSULATION WALL TYPE PER PLAN CE I L I N G H E I G H T W H E R E O C C U R S ROOF OR FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE A52.4 1 @ RESTROOM & TILE WALLS OR A52.4 3 4 A52.4 WALL TYPE PER PLAN ROOF OR FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE A52.4 1 (E) JOIST @ RESTROOM & TILE WALLS OR 4 A52.4 11/16" STC TO EA. TRUSS OR DTC @ 48" O.C. CONNECTION PER 3/S-3.1 (E) DBL. 2x TOP PLATES (ALT. 1x OVER 2x) NON BEARING WALL PIPE OR CONDUIT PENETRATION COMPACTED SUBGRADE VAPOR BARRIER - STEGOWRAP 15 MIL ADDITIONAL LAYER OF STEGOWRAP AND TAPE VAPOR RETARDER TO PIPE - SEAL W/ STEGOTAPE 1' - 4" PLYWOOD E.N. ST22 AT 32" O.C. 4"x8" PLATE WITH 3/4" DIAMETER x 12" A.B.'S AT 24" O.C. ROOF SHEATHING LB210, TYP. SIMP. B1418, TYP. TJI WEB STIFF. B/S OF WEB (PER MFG. SPECS.) ROOF SHEATHING 18" TJI AT 16" O.C. 2"x4" AT 16" O.C. ONE HOUR WALL NOTES FULL HEIGHT WALL TYP. U.N.O. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING CONFORM WITH REQUIREMENTS 1. UL DESIGN L587 OR APPROVED EQUAL H2.5'S AT 16" O.C. LAP 2"x4" & TJI'S & FASTEN WITH (6)16D COMMON NAILS TOTAL 2"x OR M=L BLOCK WALL WHERE IT OCCURS TJI WEB STIFFENER B/S OF WEB (PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS) 12 " M I N . ROOF E.N. FASTEN CONTROL JOINT TO LATH W/ S.S. TIE WIRES AT 9" O.C. WIRE LATH W/ FURRING NAILS PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 2-PLY WEATHER BARRIER, SEE SPECIFICATIONS EXPANSION JOINT FASTEN TO LATH @ 9" O.C. W/ TIE WIRES SOFFIT CEMENT PLASTER W/ FINISH O/ WIRE LATH WHERE OCCURS, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SET CONTROL JOINTS IN A FULL BED OF SEALANT 2" WIDE, COMPLETELY FILLING BACK OF PROFILE. FASTEN LATH TO FRAMING AT 6" O.C. SECTION VIEW 1' - 4" PLYWOOD E.N. ST22 AT 32" O.C. 4"x8" PLATE WITH 3/4" DIAMETER x 12" A.B.'S AT 24" O.C. ROOF SHEATHING LB210, TYP. SIMP. B1418, TYP. TJI WEB STIFF. B/S OF WEB (PER MFG. SPECS.) ROOF SHEATHING 18" TJI AT 16" O.C. AT SHEAR WALLS: CONTINUE DRYWALL USE TYPE X GYP. EA. SIDE UP TO ROOF OR FLOOR FRAMING ONE HOUR WALL NOTES FULL HEIGHT WALL TYP. U.N.O. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING CONFORM WITH REQUIREMENTS 1. UL DESIGN L587 OR APPROVED EQUAL 1' - 4" PLYWOOD E.N. ST22 AT 32" O.C. 4"x8" PLATE WITH 3/4" DIAMETER x 12" A.B.'S AT 24" O.C. ROOF SHEATHING LB210, TYP. SIMP. B1418, TYP. TJI WEB STIFF. B/S OF WEB (PER MFG. SPECS.) ROOF SHEATHING 18" TJI AT 16" O.C. 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN @ 16" O.C. BATT INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 2X P.T.D.F SILL PLATE PER STRUCT. TILE BACKERBOARD, SEE SPECS LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT CERAMIC WALL TILE P.T. WOOD NAILER, EMBEDDED IN CURB TYP. SILL BOLT, SEE STRUCTURAL DOWEL, SEE STRUCTURAL MORTAR SET CERAMIC TILE FLOOR CO N C . C U R B 7 1 / 2 " STUD SIZE STUD SIZE PER PLAN VARIES DEPRESSED SLAB, FOR CONN. SEE DET. 9/A52.4 SEE 6/A61.2 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN @ 16" O.C. INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD CO N C . C U R B 6" 2X P.T.D.F SILL PER STRUCTURAL TILE BACKERBOARD, SEE SPECS LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT CERAMIC WALL TILE P.T. WOOD NAILER EA. SIDE, STAGGERED EMBEDDED IN CURB SILL BOLT PER STRUCTURAL DOWEL, SEE STRUCTURAL MORTAR SET CERAMIC TILE FLOOR 1 1 / 2 " CONC. CURB DEPRESSED SLAB, FOR CONN. SEE DET. 9/A52.4 SEE 5/A61.2 CEILING SUSPENSION GRID AIR DIFFUSER DUCT WORK ABOVE CEILING. DO NOT ATTACH TO CEILING OR CEILING TO DUCTWORK. AIR DIFFUSER W/ (2) 12 GA HANGER WIRES @ ALTERNATE CORNERS TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. FIXTURE 56# OR LESS - (2) SLACK 12GA. @ ALTERNATE CORNERS TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. FIXTURES 75# OR MORE - (4) TAUT 12 GA. WIRES 4'4 FIXTURES - (4) 12 GA SLACK WIRES PROVIDE 4- ATTACHMENTS PER FIXTURE TO CEILING GRID (#8SMS, MINIMUM) 3 TURNS @ HANGER WIRE TYPICAL @ EACH END 4 TURNS @ BRACE WIRES TYP. @ EACH END FOR CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE SEE CONNECTION ON DETAILS 4/A-63.1 & 7/A-63.1 FOR CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE SEE CONNECTION ON DETAILS 7/A-63.1 & 17/A-52.1 HANGER WIRE BRACING WIRE 1 1/2" MAX. 10° TO 45° 3" M A X . 1/2" MAX. U.N.O. #12 GAGE WIRE #12 GAGE WIRE 1/ 2 " T Y P 1/2" TYP HANGER AND BRACING WIRE CONNECTION- TYPICAL WIRE TURNS 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 1-1/2" METAL CHANNELS SPACING 24" O.C. MAX CEILING JOIST PER 1/A64.2 NOTE: WALL-TO- WALL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM APPLICABLE FOR SHORT SPANS UP TO 14FT. PER MANUF. (2) # 10 @ FLANGE T & B EA. END TYP. # 10 @ EA. JOIST STUD & (4) # 10 PER BLOCK, TYP. 362S162-54 OR 1-1/2"x 33 MIL STRAP TRACK BLOCKING TO MATCH JOISTS. PLACE @ 72" O.C. MAX & @ EA. END OF STRAP/STUD TYP. HANGER WIRE W/ MIN. OF 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" 1/4" HOLE JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL PLANS 2X WOOD BLOCKING NOTE: SEE NAILING SCHEDULE PER STRUCTURAL PLANS BRACING WIRE W/ MIN. OF 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2", SEE NOTE #16 MI N . D I M . 4" ACOUSTICAL BOARD RIGID POLYMER TRACK ST A N D A R D T H I C K N E S S 1 3 / 4 " BASE SHELF BASE BRACKET NUT WITH WASHER BASE SHELF (SHOWN DASHED) BASE BRACKET BOTTOM SPREADER FRONT VIEW 3/8" DIA x 2-1/2" EMBEDMENT HILTI HUS- EZ (ICC #3027) THRU BASE BRACKET [SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED] 7 7/8 9 7/8" 7 7/8" 9 7/8" SIDE VIEW DRILL & EPOXY W/ HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 (ESR-3814) DOWELS TO MATCH SLAB REINF. SPACING & QUANTITY 2' - 0" LAP 5" 2-1/2" AT 5" THK. SLAB ON GRADE (E) SLAB ON GRADE(N) SLAB ON GRADE SLAB ON GRADE CONT. 1/2" TOOLED RADIUS TYPICAL SELF-LEVELING SEALANT CONTINUOUS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING LAYOUT CONT. NEOPRENE JOINT BACKER- ROD (TYPICAL) AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING LAYOUT THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A52.4 WALL & FLOOR & CLG. DTLS. #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 3" = 1'-0"1TYP. BOTTOM TRACK CONNECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2FULL-HEIGHT FRAMING 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3TRUSS TO NON-STRUCTURAL WALL3" = 1'-0"7TYPICAL SLAB PENETRATION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6TYP. HEAD SHEAR WALL @ CORRIDOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"12FLR/CLG. I-JOIST @ EXT. WALL 6" = 1'-0"13TYP. SOFFIT @ WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9I-JOIST @ INT. WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8TYP. HEAD @ 1 HR SHEAR WALL 3" = 1'-0"5PLUMBING WALL CURB 3" = 1'-0"4TILE WALL CURB 1 1/2" = 1'-0"14CEILING FIXTURE SLAG WIRES 3" = 1'-0"16HANGER & BRACING WIRE CONN. 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11GYPSUM BOARD CEILING @ RR.3" = 1'-0"15HANGER/BRACING WIRE @ ROOF 12" = 1'-0"17ACOUSTIC CEILING CLOUD DESCRIPTION DATE NOT USED 101 1/2" = 1'-0"18BOOKSHELF ATTACHMENT 1 1/2" = 1'-0"19CONN. TO EXIST. SLAB OR FTG. 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 GENERAL: 1. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE SO ARRANGED AND SPACED AS TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF PIPES, CONDUITS, CONTROLS AND DUCTWORK WITH A MINIMUM OF CUTTING. SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NECESSARY FRAMES, BRACING AND SEALANT AROUND THE OPENING. 2. OFFSET STUDS WHERE REQUIRED SO THAT FINISH WALL SURFACE WILL BE FLUSH. IF STRUCTURAL PANELS ARE REQUIRED ON A WALL PLANE, THE ENTIRE WALL PLANE SHALL BE FURRED OR FINISHED FLUSH. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL STIFFENERS, BRACING, BACK-UP PLATES, AND SUPPORTING BRACKETS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL CASEWORK, STAIR RAILINGS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, PARTITION, AND ALL WALL-MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 4. AT A MINIMUM FIREBLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT AS REQUIRED PER CURRENT BUILDING CODES. SEE NOTES THIS SHEET. 5. AT A MINIMUM FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE AIR DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT BUILDING CODES. SEE NOTES THIS SHEET. 6. PLASTIC PIPE PENETRATION IN ACOUSTICAL PARTY FLOOR-CEILING OR WALL ASSEMBLIES ARE PROHIBITED (UNLESS ALLOWED BY LISTED ASSEMBLY). PLASTIC PIPES AND PLASTIC BOXES (EXCEPT UL FIRE RATED BOXES) SHALL NOT PENETRATE FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS. NEC 300-21. SEE SHEET A-60.1 FOR FIRE STOPPING REQUIREMENTS. 7. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ACCESS DOORS, FIRE DAMPERS, ETC. IN CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATED AS REQUIRED BY INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK AND AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES IN FIRE RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS. 8. CONTACT BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE PROTECTED AT ALL LOCATIONS W/ UNDERLAYMENT - BITUMINOUS PAINT, NEOPRENE WASHERS OR ANOTHER NON- CONDUCTING MATERIAL. 9. PROVIDE INSULATION PER SCHEDULE AND CONFORMING TO ASTM C 665-98 TYPE III - BLANKETS W/ A REFLECTIVE VAPOR-RETARDED ON PRINCIPAL SIDE. FIRE RESISTANCE RATED WHERE EXPOSED IN THE EXTERIOR WALL OR AT THE CEILING PLENUM. 10. ROOFING SYSTEM SHALL BEAR UL LISTING AS A CLASS "A" SYSTEM. ALL MANUFACTURED MATERIALS USED SHALL BEAR THE APPROPRIATE UL LABEL. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED. 12. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS NOTED ON A60.1 AND ELSEWHERE IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. UNIT TO UNIT WALLS AND FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL MEET A MINIMUM STC AND IIC SOUND RATING OF 50. REFERENCE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND FLOOR CEILING ASSEMBLIES NOTED IN THESE DRAWINGS. 13. ALL ROOF PIPE PENETRATIONS TO BE ROUND. REQUIRED LOCATIONS: 1. CONCEALED SPACES OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES, AT 10'-0" INTERVALS BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL. 2. AT INTERSECTIONS BETWEEN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL. 3. AT CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEEN STAIR STRINGERS AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF STAIR RUN. 4. IN OPENING AROUND PIPES, DUCTS, AT CEILINGS AND FLOORS. CONSTRUCTION: 1. 2" NOMINAL LUMBER, OR (2) LAYERS OF 1" LUMBER WITH BROKEN LAPS, OR (1) LAYER OF 3/4" STRUCTURAL PANEL WITH JOINTS BACKED BY 3/4" STRUCTURAL PANEL. 2. GYPSUM BOARD, CEMENT FIBER BOARD. 3. BLANKETS OF MINERAL FIBER (IF TESTED FOR USE). NO LOOSE FILL INSULATION. 1. PARTY WALL AND DIVISION WALL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS: A. STUDS SHALL NOT OVERRIDE PLATES OF PARTY OR DIVISION WALLS. KNOT HOLES, WARPED LUMBER, SPLINTERED WOOD, SPLICES, CHIPS AND SAWCUTS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED AT VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL PARTY WALL CONNECTIONS. B. FRAMING AT BUILT-UP CORNERS AND JOISTS TO WALL CONNECTIONS ALONG PARTY WALLS SHALL FIT TIGHTLY WITHOUT AIR GAPS. SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE TAKEN SO THAT DRY WALL NAILER BLOCKING MEETS THIS CONDITION BETWEEN JOISTS. C. CONCRETE POUR MATERIAL SHALL NOT FLOW ONTO PART WALL SOLE PLATES. CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE POURED ONTO OR INTO PARTY WALL SEPARATION CAVITIES BETWEEN PLATES. D. ALL WALL INSULATION SHALL BE SNUGLY FITTED AND/OR STAPLED BETWEEN STUDS. E. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SHALL CONTINUE TO THE ROOF LINE ON ONE SIDE OF THE WALL TO AVOID FLANKING OF SOUND THROUGH THE ATTIC SPACE. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN A 1/4" GAP AT ALL PARTY OR DIVISION WALL PERIMETERS AND FILL THE GAP WITH ACOUSTICAL CAULK. F. WHERE TWO LAYERS OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD ARE REQUIRED ON ONE SIDE OF A COMMON WALL, THE JOINTS BETWEEN THE SECOND LAYER OF WALLBOARD MUST BE STAGGERED WITH RESPECT TO THE JOINTS OF THE FIRST LAYER, I.E. THE JOINTS MUST NOT OVERLAP. G. GYPSUM WALLBOARD AT PARTY AND DIVISION WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN A 1/4” GAP AT PERIMETERS. FILL GAP WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 2. FLOOR/CEILING REQUIREMENTS: A. REFER TO INSULATION SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR ACOUSTIC INSULATION REQUIREMETNS. ALL FLOOR/CEILING INSULATION SHALL BE SNUGLY FITTED AND/OR STAPLED BETWEEN JOISTS. B. GYPSUM WALLBOARD AT FLOOR CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN A 1/4” GAP AT PERIMETERS. FILL GAP WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. C. SEALANT FOR ALL FLOOR/CEILING ASEMBLIES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS. D. RESILIENT CHANNELS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER, ASTM STANDARDS AND THE GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK. E. WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED BEFORE THE RESILIENT CHANNELS TO ENSURE THAT THE CHANNELS REMAIN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE WALL TO ALLOW THE CEILING TO FLOAT OR MOVE VERTICALLY WITHOUT HINDRANCE. 3. SEALANT: A. THE INTENT OF THESE RECOMMENDATIONS IS TO ENSURE THAT AN AIR TIGHT COMMON PARTITION CONSTRUCTION IS MAINTAINED. A 1 SQ. IN. HOLE, CRACK OR GAP IN A 100 SQ. FT. WALL WILL REDUCE THE STC RATING BY 10 POINTS AS COMPARED TO THE SAME WALL WITH AN AIR TIGHT CONSTRUCTION. THUS, THE IMPORTANCE OF PERFORMING CAULKING AND SEALING COMPLETELY AND PRECISELY CANNOT BE OVEREMPHASIZED. B. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT SHALL BE NON-SKINNING, NON-HARDENING, FLEXIBLE SEALANT SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR SEALING GYPSUM WALLBOARD (ASTMC C919). SEALANT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SPANNING 1/2” WIDE BY 3/8” DEEP GAPS. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS INCLUDE: TREMO OR USG SEALANT (OR APPROVED EQUAL). SEALANT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS. C. IF MULTIPLE LAYERS OF WALLBOARD ARE APPLIED TO A WALL SURFACE THE SEALANT MUST BE INSTALLEED FOR LAST LAYER (EA. SIDE OF WALL). D. AT ALL PENETRATIONS IN COMMON WALLS OR COMMON CEILINGS FOR SUCH ITEMS AS ELECTRICAL BOXES, LIGHT FIXTURES, PLUMBING LINES, ETC., LEAVE A 3/16” TO 1/4” GAP IN THE WALLBOARD AROUND THE FIXTURE AND THEN FILL THE GAP WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. IN ADDITION, THE BACKS OF ALL ELECTRICAL BOXES, TELEPHONE BOXES, MEDICINE CABINETS, AND OTHER THIN WALLED ITEMS INSET INTO A COMMON WALL MUST BE COVERED WITH AN AIRTIGHT GYPSUM WALLBOARD HOUSING OR WITH HEAVY MASTIC MATERIAL SUCH AS LOWRY PADS. 4. RESILIENT CHANNEL ASSEMBLIES: A. RESILIENT CHANNELS SHALL BE DIETRICH RC DELUXE FOR WALLS, SUBSTITUTOINS ARE NOT ALLOWED. NOTE: THERE SHALL BE NO CONTACT BETWEN THE SHORT (NON-FASTEN) LEG OF THE CHANNEL AND THE JOIST OR STUDS. B. ATTACHING CHANNELS: ORIENT CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING AND WITH FLANGES FACING IN ONLY ONE DIRECTION. ATTACH CHANNELS AT SPACINGS AND WITH FASTENERS DENOTED IN THE FIRE TEST ASSEMBLY. USE THE PRE-DRILLED MOUNTING HOLES IN THE CHANNELS FOR ATTACHMENT TO THE STUDS OR JOISTS. LOCATE CHANNELS A MAXIMUM OF 3” AND HOLD BACK ENDS 1/2” FROM INTERSECTING SURFACES. PROVIDE SUFFICIENT FRAMING SO CHANNELS ARE NOT CANTILEVERED GREATER THAN 6”. CHANNELS MUST NOT CROSS EACH OTHER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE. CHANNELS MAY ONLY BE OVERLAPPED AT SPLICES. SPLIE CHANNELS ONLY AT FRAMING WITH A MAXIMUM OVERLAP OF 1.5” AND SCREW ATTACH THROUGH BOTH FLANGES. C. ATTACHING GYPSUM WALLBOARD: APPLY GYPSUM WALLBOARD AT A MAXIMUM PRACTICAL LENGTH WITH THE LONG EDGE PARALLEL WITH AND CENTERED ON CHANNELS. FASTEN GYPSUM WALLBOARD AT SPACINGS AND WITH FASTENERS DENOTED IN THE FIRE TEST ASSEMBLY. NAILING RESLIENT CHANNELS IS NOT PERMITTED. FASTENERS SHALL ONLY BE ATTACHED TO THE CHANNELS AND NOT THE FRAMING. INSTALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD TO ALLOW FOR 1/4”GAP FROM INTERSECTING SURFACES. WHEN CONSTRUCTION OF MULTIPLE LAYERS OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD IS INDICATED, APPLY THE FACE LAYER WITH THE LONG EDGE JOINTS OFFSET BY 24” AND THE SHORT EDGE JOINTS OFFSET BY 48” FROM THE BASE LAYER. ADDITIONALLY, OFFSET THE FACE LAYER SCREW PATTERN 6” FROM THE BASE LAYER SCREWS ALONG THE CHANNELS. D. SEALANT: SEAL ALL PERIMETER JOINTS OF RESILIENT ASSEMBLIES AIRTIGHT WITH APPROVED ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. E. BASEBOARD AND TRIM: DO NOT RIGIDLY ATTACH BASEBOARD OR OTHER FINISH TRIM TO UNDERLYING FRAMING THROUGH RESILIENT ASSEMBLIES. SCREW ATTACH BASEBOARD OR OTHER FINISH TRIM TO RESILIENT CHANNELS. ADHERING FINISH TRIM IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE. 5. PLUMBING: A. IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE OR ELIMINATE FLOW NOISE AT ALL WATER, WASTE, DRAIN AND REFRIGERANT PIPING, CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION: I) SUPPLY PIPING 1” DIAMETER OR SMALLER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH ISOLATOR HOLDERS, AND GUIDES. II) SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPING MORE THAN 1” IN DIAMETER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH PILE ISOLATORS II) PLASTER R THIN-WALLED COPPER WASTE AND DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE COMPLETELY WRAPPED USING LOWRY ACOUSTICAL PIPE WRAP AS MANUFACTURED BY HARRY A. LOWRY COMPANY (OR APPROVED EQUAL) IV) REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE ISOLATED BY INSULATING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE LINE WITH A MINIMUM OF 1/2” “ARMAFLEX” (OR APPROVED EQUAL). PLACE CLAMPS OVER THE INSULATION WHEN ATTACHING TO THE STRUCTURE SO THAT THERE IS NO DIRECT CONTACT BETWEEN THE PIPING AND THE STRUCTURE. MAINTAIN A 2” CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE REFRIGERANT LINES AND THE GYPSUM WALLBOARD. B. AT A MINIMUM PROVIDE PIPING SUPPORT PER PLUMBING CODE (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS). THE PLUMBING PIPING, PIPE CONNECTIONS, PIPE HANGERS, OR VALVES, SHALL NOT MAKE CONTACT WITH ANY PART OF THE SURROUNDING STRUCTURE. JOISTS, STUDS, WALLBOARD OR OTHER PIPES, PIPING AND/OR DUCTING WITHIN FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE JOISTS AND COMPLETELY ISOLATED FROM THE CEILING. C. IN OTHERWISE UN-INSULATED STUD BAY OR JOIST CAVITY CONTAINING PIPING, INSTALL A MINIMUM OF 3-1/2” ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION OR OTHER SOUND ABSORPTIVE MATERIAL. D. WATER PRESSURE CONTROL: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THAT WATER SUPPLY PIPING INSTALLED WILL MAINTAIN A MAXIMUM WATER FLOW RATE OF 4 FEET PER SECOND IN 1/2” AND 3/4” DIAMETER BRANCH LINES. FOR LARGER LINES THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE SHALL BE 6 FEET PER SECOND. MAINTAIN A MAXIMUM OF 50 PSI WATER PRESSURE AT PLUMBING FIXTURES, CONSISTENT WITH ADEQUATE FLOW RATES. E. ACOUSTICAL (FIRE STOPPING) SEALANT SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. 6. MECHANICAL: A. INSTALL SUSPENDED MEHCANICAL UNITS SUCH AS FAN/COIL OR IN-LINE FANS ON A MINIMUM OF 1” STATIC DEFLECTION SPRING HANGERS SUCH AS MASON TYPE 3 ON (OR APPROVED EQUAL). DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT CONTACT BETWEEN THE MECHANICAL UNIT AND THE STRUCTURE OR OTHER ADJACENT UTILITIES. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 2” CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE REFRIGERANT LINES AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD SURFACES. B. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS WITH A NOISE RATING LOWER THAN 2.0 SONES. NOTE THAT FAN SOUND RATINGS TYPICALLY ASSUME 10 FEET OF STRAIGHT DUCT ATTACHED OT THE FAN. WHERE CONDITIONS VARY FROM THIS ASSUMPTION, PROVIDE FANS WITH LOWER SOUND RATINGS. MANY BATHROOM FANS ARE AVAILABLE WITH SOUND RATINGS BELOW 1.0 SONE. BATHROOM FAN HOUSING WHICH ARE MOUNTED WITHIN A SEPARATION ASSEMBLY SHALL BE BOXED IN WITH 5/8” GYPSUM BOARD, SEALED AIR TIGHT AND SURROUNDED WITH FIBERGLASS OR EQUIVALENT SOUND ABSORPTIVE MATERIAL. C. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 3 FEET OF ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCT BETWEEN THE FAN/COIL UNIT AND ANY DIFFUSER. DIFFUSERS AND GRILLS SHALL PERFORM A BACKGROUND NOISE CRITERION OF 3 POINTS BELOW NC 30 (I.E. NC25). 7. ELECTRICAL: A. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS IN OPPOSITE FACES OF PARTY OR DIVISION WALLS SHALL BE INSULATED AS FOLLOWS: I) ELECTRICAL BOXES (SWITCHES, OUTLETS, WALL FIXTURES, ETC. IN OPPOSITE FACES OF PARTY OR DIVISION WALLS SHALL BE SEPARATED HORIZONTALLY BY NOT LESS THAN 24 INCHES (I.E. IN DIFFERENT STUD BAYS). IN THE EVENT IT IS NOT PRACTICAL OR POSSIBLE TO PLACE OUTLETS IN DIFFERENT STUD BAYS, THEY SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM EACH OTHER AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE AND IN NO CASE SHALL THERE BE PHYSICAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE TWO ELECTRICAL BOXES. HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE APPLICABLE IN ALL CASES: II) MASTIC SEALER (LOWRY PADS OR APPROVED EQUAL) SHALL BE WRAPPED AROUND BACK SIDES, TOP AND BOTTOM OF ALL ELECTRICAL BOXES IN PARTY WALLS. III) ELECTRICAL BOXES SHALL BE BACKED BY R-11 FIBERGLASS AS NEEDED TO COMPLETELY FILL THE STUD BAY. IV) KNOCKOUT PLATES ON ELECTRICAL BOXES IN PARTY OR DIVISION WALLS SHALL NOT BE BENT OR REMOVED WHERE CONDUITS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE BOX. B. RECESSED LIGHT FIXURES IN CEILINGS SHALL HAVE NO VENTILATION HOLES. JUNCTION BOXES IN CEILINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED AROUND BACK AND SIDES WITH LOWRY PADS (OR APPROVED EQUAL) AND SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 8. KITCHENS: A. KITCHEN CABINETS SHALL BE PLACED ON 1/8” THICK NEOPRENE RUBBER PADS AND THE PADS SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN THE CABINET AND WALL W HERE ATTACHED TO THE PARTY WALL. B. KITCHEN DISHWASHERS AND DISPOSALS SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM THE FRAME BY RESILIENT MOUNTS. FLEXIBLE HOSE COUPLERS FOR INLET AND OUTLET WATER CONNECTIONS ON THE DISHWASHER SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT NO RIGID CONNECTION EXISTS. 9. FLOOR COVERINGS: A. IF A RESILIENT VINYL FLOOR COVERING IS USED, A DURABLE BRAND OF VINYL MEETING RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING COMMITTEE F6 AT THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. B. REFER TO FINISH SCHEULE FOR SPECIFICATION OF ACOUSTIC UNDERLYAMENTS AT TILE FLOOR ASSEMBLIES. INSULATION NOTES: 1. INSULATION INSTALLED IN A FLOOR/CEILING OR ROOF CEILING ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY WIRE STAYS (OR EQUAL) SO THAT THE INSULATION DOES NOT MAKE CONTACT WITH THE FACE MEMBRANE OF THE ASSEMBLY (GYPSUM WALLBOARD). 2. MATERIAL NOTED AS S.A.B. REFERS TO SOUND ATTENTUATION BATT. 3. INSULATION SCHEDULED FOR COMMON WALL UNIT TO UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EACH SIDE OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY. 4. ALL INTERIOR WALL CAVITY SPACES TO RECEIVE INSULATION. 5. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. ASSEMBLY THERMAL INSULATION THICKNESS MATERIAL R-VALUE ROOF/CEILING FLOOR/CEILING DROP CEILING EXTERIOR WALL 10” 5-1/2” BATT BATT R-30 R-19 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION THICKNESS MATERIAL R-VALUE 3-1/2" TBD S.A.B. TBD CORRIDOR WALL INTERIOR PLUMBING WALL 3-1/2” S.A.B. 3-1/2” S.A.B. INTERIOR SHAFT WALL 2-1/2” S.A.B. 2” MIN RIGID R-10 MIN WINDOW NOTES: 1. EXTERIOR WINDOWS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM ENERGY PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: U-VALUE: 0.30 SHGC: 0.20 MAX. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A60.1 CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES -GENERAL FIRE BLOCKING NOTES ACOUSTICAL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ASSEMBLY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 INTERIOR FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE STUD SIZE OVERALL WALL SIZE DIM. POINT ON PLANS (U.N.O.) ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION, TYP. U.N.O. (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE, METAL STUDS - SIZE PER WALL TYPE STUD SIZE OVERALL WALL THICKNESS DIM. POINT ON PLANS (U.N.O.) LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT PAPERLESS GYPSUM BOARD TILE BACKER CERAMIC WALL TILE ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD. TYPE "B": BACKERBOARD & TILE BOTH SIDES ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION 2-1/2" X 25 GA. MET STUD BRACING (HORIZ. AND DIAGONAL) @ EACH STUD AT 48"O.C. MAX. VERTICALLY. LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT CERAMIC WALL TILE PAPERLESS GYPSUM BOARD TILE BACKER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD OVERALL WALL SIZE STUD SIZE STUD SIZEVARIES INTERIOR FINISH PER FINISH PLAN/ SCHEDULE PRIMARY WALL (SHOWN DASHED) SEE PLANS CLG. PER PLAN 6" AIR GAP 1/2" MIN. (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE, OR AS NOTED IN WALL TYPE COMMENTS. STUD SIZE OVERALL WALL SIZE DIM. POINT ON PLANS (U.N.O.) SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPE. PRIMARY WALL TOP TRACK CONNECTION BRIDGING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY 2.1F-PH NUMBER INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SCHEDULE ABOVE ("W" INDICATES WOOD STUDS, "M" INDICATES METAL STUDS) "F" INDICATES FINISH SIDE ONLY. "PH" INDICATES PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL (ALL WALLS FULL HEIGHT UNLESS NOTED AS "PH") 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN @ 16" O.C. 10" BATT INSULATION 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, 1 LAYER EA. SIDE (IMPACT RESISTANT WHERE IDENTIFIED ON FINISH SCHEDULE) ONE HOUR WALL NOTES FULL HEIGHT WALL TYP. U.N.O. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING CONFORM WITH REQUIREMENTS 1. CBC TABLE 721.1(2), ITEM 14-1.3 1' - 0" 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN @ 16" O.C. THERMAL BATT INSULATION 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD AT INTERIOR SIDE EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING - SEE STRUCTURAL TWO-PLY WEATHER BARRIER (WRB & BUILDING PAPER) EXTERIOR SIDE PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH OR (1) LAYER 5/8" PAPERLESS GYPSUM BOARD TILE BACKER WHERE TILE OCCURS PER FINISH SCHEDULE & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS STUD SIZE OVERALL WALL SIZE WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER MINIMUM 2" ABOVE HARD SURFACE OR MINIMUM 8" ABOVE FINAL GRADE2" . 8" . SILL PLATE SEE STRUCT. INTERIOR EXTERIOR CEMENT BOARD @ SHEAR WALL BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER O/ TWO WEATHER BARRIER SELF-ADHERING FLASHING 2 LAYERS OF WEATHER BARRIER 24 GA. STAINLESS STEEL UV METAL FLASHING TO PROTECT WATERPROOFING PLYWOOD SHEAR WHERE OCCURS STUD SIZE 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN @ 16" O.C. THERMAL BATT INSULATION 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING 1" AIR GAP & WEATHER BARRIER WALL TYPE 5.6 - INTERIOR SIDE OF WALL TO HAVE CERAMIC WALL TILE O/ LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT BOND COAT O/ TILE BACKER BOARD) FLASHING CEMENT BOARD FILLER AS REQ. CONCRETE SLAB & FOUNDATION PER STRUCT. PLANS EXTERIOR PLASTER FINISH GRADE FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE 8" M I N I M U M P.T. WOOD NAILER EMBEDDED IN CURB EA. SIDE, STAGGERED WALL CONSTRUCTION PER WALL TYPE CASEWORK 1X4 CONT. WOOD SPACER 4x4 WOOD BLOCKING W/ A35 TOP AND BOTTOM @ EA. END 1/4" LAG SCREWS @ 16" O.C., 2" MAX. FROM EACH END. SHEER WALL FRAMING PER S-2.1 45 DEGREE ANGLE STUD FRAMING: 4 BRACES PER PUNCH OPENING, TYP. TYPE X IMPACT RESISTANT GYP @ WALL FACE, TYP. 5/8" TYPE X IMPACT RESISTANT GYP @ OPENINGS INTERIOR, PAINT P-4 "ROLLING HILLS DE5606, EGGSHELL FINISH" TYP. INFILL PUNCHED OPENINGS WITH 5/8" IMPACT RESISTANT GLASS EA. SIDE SHEER WALL FRAMING PER S-2.1 5/8" IMPACT RESISTANT TEMPERED GLASS EA. SIDE TYPE X IMPACT RESISTANT GYP @ WALL FACE, TYP. 45 DEGREE ANGLE STUD FRAMING PER 10/A61.2 45 DEGREE ANGLE STUD FRAMING PER 10/A61.2 PTD. WOOD TRIM. EA. SIDE, ARCH AND OWNER TO DETERMINE COLORS, TYP. PTD. WOOD TRIM. EA. SIDE, ARCH AND OWNER TO DETERMINE COLORS, TYP. R19 BATT INSULATION, TYP. 2X WOOD BLOCKING TO BE SCREWED INTO 2X WOOD BLOCKING@ TOP & BOTTOM & 2X WOOD STUDS W/ #12 W.S. @ 8" O.C. 2X WOOD BLOCKING TO BE SCREWED INTO 2X WOOD BLOCKING@ TOP & BOTTOM & 2X WOOD STUDS W/ #12 W.S. @ 8" O.C. 2X4 CROSS MEMBERS @ 24" O.C. 2X4 CONT. TREATED WOOD SPACER WASHER RESILIENT BASE CASEWORK P.T. 2X CONT. 10D @ 12" O.C. #10 X 2 1/4" FH SCREWS AT 16" O.C. AT 4" FROM ENDS. 1/2" DIA. HILTI KH-EZ WITH 2 1/2" NOM. EMBDED PER ICC ESR-3027 @ 2' O.C. (4" MAX FROM ENDS) (ANCHOR TO BE STAINLESS STEEL OR GALV. STEEL. NOTE: AT TALL CENTER CABINET : - AT 3'-6" WIDE, 8'-0" TALL CABINET, USE 1/2" Ø ANCHORS NOTED ABOVE @12" O.C. MAX. 3" = 1'-0"2EXTERIOR WALL -PLASTER (W1) 3" = 1'-0"3INTERIOR WALL (M3.4) 3" = 1'-0"5TILE WALL (M6.4) 3" = 1'-0"6PLUMBING WALL (M6.6) 3" = 1'-0"4FURRING WALL (M7) THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A61.2 WALL TYPES & DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 WALL TYPE SCHEDULE M6.6 3 5/8" 6 / A61.2 M3.4 3 5/8" 16" O.C. 4 7/8" 3 / A61.2 16" O.C.1' - 7" M3.6 6" 16" O.C. 7 1//4" TILE ONE SIDEM6.4 16" O.C. 5 3/8" 5 / A61.2 TILE ONE SIDE WALL TYPE STUD SIZE STUD SPACING OVERALL WALL THK DETAIL COMMENTS M3 INTERIOR PARTITION WALL TYPE STUD SIZE STUD SPACING OVERALL WALL THK DETAIL COMMENTS M6 PLUMBING WALL 3 5/8" M7.4 3 5/8" 4 / A61.216" O.C.4 1/4" WALL TYPE STUD SIZE STUD SPACING OVERALL WALL THK DETAIL COMMENTS W7 FURRING WALL WALL TYPE SYMBOL LEGEND3" = 1'-0"1INTERIOR PARTITION WALL 3" = 1'-0"8EXTERIOR BRICK VENEER WALL 3" = 1'-0"7BOTTOM TRACK AT EXT. PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"9TYP. ANCHORAGE @ WOOD STUD M3.1 3 5/8" 16" O.C. 1' - 0" 1 / A61.2 W1.6 2X6 16" O.C. 6 3/4"2 / A61.2 WALL TYPE STUD SIZE STUD SPACING OVERALL WALL THK DETAIL COMMENTS W1 EXTERIOR WALL - PLASTER 3 / A61.2 1. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WALL BRACING AND / OR BRIDGING AS MAY BE REQUIRED FOR HEIGHT OF WALL. 2. ALL SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL WALLS SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT U.N.O.; SEE DETAIL 2/A-61.2 4. WHERE NOTED, EXTEND WALLS 6" ABOVE FIN. CEILING U.N.O., SEE DETAIL 3/A-61.2 6. ALL FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL TERMINATE AT STRUCTURE ABOVE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC CHAPTER 7. 7. REFER TO SPECIFICATION DIVISIONS 22, 23 AND 26 FOR HVAC, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION OF WALLS. 8. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF RATED WALLS AND REFER TO SHEET A-61.2 FOR HEAD OF WALL CONDITION OF ALL RATED WALLS. 9. AT TILED WALLS, STOP TILE AND BACKER BOARD AT CEILING, PROVIDE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. FOR REMAINING HEIGHT OF WALL 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL STIFFENERS, BRACING, BACKING PLATES AND SUPPORTING BRACKETS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL CASEWORK, STAIR RAILINGS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, PARTITIONS AND ALL WALL MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AUDIO VISUAL, THEATRICAL AND ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT. 11. ALL WALLS SHALL BE PER THE WALL TYPE SCHEDULE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GENERAL NOTES 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10PUNCHED OPENING DETAIL DESCRIPTION DATE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11PUNCHED OPENING SECTION 2 HR FIRE RATED 3" = 1'-0"12BASE ANCHORAGE @ FRONT 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 R-19 BATT INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS PER T-24 EXT. CEMENT PLASTER & LATH O/ WEATHER BARRIER CASING BEAD (DEPTH OF PLASTER), PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/SELF-ADHERED FLASHING HOLLOW METAL FRAME, SEE DETAIL 5/- FOR ANCHORAGE WEATHER SEAL DOOR PER SCHED. CONT. SEALANT & BACKER ROD 1/2" MIN.5/8" 2"DOOR OPENING 1/ 2 " T Y P . 1 9 / 1 6 " V A R I E S 1 1 5 / 1 6 " SHIM AS REQUIRED SEFL-ADHERED FLASHING 8-IN. WIDE, LAP DN. AND O/ CASING BEAD 3/8" FRAMING PER STRUCT. DWGS. PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS. DO O R OP E N I N G 1 9/16" VARIES 1 15/16" 2" 5/ 8 " 1/2" TYP. R-19 BATT INSUL. AT EXT. WALLS PER T-24 EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER & LATH O/WEATHER BARRIER CASING BEAD (DEPTH OF PLASTER), PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/ SELF-ADHERED FLASHING O/VERTICAL LEG OF DRIP EDGE H.M. FRAME - SEE DTL. 5 / - FOR ANCHORAGE WEATHER SEAL DOOR PER SCHEDULE DRIP EDGE SHIM AS REQUIRED STUD FRAME HEADER PER STRUCT. DWGS. PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS. TYP. HOLLOW METAL FRAME SNAP IN JAMB BRACKET PRE-DRILLED SCREW HOLES FOR (3) EACH SIDE #12 WOOD SCREWS INTO SIDE OF JAMB STUDS MIN. 3 PER EACH JAMB FOR DOORS UP TO 7'-0" IN HEIGHT -36" O.C. W/ 6 FROM TOP AND BOTTOM OF DOOR) PRE DRILLED HOLE FOR CONC. WALL ANCHORS NAILING FLANGE ON EXT. DO O R OP E N I N G 1/2" TYP. 1/ 2 " M I N . 5/ 8 " 2" 1 9/16"VARIES 1 15/16" WALL TYPE PER PLAN JAMB/HEAD FRAMING PER STRUCT. DWGS. HOLLOW METAL FRAME; SEE DTL. 5/- FOR ANCHORAGE ACOUSTICAL SEAL AS REQ'D. - REFER TO DR. SCHED. DOOR PER SCHEDULE WALL TYPE VARIES PER SNAP IN STEEL ANCHOR AT JAMB D SET IN MASTIC AT EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM THRESHOLD REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE A EXTERIOR FLOOR FINISH, 1/ 4 " VCT / CONC. WHERE OCCURS PER FINISH SCHEDULE ROPPE TILE CARPET REDUCER, SLOPE 2:1 MAX. CARPET WHERE OCCURS E VCT WHERE OCCURS PER FINISH SCHEDULE ROPPE TRANSITION STRIP VCT / CONC. WHERE OCCURS PER FINISH SCHEDULE 1/ 2 " M A X . 1/ 4 " BEVELED 2:1, MAX., TYP. BOTH SIDES 1/ 4 " 1/ 2 " M A X . C RESILIENT FLOORING PER FINISH SCHEDULE ROPPE REDUCER STRIP AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE FLOORING THICKNESS CONCRETE/VCT 1/ 4 " 3/ 8 " FINISH FLOOR BEVELED 2:1 MAX., TYP. G VCT WHERE OCCURS, PER FINISH SCHEDULE CERAMIC TILE FINISH FLOOR RE C E S S E D SL A B SCHLUTER-SCHIENE AE-100 OR AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE TILE THICKNESS 2 1 / 2 " TILE REDUCER, SLOPE 2:1 MAX. 3/ 8 " ALUMINIUM THRESHOLD REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE B FLOORING PER FINISH SCHEDULE SET IN MASTIC AT EXTERIOR EXTERIOR FLOOR FINISH, WHERE OCCURS FINISH FLOOR 3/ 8 " 1/ 4 " 1/ 2 " M A X . 1/ 4 " BEVELED 2:1, TYP. F CONCRETE 3/ 8 " FIBER CEMENT PANEL SYST. O/ WEATHER BARRIER WEATHER BARRIER HOLLOW METAL FRAME, SEE DETAIL 5/- FOR ANCHORAGE WEATHER SEAL DOOR PER SCHEDULE CONT. SEALANT & BACKER ROD 1/2" MIN.5/8" 2"DOOR OPENING 1/ 2 " T Y P . 1 9 / 1 6 " VA R I E S 1 1 5 / 1 6 " SHIM AS REQUIRED FRAMING PER STRUCT. DWGS. R-19 BATT INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS PER T-24 J-TRIM, PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS. DO O R OP E N I N G 1 9/16"VARIES 1 15/16" 2" 5/ 8 " 1/2" TYP. R-19 BATT INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS PER T-24 FIBER CEMENT PANEL SYS. O/ WEATHER BARRIER CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/ SELF-ADHERED FLASHING O/VERTICAL LEG OF DRIP EDGE HOLLOW METAL FRAME, SEE DETAIL 5/- FOR ANCHORAGE WEATHER SEAL DOOR PER SCHEDULE DRIP EDGE SHIM AS REQUIRED 1/ 2 " CL R . 1/ 4 " PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCT. DWGS. STUD FRAME HEADER PER STRUCT. DWGS. SHIM AS REQUIRED CONT. SEALANT CORNER BEAD ATTACH HEAD TRACK PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. WALL TYPE PER PLAN CLASSROOM CORRIDOR CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD CONT. SEALANT CORNER BEAD ATTACH JAMB PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. EDGE OF SADDLE SILL BELOW (BEYOND) FRAMING PER STRUCT. DWGS. SHIM AS REQUIRED CORRIDOR CLASSROOM CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD WALL TYPE PER PLAN DOOR PER SCHED.HOLLOW METAL FRAME, BEYOND TOP OF SLAB 2% MAX. SLOPE 1/ 4 " M A X . 2 1 MAX 4" MA X . I/ 2 " VE R T . SHT. MTL. PAN FLASH. SET IN SEALANT - TURN LEG PARALLEL TO FACE OF SLAB - SEE DTL. 6 / - BACKER ROD & SEALANT O/ EXPANSION JOINT ALUM. DR. SHOE W/ DRIP WEATHERSTRIP ALUM. DR. THRESHOLD COMPLIANT W/ CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY STDS. - ALIGN W/ INSIDE FACE OF DR. FRAME END DAM THRESHOLD @ DOORWAYS, SHALL BE 1/2-IN. HIGH MAX., PER SEC. 11B-404.2.5 JOINT SEALANT O/ PRE-MOLDED E.J. FILLER, PER LAND. DWGS. CONC. PAVING, PER, LANDSCAPE DWGS. 1/2" NEOPRENE REINFORCEMENT LAP 2-IN. MIN. O/ VERT. PAN FLASH. LEG FIN. FLR'G., PER FIN. PLAN & SCHED. 4" 4" 1 1/2" 1/4" VARIES W/ DOOR SIZE NOTCH DR. FRAME AT VERT. FLASH. LIP - PROVIDE SEALANT AT NOTCH 24 GA. G.I. PAN INSTALLED PRIOR TO DR. INSTALLATION - SET IN FULL BED OF MASTIC SOLDER ALL SEAMS - TYP. EXTERIOR FINISH, PER LANDSCAPE BLACK GRANITE THRESHOLD H.M. DOOR PER DR. SCHEDULE FINISH PER SCHEDULE 4" TILE FIN. FLOOR, PER FIN. PLAN & SCHED. CORR.RESTRM. 1/ 2 " 1/2" 1/ 4 " 1/ 4 " DEPRESSED SLAB, FOR CONN. SEE DET. 9/A52.4 1 1 / 2 " BLACK GRANITE THRESHOLD H.M. DOOR PER DR. SCHEDULE CARPET, PER FIN. PLAN & SCHED. TILE FIN. FLOOR, PER FIN. PLAN & SCHED. ADMIN.RESTRM. 1/ 2 " 1/2" 1/ 4 " 1/ 4 " 4" DEPRESSED SLAB, FOR CONN. SEE DET. 9/A52.4 1 1 / 2 " EXPOSED CONC. FLR'G., PER FIN. SCHED. VCT PLANK FLR'G., PER FIN. SCHED. DOOR, PER DR. SCHED. 'ROPPE' "#168" - BINDER- BAR EDGING FOR RESILENT FLR'G - ADA COMPLIANT OR EQ. ELEVATOR HOISTWAY FRAME AND DOOR PER MANUFACTURER - LISTED FOR 90 MINUTES WALL PER PLAN FI N I S H E D O P E N I N G SHAFT, SEE PLAN SEALANT NOTE: *APPLY NON-STRUCTURAL SHEATHING TO ALL EXTERIOR SURFACES WHERE STRUCTURAL SHEATHING DOES NOT OCCUR. FOR STRUCTURAL SHEATHING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO NAILING SCHEDULE AT SHEET SN-2 PLYWOOD SHEATHING PER PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS* 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. J MOLD PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH OVER WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER FRAME AND TRIM BEYOND DOOR PER SCHEDULE ALUMINUM DOOR DRIP WITH WEATHERSTRIP ALUMINUM DOOR THRESHOLD FASTENED WITH EXPANDING METAL ANCHORS, SET IN TWO CONTINUOUS BEDS OF NEOGARD URETHANE SEALANT ALUMINUM SILL COVER 24 GA. STAINLESS STEEL SILL PAN, FULLY SOLDERED WATERTIGHT AND SET IN FULL BED OF SEALANT SLAB ON GRADE PER CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. (FLUSH WITH F.F. AT ENTRY DOORS) BACKER ROD, SEALANT AND 1/2" THICK FOAM EXPANSION BOARD WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE PER SPECS - CONTINUE WATERPROOFING UNDER SILL PAN INTO SILL FINISH FLOOR DRAIN MAT PRESS TO OPERATE DOOR 4" MIN. F.F. 44 " M A X . 30 " M I N . 8" M A X . 7" M I N . 4" MIN.4" MIN. 4" MIN. 4" M I N . 4" M I N . PRESS TO OPERATE DOOR PUSH PLATES SHALL DISPLAY THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (ISA) COMPLYING WITH CBC 11B-703.7. THE SYMBOL SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIGURE ON BLUE BACKGROUND PER CBC 11B-703.7.2.1. BACKGROUND COLOR -BLUE COLOR SHALL BE 15090 PER FED. STD. 595C SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION PER CBC 11B-404.2.9 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A62.1 DOOR DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 3" = 1'-0"1HOLLOW METAL JAMB @ EXT. PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"2HOLLOW METAL HEAD @ EXT. PLASTER 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5H.M. DOOR FRAME JAMB ANCHORS 3" = 1'-0"6H.M. FRAME HEAD & JAMB @ INT. 3" = 1'-0"17THRESHOLD DETAILS 3" = 1'-0"3HOLLOW METAL JAMB @ FIBER CEMENT 3" = 1'-0"4HOLLOW METAL HEAD @ FIBER CEMENT3" = 1'-0"8NANAWALL DOOR HEAD @ INT. 3" = 1'-0"7NANAWALL DOOR JAMB @ INT. 3" = 1'-0"10H.M. DOOR THRESHOLD @ CONC. SLAB 3" = 1'-0"11EXTERIOR DOOR THRESHOLD FLASHING 6" = 1'-0"14TILE TO VCT TRANSITION @ RESTROOMS 6" = 1'-0"15TILE TO CARPET TRANS. @ RESTROOMS 12" = 1'-0"13VCT TO CONCRETE TRANSITION 3" = 1'-0"12DOOR HEAD AT STUD 3" = 1'-0"9DOOR THRESHOLD AT SLAB ON GRADE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"16PUSH BUTTON DOOR OPERATOR DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 6" - 2 2 " VA R I E S P E R M A N U F . BRACKET INCORPORATED ONLY ON LARGER OPENINGS 24 " - 7 2 " VA R I E S P E R M A N U F . HYDRAULIC RAM BRACKET INCORPORATED ONLY ON LARGER OPENINGS FINISH FLOOR A62.2 5 A62.2 5 INT. WALL PER PLAN SEE SHEET A61.2 FOR WALL TYP. EXTERIORINTERIOR ROBOTICS 2 OPEN CLOSED INTERIOR WALL PER PLAN SEE SHEET A61.2 FOR WALL TYP. NOTE: BI-FOLDING DOOR AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED W/IN ACCESSIBLE REACH OF 48" MAX MOUNTING HEIGHT PER 11B-308 CBC, AND PROVIDE 30"x48" CLR. FLOOR SPACE (TO TOP OF OPERABLE PART) AT THE ACCESSIBLE SWITCH. SEE SHEET 4/GEN-4 AND E102 OP . S W I T C H M O U N T I N G H E I G H T 48 " M A X . EXTERIOR INTERIOR ROBOTICS 2 10 ' - 3 " R O U G H O P E N I N G UPPER CYLINDER BRACKETS 6" 6" VA R I E S MAX. R.O. WIDTH + 3 1/2" OUT TO OUT OF MOUNTING FRAME MAX. R.O. WIDTH - 20" A62.2 7 INTERIOR FLEX LAB INTERIOR ATRIUM & GALLERY SPACE WALL TYPE PER PLAN SEE SHEET (A61.1) FOR WALL TYP. INT. WALL SEE SHEET (A61.1) FOR WALL TYP. A62.2 7 INTERIOR EXTERIOR CYLINDER HOSE UPPER CYLINDER BRACKET STEEL DOOR FRAME SIDE SEAL (E) 2 - 2X6 BOLTS THROUGH COLUMN PER MANUF. SPECIFICATIONS 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 3/16" MOUNTING ANGLE 2"x3"x1/4" TRACK CHANNEL 1/4" FLAT CAP REQUIRED FOR LARGER OPENINGS FINISH PER SCHEDULE (E) 4X6 (E) FRAMING/PLASTER TO REMAIN INTERIOR EXTERIOR 4x4 PER 8/S-3.1 DOUBLE BULB SEAL HOSE CHANNEL 1/2" O.D. HOSE 4" X 6" X 5/16" ANGLE HSS TUBE BOLTED W/3/8" DIA. A307 TO ANGLE @ 48"O.C. WOOD NAILER PER PLAN BOLT PER MANUF. SPECIFICATIONS (E) 2X4 @ 16" O.C. (E) STUDS PER PLAN (E) 6X HEADER PER PLAN ELASTOMERIC SEALANT DO O R OP E N I N G 1/2" TYP. 1/ 2 " M I N . WALL TYPE PER PLAN JAMB/HEAD FRAMING PER STRUCT. DWGS. HOLLOW METAL FRAME; SEE DTL. 5/- FOR ANCHORAGE ACOUSTICAL SEAL AS REQ'D. - REFER TO DR. SCHED. DOOR PER SCHEDULE WALL TYPE VARIES PER SNAP IN STEEL ANCHOR AT JAMB 2" 5/ 8 " 2 3/16" VARIES 2 9/16" 1/4" SHIM SPACE INTERIOR INTERIOR HEADER ABOVE "SX" 4 1 / 2 " 1 1 / 2 " [ 3 8 ] 1 3/4" [44] ROUGH OPENING PACKAGE WIDTH 1/ 2 " 1/ 4 " M A X . 1/ 4 " M A X 1/ 4 " M A X 1/4" SHIM SPACE COMBINED ACTIVATION / SAFETY SENSOR ACCESS COVER 43 1 / 2 " [ 1 1 0 5 ] INTERIOR (CORRIDOR)INTERIOR (LIBRARY) 83 " [ 2 1 0 8 ] P A C K A G E H E I G H T 1" [ 2 5 ] 8" [ 2 0 3 ] 92 " [ 2 3 3 7 ] P A C K A G E H E I G H T RO U G H O P E N I N G THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A62.2 DOOR DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1/2" = 1'-0"6HYDRAULIC BI-FOLD DOOR -VERTICAL (OPEN & CLOSED) 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9BI-FOLD DOOR PLAN 3" = 1'-0"7BI-FOLD DOOR JAMB 3" = 1'-0"5BI-FOLD HEAD @ PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"4H.M. FRAME HEAD /JAMB @ SOUND WALLS DESCRIPTION DATE NOT USED 3NOT USED 8 3" = 1'-0"2SLIDING DOOR JAMB 3" = 1'-0"1SLIDING DOOR HEAD & THRESHOLD 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 GLAZING PER WINDOW SCHEDULE FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE, CONT. UP AND EXTEND O/ SILL J-MOLD WITH 2" RETURN CORNER BEAD INTERIOREXTERIOR PLASTER O/ WEATHER BARRIER PER WALL TYPE CONT. SEALANT, TYP. #12 WS @ 12" O.C. SEAL ALL SCREW HEADS W/ SEALANT BACKER ROD AND SEALANT SELF-ADHERED FLASHING 8-IN. WIDE, LAP O/ FRAME AND EXTEND DOWN O/ WEATHER BARRIER SHIM AS REQ'D. VERTICAL MULLION BEYOND EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING PER STRUCTURAL ALUM. STOREFRONT "RIBBON SYSTEM" SILL SILL FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL, TYP. PREFINISHED SILL TRIM W/ HEMMED EDGE GLAZING PER WINDOW SCHEDULE CONT. SEALANT FILLET AROUND PERIMETER EXT. PLYWOOD SHT'G WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWG. CORNER BEAD FIN. PER FIN. SCHED., WRAP DOWN AND OVER AT HEAD SHIM AS REQUIRED, ATTACH W/ (2) #12 WS @ 12"O.C. STAGGERED. SEAL SCREW HEADS. INTERIOREXTERIOR SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, LAP DOWN AND OVER @ OPENING - EXTEND 4" MIN. VERTICALLY CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/ ADDED LAYER SELF-AHDERED FLASHING O/ VERTICAL LEG OF DRIP EDGE DRIP EDGE BACKER ROAD AND SEALANT FRAMING @ HEAD PER STRUCTURAL ALUM. STOREFRONT "RIBBON SYSTEM" HEAD PLASTER OVER WEATHER BARRIER VERTICAL MULLION BEYOND G.I. J-MOULD, PAINT TO MATCH WINDOW FRAME ALUM. STOREFRONT "RIBBON SYSTEM" JAMB GLAZING PER WINDOW SCHEDULE CASING BEAD (DEPTH OF PLASTER AND RIDIGD INSUL.) EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING PER STRUCTURAL BACKER ROD AND SEALANT. FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE, WRAP DN. AND O/ AT JAMB(S) SELF-ADHERED FLASHING 8-IN. WIDE, LAP DN. AND OVER J-MOLD #12 WS @ 12" O.C. SEAL ALL WOOD SCREW HEADS W/ SEALANT. INTERIOREXTERIOR CONTINUE WEATHER BARRIER O/ SELF- ADHERED FLASH. JAMB FRAMING, PER STRUCTURAL, TYP. CONT. SEALANT FILLET CORNER BEAD PLASTER O/ WEATHER BARRIER HORIZONTAL MULLION BEYOND SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, LAP DN. AND OVER THROUGH ROUGH OPNG. VERTICAL HORIZONTAL GLAZING PER WINDOW SCHEDULE HORIZONTAL MULLION GLAZING PER WINDOW SCHEDULE VERTICAL MULLION ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAME PER SCHEDULE SHIM AS REQUIRED GYPSUM BOARD PER FINISH SCHEDULE CORNER BEAD CORNER BEAD #10 x 2 1/2" FLAT HEAD WOOD SCREWS, @ 12" O.C. TYP. TYP. INSULATION OF EXTERIOR WALLS PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWG. SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, EXTEND TO BACK OF WINDOW ACROSS SILL AND UP EACH SIDE, SEE WINDOW FLASHING SEQUENCE ON SHT. Axx.x 2-PLY WEATHER BARRIER, SEE SPECS. CONT. SEALANT FILLET ALUM. STOREFRONT "RIBBON SYSTEM" SILL, SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN, SEE STRUCT. DWG. INTERIOREXTERIOR CONT. FLEXIBLE SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 1" 1" AIR GAP CORRUGATED METAL TIE BRICK SILL 6" (2) #12 WOOD SCREWS @ 12"O.C. STAGGERED. SEAL SCREW HEADS. PREFINISHED SILL TRIM W/ HEMMED EDGE FIN. PER FIN. SCHED., WRAP DOWN AND OVER AT HEAD EXT. PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWG. CONT. SEALANT FILLET AROUND PERIMETER ALUM. STOREFRONT "RIBBON SYSTEM" HEAD FRAMING @ HEAD PER STRUCTURAL DWG. CORNER BEAD INTERIOREXTERIOR SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, LAP DOWN AND OVER @ OPENING - EXTEND 4" MIN. VERTICALLY SHIM AS REQUIRED, ATTACH W/ (2) #12 WOOD SCREWS @ 12"O.C. STAGGERED. SEAL SCREW HEADS. GALV. FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BETWEEN FRAME AND SELF- ADHERING FLASHING, TYP. BOTH SIDES STEEL ANGLE 2-PLY WEATHER BARRIER - LAP OVER SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, SEE SPECS. TYP. ENDICOTT BRICK VENEER SYST. 1/4" CLEARANCE FROM EDGE OF BRICK TO FLASHING 1" DRAINAGE GAP O/ WEATHER BARRIER TYPICAL INSULATION OF EXTERIOR WALLS FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE PLYWOOD SHT'G. WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWG. CONT. SEALANT FILLET WINDOW, SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE 2X WOOD STUDS PER PLAN, SEE STRUCT. DWG. CORNER BEAD INTERIOR EXTERIOR SHIM AS REQ'D. - ATTACH PER MANUF. RECOMM'S. SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, LAP DWN AND O/ THRU ROUGH OPNG. 2-PLY WEATHER BARRIER - LAP OVER SELF-ADHERED FLASHING, SEE SPECS TYP. ENDICOTT BRICK VENEER SYST. CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BETWEEN FRAME & BRICK, TYP. #12 x 2 1/2" FLAT HEAD WOOD SCREWS, @ 12" O.C. TYP. 1/ 2 " STEEL BEAM PER STRUCT. PLANS ALUMINUM BREAK METAL CLAD SEALANT AND BACKER ROD SEALANT AND BACKER ROD ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DROP CEILING PER CEILING PLANS GYP. BOARD FURRING W/ METAL "Z" CLIPS OVER STEEL BEAM AT INTERIOR SIDE SEALANT AND BACKER ROD SHIM AS REQUIRED 1 0 1 / 4 " BOT. OF ROOF TRUSS THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 3" = 1'-0" Issue Date A62.3 WINDOW DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 3" = 1'-0"1TYP. WINDOW SILL @ PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"2TYP. WINDOW HEAD @ PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"3TYP. WINDOW JAMB @ PLASTER 3" = 1'-0"4RIBBON WINDOW MULLIONS 3" = 1'-0"10ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAME 3" = 1'-0"5WIN. SILL @ BRICK VENEER WALL 3" = 1'-0"6WIN. HEAD @ BRICK VENEER WALL 3" = 1'-0"7WIN. JAMB @ BRICK VENNER WALL 3" = 1'-0"8HORIZONTAL MULLION AT BEAM, DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 "V" STRUT OPPOSITE FREE WALLS. FIXTURES GREATER THAN 50 POUNDS, PROVIDE SEPARATE SUPPORT PROVIDE VERTICAL HANGER WIRES @ 48" O.C. ON MAIN RUNNERS PROVIDE COMPRESSION POST AND (4) #12 GA SPLAYED BRACING WIRES @ MAX 12'-0" O.C. ON MAIN RUNNERS AND 6'-0" MAX FROM WALL. PERIMETER STARTER WALLS LAY-IN PANEL, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. PANEL SUSPENSION GRID, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. 3 A63.1 3 A63.1 9 A63.1 SUSPENDED LAY-IN CEILING NOTES: (FOR CEILING SYSTEMS WHOSE TOTAL WEIGHT, INCLUDING AIR CONDITIONING/HEATING GRILLS AND LIGHT FIXTURES, DOES NOT EXCEED 4 PSF) 1. CEILING WIRE SHALL BE CLASS 1 ZINC COATED (GALVANIZED) CARBON STEEL CONFORMING TO ASTM A641.WIRE SHALL BE #12 GA. (MIN.) WIRE SHALL BE SOFT ANNEALED AND MIN. TENSILRE STRENGTH = 70 KSI. MAIN RUNNERS, CROSS RUNNERS, SPLICES, EXPANSION DEVICES, AND INTERSECTION CONNECTORS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO CARYY A MEAN ULTIMATE TEST LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 180 LBS. IN COMPRESSION AND TENSION PER ASTM E580 SECTION 5.1.2. 2. #12 GAGE HANGER WIRES MAY BE USED FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 4'-0" X 4'-0" GRID SPACING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNERS. 3. PROVIDE 12 GA. HANGER WIRES AT THE ENDS OF ALL MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS WITHIN 8" FROM THE SUPPORT OR WITHIN 1/4 OF THE LENGTH OF THE END TEE, WHICHEVER IS LEAST, FOR THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA. PERIMETER WIRES ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN THE LENGTH OF THE END TEE IS EIGHT (8) INCHES OR LESS. 4. PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO TYPICAL HANGER SPACING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS, STRUTS OR BRACES AS REQUIRED AT ALL CEILING BREAKS, SOFFITS, OR DISCONTINUOUS AREAS. HANGER WIRES THAT ARE MORE THAN 1 (HORIZONTAL) IN 6 (VERTICAL) OUT OF PLUMB ARE TO HAVE COUNTER-SLOPING WIRES. 5. CEILING GRID MEMBERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO TWO (2) ADJACENT WALLS PER ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6.2(b). CEILING GRID MEMBERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 3/4" CLEAR OF OTHER WALLS. IF WALLS RUN DIAGONALLY TO CEILING GRID MEMBERS, ONE END OF MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS SHALL BE FREE, AND A MINIMUM OF 3/4" CLEAR OF WALL. 6. THE WIDTH OF THE PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 2 INCHES. 7. AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA WHERE MAIN OR CROSS RUNNERS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE ADJACENT WALL, PROVIDE INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN RUNNERS AT THE FREE END TO PREVENT LATERAL SPREADING. A METAL STRUT OR A 16 GA WIRE WITH A POSITIVE MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO THE RUNNER MAY BE USED. WHERE THE PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE FROM THE WALL TO THE FIRST PARALLEL RUNNER IS 8" OR LESS, THIS INTERLOCK IS NOT REQUIRED. 8. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE CEILING AT INTERSECTIONS OF CORRIDORS AND AT JUNCTIONS OF CORRIDORS WITH LOBBIES OR OTHER SIMILAR AREAS. 9. PROVIDE BRACING ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF A COMPRESSION STRUCT AND FOUR (4) #12 GA. SPLAYED BRACING WIRES ORIENTED 90° FROM EACH OTHER. 10. LATERAL FORCE BRACING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SPACED PER TABLE 1 FOR ALL VALUES OF THE COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR (IP) OF THE CEILING.WHERE, AS DEFINED IN ASCE 7-10, SEC.13.3.1: z= HEIGHT IN STRUCTUR OF POINT ATTACHMENT OF CEILING WITH RESPECT TO THE BASE. h= AVERAGE ROOF HEIGHT OF THE STRUCTURE WITH RESPECT TO THE BASE. PROVIDE BRACING ASSEMBLIES AT LOCATIONS NOT MORE THAN 6'-0" FROM EACH PERIMETER WALL AND AT THE EDGE OF VERTICAL CEILING OFFSETS. THE MAXIMUM SLENDERNESS RATIO (kL/R) OF THE COMPRESSION STRUT IS 200 OR LESS. 11. THE SLOPE OF BRACING WIRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING AND WIRES SHALL BE TAUT. SPLICES IN WIRES ARE NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT SPECIAL DSA APPROVAL. 12. COMPRESSION STRUTS SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1 (HORIZONTAL) IN 6 (VERTICAL) OUT OF PLUMB. 13. SUSPENDED ACOUSICTAL CEILING SYSTEMS WITH A CEILING AREA OF 144 SQUARE FEET OR LESS, AND FIRE RATED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS WITH A CEILING AREA OF 96 SQUARE FEET OR LESS, SURROUNDED BY WALLS WHICH CONNECT DIRECTLY TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE OR WALLS INDEPENDENTLY BRACED ABOVE CEILING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, DO NOT REQUIRE BRACING ASSEMBLIES WHEN ATTACHED TO TWO ADJACENT WALLS. 14. FOR CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 2500 SQUARE FEET A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO DIVIDE THE CEILING INTO AREAS NOT EXCEEDING 2500 SQUARE FEET. 15. PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE CEILING FOR SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER SIMILAR DEVICES THAT ARE NOT INTEGRALLY TIRED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM IN THE LATERAL DIRECTION SHALL HAVE A (2) INCH OVERSIZED RING, SLEEVE OR ADAPTER TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF (1) INCH IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. 16. FASTEN #12 HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAN THREE (3) TIGHT TURNS. FASTEN #12 BRACING WIRES WITH FOUR (4) TIGHT TURNS. MAKE ALL TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 1-1/2 INCHES. HANGER OR BRACING WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE DIRECTION OF THE ANCHOR ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE WIRE. NOTE: WIRE TURNS MADE BY MACHINE WHERE BOTH STRANDS HAVE BEEN DEFORMED OR BENT IN WRAPPING CAN WAIVE THE 1-1/2" REQUIREMENT, BUT THE NUMBER OF TURNS SHOULD BE MAINTAINED, AND BE AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. 17. SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGING AND BRACING WIRES AT LEAST SIX (6) INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. 18. WHEN DRILL-IN CONCRETE ANCHORS OR SHOT-IN ANCHORS ARE USED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE FOR HANGER WIRES, 1 OUT OF 10 MUST BE FIELD TESTED FOR 200 POUNDS OF TENSION. WHEN DRILLED-IN CONCRETE ANCHORS ARE USED FOR BRACING WIRES, 1 OUT OF 2 MUST BE FIELD TESTED FOR 440 LBS. OF TENSION. SHOT-IN ANCHORS IN CONCRETE ARE NOT PERMITTED FOR BRACING WIRES. NOTE: DRILLED-IN OR SHOT-IN ANCHORS REQUIRE SPECIAL DSA APPROVAL PRIOR TO USE IN PRESTRESSED CONCRETE. 19. ATTACH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND CEILING MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS TO THE CEILING GRID RUNNERS TO RESIST A HORIZONTAL FORCE EQUAL TO THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURES. SCREWS OR APPROVED FASTENERS ARE REQUIRED (USE TWO #8 SELF-TAPPING TEK SCREWS AT EACH END, OR APPROVED EQUAL). 20. FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, WEIGHT LESS THAN 56 LBS, AND MECHANICAL TERMINALS AND SERVICES WIEGHT LESS THAN 20 LBS., MAY BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE RUNNERS OF A HEAVY DUTY GRID SYSTEM BUT, IN ADDITION, THEY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) #12 GA. SLACK SAFETY WIRES ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL 4'-0" X 4'-0" LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE SLACK SAFETY WIRES AT EACH CORNER. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 LBS. OR MORE AND MECHANICAL TERMINALS AND SERVICES, WEIGHING 20 LBS. ORE MORE, MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR (4) TAUT #12 GA. WIRES EACH ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES, INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR (4) TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT. 21. SUPPORT SURFACE-MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES BY AT LEAST TWO POSITIVE DEVICES WHICH SURROUND THE CIELING RUNNER AND WHICH ARE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY A #12 GAGE WIRE. SPRING CLIPS OR CLAMPS THAT CONNECT ONLY TO THE RUNNER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS WHEN LIGHT FIXTURES ARE 8 FT OR LONGER. MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 FT. 22. N/A 23. THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM MUST BE RATED AS HEAVY DUTY AS DEFINED BY ASTM C635. MANUF. CLASS. MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER RUNNER SPLICE ARMSTRONG HD PRELUDE 9/16" (7601) XL7645/XL7620 INTEGRAL TO 7301 12 GA.HANGER WIRE, SEE NOTES #2 & 7 M7 7/8" X 7/8" WALL ANGLE FOR DX AND DXT SECURE TO WALL STRUCTURE @ EA. STUD PER NOTE # 5 LAY-IN CEILING PANEL MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE 8" MAX. FACE OF WALL ACM-7 SEISMIC CLIP PER ICC ESR-1222 @ EACH MAIN RUNNER #10 WS - 1 1/4" SCREW, @ EA. STUD WALL ANGLE 7/8" #7 7/8" SCREW TO COMPLY WITH FIGURE 2 ACM7 CLIP RESTRAINED OF ICC ESR-1222 ACM-7 CLIP, (2) #10 - 1-1/4" TEK SCREW TO M7 WALL ANGLE MAX 45° TYP. MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER 2" 1 1/2" MAX 1/4" MACHINE BOLT COMPRESSION POST SEE TABLE AND DET. LATERAL FORCING BRACING # 12 GA WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER PER NOTES # 1, #2 & 3 AND CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE PER DETAIL #12 GA VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" 7 A63.1 4 A63.1 15 A52.4 3/8" HANGER/BRACING SCREW INTO 3/16" LEAD HOLE WITH 3" MIN PENETRATION AT BOTTOM FLANGE. REFER TO 5/S-1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DET. 7/A63.1 1" MINIMUM. NOTE: (1) WHEN FIRE RATED GYP. BOARD IS INSTALLED ON THE BOTTOM FLANGES, USE SCREW EYES W/ SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO AVOID DAMAGING THE FIRE RATED GYP. BOARD AND MEET MIN. PENETRATION. 1/4" DIA. SCREW EYE WITH 1-1/2" MIN. PENETRATION. ALIGN WITH BRACE WIRE BRACE WIRE WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS NOTE: (1) DO NOT INSERT SCREW EYES PARALLEL TO LAMINATIONS. (2) WHEN FIRE RATED GYP. BOARD IS INSTALLED ON THE BOTTOM FLANGES, USE SCREW EYES w/ SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO AVOID DAMAGING THE FIRE RATED GYP. BOARD AND MEET MINIMUM PENETRATION. BLOCKING PER 29/SW-3.0 TYP. BRIDGING OR FULL DEPTH JOIST BLOCKING WITHIN 24" OF BRACING WIRE CONNECTION. PLYWOOD FLOOR/ROOF SHEATHING CEILING BRACING WIRE ATTACHED TO JOIST BOTTOM FLANGE. SEE DET. 21/A-52.4 FOR HANGER & BRACING WIRE CONNECTION BELOW WOOD I-JOIST ADD 2-1/2" X 20 GA. STUD* w/ (1) #10 X 1" WOOD SCREW TO EACH OF 3 JOISTS. PLACE STUD FLAT AND WITHIN 6" OF BRACING WIRE. *ALTERNATE: 2 X 4 FLAT w/ 1-10d OR 1-#10 X 3" SCREW TO EACH OF 3 TRUSS BOTTOM FLANGES SEE DETAIL 13/A-63.1 FOR BRACE WIRE CONN. TO WOOD I-JOIST 6" OV E R L A P 1' - 0 " 5" COMPRESSION STRUT. SEE TABLE BELOW SECURE SPLICE SECTIONS TOGETHER WITH (2) #8 X 1" SELF TAPPING SHT. MTL. SCREWS (S.T.S.M.S.) CRIMP BOTTOM FLAT AND ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNER WITH 1/4" DIAM. MACHINE BOLT MAIN RUNNER COMPRESSION POST TABLE FOR TUBING & METAL STUD: 1. USE 1/2" DIAM. EMT FOR MAXIMUM LEGNTH UP TO 2'-6" 2. USE 3/4" DIAM. EMT FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH UP TO 4'-0" 3. USE 1" DIAM. EMT FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH UP TO 5'-6" 4. USE 1 1/2" DIA EMT FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH UP TO 8'-6" 5. USE 1 5/8" x 25 GA METAL STUDS FOR MAXIMUM LENGTH UP TO 7'-2" 6. USE DOUBLE 1 5/8" x 25 GA METAL STUDS FOR MAX. LENGTH UP TO 16'-0" 7. USE DOUBLE 2 1/2" x 25 GA METAL STUDS FOR MAX. LENGTH UP TO 17'-0" 8. USE DOUBLE 3 5/8" x 25 GA METAL STUDS FOR MAX. LENGTH UP TO 22'-8" C SHAPED METAL STUDS #6 S.T.S.M.S. @ 12" O.C. NOTES: 1. COMPRESSION STRUTS SHALL NOT REPLACE HANGER WIRES. 2. CEILING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY CRIMP TOP OF TUBING FLAT & ATTACH WITH (2) FHWS WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS ABOVE WALL TYPE PER PLAN LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELECTRICAL 4x WOOD BLOCKING W/ A35 TOP AND BOTTOM TO ADJACENT STUDS BOTH SIDES. USE TWO # 6 SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ EACH BOX GALV. ZINC JUNCTION BOX AT CENTER OF FIXTURE #10 SMS AT EACH CORNER OF FIXTURE, (EMBEDMENT LENGTH= 2" MIN.) TYPICAL EXTERIORINTERIOR MI N . H T . > 8 0 " A . F . F . T Y P . VA R I E S S E E B L D G . E L E V S . EXT. FINISH PER WALL TYPE 11B-307 PROTRUDING OBJECTS: OBJECTS SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 4" INTO CIRCULATION PATH AT HEIGHTS BETWEEN +27" A.F.S. AND +80" (AS AN EXEPTION, HANDRAILS ARE PERMITTED TO PROJECT UP TO 4 1/2"). GUARDRAILS OR OTHER CANE-DETECTBLE BARRIERS SHALL BE USED BENEATH PROJECTING OBJECTS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE BE NON-COMPLIANT. SPLAYED BRACING WIRE W/ MIN. OF 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" STEEL STRAP 1" WIDE X 12 GA. MIN. WITH POWER- DRIVEN FASTENER ATTACHMENT (TEST FOR 440 LBS.) 1 1/2 " 5/8"MAX. 45.00° MAX. 12 GA.HANGER WIRE, SEE NOTES #2 & 7 LAY-IN CEILING PANEL MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE SLOTTED ANGLE "V" STRUT SPACER W/ HORIZ. 6d RING SHANK NAIL THROUGH SLOTS @ RUNNER WHERE OCCURS SEE NOTE #5 FACE OF WALL 3/4" WALL ANGLE 7/8" M7 7/8" x 7/8" WALL ANGLE FOR DX AND DXT SECURE TO WALL STRUCTURE @ EA. STUD PER NOTE # 5 ON 1/A63.1 ACM-7 SEISMIC CLIP PER ICC ESR-1222 ACM-7 CLIP, (2) #10 - 1-1/4" TEK SCREW TO M7 WALL ANGLE GUIDING SCREW TO COMPLY WITH FIGURE 1 ACM7 CLIP UNRESTRAINED OF ICC ESR-1222 8" MAX. #10 WS - 1 1/4" SCREW, @ EA. STUD MAX. 2' - 1" MA X . 4' - 1 " CEILING JOIST PER 1/- 400T150-54 EA. SIDEOPENING FRAMING (2) # 10 SMS ATTACH WEB OF CLIPPED 400T150-54 TO WEB OF JOIST STUD TYP. EA. END JOIST STUD, TYP. CLIP FLANGE OF 400150 & BEND BACK TO FORM "L" CLIP A TYPICAL CONNECTIONA CEILING JOIST PER 1/- STRAP BLOCKING SEE 13/A52.4 400S162-54 @ 24"O.C. PER SCHEDULE 12'-0" MAX. NOTES: 1. ATTACH GYP. BOARD TO FRAMING WITH ASTM C1002 TYPES S CREWS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT TREATMENT AT 12" O.C. MAX. 2. WHEN GYPSUM BOARD IS TO BE APPLIED TO BOTH CEILING AND WALLS, GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE APPLIED FIRST TO THE CEILING AND THEN TO THE WALLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C840. (1) LAYER OF 1/2" OR 5/8" GYP. BOARD PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST STUD FRAMING 400T200-54 #10SMS @TOP & BOT FLANGES,TYP JOIST STUD (1) LAYER GYP. BD MAX (2) LAYER GYP. BD SECTION @ TYP. STUD (3) #10 SMS TO EA. STUD WHERE TRACK IS FASTENED THRU GYP. (2) #10 SMS WHERE TRACK IS FASTENED DIRECTLY TO VERT. STUD, TYP. WOOD STUD PER PLANS A A 3/8" HANGER/BRACING SCREW INTO 3/16" LEAD HOLE WITH 3" MIN PENETRATION. ALIGN WITH BRACE WIRE. REFER TO 5/S-1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION BRACE WIRE WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS NOTE: (1) DO NOT INSERT SCREW EYES PARALLEL TO LAMINATIONS. (2) WHEN FIRE RATED GYP. BOARD IS INSTALLED ON THE BOTTOM FLANGES, USE SCREW EYES w/ SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO AVOID DAMAGING THE FIRE RATED GYP. BOARD AND MEET MIN. PENETRATION.1" CLR. 1 1/2" = 1'-0"13BRACE WIRE CONN. TO WOOD I-JOIST THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A63.1 CEILING DETAILS #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2CEILING PLAN DETAIL, TYP. 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1CEILING NOTES (LAY-IN PANEL) 3" = 1'-0"9CEILING PERIMETER AT FIXED WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8CEILING SPAY WIRE BRACING DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"15HANGER WIRE CONN. TO WOOD I-JOIST 1 1/2" = 1'-0"16BRACE WIRE CONN. TO WOOD JOIST 1/2" = 1'-0"12BRACE WIRE CONN. TO WOOD JOIST 3" = 1'-0"7COMPRESSION STRUT DET. @ ACT 3" = 1'-0"6TYP. MOUNTING @ WALL SCONCE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10JOIST GYP-BOARD SECTION 1" = 1'-0"5JOISTED GYP. BD. CEILING AT OPENINGS 3" = 1'-0"4BRACING WIRE @ STEEL BEAM 3" = 1'-0"3CEILING PERIMETER AT FREE WALL DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 WALL TYPE PER PLANS 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM FLAT CUT- OUT LETTERS WITH PAINTED BLACK FINISH. LETTERS TO BE MOUNTED TO SIGN BACKGROUND WITH STUDS AND SILICONE THREADED ROD PER SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER DETAILS WALL TYPE PER PLANS SP A C I N G V A R I E S WOOD SCREWS WITH 1 1/2" PENETRATIONS INTO LUMBER FLAT CUT 1/4" POWDER COATED ALUMINUM LETTERS, COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY ARCH. AND OWNER SEE DETAIL "A"A 1/2" FROM MOUNTING SURFACE PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP SEE FINISH SCHEDULE L2X2X1/4 @ 3'-0" O.C., PROVIDE RUBBER TRIM SO THAT THERE ARE NO SHARP EDGES 6" 3' - 0 " C L E A R VARIES - PER PLAN 3' - 3 1 / 2 " PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINTS #10 X 3 1/2" FHWS @ EA. ANGLE TOP & BOTTOM RUBBER BASE WALL TYPE PER PLAN TWO (2) 2" DIA. OPENINGS WITH RUBBER GROMMETS @ 3' O.C. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP SEE FINISH SCHEDULE L2X2X1/4 @ 3'-0" O.C., PROVIDE RUBBER TRIM SO THAT THERE ARE NO SHARP EDGES 6" 2' - 3 " C L E A R VARIES - PER PLAN 2' - 6 1 / 2 " PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINTS #10 X 3 1/2" FHWS @ EA. ANGLE TOP & BOTTOM RUBBER BASE WALL TYPE PER PLAN TWO (2) 2" DIA. OPENINGS WITH RUBBER GROMMETS @ 3' O.C. 3' - 4 " POWER/DATA TO BE LOCATED ABOVE COUNTERTOP WALL TYPE PER PLANS 1 1/2" THICK ALUMINUM FLAT CUT- OUT LETTERS.COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY ARCH. AND OWNER. LETTERS TO BE MOUNTED TO TRACK 2" 4" 1" THREADED TEK SCREWMETAL TRACK COLD ROLLED STEEL "C" CHANNEL. 3/8" THICKNESS 6" 3" NOTE: PAINTED TO MATCH SURROUNDING WALL COLOR SANTA ANA PUBLIC LIBRARY6" PLAN VIEW ELEVATION VIEW 8' - 6 " 11' - 8" 6" T O 8 " CL CL HSS 2X2X1/4 PER PLAN L4X2X1/4 (LLV) 3/16 NOTE: REFER TO LANDSCAPE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2"4' - 5"2" 2' - 5 " 2' - 7 " 2" 4 A63.3 A TV, C.F.C.I.: MANUF: LG 75" CLASS Q7500U SERIES 4K HDR SMART LED TV MODEL #: 75UH8500 WALL MOUNTED ASSEMBLY, C.F.C.I.: DYNAMIC MOUNTING DOWN AND OUT WALL MOUNT FOR 75" DISPLAY WALL TYPE PER PLANS 4X CONTINUOUS BLOCKING W/ A35 T&B EA. SIDE. BLOCKING AT THE VIDEO WALL. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR TV LAYOUT PROVIDE POWER AND DATA PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date A63.3 #2022-40198 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1KNOWLEDGE BAR SIGNAGE DESCRIPTION DATE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3COUNTERTOP 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4COUNTERTOP @ TEEN AREA 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5SIGNAGE @ CORRIDOR 1" = 1'-0"8COUNTER ELEVATION LETTER MOUNTING DETAIL 6A - A SECTION C CHANNEL 7N.T.S. ANCHORAGE PER MANUFACTURER 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2WALL MOUNTED TV SIGNAGE AND MOUNTING DETAILS INTERIOR 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SEE PAVING LEGEND FOR LOCATION AND FINISH OF CONCRETE STEP PAVERS. 2" TYP. 1 3 2 SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-0" LEGEND FINISH GRADE 3" AT PLANTING AREAS. 4" THICK CONCRETE FLATWORK 2500 P.S.I AT 28 DAYS. COLOR & FINISH PER CONST. MATERIALS LEGEND. #4 BAR AT 16" O.C. EACH WAY AT CENTER OF POUR TYP. SCARIFY AND RECOMPACT TOP 12" OF SUBGRADE TO 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION. HOLD 2" CLEAR ALL EDGES TYP. APPLY 1 4" RADIUS NOSE ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES CONTINUOUS TYP. 1 2 3 4 5 6 NOTES: 1.POUR CONC. AGAINST FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL OR PROPERLY COMPACTED FILL. 2.INSTALL MIN. 3'X3' AREA FOR APPROVAL OF OWNER AND LAND. ARCH. PRIOR TO THE BALANCE OF THE INSTALL. COORDINATE REVIEW IN ADVANCE TO PRECLUDE DELAY 3.REFER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SCHEDULE FOR COLOR AND FINISH INFO. 5 6 2%2% PER PLAN 4 PER PLAN NOTES: 1. INSTALL ARTIFICIAL PLAYTURF PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE FOR MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS. PLAY TURF AT DEEPENED CURB SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" PLAY TURF AT PAVING SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" 1236 8 5236 LEGEND ADJACENT PAVING WITH DEEPENED EDGE PER SEPARATE DETAIL. SPECTRATURF - PLAYGRASS 1 2" SYNTHETIC INFILL 3" SHREDDED BARK MULCH SBR CUSHION LAYER - THICKNESS VARIES PER FALL HEIGHT COMPACTED CLASS II AGGREGATE SUB-BASE 4" MIN. THICKNESS SUBGRADE COMPACTED 95% TO MIN. 12" DEPTH. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 7 8 4 FRONT VIEW 4' MIN. AND EQUAL SPACING 4' MIN. AND EQUAL SPACING 1 SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" NOTES: 1.CONCRETE THICKNESS, STRENGTH, COLOR, FIN. AND REINFORCEMENT PER CONST. PLAN, NOTES AND DETAILS. 2.JOINT LOC. PER CONST. PLAN AND DETAIL. 1'-3" 8" M I N 10 " M A X 12 " #5 @18" O.C. STANDARD HOOK TYP. (4) CONT. #4 #5 @12" O.C. (EACH FACE) 2'-10" 35 4 SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 2 DET. B 20" MIN. 21" MAX.' 1" 3 1 DETAIL A (N.T.S.) RADIUS CORNER DETAIL B (N.T.S.) BASE OF WALL RECESS 6 LEGEND POURED-IN PLACE CONCRETE SEAT WALL. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COLOR AND TEXTURE. 3" SHREDDED BARK MULCH. ADJACENT PAVING. FELT EXPANSION JOINTS AT BASE OF WALL. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FINISH GRADE. SAW CUT JOINTS PER PLAN. FELT EXPANSION JOINT SKATE DETERRENT BRACKET TO BE STAINLESS STEEL, INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER SEAT WALL LIGHTING. REFER TO DETAIL P, SHEET L7.401. METAL ARM REST PER SHOP DRAWINGS. STAINLESS STEEL WITH 1 4" CONCRETE ANCHORS AS REQUIRED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4" 9 1 6 8" 3" 10 8" R1" 10 1 SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 3 2 1 SEE LEGEND VARIES 4 2 NOTES: 1. ALL BOULDER INSTALLATION SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE DIRECTION OF OWNER AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 2. DESIGN BUILDER SHALL REVIEW ALL EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND BOULDERS TO BE PLACED AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION WORK, AS SHOWN. DESIGN BUILDER SHALL TAKE SPECIAL PRECAUTION TO PROTECT ALL ADJOINING EXISTING STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS. ANY DAMAGE, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT COSTS REQUIRED RESULTING FROM THIS SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 3. PLAN VIEW BOULDER GROUPINGS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY. FINAL PLACEMENT SHALL BE DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT ON-SITE. SOME AREAS MAY CONTAIN MORE THAN (1) TYPICAL BOULDER GROUPINGS. + 2 / 3 + 1 / 3 LEGEND BOULDER, SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. FINISH GRADE/SLOPE COMPACTED SUBGRADE 3" ADJACENT SLOPE GRADING PER CIVIL ENGINEER PLAN 1 2 3 4 NOTES: 1.INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS ISOMETRIC VIEW - STEEL EDGE SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" LEGEND STEEL LANDSCAPE EDGING 3 16"X4"1 2 3 4 21 3 4 FLUSH NOTES: 1.INSTALL WITH MIN. 1% to MAX. 2% CROSS SLOPE (1.9% CROSS SLOPE AT ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL. 2.STABILIZER INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 3.TOP OF DG IS TO BE LEVEL WITH PAVEMENT F.S. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC (TURN UP 2" AT EDGES) STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE. INSTALL IN 2" LIFTS PER MNUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. COLOR AND FINISH PER CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 FINISH GRADE - 2" BELOW TOP OF D.G. PATH, SLOPE AWAY TO 3" AT 1'-0" PAST EDGE TO ALLOW FOR 3" MULCH OVER FINISH GRADE 2 COMPACTED SUBGRADE 3 4 6 ADJACENT PAVING WHERE IT OCCURS ON PLAN. TO BE DEEPENED EDGE ADJACENT TO DG. 7 6 DECOMPOSED GRANITE WALKWAY 4" 1 7 2 3 4 SECTION - STABILIZED D.G. SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" METAL EDGING WHERE IT OCCURS ON PLAN. 6" OF CALIFORNIA APPROVED BASE COURSE 5 5 (S.J.) 8 11 10 4 9FELT EXPANSION JOINT CONTROL/SCORE JOINT FEJ 2 4 9 1" 6" COLD JOINT (C.J.) 2" TYP 1 4 5 6 9 EXPANSION JOINT (E.J.) 2" TYP 1" 6" 1 3 4 7 8 9 NOTES: 1.CONCRETE THICKNESS, STRENGTH, COLOR, FIN. AND REINFORCEMENT PER CONST. PLAN, NOTES AND DETAILS. 2.JOINT LOC. PER CONST. PLAN AND DETAIL. SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" LEGEND JOINT SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CONCRETE SAND JOINT. 1 16" SAW-CUT 1 8" ROLLED RADIUS, TYP. CHASE WITH 3 16" SAW-CUT REINFORCING AT CENTER PER DETAIL #4 BAR X 2'-0" LONG AT 16" O.C. BURKE 'KEY-KOLD' OR EQ. #4 BAR X 2'-0" @ 16" O.C. GREASE AND WRAP ONE END IN EXPANSION JOINT (E.J.) 1/4" THICK POLY FOAM COMPACTED SUBGRADE TRELLIS COLUMN/WALL OR OTHER HARDSCAPE FEATURE SANDED CAULK JOINT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4" MIN. THICKNESS. SEE LEGEND FOR LOCATION AND FINISH OF PEDESTRIAN PAVING. 2" TYP. 1 6 5 4 2 SECTION - PLAY SURFACING ADJACENT SCALE: 1"=1'-0" LEGEND FINISH GRADE 2" AT G.C. AND 1" AT TURF AREAS, TYP, AND FLUSH AT HARDSCAPE 4" THICK CONCRETE . FOR CONCRETE STRENGTH, REFERENCE GEOTECH REPORT. FOR COLOR AND FINISH REFERENCE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND. REBAR AND REINFORCEMENT SIZE, STRENGTH, AND SPACING PER CIVIL ENGINEER. JOINTS PER CONST. PLAN AND PER TYP. JOINTS DETAIL. COMPACTED SUBGRADE PER CIVIL ENGINEER. APPLY 1 4" RADIUS NOSE ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES CONTINUOUS TYP. 1 2 3 4 5 6 NOTES: 1.PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS AS FOLLOWS: a.4'-0" WIDE WALK @ 20'-0" MAX b.6'-0" WIDE WALK @ 18'-0" MAX c.8'-0" WIDE WALK @ 16'-0" MAX ALL OTHER JOINT LOCATIONS SEE CONST. PLAN AND REFER TO CIVIL ENGINNER. 1.SCORE JOINTS SHALL BE WALK WIDTH AS SHOWN ON CONST. PLANS. REFERENCE GEOTECH FOR MAXIMUM SCORE JOINT SPACING RECOMMENDATIONS. 3 SECTION - TYP. SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 4" MIN. THICKNESS. SEE LEGEND FOR LOCATION AND FINISH OF PEDESTRIAN PAVING. 6 5 4 2 3 1 6" 4"4" 2" TYP. 2" TYP.4" TYP. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L4.401 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS E H P F A N BOULDERS J Q - PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING C EXPANSION JOINTS METAL EDGE- DG APPLICATION L CONCRETE STEP PADS Q TOT LOT SURFACING (PLAY GRASS) T -SEAT WALL CONCRETE CURB NOTES: 1.#2 TOPCAST FINISH ON ALL CONCRETE. SECTION - DEEPENED CURB @ PLAY GRASS 1 2 1' 6"5 2" 2" 1' 6 LEGEND APPLY 1 2" RADIUS NOSE ALL EXPOSED EDGES CONT. TYP. #4 HORIZONTAL REBAR CONTINUOUS TOP AND BOTTOM 3" MIN. CLEARANCE AT BOTTOM, 2" CLEARANCE AT TOP ADJACENT PLAY TURF. SEE DETAIL N, SHEET L4.101. 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 4 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L4.402 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FS 1'-6" TYP. 9" 6" 15 ' - 6 " 6" 9" CL 18'-0" R22 ' - 9 " O . C . R23 ' - 3 " O . C . 1' 1' 8" TYP. R7'-3" O . C . 5'-4" O . C . TYP. 18'-0" 12 ' - 1 0 " - 0 " 16'-0" O.C. 16'-0" O.C. TYP. LEGEND CONCRETE FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL. HSS 2" X 6" SQ. TUBE STEEL HEADER. SEE DETAIL 2, SHEET S-3.1 HSS 4" X 4" SQ. TUBE STEEL POST. SEE DETAIL 2, SHEET S-3.1. COMPACTED SUBGRADE PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT HSS 2" X 2" TUBE STEEL TRELLIS. SEE DETAIL 2, SHEET S-3.1. ADJACENT PAVING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN HSS 1 2" CAP PLATE 4' LIGHT BAR (SEE LIGHTING PLANS) 8' LIGHT BAR (SEE LIGHTING PLANS) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CLCL CL CL R6'-9" O.C. CL CL CLCL NOTES: 1.POUR CONCRETE FOOTING AGAINST FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL OR PROPERLY COMPACTED FILL PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. 2.REFER TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR CONCRETE FOOTING STRUCTURAL DESIGN INCLUDING REINFORCEMENT. 3.REFER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SCHEDULE FOR COLOR, FINISH, AND MANUFACTURER INFO. 4.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS CUTSHEETS TO OWNER / ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 5.ALL POSTS TO BE GALVANIZED TUBULAR STEEL PRIOR TO PAINTING. 6.ALL STEEL AND METAL TO BE COATED WITH A ZINC RICH PRIMER TO PREVENT CORROSION. 7.ALL CONNECTORS TO BE CONTINUOUS WELDED. REMOVE ALL SLAG & SPLATTER AND GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH. ALL TUBING TO HAVE ENDS WELDED CLOSED. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR ALL CONCRETE THICKNESS, STRENGTH, REINFORCEMENT, AND SUBGRADE INFORMATION. ELEVATION AA SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" ENLARGEMENT C - POST CAP DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FS 18'-0" 12 ' - 1 0 " - 0 " 16'-0" O.C. CL CL ELEVATION BB SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" L4.401 L4.401 ENLARGEMENT A - CENTER BEAM DETAIL PLAN VIEW SECTION AA - CENTER BEAM DETAIL (ROTATED FOR CLARITY) ENLARGEMENT B - POST AND BEAM DETAIL PLAN VIEW SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. L4.401 PER STRUCTURAL (TYP.) 3 2 5 6 1 4 2 9 5 8 3 2 5 STOP 1 2" FROM CORNER3 16" 5 2 SECTION BB - POST AND BEAM DETAIL (ROTATED FOR CLARITY) 2 5 2 3 FLARE BEVEL WELD TYP. 2 5 9 3 FLARE BEVEL WELD TYP. 3 7 CJP 5 CJP L4.401 ENLARGEMENT D - LOUVER CAP DETAIL CJP 7 7 7 3 2 5 6 1 4 PER STRUCTURAL (TYP.) K OVERHEAD SHADE STRUCTURE COLOR/FINISH DUNN EDWARDS, BLACK 002; POWDER COATING 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 1'-5" 2'-6" 6'-3" 3'-0" 24" 36" CRIMPED END 12" SQ FOOTING EMBEDMENT LEGEND STEEL SLAT SEATS. 36" METAL TABLE TOP. COLOR 'B' 1 8" THK. STEEL PLATE. COLOR 'B' 3 16" X 3" STEEL BAR. COLOR 'B' 3 16" X 1" STEEL BAR. COLOR 'B' 3 8" X 2" STEEL BAR. COLOR 'A' 1 2" X 1 1 2" STEEL. CAGE BOLT W/ WASHER AND NYLON LOCKOUT 2 1 2" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE. 2 7 8" O.D. COLOR 'A' 3" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE. COLOR 'A' ADJACENT PAVING EMBEDDED TABLE AND BENCH FOOTING. COMPACTED SUBGRADE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 ISOMETRIC VIEW PLAN VIEW 2 10 12 11 10 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 12 11 MANUFACTURER: DUMOR SITE FURNITURE MODEL: 297-36-20HS TABLE/SEATING SURFACE: STEEL METAL COLORS : RAL#5010 - BLUE 1'-6" 3" M I N , 6" M A X . 2" 6" 4" 4' - 0 " 4'-0" CLEAR WHEN OPEN 3" MIN. O.C. (TYP) SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" LEGEND 16 GA. 4"X4" SQ. ALUMINUM POST W/ 60 DEG. ANGLED END CAP (WELDED). COLOR 'B' 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM CAP. PROVIDE 1/8" OVERHANG AT POST. FULL WELD. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 2"X1/2" ALUMINUM PICKET W/ 60 DEG. ANGLED END CAP (WELDED). COLOR 'A' 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM CAP. PROVIDE 1/16" OVERHANG AT PICKET. FULL WELD. COLOR 'A' 16 GA. 1-1/2"X1-1/2" ALUMINUM MID. RAIL. COLOR 'B' CONCRETE FOOTING. IF ADJACENT TO MASONRY WALL OR ARCHITECTURE, COORDINATE SHARED FOOTING. COMPACTED BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE PAVING PER CONST. PLAN, FINISH SURFACE PER PRECISE GRADING PLAN PER CIVIL ENGINEER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NOTES: 1 ALL CONNECTORS TO BE CONTINUOUS WELDED. REMOVE ALL SLAG & SPLATTER AND GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH. ALL TUBING TO HAVE ENDS WELDED CLOSED. PAINT METAL WITH (1) COAT ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER AND W/ (2) COATS RUSTOLEUM (COLOR PER OWNER). VON DUPRIN #55 MORTISE LOCK DEVICE WITH #371L-NL LEVER - #06 STANDARD LEVER DESIGN. COLOR 'A' PANIC BAR, 'VON DUPRIN' #8875 COLOR 'A'. PROVIDE INTERNAL TUBULAR STEEL SPACER TO PROVIDE SUPPORT AT MOUNTING STRIKE & FACEPLATE, ALIGN WITH PANIC BAR, RECESS INTO POST. COLOR 'A' 1/4" THICK GATE STOP @ STRIKE, FULLY COVER THE STRIKE WHEN CLOSED. FULL WELD TO MORTISE LOCK DEVICE, GRIND SMOOTH. PROVIDE 1/2" RADIUS FOR EXPOSED CORNERS. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 3"X1" GATE FRAME. MITER CORNERS, FULL WELD. (SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE SNUG FIT). COLOR 'A' HYDRAULIC MAMMOTH 180 GATE CLOSER AND HINGE IN ONE BY LOCINOX. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 2"X2" ALUMINUM GATE FRAME. COLOR 'A' 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 FOOTING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. HINGE SIDE OF GATE SECTION 'A' SCALE: 1-1/2""=1'-0" 2" 516 2 1 11 10 9 6 7 8 15 4 314 16 12 13 5 3" CLR 1'-6" SECTION 'B' SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 3' #4 CIRCULAR TIE EQUALLY SPACED AROUND FOOTING (2) #4 VERTICAL w/STD HK (3) TIES IN TOP 5" (3) TIES IN BOTTOM 5" 3" CLR. 1 1 SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L4.403 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS P F I 4' HT. METAL FENCE BISTRO TABLE4' HT. METAL GATE (SINGLE) 4' HT. METAL GATE (DOUBLE) 1'-6" (TYP) 8'-0" O.C. (TYP) 3" MIN. O.C. (TYP) 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 6" 6" 2" 6" 3" MI N , 6" M A X 6" 6" 2"2" SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" LEGEND 16 GA. 4"X4" SQ. ALUMINUM POST W/ 60 DEG. ANGLED END CAP (WELDED). COLOR 'B' 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM CAP. PROVIDE 1/8" OVERHANG AT POST. FULL WELD. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 2"X1/2" ALUMINUM PICKET W/ 60 DEG. ANGLED END CAP (WELDED). COLOR 'A' 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM CAP. PROVIDE 1/16" OVERHANG AT PICKET. FULL WELD. COLOR 'A' 16 GA. 1-1/2"X1-1/2" ALUMINUM MID. RAIL. COLOR 'B' CONCRETE FOOTING. IF ADJACENT TO MASONRY WALL OR ARCHITECTURE, COORDINATE SHARED FOOTING. COMPACTED BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE PAVING PER CONST. PLAN, FINISH SURFACE PER PRECISE GRADING PLAN PER CIVIL ENGINEER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NOTES: 1 ALL CONNECTORS TO BE CONTINUOUS WELDED. REMOVE ALL SLAG & SPLATTER AND GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH. ALL TUBING TO HAVE ENDS WELDED CLOSED. PAINT METAL WITH (1) COAT ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER AND W/ (2) COATS RUSTOLEUM (COLOR PER OWNER). 3" CLR 1'-6" SECTION 'A' SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" #4 CIRCULAR TIE EQUALLY APCED AROUND FOOTING FOOTING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. (4) #4 VERTICAL w/STD HK (3) TIES IN TOP 5" (3) TIES IN BOTTOM 5" 2 4 5 1 3 9 6 7 8 3" C L R . 3' - 0 " 1 1 1'-6" 4" 4' - 0 " 8'-0" CLEAR WHEN OPEN 4" 3" M I N , 6 " M A X 2" 6" 6" 3" MIN. O.C. (TYP) SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" 2 1 4 3 5 9 6 7 8 16 15 10 12 13 11 14 LEGEND 16 GA. 4"X4" SQ. ALUMINUM POST W/ 60 DEG. ANGLED END CAP (WELDED). COLOR 'B' 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM CAP. PROVIDE 1/8" OVERHANG AT POST. FULL WELD. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 2"X1/2" ALUMINUM PICKET W/ 60 DEG. ANGLED END CAP (WELDED). COLOR 'A' 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM CAP. PROVIDE 1/16" OVERHANG AT PICKET. FULL WELD. COLOR 'A' 16 GA. 1-1/2"X1-1/2" ALUMINUM MID. RAIL. COLOR 'B' CONCRETE FOOTING. IF ADJACENT TO MASONRY WALL OR ARCHITECTURE, COORDINATE SHARED FOOTING. COMPACTED BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE PAVING PER CONST. PLAN, FINISH SURFACE PER PRECISE GRADING PLAN PER CIVIL ENGINEER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NOTES: 1 ALL CONNECTORS TO BE CONTINUOUS WELDED. REMOVE ALL SLAG & SPLATTER AND GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH. ALL TUBING TO HAVE ENDS WELDED CLOSED. PAINT METAL WITH (1) COAT ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER AND W/ (2) COATS RUSTOLEUM (COLOR PER OWNER). VON DUPRIN #55 MORTISE LOCK DEVICE WITH #371L-NL LEVER - #06 STANDARD LEVER DESIGN. COLOR 'A' PANIC BAR, 'VON DUPRIN' #8875 COLOR 'A'. PROVIDE INTERNAL TUBULAR STEEL SPACER TO PROVIDE SUPPORT AT MOUNTING STRIKE & FACEPLATE, ALIGN WITH PANIC BAR, RECESS INTO POST. COLOR 'A' 1/4" THICK GATE STOP @ STRIKE, FULLY COVER THE STRIKE WHEN CLOSED. FULL WELD TO MORTISE LOCK DEVICE, GRIND SMOOTH. PROVIDE 1/2" RADIUS FOR EXPOSED CORNERS. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 3"X1" GATE FRAME. MITER CORNERS, FULL WELD. (SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE SNUG FIT). COLOR 'A' HYDRAULIC MAMMOTH 180 GATE CLOSER AND HINGE IN ONE BY LOCINOX. COLOR 'B' SURFACE MOUNTED DROPBOLT WITH ALUMINUM BOLT (VSA) BY LOCINOX. LOCATED INSIDE. COLOR 'B' 16 GA. 2"X2" ALUMINUM GATE FRAME. COLOR 'A' 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 SECTION 'B' SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" FOOTING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 15 HINGE SIDE OF GATE SECTION 'A' SCALE: 1-1/2""=1'-0" 2" 517 17 3" CLR 1'-6" 3' - 0 " #4 CIRCULAR TIE EQUALLY SPACED AROUND FOOTING (2) #4 VERTICAL w/STD HK (3) TIES IN TOP 5" (3) TIES IN BOTTOM 5" 3" C L R . 1 1 A K P N OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SIGNAGE -O - NOTES: 1.FONT IS 'POPPINS SEMIBOLD'. 2.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND CUTSHEETS TO OWNER / ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 3.ALL METAL, NOT INCLUDING LETTERS, TO BE COATED WITH A ZINC RICH PRIMER TO PREVENT CORROSION. 1 LETTER MOUNTING DETAIL SECTION VIEW SCALE: N.T.S. 2 1 3 2 LEGEND LETTERS TO BE 18" TALL. MATERIAL TO BE CLEAR-COATED ANODIZED ALUMINUM LETTERS. OVERHEAD TRELLIS, SEE DETAIL. MOUNTING ANGLE BRACKET. MOUNTING TO BE DETERMINED BY FABRICATOR AND PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AS NEEDED. 1 2 3 COLOR/FINISH DUNN EDWARDS, BLACK 002; POWDER COATING COLOR/FINISH DUNN EDWARDS, BLACK 002; POWDER COATING COLOR/FINISH DUNN EDWARDS, BLACK 002; POWDER COATING 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: N.T.S SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L4.404 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS E RP F J - -CRAWLING PYRAMID STRUCTURE -SITTING POSTS 25' 13'-1" 6' 25 ' - 2 " 6' SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW SCALE: N.T.S ANCHORING DETAIL LEGEND CRAWLING PYRAMID (13'1" X 13'3" X 4'11") ROBINA WOOD POST LOOSE FILL COMPACTED SUBGRADE. CONCRETE BASE 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 4 5 31 . 5 " 15.7" 11.8" 7.9" 81° 78° 78° 81° SCALE: N.T.S 11" 9" TOP VIEW - SITTING POLE (BROWN) SIDE VIEW - SITTING POLE (BROWN) MANUFACTURER: KOMPAN PRODUCT: CRAWLING PYRAMID, #NR0826 COLOR/FINISH: NATURAL MANUFACTURER: KOMPAN PRODUCT: SITTING POLE, #NR0209 & #NR0210 COLOR/FINISH: NATURAL & BROWN MANUFACTURER: DUMOR PRODUCT: BENCH, #500-60HS-3AR COLOR/FINISH: RAL#5010 BLUE/POWDER COATED STEEL K BENCH Q - 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E) AC-14 (E) AC-13 HP-1 160 CFM OA 585 CFM OA 2 1 3 4 R 10' - 0" 5 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date M201 ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 G E N E R A L N O T E S: C O D E D N O T E S: N02'4'8' Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL A. REFER SHEET M000 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEW DUCT W/ STRUCTURE. C.CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. D.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING OR FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK. E.ALL EXHAUST DUCT TERMINATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED 10 FEET AWAY FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKES AND 3 FEET AWAY FROM ANY OPENING INTO THE BUILDING. F.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO RELOCATE ANY PIPES, CONDUITS, DEVICES, OR THE STRUCTURES THAT CONFLICT WITH PROVIDING A LARGER DUCT OPENING. G.CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE INSULATION ON EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN OPEN CEILING AND PAINT. H.CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT'S ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING AND VALVES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION. 1. FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS DOWN TO FLOOR BELOW FROM EXSITING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-13. 2.FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS DOWN TO FLOOR BELOW FROM EXSITING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-14. 3.6"Ø EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO ROOF FROM FLOOR BELOW AND TERMINATE ON THE ROOF WITH WEATHER PROTECTIVE CAP, REFER SHEET M101 FOR EXACT DUCT UP LOCATION. 4.CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST ECONOMIZER CONTROL POSITON TO RE BALACE OUTSIDE AIR FLOW AS PER MENTIONED IN NEW WORK PLAN. 5.PROVIDE STEEL PLATFORM FOR CONDENSING UNIT ANCHORED TO ROOF STRUCTURE. DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 1. DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION NOT SHOWN SHALL BE OF SAME NATURE AS THOSE SHOWN FOR SIMILAR CONDITIONS. REFER TO THE TYPICAL DETAIL SHEETS FOR TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. TYPICAL DETAILS APPLY TO ALL CONSTRUCTION UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR SHOWN OTHERWISE. WHERE CONDITIONS REQUIRE MODIFICATIONS OF A TYPICAL DETAIL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT MODIFIED DETAIL FOR APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION NOT SHOWN SHALL BE OF SAME NATURE AS THOSE SHOWN FOR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSIDER THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WHERE INFORMATION IS CONFLICTING, SPECIFIC DETAILS SHALL GOVERN OVER TYPICAL DETAILS WHICH SHALL GOVERN OVER THESE NOTES WHICH SHALL GOVERN OVER SPECIFICATIONS. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE CHECKED AGAINST ARCHITECTURAL DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. IF DIMENSIONS ARE OMITTED OR NOT CLEAR, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT (ARCH) OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD (SEOR). ALL DIMENSIONS RELATED TO EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF STUDS, AND TO CENTERLINE OF COLUMNS UNO. 4. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE SEOR OF ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND OTHER DRAWINGS; OR EXISTING CONDITIONS NOT SHOWN OR DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO ORDER MATERIAL OR CONSTRUCT ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING THAT IS IN CONFLICT UNTIL THE CONFLICT IS RESOLVED WITH THE AFFECTED PARTIES. 5. THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN THEY DO NOT INDICATE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE CONSTRUCTION AND ALL ADJACENT PROPERTIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO BRACING, SHORING OF LOADS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, ETC. OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE ARCHITECT OR SEOR SHALL NOT INCLUDE OBSERVATION OF THE ABOVE ITEMS. 6. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS FOR MATERIALS SPECIFIED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS MAY BE CONSIDERED WITH MATERIALS HAVING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE. CURRENT EVALUATION REPORTS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DEMONSTRATING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE MATERIAL TO BE SUBSTITUTED. WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE SEOR SHALL BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO THE SUBSTITUTION OF ANY MATERIAL SPECIFIED ON THE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS. 7. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE PERTINENT SECTIONS OF THE "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS" ISSUED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, LATEST EDITION, AND ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS AS THEY APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. THE ARCHITECT, SEOR, AND THE OWNER DO NOT ACCEPT ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS. 8. ALL WORK IS NEW (N) UNLESS INDICATED AS EXISTING (E). 9. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED WHEN PLACED ON THE STRUCTURE SUCH THAT LOADS DO NOT EXCEED DESIGN LIVE LOADS OR RESULT IN AN UNBALANCED CONDITION. 10. REFER TO THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTALS. GENERAL NOTES: 1. CODES: ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) 2022 EDITION, INCLUDING ALL AMENDMENTS. ALL STANDARDS USED SHALL BE THE LATEST VERSION APPROVED BY THE CODE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY ON THE DATE OF THE PERMIT ISSUANCE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. DESIGN LIVE LOAD 3. WIND DESIGN INFORMATION 4. SEISMIC DESIGN INFORMATION STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA: RISK CATEGORY = III Kd =0.85 Kzt = 1.0 BASIC WIND SPEED V = 102 MPH (3 SEC GUST) EXPOSURE = C INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFF. = +/- 0.18 I = 1.25 RISK CATEGORY = III SITE CLASS = D (DEFAULT) SS = 1.275 S1 = 0.457 SDS = 1.020 SD1 = 0.516 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D LOAD ROOF 20 PSF TYPICAL ABBREVIATIONS A.B.ANCHOR BOLT INT INTERIOR ABV ABOVE ADDT'L ADDITIONAL KLF KIPS PER LINEAR FOOT ADJ ADJACENT KSL KIPS PER SQUARE FOOT A.F.F.ABOVE FINISH FLOOR KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH ALT ALTERNATE L ANGLE ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL)LFRS LATERAL FORCE BLDG BUILDING RESISTING SYSTEM BLK'G BLOCKING LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL BLW BELOW LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL BM BEAM LP LOW POINT BN BOUNDARY NAILING LWC LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE B.O.BOTTOM OF MAX MAXIMUM BOT BOTTOM M.B.MACHINE BOLT BRG BEARING MECH MECHANICAL B.S.BOTH SIDES MFR MANUFACTURER BTWN BETWEEN MIN MINIMUM C CAMBER OR MTL METAL C.I.P.CAST IN PLACE (N)NEW CJ CONTROL/ NS NEAR SIDE OR NON-SHRINK CONSTRUCTION JOINT NTS NOT TO SCALE CL CENTERLINE NWC NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE CLR CLEAR O.C.ON CENTERCMUCONCRETE MASONRY UNIT O.F.OUTSIDE FACECOLCOLUMN OH OPPOSITE HANDCONCCONCRETE OPM OSHPD PRE APPROVAL OFCONN CONNECTION PDF POWDER DRIVEN FASTENER CONT CONTINUOUS PJ PANEL JOIST CP COMPLETE PENETRATION PL PLATE CSK COUNTERSINK PLC(S) PLACE(S) CTR(D) CENTER(ED) PLF POUND PER LINEAR FOOT DB BAR OR BOLT DIAMETER PLYWD PLYWOOD DBL DOUBLE PREFAB PREFABRICATED DC DEMAND CRITICAL PSF POUND PER SQUARE FOOT DEMO DEMOLITION PSI POUND PER SQUARE INCH DET DETAIL PT PRESSURE TREATED OR DIA DIAMETER POST TENSION DIAG DIAGONAL QTY QUNATITY DIM DIMENSION RAD, R RADIUS DO DITTO REF REFERENCE DWG DRAWING REINF REINFORCING (E) EXISITNG REQ'D REQUIRED EA EACH SB SILL BOLT E.F. EACH FACE SC SAW CUT OR SLIP CRITICAL EJ EXPANSION JOIST SCHED SCHEDULE EMBED EMBEDMENT SEOR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ELEC ELECTRICAL ON RECORD ELEV ELEVATION SHT'G SHEATHING EN EDGE NAILING SIM SIMILAR E.O.EDGE OF SLRS SEISMIC LOAD EOR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESISTING SYSTEM EQ EQUAL SMS SHEET METAL SCREW EQUIP EQUIPMENT SN SILL NAIL E.S.EACH SIDE/ EDGE SCREW S.O.G.SLAB ON GRADE E.W.EACH WAY SQ SQUARE EXP EXPANSION SS STAINLESS STEEL EXT EXTERIOR STD STANDARD FIN FINISH STAGG.STAGGERED FLR FLOOR SITFF STIFFENER FN FIELD NAILING STL STEEL FND FOUNDATION STRUCT STRUCTURAL F.O. FACE OF T&B TOP AND BOTTOM FS FAR SIDE OR FIELD SCREW THK THICK FRM'G FRAMING T.O. TOP OF FT FOOT OR FEET T.O.M.TOP OF MASONRY FTG FOOTING T.O.S.TOP OF STEEL G GIRDER TYP TYPICAL GA GAUGE U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GALV GALVANIZED VERT VERTICAL H.A.B. HEADED ANCHOR BOLT W/WITH HD HOLDOWN W/O WITHOUT HDR HEADER WF WIDE FLANGE/WALL FOOTING HGR HANGER WLD WELDED HK HOOK WO WHERE OCCURS HORIZ HORIZONTAL WP WORK POINT HP HIGH POINT WT WEIGHT HS HIGH STRENGTH WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION REFERENCE ELEVATION OR HT HEIGHT WORK POINT IN INCH PENE PENETRATION OPN'G OPENING MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION A.T.R. ALL THREADED ROD LBS POUND WWM WELDED WIRE MESH GB GRADE BEAM LONG. LONGITUDINAL SF SPREAD FOOTING TRANS. TRANSVERSE LLBB LONG LEG BACK TO BACK JST JOIST PERF PERFORATED NOM. NOMINAL OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER RJ ROOF JOIST FJ FLOOR JOIST C-CHANNEL DIST DISTANCE W.S.WELDED STUD FN HT FINISH HEIGHT ⌀DIAMETER FINISH SURFACE R.O. ROUGH OPENING S.A.D.SEE ARCHITECUTRAL DRAWINGS FOUNDATION NOTES (NO SOILS REPORT): 1. NO SOILS REPORT AVAILABLE; THEREFORE, MINIMUM PRESUMPTIVE LOAD- BEARING VALUES FOR CLASS OF MATERIALS 5 (CLAY, SANY CLAY, SILTY CLAY, CLAYEY SILT, SILT AND SANDY SILT) ARE USED PER 2022 CBC. 2. ALLOWABLE VERTICAL BEARING PRESSURE = 1500 PSF ALLOWABLE LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE = 100 PSF PER FT OF DEPTH 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO ALL RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONDITIONS INDICATED IN THE 2022 CBC. 4. WHERE THE BUILDING OFFICIAL HAS REASON TO DOUBT THE CLASSIFICATION, STRENGTH OR COMPRESSIBILITY OF THE SOIL OR WHERE A LOAD-BEARING VALUE SUPERIOR TO THAT SPECIFIED IN THIS CODE IS CLAIMED, THE BULIDNG OFFICIAL SHALL BE PERMITTED TO REQUIRE THAT A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION BE CONDUCTED. 5. PRESUMPTIVE LOAD-BEARING VALUES SHALL APPLY TO MATERIALS WITH SIMILAR PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND DISPOSITIONS. MUD, ORGANIC SILT, ORGANIC CLAYS, PEAT OR UNPREPARED FILL SHALL NOT BE ASSUMED TO HAVE A PRESUMPTIVE LOAD-BEARING CAPACITY UNLESS DATA TO SUBSTANIATE THE USE OF SUCH A VALUE ARE SUBMITTED. - EXCEPTION: A PRESUMPTIVE LOAD-BEARING CAPACITY SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE USED WHERE THE BUILDING OFFICIAL DEEMS THE LOAD-BEARING CAPACITY OF MUD, ORGANIC SILT OR UNPREPARED FILL IS ADEQUATE FOR THE SUPPORT OF LIGHTWEIGHT OR TEMPORARY STRUCTURES. 6. THE BOTTOM OF FOUNDATION SHALL BE CLEARED AND COMPACTED TO 90 PERCENT OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AT OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D1557. 7. SPREAD FOOTINGS ARE CENTERED UNDER WALLS AND COLUMNS, UNO. 8. FOOTING ELEVATIONS ARE NOTED ON THE PLANS AND DETAILS AND SHALL BE USED FOR BIDDING. IN ANY CASE, FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL OR ENGINEERED FILL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2022 CBC AND DETAILS SHOWN. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL UTILITY LINES, ETC. ENCOUNTERED DURING EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING. 10. ALL EXCAVATION SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. 11. PRIOR TO REINFORCEMET FOR FOUNDATIONS BEING PLACED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A REPORT INDICATES THE ITEMS 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 AND 10 ARE VERIFIED. THE REPORT SHALL ALSO STATE THAT: A. THE BUILDING PAD WAS PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. B. THE UTILITY TRENCHES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED. C. THE FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS COMPLY WITH THE INTENT OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 1. REINFORCING GRADES FOR CONCRETE OR MASONRY: 2. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FROM FACE OF CONCRETE TO EDGE OF ALL REINFORCEMENT AS FOLLOWS (U.N.O.): (SEE PLAN/ SECTION FOR CONCRETE W/ FIRE RATING.) PROVIDE THE LARGEST COVER REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CONDITIONS. WHERE #3 STIRRUPS OR TIES ARE USED, ENSURE THAT THE COVER FOR LONGITUDINAL BARS IS ADEQUATE. 3. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE (CRSI) "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE". EACH REINFORCING BAR SHALL BE WIRED TO A CROSS BAR AT A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 24" O.C. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO SUPPORT REINFORCING IN POSITIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 4. SPLICES IN CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT AS USED IN W ALLS, FOOTINGS, SLABS, ETC., SHALL HAVE A CLASS "B" LAP (1' - 6" MIN) AND THE SPLICES IN ADJACENT BARS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 5' - 0" APART. VERTICAL WALL BARS SHALL BE SPLICED AT OR NEAR FLOOR LINES. BARS MAY BE WIRED TOGETHER AT SPLICES OR LAPS EXCEPT FOR TOP REINFORCING OF BEAMS AND SLABS OR WHERE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED TO BE SEPARATED. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE LAPPED 12" MINIMUM. 5. ALL DOWELS, ANCHOR BOLTS AND OTHER HARDWARE TO BE SET IN CONCRETE SHALL BE TIED IN PLACE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. NO WET SETTING, STABBING, RODDING OR OTHER MOVEMENT OF EMBEDDED ITEMS SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. 6. BEND REINFORCING BARS COLD. 7. STEEL SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AND FREE OF RUST. 8. DOWELS BETWEEN FOOTING AND WALLS OR COLUMNS SHALL BE THE SAME GRADE, SIZE AND SPACING AS THE MAIN REINFORCING U.N.O. 9. ALL BARS SHALL BE MARKED SO THEIR IDENTIFICATION CAN BE MADE WHEN THE FINAL IN PLACE INSPECTION IS MADE. 10. CHAIRS OR SPACERS FOR REINFORCING SHALL BE NON-FERROUS OR PLASTIC COATED WHEN RESTING ON EXPOSED SURFACES. REINFORCING STEEL NOTES: ALL BARS EXCEPT THOSE TO BE WELDED TIES AND STIRRUPS WELDED WIRE FABRIC ALL BARS TO BE WELDED ALL BARS IN THE CONCRETE SHEARWALL INDICATED ON WALL ELEVATION INCLUDING SUPPORTING WALL FOOTING LONGITUDINAL BARS (WF), AND ALL GRADE BEAMS (GB) ASTM A615, GRADE 60 ASTM A615, GRADE 60 ASTM A1064 ASTM A706, GRADE 60 A706, GRADE 60 CONDITION CONCRETE POURED AGAINST EARTH CONCRETE POURED IN FORMS AND EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR EARTH -#6 BARS AND LARGER -#5 BARS AND SMALLER INTERIOR COLUMNS AND BEAMS INTERIOR WALL FACES AND RAISED SLABS STRUCTURAL SLABS ON GRADE -FROM BOTTOM OF SLAB -FROM TOP OF SLAB OTHER CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR EARTH FOR #11 BARS AND SMALLER COVER 3" 2" 1 1/2" 1" 1" 2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC), AS CONTAINED IN THE 15TH EDITION OF "AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION". 2. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE ERECTED PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE. TEMPORARY BRACING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL OTHER MEANS IS PROVIDED TO ADEQUATELY BRACE THE STRUCTURE. 3. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL U.N.O.: 4. 1/8" THICK PLATES AND THICKER SHALL BE GAS CUT OR SAW CUT EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL BOLTS SHALL BE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. EXCEPT OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL BOLT HOLES SHALL BE STANDARD HOLES. 5. ALL CONNECTIONS NOT SHOWN SHALL CONFORM TO THE "AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION" AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED ON SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW BY SEOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 6. ALL WELDED HEADED STUDS, THREADED STUDS, AND DEFORMED BARS SHALL BE NELSON, OR EQUIVALENT, AND WELDED (IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS BY CERTIFIED WELDERS) SO AS TO FULLY DEVELOP THE TENSILE CAPACITY OF THE CONNECTOR. 7. BOLTS WITH UPSET THREADS ARE NOT ALLOWED. USE THE APPROPRIATE NUT AND WASHER TYPE FOR THE SPECIFIED BOLT. 8. ALL STEEL FABRICATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A AISC OR CITY OF LOS ANGELES CERIFIED FABRICATOR. 9. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION UNLESS A WEATHER PROOF COATING IS SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT U.N.O. STAINLESS AND WEATHERING STEELS ARE EXCEPTED WHERE SPECIFIED. 10. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR NAILER HOLES, WELDED STUDS OR OTHER ITEMS NOT SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS. WHERE STEEL IS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY, PROVIDE HOLES AS REQUIRED FOR PASSAGE OF CONTINUOUS REINFORCING BARS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAW INGS. DO NOT CUT HOLES IN STRUCTURAL STEEL WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF SEOR. 11. ALL ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL (AESS) SHALL COMPLY WITH AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE, SECTION 10. 12. PLACE NON-SHRINK OR DRYPACK GROUT UNDER ALL BASE PLATES AND ALLOW TO CURE BEFORE APPLYING LOADS. 13. ALL OPEN HSS ENDS SHALL BE CAPPED. MIN 1/4" STEEL CAP. PROVIDE SQUARE WELD ALL AROUND, CAP PLATE TO HSS. 14. FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL, IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATION SECTION A3.1c, HOT ROLLED SHAPES WITH FLANGES 1 1/2" THICK AND THICKER SHALL HAVE MINIMUM CHARPY V-NOTCH TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT-LB AT 70°F. PLATES 2" THICK AND THICKER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARPY V-NOTCH TOUGHNESS OF 20FT-LB AT 70°F. STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES: STRUCTURAL STEEL GRADES: ALL WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS (HSS) ROUND HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION (HSS) PIPES PLATES, ANGLES, CHANNELS & TEES ALL PLATES PART OF SLRS MACHINE BOLTS (MB) HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS (HSB) WELDED HEADED STUDS THREADED RODS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS ASTM A992 ASTM A500, GRADE C (FY= 50 KSI) ASTM A500,GRADE C (FY= 46KSI) ASTM A53 TYPE E OR S, GRADE B (FY=35 KSI) ASTM A36 ASTM A572, GRADE 50 ASTM A307 ASTM F3125 GRADE A325 GRADE A490 ASTM A29 ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 A. B. C. C. E. F. G. H. I. J. 1. SEE STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. ALL HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F-3125 Gr. A-325 OR Gr. A-490, NUTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-563 AND WASHERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F-436. 3. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE "AISC SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS". SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS (SC) SHALL BE USED FOR ALL "SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM" (SLRS) MEMBER STEEL- TO-STEEL CONNECTIONS. 4. PAINT SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED ON CONTACT SURFACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTACT SURFACES OF BOLTED PARTS SHALL BE DESCALED AND FREE OF DIRT, OIL, BURRS, PITS, AND OTHER DEFECTS WHICH PREVENT SOLID SEATING OF PARTS. 5. FAYING SURFACE SHALL BE "CLASS A" FOR SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS (SC). 6. SLIP-CRITICAL JOINT ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FULLY PRE-TENSIONED BY TURN-OF-NUT TIGHTENING, CALIBRATED WRENCH TIGHTENING, INSTALLATION OF ALTERNATE DESIGN BOLTS OR BY DIRECT TENSION INDICATOR TIGHTENING. HIGH-STRENGTH BOLT NOTES: 1. WELDING PROCEDURES, ELECTRODES AND WELDER QUALIFICATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE "CODE FOR WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION", AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS), D1.1, D1.8 AND THE AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS". 2. ALL WELDERS SHALL HAVE EVIDENCE OF PASSING THE AWS STANDARD QUALIFICATION TESTS, AND SHALL BE CERTIFIED FOR THE WORK THEY ARE PERFORMING. 3. PROJECT WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS) SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND REVIEWED BY THE SEOR AND PROJECT WELDING INSPECTOR. THE WPS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1-D1.4 & D1.8 CURRENT EDITION. 4. ALL WELDS WITHIN MEMBERS DESIGNATED AS PART OF THE SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM (SLRS) SHALL CONFORM TO THE DETAILING, MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, TESTING, AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS PER AWS D1.8 AND MUST HAVE A MIN. CVN TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT-LB @ 0°F PER AISC 341 A3.4B. 5. WHERE WELDS ARE DESIGNATED AS DEMAND CRITICAL, THEY SHALL BE MADE WITH A FILLER METAL CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A MINIMUM CHARPY V-NOTCH (CVN) TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT-LB AT 0°F AND 40 FT-LB AT 70°F. SEE AISC 341-16 SECTION A3.4B FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 6. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE PERFORMED PER AWS D1.1 & D1.8 USING E70XX ELECTRODES UNLESS OTHERWISED NOTED. 7. WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE PERFORMED PER AWS D1.4 USING E80XX ELECTRODES. 8. WELDING OF METAL DECK AND LIGHT GAGE STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.3. 9. ALL GROOVE OR BUTT WELDS SHALL BE COMPLETE PENETRATION WELDS. ALL EXPOSED BUTT WELDS SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH. 10. ALL EXPOSED WELDS ON ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL (AESS) SHALL COMPLY WITH AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE, SECTION 10. 11. FIELD WELDS HAVE BEEN INDICATED WHERE THEY ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE ACTUAL FIELD WELDING NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT AND INCLUDE ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS WITHIN THE BASE BID. 12. ALL WELDS (SHOP AND FIELD) REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTION. 13. ALL FULL PENETRATION WELDS SHALL BE ULTRA-SONIC TESTED PER AWS D1.1 & AISC 341 J6.2. WELDING NOTES: E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 12" = 1'-0" Issue Date S-0.1 GENERAL NOTES CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 1. ALL GRADES SPECIFIED ARE MINIMUM GRADES REQUIRED. 2. DOUGLAS FIR (DF) SHALL BE GRADED BY THE WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION GRADING RULES, AND ASTM D245. 3. REDWOOD SHALL BE GRADED BY THE CALIFORNIA REDWOOD ASSOCIATION, REDWOOD INSPECTION SERVICE. 4. SILL PLATES SHALL BE PRESSURE-TREATED (PT) DOUGLAS FIR #1. REDWOOD IS PERMITTED WITH SEOR APPROVAL. 5. TOP PLATES, SILL PLATES, STUDS SHALL BE....................................DF #1 JOISTS, RAFTERS, PURLINS, BEAMS & POSTS SHALL BE ................DF #1 (U.N.O.) LOAD BEARING STUDS SHALL BE.........................................................DF #1 6. MOISTURE CONTENT OF SAWN LUMBER SHALL NOT EXCEED 18% WHEN FRAMING STARTS OR SHEATHING IS APPLIED. ANY NONCOMPLIANT WORK SHALL BE REJECTED AND REFRAMED WITH ACCEPTABLE LUMBER. 7. TIMBERS 4" NOMINAL IN THE LEAST DIMENSION SHALL NOT CONTAIN BOXED HEART. 8. SILL PLATES SHALL BE PRESSURE-TREATED AND SHALL BE BOLTED TO CONCRETE WITH 5/8" DIAMETER ANCHOR BOLTS AT 48" O.C. MAX, U.N.O. WITH A BOLT BETWEEN 4" TO 12" FROM THE END OF EACH PIECE OF SILL (2 BOLTS MIN EACH PIECE). PIECE OF SILL SHALL BE CONSIDERED ENDED WHERE PLATE IS CUT OUT OVER ONE-THIRD OF CROSS-SECTION. 9. ANCHOR BOLTS FOR STRUCTURAL WALLS SHALL HAVE 12" EMBEDMENT (U.N.O.) MEASURED FROM TOP OF SLAB. 10. STUD BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL HAVE DOUBLE TOP PLATES LAPPED AT WALL AND PARTITION INTERSECTIONS. JOINTS IN UPPER AND LOWER MEMBERS OF DOUBLE TOP PLATES SHALL BE STAGGERED AT LEAST 4' - 0". 11. HOLES IN WOOD AND STEEL MEMBERS FOR BOLTS SHALL BE THE NOMINAL BOLT DIAMETER PLUS 1/16". 12. ALL BOLTS IN WOOD SHALL BE ASTM A307 STANDARD BOLTS, U.N.O. BOLTS AND SCREWS SHALL BE TIGHTENED AT TIME OF ERECTION AND RETIGHTENED BEFORE CLOSING IN OR AT THE COMPLETION OF THE JOB. 13. HOLES IN WOOD FOR LAG SCREW SHANK SHALL BE BORED TO THE SAME DIAMETER AND DEPTH AS THE SHANK, AND FOR THE THREADED PORTION BORED WITH A BIT NOT LARGER THAN 40% TO 70% OF THE SHANK DIAMETER. 14. LAG SCREWS AND SCREWS SHALL BE SCREWED AND NOT DRIVEN INTO PLACE. BOLT HOLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/32" TO A MAXIMUM 1/16" LARGER THAN THE BOLT DIAMETER. HOLES SHALL BE ACCURATELY ALIGNED IN MAIN MEMBERS AND SIDE PLATES. BOLTS SHALL NOT BE FORCIBLY DRIVEN. 15. METAL FRAMING CONNECTORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE COMPANY (CURRENT CATALOG), OR "USP" WITH EQUIVALENT ICC PUBLISHED VALUES AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER SPECIFICATIONS, NO EXCEPTIONS. 16. INSTALL WINDOWS AND DOORS IN STUD WALLS AFTER DEAD LOADS ARE APPLIED, AND PROVIDE A 1/2" SHIM SPACE AT THE HEAD CONDITION. 17. STEEL WASHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS WHICH BEAR ON WOOD. STANDARD CUT WASHERS MAY BE USED IN ALL CASES EXCEPT SILL PLATES AND WOOD LEDGERS AGAINST CONCRETE OR MASONRY. NOTE, WASHERS UNDER CARRIAGE BOLT HEADS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW FOR SQUARE SHOULDERS. 18. ONLY LOAD BEARING AND/OR SHEAR WALLS ARE SHOWN SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER PARTITIONS. 19. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE FROM FINISHED FIRST FLOOR, DATUM ELEVATION = 0' - 0". 20. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS AND INTERIOR BEARING WALLS ARE 2x6 STUDS @ 16" O.C. TYPICAL, U.N.O. 21. ALL EXTERIOR STUD WALLS SHALL BE COMPLETELY SHEATHED WITH 15/32" APA RATED SHEATHING, EXPOSURE-1 (32/16). 22. INTERIOR STRUCTURAL SHEATHED WALLS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS AND SHALL HAVE 15/32" APA RATED SHEATHING EXPOSURE-1, (32/16),TYPICAL U.N.O. 23. ALL STRUCTURAL WALL SHEATHING IS SPLICED ON 2" NOMINAL BLOCKING AT HORIZONTAL JOINTS, U.N.O. 24. STRUCTURAL FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE AS ON PLAN AND SHALL BE APA RATED SHEATHING (32/16). NOTE: 1/8" GAP SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN ADJACENT PANELS. PANELS WITH GRADE STAMP INDICATION "SIZED FOR SPACING" MAY BE USED TO FACILITATE THIS REQUIREMENT. SEE PLANS FOR REQUIRED BOUNDARY AND EDGE NAILING NOT LISTED BELOW. FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE GLUED AND NAILED PER PLAN. ( * - SHEATHING @ EXTERIOR DECKS SHALL BE EXTERIOR RATED PLYWOOD.) BN = BOUNDARY NAILING EN = EDGE NAILING FN = FIELD NAILING 25. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION OF NOMINAL 2X FLAT BLOCKING AT ROOF SHEATHING PANEL JOINTS. SEE THIS SHEET FOR PLY CLIP REQUIREMENTS AT UNBLOCKED ROOF PANEL JOINTS. T&G SHEATHING IS NOT REQUIRED WHERE JOINTS ARE BLOCKED. 26. (S) INDICATES METAL FRAMING CONNECTORS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE COMPANY (CURRENT CATALOG) OR "USP" WITH EQUIVALENT ICC PUBLISHED VALUES AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER SPECIFICATIONS, NO EXCEPTIONS. 27. FASTENERS, INCLUDING NAILS, NUTS AND WASHERS, IN CONTACT WITH PRESERVATIVE - TREATED WOOD SHALL BE OF HOT-DIPPED ZINC COATED GALVANIZED STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL. ROUGH CARPENTRY/ WOOD NOTES:POST INSTALLED ANCHORS NOTES: 1. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL PER THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (MPII). 2. THE TYPE, DIAMETER, AND EMBEDMENT SHALL BE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS (OR EQUAL). ALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL HAVE A CURRENT CODE REPORT (ICC ESR, IAPMO ER, LARR, ETC.) 3. INSTALLATION OF ALL ANCHORS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODE REPORT AND THE MPII. 4. HOLE FOR ANCHORS SHALL SIZED ACCORDING TO THE ANCHOR TYPE AND DIAMETER PER THE MPII/CODE REPORT. HOLE SHALL BE DRILLED USING A ROTARY HAMMER OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHOD DESCRIBED IN THE MPII/CODE REPORT. 5. WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS AND/OR POWDER DRIVEN PINS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE, LOCATE EXISTING REINFORCEMENT BY NON-DESTRUCTIVE MEANS AND DO NOT CUT OR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. WHEN INSTALLING THEM INTO EXISTING PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (PRE- OR POST- TENSIONED) LOCATE THE PRESTRESSED TENDONS BY USING A NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHOD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE TENDONS DURING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THE REINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED- IN ANCHOR AND/OR PIN. 6. ALL MISSDRILLED/DEFFECTIVE HOLES SHALL BE ABANDONED AND SOLID GROUTED. 7. PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS LISTED IN THE CODE REPORT AND AS REQUIRED BY CBC CHAPTER 17 AND ACI 318 SECTION 17.8.2. 1. FOR ALL ITEMS ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS NOT NOTED WITH A SPECIFIC PRODUCT TYPE OR MANUFACTURER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE PRODUCT SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE BELOW. 2. THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED PRODUCT APPROVALS BELOW, U.N.O. 3. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, PRODUCTS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR LIKE PRODUCTS PER THE SCHEDULE BELOW IF APPROVED BY SEOR. PRODUCT APPROVALS: ITEM APPROVED PRODUCTS ICC# EXPANSION ANCHOR TO CONCRETE HILTI KWIK BOLT -TZ-2 ESR-4266 ESR-2502 ESR-3037SIMPSON STRONG-BOLT-2 DEWALT POWER STUD+ SD2 IAPMO ER EXPANSION ANCHOR TO MASONRY HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 ESR-1385 ESR-2966 SIMPSON STRONG-BOLT 2 DEWALT POWER STUD+ SD1 ER-0240 SCREW ANCHOR TO CONCRETE SIMPSON TITEN HD SCREW ANCHOR ESR-2713 ESR-3889 ESR-3027HILTI KH-EZ DEWALT SCREW-BOLT+ SCREW ANCHOR TO MASONRY SIMPSON TITEN HD SCREW ANCHOR ESR-1056 ESR-4042 ESR-3056HILTI KH-EZ DEWALT SCREW-BOLT+ EPOXY ANCHOR TO CONCRETE HILTI HIT-HY 200 ESR-3298 ESR-2508SIMPSON SET-XP DEWALT PURE 110+ EPOXY ANCHOR TO MASONRY HILTI HIT-HY 200 ESR-3963 ESR-3200 -SIMPSON SET-XP DEWALT AC100+ GOLD ER-0265 SHOTPIN HILTI LOW-VELOCTIY X-U UNIVERSAL POWER-DRIVEN ESR-2269 ESR-1799 ESR-2138SIMPSON POWER-DRIVEN RAMSET POWER-DRIVEN SHEET METAL SCREW HILTI KWIK-PRO SDS ESR-2196 ESR-2907 ESR-3332DRIL-FLEX SDS NELSON BAR ANCHORS/STUDWELD STUD /ANCHORS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESR-3187 ESR-1408PRO-TWIST SELF-DRILL SCREW - 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED, PLACED AND CURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318, 2019 EDITION, AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. 2. CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE DROPPED THROUGH REINFORCING STEEL (AS IN WALLS) SO AS TO CAUSE SEGREGATION OF AGGREGATES. IN SUCH CASES, HOPPERS AND VERTICAL CHUTES OR TRUNKS SHALL BE USED. CHUTES OR TRUNKS SHALL BE OF VARIABLE LENGTHS SO THAT FREE UNCONFINED FALL OF CONCRETE SHALL NOT EXCEED SIX FEET. A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF CHUTES OR TRUNKS SHALL BE USED TO ENSURE THE CONCRETE IS KEPT LEVEL AT ALL TIMES. 3. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED AND ROUGHENED BY REMOVING THE ENTIRE SURFACE TO EXPOSE CLEAN AGGREGATE SOLIDLY EMBEDDED IN THE MORTAR MATRIX. SLUSH WITH A COAT OF NEAT CEMENT BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. SEE PLANS AND DETAILS FOR LOCATION AND TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION JOINT. LOCATIONS OF ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS NOT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BY THE EOR PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE. 4. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING DESIGN CRITERIA: a. MAXIMUM DRY WEIGHT OF LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL BE 110 PCF . b. SLUMP MEASURED PRIOR TO SUPERPLASTICIZER, WHERE OCCURS. 5. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING CODE, AND SPECIFICATIONS. ALL CONCRETE MIXES SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING LAB STAMPED AND SEALED BY A LICENSED CALIFORNIA CIVIL ENGINEER AND SUBMITTED TO THE SEOR FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE MIXES SHALL CONSIST OF 5 SACK MINIMUM U.N.O. 6. AGGREGATES IN NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-33 (HARDROCK). AGGREGATES IN LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-330. 7. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND THE SEOR. 8. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL BE AS NOTED ABOVE FOR ALL CONCRETE CONFORMING TO ASTM C150, LOW ALKALI. MILL TESTS WITH CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE SHALL BE SUBMITTED. 9. FLY ASH OR OTHER POZZOLANS CONFORMING TO ASTM C618 CLASS N OR F MAY BE USED AS A PARTIAL SUBSTITUTION FOR PORTLAND CEMENT UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 15% TOTAL CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS BY WEIGHT IF THE MIX DESIGN IS PROPORTIONED PER ACI 318, SECTION 26.4.3. 10. CONCRETE MIXING OPERATIONS, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C94. 11. LEAN CONCRETE, WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED, SHALL CONTAIN 2 SACKS OF CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD OF CONCRETE. 12. DRYPACK OR NONSHRINK GROUT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2 TIMES THE SUPPORTING CONCRETE STRENGTH, AND SHALL BE OF FIVE STAR GROUT, SIKA GROUT 212, OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH VALID CODE REPORT (LARR,ICC,ESR,IAPMO ER). FOR THICK GROUT LAYERS FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES TO ATTAIN THE REQUIRED STRENGTH, WHICH MAY INCLUDE THE ADDITION OF PEA GRAVEL. 13. DO NOT USE ANY CONCRETE OR GROUT CONTAINING CHLORIDES. WATER USED IN MIX SHALL BE CLEAN AND POTABLE. 14. PRIOR TO ERECTING ANY ELEMENTS THAT LOAD THE FOUNDATION, CONCRETE MUST REACH AN UNCONFINED COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 2000 PSI MINIMUM AS DETERMINED BY TESTING OR PREVIOUSLY DOCUMENTED DATA FOR THE MIX DESIGN USED UNDER SIMILAR CONDITIONS, AND MUST BE ALLOWED TO CURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 3 DAYS. 15. FOR INTERIOR SLABS-ON-GRADE AND ALL OTHER SLABS RECEIVING ADHERED FLOORING FINISHES (I.E., GLUED, ETC.), THE MAXIMUM W/C RATIO SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.45. CURING COMPOUNDS USED ON CONCRETE THAT IS TO RECIEVE FINISHES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH TILE AND ADHESIVES OR GROUTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND BE APPROVED BEFORE USE. 16. MAINTAIN CONCRETE ABOVE 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT AND IN A MOIST CONDITION FOR A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS AFTER PLACEMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE ACCEPTED BY SEOR. 17. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL OPENINGS, W ALL OFFSETS, CHAMFERS, KERFS, DRIPS AND FOR EXTENT OF DEPRESSIONS, RAMPS, ETC. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL PIPES THROUGH CONCRETE WALLS AND FOOTINGS WHERE SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. CORING IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE SEOR. 18. SEE ARCHITECT'S PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF SLAB SLOPES, DEPRESSIONS, CURBS, DRAINS, NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL PLANS. 19. EXPOSED CORNERS OF SLABS, BEAMS, WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. SHALL BE FORMED WITH 3/4" CHAMFER, U.N.O. 20. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (CJ) AND SAWCUT (SC) JOINTS IN SLABS SHALL OCCUR WHERE LOCATED ON PLANS AND DETAILS. CJ'S SHALL HAVE FORMED POUR STOPS. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN WALLS AND FOOTINGS NEED NOT OCCUR AT THE SAME LOCATION, U.N.O. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE NOTES: LOCATION MIN 28-DAY COMP STRENGTH FOUNDATIONS STEM WALLS, PILASTER 4000 PSI NWC 1 1/2" 0.45 4" II / V CONC TYPEa MAX AGGR. SIZE MAX W/C RATIO MAX SLUMPb CEMENT TYPE 4000 PSI NWC 1" 0.45 4" II / V 4000 PSI NWC 1" 0.50 6" II / V SLAB ON GRADE ALL OTHER STRUCTURAL CONCRETE NO NOTED.. E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 12" = 1'-0" Issue Date S-0.2 GENERAL NOTES CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E DESCRIPTION DATE OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 NOTE: SPACING OF SUPPORTS FOR MINOR MEP EQUIPMENT AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUCH THAT THE MAXIMUM HANGER LOAD AT JOISTS OR PURLINS IS LIMITED TO 150 POUNDS, HANGERS FOR THE EQUIPMENT LINES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED AT THE SAME MEMBER AS HANGERS FOR OTHER ITEMS. DISTRIBUTE THE HANGER LOADS FROM THE VARIOUS TRADES UNIFORMLY THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE FRAMING SYSTEM. (2)-#10X1 1/2" LONG WD SCREWS HANGER STRAP HANGER STRAP (2)-#10X1 1/2" LONG WOOD SCREWS DIAGONAL BRACE PER MEP DIAGONAL BRACE PER MEP JOIST PER PLAN JOIST PER PLAN (I-JOIST WHERE OCCURS) JOIST PER PLAN JOIST PER PLAN HANGER WIRE MIN (3)-TIGHT TURNS PER MEP DWGS BRACING WIRE MIN (4)-TIGHT TURNS PER MEP DWGS JOIST PER PLAN JOIST PER PLAN (I-JOIST WHERE OCCURS) PROVIDE PRE-APPROVED ATTACHMENT W/ HANGER ROD WITH DOUBLE NUT PER MEP (OPM-0043-13) HANGER STRAP OR ANGLE BRACE THRU BOLT W/ NUT & FLAT WASHER (1/2" DIA MIN) PER OPM-0043-13 PROVIDE PRE-APPROVED ATTACHMENT W/ HANGER ROD WITH DOUBLE NUT PER MEP (OPM-0043-13) THRU BOLT W/ NUT & FLAT WASHER (1/2" DIA MIN) PER OPM-0043-13 PROVIDE PRE-APPROVED ATTACHMENT W/ HANGER ROD WITH DOUBLE NUT PER MEP (OPM-0043-13) MIN 2X6 18" LONG FILLER BLOCK FASTEN BLOCK W/ (2)-10d NAILS, CLINCHED 3/8" HANGER/BRACING SCREW INTO 3/16" LEAD HOLE WITH 3"MIN PENETRATION BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT TO SAWN LUMBER (SEE "F" AT I-JOIST) HANGER WIRE ATTACHMENT TO SAWN LUMBER (SEE "F" AT I-JOIST) HANGER ROD PARALLEL @ JOIST (SEE "G" AT I-JOIST) HANGER ROD BETWEEN JOIST (3)-10d NAILS INTO BLK'G THRU PLYWOOD 4X BLK'G W/ FACE MOUNT HANGERS (AT I JOIST, PROVIDE 2"X12"X12" FILLER BLOCK W/(10)-10d NAILS) MUST BE ABOVE THE NEUTRAL AXIS OF THE BM & MIN 4X OF BOLT DIA FROM BOT OF BM STRAP PARALLEL @ JOIST (SEE "G" AT I-JOIST)STRAP BETWEEN JOIST 3/8" BRACING SCREW INTO 3/16" LEAD HOLE WITH 1 1/2" MIN PENETRATION (WHERE OCCURS) 4X BLK'G W/ FACE MOUNT HANGERS (AT I-JOIST, PROVIDE 2"X12"X12" FILLER BLOCK W/(10)-10d NAILS) 4X BLK'G W/ FACE MOUNT HANGERS (AT I-JOIST, PROVIDE 2"X12"X12" FILLER BLOCK W/(10)-10d NAILS) ANGLE BRACE PARALLEL @ JOIST (SEE "G" AT I-JOIST) ANGLE BRACE PERPENDICULAR @ JOIST HANGER/BRACE WIRE ATTACHMENT TO JOIST HANGER/BRACE ROD ATTACHMENT TO JOIST 2X FILLER BLOCK W/ (10)-10d NAILS PER BLOCK EA SIDE OF JOIST (2)-#10 X3" LONG WOOD SCREWS 3" MA X 1 1/2" EQ3" 2" MIN FROM EDGE 2" MIN FROM EDGE 5 1 / 2 " 1/2" MAX 4" MI N 1/ 4 " M I N , 1 / 2 " M A X G A P TY P ( T O P & B O T ) 4 TIMES OF BOLT DIA MIN E1 E2 F G D1 D2 A B C1 C2 JOIST PER PLAN JOIST PER PLAN (I-JOIST WHERE OCCURS) MASON IND. N. Y. SEISMIC BRACKET OR EQ FOR SOLID OR CABLE THRU BOLT W/ NUT & FLAT WASHER (1/2" DIA MIN) PER OPM-0043-13 MASON IND. N. Y. SEISMIC BRACKET OR EQ FOR SOLID OR CABLE SEISMIC BRACE BRACKET PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST SEISMIC BRACE BRACKET PARALLEL TO JOIST (3)-10d NAILS INTO BLK'G THRU PLYWOOD 4X BLK'G (MIN 4X6) W/ FACE MOUNT HANGERS (AT I JOIST, PROVIDE 2"X12"X12" FILLER BLOCK W/(10)-10d NAILS) MUST BE ABOVE THE NEUTRAL AXIS OF THE BM & MIN 4X OF BOLT DIA FROM BOT OF BM 4 TIMES OF BOLT DIA MIN C3 C4 MAX 150# 1 1 EQEQ MAX 150# 24" MAX 3" MIN STUD WALL PER PLAN 4X BLK'G W/ A34 T&B STAGG EA SIDE EA END ANCHORAGE BY OTHERS EQ EQ PROVIDE VERTICAL ORIENTED BLK'G AS NEEDED (MIN SIZE SHALL BE 4X6) (N) CONC SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING (4 1/2" MIN W/ #3 @ 12" O.C. E.W.) #4 @ 12" O.C. (3 BARS MIN) #4 DOWELS @ 12" O.C. @ TRENCH (N) CONC SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING (4 1/2" MIN W/ #3 @ 12" O/C E.W.) #4 DOWELS @ 12" O.C. @ ADJOINING SLAB #4 DOWELS TO MATCH SLAB REINF. FLOOR LINE/FINISH PER ARCHT'L DRAWINGS FLOOR LINE/FINISH PER ARCHT'L DRAWINGS (E) SLAB(E) SLAB (E) SLAB ICC # ESR-2508 6" MIN W/ SIMPSON "SET-XP" EPOXY EQ EQ PER PLAN 24" MIN 3" CLR TYP EQ EQ LAP SPLICE ICC # ESR-2508 6" MIN W/ SIMPSON "SET-XP" EPOXY NOTES: 1. E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 3/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date S-1.1 TYPICAL DETAILS CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E DESCRIPTION DATE S-1.1 SCALE:N.T.S. HANGER ROD SUPPORT AT JOIST5 S-1.1 SCALE:N.T.S. TYP BLOCKING/BACKING DETAIL4 S-1.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:3 S-2.1 SLAB PATCH DETAIL7 REPAIR DAMAGED VAPOR BARRIER PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 +/- 44' - 6" +/- 63' - 0" 45' - 11 1/2" 6' - 2"6' - 2" 24' -0" (E) WALL FTG TYP (E) WF COL TO REMAIN DENOTES NEW HARDY-FRAME SHEARWALLS IN NEW FRAMED WOOD WALL TYP 6 PLACES DENOTES NEW HARDY-FRAME SHEARWALLS IN NEW FRAMED WOOD WALL TYP 5 PLACES DENOTES NEW HARDY-FRAME SHEARWALLS IN NEW FRAMED WOOD WALL TYP 8 PLACES (E) 4" THK SLAB ON GRADE TYP EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING (E) 4X4 POST TO REMAIN TYP 3 S-2.1 3 S-2.1 3 S-2.1 HSS3X3X1/4 (E) Pip e 3 STD UNDER PINNED FOOTING TYP. AT NEW HARDY FRAMES 9" TYP. 1' - 0" 1' - 6" PROVIDE BASE PLATE AND EXPOXY ANCHORS TO (E) FOOTING PER DET. 5 S-2.1 A.B. PER HARDY FRAME HARDY FRAME HFX PANEL PER PLAN (E) PTDF SILL PL (E) SLAB ON GRADE (REMOVE & REPLACE TO INSTALL UNDER PINNED FOOTING) SEE DET DO NOT DAMAGE (E) REINF UNDER PINNED FTG @ HARDY FRAME PANEL (E) CONC FTG 36" 18 " T H K CL R . 3" #5 @ 8" O.C. (3) #5 CONT. DRILL THRU (E) FOOTING TO INSTALL A.B. (DO NOT DAMAGE (E) REINF) 7 S-1.1 (5)-#5 VERT #4 SPIRAL @ 2 1/2" PITCH 1/4" THK SQUARE PLATE FINISH PER PLAN COL PER PLAN 6" M A X 3" M I N Ø PER PLAN 3" CL R 1/2" TYP DE P T H PE R P L A N 3" CLR 12 " M I N 18 " M A X SPIRAL TO P 1 2 " S H A L L H A V E S P I R A L W/ 2 1 / 2 " P I T C H (3)-TURNS @ EA END A A 3/16 SECTION A-A HSS4X4X1/4 TYP. (8) PLACES W/ 24" DIA POLE FOOTING (8FT DEEP) PER DET 4 S-2.1 9"X9"X3/4" THK PL (E) SLAB ON GRADE (REMOVE & REPLACE TO INSTALL UNDER PINNED FOOTING) SEE DET DO NOT DAMAGE (E) REINF UNDER PINNED FTG @ HARDY FRAME PANEL (E) CONC FTG 36" 18 " T H K CL R . 3" #5 @ 8" O.C. (3) #5 CONT. DRILL THRU (E) FOOTING TO INSTALL A.B. (DO NOT DAMAGE (E) REINF) (4)-3/4" DIA ANCHOR BOLT W/ SIMPSON EPOXY SET-XP PER ICC ESR-2508 12" EMBED INTO EXISITING CONCRETE 7 S-1.1 E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date S-2.1 FOUNDATION PLAN CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E S-2.1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FOUNDATION PLAN1 S-2.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-2.1 TYPICAL INTERIOR FOOTING3 NORTH S-2.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:2 S-2.1 POLE FTG @ TRELLIS STRUCTURE4 S-2.1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" TRELLIS FOUNDATION PLAN2 NORTH DESCRIPTION DATE S-2.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-2.1 TYPICAL INTERIOR FOOTING5 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E) 2X LSL RIM (E) 2X LSL RIM (E) 16" TJI @ 16" O.C. (E) 16" TJI @ 16" O.C. (E) 11 7/8" TJI @ 16" O.C. CONNECT (E) TJI'S TO WF BEAM PER DET CONNECT (E) TJI'S TO WF BEAM PER DET (E) 16" TJI @ 19.2" O.C. 3 1 / 8 x 1 2 G L B HD R 3 1 / 8 x 1 2 G L B HD R 3 1 / 8 x 1 2 G L B HD R 3 S-3.1 B TYP @ HARDY FRAME 3 S-3.1 A TYP @ HARDY FRAME 3 S-3.1 B TYP @ HARDY FRAME DO NOT REMOVE (E) TOP PLATES, TYP @ HARDY FRAMES W 1 6 X 5 0 (E) 6X16 HDR 4X12 HDR (E) 6X12 HDR 4X12 HDR DO NOT REMOVE (E) TOP PLATES, TYP @ HARDY FRAMES 4 S-3.1 CONNECT WF BM TO HSS COL PER DET 5 S-3.1 5 S-3.1 5 S-3.1 6 S-3.1 7 S-3.1 (E) 4X6 FULL HT JAMB (V.I.F.) TYP SIMPSON HUC412 & A35 T&B TYP 8 S-3.1 (E) 4X6 FULL HT JAMB (V.I.F.) TYP SIMPSON HUC412 & A35 T&B TYP 8 S-3.1 SIMPSON HUC & A35 T&B TO (E)4X4 POST TYP HSS2X2X1/4 HSS6X2X1/4 TRELLIS INFILL TYP. HSS6X2X1/4 HSS4X4x1/4 COLS. BELOW TYP. 5 PLACES HSS4X4x1/4 COLS. BELOW TYP. 3 PLACES FOR DETAILING OF TRELLIS CONNECTIONS AND GEOMETRY SEE SHEET L4.402 TJI PARALLEL TO WALL HARDY FRAME HFX PANEL PER PLAN TJI PERPENDICULAR TO WALL (E) A35(E) DBL TOP PL CONNECT TO (E) DBL TOP PL PER MFR (E) EN (E) BLK'G (E) JOIST (E) SHT'G (E) A35(E) DBL TOP PL CONNECT TO (E) DBL TOP PL PER MFR HARDY FRAME HFX PANEL PER PLAN (E) CONT RIM JOIST (E) 2X BLK'G @ 48" O.C. (E) SHT'G (E) EN A B SHORE ALL (E)CONSTRUCTION BEOFRE DEMO (E) 3" PIPE COL. 3/16 WF BEAM PER PLAN W/ NAILER (E) STRAP AND 4X TO REMAIN PROVIDE 2X FULL HEIGHT W/ 10d NAILS TO (E) NAILER @ 8" O.C. A35 TYP AT NEW FULL HT STUD WF BEAM PER PLAN W/ 4X TOP AND FULL WEB NAILER (E) SHEATHING PROVIDE (2) 3/4" DIA. WELDED THREADED RODS 4" FROM END OF LUMBER AND @ 16" O.C. PROVIDE 3/4" DIA. WELDED THREADED RODS 4" FROM END OF LUMBER AND @ 16" O.C. PROVIDE FACE MOUNT HANGER AND WEB STIFFNEER @ I-JOIST PROVIDE (2) ROWS OF 10d @ 4" O.C. (E) JOIST PER PLAN SHORE ALL (E)CONSTRUCTION BEOFRE DEMO (E) SHT'G 3/8" THK KNIFE PL W/ (4) 1" DIA A325N BOLTS 1/2" MIN 1" MAX A 1/4" CAP PLCL HSS COL A-A WF BEAM 1/2" TYP 1/4 TW TW TW A HSS PER PLAN W16X W/ 4X TOP AND FULL WEB NAILER 1/4" CAP PL (E) DBL TOP PLATE (E) ROOF SHT'G (E) LSL BLK'G (E) STUD WALL (E) 2X BLK'G W/ A35 @ 48" O.C. WF BM W/ NAILER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY SEE DET FOR WF TO HSS CMST12 STRAP HSS PER PLAN 2X FILLER STUD @ HSS COLUMN 6 S-3.1 (E) 2X6 STUDPROVIDE (3) 10d T.N. PER STUD MSTA18 @ EA CEILING JOIST (E) STRAP PROVIDE HU24 TO NEW HEADER (E) 6X HDR 3/8"⌀THRU BOLT SPACING PER MFR BI-FOLD DOOR L6X4 4X4 CONT W/ 3/8"⌀x6" LAG BOLTS @ 12" O.C. 4X12 HDR PER PLAN (E) 2X4 SHORE ALL (E)CONSTRUCTION BEOFRE DEMO E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: As indicated Issue Date S-3.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E S-3.1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ROOF FRAMING PLAN1 NORTH S-3.1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" TRELLIS ROOF FRAMING PLAN2 S-3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-3.1 JOISTS @ STUD WALL3 NORTH S-3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-3.1 WF BEAM TO EXISTING HSS4 S-3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-3.1 I-JOIST TO WF BEAM5 DESCRIPTION DATE S-3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-3.1 WF BEAM TO HSS COLUMN6 S-3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-3.1 (E) WALL TO HSS COLUMN7 S-3.1 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" REF DET:1 S-3.1 BI-FOLD DOOR HEADER8 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Issue Date S4.1 HARDY HFX PANEL DETAILS CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E DESCRIPTION DATE OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Issue Date S4.2 HARDY HFX PANEL DETAILS CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E DESCRIPTION DATE OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Issue Date S4.3 HARDY HFX PANEL DETAILS CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N PR O J E C T A D D R E S S CI T Y , S T A T E Z I P C O D E DESCRIPTION DATE OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 ABBREVIATIONS: CONSTRUCTION LEGENDS: SHEET NO. GENERAL NOTES, LEGENDS AND ABBREVIATIONS SHEET INDEX: C-1.0 SITE CONTROL PLAN C-3.0 C-5.0 C-2.0 SITE GRADING PLAN EROSION CONTROL PLAN 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE FINAL SITE CONDITION AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ADEQUATE DRAINAGE OF THE SITE, DURING INTERIM CONDITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A COMPLETE SET OF REPRODUCIBLE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS OF ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AS SHOWN WITHIN THESE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. ALL FIELD CHANGES SHALL BE SHOWN IN DETAIL ON THE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS AND SHALL INCORPORATE AS A MINIMUM, NEW ELEVATIONS, GRADES AND ALIGNMENT OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES WITH DIMENSIONAL TIES TO BUILDINGS OR OTHER VISIBLE IMPROVEMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE JOB SITE CONDITIONS INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY, DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY, AND SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS. THE PROPOSED GRADE IS THE FINAL GRADE AND NOT THE ROUGH GRADE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBTRACT THE THICKNESS OF THE PAVED SECTION AND/OR LANDSCAPE TOPSOIL SECTION TO ARRIVE AT THE ROUGH GRADE ELEVATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AN O.S.H.A PERMIT FROM THE CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PRIOR TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF TRENCHES OR EXCAVATIONS WHICH ARE FIVE FEET OR DEEPER. RETAINING WALLS LOCATED CLOSER TO THE PROPERTY LINE THAN THE HEIGHT OF THE WALL SHALL BE BACKFILLED NOT LATER THAN 10 DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF THE WALL AND NECESSARY STRUCTURAL SUPPORTING MEMBERS UNLESS RECOMMENDED OTHERWISE BY RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER. 32. 31. 30. 29. 26. 25. 24. 33. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. ALL WORK PERFORMED IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL CONFORM TO: A. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. B. THE LATEST EDITION AND SUPPLEMENTS OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (SSPWC) AND AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION (APWA). C. CITY OF SANTA ANA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS. D. 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, OR LATEST VERSION. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORK SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS AND WITHIN THE VARIOUS NOTES SHOWN HEREIN. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON THE PLANS ORIGINATED FROM AS BUILT DRAWINGS AND FIELD SURVEY. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND VERIFY THE EXACT EXISTING CONDITIONS UNLESS CONCEALED BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. ANY DISCREPANCY SHALL BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE ARCHITECT/CPM USING THE PROPER REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORMS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID FOR PROPER ACTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES IN THE AREA OF WORK WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONSTRUCTION. ANY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT: BEFORE COMMENCING ANY EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AN UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT INQUIRY I.D. NUMBER BY CALLING 1-800-422-4133. TWO (2) WORKING DAYS SHALL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE I.D. NUMBER IS OBTAINED AND BEFORE THE EXCAVATION WORK IS STARTED SO THAT UTILITY OWNERS CAN BE NOTIFIED. PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY ADJACENT TO THE WORK PER SECTION 7-9 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. REMOVALS: EXISTING STRUCTURES AND SUBSTRUCTURES WHICH ARE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED IN THIS CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TOTALLY REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF OFFSITE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. EXISTING FACILITIES WHICH ARE DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION (INCLUDING WALLS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS) SHALL BE REPORTED TO AND COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT/CPM AS TO THEIR REMOVAL. CONTRACTOR WILL NOTIFY THE CPM IN WRITING PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. ALL SITE PREPARATION AS INDICATED SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION OF THE CITY INSPECTOR AND CPM. SECURE THE REQUIRED PERMIT FROM THE CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF TRENCHES, SHORING OR EXCAVATIONS WHICH ARE 5 FEET OR DEEPER OR WORK THAT MAY JEOPARDIZE THE WORKERS. SHORING CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL AND PERMITTING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE CONSTRUCTION AREA SUFFICIENTLY DAMPENED TO CONTROL DUST CAUSED BY WORK ACTIVITIES AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY AND JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY. ALL WORK IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY REQUIRES APPROVAL BY THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS, (BUREAU OF ENGINEERING), BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ANY PERMIT INCLUDING UTILITY CONNECTIONS REQUIRED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ALL FILL OR BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND ADJUSTMENTS FOR IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. VOIDS RESULTING FROM REMOVAL WORK SHALL BE FILLED WITH SUITABLE MATERIALS APPROVED BY THE OWNER RETAINED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND COMPACTED TO 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY PER ASTM D-1557. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FENCING, APPURTENANCES AND OFFICE TRAILERS FROM THE SITE. PAVEMENT SHALL BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED TO MATCH ADJACENT PAVEMENT AND APPROVED BY THE CPM OR CITY INSPECTOR AS APPLICABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL SURVEYS OR TESTING AS A RESULT OF CONTRACTOR ERROR OR MISINFORMATION WILL BE CHARGED TO THE CONTRACTOR. CONSTRUCT STRAIGHT GRADES BETWEEN ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON PLAN UNLESS INTERRUPTED BY A GRADE CHANGE LINE. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE GRADING PLAN MUST HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. GRADE LAWN, TURF, AND PLANTING AREA 1-1/2" BELOW DESIGN GRADES INDICATED. ADJUST TO GRADE EXISTING MANHOLE RIMS, VALVE BOXES AND ELECTRICAL VAULT LIDS TO DESIGN GRADES WITHIN THE IMPROVEMENT AREA, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION AND NUMBER OF MANHOLE RIMS, VALVE BOXES AND ELECTRICAL VAULT LIDS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BIDDING. MAINTAIN A RECORD OF LOCATION OF UTILITY MARKERS ON THE AS-BUILT PLAN AND REINSTALL THEM AFTER PAVING. REPLACE BENT OR UNUSABLE MARKERS FOR ALL UTILITY LINES DISCOVERED WITHIN THE WORK AREA. INSTALL BRASS UTILITY MARKERS INDICATING DIRECTIONS OF LINES AT ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTIONS AFTER PAVING. INFORM THE SURVEYOR TO LOCATE AND RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS. IF EXISTING UTILITIES ARE EXPOSED OR DETERMINED TO EXIST UNDER THE ROUGH GRADING SITE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A FLAGGED STAKE THAT INDICATES THEIR LOCATION, TYPE OF UTILITY, SIZE, PIPE MATERIAL AND DEPTH. STAKES SHALL BE INSTALLED NO LESS THAN 50' ON CENTER ON STRAIGHT LINES AND AT BENDS. UNCLOG, CLEAN AND FLUSH THE WORK AREA DRAINAGE SYSTEM AFTER PAVING AND IMMEDIATELY BEFORE A RAIN FORECAST. ALL GRADING AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LOCAL GOVERNING AGENCY'S PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT THAT CONTROLS AND RESTRICTS NOISE FROM THE USE OF CONSTRUCTION AND GRADING EQUIPMENT FROM THE HOURS OF 8:00 PM TO 6:30 AM, AND ON SUNDAY AND HOLIDAY. (MORE RESTRICTIVE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY TIMES MAY GOVERN, AS REQUIRED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF REGIONAL PLANNING AND SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE GRADING PLANS WHEN APPLICABLE.) ALL EXPORT OF MATERIAL FROM THE SITE MUST GO TO A PERMITTED SITE OR A LEGAL DUMPSITE. RECEIPTS FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EXCESS MATERIAL BY A DUMPSITE ARE REQUIRED AND MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE INSPECTOR OF RECORD UPON REQUEST. A COPY OF THE GRADING PERMIT AND APPROVED GRADING PLANS MUST BE IN THE POSSESSION OF A RESPONSIBLE PERSON AND AVAILABLE AT THE SITE AT ALL TIMES. SITE BOUNDARIES, EASEMENTS, DRAINAGE DEVICES, RESTRICTED USE AREAS SHALL BE LOCATED PER CONSTRUCTION STAKING BY A LICENSED SURVEYOR. PRIOR TO GRADING, AS REQUESTED BY THE INSPECTOR OF RECORD, ALL PROPERTY LINES, EASEMENTS, AND RESTRICTED USE AREAS SHALL BE STAKED. IF GRADING AUTHORIZED BY THIS PLAN IS TO EXTEND THROUGH THE RAINY SEASON, OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 15 OF THE FOLLOWING YEAR, SEPARATE UPDATED PLANS FOR EROSION CONTROL MUST BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO OCTOBER TO THE CITY ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE STORM WATER PREVENTION PLAN, PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND POST CONSTRUCTION BMPs AND UPDATE FROM TIME TO TIME TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TEMPORARY FENCING AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE EROSION PLAN AND STAGING AREA. FENCING SHALL BE MINIMUM 8' TALL AND SHALL HAVE A DUST/VISION BARRIER ALONG THE FULL LENGTH. THE DUST/VISION BARRIER SHALL EXTEND THE LENGTH OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. THE FENCING SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE SURFACE AND SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND A 200-POUND HORIZONTAL POINT LOAD IN ANY DIRECTION. WORK AREA AND STAGING AREA SHALL BE SECURE AT ALL TIMES. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, INCLUDING NPDES, FROM THE APPROPRIATE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES FOR DISCHARGE OF GROUND WATER THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH EXCAVATIONS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 34 GENERAL NOTES:GENERAL NOTES (CONT.): INSTALL NEW 4" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT OVER 4" THICK CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE PER DETAIL 1 ON SHEET C-4.0. EXISTING BUILDING INSTALL NEW PLANTING AREA PER LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. INSTALL NEW DECOMPOSED GRANITE PER LANDSCAPE DRAWING. AC APRN BBS BFP BLDG BLVD BRAMP BS BSW BWAL BX CC OR CONC CDRAIN CLF CPB CSLAB DIA DIST EC EG ELEC ELPN EP FDC FF FCE FH FG FL FS GB GEN GM GP GRD HC HCS ICV IPB LF LP MH PA P/L PED PLTR PP RD SLPB SMH SV TB TC TDP TE TG THR TR TRANS TSPB TTS TWAL TX TYP WIF WM WS WV YS ASPHALT CONCRETE APRON OF DRIVEWAY BOTTOM OF STEP BACKFLOW PREVENTER BUILDING BOULEVARD BOTTOM OF RAMP BLUE STRIPE BACK OF WALK BOTTOM OF WALL BOTTOM OF CURB AT X CONCRETE CURB DRAIN CENTER LINE CHAIN LINK FENCE CABLE PULLBOX CONCRETE SLAB DIAMETER DISTANCE EDGE OF CONCRETE EXISTING GRADE / EDGE OF GUTTER ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL PANEL EDGE OF PAVEMENT FIRE DEPARTMENT CONTROL FINISHED FLOOR FENCE FIRE HYDRANT FINISHED GRADE FLOWLINE FINISH SURFACE GRADE BREAK GENERATOR GAS METER GATE POST GROUND HANDICAPPED HANDICAP SIGN IRRIGATION CONTROL VALUE IRRIGATION PULLBOX LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT POLE MANHOLE PLANTER AREA PROPERTY LINE PEDESTAL PLANTER POWER POLE ROOF DRAIN STREET LIGHT PULLBOX SEWER MANHOLE SEWER VALVE TRASH BIN TOP OF CURB TRUNCATED DOME PAD TOP OF ELEVATION TOP OF GRATE THRESHOLD TOP OF RAMP TRANSFORMER TRAFFIC SIGNAL PULLBOX TOP OF STEP TOP OF WALL TOP OF CURB AT X TYPICAL WROUGHT IRON FENCE WATER METER WHITE STRIPE WATER VALVE YELLOW STRIPE CL REMOVAL LEGENDS: C-3.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN C-5.1 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS LIMIT OF WORK CLEAR, GRUB AND REMOVE EXISTING TURF/PLANTER/SHRUBS/EXPOSED SUBGRADE AREA. REMOVE EXISTING SHRUBS AND ROOTS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE 1" = 10' C-1.0 GENERAL NOTES, LEGENDS, AND ABBREVIATIONS VICINITY MAP PROJECT SITE MA P L E S T . RO U S S E L L E S T . OA K S T . S. K I L S O N D R . S. H I C K O R Y S T . S. H A L L A D A Y S T . CE D A R S T . ME A S O R S T . E. CENTRAL AVE.E. CENTRAL AVE. E. FLORA ST. S. H A L L A D A Y S T . E. WARNER AVE E. WARNER AVE. SHEET TITLE 27. 28. EXISTING CONDITIONSC-1.1 INSTALL NEW PLAYMAT AND STRUCTURE PER LANDSCAPE DRAWING. CHAINLINK FENCE CABINET COLUMN CABLE PULLBOX DOWNSPOUT ELECTRICAL MANHOLE ELECTRICAL PANEL ELECTRICAL PULLBOX FIRE HYDRANT GAS METER GUIDE WIRE IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE IRRIGATION PULLBOX LIGHT POLE PALM POST POWER POLE SIGN TREE STORMDRAIN MANHOLE SEWER MANHOLE STREET LIGHT PULLBOX TRANSFORMER VALVE VAULT WATER METER WATER VALVE WROUGHT IRON FENCE DRAINAGE INLET DRAINAGE INLET SITE DEMOLITION PLANCD-1.0 REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL, FULL DEPTH. REMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL, FULL DEPTH. LIMIT OF REMOVAL C-4.0 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS LEGENDS: WATER GENERAL NOTES (CONT.): 12. MAINTAINING WATER SERVICE SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY SHUTDOWN LASTING LONGER THAN FOUR (4) HOURS. METHOD OF PROVIDING TEMPORARY SERVICE MUST BE APPROVED BY THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION. THE WATER SHALL BE SAFE FOR DRINKING IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE OF CALIFORNIA WATER RESOURCES CONTROL BOARD (SWRCB) DRINKING WATER PROGRAM (DWP). WATER METER WILL NOT BE INSTALLED NOR WATER TURNED ON UNTIL THE BACKFLOW DEVICES REQUIRED FOR THE BUILDING AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED, TESTED, APPROVED, AND CERTIFIED, AND APPROVED AND SIGNED OFF BY THE CITY. CONTACT WATER RESOURCES DIVISION AT 714-647-3320. ALL WATER MAINS SHALL BE AWWA C-900 PVC, DR14 PIPE OR AWWA C-151 DUCTILE IRON PIPE. ALL OTHER PIPE MATERIALS REQUIRE SPECIAL REVIEW AND APPROVAL FROM THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION. WATER MAINS SHALL HAVE 36" MINIMUM COVER TO FINISHED GRADE. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS REQUIREMENT REQUIRES APPROVAL FROM THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES AND POINTS OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO TRENCHING. PRIVATE WATER APPURTENANCES SUCH AS BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, FIRE HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES, AND VALVES BE PAINTED AS FOLLOWS: A.DOMESTIC WATER:BLUE B.POTABLE IRRIGATION:GREEN C.RECYCLED IRRIGATION:PURPLE D.FIRE PROTECTION:OSHA SAFETY RED DO NOT CUT OR SNAP CUT OR MILL ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE. WHERE JOINING ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE, EXPOSE SIX FEET IN EACH DIRECTION, LOOKING FOR THE NEAREST JOINT AND JOIN TO NEW PIPE WITH A PROPERLY DIMENSIONED ADAPTER PER STANDARD PLAN NUMBER 1443. DO NOT TAP EXISTING MAINS WITHOUT THE PRESENCE OF A CERTIFIED PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR. PRESSURE TEST TAPPING SLEEVE IN THE PRESENCE OF A CERTIFIED PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR BEFORE TAPPING EXISTING MAIN. FINAL ACCEPTANCE WILL NOT OCCUR UNTIL ORIGINAL RECORD DRAWINGS ON MYLAR AND DIGITAL FILE ARE DELIVERED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE CITY'S INSPECTOR. SHOW ALL FIELD CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. TRENCH PLATES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AND SHALL BE NON-SKID. WHEN PUBLIC WATER FACILITIES ARE LOCATED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, EASEMENT DOCUMENTS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO A PERMIT BEING ISSUED. ALL RECYCLED WATER PROJECTS REQUIRE REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION. REMOVE FROM THE FIELD UPPER AND LOWER FIRE HYDRANT DRY BARREL AND 24" X 36" IRON VAULT LID COVERS AND DELIVER UNDAMAGED TO THE CITY WATER RESOURCES DIVISION YARD LOCATED AT 215 S. CENTER STREET. PRIOR NOTIFICATION OF THE DELIVERY IS REQUIRED AT 714-647-3320. WATER MAIN FITTINGS SHALL BE FLANGE OR MECHANICAL JOINTS ONLY, NO PUSH-ON JOINTS FITTINGS ALLOWED. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT REMOVE OR DISPOSE EXISTING WATER METERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR AN ABANDON WATER METER APPLICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT WATER RESOURCES DIVISION AT 714-647-3320 FOR EXISTING WATER REMOVALS. INSTALLATION OF NEW WATER METER SERVICE CURB STOP SHALL BE DONE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND GUTTER OR AFTER CONTRACTOR HAS ESTABLISHED THE PROPOSED CURB BY STAKING OF THE PROPOSED CURB. WATER GENERAL NOTES: 1.CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF ALL WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF SANTA ANA STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. WHERE THE STANDARD PLANS ARE SILENT, CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES SHALL CONFORM TO THE AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) SPECIFICATIONS AND THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, 2012 EDITION. CONSTRUCTION OF WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES SHALL ONLY BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS WITH A VALID CALIFORNIA CONTRACTOR A OR C34 LICENSE. NO PERSON, OTHER THAN CITY OF SANTA ANA WATER RESOURCES DIVISION STAFF CERTIFIED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AS A WATER DISTRIBUTION OPERATOR, SHALL BE ALLOWED TO OPERATE THE CITY'S WATER SYSTEM VALVES. NO PERSON, OTHER THAN CITY OF SANTA ANA WATER RESOURCES DIVISION STAFF CERTIFIED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AS A WATER DISTRIBUTION OPERATOR, SHALL SHUT WATER SERVICE OFF TO ANY CUSTOMER. PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL "DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING PLAN" PER THE CITY OF SANTA ANA DESIGN GUIDELINES AND STANDARD DRAWINGS. ALL NEWLY CONSTRUCTED WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE DISINFECTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION STANDARD C600'S, PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO THE CITY'S WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. DISINFECTION TESTING RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO THE CITY'S WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. WATER MAINS WILL BE HYDROSTATIC TESTED AT 200 PSI FOR 2 HOURS. NEW WATER MAINS CANNOT BE TESTED AGAINST AN EXISTING VALVE BUT CAN BE TESTED USING A TEST PLATE. REQUEST TO SHUT-DOWN THE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FOR TIE-INS OR OTHER PURPOSES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION STAFF AT LEAST 2 WEEKS IN ADVANCE THROUGH THE CITY INSPECTOR. ALL CUSTOMER AFFECTED BY THE PROPOSED SHUT DOWN SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CITY OF SANTA ANA WATER RESOURCES DIVISION CANNOT GUARANTEE A COMPLETE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING MAINS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DEWATERING AND ISOLATION OF CONSTRUCTION FOR TESTING OR ANY OTHER PURPOSES. ALL FIRE HYDRANTS WHICH ARE OUT OF SERVICE OR NEW FIRE HYDRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN ACCEPTED FOR SERVICE SHALL BE COVERED WITH A SACK INDICATING THAT THE HYDRANTS ARE NOT IN SERVICE. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. C-4.1 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 11. FOR PUBLIC SEWER AND WATER FACILITIES ONLY APPROVED BY: ________________________________________________________________ CESAR E. BARRERA, P.E.DATE DEPUTY PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR/ WATER RESOURCES MANAGER 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E) CC (E)CC (E) AC (E) AC (E) AC (E) BUILDING (E) AC (E) CC (E) CC (E) PA (E)PA (E)PA (E)PA (E)PA (E)PA THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE 1" = 10' C-1.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS SCALE: EXISTING CONDITIONS 1"=10 20100510 ABBREVIATIONS: CHAINLINK FENCE CABINET COLUMN CABLE PULLBOX DOWNSPOUT ELECTRICAL MANHOLE ELECTRICAL PANEL ELECTRICAL PULLBOX FIRE HYDRANT GAS METER GUIDE WIRE IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE IRRIGATION PULLBOX LIGHT POLE PALM POST POWER POLE SIGN TREE STORMDRAIN MANHOLE SEWER MANHOLE STREET LIGHT PULLBOX TRANSFORMER VALVE VAULT WATER METER WATER VALVE WROUGHT IRON FENCE DRAINAGE INLET DRAINAGE INLET AC APRN BBS BFP BLDG BLVD BRAMP BS BSW BWAL BX CC OR CONC CDRAIN CLF CPB CSLAB DIA DIST EC EG ELEC ELPN EP FDC FF FCE FH FL FS GB GEN GM GP GRD HC HCS ICV IPB LF LP MH PA P/L PED PLTR PP RD SLPB SMH SV TB TC TDP TG THR TR TRANS TSPB TTS TWAL TX TYP WIF WM WS WV YS ASPHALT CONCRETE APRON OF DRIVEWAY BOTTOM OF STEP BACKFLOW PREVENTER BUILDING BOULEVARD BOTTOM OF RAMP BLUE STRIPE BACK OF WALK BOTTOM OF WALL BOTTOM OF CURB AT X CONCRETE CURB DRAIN CENTER LINE CHAIN LINK FENCE CABLE PULLBOX CONCRETE SLAB DIAMETER DISTANCE EDGE OF CONCRETE EXISTING GRADE / EDGE OF GUTTER ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL PANEL EDGE OF PAVEMENT FIRE DEPARTMENT CONTROL FINISHED FLOOR FENCE FIRE HYDRANT FLOWLINE FINISH SURFACE GRADE BREAK GENERATOR GAS METER GATE POST GROUND HANDICAPPED HANDICAP SIGN IRRIGATION CONTROL VALUE IRRIGATION PULLBOX LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT POLE MANHOLE PLANTER AREA PROPERTY LINE PEDESTAL PLANTER POWER POLE ROOF DRAIN STREET LIGHT PULLBOX SEWER MANHOLE SEWER VALVE TRASH BIN TOP OF CURB TRUNCATED DOME PAD TOP OF GRATE THRESHOLD TOP OF RAMP TRANSFORMER TRAFFIC SIGNAL PULLBOX TOP OF STEP TOP OF WALL TOP OF CURB AT X TYPICAL WROUGHT IRON FENCE WATER METER WHITE STRIPE WATER VALVE YELLOW STRIPE CL LEGENDS: FOR REFERENCE ONLY BUILDING E N G I N E E R S I N CV C A 2151 Michelson Dr. #240 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel. 949.679.0870 Fax. 949.679.9370 Project No.: J804 C I V I LQuality Service Commitment S T R U C T U R A L DBEMBE SBE 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave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© COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE 1" = 10' C-2.0 SITE CONTROL PLAN SCALE: SITE CONTROL PLAN 1" = 10' 20100510 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E)AC (E)AC (E)AC (E)CC (E)CC (E)CC(55.62 FS) (55.50 FS) (55.20 FS)(54.99 FS) (54.97 FS) (54.91 FS) 55.92 FS56.09 FS (56.27 FS) 56.23 FS 56.22 FS (54.96 FS) 56.33 FS 56.33 FF 56.31 TH 4. 9 8 % 3.94% 55.68 FS 55.32 FS (54.84 FS) (54.68 FS) 55.54 FS 4. 8 0 % 55.40 FS 55.54 FS 55.71 FS 55.83 FS 55.55 FS 55.74 FS 56.07 FS 55.61 FS 55.35 FS (55.00 FS) 55.91 FS 56.06 FS 56.10 FS 55.50 FS (55.00 FS) 56.07 FS 55.29 FS 55.91 FS (1 . 6 6 % ) 3.2 8 % 55.51 FS 55.52 FS 55.43 FS 55.40 FS 55.42 FS 55.97 FS 55.79 FS (E)BUILDING (E)AC (E)AC (E)AC (E)CC (E)CC (E)CC 56.33 FF 56.31 TH 56.33 FF 56.31 TH 3.80% 56.07 FS 56.03 FS (55.54 FS) (55.24 FS) (56.09 FS) (55.56 TC) (55.00 FS) 0.37 % (55.49 FS) (55.31 FS) (56.21 FS) (56.21 FS)(56.17 FS) (55.88 FS) 55.96 TC (55.46 FS) (56.05 TC) (55.55 FS) 1. 1 2 % 56.00 TC (55.50 FS) 1.2 1 % 0.6 9 % 55.54 TG 56.16 TG (54.85 FS) GB 3.54 % GB 1.6 5 % 0. 8 6 % GB GB 0. 9 4 % GB1.8 0 % GB 0.1 2 % GB 1. 0 2 % GB 1.71 % GB 1.2 0 % GB1.59 % 55.34 FS GB 0. 7 6 % GB 1. 2 6 % GB 0.10 % SHEET NOTES: 1.FOR GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS, SEE SHEETS C-1.0. 2.SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR OTHER SITE RELATED DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. 3.FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND STRIPING, RAMP WITH HANDRAILS, PLANTER AREA, TRASH ENCLOSURE AND TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FOR LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION FEATURES, CONCRETE PAVEMENT PATTERN, TEXTURE AND COLOR INTEGRATION, SEE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. FOR GAS, SEWER, ROOF DRAINS, FIRE & DOMESTIC WATER LINES POINTS OF CONNECTION AT BUILDING, SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS OF THE BUILDING. FOR TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE AND CONCRETE PAD, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 4.FOR CATCH BASIN LOCATIONS AND GRATE ELEVATIONS AND INVERTS SEE SHEET C-2.0. IF TOP OF GRATE ELEVATIONS ARE DIFFERENT FROM GRADING CATCH BASIN ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET, NOTIFY CPM AND ENGINEER. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE 1.THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES PROVIDED ABOVE ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY TO BE USED FOR JURISDICTIONAL PLAN CHECKING AND PERMITTING PURPOSES ONLY. 2.ESTIMATED EARTHWORK ABOVE IS BASED ON DESIGN FINISH GRADES TO EXISTING GRADES IN SURVEY. THE ESTIMATED EARTHWORK DOES NOT CONSIDER THE THICKNESS OF EACH PAVEMENT MATERIAL, FOUNDATION AND SLAB ON GRADE VOLUMES, THE REMOVAL OF ANY UNSUITABLE MATERIAL, AND THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING BASEMENTS, PITS, VAULTS, TOP SOIL OR VEGETATION. 3.THE ESTIMATED EARTHWORK QUANTITIES DO NOT INCLUDE SHRINKAGE FACTORS DUE TO COMPACTION OR ANY OVER EXCAVATION QUANTITIES. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CALCULATE HIS OWN EARTHWORK QUANTITIES NECESSARY FOR HIS BID AND WORK. THE ENGINEER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE AND LIABLE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S EARTHWORK CALCULATIONS. 5.ESTIMATED EARTHWORK QUANTITIES ABOVE ASSUME THAT ALL ON-SITE MATERIALS ARE SUITABLE FOR BACKFILLING. HOWEVER, ACTUAL EXISTING ON-SITE MATERIALS AND IMPORTED MATERIALS MUST FIRST BE APPROVED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, REMOVAL, OR REPLACEMENT. 6.THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES WERE CALCULATED AND LIMITED ON ON-SITE AREA ONLY. 7.CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO CALCULATE THE CUT AND FILL QUANTITIES. NOTES: ESTIMATED EARTHWORK QUANTITY C-3.0 SITE GRADING PLAN SCALE: SITE GRADING PLAN 1"=10 20100510 ESTIMATED CUT = _ 16.80 CY ESTIMATED FILL = _ 88.55 CY ESTIMATED IMPORT = _ 71.75 CY (FILL) 1" = 10' 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 OPEN LANDSCAPE CENTRAL AVENUE ME A S O R S T . LC (6 ' ' F W ) (6 ' ' F W ) (2 ' ' W ) (2 ' ' W ) (2 ' ' W ) (2 ' ' W ) (2 ' ' W ) LC (6 ' ' S S ) (6 ' ' S S ) (6 ' ' S S ) (6 ' ' S S ) (6 ' ' S S ) (6 ' ' S S ) (6 ' ' S S ) R/WR/W R/W R/W (8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS)(8" VCP SS) (8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W)(8" AC W) ST A T I O N 1 9 + 3 0 . 0 0 ST A T I O N 2 0 + 6 3 . 4 8 ST A T I O N 1 9 + 8 5 . 4 8 C E N T R A L ST A T I O N 0 + 0 0 M E A S O R EX . S S . M . H ST A T I O N 2 0 + 9 5 . 0 0 (E) CC (E)CC (E) AC (E) AC (E) AC (E) BUILDING (E) AC (E) CC (E) CC (E) PA (E) PA (E) PA LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK LIMIT OF WORK 5 6 3 1 1 4 2 41 43 40 41 31 30 31 30 . 0 0 ' 42 33 31 51 50 30 . 0 0 ' 16 . 0 0 ' 10 . 0 0 ' 10 . 0 0 ' 21 55.11 INV 55.87 TE 53.33 INV 56.16 TG 53.58 INV 55.54 TG 53.04 INV INLET 55.04 INV OUTLET 53.42 INV 20 6" S D 6" S D 6" SD 1. SHEET NOTES: FOR GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS, SEE SHEETS C-1.0. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR OTHER SITE DIMENSIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL SURFACE AND/OR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED DEMOLITION AND DESIGN ITEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES AND/OR CONSTRUCTION RELATED ISSUES TO THE OWNER OR DESIGN TEAM PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING ONSITE WET UTILITIES FOR CONNECTION AND INCLUDE ADDITIONAL PIPING AS REQUIRED IN THEIR BID. HAND DIG ONLY AT LOCATIONS WHERE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES NEED TO BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT COORDINATED UTILITY SHOP DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES SHOWING ALL OTHER UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR INSTALLATION/CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. INSTALL NEW PVC SCHEDULE 40DWV PER DETAIL 5 ON SHEET C-4.0. INSTALL NEW STORMDRAIN CLEANOUT PER DETAIL 6 ON SHEET C-4.0. INSTALL NEW 24"X24" CATCH BASIN PER DETAIL 7 ON SHEET C-4.0. INSTALL NEW BUBBLER CATCH BASIN PER DETAIL 1 ON SHEET C-4.1. INSTALL NEW 3"X12" CURB-O-LET PARKWAY DRAIN PER DETAIL 2 ON SHEET C-4.1. EXISTING ROOF DRAINS. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: STORM DRAIN: 1 2 3 4 5 6 SANITARY SEWER : 30 PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 8" V.C.P SANITARY SEWER MAIN. PROTECT IN PLACE 6" SEWER LATERAL. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. 31 32 DOMESTIC WATER: 40 PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 2" DOMESTIC WATER METER AND SERVICE. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 2" DIAMETER COPPER WATER LINE, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 8" A.C. WATER MAIN. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 2" REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPAL BACKFLOW PREVENTER. 42 43 41 FIRE WATER: 50 PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 6" FIRE WATER SERVICE. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 6" DCDA BACKFLOW PREVENTER.51 IRRIGATION WATER: 20 NEW IRRIGATION POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING ON-SITE WATER LINE. FOR CONTINUATION OF IRRIGATION LINE, REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. CONNECT TO EXISTING ON-SITE WATER LINE. PROVIDE REDUCING FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS AS NEEDED. 21 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE 1" = 20' C-3.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN SCALE: SITE UTILITY PLAN 1" = 20' 402001020 CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CLEANOUT DETAILS6SCALE: NOT TO SCALE THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE C-4.0 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS NOT TO SCALE JOINT DETAIL PAVEMENT JOINT DETAIL2NOT TO SCALE3NOT TO SCALE1CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAIL 1.PAVING FINISH SURFACE. 2.SAWCUT. 3.1/8" R. @ EDGES. TYP. 4.PREMOLDED E.J. FILLER. 5.JOINT SEALANT. COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. SUBMIT COLOR SAMPLES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6.BACKER ROD. 7.18" #4 REBAR W/ 'SPEED DOWEL' @ 36" O.C., CENTER IN CONC. AT COLD JOINTS & E.J.'S. 8.CONTROL JOINTS 20 O.C MAX.COORDINATE WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWING FOR JOINT LOCATIONS. 9.CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF CONTROL JOINT AND EXPANSION JOINT LAYOUT. A: SAWCUT JOINT 1/8" DE P T H = 1/ 3 S L A B TH I C K N E S S D: EXPANSION JOINT 12" MAX C: COLD JOINTB: TOOLED JOINT 1/8" DE P T H = 1/ 3 S L A B TH I C K N E S S 1/8" 1- 1 / 2 " LEGENDS: E: SAWCUT/EXPANSION COMBO 1 2 1 3 1 7 3 1 7 2 4 5 1 7 6 4 3 JOIN EXIST BASENEW BASE EXIST BASENEW BASE NEW BASE COURSE 1'-0"REMOVE EXISTING AC AND REPLACE WITH NEW AC PAVEMENT EXISTING BASE COURSE EDGE NEATLY SAWCUT PROVIDE 1 2" EJ EDGE NEATLY SAWCUTTACK COAT FULL DEPTH 12" <12" a 8" 12"12" 9-1/2" cb* * IF LOWER SURFACE ADJACENT TO CURB IS PAVEMENT, "b" SHOULD BE THE MAXIMUM OF: a. THE VALUE SHOWN ON THE TABLE, OR; b. PAVEMENT THICKNESS PLUS 1". 1.PROVIDE CONTRACTION JOINTS CONSISTING OF ONE INCH DEEP CUT SCORES AT 20' O.C. MAX. 2.WHERE A WALK IS ADJACENT TO THE CURB, THE JOINTS SHALL LINE WITH JOINTS IN THE WALK. 3.CONCRETE, f'c=3,000 psi @ 28 DAYS. REBARS, fy=60,000 psi ASTM A615. NOTES: PAVEMENT OR LANDSCAPE WHERE OCCURS LANDSCAPE OR HARDSCAPE a b* 3:12 BATTER TC ELEVATION PER PLAN FS ELEVATION PER PLAN R=1 2" TYP. 6" SUBGRADE, SCARIFY AND RECOMPACT TO AT LEAST TOP 6" TO 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION NOT TO SCALE4CONCRETE CURB DETAIL NOTES: TABLE THICKENED EDGE 24"X24" CATCH BASIN DETAIL7SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DIAMETER OF RISER SHALL BE THE SAME AS MAIN PIPE DIAMETER CONCRETE BASE AND WALL SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC CONDITION FO R N O N T R A F F I C A R E A S C O N T R A C T O R M A Y RE C O M P A C T C L E A N - O U T E X C A V A T I O N T O 9 0 % RE L A T I V E C O M P A C T I O N W I T H 8 " G R A N U L A R MA T E R I A L I N L I E U O F C O N C R E T E B A S E A N D PI P E S U P P O T 13 " MI N . 4" MI N . MAIN 1/8" BEND WYE UNDISTURBED EARTH INSTALL CAP & SEAL IF TERMINAL CLEANOUT INSTALL PIPE IF IN-LINE CLEANOUT INVERT ELEV. PER PLAN 2" MI N . SECTION A-A 4" MI N . 2" MI N . B OPTIONAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT ACCES CAP 11Ø x 1/2" THICK FOR 8" AND 9-1/2"Ø x 1/2" THICK FOR 6" WITH 3/4"Ø FINGER HOLE IN CENTER TOP OF CLEAN-OUT ELEV. PER PLAN12" MIN. 12" MIN. 4" ± FS 6" MI N . PLAN CONC. COLLAR MAY BE SQUARE OR CIRCULAR 24 " M I N . 12 " MI N . 12 " MI N . A FRAME COVER A 18" MIN. SECTION B-B 9" MIN 9" MIN CONCRETE BASE AND WALL SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC LOAD CONDITIONS MI N . 13 " 26 " 13 " CLEANOUT FRAME AND COVER PER ZURN MODEL Z1402-HD OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR 6'' RISER OR 8'' RISER. PIPE 6"12"6" 6" SECTION 1-1/2" #4 @ 12" OC BOTHWAYS (TYP.) 3-#4 @ EACH SIDE OF OPENING TRAFFIC LOAD CAST IRON GRATE OPENING COVER & FRAME WITH 1/2" SLOT OPENINGS FLOW VA R I A B L E MA X = 7 . 0 ' 2" 8" 8" 8" MI N 2"2" 6" 6" 6"12"6" 2% MAX IN POT (TYP) TYPICAL OVERLAP PROVIDE 1/2"EXP. JOINT WITH BITUMINOUS FILLER WHEN ADJ. TO RIGID PAVEMENT/STRUCTURE (TYP.) 24" PLAN PIPE WHERE OCCURS 6" 12 " 6" 8"8"8" 1/2" C.I. INLET OPENING 12"6"6" MAX 1/2" SLOT OPENINGS FLOW LINE FL O W 1.USE 3/4" DIA. PIPE BAR SPACERS ASSEMBLED ON (2) 1/2" DIA. RODS WITH THREADS AND NUTS AT BOTH ENDS. 2.ALL METAL PARTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND WELDING, AND BEFORE ASSEMBLING. 3.FRAME AND GRATE SHALL BE SIMILAR TO EISEL ENTERPRISES INC. ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO. LTD. SERIES MODEL NO. A-2012 OR BROOKS PRODUCTS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. GRATES MUST COMPLY WITH ALL ADA REQUIREMENTS. 4.GRATES SHALL BE OF VANDAL-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION. 5.FRAME AND GRATE SHALL BE TRAFFIC-RATED WHEN INSTALLED IN VEHICLE, PARKING AREAS. 6.GRATE MUST COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS AND HEEL PROOF. 7.PROVIDE 1/2" MAX GRID/OPENINGS IN GRATING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW. 8.REBAR, FY = 60,000 PSI, ASTM A615, GRADE 60. 9.CONCRETE, FC* = 3000 PSI @ 28 DAYS PER SSPWC. 10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ABLE TO INSTALL AN APPROVED EQUAL PREFABRICATED CATCH BASIN. 11.CATCH BASIN DETAILS ARE USUALLY PER BROOKS BOX OR SPECIFIED EQUAL. NOTE: IN PAVED AREAS, REPLACE SURFACING 1" GREATER THAN EXISTING IN KIND MI N I M U M D E P T H SE E S P E C S . BE D D I N G O R DU C T B A N K H (N) SURFACING 1" FINISH GRADE H/ 2 MI N . WALLED TRENCH WIDTH NARROW UNSUPPORTED VERTICAL UNPAVED **CEMENT-SAND SLURRY THRUST BLOCK 12 " 6" SECTION PAVED SECTION PIPE ZONE: CONSOLIDATED WET FILL COARSE SAND HAVING A SAND EQUIVALENT VALUE GREATER THAN 30 OR APPROVED SELECT NATIVE MATERIALS PER SPECIFICATIONS 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION NARROW TRENCH WIDTH ** CEMENT-SAND SLURRY = MIN. 2-SACK MIX HAVING A SLUMP NO GREATER THAN 5 INCHES BACKFILL WITH NATIVE OR IMPORTED MATERIAL PER SPECIFICATIONS; 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION OF AT LEAST UPPER 12 INCHES OF BACKFILL NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (INCHES) NARROW TRENCH WIDTH MIN. (INCHES) 6 18 (E) SURFACING PIPELINE 12" MIN. 12" MIN. 1.PAVEMENT FINISH SURFACE SHALL BE A SMOOTH CONTINUATION OF ADJOINING PAVED SURFACE. 2.PIPELINE BEDDING MATERIAL, TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL, AND COMPACTION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SOIL REPORT. 3.TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL CONSIST OF EXCAVATED ON-SITE SOILS FREE OF OVERSIZE PARTICLES (LARGER THAN 1 IN. IN MAXIMUM DIMENSION IN THE UPPER 12 IN. OF SUBGRADE SOILS AND LARGER THAN 3 INCHES IN THE LARGEST DIMENSION IN THE TRENCH BACKFILL BELOW). IMPORTED BACKFILL SHALL BE APPROVED BY PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANT PRIOR TO DELIVERY AT THE SITE. NO MORE THAN 30% OF BACKFILL VOLUME SHOULD BE LARGER THAN 3/4" IN THE LARGEST DIMENSION. 4.TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 90% OF THE LABORATORY MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. AT LEAST UPPER 12" OF TRENCH UNDERLYING PAVEMENTS SHOULD HAVE 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION. 5.PIPELINE BEDDING MAY BE LEAN CONCRETE CONSISTING OF TWO SACKS OF PORTLAND CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD OF SLURRY IN LEIU OF SAND AS LONG AS SLURRY IS VIBRATED IN PLACE. 6.MINIMUM COVERAGE OF UTILITIES IS 36-INCHES. IF THIS CANNOT BE ATTAINED, CAP WITH 1-SACK CONCRETE SLURRY. IN PAVING AREAS, BACKFILL TRENCHES WITH SLURRY UP TO BOTTOM OF PAVING. IN LANDSCAPE AREAS, SLURRY IS ALLOWED UP TO TWO-FEET BELOW GRADE. 7.PROVIDE METALLIC WARNING TAPE 12-INCHES BELOW GRADE ABOVE UTILITIES. NOTES: TRENCH SECTION5SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE C-4.1 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 1.ALL METAL PARTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND WELDING, AND BEFORE ASSEMBLING. 2.FRAME AND GRATE SHALL BE SIMILAR TO ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY CO. LTD. SERIES MODEL NO. 1583 OR BROOKS PRODUCTS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. GRATES MUST COMPLY WITH ALL ADA REQUIREMENTS. 3.GRATES SHALL BE OF VANDAL-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION WITH 12"MAX OPENINGS. 4.FRAME AND GRATE SHALL BE H-20 TRAFFIC-RATED WHEN INSTALLED IN PAVED (ASPHALT OR CONCRETE) AREAS. 5.GRATE MUST COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS. 6.PROVIDE 1/2" MAX GRID/OPENINGS IN GRATING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW. 7.INSTALL FLO-GARD FILTER INSERT (1-858-509-9592) OR APPROVED EQUAL. NOTES: BUBBLER CATCH BASIN 1 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 3"X 12" CURB-O-LET PER DETAIL 5 ON THIS SHEET. BUBBLER SYSTEM PLAN FLOW SECTION CONCRETE CURB INV. OUTLET ELEV, SEE PLAN C-3.1. TOP OF GRATECONCRETE WALK #4@12"O.C. EW TYP AT WALL AND SLAB INV ELEV SEE PLAN 4-2"Ø PVC WEEPHOLES FILTER FABRIC MIRAFI 140N GRAVEL FILTER AC PAVEMENT TO MATCH EXISTING CURB-O-LET DETAIL 2 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E)BUILDING (E)AC (E)AC (E)AC (E)CC (E)CC (E)CC 2 1 9 (E)BUILDING (E)AC (E)AC (E)AC (E)CC (E)CC (E)CC 2 1 2 1 3 4 10 5 8 6 2 1 7 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 (E) CC (E) AC (E) PA 1 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: INSTALL GRAVEL BAGS UNTIL THE COMPLETION OF THE SITE CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET C-5.1. SILT FENCE PER DETAIL 8 ON SHEET C-5.1. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE/EXIT PER DETAIL 7 ON SHEET C-5.1. PROPOSED AREA FOR EQUIPMENT REPAIR/MAINTENANCE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH THE CPM. REFER TO DETAIL 9 ON SHEET C-5.1. PROPOSED AREA FOR FUELING/OILING. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ACTUAL AREA NEEDED AND COORDINATE WITH THE CPM. REFER TO DETAIL 10 ON SHEET C-5.1. PROPOSED AREA FOR LOADING. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH THE CONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGER. PROPOSED AREA FOR TEMPORARY TOILETS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH THE CONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGER. PROPOSED AREA FOR MATERIAL STORAGE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH THE CPM. REFER TO DETAIL 4 ON SHEET C-5.1. TIRE WASH PER DETAIL 6 ON SHEET C-5.1. PROPOSED AREA FOR VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT CLEANING. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH CPM. INSTALL 8'-0" TALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 LEGEND: GRAVEL BAG SILT FENCE 11 8'-0" TALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING 1.LOCATION FOR ANY DESIGNATED STOCKPILES SHALL BE COORDINATED AND DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR ON-SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY ALL APPLICABLE BMP'S TO PROTECT THE STOCKPILE AS OUTLINED IN DETAIL 4 ON SHEET C-6.1. 2.INSTALL 2" OF TEMPORARY CAB GRAVEL ON ALL ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ROADWAYS TO STABILIZED AND CONTROL EROSION. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FROM TIME TO TIME MONITOR THE CONSTRUCTION SITE TO CLEAN AND SWEEP MATERIALS TRACKED OFF SITE. 4.ALL BMP'S, SILT FENCES, ETC., SHALL BE MONITORED AND MAINTAINED BY THE NTP1 CONTRACTOR FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE CONTRACT. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR WASTEWATER DISCHARGE (INCLUDING STORM RUNOFF) TO ENSURE IT MEETS STANDARDS SET BY APPROPRIATE LAWS, CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS. PROVIDE A SETTLING BASIN AND OIL SEPARATOR PRIOR TO ITS DISCHARGE TO CITY OR COUNTRY SEWERS. PROVIDE A WATER SAMPLING STATION DOWNSTREAM OF BASIN FOR MONITORING OF WASTE WATER. DISPOSE OF WASTEWATER IN CLOSED CONDUITS SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE PUBLIC OR PRIVATE PROPERTY NOR CREATE A NUISANCE OR HEALTH HAZARD. 6.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DISCHARGE POLLUTANTS DOWNSTREAM OF THE SETTLING BASIN/OIL SEPARATOR. THESE POLLUTANTS INCLUDE LUBRICANTS, FUELS, CHEMICALS, AND BITUMENS. CONTROL USE OF LUBRICATING OILS, HYDRAULIC FLUIDS, GREASES, AND OTHER SUCH PRODUCTS. PROMPTLY CLEAN UP AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS CONTAMINATED BY SPILLAGE OR LEAKAGE OF PRODUCTS. 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY AS REQUIRED THE CURRENT APPROVED SWPPP/EROSION CONTROL PLANS FOR EACH PHASE OF THE PROJECT OR AS CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES PROGRESS THROUGH THE DURATION OF THE CONTRACT. THESE MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE REPORTED AND COORDINATED WITH BOTH THE QSD AND THE QSP. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE OVERALL DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE FROM THAT AS SHOWN ON THE CURRENT SWPPP, SHALL ALSO BE REPORTED TO THE QSD. THE QSD SHALL THAN BE REQUIRED TO FILE AN EXTENSION OF CONSTRUCTION OR COI, (CHANGE OF INFORMATION), WITH THE STATE WATER RESOURCE CONTROL BOARD. ALL BMP'S SHALL BE MAINTAINED YEAR ROUND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE QSD AND QSP. 8.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING DRAIN INLETS WITHIN A 500-FT RADIUS FROM THE CENTER OF THE SITE TO PREVENT NON-STORMWATER RUNOFF FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAIN SYSTEM. 9.FOR EROSION CONTROL GENERAL NOTES, AND MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS, SEE SHEET C-5.1. SHEET NOTES: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE C-5.0 EROSION CONTROL PLAN SCALE: EROSION CONTROL PLAN 1" = 10' 20100510 1" = 10' 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE SOIL/SLOPE STABILIZATION PRACTICES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PRESERVE EXISTING VEGETATION WHERE FEASIBLE AND TO REVEGETATE OPEN AREAS AS SOON AS FEASIBLE AFTER GRADING. THESE CONTROL PRACTICES SHALL INCLUDE TEMPORARY SEEDING, PERMANENT SEEDING, MULCHING, SOD STABILIZATION, VEGETATIVE BUFFER STRIPS, PROTECTION OF TREES, OR OTHER SOIL STABILIZATION PRACTICES. SOIL STABILIZATION SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED ON ALL INACTIVE DISTURBED AREAS FROM NOVEMBER 1 THRU APRIL 15 AND ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS DURING A RAIN EVENT OR POTENTIAL RAIN. STABILIZATION PRACTICES SHALL CONTROL/PREVENT EROSION FROM THE FORCES OF WIND AND WATER. STABILIZATION PRACTICES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SEDIMENT TRAPPING/FILTERING PRACTICES AND PRACTICES TO REDUCE THE TRACKING OF SEDIMENT ONTO PAVED ROADS. WHEN USING STRAW MULCHING, THE MINIMUM APPLICATION SHALL BE 2 TONS/ACRE. MULCH MUST BE ANCHORED IMMEDIATELY TO MINIMIZE LOSS BY WIND OR WATER. WHEN USING HYDROSEEDING/MULCHING, THE MINIMUM APPLICATION OF WOOD FIBER SHALL BE 1,500 LBS/ACRE, THAT DOES NOT CONTAIN MORE THAN 50 PERCENT NEWSPRINT. FOR SEEDING RECOMMENDATIONS, USDA, NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION SERVICE. NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. MAXIMUM SLOPE LENGTH MAXIMUM TRIBUTARY AREA .25 ACRE/100FT OF FENCE MAXIM U M WIDTH = 5 0 0 ' SILT FENCE TURN LOST 6' OF FENCE UP-SLOPE SILT FENCE CONSTRUCTED ALONG LEVEL CONTOUR POST 6' OC (MAX) 30 " 18 " COMPACTED BACKFILL FILTER FABRIC6" NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. CONSTRUCT THE SILT FENCE ALONG A LEVEL CONTOUR. SILT FENCES SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL THE DISTURBED AREA IS PERMANENTLY STABILIZED. PROVIDE SUFFICIENT ROOM FOR RUNOFF TO POND BEHIND THE FENCE AND ALLOW SEDIMENT REMOVAL EQUIPMENT TO PASS BETWEEN THE SILT FENCE AND TOE OF SLOPE OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. ABOUT 1200 SQ. FT. OF PONDING AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EVERY ACRE DRAINING TO THE FENCE. TURN THE ENDS OF THE FILTER FENCE UPHILL TO PREVENT STORMWATER FROM FLOWING AROUND THE FENCE. LEAVE AN UNDISTURBED OR STABILIZED AREA IMMEDIATELY DOWNSLOPE FROM THE FENCE. DO NOT PLACE IN LIVE STREAM OR INTERMITTENTLY FLOWING CHANNELS. WHEN STANDARD FILTER FABRIC IS USED, A WIRE MESH SUPPORT FENCE SHALL BE FASTENED SECURELY TO THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF THE POSTS USING HEAVY-DUTY WIRE STAPLES AT LEAST 1 INCH LONG. TIE WIRES OR HOG RINGS. CONTAINMENT AREA ABSORBENT CLEANUP MATERIAL GRAVEL BAGS (TYP) 1.THE TIRE WASH REQUIRES A SUPPLY OF WASH WATER. 2.A TURNOUT OR DOUBLEWIDE EXIT IS REQUIRED TO AVOID HAVING ENTERING VEHICLES DRIVE THROUGH THE WASH AREA. 3.DO NOT USE WHERE WET TIRE TRUCKS LEAVING THE SITE LEAVE THE ROAD DANGEROUSLY SLICK. 4.INCORPORATE WITH A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE/EXIT. 5.CONSTRUCT ON LEVEL GROUND WHEN POSSIBLE, ON A PAD OF COARSE AGGREGATE GREATER THAN 3 IN. BUT SMALLER THAN 6 IN. A GEOTEXTILE FABRIC SHOULD BE PLACED BELOW THE AGGREGATE. 6.WASH RACK SHOULD BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED/MANUFACTURED FOR ANTICIPATED TRAFFIC LOADS. NOTES: BERMED CONTAINMENT AREA IMPERVIOUS SURFACE/LINING ABSORBENT CLEANUP MATERIAL FUELING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A DESIGNATED AREA, AWAY FROM COURSES. ABSORBENT CLEANUP MATERIAL SHALL BE ON SITE AND USED IMMEDIATELY IN THE EVENT OF A SPILL. NOTE: LEAKING VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED ON-SITE. EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES SHALL BE INSPECTED FREQUENTLY FOR LEAKS AND SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY. CLEAN UP SPILLS AND LEAKS PROMPTLY WITH ABSORBENT; DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER. VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND REPAIRED ON-SITE ONLY IN DESIGNATED AREAS. PREVENT RUN-ON AND RUN-OFF FROM DESIGNATED AREAS. CONTAINMENT DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND AREAS SHALL BE COVERED IF NECESSARY. DESIGNATE ON-SITE VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AREAS, WAY FROM STORM DRAIN INLETS AND WATERCOURSES. ALWAYS USE SECONDARY CONTAINMENT, SUCH AS A DRAIN PAN OR DROP CLOTH, TO CATCH SPILLS AND LEAKS WHEN REMOVING OR CHANGING FLUIDS. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF USED OILS, FLUIDS, AND LUBRICANTS. PROVIDE SPILL CONTAINMENT DIKES OR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AROUND STORED OIL, FUEL, AND CHEMICAL DRUMS. MAINTAIN ON ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF ABSORBENT SPILL CLEANUP MATERIALS IN DESIGNATED AREA. NOTES: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. AS THE PROJECT OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT OF THE OWNER, I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE REQUIREMENTS TO CONTROL STORM WATER POLLUTION FROM SEDIMENTS, EROSION, AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, AND I CERTIFY THAT I WILL COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS. I, OR MY REPRESENTATIVE, CONTRACTOR, DEVELOPER, OR ENGINEER, WILL MAKE CERTAIN THAT ALL BMP SHOWN ON THIS PLAN WILL BE FULLY IMPLEMENTED, AND ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES WILL BE KEPT CLEAN AND FUNCTIONING. PERIODIC INSPECTIONS OF THE BMPs WILL BE CONDUCTED AND A CURRENT LOG, SPECIFYING THE EXACT NATURE OF THE INSPECTION AND ANY REMEDIAL MEASURES, WILL BE KEPT AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AT ALL TIMES AND WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR THE REVIEW BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. AS THE PROJECT OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT OF THE OWNER, "I CERTIFY THAT THIS DOCUMENT AND ALL ATTACHMENTS WERE PREPARED UNDER MY DIRECTION OR SUPERVISION IN ACCORDANCE WITH A SYSTEM DESIGNED TO ASSURE THAT QUALIFIED PERSONNEL PROPERLY GATHER AND EVALUATE THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED. BASED ON MY INQUIRY OF THE PERSON OR PERSONS WHO MANAGE THE SYSTEM OR THOSE PERSONS DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR GATHERING THE INFORMATION, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED IS TRUE, ACCURATE, AND COMPLETE. I AM AWARE THAT SUBMITTING FALSE AND/OR INACCURATE INFORMATION, FAILING TO UPDATE THE LOCAL SWPPP TO REFLECT CURRENT CONDITIONS, OR FAILING TO PROPERLY AND/OR ADEQUATELY IMPLEMENT THE LOCAL SWPPP MAY RESULT IN REVOCATION OF GRADING AND/OR OTHER PERMITS OR OTHER SANCTIONS PROVIDED BY THE LAW." ___________________________________ _______ OWNER OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (PERMITEE) DATE OWNER STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING: 11 STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDINGSTABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE / EXIT7NOT TO SCALE EQUIPMENT REPAIR/MAINTENANCE9NOT TO SCALE SILT FENCE8NOT TO SCALE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, CALL 911. A STAND-BY CREW FOR EMERGENCY WORK SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES DURING THE RAINY SEASON (NOVEMBER 1 TO APRIL 15). NECESSARY MATERIALS SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON-SITE AND STOCKPILED AT CONVENIENT LOCATIONS TO FACILITATE RAPID CONSTRUCTION OF EMERGENCY DEVICES WHEN RAIN IS IMMINENT. EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN MAY BE REMOVED WHEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL IF THE GRADING OPERATION HAS PROGRESSED TO THE POINT WHERE THEY ARE NO LONGER REQUIRED. GRADED AREAS ADJACENT TO FILL SLOPES LOCATED AT THE SITE PERIMETER MUST DRAIN AWAY FROM THE TOP OF SLOPE AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH WORKING DAY. ALL LOOSE SOILS AND DEBRIS THAT MAY CREATE A POTENTIAL HAZARD TO OFF-SITE PROPERTY SHALL BE STABILIZED OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE ON A DAILY BASIS. ALL SILT AND DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL DEVICES WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER EACH RAINSTORM AND BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. A GUARD SHALL BE POSTED ON SITE WHEREVER THE DEPTH OF WATER IN ANY DEVICE EXCEEDS TWO FEET. THE DEVICE SHALL BE DRAINED OR PUMPED DRY WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER EACH RAINSTORM. PUMPING AND DRAINING OF ALL BASINS AND DRAINAGE DEVICES MUST COMPLY WITH THE APPROPRIATE BMP FOR DEWATERING OPERATIONS. THE PLACEMENT OF ADDITIONAL DEVICES TO REDUCE EROSION DAMAGE AND CONTAIN POLLUTANTS WITHIN THE SITE IS LEFT TO THE DISCRETION OF THE QSP. ADDITIONAL DEVICES AS NEEDED SHALL BE INSTALLED TO RETAIN SEDIMENTS AND OTHER POLLUTANTS ON SITE. DESILTING BASINS MAY NOT BE REMOVED OR MADE INOPERABLE BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 AND APRIL 15 OF THE FOLLOWING YEAR WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. STORM WATER POLLUTION AND EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ARE TO BE MODIFIED, AS NEEDED, AS THE PROJECT PROGRESSES, THE DESIGN AND PLACEMENT OF THESE DEVICES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIELD ENGINEER. PLANS REPRESENTING CHANGES MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL IF REQUESTED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. EVERY EFFORT MUST BE MADE TO ELIMINATE THE DISCHARGE OF NONSTORM WATER FROM THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES. ERODED SEDIMENTS AND OTHER POLLUTANTS MUST BE RETAINED ON-SITE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE VIA SHEET FLOW, SWALES, AREA DRAINS, NATURAL DRAINAGE COURSES, OR WIND. STOCKPILES OF EARTH AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION-RELATED MATERIALS MUST BE PROTECTED FROM BEING TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE BY THE FORCES OF WIND OR WATER. FUELS, OILS, SOLVENTS, AND OTHER TOXIC MATERIALS MUST BE STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR LISTINGS AND ARE NOT TO CONTAMINATE THE SOILS AND SURFACE WATERS. ALL APPROVED STORAGE CONTAINERS ARE TO BE PROTECTED FROM THE WEATHER. SPILLS MUST BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AND DISPOSED OF IN A PROPER MANNER. SPILLS MAY NOT BE WASHED INTO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM. EXCESS OR WASTE CONCRETE MAY NOT BE WASTED INTO THE PUBLIC WAY OR ANY OTHER DRAINAGE SYSTEM. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE TO RETAIN CONCRETE WASTES ON-SITE UNTIL THEY CAN BE DISPOSED OF AS SOLID WASTE. DEVELOPERS/CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO INSPECT ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES AND BMP's ARE INSTALLED AND FUNCTIONING PROPERLY IF THERE IS A 40% CHANCE OF 0.25 INCHES OR GREATER OF PREDICTED PRECIPITATION, AND AFTER ACTUAL PRECIPITATION. A CONSTRUCTION SITE INSPECTION CHECKLIST AND INSPECTION LOG SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES AND AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL (COPIES OF SELF-INSPECTION CHECKLIST AND INSPECTION LOGS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST). AT HIS/HER EXPENSE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE A QUALIFIED SWPPP PRACTITIONER FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. TRASH AND CONSTRUCTION-RELATED SOLID WASTES MUST BE DEPOSITED INTO A COVERED RECEPTACLE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF RAINWATER AND DISPERSAL BY WIND. SEDIMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS MAY NOT BE TRACKED FROM THE SITE BY VEHICLE TRAFFIC. THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ROADWAYS MUST BE STABILIZED SO AS TO INHIBIT SEDIMENTS FROM BEING DEPOSITED INTO THE PUBLIC WAY. ACCIDENTAL DEPOSITIONS MUST BE SWEPT UP IMMEDIATELY AND MAY NOT BE WASHED DOWN BY RAIN OR OTHER MEANS. ANY SLOPES WITH DISTURBED SOILS OR DENUDED OF VEGETATION MUST BE STABILIZED SO AS TO INHIBIT EROSION BY WIND AND WATER. AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, I HAVE SELECTED APPROPRIATE BMPs TO EFFECTIVELY MINIMIZE THE NEGATIVE IMPACTS OF THIS PROJECT'S CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON STORM WATER QUALITY. THE PROJECT OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ARE AWARE THAT THE SELECTED BMPs MUST BE INSTALLED, MONITORED, AND MAINTAINED TO ENSURE THEIR EFFECTIVENESS. THE BMPs NOT SELECTED FOR IMPLEMENTATION ARE REDUNDANT OR DEEMED NOT APPLICABLE TO THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION QUALITY." THE FOLLOWING BMPs AS OUTLINED IN, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE "CALIFORNIA STORMWATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES HANDBOOK" - JANUARY 2003, OR THE LATEST REVISED EDITION, MAY APPLY DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT (ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED IF DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER OR THE BUILDING OFFICIAL). GENERAL NOTES: 12. 13. 10. 11. 7. 8. 9. 5. 6. 3. 4. 1. 2. EROSION CONTROL EC1 - SCHEDULING EC2 - PRESERVATION OF EXISTING VEGETATION EC3 - HYDRAULIC MULCH EC4 - HYDROSEEDING EC5 - SOIL BINDERS EC6 - STRAW MULCH EC7 - GEOTEXTILES AND MATS EC8 - WOOD MULCHING EC9 - EARTH DIKES AND DRAINAGE SWALES EC10 - VELOCITY DISSIPATION DEVICES EC11 - SLOPE DRAINS EC12 - STREAMBANK STABILIZATION EC13 - POLYACRYLAMIDE TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL SE1 - SILT FENCE SE2 - SEDIMENT BASIN SE3 - SEDIMENT TRAP SE4 - CHECK DAM SE5 - FIBER ROLLS SE6 - GRAVEL BAG BERM SE7 - STREET SWEEPING AND VACUUMING SE8 - GRAVEL BAG BARRIER SE9 - STRAW BALE BARRIER SE10 - STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION WIND EROSION CONTROL WE1 - WIND EROSION CONTROL EQUIPMENT TRACKING CONTROL TC1 - STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE EXIT TC2 - STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ROADWAY TC3 - ENTRANCE/OUTLET TIRE WASH NON-STORMWATER MANAGEMENT NS1 - WATER CONSERVATION PRACTICES NS2 - DEWATERING OPERATIONS NS3 - PAVING AND GRINDING OPERATIONS NS4 - TEMPORARY STREAM CROSSING NS5 - CLEARWATER DIVERSION NS6 - ILLICIT CONNECTION/DISCHARGE NS7 - POTABLE WATER/IRRIGATION NS8 - VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT CLEANING NS9 - VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT FUELING NS10 - VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE NS11 - PILE DRIVING OPERATIONS NS12 - CONCRETE CURING NS13 - CONCRETE FINISHING NS14 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USE NS15 - DEMOLITION ADJACENT TO WATER NS16 - TEMPORARY BATCH PLANTS WASTE MANAGEMENT & MATERIAL POLLUTION CONTROL WM1 - MATERIAL DELIVERY AND STORAGE WM2 - MATERIAL USE WM3 - STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT WM4 - SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL WM5 - SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT WM6 - HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT WM7 - CONTAMINATION SOIL MANAGEMENT WM8 - CONCRETE WASTE MANAGEMENT WM9 - SANITARY/SEPTIC WASTE MANAGEMENT WM10 - LIQUID WASTE MANAGEMENT 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. A SECTION A-A A 3" MIN OPENING BETWEEN TOP ROW BAGS GENERAL NOTES1 A A SECTION A-A BAGS SHALL BE BUTTED FIRMLY AGAINST CURB & ADJUSTED AS ORDER OF WORK DICTATES EXISTING OR NEW DRAINAGE STRUCTURE COVERED WITH FILTER FIBER PIPE WHERE OCCURS GRAVEL BAGS (TYP) GRAVEL BAG CHECKDAM3NOT TO SCALE STOCKPILED MATERIAL GRAVEL BAGS PLACE TIGHTLY TOGETHER ALL AROUND MATERIAL MATERIAL STORAGE4NOT TO SCALE DIRT AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATERIALS PLACED IN THE STREET OR ON OTHER IMPERVIOUS SURFACES MUST BE CONTAINED WITH SANDBAGS OR OTHER MEASURES TO PREVENT TRANSPORT TO THE STORMDRAIN SYSTEM. ANY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL STORED OR STOCKPILED ON-SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM BEING TRANSPORTED BY THE FORCE OF WIND OR WATER. 1. 2. NOTES: EROSION CONTROL5NOT TO SCALE NOTES: A SERIES OF STEEL PLATES (3 OR MORE) WITH RUMBLE STRIPS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON EXISTING ASPHALT OR CONCRETE PAVEMENT SEDIMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE TRACKED FROM THE SITE BY VEHICLE TRAFFIC. THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ROADWAYS SHALL BE STABILIZED SO AS TO PREVENT SEDIMENTS FROM BEING DEPOSITED INTO THE PUBLIC ROADS. DEPOSITIONS MUST BE SWEPT UP IMMEDIATELY AND MAY NOT BE WASHED DOWN BY RAIN OR OTHER MEANS INTO THE STORM DRAIN SYSTEM. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SHALL BE: A. LOCATED AT ANY POINT WHERE TRAFFIC WILL BE ENTERING OR LEAVING A CONSTRUCTION SITE RD OR FROM A PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY, STREET, ALLEY, AND SIDEWALK OR PARKING AREA. B. A SERIES OF STEEL PLATES WITH "RUMBLE STRIPS", AND/OR MIN 4" COARSE AGGREGATE WITH LENGTH, WIDTH & THICKNESS AS NEEDED TO ADEQUATELY PREVENT ANY TRACKING ONTO PAVED SURFACES. ADDING A WASH RACK WITH A SEDIMENT TRAP LARGE ENOUGH TO COLLECT ALL WASH WATER CAN GREATLY IMPROVE EFFICIENCY. ALL VEHICLES ACCESSING THE CONSTRUCTION SITE SHALL UTILIZE THE STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SITES. REMOVE ALL SEDIMENT DEPOSITED ON PAVED ROADWAYS IMMEDIATELY. SWEEP PAVED AREAS THAT RECEIVE CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC WHENEVER SEDIMENT BECOMES VISIBLE. PAVEMENT WASHING WITH WATER IS PROHIBITED IF IT RESULTS IN A DISCHARGE TO THE STORM DRAIN SYSTEM. STREET MAINTENANCE HAR D S U R F A C E PUB L I C R O A D 1. 2. 3. 4. LENGTH A S N E E D E D TO PREVE N T T R A C K I N G 1. 2. 3. VEHICLE / EQUIPMENT FUELING10NOT TO SCALE ENTRANCE/OUTLET TIRE WASH6NOT TO SCALE C-5.1 EROSION CONTROL PLAN GRAVEL BAG DETAIL2NOT TO SCALE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E)AC (E) CC 30 30 30 30 (E) CC 31 31 32 36 36 36 37 37 33 4 3 3 3 5 5 4 4 37 37 37 33 37 37 31 31 38 5 3 34 5END 5 START LIMIT OF REMOVAL LIMIT OF REMOVAL LIMIT OF REMOVAL LIMIT OF REMOVALLIMIT OF REMOVAL 3 4 4 66 35 2 7 7 1 START END (E) AC (E) AC (E) AC (E) AC (E) CC (E) CC (E) PA (E) BUILDING (E)CC (E) AC 7 (E) PA (E) PA 1 REMOVAL NOTES: 2 REMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL, FULL DEPTH. REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL, FULL DEPTH. CLEAR, GRUB AND REMOVE EXISTING TURF/PLANTER/SHRUBS/EXPOSED SUBGRADE AREA. REMOVE EXISTING SHRUBS AND ROOTS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. REMOVE EXISTING TREES IN ITS ENTIRETY. REMOVE EXISTING MOWSTRIP IN ITS ENTIRETY. TEMPORARILY REMOVE EXISTING BENCH FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NEW PAVEMENT. REINSTALL BENCH AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF NEW PAVEMENT. REMOVE EXISTING CURB AND ITS ENTIRETY. 3 4 5 6 7 PROTECT-IN-PLACE NOTES: 30 31 32 33 34 PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING TREES. COORDINATE WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING EXISTING SEWER VALVE. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING LIGHT POLE AND FOOTING. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING TRUNCATED DOMES. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING ROOF DRAIN AND DOWNSPOUT. PROTECT IN PLACE LIGHT FIXTURES IN ITS ENTIRETY. PROTECT IN PLACE IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE IN ITS ENTIRETY. PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING TRASH BIN IN ITS ENTIRETY. 35 36 37 38 SHEET NOTES: 1.FOR GENERAL NOTES, LEGENDS AND ABBREVIATIONS, SEE SHEET C-1.0. 2.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR OTHER SITE RELATED DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. 3.IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND SURFACE AND/OR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED DEMOLITION AND DESIGN ITEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES AND/OR CONSTRUCTION RELATED ISSUES TO THE OWNER OR DESIGN TEAM PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 4.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD THE JOINING TO EXISTING ELEVATION AND THE CURRENT SITE CONDITION WITH THE DESIGN GRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE OWNER OR DESIGN TEAM PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. REMOVAL LEGENDS: CLEAR, GRUB AND REMOVE EXISTING TURF/PLANTER/SHRUBS/EXPOSED SUBGRADE AREA. REMOVE EXISTING SHRUBS AND ROOTS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. LIMIT OF REMOVAL REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL, FULL DEPTH. REMOVE EXISTING AC PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL, FULL DEPTH. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2020. DSA APPLICATION NO: SHEET TITLE: NUMBER: PROJECT NO: DATE ISSUED: REVISIONS: SHEET 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM SCALE: OW N E R : C I T Y O F S A N T A A N A PR O J E C T N A M E : D E L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R R E N O V A T I O N CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 5 0 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E S A N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S I N C Quality Service Commitment C I V I L V C A MBE DBE SBE 1" = 10' CD-1.0 SITE DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: SITE DEMOLITION PLAN 1"=10 20100510 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (D)(D) (D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D) (D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (E)(E) (E) 1 1 1 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date D100 FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION - MEP 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION MEP G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. EXISTING BACKBOX CAN REMAIN. IF A NEW RECEPTACLE OR SWITCH IS BEING INSTALLED IN THE SAME LOCATION. B. ALL THE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SCOPE AREA TO BE REMOVED. LIGHTING CICRUITS SERVING THE DEMOLISHED FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE, AND TAG THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS 'SPARE' IN THE PANEL SCHEDULE DIRECTORY, IF THE CIRCUIT FEEDS NO DEVICES . C. ALL CIRCUITS SERVING THE DEMOLISHED RECEPATACLES AND OTHER DEVICES TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE, AND TAG THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS 'SPARE' IN THE PANEL SCHEDULE DIRECTORY, IF THE CIRCUIT FEEDS NO DEVICES. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN. REFER TO NEW WORK ON SHEET E102 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. N04'8'16' DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E000 GENERAL INFORMATION - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TEEN AREA 4 GENERAL STACKS 3 OFFICE 1 (E) PNL 1P (E) PNL 2P (E) PNL 3P (E) PNL 4P (E) PNL 1L (E) PNL 2L RESTROOM 2 CHILDRENS AREA 5 EXISTING HALLWAY 6 E102 1 ELEC. ROOM PNL 2L-31 1 3 7 4 5 PANEL 2PA 2 6 8 HARD CEILING HARD CEILING HARD CEILING T-BAR CEILING T-BAR CEILING T-BAR CEILING HARD CEILING (ACCESS PANELS IN THIS CEILING ARE NOT ALLOWED) THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/8" = 1'-0" Issue Date E101 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET E000 FOR SYMBOL LIST, ELECTRICAL, POWER AND LIGHTING NOTES, AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. THIS PLAN OVERALL PLAN SHOWS LOCATIONS OF EXISTING PANELS, AND NEW RECEPTACLES. REFER TO SHEET 102 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. C. NEW SERVICE PROVIDER CABLES AND EQUIPMENT ARE BEING INSTALLED BY THE SERVICE PROVIDER AND COORDINATED BY THE OWNER (NOT SHOWN). D. ROUTING OF NEW LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE ACTUAL ROUTING IN THE FIELD, ENSURING NO MORE THAN (2) 90 DEGREE TURNS WITHOUT A JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN CEILING (MAINTAIN CEILING RATING) AS REQUIRED. E. CONDUIT FOR NEW PANEL 2PA SHALL FOLLOW THE SAME PATH AS THE NEW LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE ACTUAL ROUTING. THE CONDUIT SHALL HAVE A PERMANENT LABEL EVERY 25' INDICATING IT IS SERVING PANEL 2PA. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO A NEW QUAD OUTLET ON EXITING BACKBOARD. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A NEW 20A-1P BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL,EXTEND (2)# 12 COPPER AND (1) #12 GROUND IN 3/4”CONDUIT. COORDINATE EXACT PLACEMENT OF OUTLET WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2. PROVIDE TELECOM GROUND BAR ADJACENT TO NEW SERVICE PROVIDER EQUIPMENT ON EXISTING BACKBOARD. SEE DETAILS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. (2) CAT6 CABLES SHALL EXTEND FROM THE NEW SERVICE PROVIDER EQUIPMENT TO NEW RACK. PENETRATION THRU ELECTRICAL ROOM WALL SHALL BE FIRE CAULKED TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE ELECTRICAL ROOM. 4. EXTEND (2) CAT6 CABLES IN CEILING SPACE, SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY FROM STRUCTURE WITH D-RINGS AND/OR J-HOOKS. CABLES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH HOOK/LOOP STRAPS SEPARATE FROM OTHER CABLES AT A MINIMUM OF EVERY 5’AND LABELED (PER OWNER’S INSTRUCTION) EVERY 20’. THE CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE EXISTING CABLES SUPPORTS PROVIDED THE ARE DEDICATED TO DATA CABLING, DON'T EXCEED 40% FILL, PROVIDE PROPER SUPPORTS, AND ARE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE (NOT FROM OTHER SYSTEMS). THE ROUTING IS SCHEMATIC, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING IN THE FIELD. THE CABLE SHALL BE TERMINATED AND TESTED, LANDING IN A NEW DATA OUTLET ON BOTH ENDS.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO EXISTING WALL AND CEILING DURING THE INSTALLATION AT HIS OWN COST. REPAIRING SHALL BE DONE TO MATCH THE EXISTING CONDITION. 5. DROP NEW CABLES INTO A NEW FACEPLATE IN THE BACK OF THE NEW DATA RACK. 6. DROP A 4" (MINIMUM) CONDUIT IN WALL TO A J-BOX RECESSED IN WALL BEHIND THE DATA RACK FOR NEW DATA CABLES. 7. EXISTING UNDERGROUND 4" CONDUITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 8. PENETRATION THRU WALL SHALL BE FIRE CAULKED TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING. N04'8'16' DESCRIPTION DATE Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TEEN AREA 4 GENERAL STACKS 3 OFFICE 1 2PA - 5 2PA - 10 AC-1 1 WIFI 2PA - 7 2PA - 1 2PA - 6 4 RESTROOM 2 CHILDRENS AREA 5 EXISTING HALLWAY 6 2PA - 4 2PA - 12 2PA - 13 2PA - 3 3 3 TV TV EF-1 5 OVERHEAD CONTROLLER 6 2PA - 18,20 OVERHEAD DOOR COFFEE MAKER MICROWAVE (E) 4 (E) 4 (E) 2 2 COPIER COPIER DATA RACK 2PA - 17 10 WIFI ~12' AFG WIFI ~12' AFG 8 8 WP WP 3 SAWCUT & PATCH 2PA - 21 SAWCUT & PATCH 9 WIFI 1D 3D 4D 1D 3D 3D 2D 2D 2D 3D PANEL 2PA 1D 1D +78" 2D 3D 3D DOOR RELEASE BUTTON 11 SAWCUT & PATCH 1212 13 2PA - 14 TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TPTP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP 3D 3D AC AC AC 2PA - 2 15 14 2PA - 8 15 14 2PA - 25 N02'4'8' THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date E102 FLOOR PLAN - POWER 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET E000 FOR SYMBOL LIST, ELECTRICAL, POWER AND LIGHTING NOTES, AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. ALL THE NEW CIRCUITS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO PANEL 2PA UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. NEW RECEPTACLES AND DATA ROUGH-INS SHALL RECESSED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH GC TO CUT, PATCH AND PAINT. DEVICES ON EXPOSED BLOCK WALLS MAY USE LOW PROFILE, DUAL CHANNEL SURFACE RACEWAY PAINTED TO MATCH THE WALL SURFACE. D. MC CABLE AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAY NOT BE USED WHERE IT WILL BE EXPOSED, AND SHALL ONLY BE USED FOR THE FINAL 3' CONNECTION TO A NEW DEVICE. E. ALL DATA OUTLETS SHALL BE TESTED AND LABELED, SEE DETAILS FOR MINIMUM LABELING REQUIREMENTS AND CONFIRM EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER. F. DATA CABLING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT WHERE EXPOSED. CONCEALED CABLING MAYBE OPEN CABLE BUT PROPERLY SUPPORTED WITH D-RINGS AND/OR J-HOOKS EVERY 5’(AT A MIN.). G. DATA CABLES SHALL BE CAT6, PLENUM RATED, 23 AWG, COMMSCOPE SYSTIMAX, UTP, WITH BISECTOR. H. CONDUIT FITTINGS FOR DATA CABLING SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE (NOT SCREW TYPE). I. SAW CUTS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO WALLS. C O D E D N O T E S: Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - POWER 1. EXTEND CIRCUIT SERVING THE OUTDOOR UNIT TO INDOOR UNIT. REFER TO MANUFACTURE DOCUMENT FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. ELECTRICAL WIRING TO FOLLOW THE SAME PATH AS REFRIGERANT PIPING. 2. INSTALL RECEPTACLE ON CASE WORK. ROUTE (2) 1" CONDUIT(ONE FOR POWER AND ONE DATA) FROM CASEWORK TO THE NEAREST WALL THRU FLOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL SAW CUT AND PATCH FLOOR TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW SLAB (COORDINATE WITH GC). COORDINATE EXACT OUTLET LOCATIONS WITH OWNER AND GC PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 3. EC SHALL ROUTE FLEX CONDUIT IN ADJACENT STOREFRONT MULLIONS FOR NEW OUTLETS SHOWN, COORDINATE SPECIFICS WITH THE GC. 4. EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE THE DEVICE AND FACE PLATE AND REWIRE THE DEVICE AS SHOWN USING EXISTING CONDUITS. 5. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED THRU SAME LIGHTING CONTROL CIRCUIT / OCCUPANCY SENSOR SERVING THE ROOM. 6. PROVIDE ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT FROM OVERHEAD DOOR CONTROLLER TO JUNCTION BOX SERVING OVERHEAD DOOR. EXACT LOCATION OF CONTROLLER TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REFER TO EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER CUTSHEET FOR ADDITIONAL DETAIL. E.C. SHALL INCLUDE ALL RACEWAY NEEDED FOR POWER AND CONTROL INCLUDING DOOR SENSORS. 1/4" STAINLESS STEEL FLEX SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DOOR SENSORS. 7. PROVIDE QUAD OUTLET IN THE BACK OF TELECOM RACK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 8. PROVIDE ROUGH IN FOR WIFI ACCESS POINT. INCLUDE 2-GANG, NEMA 3R BACK BOX AND 1" CONDUIT TO THAT DATA RACK. GET MOUNTING DETAILS FROM OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 9. FLOOR OUTLET, PROVIDE IN FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR BOX WITH IN-USE COVER. COVER PLATE FINISH BY ARCHITECT. SAW CUT AND PATCH FLOOR (COORDINATE WITH GC). 10. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED DATA RACK, COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER AND GC SO THE PROPER BLOCKING CAN BE PROVIDED. THE RACK SHALL BE TRIPP-LITE SRW12US33G (OR EQUAL), WITH A MIN. OF 12 RU’S, HINGED, LOCKABLE, AND 32”MOUNTING DEPTH. 11. INSTALL JUNCTION ON CASE WORK. ALL THE SAW CUTTING TO BE COORDINATED WITH FURNITURE PLAN. ROUTE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FROM CASEWORK TO THE NEAREST WALL THRU FLOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL SAW CUT AND PATCH FLOOR TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW SLAB (COORDINATE WITH GC). INSTALL SWITCH TO DISENGAGE THE RESTROOM DOOR IN THE JUNCTION BOX. EXACT LOCATION OF SWITCH TO BE FIELD VERIFIED WITH ARCHITECT/OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 12. RUN THE (1) ONE 3/4" CONDUIT IN THE CEILING ABOVE AND DROP DOWN NEAR THE DOOR. EXACT ROUTING PATH TO BE DECIDED ON FIELD BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 13. JUNCTION BOX FOR MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD. EXTEND CONDUIT FROM CEILING TO JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION FROM THE CIRCUIT SERVING THE REST ROOM, USING 2#12 AND 1#12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL SAW CUT AND PATCH FLOOR TO EXTEND POWER AND DATA TO THE SECURITY GATE. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY GATE SUPPLIER AND INSTALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING. 15. EXTEND POWER AND DATA RACEWAY AND CABLE IN THE WALL CAVITY AS SHOWN. CONNECT POWER TO THE CIRCUIT INDICATED. DATA CABLE SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE DATA RACK AND TERMINATED IN THE PATCH PANEL. AT THE GATE END OF THE CABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE CONNECTOR TO PLUG INTO THE SECURITY GATE. DESCRIPTION DATE Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E) AC-13 (E) AC-14 HP-1 WP 30A 1 1 2 2PA - 9,11 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/8" = 1'-0" Issue Date E103 ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL 0 4'8'16' G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET E000. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. EXISTING DISCONNECT SWITCH AND CIRCUIT TO REMAIN. E.C. SHALL TRACE CIRCUIT AND ADD PERMANENT, UV RESISTANT LABEL TO DISCONNECT AND LABEL IN THE ASSOCIATED PANEL BOARD. 2. EXTEND CIRCUIT SERVING THE OUTDOOR UNIT TO INDOOR UNIT. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. ELECTRICAL WIRING TO FOLLOW THE SAME PATH AS REFRIGERANT PIPING. N DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 R1 R3 c a,b a,b d,e c TEEN AREA 4 GENERAL STACKS 3 OFFICE 1 RESTROOM 2 CHILDRENS AREA 5 EXISTING HALLWAY 6 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2R2 a a a a a a aEX1 EX1 d d d d d d d d R2a e b b R3 c R3 c R3 c R2 d R2 d R2 R2 R2 a S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1S1 S1 R2 a e R2 EM1 EM1 EX1 d d d d d d e e e e 2PA - 21 2PA - 23 b b bb b b a a a a aa EW1 1 G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET E000 FOR SYMBOL LIST, ELECTRICAL, POWER AND LIGHTING NOTES, AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION B. CONNECT EMERGENCY FIXTURE AND EXIT SIGN AHEAD OF LIGHTING SWITCH. C. REFER TO SHEET E601 FOR LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. CONTROLLER FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date E201 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING 0 2'4'8'N DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date E301 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING CALCULATION 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING CALCS DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 3394 CARMEL MOUNTAIN RD #120 SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 T 619.550.4420 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date E302 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING CALCULATION - EMERGENCY 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING CALCS EMERGENCY DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E501 DETAILS - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E502 DETAILS - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE Tag Description Manufacturer Model Options Mounting Finish Lamp Color Temp Controls Watts Volts R1 2X2 RECESSED LED FIXTURE FINELITE HPR-LED-ANR-DCO-S--835 2X2 RECESSED LED LIGHT. ANGLED NARROW RAIL WITH DIFFUSED CENTER. 3400 LUMENS. RECESSED WHITE LED 3500 0-10V 18 MVOLT R2 8" RECESSED CAN LIGHT LITHONIA LDN8-20LM-35K-L08-AR-LSS 8" OPEN DOWN LIGHT, WIDE DISTRIBUTION. CLEAR SEMI SPECULAR FINISH. 2000 LUMENS. RECESSED WHITE LED 3500 0-10V 22 MVOLT R3 2X4 RECESSED LED FIXTURE FINELITE HPR-LED-ANR-DCO-B--835 2X2 RECESSED LED LIGHT. ANGLED NARROW RAIL WITH DIFFUSED CENTER. 4620 LUMENS. RECESSED WHITE LED 3500 0-10V 46 MVOLT S1 ARCHITECTURAL PENDANT LIGHT SIDE AURORA XL 5404-LBC 20" WIDE SUSPENDED FIXTURE. 90 DEGREE BEAM. 4747 LUMENS, WHITE FINISH. BOTTOM OF FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED AT 10' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. SUSPENDED WHITE LED 3500 0-10 41 MVOLT E1 EXTERIOR BOLLARD FORMS+SURFACES RADIA BOLLARD HARDWIRED BOLLARD. 95 LUMENS. BUG RATING B0-U1-G0.GRADE MOUNTED POWDERCOAT FINISH LED 3000 NON-DIM 9 120V E2 POLE LIGHT LANDSCAPE FORMS LEO AREA LIGHT TBD 12' POLE MOUNTED TBD LED 3000 NON-DIM TBD 120V E3 FLEXIBLE LED LIGHT INTER LUX RUBBER 2D WHITE FINISH, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR EXACT LEGTH. PROVIDE WET LOCATION NON DIM DRIVER. MOUNTING ACCESORY TO BE SELECTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SURFACE TBD LED 3000 NON-DIM 3W/FT 120V E4 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD LIGHT ARCHITECTURAL AREA LIGHTING PURSUIT DOWN 4' LINEAR FIXTURE SURFACE TBD LED 3000 NON-DIM TBD 120 EM1 EMERGENCY BUG FIXTURE LITHONIA ELM4L LED EMERGENCY LIGHT. 640 LUMENS, NI- CD BATTERY. SELF DIAGONSTIC SURFACE WHITE LED NA NA 5.3 MVOLT EW1 EXTERIOR EGRESS LIGHT LITHONIA WSR-P2-30K-SR2-MVOLT- PE-E20WC ARCHITECTURAL WALL SCONCE LIGHT, WITH PHOTOCELL. TYPE 2 DISTRIBUTION. PROVIDE COLD WEATHER BATTERY. WET LISTED. FINISH TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. WALL MOUNT 7.5' ABOVE DOOR WHITE LED 3000 NON-DIM 40 MVOLT W1 EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT FIXTURE LITHONIA WDGE3 LED P1 30K 70CRI R3 MVOLT LED WALL MOUNT WITH TYPE 3 DISTRIBUTION. WALL MOUNT 16' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BRONZE FINISH LED 3000 NON-DIM 88 MVOLT EX1 LED EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LQM LED EMERGENCY EXIT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY. WHITE BODY, GREEN LETTERS WALL/CEILIUNG WHITE LED NA NA 5 MVOLT Notes: 1. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HARDWARE, CABLES. ETC., FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL INSTALLATION 2. CONFIRM FINISH AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS. 3. PROVIDE WITH INTERNAL PHOTOCELL, PROGRAM FOR NORMALLY OFF. 4. PROVIDE EM BATTERY FOR FULLY SHADED FIXTURES WITH SELF DIAGNOSTIC WITH MIMIMUM 90 MINS BACK UP. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR EXACT LOCATION. 6. PROVIDE EXTERNAL BATTERY BACKUP FOR SHADED FIXTURES, PROVIDE BATTERY IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION OR BEHIND AN ACCESS PANEL. LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AREAS CONTROLLED ON - LIGHTS SHALL MANUALLY TURN ON USING DIMMER OR SWITCH. ADJUST - LIGHTS SHALL BE LOWERED OR RAISED USING DIMMER. OFF - LIGHTS SHALL MANUALLY TURN OFF OR AFTER THE ROOM IS UNOCCUPIED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR AFTER 30 MINS TEEN AREA, GENERAL STACKS, OFFICE ON - LIGHT SHALL TURN ON AT SUN SET OFF - LIGHTS SHALL AUTOMATICALLY TURN OFF AT SUNRISE THRU A TIME CLOCK CONTACTOR. LANDSCAPE LIGHTS. ON - LIGHTS SHALL AUTOMATICALLY TURN ON WHEN THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED. OFF - LIGHTS SHALL MANUALLY TURN OFF OR AFTER THE ROOM IS UNOCCUPIED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR AFTER 30 MINS RESTROOM NOTE: CONFIRM PROGRAMMING WITH OWNER PRIOR TO COMPLETION BRANCH VOLTAGE DROP CKT NO.LOAD VOLTAGE kVA DISTANCE(ft') VD% 2PA-19 SITE LTG 120V/1P 0.17 500 2.2 2PA-23 INTERIOR LTG 120V/1P 0.3 80 0.5 2PA-19 RECEPTACLE 120V/1P 0.9 90 1.5 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E601 SCHEDULE - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Notes: Total Est. Demand Current:85 A HVAC LOAD 3270 VA 100.00% 3270 VA Total Conn. Current:91 A RECEPTACLE LOAD 13780 VA 86.28% 11890 VA Total Est. Demand:17.63 kVA Power 500 VA 125.00% 625 VA Total Conn. Load:19.0 kVA Lighting 1473 VA 125.00% 1841 VA Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand Panel Totals Total Amps:98 A 83 A Total Load:10.4 kVA 8.6 kVA 29 Spare #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 Spare 30 27 Spare #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 Spare 28 25 AUTO DOOR #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.5 kVA 0.0 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 Spare 26 23 LTS TEEN AREA #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.3 kVA 0.0 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 Spare 24 21 LTS, GENERAL STACK, OFFICE #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.6 kVA 0.0 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 Spare 22 19 EXTEROR BOLLARDS , POLE LTS #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.2 kVA 1.2 kVA -- -- -- ---- 20 17 RECEPTACLE IT RACK #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.2 kVA 1.2 kVA 20 A/2 #12 #12 #12 OVERHEAD DOOR 18 15 EXTERIOR CANOPY LTS #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.3 kVA 0.2 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 EXTERIOR LED TAPE LTS 16 13 RECEPTACLE RECEPTION #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 1.1 kVA 0.9 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 RECEPTACLE GENERAL STACKS 14 11 ---- -- -- -- 1.6 kVA 0.9 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 RECEPTACLE GENERAL STACKS 12 9 HP-1 #12 #12 #12 20 A/2 1.6 kVA 1.0 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 COFFEE 10 7 COPIER #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 1.0 kVA 1.1 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 RECEPTACLE LOAD 8 5 MICROWAVE #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 1.0 kVA 0.7 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 RECEPTACLE OFFICE 6 3 RECEPTACLE PRINTER #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 1.0 kVA 0.9 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 RECEPTACLE TEEN AREA 4 1 RECEPTACLE CHILDREN'S AREA #12 #12 #12 20 A/1 0.9 kVA 0.7 kVA 20 A/1 #12 #12 #12 RECEPTACLE TEEN AREA 2 CK T Circuit Description Hot Neutra l Groun d Trip/Pole A C Trip/Pole Groun d Neutra l Hot Circuit Description CK T Notes: Enclosure:1 MCB Rating:100 A Mounting:Surface Wires:3 Mains Rating:100 A Supply From:PNL 2P Phases:1 Mains Type:MCB Location:PANEL 2PA Volts:120/208 Single A.I.C. Rating:10kA Panel: 2PA Notes: New Est. Demand Current:49 A New Conn. Current:53 A New Est. Demand:17.63 kVA HVAC LOAD 3270 VA 100.00% 3270 VA New Conn. Load:19.0 kVA RECEPTACLE LOAD 13780 VA 86.28% 11890 VA Power 500 VA 125.00% 625 VA Lighting 1473 VA 125.00% 1841 VA Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand Panel Totals Total Amps:83 A 0 A 98 A Total Load:8.6 kVA 0.0 kVA 10.4 kVA 41 Space #12 #14 -- -- 1 -- 0.0 kVA -- -- ------ -- 42 39 -- ------ -- -- 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA -- -- ------ -- 40 37 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 2 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 3 100 A --#8 #3 EXST.PNL 2PL 38 35 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 36 33 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 34 31 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 32 29 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 30 27 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 28 25 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 104 26 23 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 104 24 21 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101A 22 19 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101A 20 17 SPARE FROM ROOM 104 #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101A 18 15 SPARE FROM ROOM 104 #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101A 16 13 SPARE FROM ROOM 104 #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101A 14 11 SPARE FROM ROOM 104 #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101, 102 12 9 SPARE FROM ROOM 104 #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 SPARE ROOM 101, 102 10 7 SPARE FROM ROOM 104 #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 8.6 kVA -- -- ------ -- 8 5 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 10.4 kVA 2 100 A 6 V #8 #3 PNL 2PA 6 3 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 4 1 EXISTING LOAD #12 #12 -- 20 A 1 0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA 1 20 A --#12 #12 EXISTING LOAD 2 CKT Circuit Description Wire Size Gnd . Wir e Size Volt. Drop Trip Po l e A B C Po l e Trip Volt. Drop Gnd . Wir e Size Wire Size Circuit Description CKT Enclosure:1 MCB Rating:200 A Mounting:Surface Wires:4 Mains Rating:250 A Supply From:Phases:3 Mains Type:MCB Location:(E) PNL 2P Volts:120/208 Wye A.I.C. Rating:10kA (E)Panel: PNL 2P 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C O D E D N O T E S: 1. SPARES CIRCUIT BREAKERS AVAILABLE FOR USE AFTER EXISTING DEVICE DEMOLISHED IN THE AREA. 2. REPLACE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH NEW 100A/2P CIRCUIT BREAKER. AIC RATING AND MAKE OF NEW BREAKER TO MATCH WITH EXISTING BREAKER. 3. INSTALL FEEDERS SERVING EXTERIOR LIGHTS IN 1" CONDUIT, AND FOR ALL OTHER 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT, INSTALL IN 3/4" CONDUIT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 3 3 3 DESCRIPTION DATE Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E701 ONE-LINE - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E801 SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E901 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date E902 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 E2 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E2 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E3 E3 E3 E3 1 1 1 1 1 1 a a a a a a a a a a a a b b b c c b LOCATION OF PANEL P2A 2 1 (TYP OF E3) 2PA - 15 2PA - 19 2PA-16 3 3 d d d d d d d d d (E) (E) (E) 4 4 4 W1 g THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1" = 10'-0" Issue Date ES100 LANDSCAPE LIGHTING PLAN 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1" = 10'-0"1LANDSCAPE LIGHTING PLAN G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET E000 FOR SYMBOL LIST, ELECTRICAL, POWER AND LIGHTING NOTES, AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR EXACT MOUNTING DETAILS. C. REFER TO SHEET E601 FOR LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION C O D E D N O T E S: 1. REPLACE EXISTING BOLLARD WITH THE NEW ONES AS SHOWN, CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT SERVING THE DEMOLISHED BOLLARD. REMOVE EXISTING BOLLARD, AND RETURN TO THE OWNER. 2. LED TAPE LIGHT, REFER TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS ON MOUNTING AND POWER SUPPLY (IF APPLICABLE). INSTALL DRIVER IN NEMA 3R RATED ENCLOSURE. 3. EXISTING POLE LIGHTS TO REMAIN. 4. EXISTING WALL MOUNTED LIGHT TO REMAIN. N020'30'10' DESCRIPTION DATE Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date M000 GENERAL INFORMATION - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TEEN AREA 4 GENERAL STACKS 3 275 SF OFFICE 1 AC-1 12"x8" A -12"Ø 400 CFM A -8"Ø 135 CFM A -8"Ø 135 CFM A -8"Ø 140 CFM A -8"Ø 140 CFM A -8"Ø 140 CFMA -8"Ø 140 CFM 8"ø 10"ø 8"ø 12"ø12"ø20"ø 20"ø 12"ø 8"ø 8"ø A -8"Ø 140 CFM A -8"Ø 140 CFM 10"ø 8"ø 8"ø 16"ø 8"ø 8"ø 14"ø 14"ø 8"ø 8"ø 14"ø 8"ø A -8"Ø 150 CFM 10"ø 8"ø 8"ø A -8"Ø 150 CFM A -8"Ø 150 CFM A -8"Ø 150 CFM A -8"Ø 150 CFM 12"x8" (R) 18"x8" (E) 8"ø (E) 8"x6" (E) 8"x6" (E) 8"x6" 14 " x 8 " 1 4 " x 8 " B -26"x10" 705 CFM B -14"x10" 710 CFM 12"ø 12"ø B -14"x10" 330 CFM (E) B - 24"x24" 330 CFM (E) A - 8"Ø 135 CFM (E) A - 8"Ø 130 CFM (E) A - 8"Ø 135 CFM (E) B - 24"x24" 640 CFM (E) 12"ø (E) 12"ø EF-1 6"ø 2 1 (R) 18"x8" 3 3 3 4 5 6 AC-1 7 (E) AC-13 8 (E) AC-148 (E) 8"x6" 8"x6" RESTROOM 2 CHILDRENS AREA 5 EXISTING HALLWAY 6 12"ø 12"ø (E) 12"ø A -8"Ø 140 CFM 9 10 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date M101 FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. REFER SHEET M000 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEW DUCT W/ STRUCTURE. C. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. D. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING OR FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK. E. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE VOLUME DAMPER AT ALL BRANCH DUCTWORK. F. ALL EXHAUST DUCT TERMINATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED 10 FEET AWAY FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKES AND 3 FEET AWAY FROM ANY OPENING INTO THE BUILDING. G. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO RELOCATE ANY PIPES, CONDUITS, DEVICES, OR THE STRUCTURES THAT CONFLICT WITH PROVIDING A LARGER DUCT OPENING. H. CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT'S ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING AND VALVES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION. I. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE A CONTROLS OR SELF PERFORM. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE OWNER AND PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (2) 1 HOUR TRAINING SESSIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY HARDWARE AND PROGRAMMING TO ACHIEVE THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. a. EXISTING RTU AC-13: EXISTING CONTROL SEQUENCE SHALL REMAIN, REBALANCE AIRFLOW AS SHOWN ON PLANS. b. EXISTING RTU AC-14: EXISTING CONTROL SEQUENCE SHALL REMAIN, REBALANCE AIRFLOW AS SHOWN ON PLANS, WITH EXCEPTION TO ADDING AN INTERFACE WITH THE OVERHEAD DOOR. WHEN THE OVERHEAD DOOR IS OPEN, AC-14 SHALL NOT ENGAGE THE COOLING OR HEATING COIL. THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL REMAIN ENGAGED DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. c. AC-1: PROVIDED WITH A STANDALONE CONTROLLER WITH ABILITY TO OPERATE COMPRESSOR, DXCOIL, HEAT PUMP OPERATION, FAN, AND INTERLOCK OPERATIONS WITH AC-13 TO ENSURE THE UNIT DOES NOT PROVIDE SIMULTANEOUS HEATING AND COOLING. FAN OPERATION: FAN TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED MODE. DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE FAN SHALL RUN ON CALL FOR HEAT/COOL. COOLING OPERATION:ON RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ABOVE COOLING SETPOINT, CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE COMPRESSOR(S) AS REQUIRED TO MEET COOLING SETPOINT. HEATING OPERATION:ON DROP IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW HEATING SETPOINT, CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE HEAT PUMP AS REQUIRED TO MEET HEATING SET POINT. PROVIDE EACH RTU WITH SPACE MOUNTED, 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT, WITH COLOR TOUCH SCREEN, AND USER ACCESS CONTROL. PROGRAM PER OWNER'S REQUEST. SETPOINTS (OCCUPIED): COOLING = 74 DEGREES F (ADJ.) HEATING = 70 DEGREES F (ADJ.) SETPOINTS (UNOCCUPIED): COOLING = 80 DEGREES F (ADJ.) HEATING = 66 DEGREES F (ADJ.) C O D E D N O T E S: 1. FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS FROM EXISTING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-13. 2.FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS FROM EXISTING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-14. 3.EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO USE SAME EXISTING DUCTWORK AND RE BALANCE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 4.EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT WITH NEW DUCTWORK AND RE BALANCE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 5.EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO USE SAME EXISTING DUCTWORK AND RE BALANCE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 6.6"Ø EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO ROOF, REFER SHEET M201 FOR EXACT DUCT UP LOCATION. 7.PROVIDE NEW 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH LOCKING COVER. LOCATE THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN IN FLOOR PLAN. PROVIDE REMOTE SENSOR LOCATED 48" A.F.F. NEAR LOCATION INDICATED. 8.RELOCATED 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH LOCKING COVER. LOCATE THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN IN NEW WORK PLAN. PROVIDE REMOTE SENSOR LOCATED 48" A.F.F. NEAR LOCATION INDICATED. 9.UNDERCUT DOOR 1/2 INCH TO ALLOW AIR TRANSFER. 10.PROVIDE INTERLOCK WITH OVERHEAD DOOR SUCH THAT WHEN OPENED, AC-14'S COOLING AND HEATING OPERATIONS ARE NOT ENGAGED. THE FAN SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. N02'4'8' DESCRIPTION DATE 7/08/24 Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E) AC-14 (E) AC-13 HP-1 160 CFM OA 585 CFM OA 2 1 3 4 R 10' - 0" 5 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date M201 ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 G E N E R A L N O T E S: C O D E D N O T E S: N02'4'8' Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL A. REFER SHEET M000 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEW DUCT W/ STRUCTURE. C.CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. D.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING OR FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK. E.ALL EXHAUST DUCT TERMINATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED 10 FEET AWAY FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKES AND 3 FEET AWAY FROM ANY OPENING INTO THE BUILDING. F.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO RELOCATE ANY PIPES, CONDUITS, DEVICES, OR THE STRUCTURES THAT CONFLICT WITH PROVIDING A LARGER DUCT OPENING. G.CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE INSULATION ON EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN OPEN CEILING AND PAINT. H.CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT'S ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING AND VALVES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION. 1. FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS DOWN TO FLOOR BELOW FROM EXSITING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-13. 2.FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS DOWN TO FLOOR BELOW FROM EXSITING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-14. 3.6"Ø EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO ROOF FROM FLOOR BELOW AND TERMINATE ON THE ROOF WITH WEATHER PROTECTIVE CAP, REFER SHEET M101 FOR EXACT DUCT UP LOCATION. 4.CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST ECONOMIZER CONTROL POSITON TO RE BALACE OUTSIDE AIR FLOW AS PER MENTIONED IN NEW WORK PLAN. 5.PROVIDE STEEL PLATFORM FOR CONDENSING UNIT ANCHORED TO ROOF STRUCTURE. DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date M501 DETAILS - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SPLIT SYSTEM INDOOR FAN COIL UNIT SCHEDULE SYSTEM MARK SERVICE SYSTEM TYPE QUANTITY SYSTEM TONNAGE FAN DATA DX COOLING COIL DATA HEATING COIL DATA ELECTRICAL DATA DIMESNSIONS INCH (L x W x H)AIR FILTER RATING WEIGHT (LBS)MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES SUPPLY AIR FLOW (CFM) ESP (IN.WC.) TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) HEATING CAPACITY (MBH)VOLT / PH / HZ MCA (A)MOCP (A) AC-1 WORK ROOM CEILING RECESSED CASSETTE 1 1 TON 406 -10.8 8.43 13.5 208 / 1 / 60 POWERED FROM OUTDOOR UNIT 22-5/8 x 22-5/8 x 10-1/4 MERV 13 36 DAIKIN FFQ12Q2VJU ALL NOTES : 1 PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH INTEGRAL STARTER / DISCONNECT. 2 ROUTE AND SIZE REFRIGERANT PIPING AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. SPLIT SYSTEM OUTDOOR HEAT PUMP CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE SYSTEM MARK CONNECTED INDOOR UNITS LOCATION CAPACITY (TON) COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) EER / SEER HSPF ELECTRICAL DATA WEIGHT (LBS) DIMENSIONS (INCH) MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES V / PH / HZ MCA (A)MOCP (A)LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT HP-1 AC-1 REFER PLAN 1 TON 10.8 13.5 12.5 / 20.20 11.2 208 / 1 / 60 8.6 15.0 60 26-9/19 42677.00 21-5/8 DAIKIN RX12QMVJU ALL NOTES : 1 PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH INTEGRAL STARTER / DISCONNECT. 2 PROVIDE BRINMAR SBUHD UNIVERSAL-FIT AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR SOUND BLANKET. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE SYSTEM MARK SERVICE TYPE PERFORMANCE V / PH / HZ FLA (AMPS)WEIGHT (LBS)DIMESNSIONS INCH (L x W x H)MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER NOTES AIR FLOW (CFM) E.S.P. (IN.W.G.)FAN (RPM) MOTOR (WATT) EF-1 RESTROOM CEILING MOUNTED 70 0.5 779 80 115 / 1 / 60 1.15 11.0 14.93 x 13.37 x 7 GREENHECK SP-B110 ALL NOTES : 1 PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH INTEGRAL STARTER / DISCONNECT. 2 PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH. 3 PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED BACK DRAFT DAMPER. AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE MARK CFM NECK SIZE FACE SIZE LENGTH MAKE MODEL DESCRIPTION NOTES A 000-120 6"Ø - PRICE RCDA PRICE ROUND CONE DIFFUSER 1,2121-210 8"Ø FULLY ADJUSTABLE FLOW PATTERNS 211-330 10"Ø 4 CONE DIFFUSER WITH 360° AIR PATTERN 331-470 12"Ø ROUND NECK WITH ALUMINIUM FRAME B 000-270 10"x8" - PRICE 610Z PRICE ALUMINIUM LOUVERED GRILLE 1,2271-480 14"x10"3/4 INCH BLADE SPACING 481-960 26"x10"ZERO DEGREE BLADE DEFLECTION NOTES: 1. COORDINATE FINISH WITH ARCHITECTURAL. 2. COORDINATE BORDER TYPES WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. DUCT INSULATION TABLE DUCT SERVICES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS (IN) DENSITTY (LB/CU.FT.) "R" VALUE (HR.SQ.FT. ° F/BTU) MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX ALL DUCTWORK TYPES CONCEALED WITHIN A RETURN PLENUM 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 50 INDOOR CONCEALED SUPPLY AIR 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 450 INDOOR CONCELAED RECOVERED EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 450 INDOOR CONCEALED EXHAUST DUCT BETWEEN BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND PENETRATION OF BUILDING EXTERIOR 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 450 OUTDOOR EXPOSED RECOVERED EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR 3 3 8.3 25 450 OUTDOOR EXPOSED DUCTING WILL REQUIRE FIELD APPLIED ALUMINUM JACKET. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. MAY USE MINERAL FIBER BOARD/ FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC COORDINATION CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE COORDINATION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AND ORDERING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATION DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW CLEAR INDICATED OF COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING STRUCTURAL, CEILINGS, AND FIRE PROTECTION. ANY CONFLICTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER / ARCHITECT /ENGINEER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OR ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER RECOMMENCED CLEARANCES AND ACCESS TO ALL REMOVABLE PANELS AND DOORS. ALL FILTERS SHALL BE FULL SIZE AND STANDARD SIZE AND ACCESS SHALL ALLOW FOR EASY REPLACEMENT OF FILTERS. GENERAL EQUIPMENT NOTES ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING VFD'S OR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE EQUIPMENT. VFD'S SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECTS. ANY OUTDOOR VFD'S SHALL BE PROVIDE WITH NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE WITH EC TO PROVIDE POWER FOR THE ENCLOSURE (IF NEEDED). UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, EQUIPMENT SHALL COME WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECTS AND SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE ANY CHANGES OF EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, SELECTIONS AND RFI'S WITH THE ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS AND OTHER TRADES EXISTING GAS FIRED ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE SYSTEM MARK SERVICE NOMINAL CAPACITY (TONS) FAN DATA DX COOLING COIL DATA GAS HEATING DATA AFUE (%)EER SEER ELECTRICAL DATA WEIGHT (LBS)MANUFACTURER MODELOUTSIDE AIR FLOW (CFM)SUPPLY AIR FLOW (CFM) ESP (IN.WC.) TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) OUTPUT HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) INPUT HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) VOLT / PH / HZ MCA (A) FLA (A) (E) AC-13 OFFICE & HALLWAY 2 TON 160 800 0.50 24.1 18.60 38.0 50.0 79.0 10.8 12.3 460 / 3 / 60 20.0 4.3 450 LENNOX GCS20RV-261-50 (E) AC-14 CHILDRENS AREA 5 TON 585 2000 0.50 63.2 46.10 72.7 92.0 79.0 10.3 - 460 / 3 / 60 20.0 4.8 800 LENNOX LGA060H THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date M601 SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS3/32" = 1'-0" Issue Date M801 SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date M901 TITLE 24 - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date M902 TITLE 24 - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (D) 12"x8" (D) 12"x8" (E) 8"x6"(D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 12"ø (D) 12"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø(D) 8"ø (D) 10"ø (D) 12"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 12"ø (D) 18"ø (D ) 1 0 " ø (D) 8"ø(D) 8"ø (D ) 1 4 " ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 12"ø (D) 10"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D) 8"ø (D ) 1 6 " ø (D) 20"ø (D ) 1 4 " ø (D ) 1 4 " ø (E) 18"x8" (E) 8"ø (D) 12"ø (E) 12"ø (E) 12"ø (E) 8"x6" (E) 8"x6" (E) 8"x6" (E) 18"x8" (E) A - 8"Ø 200 CFM (E) A - 8"Ø 200 CFM (E) A - 8"Ø 200 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 200 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 210 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (E) B - 24"x24" (D) B - 24"x24" (D) B - 24"x24" (D) B - 24"x24" (D) B - 24"x24" (E) B - 24"x24" (D) A - 8"Ø 210 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 210 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM (D) A - 8"Ø 170 CFM 1 2 5 3 4 4 6 7 (E) AC-14 7 (E) AC-13 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 3394 CARMEL MOUNTAIN RD #120 SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 T 619.550.4420 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date MD101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL N02'4'8' G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. REFER SHEET M000 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. C.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING OR FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK. D.ALL EXHAUST DUCT TERMINATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED 10 FEET AWAY FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKES AND 3 FEET AWAY FROM ANY OPENING INTO THE BUILDING. E.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO RELOCATE ANY PIPES, CONDUITS, DEVICES, OR THE STRUCTURES THAT CONFLICT WITH PROVIDING A LARGER DUCT OPENING. F.CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE INSULATION ON EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN OPEN CEILING AND PAINT. G.CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT'S ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING AND VALVES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS FROM EXSITING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-13. ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING, ROOF CURB AND DUCT DROPS SHALL EXSTING TO REMAIN. 2.FULL SIZE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS FROM EXSITING ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONER UNIT (E) AC-14. ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING, ROOF CURB AND DUCT DROPS SHALL EXSTING TO REMAIN. 3.EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO DEMOLISHED CONNECTED DUCTOWRK AND RE BALANCE THE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 4.EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO USE SAME EXISTING DUCTWORK AND RE BALANCE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 5.EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO DEMOLISHED CONNECTED DUCTWORK AND RE BALANCE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 6.EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO USE SAME EXISTING DUCTWORK AND RE BALANCE AIR FLOW AS PER NEW WORK PLAN. 7.CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN IN NEW W ORK PLAN. PROVIDE REMOTE SENSOR LOCATED 48" A.F.F. NEAR LOCATION INDICATED. D E M O L I T I O N N O T E S: 1.CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM DEMOLITION AS PER DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN, WHILE PERFORMING DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT'S AND ASSOCIATED PIPING, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES TO REMAIN. 2.CONTRACTOR TO DEMOLISHED DUCTWORK FROM SHOWN POINT OF CONNECTION AS PER DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN AND CAPPED DUCTWORK FOR FUTURE USE. 3.CONTRACTOR TO DEMOLISHED DIFFUSERS SHOWN AS PER THE DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN, CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING CONNECTED DUCT DURING THE DEMOLITION. D E M O L I T I O N L E G E N D: (D)INDICATES THAT ITEMS TO BE DEMOLSIHED. (E)INDICATES THAT ITEMS TO BE EXISTING TO REMAIN. DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date P000 GENERAL INFORMATION - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TEEN AREA 4 GENERAL STACKS 3 OFFICE 1 1 1/2"ø V FD-1 L-1 WC-1 WCO 4"ø S FCO1 1/2"ø V (E) CO (E)4"ø S 1 RESTROOM 2 CHILDRENS AREA 5 EXISTING HALLWAY 6 2WCO KS-1 3"ø S 2% 2% 2% 2% 4"ø S 4"ø S 4"ø S -3' - 4" (E)4"ø S 3 4 EXISTING SANITARY PIPING TO REMAIN. 4"ø S 2"ø S 2"ø S THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date P101 FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT - PLUMBING G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET P000. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. 3"ø VENT UP THROUGH ROOF. 2.2"ø VENT UP THROUGH ROOF. 3. NEW SANITARY SHALL PASS UNDER THE EXISTING FOOTING. 4. CONFIRM EXACT CONNECTION LOCATION AND DEPTH PRIOR TO STARTING WORK ON NEW SANITARY PIPING. N04'8'16' DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 TEEN AREA 4 GENERAL STACKS 3 OFFICE 1 FD-1 L-1 WC-1 1/2"ø HW 1/2"ø CW (E)3/4"ø CW (E)3/4"ø HW (E)3/4"ø HWR 3/4"ø CW 1/2"ø TP RESTROOM 2 CHILDRENS AREA 5 EXISTING HALLWAY 6 1/2"ø HWR KS-1 1/2"ø HWR 3/4"ø HW 3/4"ø CW 1 EXISTING CW/HW/HWR PIPING TO REMAIN. THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date P102 FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER - PLUMBING 0 4'8'16'N G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET P000. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. CAPPED CW/HW/HWR EXISTING PIPING AT THE POINT OF DEMOLITION. DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 1 (E) AC-14 (E) AC-13 HP-1 2 R 10' - 0" R 10' - 0" (E)3/4"ø CD (D)3/4"ø CD (D)3/4"ø CD 3/4"ø CD 3/4"ø CD (E) 3/4"ø CD 3/4"ø CD 3 3 4 TO EXISTING CD PIPING THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date P103 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET P000. C O D E D N O T E S: N04'8'16' 1. 3"ø VENT UP THROUGH ROOF. 2. 2"ø VENT UP THROUGH ROOF. 3. DEMO 3/4"ø CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE. 4. 3/4"ø CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE DOWN AND DISCHARGE INTO L-1 DRAIN WITH TAIL-PIECE CONNECTION, REFER TO DETAIL 8 FROM SHEET P501. DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date P501 DETAILS - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date P601 SCHEDULES - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 TOTAL 8 5 FD-1 1 2 2 - - KS-1 1 2 2 1.5 1.5 L-1 1 1 1 1 1 WC-1 1 3 3 2.5 2.5 FIXTURE QUANTITY DFU TOTAL DFU WSFU TOTAL WSFU FIXTURE UNIT CALCULATION PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY CLIENT AND/OR OWNER. TP TRAP PRIMER IS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ANSI/ASSE STANDARD 1018.ZURN Z1022-XL FCO "LEVEL-TROL" ADJUSTABLE FLOOR CLEANOUT, DURA-COATED CAST IRON BODY WITH GAS AND WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED CAST IRON EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTY SECURED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR.ZURN Z1400 FD-1 FLOOR AND SHOWER DRAIN, DURA-COATED CAST IRON BODY WITH BOTTOM OUTLET, COMBINATION INVERTIBLE MEMBRANE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR WITH SEEPAGE SLOTS AND "TYPE B" POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE, LIGHT-DUTY STRAINER. ZURN Z415 EVERYDAY PULL-DOWN SPRAY KITCHEN FAUCET MODEL(S) LK6000CR, MOUNTING TYPE: DECK MOUNT, 1.5 GPM FLOW REGULATOR INSTALLED WITH 2.2 GPM FLOW REGULATOR INCLUDED, FLOW RATE: 1.5 GPM, FAUCET HOLE SIZE (MIN): 1-3/8", SPOUT SWING ROTATION: 360°. ELKAY PF4820GCP KS-1 ELKAY QUARTZ CLASSIC 33" X 22" X 10" EQUAL DOUBLE BOWL DROP-IN SINK WITH AQUA DIVIDE MODEL(S) ELGDLB3322, NUMBER OF BOWLS: 2, SINK DIMENSIONS: 33" X 22" X 10", DRAIN SIZE: 3-1/2" (89MM), DRAIN LOCATION: REAR CENTER.ELKAY ELGDLB3322 FAUCET: DECK MOUNTED PROGRAMMABLE FAUCET, SINGLE HOLE, OPTIONAL 0.5 GPM INSERT, TRADITIONAL HYTRONIC SPOUT, ECAST DESIGN PROVIDES DURABLE CONSTRUCTION WITH TOTAL LEAD CONTENT EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 0.25% BY WEIGHTED AVERAGE CHICAGO FAUCET 116.201.AB.1 L-1 LAVATORY:ADA COMPLIANT, 20-1/2" X 18-1/4", VITREOUS CHINA, WALL HUNG, FRONT OVERFLOW, SELF-DRAINING DECK AREA WITH CONTOURED BACK AND SIDE SPLASH SHIELDS, FAUCET LEDGE, FAUCET HOLES ON 4" CENTERS, CONCEALED ARMS SUPPORT. 1-1/4" TRAP, BRACKET SUPPORT AMERICAN STANDARD 0356.421 WC-1 WATER CLOSET: TANK TYPE LOFT® RIGHT HEIGHT® ELONGATED ONE-PIECE TOILET WITH SEAT, VITREOUS CHINA, HIGH EFFICIENCY TOILET (4.8 LPF/1.28 GPF), MEETS EPA WATERSENSE® CRITERIA, NOMINAL DIMENSIONS: 723 X 355 X 727MM (28-7/16" X 14" X 28-5/8"), MEETS THE ADA STANDARDS. AMERICAN STANDARD 2535.128 TAG FIXTURE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL# PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE KITCHEN SINK FAUCETS 1.5 GPM @60 PSI LAVATORY FAUCETS 0.5 GPM @60 PSI WATER CLOSETS 1.28 GALLONS/FLUSH FIXTURE TYPE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE MAXIMUM FIXTURE FLOW RATES DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 3/4"ø HW 3/4"ø CW L-1 WC-1 KS-1 FD-1 1/2"ø HWR 3/4"ø CW 3/4"ø HW 3/4"ø CW 1/2"ø CW 1/2"ø HW 3/4"ø CW 1/2"ø HWR 3/4"ø HW 3/4"ø CW (E)3/4"ø HW (E)3/4"ø HWR 1/2" TP (1 SFU) (2.5 SFU) (1.5 SFU) (0.5 SFU) 1/2"ø HWR 3/4"ø HW 3/4"ø CW (E)3/4"ø CW (5.5 SFU) L-1 WCO 2"ø S 2"ø V 2"ø V 1 1/2"ø V 1 1/2"ø V1 1/2"ø V 3"ø V 3"ø V VTR VTR 2"ø V 3"ø S WCO WC-1 KS-1 2"ø S FD-1 4"ø S 4"ø S 4"ø S 3"ø S FCO 4"ø S 4"ø S 4"ø S 4"ø S (6 DFU) (2 DFU) (2 DFU) (1 DFU) 4"ø S (3 DFU) (8 DFU) (E)4"ø S(E)4"ø S THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date P701 ISOMETRICS - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: N.T.S.1DOMESTIC ISOMETRIC - PLUMBING Scale: N.T.S.2SANITARY ISOMETRIC - PLUMBING DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net NTS Issue Date P801 SPECIFICATIONS - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (D)3/4"ø HWR (D)3/4"ø HW (D)3/4"ø CW (D)3/4"ø HWR (D)3/4"ø HW (D)3/4"ø HWR (D)3/4"ø HW (D)3/4"ø CW (E)3/4"ø HWR (E)3/4"ø HW (E)3/4"ø CW (D)3/4"ø CW 1 2 EXISTING SANITARY PIPING TO REMAIN.(E)4"ø S (E) CO THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Consulting Engineer www.alphamep.net 1/4" = 1'-0" Issue Date PD101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING 23-020-01 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E C e n t r a l A v e , U n i t B , S a n t a A n a , C A 9 2 7 0 7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING G E N E R A L N O T E S: A. SEE SHEET P000. C O D E D N O T E S: 1. DEMO PIPING AFTER POINT OF CONNECTION. PREPARE AND CAP PIPING AT DEMO POINT AND CONNECT NEW PIPING AS PER NEW PLUMBING PLAN. 2.EXISTING CW/HW/HWR PIPING TO REMAIN. N04'8'16' DESCRIPTION DATE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER: SITE FEATURES REFERENCE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXISTING [PAINTED] PARKING SPACE TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) EXISTING PAVING TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-SPACE) EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-SPACE) EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PATH TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) EXISTING IRRIGATION UTILITY (SEE IRRIGATION PLAN) EXISTING POLE LIGHTS TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 PROPOSED HARDSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL A & C, L4.401 EXISTING HARDSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING CALLOUT F, L4.401 PROPOSED HARDSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING & JOINTING (2,335 SQ FT.) DETAIL STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE (183 SQ FT.) PLAYGRASS (595 SQ FT.) CONCRETE CURB (80 LF) N, L4.401 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL PROPOSED SOFTSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL LANDSCAPE AREA (5,908 SQ FT.) E, L4.401 02 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE SCHEDULE PAVING SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL MATERIAL COLOR FINISH MANUFACTURER REMARKS PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING A, L4.401 CONCRETE DAVIS COLOR SILVERSMOKE OR APPROVED EQUAL #2 CHEMICAL FINISH N/A PROVIDE SAMPLE PRIOR TO INSTALL CONCRETE STEP PADS L, L4.401 CONCRETE DAVIS COLOR SILVERSMOKE OR APPROVED EQUAL #2 CHEMICAL FINISH N/A PROVIDE SAMPLE PRIOR TO INSTALL DECOMPOSED GRANITE WALKWAY F, L4.401 DECOMPOSED GRANITE CALIFORNIA GOLD GAIL PRODUCTS NATRACIL STABILIZER SOUTHWEST BOULDER & STONE KARSEN MORRIS PHONE: 760.451.3333 X 1029 EMAIL: QUOTES@KARSENMORRIS.COM PROVIDE SAMPLE AND SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALL METAL EDGE H, L4.401 METAL BLACK N/A BORCON PROVIDE SAMPLE PRIOR TO INSTALL FENCE AND GATE SCHEDULE 4' HT. METAL FENCE A, L4.403 METAL PER DETAIL PER DETAIL N/A PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 4' HT. SINGLE PEDESTRIAN GATE F, L4.403 METAL PER DETAIL PER DETAIL N/A PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 4' HT. DOUBLE PEDESTRIAN GATE K, L4.403 METAL PER DETAIL PER DETAIL N/A PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION SITE ELEMENTS SCHEDULE OVERHEAD SHADE STRUCTURE K, L4.402 METAL PER DETAIL PER DETAIL N/A PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION SEAT WALL Q, L4.401 CONCRETE DAVIS COLOR SILVERSMOKE OR APPROVED EQUAL #2 CHEMICAL FINISH N/A PROVIDE SAMPLE AND SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALL BISTRO TABLES I, L4.403 STEEL PER DETAIL PER DETAIL DUMOR JACK STRIEGEL SALES REPRESENTATIVE PHONE: 909-229-4855 EMAIL: JSTRIEGEL@COASTRECREATION.COM PROVIDE SPECIFATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALL CRAWLING PYRAMID STRUCTURE F, L4.404 WOOD NATURAL N/A KOMPAN JEFF GRAEF PHONE: 714.293.5065 EMAIL: JEFFGRA@KOMPAN.COM PROVIDE SPECIFATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALL SITTING POSTS R, L4.404 WOOD NATURAL N/A KOMPAN JEFF GRAEF PHONE: 714.293.5065 EMAIL: JEFFGRA@KOMPAN.COM PROVIDE SPECIFATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALL BOULDERS P, L4.401 NATURAL STONE RED MOUNTAIN SIZES PER LEGEND SOUTHWEST BOULDER ERIKA TREPTOW MOBILE: (760) 497-4515 EMAIL: ETREPTOW@SOUTHWESTBOULDER.COM PROVIDE SAMPLE PRIOR TO INSTALL BENCH K, L4.404 ALUMINUM PER DETAIL PER DETAIL DUMOR JACK STRIEGEL SALES REPRESENTATIVE PHONE: 909-229-4855 EMAIL: JSTRIEGEL@COASTRECREATION.COM PROVIDE SPECIFATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALL OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SIGNAGE P, L4.403 ALUMINUM N/A N/A N/A PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALL P-01 P-02 P-03 P-04 F-01 F-02 F-03 S-01 S-02 S-03 S-04 S-05 S-06 S-07 S-08 L4.001 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND LEGENDS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1.WORK PERFORMED SHALL COMPLY WITH THESE GENERAL NOTES, AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2.WORK PERFORMED SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. 3.SOURCE OF BASE INFORMATION IS ASSUMED TO BE CORRECT. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 4.VERIFY LOCATIONS OF PERTINENT SITE IMPROVEMENTS INSTALLED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS. IF ANY PART OF THIS PLAN CANNOT BE FOLLOWED DUE TO SITE CONDITIONS, CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 5.CONTACT LOCAL UNDERGROUND UTILITY SERVICES FOR UTILITY LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION, PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 6.PERFORM EXCAVATION IN THE VICINITY OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES WITH CARE AND BY HAND, IF NECESSARY. THE CONTRACTOR BEARS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS WORK AND DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE TO UTILITIES SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY. 7.ON-SITE VERIFICATION OF ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. NOTED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE, LARGER SCALE OVER SMALLER SCALE, ADDENDA AND CLARIFICATIONS OVER PREVIOUS DOCUMENTS. 8.CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS AND VERIFY LAYOUT WITH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS ARE DIMENSIONED ON THE PLAN. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR OTHER DRAWINGS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR PROPER CLARIFICATION AND ADJUSTMENT. 9.FOR DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING BUILDINGS, PROPOSED BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS, AND RELATED WORK, REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 10.WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE CALLED AS "EQUAL", SPACE REFERENCED ITEMS EQUALLY, MEASURED TO THEIR CENTER LINES. 11.MEASUREMENTS ARE TO FACE OF BUILDING, WALL, OR FIXED SITE IMPROVEMENT. DIMENSIONS TO CENTER LINES AS IS INDICATED. 12. THIS PLAN IS FOR THE PURPOSE OF HORIZONTAL CONTROL (STAKING) OF CONSTRUCTION FEATURES NOT LOCATED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS; AND THE CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE OF SITE CONSTRUCTION FEATURES DETAILED HEREIN. 13. VERIFY (IN THE FIELD) VERTICAL CONTROLS OF ALL CONSTRUCTION FEATURES AS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN PRIOR TO BUILDING WALLS AND POURING CONCRETE FLATWORK 14. ALL CALLOUTS AND DIMENSIONS ONCE TYPICAL PER SHEET. 15. ALL ANGLES ARE AT 90° UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 16. RADIUS DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN WITH CENTER POINT AND WITH DIMENSION OUTSIDE OF RADIUS. 17. REFER TO THE CIVIL ENGINEER PLANS HEREIN FOR ALL FINISH GRADING, ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION FEATURES, AND ALL UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE SHOWN HERE ON. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ANY/ALL EXISTING UTILITY BOXES FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE. REFER TO CIVIL ENGINEER'S PLAN FOR ALL FINISH GRADE ELEVATIONS. 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STAKING SERVICES FOR ALL LIMIT OF WORK AND PROPERTY LINES. 20.CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE CONCRETE FLATWORK FORMS REVIEWED/ APPROVED BY OWNER AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 21.ALL AREA DRAINS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR AND 2'-0" CLR. FROM BACK OF WALK. 22.VERIFY ALL LEAD TIMES OF MATERIAL AT TIME OF BID AND INFORM OWNER / ARCHITECT OF ANY SCHEDULE CONFLICTS. 2'-0" BOULDER & COBBLE LEGEND COMMENTSSYMBOLSIZECOLORDESCRIPTION 24" - 36" MANUFACTURER DECORATIVE BOULDER RED MOUNTAINSOUTHWEST BOULDER AND STONE 16" - 24"DECORATIVE BOULDER 12" - 16"DECORATIVE BOULDER INSTALL PER DETAILS. MATERIAL TO BE SELECTED WITH LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND/OR CLIENT APPROVAL. INSTALL PER DETAILS. MATERIAL TO BE SELECTED WITH LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND/OR CLIENT APPROVAL. INSTALL PER DETAILS. MATERIAL TO BE SELECTED WITH LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND/OR CLIENT APPROVAL. SOUTHWEST BOULDER AND STONE SOUTHWEST BOULDER AND STONE RED MOUNTAIN RED MOUNTAIN 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CHILDRENS AREA TEEN AREA OFFICE READING AREA RESTRM. ENTRANCE EXISTING HALLWAY GENERAL STACKS PA PA PA PA PA PA PA PA CL 16 ' - 2 " CL 18'-10"3'- 0 " 8'-0" 42'-11" 3'- 0 " 18'-9" 18'-7" 28'-6"13'-8" 8'-0" 4'- 1 " Ø29 ' - 0 " 8'-10"43'-7" R1 0 ' - 0 " 0 feet20 SCALE: 1" = 10' 10 30 NORTH SITE FEATURES REFERENCE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXISTING [PAINTED] PARKING SPACE TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) EXISTING PAVING TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-SPACE) EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-SPACE) EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PATH TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) EXISTING IRRIGATION UTILITY (SEE IRRIGATION PLAN) EXISTING POLE LIGHTS TO REMAIN (PROTECT-IN-PLACE) 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 PROPOSED HARDSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL A & C, L4.401 EXISTING HARDSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING CALLOUT F, L4.401 PROPOSED HARDSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING & JOINTING (2,335 SQ FT.) DETAIL STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE (183 SQ FT.) PLAYGRASS (595 SQ FT.) CONCRETE CURB (80 LF) N, L4.401 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL PROPOSED SOFTSCAPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL LANDSCAPE AREA (5,908 SQ FT.) E, L4.401 02 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE SCHEDULE PAVING SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING A, L4.401 CONCRETE STEP PADS L, L4.401 DECOMPOSED GRANITE WALKWAY F, L4.401 METAL EDGE H, L4.401 FENCE AND GATE SCHEDULE 4' HT. METAL FENCE A, L4.403 4' HT. SINGLE PEDESTRIAN GATE F, L4.403 4' HT. DOUBLE PEDESTRIAN GATE K, L4.403 SITE ELEMENTS SCHEDULE OVERHEAD SHADE STRUCTURE K, L4.402 SEAT WALL Q, L4.401 BISTRO TABLES I, L4.403 CRAWLING PYRAMID STRUCTURE F, L4.404 SITTING POSTS R, L4.404 BOULDERS P, L4.401 BENCH K, L4.404 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SIGNAGE P, L4.403 P-01 P-02 P-03 P-04 F-01 F-02 F-03 S-01 S-02 S-03 S-04 S-05 S-06 S-07 S-08 L4.101 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Issue Date CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER: DIAL TOLL FREE 1-800-227-2600 BEFORE YOU DIG AT LEAST TWO DAYS UNDERGROUND SEVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA S-01 S-03 S-04 S-06 P-03 S-05 S-07 P-01 F-01 F-01 F-02 S-02 P-02 S-02 S-04 S-05 P-01 F-03 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 S-08 BOULDER & COBBLE LEGEND COMMENTSSYMBOLSIZECOLORDESCRIPTION 24" - 36" MANUFACTURER DECORATIVE BOULDER RED MOUNTAINSOUTHWEST BOULDER AND STONE 16" - 24"DECORATIVE BOULDER 12" - 16"DECORATIVE BOULDER INSTALL PER DETAILS. MATERIAL TO BE SELECTED WITH LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND/OR CLIENT APPROVAL. INSTALL PER DETAILS. MATERIAL TO BE SELECTED WITH LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND/OR CLIENT APPROVAL. INSTALL PER DETAILS. MATERIAL TO BE SELECTED WITH LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND/OR CLIENT APPROVAL. SOUTHWEST BOULDER AND STONE SOUTHWEST BOULDER AND STONE RED MOUNTAIN RED MOUNTAIN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 A L RNCHI S T A E T CTI D E E C S TE OF CALIFORNIA R M.SIMON No. C-18301 Renewal Date JAN. 31, 2023 S OBERT n into the construction o ____________________ n into the construction o ____________________ 2025 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L4.402 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FS 1'-6" TYP. 9" 6" 15 ' - 6 " 6" 9" CL 18'-0" R22 ' - 9 " O . C . R23 ' - 3 " O . C . 1' 1' 8" TYP. R7'-3" O . C . 5'-4" O . C . TYP. 18'-0" 12 ' - 1 0 " - 0 " 16'-0" O.C. 16'-0" O.C. TYP. LEGEND CONCRETE FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL. HSS 2" X 6" SQ. TUBE STEEL HEADER. HSS 4" X 4" SQ. TUBE STEEL POST. COMPACTED SUBGRADE. HSS 2" X 2" TUBE STEEL TRELLIS. ADJACENT PAVING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN HSS 1 2" CAP PLATE 4' LIGHT BAR (SEE LIGHTING PLANS) 8' LIGHT BAR (SEE LIGHTING PLANS) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CLCL CL CL R6'-9" O.C. CL CL CLCL NOTES: 1.POUR CONCRETE FOOTING AGAINST FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL OR PROPERLY COMPACTED FILL PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. 2.REFER TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR CONCRETE FOOTING STRUCTURAL DESIGN INCLUDING REINFORCEMENT. 3.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS CUTSHEETS TO OWNER / ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 4.ALL CONNECTORS TO BE CONTINUOUS WELDED. REMOVE ALL SLAG & SPLATTER AND GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH. ALL TUBING TO HAVE ENDS WELDED CLOSED. PAINT METAL WITH (1) COAT ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER AND W/ (2) COATS RUSTOLEUM (COLOR PER OWNER). ELEVATION AA SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" ENLARGEMENT C - POST CAP DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FS 18'-0" 12 ' - 1 0 " - 0 " 16'-0" O.C. CL CL ELEVATION BB SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" L4.401 L4.401 ENLARGEMENT A - CENTER BEAM DETAIL PLAN VIEW SECTION AA - CENTER BEAM DETAIL (ROTATED FOR CLARITY) ENLARGEMENT B - POST AND BEAM DETAIL PLAN VIEW SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. L4.401 PER STRUCTURAL (TYP.) 3 2 5 6 1 4 2 9 5 8 3 2 5 STOP 1 2" FROM CORNER3 16" 5 2 SECTION BB - POST AND BEAM DETAIL (ROTATED FOR CLARITY) 2 5 2 3 FLARE BEVEL WELD TYP. 2 5 9 3 FLARE BEVEL WELD TYP. 3 7 CJP 5 CJP L4.401 ENLARGEMENT D - LOUVER CAP DETAIL CJP 7 7 7 3 2 5 6 1 4 PER STRUCTURAL (TYP.) REFERENCE 2/S-2.1 FOUNDATION PLAN. K OVERHEAD SHADE STRUCTURE COLOR/FINISH DUNN EDWARDS, BLACK 002 STRUCTURAL OVER-STAMP IS ONLY APPLICABLE FOR DETAILS ENCLOSED HEREIN 2 1 2 ADDENDUM 1 BID ADDENDUM 05/23/2024 07/08/2024 A L RNCHI S T A E T CTI D E E C S TE OF CALIFORNIA R M.SIMON No. C-18301 Renewal Date JAN. 31, 2023 S OBERT n into the construction o ____________________ n into the construction o ____________________ 2025 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 A L RNCHI S T A E T CTI D E E C S TE OF CALIFORNIA R M.SIMON No. C-18301 Renewal Date JAN. 31, 2023 S OBERT n into the construction o ____________________ n into the construction o ____________________ 2025 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: N.T.S SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L4.404 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS E RP F J - -CRAWLING PYRAMID STRUCTURE -SITTING POSTS 25' 13'-1" 6' 25 ' - 2 " 6' SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW SCALE: N.T.S ANCHORING DETAIL LEGEND CRAWLING PYRAMID (13'1" X 13'3" X 4'11") ROBINA WOOD POST LOOSE FILL COMPACTED SUBGRADE. CONCRETE BASE 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 4 5 31 . 5 " 15.7" 11.8" 7.9" 81° 78° 78° 81° SCALE: N.T.S 11" 9" TOP VIEW - SITTING POLE (BROWN) SIDE VIEW - SITTING POLE (BROWN) MANUFACTURER: KOMPAN PRODUCT: CRAWLING PYRAMID, #NR0826 COLOR/FINISH: NATURAL MANUFACTURER: KOMPAN PRODUCT: SITTING POLE, #NR0209 & #NR0210 COLOR/FINISH: NATURAL & BROWN MANUFACTURER: DUMOR PRODUCT: BENCH, #500-60HS-3AR COLOR/FINISH: RAL#5010 BLUE/POWDER COATED STEEL K BENCH Q - 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER: Valve Number Valve Size # # # IRRIGATION MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT IRRIGATION UTILITIES IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IRRIGATION PIPING PIPE SIZE DRIPLINE TUBING or 1/2" PVC0 - 5 GPM ZONE FLOW 8.1 - 13 GPM 1 1/2" PVC 5 - 8 GPM 3/4" PVC 1 1/4" PVC13.1 - 22 GPM 22.1 - 30 GPM 1" PVC VALVE KEY:DRIPLINE SUPPLY/EXHAUST LATERAL PIPE SIZING: SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION TL050MFV-1 FLUSH VALVE. INSTALL VALVE INSIDE 6" ROUND VALVE BOX, ONE AT THE FAR END/LOW SIDE OF EACH PLANTER DRIP LINE LATERAL. INSTALL MINIMUM OF ONE FLUSH VALVE PER MAXIMUM OF 800' OF TUBING. MULTIPLE FLUSH VALVES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN DRIP LINE LAYOUT. ALWAYS INSTALL VALVES IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS OF THE PVC/DRIP CONNECTION MANIFOLD. REFER TO MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. NETAFIM 65AR1B1-B AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE - INSTALL AIR RELIEF ASSEMBLY INSIDE A 6" ROUND VALVE BOX AT THE HIGH POINT OF EACH PLANTER, MIN. 1 PER 500' OF DISTRIBUTION TUBING. USING AIR RELIEF LATERAL, CONNECT AIR RELIEF VALVE TO ALL DRIP LINE LATERALS WITHIN THE ELEVATED AREA. REFER TO MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. MULTIPLE ARV'S MAY BE REQUIRED PER RCV WITHIN UNDULATING AREAS, VERIFY QUANTITY PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, FLUSH VALVES and AIR RELIEF VALVES SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY, INSTALL VALVE BOX 18" FROM PAVING AND AT HIGH POINTS OF PLANTER AREA. NETAFIM RAINBIRD ECO-INDICATOR INSTALLED ON EVERY STATION.NO SYMBOL NO SYMBOL NO SYMBOL EXISTING MAINLINE, PROTECT-IN-PLACE NON-PRESSURE LATERAL SCH. 40 PVC PIPE. FOR SIZES 3/4" - 2" W/ PVC SCH. 40 FITTINGS - BURY MIN. 12" BELOW GRADE, SEE DETAIL FOR SLEEVING AND DEPTHS. SEE PLAN FOR SLEEVING LOCATIONS. SEE PLAN FOR PIPE SIZES. AS APPROVED PVC PIPE SCH. 40 SLEEVING, TWICE THE DIAMETER OF PIPE OR WIRE BUNDLE CARRIED - EXTEND 18" BEYOND EDGE OF PAVING & PLACE BELOW ALL PAVING, HARDSCAPE, ETC., AND AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. S S S S AS APPROVED AS APPROVED NOTE: PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL IRRIGATION MAINLINE PIPING "DEAD-ENDS" AND "RIGHT ANGEL" TURNS TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER DAMAGE TO PIPE AND FITTINGS. USE THRUST BLOCKS TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER WHERE NECESSARY. Valve Flow (GPM) RAINBIRD DRIPLINE TREE RING - XFS-CV DRIPLINE TUBING .6 GPH EMITTERS AT 12" ON CENTER SPACING. TUBING SHALL BE INSTALLED ON GRADE W/ 9" WIRE STAKES FOUR (4) FEET ON CENTER; VERIFY THE LAYOUT AND CENTER SPACING IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. INSTALL ON GRADE DRIP IRRIGATION SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. SEE DETAIL. ON SEPERATE VALVE THAN SHRUB DRIPLINE. ENSURE ALL PIECES OF DRIP TUBING HAVE EMITTERS IN THEM AND NO BLANK SECTIONS ARE USED IN THE ASSEMBLY OF DRIP RING. POC DOMESTIC SERVICE LINE by OTHERS. NEW GATE VALVE, T-113NIBCO DRIP LINE LAYOUT NOTE: NOT ALL SUPPLY/EXHAUST LATERALS SHOWN ON PLAN for GRAPHIC CLARITY - INSTALL LATERALS per MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS and RECOMMENDATIONS TO AVOID LOW PRESSURE THROUGH DRIPPERLINE and CONNECTIONS.* USE RAINBIRD FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION BETWEEN PVC LATERAL LINES AND INLINE DRIP TUBING. XFD-06-18 DRIPLINE TUBING 0.6 GPH EMITTERS AT 12" ON CENTER SPACING - ALL TUBING SHALL BE INSTALLED ON GRADE W/ 9" W/TUBING STAKES FOUR (4) FEET ON CENTER; VERIFY THE LAYOUT AND CENTER SPACING IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. INSTALL ON GRADE DRIP IRRIGATION SYSTEM per MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. RAINBIRD PAIGENO SYMBOL DS1000 DIRECT BURIAL WATER-PROOF WIRE CONNECTORS FOR USE ON ALL WIRE CONNECTIONS IRRIGATION 'CONTROL' WIRE #14UF AWG DIRECT BURIAL (U.L. APPROVED) NO SYMBOL SPEARS PAIGENO SYMBOL IRRIGATION 'COMMON' WIRE #14UF AWG DIRECT BURIAL (U.L. APPROVED) PAIGENO SYMBOL IRRIGATION 'SPARE' WIRE #14UF AWG DIRECT BURIAL (U.L. APPROVED) EXISTING RE-USE AND REWIRE EXISTING CONTROLLER, FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATION EXISTING MAINLINE TO BE RELOCATED. FIELD VERIFY CUT AND CAP REQUIRMENTS.EXISTING AS APPROVED NEW MAINLINE AND CONTROL WIRES - FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, AND DEPTH OF TIE-INS TO EXISTING MAINLINE. SIZE TO MATCH EXISTING. LOCATED IN PLANTING AREAS. BURY MIN. 24" BELOW GRADE . RAINBIRD RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-PRB-COM , WIDE FLOW DRIP CONTROL KIT FOR COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS. 1IN. BALL VALVE WITH 1IN. PESB VALVE AND 1IN. PRESSURE REGULATING 40PSI QUICK-CHECK BASKET FILTER. 0.3 GPM-20 GPM EXISTING EXISTING REMOTE CONTROL VALVE, PROTECT-IN-PLACE RAINBIRD NEW QUICK COUPLER, 5-LRC-1" (26 34) LOCKING RUBBER COVER, 1-PIECE BODY RAINBIRD RAIN BIRD RWS-B-C W/ RWS-SOCK 1400 SERIES ROOT WATERING SYSTEM WITH 4IN. DIAMETER X 36IN. LONG WITH LOCKING GRATE, SEMI-RIGID MESH TUBE. CHECK VALVE AND SAND SOCK. RAIN BIRD BUBBLER OPTION AS INDICATED: 1401 0.25 GPM, 1402 0.5 GPM, 1404 1.0 GPM, 1408 2 GPM. NO SYMBOL L5.001 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION NOTES AND LEGENDS EXTRA WIRE NOTE GENERAL IRRIGATION NOTES 1.THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON A MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OF 70 PSI AT THE POC. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WATER PRESSURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF A DIFFERENT PRESSURE IS FOUND, REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO OWNER. 2.PIPE SIZES SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, NO SUBSITTUTIONS OF SMALLER PIPE SIZES SHALL BE PERMITTED, BUT SUBSTITUTIONS OF LARGER SIZES MAY BE APPROVED. ALL DAMAGED AND REJECTED PIPE SHALL BE BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AT THE TIME OF REJECTION. 3.ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE SET PERPENDICULAR TO FINISH GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 4.THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL FLUSH AND ADJUST ALL SPRINKLER HEADS AND VALVES FOR OPTIMUM COVERAGE WITH MINIMAL OVERSPRAY ONTO WALKS, STREETS, WALLS, AND ETC. 5.THE IRRIGATION DESIGN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL PIPING, VALVES, ETC. SHOWN WITHIN PAVED AREAS ARE FOR CLARIFICATION ONLY AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN PLANTING AREAS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 6.IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL GRADE DIFFERENCES, LOCATION OF WALLS, RETAINING WALLS, STRUCTURES, AND UTILITIES. THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED BY THEIR WORK. WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS FOR THE LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH WALLS, UNDER ROADWAYS, PAVING, AND ETC. 7.DO NOT WILLFULLY INSTALL THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WHEN IT IS OBVIOUS IN THE FIELD THAT UNKNOWN OBSTRUCTIONS, GRADE DIFFERENCES, OR DIFFERENCES ON SITE EXIST THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. SUCH OBSTRUCTIONS OR DIFFERENCES SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. IN THE EVENT THAT NOTIFICATION IS NOT PERFORMED, THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY REVISIONS NECESSARY. 8.ALL SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT NOT DETAILED OR SPECIFIED SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 9.THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ANTI-DRAIN VALVES ON ALL HEADS IN AREAS WHERE FINISH GRADE EXCEEDS 4:1, WHERE POST VALVE SHUT OFF DRAINING OF THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM OCCURS, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. TWO (2) EXTRA PILOT WIRES, YELLOW IN COLOR, SHALL BE PROVIDED AND TERMINATED IN THE FURTHEST BOX IN THE CONTROLLER. ALL EXTRA WIRES SHALL BE LOOPED IN THE VALVE BOX WITH 24" MINIMUM. BUNDLE ALL EXTRA WIRES IN CONTROLLER. SLEEVING NOTES 1.IRRIGATION PIPE AND LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL VALVE WIRE SHALL BE SLEEVED UNDER PAVING. 2.SLEEVES TO BE AT MINIMUM TWICE THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE SLEEVED. 3.PRESSURE MAINLINE SLEEVES SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH A MINIMUM 1" WIRE SLEEVE. 4.SLEEVES TO EXTEND A MINIMUM 12" BEYOND PAVING. 5.PROTECT ALL SLEEVE ENDS TO PROHIBIT SOIL FROM ENTERING THE SLEEVE. 6.IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SLEEVING WITH THE HARDSCAPE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY HARDSCAPE. 7.REFER TO LEGEND FOR SLEEVE SPECIFICATION. WATER AUDIT NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR WILL CONDUCT AN IRRIGATION AUDIT USING A CERTIFIED IRRIGATION AUDITOR, AFTER THE FINAL FIELD OBSERVATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND ALL IRRIGATION COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM IS ACCEPTED BY THE PROJECT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR MAINTENANCE. THE IRRIGATION AUDIT WILL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE: 1. PLACE FLAGS AT EACH HEAD IN THE ZONE. 2. MEASURE SPACING AND MARK MID-POINTS BETWEEN HEADS. 3. PLACE WATER MEASURING RECEPTACLES. 4. TAKE READINGS OF WATER LEVEL IN RECEPTACLES AND RECORD RESULTS. 5. MEASURE HEAD PRESSURE IN EACH ZONE AND RECORD RESULTS. 6. AFTER COMPLETING ZONE ADVANCE TO NEXT ZONE AND REPEAT PROCEDURE. 7. SUBMIT THE RESULTS OF THE AUDIT TO THE PROJECT ARCHITECT. THE IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE TASKS LISTED BELOW ARE INTENDED AS MINIMUM STANDARDS AND MORE FREQUENT ATTENTION MAY BE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON THE PARTICULAR SITE CONDITIONS. MAINTENANCE TASK 1. CONTROLLER CABINET - OPEN CABINET, CLEAN OUT DEBRIS, AND REPLACE BATTERY AS NECESSARY. CHECK WIRING AND REPAIR AS NEEDED. CHECK CLOCK AND RESET, IF NECESSARY. 2. IRRIGATION SCHEDULE - ADJUST SCHEDULE FOR SEASONAL VARIATIONS AND OTHER CONDITIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE AMOUNT OF WATER NEEDED TO MAINTAIN PLANT HEALTH. ADJUST AS NECESSARY. 3. POC - VISUALLY INSPECT COMPONENTS FOR LEAKS, PRESSURE SETTINGS, SETTLEMENT OR OTHER DAMAGE AFFECTING THE OPERATION OF A COMPONENT REPAIR AS NEEDED. 4. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES, ISOLATION VALVES AND QUICK COUPLER VALVES - VISUALLY INSPECT FOR LEAKS, SETTLEMENT, WIRE CONNECTIONS AND PRESSURE SETTINGS. REPAIR OR ADJUST AS NEEDED. 5. MAINLINE AND LATERALS - VISUALLY INSPECT FOR LEAKS OR SETTLEMENT OF TRENCH. 6. SPRINKLERS - VISUALLY CHECK FOR ANY BROKEN, MISSALIGNED OR CLOGGED HEADS, HEADS WITH INCORRECT ARC, INADEQUATE COVERAGE OR OVERSPRAY AND LOW HEAD DRAINAGE. REPAIR AS NEEDED. 7. FILTERS AND STRAINERS - VISUALLY CHECK FOR LEAKS AND BROKEN FITTINGS. CLEAN AND FLUSH SCREENS. AUDIT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST STATE OF CALIFORNIA LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AS DESCRIBED IN THE LATEST LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDITOR HANDBOOK. THE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDITS TO BE CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL AND THE AUDIT SCHEDULE SHALL BE CONDUCTED AT LEAST ONCE EVERY FIVE YEARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE 20, DIVISION 1. FREQUENCY QUARTLEY MONTHLY QUARTERLY QUARTERLY QUARTERLY WEEKLY MONTHLY IRRIGATION AUDIT SCHEDULES: 1.AT A MINIMUM, AUDITS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST STATE OF CALIFORNIA LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AS DESCRIBED IN THE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDITOR HANDBOOK, PREPARED FOR THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES, WATER CONSERVATION OFFICE, THE ENTIRE DOCUMENT, WHICH IS HEREBY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. 3. THE SCHEDULE SHALL PROVIDE FOR LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDITS TO BE CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL AS DETERMINED BY THE DIRECTOR AT LEAST ONCE EVERY FIVE YEARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE 20, DIVISION 1. IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES: 1.MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES. A REGULAR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE SATISFYING THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS PART OF THE LANDSCAPE DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE. 2.LANDSCAPE SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO ENSURE WATER EFFICIENCY. A REGULAR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, CHECKING, ADJUSTING, AND REPAIRING IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT, RESETTING THE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER, AERATING AND DETHATCHING TURF AREAS, REPLENISHING MULCH, FERTILIZING, PRUNING, AND WEEDING IN ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS. 3.WHENEVER POSSIBLE, REPAIR OF IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DONE WITH THE ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED MATERIALS OR THEIR EQUIVALENTS. 4.A LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDIT SCHEDULE AS REQUIRED IN CHAPTER 20.09 OF TITLE 20 MAY BE RECOMMENDED. THE MAXIMUM PERIOD BETWEEN AUDITS SHALL BE FIVE YEARS. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 A L RNCHI S T A E T CTI D E E C S TE OF CALIFORNIA R M.SIMON No. C-18301 Renewal Date JAN. 31, 2023 S OBERT n into the construction o ____________________ n into the construction o ____________________ 2025 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 RAINBIRD REMOTE CONTROL VALVE WITH FILTER REGULATOR IRRIGATION VALVE BOX: HEAT STAMP LID WITH 'RCV' IN 2" LETTERS WATERPROOF CONNECTORS (2) 18"-24" COILED WIRE TO CONTROLLER FINISH GRADE AT ADJACENT SURFACE (TURF OR MULCH) SCH. 80 CLOSE NIPPLE, MATCH SIZE TO VALVE PVC SLIP X FPT UNION ISOLATION VALVE, SIZE AND TYPE PER PLAN BRICK SUPPORTS (4) FILTER FABRIC - WRAP TWICE AROUND BRICK SUPPORTS 3/4" WASHED GRAVEL - 4" MIN. DEPTH IRRIGATION LATERAL MAINLINE LATERAL AND FITTINGS LEGEND MIN. 1" CLR. PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW 6 13 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SCALE: 1 1 2"= 1'=0" 13 10 5 12 7 6 4 3 7 8 6 7 8 6 7 12 13 2 9 2" 1" MIN 6" MIN 4 1 2 3 5 76 9 8 1 3 4 5 7 LEGEND FINISH GRADE BREAK-OFF GROVES 3 PLACES - 4" TYP. VALVE BOX. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. GATE VALVE W/ HANDWHEEL LINE SIZE PRESSURE MAINLINE SUPPLY LINE PER SPECS. 2 COMPACTED SUBGRADE 6 SCH 80 P.V.C. NIPPLES, TYP. 8 3 4" CRUSHED ROCK 8" DEPTH 9 COMMON RED BRICK, ONE AT EACH CORNER (4 REQUIRED) NOTE : FOR 2 1 2" LARGER GATE VALVE, USE CAST IRON FLANGE ADAPTOR BETWEEN G.V & P.V.C. SUPPLY. PAVEMENT1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 NOTES: 1.LOCATE VALVE BOXES IN PLANTING AREAS. 2.WRAP VALVE BOX WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 MIL THICK PLASTIC AND SECURE IT USING DUCT TAPE OR ELECTRICAL TAPE. 3.ALL THREADED CONNECTION TO BE MADE USING TEFLON TAPE. 4.ALL CHANGES IN ELEVATION SHALL BE MADE USING SCH. 40 PVC 45° ELBOWS. 1 VALVE BOX W/ LOCKING LID 2 3 THREADED BALL VALVE (SEE IRRIGATION LEGEND) SCH 80 PVC 4 SCH 40 PVC 5 6 FOUR (4) 4" X 8" BRICKS 3/8" WELDED WIRE MESH 7 8 3" THICK LAYER OF PEA GRAVEL OR APPROVED EQUAL MAINLINE 9 SCH 80 PVC NIPPLE TXS 10 SCH 80 PVC UNION SXS 10 12 FINISHED GRADE 4 SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 6" M I N . 12 " MA X . LEGEND PVC SCH 40 STREET ELL-1" PVC MAINLINE PIPE PVC SCH 40 ELL-1" BRICK SUPPORTS (2) 3/4" MINUS WASHED GRAVEL FINISH GRADE VALVE BOX WITH COVER PVC SCH 40 STREET ELL-1" PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE-1" (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) QUICK-COUPLING VALVE TWO-PIECE BODY WITH 1" INLET AND 1" KEY OUTLET NOTES: 1.FURNISH FITTINGS AND PIPING NOMINALLY SIZED IDENTICAL TO NOMINAL QUICK COUPLING VALVE INLET SIZE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 PVC SCH 40 , TEE OR ELL X 1" 1 3 SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'-0" 4 5 7 5 8 2 6 11 10 9 PLD FITTING LEGEND SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 1 2 PLD-TEE PLD-ELB PLD-CPL PLD-CAP PLD-BV PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE DRIPLINE 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE DRIPLINE PLD FITTING PVC LATERAL - AS PER PLAN PLD-075 PLD-050 PLD-075-TBTEE LEGEND SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 3 2 SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" LEGEND DRIPLINE (HDL) PER PLAN FINISHED GRADE RISER - LENGTH AS REQUIRED PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTING MULCH (AS SPECIFIED) 1 2 3 4 5 SOIL6 PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTING7 PVC SUPPLY HEADER - SIZE PER PLAN8 DEPTH PER PLAN 1 2 3 4 8 7 5 6 SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" LEGEND DRIPLINE (HDL) PER PLAN FINISHED GRADE RISER - LENGTH AS REQUIRED PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTING MULCH (AS SPECIFIED) DEPTH PER PLAN 1 1 2 3 4 5 SOIL6 PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTING7 PVC SUPPLY HEADER - SIZE PER PLAN8 2 3 4 8 7 5 6 HARDSCAPE AS SPECIFIED APPROX.4" (10.1 CM) HARDSCAPE AS S P E C I F I E D RAINBIRD DRIPLINE PER PLAN1 2 3 4 5 DRIP CONTROL ZONE KIT PER PLAN AIR RELIEF VALVE IN VALVE BOX ECO-INDICATOR ON SWING ARM PLD OR PLD-LOCK FITTING (TYP.) 6 FLUSH POINT (PLD-BV) IN SUBTERRANEAN BOX PER PLAN NOTES 1.AIR RELIEF VALVE (PLD-AVR) INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX AT OPTIMAL HIGHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT. 2.MULTIPLE AIR RELIEF VALVES MAY BE NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENCES IN GRADE. ECO-INDICATOR TO BE INSTALLED AT OPTIMAL FURTHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT IN CLEAR VIEW WHEN POPPED UP. 3. FLUSH POINT TO BE INSTALLED AT OPTIMAL FURTHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT TO ALLOW FOR MAXIMUM DEBRIS FLUSH IN SYSTEM. SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 1 2 3 6 5 4 LEGEND AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE WITH 5/8" [17 mm] BARB CONNECTION, MODEL AFV-T. SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 1 3 LEGEND RECTANGULAR PLASTIC VALVE BOX AND LID (MB-0811). LID COLORS: STANDARD BLACK, PURPLE FOR RECYCLED WATER USE, AND OTHER COLORS AVAILABLE. 2 FINISHED GRADE3 GRAVEL BASE, DEPTH AS SPECIFIED4 COMMON HALF BRICK, 2 TOTAL, INSTALL ONE ON EACH SHORT SIDE OF BOX.5 FEMALE ADAPTER PER PLAN, SLIP X FPT6 LATERAL LINE PER PLAN7 2 1 6 SE E L E G E N D 7 5 4 SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 1 FINISH GRADE 2 AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE 2 1 3 3 6" ROUND VALVE BOX 4 4 1/2" PVC COUPLING (TXT) 5 1/2" SCH 80 RISER (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) 6 BRICK SUPPORTS (THREE) 7 3/4" GRAVEL SUMP (1 CUBIC FOOT) 5 6 7 8 8 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS LEGEND VALVE BOX W/ LOCKING LID1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WATER PROOF WIRE CONNECTORS CONTROLLER WIRES W/ 24" MIN. EXPANSION CURLS 3/8" WELDED WIRE MESH FOUR (4) 4" X 8" BRICKS SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 24" min. NOTE: 1.VALVE BOXES SHALL BE LOCATED IN PLANTING AREAS. 2.SPLICES SHALL ONLY BE MADE AT ELECTRICAL PULL BOXES. 3.LOW VOLTAGE WIRES UNDER ROADWAYS MUST BE IN CONTINUOUS CONDUIT WITH 90° SCH. 40 PVC SWEEPS TERMINATING IN PULL BOXES. 4.ALL WIRE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE USING DBR/Y-6 CONNECTORS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 5.VALVE BOX SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH MINIMUM 3 MIL. THICK PLASTIC AND SECURE IT USING DUCT TAPE OR ELECTRICAL TAPE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 FOUR (4) 4" X 8"DIRECT BURIAL (LOW VOLTAGE) IRRIGATION CONTROLLER WIRES PAVEMENT FINISHED GRADE 7 8 LEGEND FINISHED SURFACE OR VEHICULAR PARKING1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 COMPACT BACKFILL SUBGRADE PRESSURE MAINLINE PIPE TWO-WIRE CABLE SLEEVE - MIN. 2" LATERAL PIPE IN SLEEVE SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" MA I N L I N E P I P E SE E B E L O W LA T E R A L SE E B E L O W 6" 2" 2" 6" PIPE TYPE LOCATION SIZE DEPTH PRESSURE MAINLINE NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINE LANDSCAPE VEHICULAR PAVING LANDSCAPE VEHICULAR PAVING < 3' 3' + < 3' 3' + < 3' 3' + < 3' 3' + 24" 36" 30" 36" 12" 18" 24" 30" ANY IRRIGATION SLEEVES OR PIPES ADJACENT TO BUILDING FOUNDATION, PLEASE REFERENCE DETAIL 7/S3.01. ADDITIONAL TRENCHING NOTES: NOTES: 1.ALL SLEEVES TO BE TWICE THE DIAMETER OF THE CARRIER PIPE. 2.NON- DOMESTIC WATER PIPE SLEEVES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED PER WATER DISTRICT STANDARDS. 3.ALL SLEEVES SHALL EXTENDED A MINIMUM OF 12". 1 DEBRIS AND ROCK FREE BACKFILL (OR SAND) 2 3 4 5 6 7 LEGEND SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L5.401 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS E H RP F A K M DRIPLINE CONNECTION J T TREE DRIP RING GATE VALVE -G I C BALL VALVEAUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVEVACCUM RELIEF VALVE B DSPLICE BOXTRENCHING AS SPECIFIED AS S P E C I F I E D 1 5 4 2 3 6 7 8 SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" NOTES AIR RELIEF VALVE (PLD-AVR) INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX AT OPTIMAL HIGHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT. MULTIPLE AIR RELIEF VALVES MAY BE NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENCES IN GRADE. ECO-INDICATOR TO BE INSTALLED AT OPTIMAL FURTHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT IN CLEAR VIEW WHEN POPPED UP. FLUSH POINT TO BE INSTALLED AT OPTIMAL FURTHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT TO ALLOW FOR MAXIMUM DEBRIS FLUSH IN SYSTEM. HUNTER DRIPLINE (HDL) PER PLAN1 2 3 4 5 ECO-INDICATOR ON SWING ARM PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTINGS TYP. AIR RELIEF VALVE IN VALVE BOX HDL TUBING EXHAUST HEADER 6 8 DRIP CONTROL ZONE PER KIT LEGEND FLUSH POINT (PLD-BV) IN SUBTERRANEAN BOX PER PLAN 5 HDL TUBING EXHAUST HEADER PVC - POLY FITTINGL DRIPLINE CONNECTION - 90T IRREGULAR DRIPLINE PLANTING N POLY - TO - POLY FITTING REGULAR DRIPLINE PLANTING QUICK COUPLING VALVE DRIP CONTROL KIT W/ FILTER O DEEP ROOT WATERING SYSTEM - 2 3 4 1 5 LEGEND NOTES: 1.AIR RELIEF VALVE (PLD-AVR) INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX AT OPTIMAL HIGHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT. MULTIPLE AIR RELIEF VALVES MAY BE NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENCES IN GRADE. 2.ECO-INDICATOR TO BE INSTALLED AT OPTIMAL FURTHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT IN CLEAR VIEW WHEN POPPED UP. 3.FLUSH POINT TO BE INSTALLED AT OPTIMAL FURTHEST POINT FROM CONTROL ZONE KIT TO ALLOW FOR MAXIMUM DEBRIS FLUSH IN SYSTEM. RAINBIRD DRIPLINE (HDL) PER PLAN PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTING TYP. PVC TO DRIP LINE TUBING CONNECTION (PLD OR PLD-LOC FITTINGS) TYP. PVC LATERAL LINE TREE (SEE PLANTING PLAN) SCALE: 1 1 2" = 1'=0" 1 2 3 4 5 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L6.001 LANDSCAPE PLANTING NOTES AND LEGENDS GENERAL PLANTING NOTES 1.REFER TO THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATION. 2.ALL BOXED TREES WILL BE SELECTED AND TAGGED BY THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER. CONTACT LANDSCAPE DESIGNER FOR NAME OF WHOLESALE NURSERY. 3.ANY TREE INDICATED ON A PLAN SHOULD BE CONSIDERED DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL LOCAL JURISDICTION STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHOULD BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO PLANTING. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL PLANT MATERIAL QUALITY AND QUANTITIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTINUOUS PROTECTION OF ALL PLANT MATERIALS UPON ARRIVAL TO THE SITE. ALL TREES, SHRUBS, VINES AND GROUNDCOVERS SHALL BE SPOTTED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND BUILDER REPRESENTATIVE. 5.CONTRACTOR IS TO SPOT ALL PLANT MATERIAL AND HAVE THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER APPROVE LOCATION PRIOR TO EXCAVATION OF ANY PLANT PIT. ALLOW 48 HOURS LEAD TIME. ANY TREE, SHRUB OR VINE THAT IS PLANTED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER MAY BE MOVED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. CONTACT: JONATHAN STALVEY - 949.872.3074 6.THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT HEIGHT OF ROOT BALL ABOVE GRADE. 7.ADJUST TREE LOCATIONS IF THERE IS A CONFLICT WITH SUBSURFACE DRAIN LINES OR STORM DRAINS. 8.ALL SPECIMEN TREES ARE TO BE FINE PRUNED AFTER PLANTING, UNDER SUPERVISION OF LANDSCAPE DESIGNER. 9.THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION, ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS SHALL BE FERTILIZED WITH A COMMERCIAL GRADE FERTILIZER OF 16-6-8 OR APPROVED EQUAL, APPLIED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FERTILIZER APPLICATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THEREAFTER AT MONTHLY INTERVALS. 10.DURING THE LAST 30 DAYS OF MAINTENANCE, THE BUILDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AS-BUILTS, CONTROLLER CHARTS AND WATER SCHEDULES FROM THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR. THREE (3) COPIES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE MASTER OR SUB ASSOCIATION AND MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR. 11.INSTALL 12" DIAMETER MINIMUM MULCH RING AROUND THE BASE OF TREES PLANTED WITHIN TURF AREAS. 12.CONTRACTOR SHALL COVER ALL PLANTING AREAS WITH A 4" LAYER OF SHREDDED BARK MULCH. 13.ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS SHALL SHEET FLOW @ 2% MINIMUM OR DRAIN TO AREA. DRAINS @ 1% MINIMUM PER CIVIL ENGINEERING PLANS. 14.ALL TREES THAT ARE CLOSER THAN FIVE FEET (5') TO HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS SHALL BE PLANTED WITH AN OWNER AND AGENCY APPROVED LINEAR ROOT BARRIER. 15.SUBMIT MULCH SAMPLE WITH HORTICULTURAL SOILS REPORT PRIOR TO DELIVERY. 16.( ) TYP. FLOWLINE/DIRECTION OF DRAINAGE @ 1% MIN. SEE CIVIL ENG. PLANS. SOIL AMENDMENT NOTES 1.THIS NOTE IS FOR 'BID PURPOSE ONLY'. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AN AGRONOMIC SOILS REPORT AND SOIL AMENDMENT RECOMMENDATIONS PER SOILS REPORT. 2.IF SURFACE SOIL COMPACTION HAS OCCURRED, TO EXTENT POSSIBLE, ALL AREAS TO BE LANDSCAPED SHOULD BE CROSS RIPPED OR OTHERWISE TILLED TO A DEPTH OF 9-I2 INCHES. SOIL AMENDMENT SHALL USE SB1383 COMPLIANT PER CUPERTINO ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS REQUIREMENTS. 3.FOR TURF AND GROUNDCOVER PLANTING, THE FOLLOWING AMENDMENTS SHOULD BE UNIFORMLY BROADCAST AND THOROUGHLY INCORPORATED TO A 6" DEPTH BY MEANS OF ROTOTILLER OR EQUAL: 6 CUBIC YARDS OF STABILIZED NITROGEN ORGANIC AMENDMENT DERIVED FROM REDWOOD, FIR, OR CEDAR SAWDUST 15 POUNDS 12-12-12 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER 10 POUNDS SOIL SULFUR 4.SINCE SOIL SULFUR IS INCLUDED IN THE PRE-PLANT PROGRAM, CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT ALL AMENDMENTS ARE THOROUGHLY INCORPORATED TO THE DEPTH SPECIFIED. THE BACKFILL MIX FOR USE AROUND THE ROOTBALL OF CONTAINER-GROWN TREES AND SHRUBS SHOULD BE PREPARED AS FOLLOWS: 6 PARTS BY VOLUME ON-SITE SOIL 4 PARTS BY VOLUME STABILIZED NITROGEN ORGANIC AMENDMENT 1 POUND 12-12-12 PER CUBIC YARD OF MIX 2 POUNDS IRON SULFATE PER CUBIC YARD OF MIX 5.THE ABOVE MATERIALS SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY BLENDED PRIOR TO USE FOR BACKFILL PURPOSES. THE IRON SULFATE SHOULD NOT BE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENT SURFACES AT ANY TIME, OR SEVERE STAINING WILL OCCUR. ROOT BARRIER NOTE BARRIER LENGTH SHALL BE MINIMUM 5'-0" EACH WAY FROM THE CENTER OF TREE TRUNK ALONG HARDSCAPE. ALL TREES SHALL BE PLANTED WITH 18" LINEAR ROLL ROOT BARRIER. (SEE DETAIL C, SHEET L.6.401) BOTANICAL NAME TREE LEGEND WUCOLSCOMMON NAMESYM. NOTES: - ALL TREES TO BE PROTECTED-IN-PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STRAWBERRY TREE LOW TREE TO BE PROTECTED-IN-PLACE TREE TO BE REMOVED BOTANICAL NAME SIZECOMMON NAMESYM. SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER LEGEND LAGERSTROEMIA INDICA 'NATCHEZ'CRAPE MYRTLE AGAVE ATTENUATA 'RAY OF LIGHT'RAY OF LIGHT FOXTAIL AGAVE GRAY SEDGECAREX DIVULSA FESTUCA MAIREI SALVIA BEE'S BLISS BEE'S BLISS SAGE (USDA ZONE 10)(SUNSET 10) SIZE 36" BOX MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS PINK MUHLY WUCOLS DAYLILYDIETES BICOLOR ARCTOSTAPHYLOS DENSIFLORA 'HOWARD MCMINN'MANZANITA 'HOWARD MCMINN' MUHLENBERGIA RIGENS DEERGRASS LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW (USDA ZONE 10)(SUNSET 10) 5G 15G 1G 1G 5G 5G 5G 1G WESTERN REDBUDCERCIS OCCIDENTALIS SENECIO SERPENS BLUE CHALKSTCIKS LOW1G HESPERALOE PARVIFLORA ATLAS FESCUE 1G RED YUCCA LOW LIPPIA NODIFLORA 'CAMPAGNA VERDE'KURAPIA 1G LOW AA CD D F H MC MR SB AD QTY. ARBUTUS 'MARINA' LOW36" BOX 36" BOX MODERATE QTY. 19 4 3 4 4 173 75 22 25 38 39 24 5 5 155 SQ FT 387 SQ FT. CT COMMON RUSHCHONDROPETALUM TECTORUM LOW71G 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 0 feet20 SCALE: 1" = 10' 10 30 NORTH AD AD MR MR MR CT CT AA MR MR MR MR MR MR MR AAAA MC MC MC MC MC MC MC AA D D D D D D D D D D D D D CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD D D D CD CD CD CD CD CD CDCDCD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD H H H H H H H H H H H H CD D D D D D D D CD CD D D CD CDCDCD CD CD CD CD CD CDCD H H H H H H H H H D D SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC D D D DDDDDD D D MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC MC F F F F F F F F F CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD D CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD D D F F F F F MR MR MR MR F CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CDCD H H CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD F F F FMR F MRMR D D D CDCDD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CDD MR CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD F F CD CD D D D CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CDD D AA MR CT H H AA CTCT MR MR AA AA AA AAMR AA AA AA AA AA CD CD AA MR MR MR CD CD CD CD D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D MR MR AD MR MR CT AA AA AA MRMR MR MR MRMR MR MR D D D AD MRMR CT DIAL TOLL FREE 1-800-227-2600 BEFORE YOU DIG AT LEAST TWO DAYS UNDERGROUND SEVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Issue Date CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER: BOTANICAL NAME TREE LEGEND WUCOLSCOMMON NAMESYM. NOTES: - ALL TREES TO BE PROTECTED-IN-PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STRAWBERRY TREE LOW TREE TO BE PROTECTED-IN-PLACE TREE TO BE REMOVED BOTANICAL NAME SIZECOMMON NAMESYM. SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER LEGEND LAGERSTROEMIA INDICA 'NATCHEZ'CRAPE MYRTLE AGAVE ATTENUATA 'RAY OF LIGHT'RAY OF LIGHT FOXTAIL AGAVE GRAY SEDGECAREX DIVULSA FESTUCA MAIREI SALVIA BEE'S BLISS BEE'S BLISS SAGE (USDA ZONE 10)(SUNSET 10) SIZE 36" BOX MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS PINK MUHLY WUCOLS DAYLILYDIETES BICOLOR ARCTOSTAPHYLOS DENSIFLORA 'HOWARD MCMINN'MANZANITA 'HOWARD MCMINN' MUHLENBERGIA RIGENS DEERGRASS LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW (USDA ZONE 10)(SUNSET 10) 5G 15G 1G 1G 5G 5G 5G 1G WESTERN REDBUDCERCIS OCCIDENTALIS SENECIO SERPENS BLUE CHALKSTCIKS LOW1G HESPERALOE PARVIFLORA ATLAS FESCUE 1G RED YUCCA LOW LIPPIA NODIFLORA 'CAMPAGNA VERDE'KURAPIA 1G LOW AA CD D F H MC MR SB AD QTY. ARBUTUS 'MARINA' LOW36" BOX 36" BOX MODERATE QTY. 19 4 3 4 4 173 75 22 25 38 39 24 5 5 155 SQ FT 387 SQ FT. ROOT BARRIER NOTE BARRIER LENGTH SHALL BE MINIMUM 5'-0" EACH WAY FROM THE CENTER OF TREE TRUNK ALONG HARDSCAPE. ALL TREES SHALL BE PLANTED WITH 18" LINEAR ROLL ROOT BARRIER. (SEE DETAIL C, SHEET L.6.401) CT COMMON RUSHCHONDROPETALUM TECTORUM LOW71G L6.101 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 DR I P L I N E DR I P L I N E SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" LEGEND IF BUILDING OR STRUCTURE WALL - PROVIDE SURFACE DRAINAGE OF LOW POINTS TO PREVENT STAGNANT SATURATED SOIL. PRUNING MAY BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF DEAD WOOD, CONFLICT WITH STRUCTURE, OR TO REDUCE STRESS. PRUNING SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL AND DIRECTION OF OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. FENCE THE PERIMETER OF DRIPLINE WITH CONTINUOUS 5' TALL FLUORESCENT SAFETY MESH FENCING. WHEN TRENCHING AND EXCAVATING WITHIN SITE OF TREE: A. CUT AS FEW ROOTS AS POSSIBLE AND CUT THEM CLEAN. B. PAINT CUT ROOTS WITH APPROVED DRESSING. C. BACKFILL AS SOON AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID ROOTS DYING. D. COVER EXPOSED ROOTS WITH BURLAP AND KEEP ROOTS MOIST. MAINTAIN ORIGINAL GRADE OF SOIL BORE UTILITY LINES WITHIN DRIPLINE OF TREE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 GENERAL CARE NOTES: 1 DO NOT STORE LIQUIDS, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, OR VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN FENCED AREA. 2 APPLY WATER AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN IN HEALTHY GROWING CONDITION. 3 DO NOT POUR OR RINSE PAINTS OR TOXIC LIQUIDS WITHIN DRIPLINE OF TREE. 2 1 3 4 6 5 TREE ROOTBALL DRAINAGE AND AERATION 2" MIN. 6" M I N . 2" 4" MIN. LEGEND 1'-0" DIAMETER AUGER HOLE. FILTER FABRIC AT TOP OF AUGER HOLE. 2" LAYER OF MULCH, PULL MULCH AWAY FROM CROWN 4" TO 8" ALL AROUND. 4" WATER BASIN. REMOVE 60 DAYS AFTER PLANTING. BACKFILL MIX FIRM BUT NOT COMPACTED. INSTALL ROOT BARRIER AT PAVING WITHIN 5' OF TREE (SEE PLANTING NOTES). PLANT TREE 1" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. CUT CIRCLED AND MATTED ROOTS FROM NURSERY ROOTBALL. 3" O.D. PERFORATED SDR-35 PVC PIPE, WRAPPED IN FILTER FABRIC, SLOPE TO SUMP. 6" HIGH NATIVE "UNDISTURBED" SOIL SHELF UNDER ROOTBALL. 3" O.D. SDR-35 PVC PIPE TO BE PLACED 6" BELOW ROOTBALL, TYPICAL. NATIVE SOIL. 3" O.D. SDR-35 PVC PIPE W/BLACK NDS GRATED DRAIN CAP 1" ABOVE FINISH GRADE, SPREAD MULCH TO HIDE PIPE, REMOVE TAGS. INSTALL HORIZONTAL PERFORATED PIPE 6" BELOW BOTTOM OF THE ROOT BALL, TYPICAL. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 NOTES: 1.PLANT PIT TO BE 2" LESS THAN ROOTBALL DEPTH, ROOT CROWN TO SIT AT 2" ABOVE GRADE. 2.SCARIFY SIDES OF PLANT PIT. 3.FLOOD PLANT PIT TO TEST PERCOLATION/ ABSORPTION OF WATER PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE DRAIN OR TREE. NOTIFY THE LAND. ARCH IF STANDING WATER IS PRESENT AFTER 12 HRS. 4.ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL HAVE 2" TO 4" LAYER OF NITROLIZED WOOD CHIP MULCH, TYP. PLACED IN WATER RETENTION BASIN. 5.LIBERALLY DUST SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PITS W/ FINELY GROUND AGRICULTURAL GYPSUM. SECTION 'A' N.T.S. 2 1 5 9 8 5 7 9 8 N.T.S. PLAN PVC DRAIN SECTION 'B' N.T.S. 6' - 0 " 3' - 6 " 2' - 0 " MI N . 2x DIA. OF ROOTBALL 3" 2% MIN. 2% MIN. 5' - 0 " 6" 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 11 1'-0" DIA. 2" L A R G E R TH A N RO O T B A L L TREE PLANTING W/ LINEAR ROOT BARRIER N.T.S. SECTION A-A NOTES: 1 POSITION BARRIER AS CLOSE TO CURB OR SIDEWALK AS POSSIBLE. RAISED ROOT PROTECTORS SHALL BE FACING TOWARDS THE TREE. 3 TOP OF BARRIER SHALL BE 1" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. 4 LENGTH OF ROOT BARRIER SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE DRIPLINE OF THE PARTICULAR TREE TO BE PLANTED AS DEFINED BY THE MINIMUM SPACING DISTANCE IN THE TREE PLANTING GUIDELINE. 5 APPLY A MASTIC SEALER TO JOINT BETWEEN CONCRETE SURFACES AND ROOT CONTROL BARRIER. LEGEND TREE ROOTBALL: 5 & 15 GAL. 1" ABOVE GRADE, 24" BOX & LARGER 3" ABOVE GRADE, TAPER ROOTBALL TO GRADE NOT USED PREPARED BACKFILL PER PLANTING NOTES. APPROVED ROOT CONTROL BARRIER AND INSTALLATION THIS DETAIL; USE ROOT BARRIERS WHERE- EVER TREES ARE PLANTED WITHIN 5' OF ANY , STRUCTURE, CONCRETE FLATWORK, CURB AND GUTTER, UTILITIES, ETC. FINISHED GRADE SEE TREE ROOTBALL DRAINAGE AND AERATION DETAIL FOR 24" BOX OR LARGER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOT USED CONCRETE CURB. DRIP LINE OF TREE (DEFINED BY THE MINIMUM SPACING DISTANCE IN THE TREE PLANTING GUIDELINES). CONCRETE FLATWORK. 3/4" TO 1/2" GRAVEL OR CRUSHED ROCK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 3 12 4 11 6 7 SECTION N.T.S. 2X ROOTBALL DIAMTER 6" MIN. DE P T H RO O T B A L L 6" 4" M I N . 9 6 11 4 12 N.T.S. PLAN 11 4 12 9 10 A A 48" BOX AND SMALLERN.T.S. SECTION PREVAILING WIND STANDARD TREE STAKING LEGEND TREE TRUNK 2" DIA. x 12' LONG MIN. LODGE POLE PINE STAKES: ONE STAKE FOR 5 GAL.,TWO STAKES FOR 15 GAL. AND LARGER TREES. (2) TWO - 3" DIA. STAKES FOR 36" BOX AND LARGER. EZ CINCH TREE TIE. LOOP CINCH TIE AROUND TREE BRANCH, TWIST TIE, THEN LOOP AROUND STAKE & DRIVE NAIL THROUGH THE TIE AT THE BACK OF STAKE. PROVIDE TWO TIES FOR 5 GAL. & 3 TIES FOR 15 GAL. & LARGER TREES PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECTION. 5 GAL. & 15 GAL., 1" ABOVE GRADE. 24" BOX & LARGER, 3" ABOVE GRADE. TAPER ROOTBALL TO GRADE. 4" HIGH WATER RETENSION BASIN. FORM FROM PLANT PIT EXCAVATION. MAY BE RAKED OUT PRIOR TO OTHER WORK AS DIRECTED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. FINISHED GRADE FERTILIZER TABLETS PER PLANTING NOTES. PREPARED BACKFILL PER PLANTING NOTES. 6" ZONE OF OVER EXACAVATED & RECOMPACTED NATIVE SOIL. SEE TREE ROOTBALL DRAINAGE AND AERATION DETAIL FOR 24" BOX OR LARGER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2X ROOTBALL DIAMETER DE P T H RO O T B A L L 6" NOTES: 1.PLANT PIT TO BE 2" LESS THAN ROOTBALL DEPTH, ROOT CROWN TO SIT AT 2" ABOVE GRADE. 2.SCARIFY SIDES OF PLANT PIT. 3.FLOOD PLANT PIT TO TEST PERCOLATION/ ABSORPTION OF WATER PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE DRAIN OR TREE. NOTIFY THE LAND. ARCH IF STANDING WATER IS PRESENT AFTER 12 HRS. 4.ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL HAVE 2" TO 4" LAYER OF NITROLIZED WOOD CHIP MULCH, TYP. PLACED IN WATER RETENTION BASIN. 5.LIBERALLY DUST SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PITS W/ FINELY GROUND AGRICULTURAL GYPSUM. SHRUB AND VINE PLANTING LEGEND ROOTBALL CROWN SHALL BE 1" ABOVE FINISH GRADE AVOID PLANTING SHRUBS DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF IRRIGATION SPRAY HEADS PROVIDE CLEARANCE WHEN POSSIBLE, 3" HIGH WATER RETENSION BASIN. FORM FROM PLANT PIT EXCAVATION. MAY BE RAKED OUT PRIOR TO OTHER WORK AS DIRECTED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. FINISH GRADE. FERTILIZER TABLETS PER PLANTING NOTES. PREPARED BACKFILL PER PLANTING NOTES. 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 2X ROOTBALL DIAMETER DE P T H RO O T B A L L 6" SECTION N.T.S. NOTES: 1.PLANT PIT TO BE 2" LESS THAN ROOTBALL DEPTH, ROOT CROWN TO SIT AT 2" ABOVE GRADE. 2.SCARIFY SIDES OF PLANT PIT. 3.FLOOD PLANT PIT TO TEST PERCOLATION/ ABSORPTION OF WATER PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE DRAIN OR TREE. NOTIFY THE LAND. ARCH IF STANDING WATER IS PRESENT AFTER 12 HRS. 4.ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL HAVE 2" TO 4" LAYER OF NITROLIZED WOOD CHIP MULCH, TYP. PLACED IN WATER RETENTION BASIN. 5.LIBERALLY DUST SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PITS W/ FINELY GROUND AGRICULTURAL GYPSUM. SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: 10/23/2023 CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER:L6.401 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS E H RP F A S K M N-- ---- -- J L O - Q T - CB 1 2 FINISHED GRADE AT SOD AREAS 1 1 2" 3 4" FINISHED GRADE AT MULCHED AREAS 3" DEPTH TAPER VARIES 2'-5' NOTES 1.TAPER MULCH DOWN TO 2" AT EDGES OF PLANTING AREA (ADJACENT TO PAVING OR CURB) FOR A FLUSH TRANSITION TO PAVING. REFER TO SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL FOR MULCH APPLICATION. 2.DEPTH OF SOD SOIL VARIES, SOD SOIL ROOT ZONE LAYER ASSUMED AT 3 4". SCALE: 3 4" = 1'-0" 2" DEPTH LEGEND SOD SOIL LAYER. FINISH GRADE (FG) 2 1 4" BELOW FS PRIOR TO PALCEMENT OF SOD TURF FINISHED SURFACE 3" MULCH LAYER FINISHED GRADE (FG) 2" BELOW FINISH SURFACE 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 FINISHED GRADE AT MULCH AND SOD AREAS TREE PROTECTION - 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 0 feet20 SCALE: 1" = 10' 10 30 NORTH DIAL TOLL FREE 1-800-227-2600 BEFORE YOU DIG AT LEAST TWO DAYS UNDERGROUND SEVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SCALE: REVISIONS: OW N E R : PR O J E C T N A M E : CL I E N T A D D R E S S : DATE ISSUED: PROJECT NO: Issue Date CI T Y O F S A N T A A N A DE L H I C O M M U N I T Y C E N T E R RE N O V A T I O N 50 5 E A S T C E N T R A L A V E N U E SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 7 DESCRIPTION DATE 2022-40198 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION PROPRIETARY TO SVA ARCHITECTS INC. AND IS FURNISHED IN CONFIDENCE FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, BIDDING OR REVIEW. THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENTS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SVA ARCHITECTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, © COPYRIGHT 2018. 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR, SUITE 1150 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 T 949.809.3380 WWW.SVA-ARCHITECTS.COM As Noted SHEET NUMBER: LIGHTING LEGEND EXISTING PATH LIGHT (TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW PATH LIGHT) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION/MODEL QTY/LENGTHMANUFACTURER NEW PATH LIGHT FORMS & SURFACES 6 10 2EXISTING EXISTING POLE LIGHTS (TO BE PROTECTED) EXISTING 2NEW POLE LIGHTS LANDSCAPE FORMS DETAIL F, L7.401 H, L7.401 N/A SEAT WALL LIGHTING INTERLUX 64 FT. OVERHEAD LIGHTING ARCHITECTURAL AREA LIGHTING --/ 4FT L7.101 LANDSCAPE LIGHTING NOTES, LEGEND & PLAN THIS PLAN IS INTENDED FOR LANDSCAPE LIGHTING PURPOSES ONLY. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL BUILDING SAFETY CODES AND ORDINANCES. FIXTURES ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHOW FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL PLACEMENT OF EACH FIXTURE UPON COMPLETION OF LANDSCAPE INSTALLATION. ALL PATH LIGHTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES FROM ANY SIDEWALK OR VERTICAL STRUCTURE. ALL LOW-VOLTAGE DIRECT BURIAL WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AT 2"-3" INCHES BELOW FINISH GRADE. IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE FUTURE DISTURBANCE, ALL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL AND ADJACENT TO HARD SURFACES SUCH AS SIDEWALKS DRIVEWAYS AND WALLS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING SLEEVES UNDER ALL HARD SCAPE SURFACES USING A MINIMUM 1 INCH PVC PIPE ALL UNDERGROUND SPLICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN UNDERGROUND J-BOXES WITH WATER TIGHT CONNECTIONS LEAVING 12 INCHES OF EXCESS WHAT YOUR SLACK ALL EXTERIOR 120 - VOLT ELECTRICAL OUTLETS SHALL BE GFI PROTECTED AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ALL TRANSFORMERS PLUGGED INTO AN OUTDOOR RECEPTACLE SHALL HAVE AN "IN USE"COVER. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TAYMAC TYPE COVERS AT ALL OUTLETS ALL PLUG-IN TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE A DRIP LOOP IN THE POWER CORD. ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT'S SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH SURROUNDINGS THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING THE FIXTURES AT NIGHT TO HELP ELIMINATE GLARE AND TO ENSURE OPTIMUM LIGHTING EFFECT CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY A MINIMUM OF 10 VOLTS AT THE LAST AT THE LAST FIXTURE FOR OPTIMAL OPERATION. CONTRACTOR TO CENTER FEED THE SYSTEM WHEN AT ALL POSSIBLE and VERIFY ALL WIRE CONNECTIONS ARE AT THE FIXTURES. GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 A L RNCHI S T A E T CTI D E E C S TE OF CALIFORNIA R M.SIMON No. C-18301 Renewal Date JAN. 31, 2023 S OBERT n into the construction o ____________________ n into the construction o ____________________ 2025 7/08/24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Orange County Los Angeles County 2151 Michelson Dr. # 240, Irvine, CA 92612 1041 s. Garfield Ave, #210 Alhambra, CA 91801 Tel: 949-679-0870 ▪ Fax: 949-679-9370 Tel: 323-729-6098 ▪ Fax: 323-729-6043 e-mail: vca@vcaeng.com www.vcaeng.com C I V I L S T R U C T U R A L M B E D B E S B E V C A E N G I N E E R S , INC. QUALITY SERVICE COMMITMENT Delhi Community Center Renovation Structural Calculations 505 E. Central Avenue Santa Ana, CA 927707 Prepared For: SVA Architects 6 Hutton Centre Dr. #1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 Prepared By: YOUNG K. NAM, P.E, S.E. SUBMITTAL: PROJ NO. J804 April 6, 2024 Page 1 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 VCA E N G I N E E R S , INC. Project: _______________________________________ Job No.__________ Sheet:_____________ Subject: _______________________________________ By. _____________ Date :_____________ Delhi Community Center J804 Scope of work: Remodel the interior of the building by removing some shear walls and columns. The approach to replace the removed shear walls is to calculate the capacity of the removed shear walls and replace with Mitek Hardy-Frame shear walls of equivalent capacity along the line. The approach to replace the removed column is to provide a new steel beam in the place where there was an existing wood beam supported by the removed column. There will also be a new steel framed trellis outside the building. Design Loads: Roof DL = 20 psf Roof LL = 20 psf. Page 2 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Project: _______________________________________ Job No.__________ Sheet:_____________ Subject: _______________________________________ By. _____________ Date :_____________ VCA E N G I N E E R S , I N C. GRAVITY ANALYSIS________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ Page 3 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 4 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 5 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 6 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 7 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 8 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 9 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Project: _______________________________________ Job No.__________ Sheet:_____________ Subject: _______________________________________ By. _____________ Date :_____________ VCA E N G I N E E R S , I N C. LATERAL ANALYSIS________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ Page 10 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 (E) Shear wall capacity= 350*(32') =11.2 k (E) Shear wall capacity = 350*(24') =8.4 k (E) Shear wall capacity = 350*(27.5' +16.83') =15.5k MiTek® Hardy Frame Shear Wall Systems Co p y r i g h t © 2 0 2 2 M i T e k I n c . A l l R i g h t s R e s e r v e d 20 Model Number Net H eight H (in) Concrete Compressive Strength f’c (psi) HD Bolt Dia (in) and Grade 3 Applied Axial Load 4 Seismic R=6.5, Cd =4.0 Wind Allowable In-Plane Shear V 5 (lbs) Drift at V 5 (in) Uplift at V 5, 6 (lbs) Allowable In-Plane Shear V 5 (lbs) Drift at V 5 (in) Uplift at V 5, 6 (lbs) HFX-15x14 164 1/4 2,500 1 1/8” HS 4,000 1,120 0.611 20,680 1,250 0.767 25,325 3,000 18,925 1,490 0.913 29,870 4,000 17,460 25,135 HFX-18x14 2,500 1,380 0.642 18,475 1,960 0.912 32,455 3,000 17,545 28,170 4,000 16,630 25,320 HFX-21x14 2,500 2,115 0.512 24,300 2,850 0.862 40,385 3,000 22,895 3,015 0.913 37,905 4,000 21,555 33,290 HFX-24x14 2,500 2,090 0.527 18,855 3,190 0.805 33,155 3,000 18,240 30,680 4,000 17,580 28,505 HFX-15x15 176 1/4 2,500 1 1/8” HS 3,500 1,045 0.655 20,745 1,185 0.833 26,150 3,000 18,975 1,390 0.979 29,995 4,000 17,500 25,205 HFX-18x15 2,500 1,310 0.701 18,935 1,830 0.979 32,595 3,000 17,955 28,250 4,000 16,990 25,380 HFX-21x15 2,500 1,975 0.591 24,370 2,620 0.979 39,120 3,000 22,955 33,860 4,000 21,605 30,405 HFX-24x15 2,500 1,960 0.597 19,000 2,830 0.859 30,790 3,000 18,375 28,750 4,000 17,700 26,890 HFX-15x16 188 1/4 2,500 1 1/8” HS 3,000 980 0.700 20,805 1,125 0.901 27,015 3,000 19,025 1,305 1.046 30,105 4,000 17,540 25,265 HFX-18x16 2,500 1,250 0.760 19,435 1,715 1.046 32,655 3,000 18,385 28,285 4,000 17,365 25,410 HFX-21x16 2,500 1,850 0.675 24,430 2,295 34,255 3,000 23,005 30,715 4,000 21,650 28,005 HFX-24x16 2,500 1,825 0.625 18,875 2,670 0.913 31,140 3,000 18,255 29,040 4,000 17,595 27,130 HFX-15x17 200 1/4 2,500 1 1/8” HS 2,500 925 0.745 20,860 1,070 0.970 27,940 3,000 19,065 1,230 1.113 30,200 4,000 17,570 25,320 HFX-18x17 2,500 1,195 0.824 19,890 1,615 1.113 32,780 3,000 18,775 28,360 4,000 17,705 25,465 HFX-21x17 2,500 1,745 0.765 24,485 2,260 1.112 37,390 3,000 23,050 32,810 4,000 21,690 29,620 HFX-24x17 2,500 1,695 0.660 18,600 2,485 0.967 30,685 3,000 18,005 28,665 4,000 17,360 26,815 HFX-15x18 212 1/4 2,500 1 1/8” HS 2,000 875 0.789 20,905 1,025 1.041 28,940 3,000 19,100 1,160 1.179 30,285 4,000 17,600 25,365 HFX-18x18 2,500 1,150 0.887 20,445 1,530 1.179 33,090 3,000 19,250 28,545 4,000 18,120 25,600 HFX-21x18 2,500 1,645 0.860 24,530 2,010 33,445 3,000 23,090 30,135 4,000 21,725 27,555 HFX-24x18 2,500 1,595 0.697 18,540 2,335 1.020 30,505 3,000 17,950 28,515 4,000 17,310 26,685 Ca 1, 2le ROD GRADE ROD DIAMETER UNREINFORCED ANCHORAGE NOMENCLATURE 1 1/8-STD-14-20 REINFORCED ANCHORAGE ROD GRADE ROD DIAMETER REINFORCED ANCHORAGE NOMENCLATURE 1 1/8-STD-RA REINFORCED ANCHORAGE BACK TO BACK INSTALLATION ROD GRADE ROD DIAMETER BACK TO BACK REINFORCED ANCHORAGE NOMENCLATURE 1 1/8-STD-BB-RA Table 1.1A MiTek® Hardy Frame® Installation - On Concrete1,2 Using (8)24" long walls Cap = 8*2090 lbs = 16.7k, OK Using (8)24" long walls Cap = 6*2090 lbs = 12.5k, OK Using (8)24" long walls Cap = 5*2090 lbs = 10.4k, OK CALCULATION OF HARDY FRAMES NEEDED TO REPLACE THE REMOVED SHEAR WALL Page 11 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 12 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 13 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 14 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 15 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 16 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 17 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 18 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 19 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 20 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 21 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 22 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 23 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 24 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 25 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Page 26 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Rev: 02/01/2023 Page 1 of 2 DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE ACC-01 CBC 2022 A. PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION: (check one) Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects UNDER the valuation threshold* Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects OVER the valuation threshold* Certification of Full Compliance with the 2022 California Building Code * Valuation threshold as defined in the 2022 California Building Code, Section 11B-202.4 (Exception #8) and Section 202 is $195,358.00 (as of January 2023) B. PROJECT INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PETITIONER: Project Address: $ $ 1. The cost of all construction contemplated in the determination of the valuation of improvement threshold based on the valuation of site and building improvements for the last three-year period. 2. 20% of Total Construction Cost or Project Valuation: $ 3. The actual amount to be spent to provide disabled access: $ 4. Describe the impact of the proposed improvements on financial feasibility of the project. 5. Describe the proposed improvements related to accessibility upgrades on this project. Planning & Building Agency Building Safety Division 20 Civic Center Plaza P.O. Box 1988 (M-19) Santa Ana, CA 92702 (714) 647-5800 www.santa-ana.org 505 E. CENTRAL AVENUE, SANTA ANA 92707 1T.I. OF CLASSROOMS FOR CITY LIBRARY DELHI CENTER (714) 481-9600 CITY OF SANTA ANA (714) 571-4200 X 1,672,267 28,000 28,000 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS WERE CONSIDERED AT ONSET OF PROJECT. ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM, ENTRY DOORS, BUILT-IN COUNTERS, SINK AND CABINETRY, ACCESSIBLE PARKING AND PATH OF TRAVEL ARE DESIGNED TO MEET 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 101117766 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 6. Identify the accessibility features and equivalent facilities that WILL be brought into compliance with the latest edition of Title 24 as a part of this project and an estimate of the cost of each item: (Documentation may be required) Accessible Features to be Made Accessible Cost of Improvement a. Entrance: Door Landing Stairway/Steps Ramp $ b. Path of Travel: Path of travel from accessible parking to the building entrance and area of remodel $ $ Path of travel from the public way to the building entrance $ c. Sanitary facilities ( Floor no. ) $ d. Public phone(s) $ e. Drinking fountain(s) $ f. Parking $ g. Signage & Alarms $ i. Other: $ Total: $ 7. Identify the accessibility features that WILL NOT comply if a request for unreasonable hardship is granted. Provide an estimated cost of compliance for each item: (Documentation may be required) Accessible Features Not to be Improved Cost of Improvement a. $ b. $ c. $ Total: $ 8. Petitioner must be the legal property owner or his/her legal representative: I certify that the above noted information is true and correct. Legal Property Owner Architect/Engineer Contractor Other: Print Name: Phone No. Address: Signature: Date: FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Approved by: Date: X X X X MEL TAN 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR., SUITE 1150, SANTA ANA, CA 92707 6 HUTTON CENTRE DR., SUITE 1150, SANTA ANA, CA 92707 (949) 809-3380 APRIL 24, 2024 1 INCL INCL INCL 28,000 INCL 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 YES NO INSTRUCTIONS: ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY Plan Submittal Criteria COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments · Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place. · Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section. · If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA. · In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations. · Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602. Address Suite City Project Scope/Business Description 1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways, curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within 300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145) 2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation? Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124) 3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170) 4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475) 5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000 sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285) 6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card, button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520) 7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment; industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations? Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382) 8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240) 9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330) 10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335) Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement: 11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications. 12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327— Initials the building department will determine specific requirements. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true: Print Name Signature Phone Number ( ) Date / / Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE COM 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y Plan Referral Form Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”. City / County Official Requesting Review: City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________ City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________ Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________ Title: _____________________________________ ** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. ** Reason(s) for Review: Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County : OCFA COMMENTS:  No further action required on this specific plan type, based on information provided on: ____/______/______.  Project to be taken in for OCFA Review. Other: Name: _________________________________________ Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________ OCFA Authorization Updated: 06/02/2020 rs 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Robert M. Simons 11/8/2023 Name Date PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF: Delhi Center Library Improvements CITY OF SANTA ANA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR PROJECT NO. 22-1802 https://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=20137 Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents, Project Specifications and Plans via PlanetBids: 20 CIVIC CENTER PLAZA CITY HALL - ROSS ANNEX SANTA ANA, CA 92701 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE rev. 02/01/2021 i SECTION / ITEM PAGE ADVERTISEMENT Notice Inviting Bids ..................................................................................................................... viii Map of City Hall ............................................................................................................................ xi INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Instructions to Bidders for Proposal Submission .......................................................................... xii Special Instructions to Bidders for Federally Funded Projects ................................................... xvii PROPOSAL Bid Proposal ................................................................................................................................. P-1 Bidder’s Statement ....................................................................................................................... P-3 Contractor’s Licensing and Registration Statement .................................................................... P-4 Prevailing Wage Compliance and Monitoring Statement ........................................................... P-5 Ownership Affidavit .................................................................................................................... P-6 Bid Bond ...................................................................................................................................... P-7 List of Sub-Contractors ................................................................................................................ P-8 References .................................................................................................................................... P-9 Additional References ................................................................................................................ P-10 Non-Collusion Affidavit ............................................................................................................ P-11 Non-Discrimination Certificate ................................................................................................. P-12 Statement Regarding Apprenticeship Requirements ................................................................. P-14 Statement Regarding “Anti-Kickback” Requirements .............................................................. P-15 Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire .................................................................. P-16 Statement Regarding Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) Requirements .................... P-17 SPECIFICATIONS Part 1 - General Provisions Section 1 - General...........................................................................................................................1 Section 2 - Scope of the Work .........................................................................................................4 Section 3 - Control of the Work .......................................................................................................6 Section 4 - Control of Materials.....................................................................................................13 Section 5 - Legal Relations and Responsibilities ...........................................................................14 Section 6 - Prosecutionand Progress of the Work .........................................................................16 Section 7 - Measurement and Payment ..........................................................................................17 Section 8 - Facilities for City Personnel ............................................................................ Not Used 18 Section 9 - Claims Resolution Procedures .....................................................................................19 Part 4 - Existing Improvements Section 402 - Utilities ....................................................................................................................24 Part 6 - Temporary Traffic Control Section 600 - Access ......................................................................................................................24 Section 601 - Temporary Traffic Control for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones ..................................................................................................................................25 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE ii SECTION / ITEM PAGE 1.00 Special Provisions - Construction 1.01 Rock Products ....................................................................................................................27 1.02 Relative Compaction Tests ................................................................................................27 1.03 Clearing and Grubbing .......................................................................................................27 1.04 Unclassified Excavation.....................................................................................................27 1.05 Subgrade Preparation .........................................................................................................27 1.06 Cold Milling .......................................................................................................................28 1.07 Slurry Seal Surfacing .........................................................................................................28 1.08 Asphalt Concrete ................................................................................................................30 1.09 Pavement Fabric.................................................................................................................32 1.10 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) ....................................................................................32 1.11 Crack Repair and Patching.................................................................................................33 1.12 Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) ......................................................................................33 1.13 Concrete Curbs, Gutters, Walks, Ramps, Driveway Approaches, Alley Aprons, and Cross Gutters .................................................................................................34 1.14 Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Grinding ......................................................................35 1.15 Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Pavement Construction ...............................................35 1.16 Landscaping and Irrigation Repair.....................................................................................36 1.17 Root Shaving ......................................................................................................................36 1.18 Adjustment of Surface Utilities to Grade...........................................................................37 1.19 Pulverize & Cement-Treat Existing Asphalt Concrete, Base, and Subgrade ....................38 1.20 Remove Excess Pulverized Material .................................................................................41 1.21 Cold In-Place Recycling (CIR) / Cold Central Plant Recycling (CCPR) ..........................42 1.22 Cold In-Place Recycling Expanded Asphalt Mix (CIREAM) ...........................................53 1.23 Asphalt-Rubber Cape Seal .................................................................................................62 2.00 Special Provisions - Traffic Signing & Striping 2.01 Scope of Work ...................................................................................................................64 2.02 Striping (Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings) ............................................................64 2.03 Signs (Roadside Signs) and Markers .................................................................................67 3.00 Special Provisions - Traffic Control 3.01 General ...............................................................................................................................72 3.02 Project Phasing and Lane Requirements ............................................................................73 3.03 Advanced Warning Signs ..................................................................................................74 3.04 Traffic Control Plan Preparation and Submittal ................................................................75 3.05 Payment..............................................................................................................................75 4.00 Special Provisions - Traffic Signal Systems 4.01 Description .........................................................................................................................76 4.02 NEC Certificate Requirement Notice ................................................................................76 4.03 Furnishing and Installing ...................................................................................................76 4.04 Scheduling of Work ...........................................................................................................76 4.05 Submittal of Equipment List and Drawings.......................................................................77 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE iii SECTION / ITEM PAGE 4.06 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems .................................................78 4.07 Turn-On and Functional Testing ........................................................................................79 4.08 Service................................................................................................................................80 4.09 Type 332L Cabinet Assembly ...........................................................................................80 4.10 Type 334 Hub/Communication Cabinet Assembly ...........................................................84 4.11 Traffic Signal Controller ....................................................................................................85 4.12 Excavating and Backfilling ................................................................................................85 4.13 Foundations ........................................................................................................................85 4.14 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts ..................................................................................86 4.15 Conduit ...............................................................................................................................87 4.16 Pull Boxes ..........................................................................................................................89 4.17 Conductors and Cables ......................................................................................................90 4.18 Wiring ................................................................................................................................90 4.19 Bonding and Grounding .....................................................................................................91 4.20 Vehicle Signals ..................................................................................................................91 4.21 Countdown Pedestrian Signals ..........................................................................................91 4.22 Light Emitting Diode (LED) Modules ...............................................................................91 4.23 Vehicle Detectors ...............................................................................................................92 4.24 Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies ...................................................................................92 4.25 VIDEO Detection System ..................................................................................................93 4.26 Emergency Vehicle Preemption (EVP) System ................................................................93 4.27 Light Emitting Diode (LED) Luminaires ..........................................................................94 4.28 Conductor Labeling ...........................................................................................................94 4.29 Photoelectric Controls ........................................................................................................95 4.30 Overhead Reflective Street Name Signs ............................................................................95 4.31 Removing, Reinstalling, or Salvaging Electrical Equipment ............................................98 4.32 Communication Cables ......................................................................................................98 4.33 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System .....................................................................105 4.34 IP Communication System ..............................................................................................106 4.35 Payment............................................................................................................................106 5.00 Special Provisions - Irrigation, Landscaping, & Maintenance Period 5.01 Irrigation .........................................................................................................................108 5.01.01 Work Included ...........................................................................................................108 5.01.02 Approvals ...................................................................................................................109 5.01.03 Verification of Dimensions and Quantities ................................................................109 5.01.04 Inspection ...................................................................................................................110 5.01.05 Materials ....................................................................................................................110 5.01.06 Work Procedure .........................................................................................................116 5.01.07 Guarantee ...................................................................................................................120 5.02 Landscaping....................................................................................................................122 5.02.01 Related Documents ....................................................................................................122 5.02.02 Drawings and Specifications......................................................................................122 5.02.03 Summary ....................................................................................................................122 5.02.04 References ..................................................................................................................122 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE iv SECTION / ITEM PAGE 5.02.05 Submittals ..................................................................................................................123 5.02.06 Quality Assurance ......................................................................................................124 5.02.07 Delivery, Storage, and Handling ................................................................................124 5.02.08 Project Conditions ......................................................................................................125 5.02.09 Warranty ....................................................................................................................125 5.02.10 Manufacturers ............................................................................................................126 5.02.11 Materials ....................................................................................................................126 5.02.12 Plant Material .............................................................................................................127 5.02.13 Accessories ................................................................................................................128 5.02.14 Source Quality Control ..............................................................................................128 5.02.15 Examination ...............................................................................................................130 5.02.16 Preparation .................................................................................................................130 5.02.17 Weed Control .............................................................................................................130 5.02.18 Soil Preparation ..........................................................................................................131 5.02.19 Planting Operations ....................................................................................................131 5.02.20 Ground Cover.............................................................................................................134 5.02.21 Weed Eradication .......................................................................................................134 5.02.22 Sod Planting ...............................................................................................................135 5.02.23 Field Quality Control .................................................................................................135 5.02.24 Cleaning .....................................................................................................................136 5.02.25 Protection ...................................................................................................................136 5.03 Landscaping & Irrigation Maintenance Period ................................................................137 5.03.01 Maintenance ...............................................................................................................137 5.03.02 Final Acceptance of the Project .................................................................................137 5.03.03 Materials ....................................................................................................................137 5.03.04 Examination ...............................................................................................................137 5.03.05 Landscape Planting ....................................................................................................137 5.03.06 Tree and Shrub Care ..................................................................................................138 5.03.07 Groundcover Care ......................................................................................................139 5.03.08 Lawn and Turf Care ...................................................................................................140 5.03.09 Irrigation System ........................................................................................................140 5.03.10 Final Review ..............................................................................................................140 5.03.11 Cleaning .....................................................................................................................141 5.03.12 Protection ...................................................................................................................141 6.00 Special Provisions - Sanitary Sewer Improvements 6.01 Open Trench Operations, Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill .........................................142 6.02 Import Backfill Material ..................................................................................................143 6.03 Existing Utilities and Adjustments in Grade ...................................................................143 6.04 Landscaping and Irrigation Repair...................................................................................144 6.05 Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Cross Gutter...............................................................144 6.06 Temporary Paving (When Trenching in PCC Streets) ....................................................144 6.07 Permanent Asphalt Concrete Trench Pavement Replacement.........................................145 6.08 Permanent Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Trench Pavement and Bus Pad Replacement .....................................................................................................................146 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE v SECTION / ITEM PAGE 6.09 Vitrified Clay Pipe (VCP) Sewer Main ...........................................................................148 6.10 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe ............................................................................150 6.11 New Manhole Structures..................................................................................................154 6.12 Remove Existing Manhole Structures .............................................................................155 6.13 Abandon Existing Sewer Main ........................................................................................155 6.14 Abandon Existing Manhole Structures ............................................................................156 6.15 Construct 4” or 6” High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Sewer Laterals and Cleanouts (Pipe Burst) .....................................................................................................156 6.16 Construct 4” or 6” Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Laterals and Cleanouts (Open Trench) ..................................................................................................................159 6.17 Connect Sewer Laterals ...................................................................................................161 6.18 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of Sewer Main and Laterals ...................161 6.19 Sewer Flow Level Monitoring & Alarming Device ........................................................163 6.20 Repair Couplings .............................................................................................................163 6.21 Sewer Flow Bypassing .....................................................................................................163 6.22 Submittals ........................................................................................................................166 7.00 Special Provisions - Water Main Improvements 7.01 General .............................................................................................................................168 7.02 Open Trench Operations, Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill .........................................168 7.03 Existing Utilities and Adjustments in Grade ...................................................................169 7.04 Landscaping and Irrigation Repair...................................................................................170 7.05 Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Cross Gutter...............................................................170 7.06 Temporary Paving ............................................................................................................170 7.07 Permanent Asphalt Concrete Trench Pavement Replacement.........................................171 7.08 Permanent Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Trench Pavement Replacement and Bus Pad Replacement ................................................................................................172 7.09 Ductile Iron Water Main Pipe and Appurtenances ..........................................................174 7.10 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Main Pipe and Appurtenances ...................................176 7.11 Bore and Jack, Install Steel Casing and Carrier Pipe .......................................................179 7.12 Trace Wire .......................................................................................................................184 7.13 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves ..........................................................................................186 7.14 Butterfly Valves ...............................................................................................................187 7.15 Water Service ...................................................................................................................189 7.16 Fire Line Services ............................................................................................................190 7.17 Fire Hydrant Assembly ....................................................................................................191 7.18 Hot Tap Connection .........................................................................................................192 7.19 Combination Air Valves (as needed) ...............................................................................193 7.20 Vertical Offset (as needed) ..............................................................................................193 7.21 Disinfection and Flushing Plan ........................................................................................193 7.22 Water Main Tie-Ins, Shutdown, and Abandonment ........................................................194 7.23 Asbestos Cement Pipe (ACP) ..........................................................................................195 7.24 Submittals ........................................................................................................................196 8.00 Special Provisions - Storm Drain Construction 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE vi SECTION / ITEM PAGE 8.01 Concrete Structures ..........................................................................................................198 8.02 Masonry Construction ......................................................................................................198 8.03 Open Trench Operations ..................................................................................................198 8.04 T.V. Inspection.................................................................................................................200 8.05 Reinforced Concrete Box Storm Drain ............................................................................201 8.06 Dewatering .......................................................................................................................201 9.00 Special Provisions - Electrical System 9.01 Scope of Work .................................................................................................................202 9.02 Schedule of Work ............................................................................................................202 9.03 Inspections .......................................................................................................................203 9.04 Materials and Workmanship ............................................................................................203 9.05 Proposed Substitutions and “Or Equal” ...........................................................................203 9.06 Drawings Performance.....................................................................................................203 9.07 Submittals, Shop Drawings, and Record Drawings .........................................................204 9.08 Covering of Uninspected Work-Notifications for Inspections ........................................205 9.09 Cleaning Equipment and Materials ..................................................................................205 9.10 Tests .................................................................................................................................205 9.11 Protection of Existing Site Improvements .......................................................................206 9.12 Guarantee .........................................................................................................................206 9.13 Materials ..........................................................................................................................206 9.14 Execution .........................................................................................................................209 10.00 Special Provisions - Bridge Construction ............................................................ Not Used 11.00 Special Provisions - Miscellaneous Construction................................................ Not Used 11.01 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.02 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.03 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.04 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.05 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.06 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.07 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.08 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.09 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 11.10 Heading ............................................................................................................................212 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE vii SECTION / ITEM PAGE APPENDIX A Definition of Bid Items B Construction Contract Agreement C Bonds D Certificate of Insurance E Construction Signage and Notices F Standard Plans G Appendix G H Appendix H 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA ADVERTISEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE viii NOTICE INVITING BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Santa Ana will receive Bids electronically via PlanetBids on or before 2:00 pm, MONTH DAY, 20XX. No late bids will be accepted. No other method of bid submittal will be accepted for: PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE All Plans and Specifications are available on PlanetBids. For further information on how to register as a vendor refer to: https://www.santa-ana.org/finance/purchasing-division/vendor-registration Do not call Purchasing Division regarding Public Works Agency projects. Scope of Work: excavation, grading, removal & replacement of asphalt concrete pavement and Portland cement concrete, landscaping, irrigation, and signing & striping. Pre-Bid Job Meeting: There will be a Pre-Bid Job Meeting at 100 N Main Street on Monday, January 1, 2000 at 1:00 p.m. Contractor’s License Requirements: From the time of City Council contract award until work completion, the Contractor shall possess a valid California Class “A” Contractor’s license. All sub-contractors shall be properly licensed for their respective trades. Public Works Construction Permit: The Contractor will be required to obtain a Public Works Construction Permit (refer to Section 2-2a, Construction Permit, of these Special Provisions). The required deposit for this permit shall be as described in the Bid Proposal. Bid Proposal Guaranty: o A scanned copy of the Bid Proposal Guaranty shall be uploaded to PlanetBids along with project bid. Bid Proposal Guaranty shall be in the form of a cashier’s or certified check payable to the City of Santa Ana, or Bid Bond issued by a corporate surety, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the bid aggregate, as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into the proposed contract if the same is awarded. The signature of the bidder on the bid bond must be notarized. o In addition to electronic Bid submittals, Bidders shall deliver an original hard copy of the Bid Proposal Guaranty. For further instructions regarding original Bid Proposal Guaranty submittal, refer to PlanetBids. Failure to provide required documents with Bid may ca use the bid to be deemed non- responsive. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA ADVERTISEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE ix COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT For projects with bids greater than $250,000 for prime multi-trade construction contracts (including all subcontractors) or over $100,000 for specialty contracts (contracts either limited to a single trade or craft or limited to a singular scope of work), the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the CITY’S Community Workforce Agreement (CWA). This project is considered a Choose an item. contract. The CWA is a pre-hire collective bargaining agreement, which establishes the labor relations policies and procedures for CONTRACTOR to follow in the crafts persons employed to complete the WORK OF IMPROVEMENT as more fully described in the CWA. The CWA is incorporated by reference in the Construction Contract. A copy of the CWA may be found on the City’s website at: http://www.santa-ana.org/pwa/documents/CWA.pdf. CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, per Section 1771.4.a.1. BIDDERS are required to inform themselves fully of the conditions relating to construction and labor under which the work will be performed. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the California State Labor Code. In accordance with the California State Labor Code, prevailing wage rates apply. Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file with the Public Works Agency and shall be made available to any interested party on request. A Contractor and any subcontractor must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations prior to submitting a bid or otherwise have the ability to be registered prior to contract award per Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the California Business and Professions Code. “A contractor and any subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the California Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the California Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the California Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. Information about registration can be found on the Department of Industrial Relations website at http://www.dir.ca.gov/public-works/publicworks.html A bid will not be considered nor any contract or subcontract entered into without proof of the contractor and subcontractor’s current registration to perform public work as defined in the Section of the California Public Contract Code stated above. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA ADVERTISEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE x FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS As this project involves Federal funding assistance, Federal Labor Standards, including Davis- Bacon Act requirements, apply and will be enforced. If Federal and State wage rates differ, then the higher of the two will prevail. The City of Santa Ana has established a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal of X% for this contract. The Construction Contract DBE Commitment (Exhibit 15-G) and the DBE Information – Good Faith Efforts (Exhibit 15-H) may be submitted with the bid proposal. The form(s) must be received by the City no later than the time specified in the Special Instructions to Bidders for Federally Funded Projects included in the Contract Documents. (FOR CDBG FUNDED PROJECTS): The work to be performed under this contract is also subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, the Copeland Anti-Kickback Act, and the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. APPROVAL: By: Date: Nabil Saba, P.E. Executive Director, Public Works Agency 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA ADVERTISEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xi MAP OF CITY HALL 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xii INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR PROPOSAL SUBMISSION INTENT OF PROPOSAL The purpose of this Proposal is to identify a Prime Contractor to enter into a contract with the City of Santa Ana, referred to as AGENCY, to complete the Work shown on the Contract Documents. PROPOSAL The Proposal shall be submitted in accordance with the Notice Inviting Bids and shall be accompanied by the following documents: 1. Bid Proposal 2. Bidder’s Statement 3. Contractor’s Licensing and Registration Statement 4. Prevailing Wage Compliance and Monitoring Statement 5. Ownership Affidavit 6. Bid Bond 7. List of Sub-Contractors 8. References 9. Additional References 10. Non-Collusion Affidavit 11. Non-Discrimination Certificate 12. Statement Regarding Apprenticeship Requirements 13. Statement Regarding “Anti-Kickback” Requirements 14. Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire 15. Statement Regarding Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) Requirements 16. Federal Aid Certifications The Proposal may be considered non-responsive if any of these documents or forms is not included. The bid package shall be submitted as instructed in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is the BIDDER’S responsibility to ensure submittal of their Proposal on PlanetBids. CALIFORNIA STATE LABOR CODE As outlined in the Notice Inviting Bids, this project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, per Section 1771.4.a.1. BIDDERS are required to inform themselves fully of the conditions relating to construction and labor under which the work will be performed. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the California State Labor Code. Per Section 1771.4.a.2, Contractors are required to post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PROJECT SITE BIDDERS shall satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site, Contract Documents including the Plans and Specifications (and by any other means as they believe necessary) as to the actual physical conditions, requirements, and difficulties under which work must be performed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xiii DISCREPANCIES AND MISUNDERSTANDINGS No BIDDER shall at any time after submission of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. Any errors, omissions, or discrepancies found in the Contract Documents including the Plans and Specifications shall be called to the attention of the AGENCY as a Request for Clarification and addressed prior to the submission of bid proposals. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Requests for interpretation must be submitted online through PlanetBids. Any interpretation or correction of the documents will be made only by an Addendum. ADDENDA All addenda issued during the open bid advertisement period will be posted on PlanetBids and shall become part of the Contract Documents. Before submitting a Proposal, each BIDDER is responsible to acknowledge the issuance of addenda via PlanetBids. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL A Proposal may be withdrawn by submitting a written request signed by the BIDDER. Such requests must be delivered to the AGENCY’S Public Works Agency Executive Director prior to the bid-opening hour stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids. BID PROTEST Bid protests must be submitted in writing to the Executive Director of the Public Works Agency, City of Santa Ana, 20 Civic Center Plaza M-21, Santa Ana, CA 92701 before 4:00 p.m. of the 5th business day following bid opening (“Bid Protest Deadline”). A business day means a day on which the City is open for normal business and excludes weekends and holidays. Bid protests sent via U.S. mail or overnight carrier must be received by the AGENCY by the date and time limits described above in order to be deemed timely. Hand delivered protests must be provided during regular business hours to the receptionist in the City Hall Annex/Public Works Counter on the first floor of the City Hall Annex. Subsequent responses from the protesting and protested bidder can be submitted by email. Bid protests must comply with the following: a. General. Only a bidder who has submitted a bid proposal is eligible to submit a bid protest against another bidder. Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protests. A bidder may not rely on the bid protest submitted by another bidder, but must timely pursue its own protest. b. Contents of Protest. The bid protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documentation. Material submitted by the protesting bidder after the Bid Protest Deadline will not be considered. The protest must refer to the specific portion of the Contract Documents upon which the protest is based. The protest must include the name, address, e-mail address, and telephone number of the person representing the protesting bidder if different from the protesting bidder. c. Copy to Protested Bidder. By or before the Bid Protest Deadline, the party submitting the bid protest shall concurrently transmit a copy of the bid protest document to the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xiv protested bidder and any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending on the outcome of the protest. d. Response to Protest. The protested bidder may submit a written Response to the Bid Protest within two business days after the Bid Protest Deadline or after actual receipt of the bid protest, whichever is sooner (“Response Deadline”). The Response to the Bid Protest must include all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Response Deadline will not be considered. The Response to the Bid Protest must contain the name, address, e-mail address, and telephone number of the persons representing the protested bidder if different from the protested bidder. e. Copy to Protesting Bidder. A copy of the Response to the Bid Protest and all supporting documents must be concurrently transmitted by the protested bidder to the protesting bidder and any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest. f. No Hearing on Bid Protests based on Non-Responsiveness. No hearing shall be required for bid protests based on lack of responsiveness. g. Exclusive Remedy. The procedures and time limits set forth above are mandatory and are the bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a bid protest. Protesting and protested bidder’s failure to comply with these procedures will constitute a waiver of any right to further pursue a bid protest, including without limitation filing a claim under the California Government Code or the initiation of legal proceedings. h. Right to Award. The City Council reserves the right to award the Contract to the bidder it has determined to be the responsible bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid, and to issue a notice to proceed with the project notwithstanding any pending or continuing challenge to its determination. i. Decision on Protest. The Executive Director of Public Works or designee will issue a written decision to the City Council on the protest, which shall also be promptly provided to all interested parties. BID PROPOSAL The definitions for Bid Items that are identified in the Bid Proposal form are provided in Appendix A. The AGENCY will check each bid item unit price and amount for all the bids submitted. In case of a discrepancy between the correct product of the quantity multiplied by the unit price and the subtotal amount entered by the BIDDER, the correct unit price shall prevail and the product will be correctly accordingly. In case of a discrepancy between the correct sum of the individual subtotal amounts and the total bid amount entered by the BIDDER, the correct sum shall prevail. If a unit price is not legible or is missing, the amount for that contract bid item shall be divided by the quantity to arrive at the unit price. The bid total shall be corrected and the results shall be considered as representing the bidder’s intention. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xv If a Bid contains discrepancies that make it difficult or impossible to determine the bidder’s intention, then such Bid may be considered unresponsive, in which case the bid may be rejected. TIME FOR COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The time for completion of this project, and the liquidated damages amount when/if the time for completion is exceeded, is included in the Bid Proposal Section of these Contract Documents. BIDDERS STATEMENT In accordance with Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code, a licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to the public agency unless his or her contractor’s license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations made therein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information or a bid containing information, which is subsequently false, shall be considered non-responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency. Format for these statements are included in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. In accordance with the Section 3300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Agency has determined that the BIDDER shall possess a license in the classification specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. OWNERSHIP AFFIDAVIT An Ownership Affidavit is required to be completed and submitted with the Bid Proposal. A form is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. PROPOSAL GUARANTY Each bid shall be accompanied by a Proposal Guaranty as instructed in the Notice Inviting Bids AND PlanetBids. A sample Bid Bond is included in the Bid Proposal Section of these Contract Documents. LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS The State of California Public Contract Code requires listing of all subcontractors who in tend to perform work which is ½ % of the bid or $10,000 (streets, highways and bridge projects), whichever is greater, or ½ % of the bid (buildings, parks, or other projects). A form for this information is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. REFERENCES/ADDITIONAL REFERENCES BIDDER shall include a list of three public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work within past three (3) years, and three public agencies for which BIDDER and/or his Subcontractor has performed similar work within the past five (5) years. A form for this information is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT In accordance with Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code 7106 , the AGENCY shall require all bidders to execute and submit a non-collusion affidavit with the Bid Proposal. A copy of the Non-Collusion Affidavit is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xvi NON-DISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATE Attention is directed to Section 1735 of the California Labor Code, as added by Chapter 643, Statutes of 1939, which reads as follows: “No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public works because of the race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, or sex of such persons except as provided in Section 1420, and every contractor for Public Works violating this Section is subject to all penalties imposed for a violation of t he Chapter.” A copy of the Certification of Nondiscrimination by Contractors is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. STATEMENT REGARDING APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS Bidders shall be familiar with the requirements of Section 1777.5 of the California State Labor Code regarding employment of apprentices and shall submit a Statement Regarding Apprenticeship Requirements with the Bid Proposal. A copy of the Statement is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. STATEMENT REGARDING “ANTI-KICK-BACK” REQUIREMENTS Bidders shall be familiar with, and shall agree to comply with, the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (18 USC 74) as supplemented in the Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR, Part 3), and shall submit a Statement Regarding “Anti-Kickback” Requirements with the Bid Proposal. A copy of the Statement is provided in the Bid Proposal section of these Contract Documents. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT, BONDS & INSURANCE The Construction Contract Agreement, Sample Bonds and Insurance Requirements are all included as appendices in the project Contract Documents. Following authorization by City Council to award a Construction Contract, written notification will be given by the AGENCY to the successful BIDDER who will, within ten (10) business days, submit to the Agency the completed and signed Construction Contract Agreement, a Performance Bond, a Payment Bond, and evidence of Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Failure to execute a contract and submission of acceptable bonds and insurance as provided herein within the time limit above may be just cause for the annulment of contract award and the forfeiture of the bid proposal guarantee. No contract shall be binding upon the AGENCY until it has been completely executed by the Contractor, approved by the City Attorney, and executed by the AGENCY. After the AGENCY executes the Contract and approves the bonds and certificates of liability insurance, the AGENCY will send the successful BIDDER a copy of the fully executed Construction Contract Agreement. RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTIES Within ten (10) days after the award of the contract, the AGENCY will return the proposal guaranties, other than Bid Bonds, except any guaranties that have been forfeited. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xvii SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS DAVIS-BACON ACT Because this project is funded with XXXXXXXXXX money, the rate of wages for each craft or type of worker or mechanic employed under this contract shall be specified under the current determinations of the Department of Labor as required under the Davis-Bacon Act. The current wage determination can be obtained at the following location, upon entering Davis-Bacon Act Wage Decision (DBA WD) #CA35: www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx Notwithstanding the conditions hereinabove, the California Labor Code stipulated that not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of worker or mechanic needed to execute the contract in the locality in which the work is to be performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations of the State of California shall be paid to all workers employed. A copy of the prevailing rate of per diem wages is on file in the Public Works Agency, Construction Engineering Division, City of Santa Ana and is available on request to any interested party. Where a discrepancy exists between federal and state prevailing wage rates, the policy of the California Department of Labor is to require that the higher of the two prevailing wage rates shall apply. DESIGN ENGINEER MAY NOT BID ON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT No engineering or architectural firm which has provided design services for a project shall be eligible to bid on the contract to construct the project. The firms ineligible to bid include the Prime Contractor for design, Subcontractors of portions of the design, and affiliates of either. An affiliate is a firm which is subject to the control of the same persons, through joint ownership or otherwise. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DBE) Under 49 CFR 26.13(b): The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT- assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Take necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that DBEs have opportunity to participate in the contract (49 CFR 26). To ensure equal participation of DBEs provided in 49 CFR 26.5, the Agency shows a goal for DBEs. Make work available to DBEs and select work parts consistent with available DBE subcontractors and suppliers. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xviii Meet the DBE goal shown elsewhere in these special provisions or demonstrate that you made adequate good faith efforts to meet this goal. It is your responsibility to verify that the DBE firm is certified as DBE at date of bid opening. For a list of DBEs certified by the California Unified Certification Program, go to: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/bep/find_certified.htm All DBE participation will count toward the California Department of Transportation’s federally mandated statewide overall DBE goal. Credit for materials or supplies you purchase from DBEs counts towards the goal in the following manner:  100 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer.  60 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE regular dealer.  Only fees, commissions, and charges for assistance in the procurement and delivery of materials or supplies count if obtained from a DBE that is neither a manufacturer nor regular dealer. 49 CFR 26.55 defines "manufacturer" and "regular dealer." You receive credit towards the goal if you employ a DBE trucking company that performs a commercially useful function as defined in 49 CFR 26.55(d)(1) through (4) and (6). a. DBE Commitment Submittal Submit the Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form, included in the Bid book. If the form is not submitted with the bid, remove the form from the Bid book before submitting your bid. If the DBE Commitment form is not submitted with the bid, the apparent low bidder, the 2nd low bidder, and the 3rd low bidder must complete and submit the DBE Commitment form to the Agency. DBE Commitment form must be received by the Agency no later than 4:00 p.m. on the 4th business day after bid opening. Other bidders do not need to submit the DBE Commitment form unless the Agency requests it. If the Agency requests you to submit a DBE Commitment form, submit the completed form within 4 business days of the request. Submit written confirmation from each DBE stating that it is participating in the contract. Include confirmation with the DBE Commitment form. A copy of a DBE's quote will serve as written confirmation that the DBE is participating in the contract. If you do not submit the DBE Commitment form within the specified time, the Agency will find your bid nonresponsive. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xix b. Good Faith Efforts Submittal If you have not met the DBE goal, complete and submit the DBE Information - Good Faith Efforts, Exhibit 15-H, form with the bid showing that you made adequate good faith efforts to meet the goal. Only good faith efforts directed towards obtaining participation by DBEs will be considered. If good faith efforts documentation is not submitted with the bid, it must be received by the Agency no later than 4:00 p.m. on the 4th business day after bid opening. If your DBE Commitment form shows that you have met the DBE goal or if you are required to submit the DBE Commitment form, you must also submit good faith efforts documentation within the specified time to protect your eligibility for award of the contract in the event the Agency finds that the DBE goal has not been met. Good faith efforts documentation must include the following information and supporting documents, as necessary: 1. Items of work you have made available to DBE firms. Identify those items of work you might otherwise perform with your own forces and those items that have been broken down into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation. For each item listed, show the dollar value and percentage of the total contract. It is your responsibility to demonstrate that sufficient work to meet the goal was made available to DBE firms. 2. Names of certified DBEs and dates on which they were solicited to bid on the project. Include the items of work offered. Describe the methods used for followin g up initial solicitations to determine with certainty if the DBEs were interested, and the dates of the follow-up. Attach supporting documents such as copies of letters, memos, facsimiles sent, telephone logs, telephone billing statements, and other evidence of solicitation. You are reminded to solicit certified DBEs through all reasonable and available means and provide sufficient time to allow DBEs to respond. 3. Name of selected firm and its status as a DBE for each item of work made available. Include name, address, and telephone number of each DBE that provided a quote and their price quote. If the firm selected for the item is not a DBE, provide the reasons for the selection. 4. Name and date of each publication in which you requested DBE participation for the project. Attach copies of the published advertisements. 5. Names of agencies and dates on which they were contacted to provide assistance in contacting, recruiting, and using DBE firms. If the agencies were contacted in writing, provide copies of supporting documents. 6. List of efforts made to provide interested DBEs with adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract to assist them in responding to a solicitation. If you have provided information, identify the name of the DBE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xx assisted, the nature of the information provided, and date of contact. Provide copies of supporting documents, as appropriate. 7. List of efforts made to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, insurance, necessary equipment, supplies, and materials, excluding supplies and equipment that the DBE subcontractor purchases or leases from the prime contractor or its affiliate. If such assistance is provided by you, identify the name of the DBE assisted, nature of the assistance offered, and date assistance was provided. Provide copies of supporting documents, as appropriate. 8. Any additional data to support demonstration of good faith efforts. The Agency may consider DBE commitments of the 2nd and 3rd bidders when determining whether the low bidder made good faith efforts to meet the DBE goal. c. Exhibit 15-G - Construction Contract DBE Information Complete and sign Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment included in the contract documents regardless of whether DBE participation is reported. Provide written confirmation from each DBE that the DBE is participating in the Contract. A copy of a DBE's quote serves as written confirmation. If a DBE is participating as a joint venture partner, the Agency encourages you to submit a copy of the joint venture agreement d. Subcontractor and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Records Use each DBE subcontractor as listed on Exhibit 12-B Bidder’s List of Subcontractors (DBE and Non-DBE) and Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form unless you receive authorization for a substitution. The Agency requests the Contractor to: 1. Notify the Engineer of any changes to its anticipated DBE participation 2. Provide this notification before starting the affected work 3. Maintain records including:  Name and business address of each 1st-tier subcontractor  Name and business address of each DBE subcontractor, DBE vendor, and DBE trucking company, regardless of tier  Date of payment and total amount paid to each business If you are a DBE contractor, include the date of work performed by your own forces and the corresponding value of the work. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxi Before the 15th of each month, submit a Monthly DBE Trucking Verification form. If a DBE is decertified before completing its work, the DBE must notify you in writin g of the decertification date. If a business becomes a certified DBE before completing its work, the business must notify you in writing of the certification date. Submit the notifications. On work completion, complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterpris es (DBE) Certification Status Change, Exhibit 17-O, form. Submit the form within 30 days of contract acceptance. Upon work completion, complete Exhibit 17-F Final Report – Utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE), First-Tier Subcontractors. Submit it within 90 days of contract acceptance. The Agency will withhold $10,000 until the form is submitted. The Agency releases the withhold upon submission of the completed form. e. Performance of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises DBEs must perform work or supply materials as listed in the Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form, included in the Bid. Do not terminate or substitute a listed DBE for convenience and perform the work with your own forces or obtain materials from other sources without authorization from the Agency. The Agency authorizes a request to use other forces or sources of materials if it shows any of the following justifications: 1. Listed DBE fails or refuses to execute a written contract based on plans and specifications for the project. 2. You stipulated that a bond is a condition of executing the subcontract and the listed DBE fails to meet your bond requirements. 3. Work requires a contractor's license and listed DBE does not have a valid license under Contractors License Law. 4. Listed DBE fails or refuses to perform the work or furnish the listed materials. 5. Listed DBE's work is unsatisfactory and not in compliance with the contract. 6. Listed DBE is ineligible to work on the project because of suspension or debarment. 7. Listed DBE becomes bankrupt or insolvent. 8. Listed DBE voluntarily withdraws with written notice from the Contract. 9. Listed DBE is ineligible to receive credit for the type of work required. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxii 10. Listed DBE owner dies or becomes disabled resulting in the inability to perform the work on the Contract. 11. Agency determines other documented good cause. Notify the original DBE of your intent to use other forces or material sources and provide the reasons. Provide the DBE with 5 days to respond to your notice and advise you and the Agency of the reasons why the use of other forces or sources of materials should not occur. Your request to use other forces or material sources must include: 1. One or more of the reasons listed in the preceding paragraph 2. Notices from you to the DBE regarding the request 3. Notices from the DBEs to you regarding the request If a listed DBE is terminated or substituted, you must make good faith efforts to find another DBE to substitute for the original DBE. The substitute DBE must perform at least the same amount of work as the original DBE under the contract to the extent needed to meet the DBE goal. The substitute DBE must be certified as a DBE at the time of request for substitution. Unless the Agency authorizes (1) a request to use other forces or sources of materials or (2) a good faith effort for a substitution of a terminated DBE, the Agency does not pay for work listed on the Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form unless it is performed or supplied by the listed DBE or an authorized substitute. BID OPENING The Agency makes the bid results known publically at the time shown. BID RIGGING The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) provides a toll-free hotline to report bid rigging activities. Use the hotline to report bid rigging, bidder collusion, and other fraudulent activities. The hotline number is (800) 424-9071. The service is available 24 hours 7 days a week and is confidential and anonymous. The hotline is part of the DOT's effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the DOT Inspector General. CONTRACT AWARD If the Agency awards the contract, the award is made to the lowest responsible and responsive BIDDER. CONTRACTOR LICENSE The Contractor must be properly licensed as a contractor from contract award through Contract acceptance (Public Contract Code § 10164). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxiii CHANGED CONDITIONS a. Differing Site Conditions 1. During the progress of the work, if subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered at the site differing materially from those indicated in the contract or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. 2. Upon written notification, the engineer will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The engineer will notify the contractor of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. 3. No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the contractor will be allowed unless the contractor has provided the required written notice. 4. No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. (This provision may be omitted by the Local Agency, at their option.) b. Suspensions of Work Ordered by the Engineer 1. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended or delayed by the engineer in writing for an unreasonable period of time (not originally anticipated, customary, or inherent to the construction industry) and the contractor believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension or delay, the contractor shall submit to the engineer in writing a request for adjustment within 7 calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. 2. Upon receipt, the engineer will evaluate the contractor's request. If the engineer agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the contractor, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the engineer will make an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The contractor will be notified of the engineer's determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. 3. No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the contractor has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxiv 4. No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended or delayed by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. c. Significant Changes in the Character of Work 1. The engineer reserves the right to make, in writing, at any time during the work, such changes in quantities and such alterations in the work as are necessary to satisfactorily complete the project. Such changes in quantities and alterations shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to perform the work as altered. 2. If the alterations or changes in quantities significantly change the character of the work under the contract, whether such alterations or changes are in themselves significant changes to the character of the work or by affecting other work cause such other work to become significantly different in character, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profit, will be made to the contract. The basis for the adjustment shall be agreed upon prior to the performance of the work. If a basis cannot be agreed upon, then an adjustment will be made either for or against the contractor in such amount as the engineer may determine to be fair and equitable. 3. If the alterations or changes in quantities do not significantly change the character of the work to be performed under the contract, the altered work will be paid for as provided elsewhere in the contract. 4. The term “significant change” shall be construed to apply only to the following circumstances:  When the character of the work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or  When a major item of work, as defined elsewhere in the contract, is increased in excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original contract quantity. Any allowance for an increase in quantity shall apply only to that portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract item quantity, or in case of a decrease below 75 percent, to the actual amount of work performed. BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS Furnish steel and iron materials to be incorporated into the work with certificates of compliance. Steel and iron materials must be produced in the U.S. except: 1. Foreign pig iron and processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore may be used in the domestic production of the steel and iron materials [60 Fed Reg 15478 (03/24/1995)]; 2. If the total combined cost of the materials does not exceed the greater of 0.1 percent of the total bid or $2,500, materials produced outside the U.S. may be used. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxv Production includes: 1. Processing steel and iron materials, including smelting or other processes that alter the physical form or shape (such as rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, and drilling) or chemical composition 2. Coating application, including epoxy coating, galvanizing, and painting, that protects or enhances the value of steel and iron materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE The Agency uses a Quality Assurance Program (QAP) to ensure a material is produced to comply with the Contract. You may examine the records and reports of tests the Agency performs if they are available at the job site. Schedule work to allow time for QAP. PROMPT PAYMENT OF FUNDS WITHHELD TO SUBCONTRACTORS The agency shall hold retainage from the prime contractor and shall make prompt and regular incremental acceptances of portions, as determined by the agency, of the contract work, and pay retainage to the prime contractor based on these acceptances. The prime contractor, or subcontractor, shall return all monies withheld in retention from a subcontractor within 30 days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed and accepted including incremental acceptances of portions of the contract work by the agency. Federal law (49CFR26.29) requires that any delay or postponement of payment over 30 days may take place only for good cause and with the agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of this provision shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code. These requirements shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the prime contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the prime contractor, deficient subcontract performance, or noncompliance by a subcontractor. FORM FHWA-1273 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS Form FHWA-1273 is included as an Appendix of the Contract Documents. FEMALE AND MINORITY GOALS To comply with Section II, "Nondiscrimination," of "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts," the following are goals for female and minority utilization for Federal- aid construction contracts and subcontracts that exceed $10,000: The nationwide goal for female utilization is 6.9 percent. The goal for minority utilization is 11.9 percent. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxvi TITLE VI ASSURANCES During the performance of this Agreement, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter collectively referred to as Contractor) agrees as follows: (1) Compliance with Regulations: CONTRACTOR shall comply with the regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation, Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the REGULATIONS), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this agreement. (2) Nondiscrimination: CONTRACTOR, with regard to the work performed by it during the AGREEMENT, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, or disability in the selection and retention of sub-applicants, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. CONTRACTOR shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the agreement covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. (3) Solicitations for Sub-agreements, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by CONTRACTOR for work to be performed under a Sub-agreement, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential sub-applicant or supplier shall be notified by CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR’S obligations under this Agreement and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. (4) Information and Reports: CONTRACTOR shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the California Department of Transportation or FHWA to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations or directives. Where any information required of CONTRACTOR is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, CONTRACTOR shall so certify to the California Department of Transportation or the FHWA as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts CONTRACTOR has made to obtain the information. (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of CONTRACTOR’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this agreement, the California Department of Transportation shall impose such agreement sanctions as it or the FHWA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: (a) withholding of payments to CONTRACTOR under the Agreement within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 90 days; and/or (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the Agreement, in whole or in part. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE xxvii (6) Incorporation of Provisions: CONTRACTOR shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every sub-agreement, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. CONTRACTOR shall take such action with respect to any sub-agreement or procurement as the California Department of Transportation or FHWA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance, provided, however, that, in the event CONTRACTOR becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub-applicant or supplier as a result of such direction, CONTRACTOR may request the California Department of Transportation enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the State, and, in addition, CONTRACTOR may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States USE OF UNITED STATES-FLAG VESSELS The CONTRACTOR agrees- 1. To utilize privately owned United States-flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carries, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to this contract, to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-flag commercial vessels. 2. To Furnish within 20 days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United State or within 30 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated “on-board” commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in paragraph (1) of this section to both the Contracting Officer (through the prime contractor in the case of subcontractor bills-of-lading) and to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590. 3. To insert the substance of the provisions of this clause in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract. CERTIFICATIONS, STATEMENTS, FORMS AND QUESTIONNAIRES The City of Santa Ana, as AGENCY, will require, prior to the award of any non-exempt Federally assisted construction contract or subcontract, that each prospective contractor and subcontractor submit the Certifications, Statements, Forms and Questionnaires which are included as an Appendix of the Contract Documents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-1 of P-17 BID PROPOSAL TO: CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA ANA FROM: REQUIREMENT: The undersigned bidder declares that they have carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that they have examined the Contract Documents in its entirety and hereby proposes to furnish all material and do all the work required to complete the said work in accordance with said plans (if any) and the specifications for the unit price(s) or lump sum(s) set forth in the following schedule: Item Description Qty Unit Unit Price Amount 1 $ $ 2 $ $ 3 $ $ 4 $ $ 5 $ $ 6 $ $ 7 $ $ 8 $ $ 9 $ $ 10 $ $ 11 $ $ 12 $ $ 13 $ $ 14 $ $ 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-2 of P-17 Item Description Qty Unit Unit Price Amount 15 As-Built Plans 1 LS $5,000 $ 16 Construction Permit 1 LS $10,000 $ 17 SWPPP Risk Level # 1 LS $ $ TOTAL BASE BID $ The lowest responsible bidder shall be selected based on the total base bid. The City reserves the right to award the Base Bid, and any, all, or none of the add-alternate bid items (if any). * The quantity for this bid item is shown for bid comparison only. This bid item shall not be subject to the “25%” limit as stated in Section 3-2 of the Standard Specifications. The actual amount for this item will be dictated by the actual quantity used, and the Agency reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of this item accordingly. † This bid item is considered a Specialty Item per Section 2-3.2 of the Standard Specifications. TIME FOR COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to complete the Work for the total base bid amount shown above, within number (XXX) working days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. The liquidated damages amount, in lieu of the amount specified in Subsection 6-9 of the Standard Specifications, shall be $X,XXX per calendar day. Name of Firm Signature of BIDDER Title (If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individual co-partners composing the firm. If a corporation, state legal name of corporation, and names of President, Secretary, Treasurer and Manager, thereof.) 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-3 of P-17 BIDDER’S STATEMENT BIDDER understands and agrees that this Bid Proposal, Contract Documents and subsequent Construction Contract Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between BIDDER and the AGENCY only after it has been accepted by the City Council, endorsed by the Clerk of the Council with her signature and official seal noting hereon the action of approval of the Council, signed by the Public Works Agency Executive Director or his/her duly authorized agent, and signed by the City Attorney, denoting his approval of the form of this document, and its execution, and when it or an exact copy of it has been either delivered to BIDDER or deposited with the United States Postal Service properly addressed to the BIDDER with the correct postage affixed thereto. BIDDER further agrees that upon delivery (as defined above) of the accepted agreement h e/she will furnish AGENCY all required bonds and certificate of liability insurance within ten (10) business days or the funds, check, draft, or BIDDERS bond substituted in lieu thereof accompanying this proposal shall become the property of the AGENCY and shall be considered as payment of damages due to the delay and other causes suffered by AGENCY because of the failure to furnish the necessary bonds and because it is distinctly agreed that the proof of damages actually suffered is difficult to ascertain; otherwise said funds, check, drafts, or BIDDER’S bond substituted in lieu thereof shall be returned to the undersigned. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, the estimated quantities set forth in the bid schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. The BIDDER also certifies that the bid is a balanced bid. In accordance with Section 7028.15 of the California Business and Professions Code, the undersigned certifies under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Name of Firm Signature of BIDDER Title (If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individual co-partners composing the firm. If a corporation, state legal name of corporation, and names of President, Secretary, Treasurer and Manager, thereof.) 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-4 of P-17 CONTRACTOR’S LICENSING AND REGISTRATION STATEMENT The undersigned contractor, or corporate officer, declares under penalty of perjury that he/she and all his/her subcontractors are registered with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), and that the following is true and correct. Contractor’s Name: Business Address: Business E-Mail Address: Telephone: State Contractor’s License No. and Class: License Expiration Date: State Dept. of Industrial Relations (DIR) Registration No.: State Dept. of Industrial Relations (DIR) Registration Expiration Date: Signed: Title: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-5 of P-17 PREVAILING WAGE COMPLIANCE AND MONITORING STATEMENT Contractor is aware of the requirements of California Labor Code Section 1720, et seq., as well as California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16,000, et seq., (“Prevailing Wage Laws”), which require the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on “public works” and “maintenance” projects. Since the services are being performed as part of an applicable “public works” or “maintenance” project, as defined by the Prevailing Wage Laws, and since the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Contractor agrees to fully comply with such Prevailing Wage Laws. City shall provide Contractor with a copy of the prevailing rates of per diem wages i n effect at the commencement of this Agreement. Contractor shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to execute the services available to interested parties upon request, and shall post copies at the Contractor’s principal place of business and at the project site. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its elected officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of an y failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws. The undersigned certifies that the foregoing is true and correct. Name of Firm Signature of BIDDER Title (if an individual, so state) 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-6 of P-17 OWNERSHIP AFFIDAVIT STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF ORANGE ) SS: CITY OF SANTA ANA ) , being duly sworn, deposes and says:  INDIVIDUAL That he/she is the party making the foregoing proposal:  PARTNERSHIP That he/she is a member of the co-partnership firm designated as: and who has been and is duly vested with the authority to make and execute instruments for the co-partnership by: who constitute the other members of the co-partnership.  CORPORATION That he is of: a corporation which is making the foregoing proposal:  JOINT VENTURE That he is of: one of the parties making the foregoing proposal as a joint venture, and the he/she has been and is duly vested with the authority to execute instruments for an on behalf of the parties making said bid who are: that such a bid is genuine and not collusive or sham, and has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure any advantage against the City of Santa Ana or any person int erested in the proposed contract, for himself or any other person. Signature of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Signature of officer Administering Oath (Notary Public) 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-7 of P-17 BID BOND KNOW ALL PRESENT that, , as BIDDER, and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF SANTA ANA, as AGENCY, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), which is ten percent (10%) of the total amount bid by BIDDER to AGENCY for the above-stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to AGENCY for the above-stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of AGENCY. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seal this _ day of , 20 . BIDDER* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 . Signature: Notary Public in and for the County of , State of * Provide BIDDER/ SURETY name, address, and telephone number and the name, title, address, and telephone number of authorized representative. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-8 of P-17 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS Section 4100 et. seq. of the Public Contract Code requires listing of all subcontractors with the bid for all subcontract work exceeding the following amount: o Streets, highways including bridge projects: ½% of the bid or $10,000, whichever is greater o Buildings, parks, or other projects: ½% of the bid Section 1725.5 of the Public Contract Code requires all Subcontractors be registered with the State Department of Industrial Relations (DIR). BIDDER proposes to subcontract certain portions of the work to the firms listed below: Name Name License #/Exp. License #/Exp. DIR Reg. #/Exp. DIR Reg. #/Exp. Location Location Phone Phone Type Of Work Type Of Work Amount $ Amount $ Name Name License #/Exp. License #/Exp. DIR Reg. #/Exp. DIR Reg. #/Exp. License # License # Location Location Phone Phone Type Of Work Type Of Work Amount $ Amount $ Name Name License #/Exp. License #/Exp. DIR Reg. #/Exp. DIR Reg. #/Exp. License # License # Location Location Phone Phone Type Of Work Type Of Work Amount $ Amount $ Signature of Bidder 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-9 of P-17 REFERENCES The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for THREE public agencies for which the BIDDER has performed similar work within the past three years. 1. Name and Address of Owner. Name and Telephone Number of person familiar with project. Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed 2. Name and Address of owner. Name and Telephone Number of person familiar with project. Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed 3. Name and Address of owner. Name and Telephone Number of person familiar with project. Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance and bonds. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-10 of P-17 ADDITIONAL REFERENCES The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for THREE public agencies for which the BIDDER or Subcontractor has performed similar work in the past five years. 1. Name and Address of Owner. Name and Telephone Number of person familiar with project. Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed 2. Name and Address of owner. Name and Telephone Number of person familiar with project. Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed 3. Name and Address of owner. Name and Telephone Number of person familiar with project. Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance and bonds. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-11 of P-17 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT (Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code Section 7106) In conformance with Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code 7106 the BIDDER declares that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any BIDDER or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the BIDDER has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the BIDDER or any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other BIDDER, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the BIDDER has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Note: The above Non-collusion Affidavit is part of the Proposal. BIDDERS are cautioned that making a false certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution. Signed State of California County of __________ Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this _____ day of _______, 20__, by _______________________, proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me Notary Public Signature Notary Public Seal 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-12 of P-17 NON-DISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATE The undersigned contractor or corporate officer, during the performance of this contract, certifies as follows: 1. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without, regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The Contractor shall send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he/she has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers’ representatives of the Contractor’s commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The Contractor shall furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his/her books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation, to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the Contractor’s non-compliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, the contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Execution Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulations, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-13 of P-17 7. The Contractor shall include the portion of the sentence immediatel y preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request that the United States enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 8. Pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1735, as added by Chapter 643 Stats. 1939, and as amended, no discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public works because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicaps, mental condition, marital status, or sex of such persons, except as provided in Section 1420, and any contractor of public works violating this Section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of the Chapter. Signed: Title: Firm: Date: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-14 of P-17 STATEMENT REGARDING APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS The undersigned BIDDER is familiar with the requirements of Section 1777.5 of the State Labor Code regarding employment of apprentices, and understands that contractors on contracts exceeding $30,000 or 20 working days shall: 1. Apply to the joint apprenticeship committee administering the apprenticeship standards of the craft or trade in the area of the site of the public work for a certificate approving the contractor under the apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of apprentices in the area or industry affected. 2. Employ the number of apprentices or the ratio of apprentices to journeymen stipulated in the apprenticeship standards. 3. Contribute to the fund or funds in each craft or trade in which he/she employs journeymen or apprentices on the public work, in the same amount or upon the same basis and in the same manner as the other contractors, except contractors not signatory to the trust agreement shall pay a like amount to the California Apprenticeship Council. Signed: Title: Firm: Date: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-15 of P-17 STATEMENT REGARDING “ANTI-KICKBACK” REQUIREMENTS The undersigned is submitting this proposal for performing by contract the work required by these bid documents, agrees to comply with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (18 USC 74) as supplemented in the Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR, Part 3). This act provides that each contractor or subcontractor shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he/she is otherwise entitled. Signed: Title: Firm: Date: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-16 of P-17 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 10162, the BIDDER shall complete, under penalty of perjury, the following questionnaire: Has the BIDDER, any officer of the BIDDER, or any employee of the BIDDER who has a proprietary interest in the BIDDER, ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing a federal, state, or local government project because of a violation of law or a safety regulation? Yes No If the answer is yes, explain the circumstances in the following space. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA PROPOSAL PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE P-17 of P-17 STATEMENT REGARDING COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT (CWA) REQUIREMENTS This is to certify that the undersigned BIDDER, and subcontractors, have read and understood the CWA entered into by and between the City of Santa Ana, the Los Angeles/Orange Counties Building and Construction Trades Council, and the signatory Craft Councils and Local Unions, effective as of September 1, 2017. The CWA is available at: http://www.santa-ana.org/pwa/documents/CWA.pdf The undersigned BIDDER hereby agrees to comply with all terms and conditions of the CWA, and is capable of completing construction of the project continuously, and without interruptions or delays. If awarded any work covered by the CWA, BIDDER will also be required to sign the Letter of Assent that appears as Attachment A to the CWA. The undersigned BIDDER has reviewed the Public Works Construction Permit and required deposit described in Section 2-2a and the Notice of Inviting Bids. Signed: Title: Firm: Date: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 1 FORWARD The Standard Specifications is the 2018 edition, including all supplements at time of bid, of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, including supplements and accompanying Standard Plans, written and promulgated by Public Works Standards, Inc. These Standard Specifications shall control the general provisions, construction materials, and construction methods for this contract, except as amended by the Contract Documents. The following General Provisions are supplementary and in addition to the provisions of the Standard Specifications, unless otherwise noted. The section and subsection numbering system used in these General Provisions corresponds to that used in the Standard Specifications. The State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, and Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, latest edition at time of bid of each, are incorporated herein by reference and are hereby accepted as Reference Specifications. Thes e Reference Specifications are intended to govern certain construction materials, methods, and details except as modified herein or are inconsistent with the provisions herein. PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1-2 TERMS & DEFINITIONS Add the following to this subsection: Acceptance – The formal written acceptance by the Agency of the completed project. Agency – City of Santa Ana Approved Equal –material or product that has been reviewed and approved by the Engineer as similar and equal in all respects and acceptable for use in lieu of that specified. Approved, Required, Directed – or words of similar import, refer to and indicate that the work or materials shall be “approved,” “required,” or “directed” by the City of Santa Ana or its duly authorized representative. Board – City Council of the City of Santa Ana Bid Proposal – see Bid City – City of Santa Ana City Council – The body constituting the awarding authority of the City, namely the City Council of the City of Santa Ana. Contract Documents – In addition to items specified in the Standard Specifications, Contract Documents shall also include all Appendices as referenced and/or included. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 2 Contractor – The person or persons, co-partnership or corporation, private or municipal, who have entered into contract for this work as parties or party of the second part of his or her legal representatives. Department – City of Santa Ana Public Works Agency. Due Notice – A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) prior to the commencement of the contemplated action. Notification may be from City to Contractor or from Contractor to City. Engineer – The Executive Director of the Public Works Agency of the City of Santa Ana or his/her authorized representative Laboratory – Any laboratory of a public agency or a recognized commercial testing laboratory. Owner – City of Santa Ana Prompt – The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval by a governing body. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.2 Common Usage Add the following to this subsection: Abbreviation Word or Words CA MUTCD.........California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices CCPR ...................Cold Central Plant Recycling CIR .......................Cold In-Place Recycling CIREAM ..............Cold In-Place Recycling Expanded Asphalt Mix DCP ......................Dynamic Cone Penetrometer EAS ......................Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry HDB .....................Hydrostatic Design Basis JITT ......................Just-In-Time Training NPDES .................National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System PACP....................Pipe Assessment & Certification Program REAP ...................Rain Event Action Plan REAS ...................Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry SSPWC ................Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction TEES ....................Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications 1-3.3 Institutions Add the following to this subsection: Abbreviation Word or Words AGC .....................Associated General Contractors of America APWA ..................American Public Works Association ASA......................American Standards Association 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 3 CALTRANS ........California Department of Transportation FHWA ..................Federal Highway Administration FRA ......................Federal Rail Administration FTA ......................Federal Transit Authority NASSCO ..............National Association of Sewer Service Companies OCSD ...................Orange County Sanitation District OCTA ...................Orange County Transportation Authority SCG ......................Southern California Gas Company SCE ......................Southern California Edison Company 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID 1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing Add the following to this subsection: The Prime Contractor agrees to pay each Subcontractor under this prime contract for s atisfactory performance of its contract no later than 10 days from the receipt of each payment the Prime Contractor receives from AGENCY. The Prime Contractor agrees further to release retainer payments to each Subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed. 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-7.1 General Add the following to this subsection: The award of the contract, if it is awarded, will be to the lowest responsive, responsible BIDDER whose proposal complies with all requirements described. The award, if made, will be made within 60 working days after the opening of the bids. No proposal shall be considered binding upon the AGENCY until the execution of the contract by the AGENCY. The date of the contract shall be the date the contract is executed by the AGENCY. The AGENCY reserves the right to waive minor irregularities in their consideration of the award of the bid. The award, if made, shall be by mutual consent in writing of the parties signatory to the contract. Alterations or deviations, increases or decreases, additions or omissions, in the plans and specifications may be made and the same shall in no way affect or make void the contract. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds Add the following to this subsection: The bonds shall be executed by the successful BIDDER and returned within ten (10) business days after the successful BIDDER has received notice that the contract has been awarded. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the contract and shall be signed by both the BIDDER and Surety. The signatures of the BIDDER and the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 4 Failure to file acceptable bonds as provided herein within ten (10) business days, after the successful BIDDER has received notice that the contract has been awarded, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty. SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE Add the following to this subsection: The City utilizes construction management (CM) software to manage construction projects. The current software platform is Procore. The contractor shall be required to interface with the CM software for all aspects of construction, including, but not limited to, schedule, submittals, RFIs, contract documents, inspections, and progress payments. The City will provide the contractor’s representatives access to the system. Where the manufacturer of any material or equipment provides written recommendations or instructions for its use or method or installation (including labels, tags, manuals or trade literature), such recommendations or instructions shall be compiled and delivered to the City prior to project acceptance. 2-2 PERMITS Add the following to this subsection: The contractor shall comply with all Federal, State or local laws, ordinances, or rules and regulations related to the performance of the work, which include but are not limited to the following: a. Construction Permit. Contractor shall obtain a Construction Permit prior to the start of construction work. The permit consists of a Permit Issuance Fee and a Permit Deposit. The Permit Deposit shall be an estimated cost of the time and material required by the City to provide labor oversight. The Contractor shall be required to provide a valid California State Contractor’s License, Santa Ana Business License, Certificate of Insurance and to pay the Permit Issuance Fee (refer to current PWA Miscellaneous Fee Schedule), at time of Construction Permit issuance. The permit will be issued by Public Works based upon the approved plans and specifications, and the Construction Contract awarded by the City. The Bid Proposal contains a bid item that reflects the total amount required for the Permit Deposit. The Permit Deposit may be paid by the Contractor at the time of permit issuance. However, the Contractor has the option to fulfill the deposit before the second progress payment is made by the City. Failure to comply with the deposit requirement by the second progress payment may result in enforcement actions taken against the Contractor. The final Construction Permit cost shall be the true cost of the time and material expended by the City to provide labor oversight and shall be the total amount determined at the completion of construction. Prior to Notice of Completion, an itemized breakdown of the permit fee will be provided to the Contractor. If the fee exceeds the Permit Deposit 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 5 amount, the Contractor shall pay the City the amount due prior to releasing retention due to Contractor. If the Contractor is due a refund, the amount shall be paid by the City separate from but at the same time retention is paid to the Contractor. b. Business License. Each Prime Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain and pay for a Santa Ana Business License. Detailed information concerning business license may be obtained from the Finance and Management Services Agency, (714) 647-5447, City Hall. The fees for this license are separate from the Construction permit bid item. c. Construction Water Permit. Each Prime Contractor or Subcontractor which desires to obtain water from AGENCY-owned fire hydrants for construction or any other purpose shall first obtain and pay for a permit from the Corporate Yard of the City of Santa Ana, at 220 South Daisy Avenue. Information concerning costs and conditions may be obtained from the AGENCY by calling (714) 647-3320. Use of private water from a hose bib is not allowed. The fees for this permit are separate from the Construction permit bid item. For safety reasons, the AGENCY will not allow Contractor to stretch construction water hoses across open traffic lanes. Where required, Contractor shall use water truck. d. Disposal Permit. In accordance with the procedures of the Orange County General Services Administration (GSA), the cost for the disposal of all materials at County land- fill sites shall be borne by the Contractor. e. Building and Electrical Permits. For projects involving building, structural construction, traffic signal or irrigation controller installation, the Prime Contractor shall obtain the necessary building and electrical permits from the Planning & Building Agency. There will be no fees for these permits. f. State Division of Industrial Safety Permits. In accordance with Section 6500 of the State Labor Code, permits are required for all excavations, which are five feet or deeper, or for all structures being built or demolished, which are more than three stories high. All permits and fees required by all other Agencies having jurisdiction over any part of the work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise noted on the Plans or in the General Provisions. 2-3RIGHT-OF-WAY Add the following to this subsection: When the contractor arranges for temporary use of private property for additional work areas and facilities required for the Contractor’s convenience, to meet requirements, or other reason(s), the Contractor shall provide the City with written agreement authorizing use of said property. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 6 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES 2-5.1 General Add the following to this subsection: Pursuant to the authority contained in Section 591 of the Vehicle Code, the Department has determined that, such areas as are within the limits of the project and are open to public traffic, the Contractor shall comply with all the requirements set forth in Divisions 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of the Vehicle Code. Attention is directed to the statement in Section 591 that this Section shall not relieve him or any person from the duty of exercising due care. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for safe operation of his/her equipment and the protection of the public from injury and damage from such equipment. 2-8 EXTRA WORK Add the following to this subsection: The contractor shall proceed with extra work only upon written order from the Engineer. 2-10 DISPUTED WORK Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the contract, or if he considers any instruction, ruling or decision of the Engineer to be unfair, he shall within ten days after any such demand is made or instruction, ruling or decision is given, file a written protest with the Engineer, stating clearly and in detail his objections and reasons therefore. Except for such protests and objections as are made of record, in the manner and within the time above stated, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived and does hereby waive all claims for extra work, damages, and extensions, rulings and decisions of the Engineer. Upon receipt of any such protest from the Contractor, the Engineer shall review the demand, instruction, ruling or decision objected to and shall promptly advise the Contractor, in writing, of his final decision, which shall be binding on all parties, unless within the ten working days thereafter the Contractor shall file with the Executive Director of the Public Works Agency of the City of Santa Ana a formal protest against said decision of the Engineer. The Executive Director of the Public Works Agency of the City of Santa Ana shall consider and render a final decision on any such protest within 30 days of receipt of same. SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK 3-5 INSPECTION Add the following to this subsection: City inspection occurs during construction working hours. Inspection work requested by the contractor outside of the prescribed working hours shall be paid by the contractor at the City’s overtime rate. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 7 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3-7.1 General Add the following to this subsection: The Contractor shall maintain a control set of plans and specifications within Procore at all times throughout the construction period. As approved by the Engineer, all final locations determined in the field and any deviations from the plans and specifications shall be marked in red on this control set to show the As-Built conditions. Updates to the control set shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to each monthly progress payment. Upon completion of all work, the Contractor shall submit the control set As-Built Plans and report to the Engineer through Procore. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide the following: Street Improvements: Any deviations from the contract plans such as: alignments, and appurtenance locations shall be noted (drawing sketch) on the control plan and a copy submitted to the Engineer no later than (5) working days from the occurrence. Storm Drain Improvements: Any deviations from the contract plans such as: alignments, elevations, modifications to pipe/structures sizing/material. Sewer Improvements: Any deviations from the contract plans such as: alignments, elevations, modifications to pipe/structures sizing/material. Contractor shall also provide CCTV inspection recordings/videos in format required by Engineer. Water Improvements: Any deviations from the contract plans such as: alignments and appurtenance locations shall be noted (drawing sketch) on the control plan and a copy submitted to the Engineer no later than (5) working days from the occurrence. Traffic Improvements: Any deviations from the contract plans such as: location of poles, pull boxes and runs, depth of conduits, number of conductors, and other appurtenant work, for future reference. Within (15) days of completion of all work, the Contractor shall submit the control set of as-built plans to the Engineer. Final payment will not be made until this requirement is met. 3-8 SUBMITTALS Add the following to this subsection: All submittals shall be delivered through Procore. 3-10 SURVEYING 3-10.1 General The following supersedes the provisions of this subsection: The Contractor shall be responsible for directly obtaining the services of a California Licensed Land Surveyor to be in responsible charge of all survey work performed under this contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for the scheduling of all survey requests. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 8 The Contractor’s Surveyor shall provide construction staking for project improvements. A copy of the cut sheets shall be provided to the AGENCY for verification. Also a copy of all updated control set by the Contractor’s Surveyor; showing coordinates, elevation, and description shall be submitted, for quality management (as-built checks by Agency). The AGENCY will provide construction plans and specifications for the project. Construction stakes shall be set per the provided plans and specifications. The Contractor’s Surveyor shall notify the AGENCY immediately of any discrepancy or design errors discovered on the plans during staking or when verifying join points. The Contractor’s Surveyor shall research existing County and City records for centerline survey monuments within the project area. Prior to construction, all monuments shall be tied -out and a Corner Record shall be recorded with the County Surveyor per Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California. After completion of construction, any monument disturbed or lost during construction shall be reset, in conformance with Section 8771. Each centerline intersection shall be drawn on a single Corner Record. A copy of all Corner Records shall be submitted to the AGENCY prior to a Notice of Completion being filed. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining a safe and orderly job site per Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards. The Contractor shall furnish traffic control as needed to provide a work area free of public and construction traffic for construction staking. Traffic control shall conform to the requirements of the “Watch Area Traffic Control Handbook” (WATCH). Payment for said work shall be included in the other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed. 3-11 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS Add the following to this subsection: Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain a project advertisement sign as detailed in the Appendix of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall install the project advertisement sign during construction in the location approved by the Engineer. The maintenance includes replacement (if damaged due to the operations of the Contractor) and graffiti removal. 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 3-12.1 General Add the following to this subsection: The contractor shall keep the work site clean and free from rubbish and debris at the end of every working day. In addition, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing any graffiti placed on new improvements or Contractor’s equipment daily immediately at the start of the work day. The City of Santa Ana has adopted an ordinance to assist the City in complying with the State of California’s Assembly Bill 939 law which requires that all cities and counties in the State reduce the amount of trash disposed of in landfills by 50%. Failure to comply with State law could result in a fine to the City of $10,000 per day. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 9 Santa Ana Municipal Code Section 16-30 (f) will ensure that construction and demolition waste generated within the City can be accounted for and recycled. The ordinance states the following, “Any person with whom the City has an agreement for the collection, transportation and disposal of construction and demolition solid waste which has accumulated and/or been generated at a temporary construction site may haul such waste during the term of such agreement.” The only companies approved by the City Council to haul temporary construction and demolition material in the City of Santa Ana are: Ware Disposal Company, Inc. 1018 N. Lincoln Avenue Santa Ana, CA 92701 Phone Number: (714) 834-0234 Waste Management 1800 South Grand Santa Ana, Ca 92705 Phone Number: (714) 558-7761 Contractors shall contact one of the above companies to arrange for the collection and recycling of construction debris. Persons who generate solid waste on the premises may personally collect, transport, and dispose of their own solid waste providing that they do so in accordance with all governing laws and regulations and dispose of such solid waste at a site permitted by the California Integrated Waste Management Board. 3-12.2 Air Pollution Control Add the following to this subsection: All organic solvents used must comply with the rules, regulations and orders of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) relating to organic solvents. 3-12.3 Noise Control The Contractor shall comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the Manufacturer. The noise level from th e Contractor's operations shall not exceed 95 dba at a distance of 50 feet. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise level. The said noise level requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers, or transient equipment that may or may not be owned the Contractor. The use of loud signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings, except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 10 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets Add the following to this subsection: Storage of equipment and materials on City residential streets or in the public right of way during non-working hours shall not be permitted, and may only be placed in the public right of way for purposes of use that day. Overnight stockpiling of construction debris or excavated materials is not allowed. Contractor must obtain written approval from the Engineer prior to storage of construction materials and equipment on the street where improvements are planned, but at minimum, adequate flashing barricades shall be provided. No area is available within the contract limits for the exclusive use of the Contractor. However, temporary storage of equipment and materials on City of Santa Ana property may be arranged with the Engineer, subject to the prior demands of the City of Santa Ana. Use of the Contractor’s work areas and other City of Santa Ana-owned property shall be at the Contractor’s own risk, and the City of Santa Ana shall not be held liable for damage to or loss of materials or equipment located within such areas. The Contractor shall remove equipment, materials, and rubbish from the work areas and other City of Santa Ana – owned property that the Contractor occupies at the conclusion of each working day. 3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) Add the following to this subsection: If a project has LESS than one-acre of disturbed soil, the following shall apply: After award of the contract and prior to Contractor commencing work, the Contractor shall submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, hereinafter referred to as ESCP, for review by the Engineer. The ESCP shall include erosion and sediment control BMPs for all activities occurring on the construction site and at any temporary storage yards that hold equipment and/or materials. The ESCP, at a minimum, shall be prepared per the applicable guidelines outlined in the California Storm Water Quality Association (CASQA) Best Management Practices Handbook. The Contractor shall make any necessary revisions to the ESCP as directed by the Engineer and the contractor shall not commence work until the ESCP has been approved by the Engineer. The ESCP must be prepared by a licensed Civil Engineer; however the AGENCY may waive the requirement of licensed Civil Engineer if the Contractor can satisfactorily prove to the Engineer that the person preparing the ESCP is qualified in the field of erosion and sediment control. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the ESCP at the construction site at all times, for the duration of the contract, and the Contractor shall implement all BMPs as shown in the ESCP, unless granted approval by the Engineer. Failure to implement BMPs properly may res ult in enforcement actions taken against the Contractor, by the AGENCY. The ESCP shall remain in effect until project completion and final stabilization of the construction site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 11 Extra erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be available on-site in order to replace failed BMPs or to be implemented during storm events. The Contractor shall mitigate ALL non- stormwater discharges from the construction site, unless granted approval by the AGENCY. The area adjacent to the construction site shall remain free of sediment and shall be swept regularly to be kept clean. 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Add the following to this subsection: If a project has MORE than one-acre of disturbed soil, the following shall apply: Erosivity Waiver: Projects that are smaller than 5 acres, have a rainfall erosivity value (R Value) less than 5, and occur during the dry season (May-September) may qualify for an Erosivity Waiver. The Engineer will determine whether or not a project qualifies for an Erosivity Waiver and will notify the Contractor. The Contractor shall not assume a project qualifies for an Erosivity Waiver without consulting the Engineer. If the Engineer determines a project does qualify for an Erosivity Waiver, the Contractor shall submit an ESCP, in accordance with section 7-8.6.2. In addition, the Contractor shall have a licensed Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) prepare and submit an Erosivity Waiver to the Stormwater Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS). The AGENCY may link the Contractor’s QSD as a “Data Entry Person” on SMARTS, allowing the Contractor’s QSD to access the project and upload all necessary documents for an Erosivity Waiver. The AGENCY will certify and submit all documents on SMARTS to the Regional Board. In the event a project is delayed and the construction period is longer than first anticipated, or the disturbed land area increases in size, the project may no longer be eligible for an Erosivity Waiver. The Engineer will determine whether or not a project’s Erosivity Waiver is no longer valid and will notify the Contractor. In the event an Erosivity Waiver is no longer valid, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: This project has been identified as a Risk Level # Project and shall comply with all requirements outlined in the most current National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, hereinafter referred to as the Construction General Permit. The most current Construction General Permit can be found on the State Water Resources Control Board Website here: http://www.swrcb.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml As part of the permitting process, the Contractor shall administer a SWPPP. The purpose of the SWPPP is to mitigate any pollutants associated with construction activities from entering the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4). Any additional work required for compliance with the requirements of the SWPPP shall be performed by the Contractor and full compensation 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 12 for conforming to these Special Provisions shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The SWPPP shall not be construed to be a waiver of the Contractor’s obligation to review and understand the most current Construction General Permit before submitting a bid. By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges satisfaction as to the requirements of the most current Construction General Permit. The Contractor is hereby notified that specific construction practices in the Standard Specifications, Section 7, “Responsibilities of the Contractor”, are considered to be Best Management Practices (BMPs). Applicable construction practices in the Standard Specifications shall be incorporated into the SWPPP. After award of the contract and prior to the Contractor commencing work, the Contractor shall submit a SWPPP for review by the Engineer. The SWPPP, at a minimum, shall include ALL required items and information outlined in the most current Construction General Permit. The final accepted version of the SWPPP shall be submitted to the AGENCY in both hard copy and electronic copy (Adobe Acrobat PDF file format), with an original signed owner approval and certification page. The Contractor shall not commence work until the SWPPP and all other Permit Registration Documents (PRDs) have been uploaded to the Stormwater Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) and a Notice of Intent (NOI) has been filed and deemed active by the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board (Regional Board). The Contractor shall have a licensed Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) prepare the SWPPP. The AGENCY may link the Contractor’s QSD as a “Data Entry Person” on SMARTS, allowing the Contractor’s QSD to access the project and upload all necessary PRDs. The AGENCY will certify and submit all documents on SMARTS to the Regional Board. The final accepted version of the SWPPP shall be kept at the construction site at all times, for the duration of the contract, and the Contractor shall implement all BMPs as shown in the SWPPP, unless granted approval by the Engineer. Failure to implement BMPs properly may result in enforcement actions taken against the Contractor, by the AGENCY. The Contractor shall update and/or amend the SWPPP, as necessary, following the procedures outlined in the most current Construction general permit. The Contractor shall have a licensed Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) conduct all necessary inspection and stormwater sampling activities, as outlined in the most current Construction General Permit. The Contractor shall submit an Annual Report, as outlined in the most current Construction General Permit, for the reporting period of July 1st to June 30th. For the previous reporting period, the Contractor must submit the Annual Report no later than August 1st. If construction ends prior to June 30th, the Contractor shall submit the Annual Report within 15 working days of the Notice of Completion date. The Annual Report shall be prepared by the Contractor’s QSD. The Contractor shall submit the Annual Report for approval by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 13 Upon approval by the Engineer, the Contractor’s QSD shall upload the Annual Report to SMARTS. The AGENCY will certify and submit the Annual Report to the Regional Board. Failure to submit the Annual Report as specified herein shall result in Liquidated Damages, as outlined in the Bid Proposal. Upon completion of a project and final stabilization of the construction site, the Contractor shall submit a Notice of Termination (NOT), as outlined in the most current Constructi on General Permit. The NOT shall be prepared by the Contractor’s QSD. The Contractor shall submit the NOT to the AGENCY for approval by the Engineer. Upon approval by the Engineer, the Contractor’s QSD shall upload the NOT to SMARTS. The AGENCY will certify and submit the NOT to the Regional Board. The NOT shall be submitted to the AGENCY within 15 working days of the Notice of Completion date. Failure to submit the NOT as specified herein shall result in Liquidated Damages, as outlined in the Bid Proposal. The Contractor shall be liable for all violations and fines levied against the AGENCY by Federal, State or Local Agencies with regulatory authority as a result of the Contractor not complying with the requirements of the most current Construction General Permit. The Contractor shall notify the AGENCY of any activities, past, current, or present, that may be considered non-compliant with the Construction General Permit within 1 working day of becoming aware of said activity. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 GENERAL Should the Contractor fail to correct deficiencies or public nuisances that have been created because of his/her operation, then these will be considered to be of an emergency nature, and will call for the AGENCY to move in on the project to take corrective action. Such work will be done on a force account basis with an additional callout charge. There is a minimum two-hour charge for labor on any callout plus an additional callout charge of $300. 4-4 TESTING Add the following to this subsection: Material testing will be performed by the Orange County EMA Materials Laboratory or a private laboratory engaged by the AGENCY for the construction of this project. The AGENCY will bear the cost of testing material which meets the requirements indicated in these General Provisions. The cost of retesting of material that fails to pass the first test shall be borne by the Contractor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 14 SECTION 5 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES Add the following to this subsection: Per Section 1771.4(a)(2) of the California Labor Code, Contractors are required to post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation. 5-3 LABOR 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages Add the following to this subsection: Certified Payroll Records shall be submitted to the Engineer every two weeks beginning with the actual start day of construction, and shall be consecutively numbered until the completion of the work. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports. The Contractor shall assure that a qualified supervisor is present at all times when work is being performed. 5-4 INSURANCE 5-4.2 General Liability Insurance The provisions of this subsection apply except as herein modified: The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage limits as detailed in the Certificate of Liability Insurance. The Certificate of Liability Insurance is included in Appendix D of the Contract Documents. Professional Liability Insurance (errors and omissions) will only be required if Contractor employs a licensed professional such as an architect or engineer for a component of the work. When occurs, Professional liability insurance, with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000 per claim with $2,000,000 in the aggregate. The Certificate of Liability insurance shall be provided by the successful BIDDER within ten (10) business days, after the successful BIDDER has received notice that the contract has been awarded. Failure to provide shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty. 5-4.3 Worker’s Compensation Insurance Add the following to this subsection: The Contractor shall furnish the Agency with satisfactory proof of Worker’s Compensation Insurance. The insurance shall be taken out with a responsible insu rance carrier authorized under the laws of the State of California and satisfactory to the Agency. For work that is sublet, the contract shall require the subcontractor similarly provide Worker’s Compensation Insurance for the subcontractor’s employees. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 15 5-7 SAFETY 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers 5-7.8.1 General Add the following to this subsection: When backfilling operation of an excavation in the travel way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. 5-7.8.2 Thickness Add the following to this subsection: For spans greater than five (5) feet-three (3) inches, a structural design for the steel plate bridging shall be prepared by a California registered civil engineer and approved by the Engineer. Steel plate bridging shall be designed for HS20-44 truck loading per Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain steel plates with a non-skid surface having a minimum coefficient of friction equivalent to 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. The contractor may use standard steel plate with known coefficient of friction equal or exceeding 0.35. 5-7.8.3 Installation Add the following to this subsection: The following shall apply: 1. Steel plate installation shall be recessed by milling existing pavement to set flush with finish grade. 2. Steel plate shall fit snug and installed to operate with minimum noise. Bridging shall be secured against displacement. 3. Steel plate used for bridging must extend a minimum of twelve (12") inches beyond the edge of the trench. 4. The pavement shall be cold planned a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. Multiple steel plates shall be butted and tack welded as needed to secure plates 6” minimum. The trench shall be adequate to support the bridging and the traffic load. Contractor shall be responsible for determining whether shoring is necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for the appropriate selection and maintenance of the steel plates, and shoring. Unless specified, steel plate bridging at any given location shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Backfilling of excavation shall be covered with a minimum of three (3) inches of temporary layer of cold asphalt concrete. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 16 The following table shows the required minimal thickness of steel plate bridging for a given trench width: Trench Width Minimum Plate Thickness 1 foot-11 inches ¾ inch 2 feet-7 inches 7/8 inch 3 feet-5 inches 1 inch 5 feet-3 inches 1 ¾ inch A Rough Road sign (W8-8) with black lettering on an orange background shall be used in advanced of steel plate bridging. This is to be used along with any other required construction signing. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTIONAND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6-1.1 Construction Schedule Add the following to this subsection: A working day shall be defined as outlined below, and the Contractor’s activities shall be confined accordingly: 1. From 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, for work requiring temporary lane closures, i.e. those having less than a 24-hour duration, and for work at major intersections. As an alternative, construction at major intersections may be permitted on Fridays, at night or on weekends, at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. From 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, within work areas having either no lane closures or having continuous lane closures, i.e. 24-hour closures lasting more than one day. For work in, or adjacent to, residential areas, work shall not commence prior to 8:00 a.m. Deviation from these hours/days shall not be permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate hazard to persons or property, or as specified otherwise. Holidays as herein referred to shall be deemed to be:  New Year’s Day  Martin Luther King Day  President’s Day  Memorial Day  Independence Day  Labor Day  Veteran’s Day  Thanksgiving Day and the day after  Christmas Eve through New Year’s Day In addition to the holidays listed above, the City has a holiday moratorium; refer to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1160. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 17 6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK 6-6.1 General Add the following to this subsection: Should suspension of work be ordered by reason of the failure of the contractor to carry out orders or to perform any provisions of the contract; or by reason of weather conditions being unsuitable for performing any item or items of work; the contractor, at its expense, shall do all the work necessary to provide a safe, smooth, and unobstructed passageway through construction for use by public traffic during the period of such suspension. In the event that the contractor fails to perform the work above specified, the City will perform such work and the cost thereof will be deducted from payment due or to become due to the contractor. If a suspension of work is ordered by the Engineer, due to the failure on the part of the contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any provision of the contract, the days on which the suspension order is in effect shall be considered working days. SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK Add the following to this subsection: Contractor shall submit for approval a schedule of values for all lump sum work. Failure to submit may delay payment for said work. 7-3 PAYMENT 7-3.1 General Add the following to this subsection: Payment for any items of work required by the plans, specifications or other contract documents, which are not covered by a contract bid item, shall be considered as included in other items and no additional compensation shall be paid therefore. 7-3.4 Mobilization Add the following to this subsection: Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site. Mobilization shall additionally include the establishment of any temporary facilities, utilities, construction fencing and barricades, and the provision and installation of project signs. A minimum of one week before the start of construction, the Contractor shall video all areas where construction is to take place. The video shall be supplied to the Engineer before constructions begins. Videos will serve as a record of the existing conditions for disputes that may arise from restoration and should therefore be taken along the line of construction and site access and staging areas at sufficient detail as necessary to clearly depict details of existing conditions. Videos shall be a DVD or digital, in color, indexed and catalogued in such a manner that each photographed area is readily identifiable and shall also indicate the date and time 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 18 (hours, minutes and seconds) when it was made. The Contractor shall also video any unusual conditions encountered during construction that are not already a matter of photographic record. In any areas where existing conditions cannot be determined by means of videos, the areas shall be restored as approved by the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense. All videos shall become the property of the City. Payment for mobilization shall be considered as included in the other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK 7-4.1 General Add the following to this subsection: For such extra work the contractor shall receive payment as agreed upon in writing, or shall be paid on force account. Work involving contract unit prices, the contractor shall not exceed any of the quantities in the proposal unless prior authorization from the engineer is obtained in writing. 7-4.3 Markup 7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor The following supersedes the provisions of this subsection: The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ............................................................ 20% 2) Materials ...................................................... 15% 3) Equipment Rental......................................... 15% 4) Other Items and Expenditures ...................... 15% To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. 7-4.3.2 Work by the Subcontractor The following supersedes the provisions of this subsection: When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.2(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR CITY PERSONNEL ........Not Used 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 19 SECTION 9 - CLAIMS RESOLUTION PROCEDURES 9-1 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTIONS 10240 AND 20104 Public Contract Code Section 10240 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 are hereby recognized and accepted as Reference General Provisions of these Specifications. For purposes of the new law, “claim” means a separate demand by a contractor, sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:  a time extension, including a claim for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity.  payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled.  payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. Upon receipt of a claim, the following steps apply:  the public entity must conduct a reasonable review of the claim and provide a written statement to the contractor within 45 days identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed; this time period may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties  the claimant must furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim  any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim must be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement (amounts not timely paid bear interest at 7% annually)  public entity’s failure to timely issue a written statement on the claim results in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety  if claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer  upon receipt of such a demand, the public entity must schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days  within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of it remains in dispute, the public entity must provide a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 20  any payment due on the undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement  any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally  if mediation is not successful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute become subject to applicable procedures outside of the statute (for example, litigation or arbitration) 9-2 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 9204 Any claims made by contractor relating to this project will be governed by Public Contract Code Section 9204, as appearing in full below: (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section: (1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State University, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, political subdivision, public 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 21 corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (B) “Public entity” shall not include the following: (i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its jurisdiction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority. (4) “Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 22 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent b y registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 23 denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2027, deletes or extends that date. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 24 PART 4 - EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 402 - UTILITIES 402-1 LOCATION 402-1.1 General Add the following to this subsection: The contractor is responsible to determine the exact location and depth of utilities and its service connections during construction. The contractor shall notify the City of the exact location of any utility or service connection which is not shown or is incorrectly shown on the plans. In addition to calling Dig Alert, the contractor shall be expected to maintain liaison with the affected utility company representatives, and shall notify them prior to beginning of the job and each time the particular utility is or could possibly be affected at least 24 hours in advance. All existing utility access frames and covers, both private and public, shall be located and marked with paint on the pavement surface by the Contractor. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall remove all painted utility markings done by him/her or the respective utility owners from the surfaces of sidewalks, driveway approaches, curbs and gutters using the removal method acceptable to the Engineer. Any damage to sidewalks, driveway approaches, curbs and gutters due to the Contractor's removal operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Payment for removing utility markings shall be included in the other items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore. If utility construction work within the area is required during the con struction of this project, the Contractor is directed to cooperate with the utility company(s) and their workers to assure proper installation of the utilities with a minimum of conflict. PART 6 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 600 - ACCESS 600-1 GENERAL Add the following to this subsection: Intersections shall be kept open until work takes place within the intersection. Local vehicular and pedestrian access, including access to driveways and businesses, shall be maintained at all times. Pedestrian access across both streets in an intersection must be maintained at all times with a minimum 4-foot width. Notifications: Prior to the start of construction operations, the Contractor shall notify the Police and Fire Departments of the AGENCY, giving the approximate starting date, completion date, and the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 25 name and telephone number of responsible persons who may be contacted at any hour in the event of a critical condition requiring immediate correction. At least two weeks prior to starting work, the Contractor shall notify the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) bus service of the approximate starting date and completion date. Construction Notices: At least two weeks prior to starting work, the Contractor shall deliver notices supplied by the AGENCY to the residents and businesses in the area affected by the construction. At least 48 hours before working on a street, the contractor shall contact the residents and businesses of that street by written notice to provide information as to the type of work, closure, type of inconvenience and the expected duration. The written notice shall be a tag shape similar to the sample shown in the Appendix of the Contract Documents and be hung on door knobs and all parked vehicles on the street. In the event of a delay after the notice has been delivered, the contractor shall provide an updated notice to the residents and businesses. After construction completion on the street, the contractor shall collect any notices that are not picked up by the resident or business. Temporary Construction Signs: Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary construction signs as detailed in the Appendix of the Contract Documents. The signs shall be mounted on Type II barricades and secured with sandbags to prevent overturning. The contractor shall install the temporary construction signs during construction at locations approved by the Engineer. The maintenance includes, but is not limited to the relocation for the different construction phases, replacement (if damaged due to the operations of the Contractor) and graffiti removal. Temporary Parking Removal Signs: The signs for temporary parking removal during construction shall be a minimum of 12” x 18” as shown in the Appendix of the Contract Documents. The signs shall be posted 48 hours prior to the temporary parking removal. A sign shall be posted at the beginning of the parking removal area, the beginning of every block, and every 100 -150 feet thereafter. Payment for notifications, construction notices, temporary construction signs, and temporary parking removal signs shall be included in the other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore, and shall include all labor and materials necessary to manufacture, install and maintain the signs and barricades. SECTION 601 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES 601-1 GENERAL Add the following to this subsection: All signs used for traffic control shall be illuminated or reflectorized when they are used during hours of darkness. All cones, pylons, barricades, or posts used in the diversion of traffic shall be reflectorized. All shall be maintained in a like new condition at all times. All signing, barricading 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 26 and diversion of traffic shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide a telephone number at which the Contractor’s representatives can be reached in case an emergency which requires replacement or relocation of the required traffic control devices should occur. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 27 1.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - CONSTRUCTION 1.01 ROCK PRODUCTS Alternate rock products, asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete (PCC), and untreated base material shall be alternate rock material – Type S per Section 400 of the Standard Specifications. 1.02 RELATIVE COMPACTION TESTS The following test methods shall be used for determining relative compaction: California Test 216 (Sand Cone Method) California Test 231 (Nuclear Gauge Method) The Contractor will be provided with compaction test at locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. If compaction fails to meet the contract specifications, then the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments and is responsible for the cost of additional compaction tests until compaction per the specifications is met. 1.03 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Clearing and Grubbing shall be performed in conformance with the provisio ns of Section 300-1 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The following is added to Section 300-1.2 Preservation of Property: Modify and/or repair existing sprinklers in project area that are damaged due to the Contractor's operation within 24 hours. 1.04 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION This section shall conform to Subsection 300-2 and 300-4 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Unclassified excavation shall consist of all excavation including sawcutting and removal of roadways, bituminous pavement, concrete pavement, pavement fabric, and the removal of curbs, sidewalks, driveways, alleys, cross-gutters, dirt, etc. as shown on the plans. Any cores provided are included in the Appendix for reference purposes only and are not part of the contract documents. The AGENCY will not be held responsible for existing conditions that differ from any core logs that may be provided. It is the Contractor’s option to take his/her own core samples to verify the existing conditions. 1.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION Subgrade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the Standard Specification and these Special Provisions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 28 Section 301-1.3 is modified to require only 90% relative compaction on all subgrade material. On areas where unsuitable subgrade materials are encountered, such materials shall be overexcavated and replaced with either asphalt concrete or aggregate base, all as determined and directed by the Engineer. Placement of asphalt concrete or aggregate base in overexcavated areas shall be done with minimum disturbance to the subgrade. Compacting shall be done with light rolling a steel wheel roller with compaction requirement waived. Asphalt concrete shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 6 inches in compacted thickness and shall be allowed to cool for 24 hours before placing the next lift. 1.06 COLD MILLING This section shall conform to Section 302-1 of the Standard Specifications. 1.07 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry (Type I-CSS-1h-EAS) 1. Materials - Shall conform to the requirements of Sub-Section “302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING” and “203.5.4 Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry (EAS)” of the Standard Specifications except Sub-Section “203-5.4.2-.2 Emulsified Asphalt” shall be amended so that the asphaltic emulsion shall conform to the requirements for cationic emulsion grade CSS-1h (slow setting) or approved equal. The type of emulsion to be used shall be as indicated in these special provisions unless determined otherwise by the Engineer prior to slurry applications. 2. Sub-Section “302-4.5 Scheduling, Public Convenience and Traffic Control” shall be the same except for the following additions: Spreading - The application of slurry shall be scheduled to commence after 8:00 a.m., and no slurry operations shall be done after 2:00 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Slurry shall be sufficiently cured for vehicle traffic without tracking or damage to the surface by 3:00 p.m. on the same day. In case of damage done by vehicles and/or pedestrians upon slurry that has not been sufficiently cured by 3:00 p.m., the Contractor shall replace all of the damaged work at the Contractor’s expense and no additional compensation shall be made by the City. Final stripping shall be installed no more than ten (10) working days after placement of slurry. 3. Sub-Section “302-4.6.4 Aggregate Application Rate” and “Table 302-4.6.4.1(A)” shall be replaced with the following: Slurry Seal (Type I) shall be applied at a rate of 2,000 square feet per extra long ton (ELT). Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry (Type II-CSS-1h-EAS) 1. Materials - Shall conform to the requirements of Sub-Section “302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING” and “203.5.4 Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry (EAS)” of the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 29 Standard Specifications except Sub-Section “203-5.4.2-.2 Emulsified Asphalt” shall be amended so that the asphaltic emulsion shall conform to the requirements for cationic emulsion grade CSS-1h (slow setting) or approved equal. The type of emulsion to be used shall be as indicated in these special provisions unless determined otherwise by the Engineer prior to slurry applications. 2. Sub-Section “302-4.5 Scheduling, Public Convenience and Traffic Control” shall be the same except for the following additions: Spreading - The application of slurry shall be scheduled to commence after 8:00 a.m., and no slurry operations shall be done after 2:00 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Slurry shall be sufficiently cured for vehicle traffic without tracking or damage to the surface by 3:00 p.m. on the same day. In case of damage done by vehicles and/or pedestrians upon slurry that has not been sufficiently cured by 3:00 p.m., the Contractor shall replace all of the damaged work at the Contractor’s expense and no additional compensation shall be made by the City. Final stripping shall be installed no more than ten (10) working days after placement of slurry. 3. Sub-Section “302-4.6.4 Aggregate Application Rate” and “Table 302-4.6.4.1(A)” shall be replaced with the following: Slurry Seal (Type II) shall be applied over asphalt rubber chip seal at a rate of 1,000 square feet per extra long ton (ELT). Type II slurry shall be applied between 48 hours and 7 days after the cover aggregate is placed. Slurry seal (Type II) shall be applied on the arterials at a rate of 1,350 square feet per extra long ton (ELT). Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS), Type II This section shall conform to Sections 203-5 and 302-4 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Section 302-4.7 entitled “Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS)” of the Standard Specifications shall be modified to delete the text in Section 302-4.7.2 and replace with the following: REAS shall be mixed at a central plant conforming to 203-5.5.3. Section 302-4.8 entitled “Spreading and Application” of the Standard Specifications shall be modified to add the following: The Contractor shall remove all raised pavement markers and all striping in the Work area per Section 2.02, Striping (Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings), of these Special Provisions. Cracks shall be sealed per Section 1.11, Crack Repair and Patching, of these Special Provisions. The pavement surface shall be cleaned with a power broom to remove all loose material, silt, grass, and dirt. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 30 The application of slurry shall be scheduled to commence after 8:00 a.m., and no slurry operations shall be done after 2:00 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Slurry shall be sufficiently cured for vehicle traffic without tracking or damage to the surface by 3:00 p.m. on the same day. In case of damage done by vehicles and/or pedestrians upon slurry that has not been sufficiently, the Contractor shall replace all of the damaged work at the Contractor’s expense and no additional compensation shall be made by the AGENCY. Final striping shall be installed per Section 2.02, Striping (Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings), of these Special Provisions. Section 302-4.9 entitled “Field Sampling and Testing” of the Standard Specifications shall be modified to add the following: Upon the Engineer’s direction, the Contractor shall slurry seal test sections within the construction limits for each batch of slurry mix. No slurry shall be applied until the test slurry sections have been approved by the Engineer. The costs of these slurry tests shall be included in the unit price for slurry seal surfacing and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Section 302-4.10 entitled “Measurement” of the Standard Specifications shall be modified to add the following: Licensed weighmaster’s certificates showing gross, tare, and net weight of each truck load of slurry mix shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor for each working day of slurry operation. 1.08 ASPHALT CONCRETE Asphalt concrete construction shall conform to Section 200, 203, 302 and 400 of the Standard Specifications, Section 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Coarse aggregate shall consist of material which at least 75% by weight shall be crushed particles in lieu of the requirements of Section 400-4.2.3. Tack coat is required and the cost thereof shall be included in the price paid per ton for asphalt concrete. The required asphalt concrete mix designs shall be as follows: Base Course III-B3-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 Leveling Course/Surface Course III-C3-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 Crack Filler III-F-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 The top layer of asphalt concrete pavement shall be a leveling course that shall not exceed 0.10' in compacted thickness. The leveling course shall be applied over both cold mill and reconstruction areas concurrently. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 31 Section 302-5.5 entitled "Distribution and Spreading" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: Successive courses shall not be laid upon previously laid courses until 24 hours after the previous course was laid. Section 302-5.6.2 entitled "Density and Smoothness" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: When a 10 foot straightedge is laid on the finished surface both parallel and perpendicular to the centerline of the roadway, the surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 1/8 inch, except at intersections or at changes of grade. The Contractor shall construct temporary asphalt concrete ramping with a slope of 1:1 at the edge of open excavation if all of the following occur: 1. Clearance between travel lane and open excavation is less than five (5) feet, 2. Excavation depth is six (6) inches or deeper, and 3. If open excavation will last for more than 48 hours. Payment for construction and removal of temporary asphalt concrete shall be included in other items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore. Work determined by the Engineer to conform to the requirements specified below shall be adjusted based upon the relative compaction result from each lot tested in accordance with the following table: Relative Compaction (Percent) Reduced Compensa- tion Factor Relative Compaction (Percent) Reduced Compensa- tion Factor 95.0 1.000 93.4 0.938 94.9 0.998 93.3 0.932 94.8 0.996 93.2 0.925 94.7 0.994 93.1 0.918 94.6 0.991 93.0 0.910 94.5 0.988 92.9 0.902 94.4 0.985 92.8 0.892 94.3 0.982 92.7 0.882 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 32 Relative Compaction (Percent) Reduced Compensa- tion Factor Relative Compaction (Percent) Reduced Compensa- tion Factor 94.2 0.978 92.6 0.871 94.1 0.974 92.5 0.858 94.0 0.970 92.4 0.843 93.9 0.966 92.3 0.825 93.8 0.961 92.2 0.804 93.7 0.956 92.1 0.775 93.6 0.950 92.0 0.700 93.5 0.944 Lot sizes are as described in California Test Method 375. If asphalt in a lot is accepted on the basis of a reduced relative compaction, the payment shall be adjusted by multiplying the above factors if the lots are within the range of the above table and as described elsewhere in these special provisions. Should the lot test indicate a relative compaction value of 91.9% or less, the lot shall be removed and replaced at Contractor’s sole expense. A lot will generally be considered the area of asphalt concrete placement performed in one continuous operation in a given day unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. A lot shall consist of approved paving material from only one asphalt concrete production plant. Should asphalt concrete from more than one source (or plant) be used in any single paving operation, the highest reference maximum density shall be used for determination of Relative Compaction. More than one paving operation (one for each source of material) may be performed if equipped as a separate operation and is approved by the Engineer. 1.09 PAVEMENT FABRIC This section shall conform to Section 213 and 302-7 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Pavement fabric shall overlap street reconstruction areas by a minimum of six (6) inches. 1.10 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) This section shall conform to Section 302-9 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Asphalt-rubber hot-mix shall be gap graded Class D (ARHM-GG-D). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 33 Provisions in Section 1.08, Asphalt Concrete, of these Special Provisions related to relative compaction requirements and various adjustments shall apply to this section as well. 1.11 CRACK REPAIR AND PATCHING After removing all loose materials from the street surface and street surface preparation, Contractor shall crack seal all transverse, longitudinal, reflective, and block cracks that are ¼" or larger with hot rubberized sealant material Polyflex Type 3 or approved equal. Sealant shall be prepared and applied to the pavement cracks in conformance with all manufacturers’ instructions. All cracks to be sealed shall be completely clean, dry, and free of loose material, vegetation, and any other foreign substance, which may cause the sealant not to adhere to the crack wall. Hot compressed air or other means, approved by the Engineer, shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of sealant. Sealant shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned and dried. Sealant shall be applied with a nozzle from the bottom of the crack up to the surface in a manner, which does not result in sealant bridging or entrapping air pockets. The sealant shall be applied to a slightly overfilled condition and then leveled with a squeegee. The overband shall not exceed 1½ inches on either side of the crack. 1.12 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) PCC shall conform to Sections 200, 303 and 400 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Cleanness Value requirement of Section 200-1.4 shall be replaced with the following: Tests Test Method Requirements Cleanness Value Calif. 227 Individual Test 70 min.* Moving Average 75 min.* The Sand Equivalent requirement of Section 200-1.5.3 shall be replaced with the following: Tests Test Method Requirements Sand Equivalent Calif. 217 Individual Test 70 min.* Moving Average 75 min.* * For 2500 or less class concrete, except concrete pavement, a minimum 65 Individual Test Result and a minimum 70 Moving Average will be acceptable if 2500 psi 28-day strength criteria of Section 201-1.1.4 are met, at a six (6) inch slump or greater. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 34 Evaluation of Sand Equivalent and Cleanness Value results shall conform to the provisions of Subsections 200-1.4 and 200-1.5. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. 1.13 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, WALKS, RAMPS, DRIVEWAY APPROACHES, ALLEY APRONS, AND CROSS GUTTERS This Section shall conform to Sections 201, 303 and 400 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Curbs and/or gutters to be constructed shall match existing in all dimensions and shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1101. Reconstructed curb and gutters shall be constructed so the top of curb matches the sidewalk surface elevation. When the plans do not show replacement limit stations, the Engineer shall approve replacement limits. Prior to acceptance of the curb and gutter construction by the Engineer, a flow test shall be conducted by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Curb depressions for driveway approaches and sidewalk thickness across driveway shall be in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1112 in lieu of dimensions indicated in Section 303-5.1.3 of the Standard Specifications. Alley and alley apron shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1111. All culvert openings encountered when replacing curb and gutter shall be reconstructed per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 318 or 319. During construction of driveway approaches, the Contractor shall maintain access to each business at all times. In some cases, construction of one-half of a driveway approach at a time may be required. Sidewalks in the parkway designated for replacement shall be replaced at the same width as existing unless otherwise specified and shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1104. Sidewalk replacement shall include removing all existing materials below existing sidewalk to make necessary to construct new sidewalk. Curb ramps shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1122 unless otherwise specified. All new concrete shall be placed within five (5) working days after removal of existing concrete. All concrete work shall be finished in texture, scoring, banding in generally the same manner as the adjacent existing improvements, unless specified. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 35 1.14 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) GRINDING Grinding existing PCC curb and sidewalk shall be done as shown on the Plans. Grinding shall be done with a power-driven machine that will leave a finished surface comparable to the adjacent sidewalk surface. Excessively smooth surfaces which will become slippery when wet are not acceptable. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, the grinding width shall be assumed to be one-foot wide. Limits of PCC Grinding shall be measured along the uplifted edge. 1.15 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION PCC Pavement and bus pads shall conform to Section 302-6 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC used for street pavement and bus pad construction shall be minimum class 560-A- 3250. In addition to these minimum requirements, the concrete shall possess the following characteristics:  Flexural strength at 28 days: 550 p.s.i. min.  Flexural strength at 7 days: 430 p.s.i. min.  Compressive strength at 7 days: 2500 p.s.i. min. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer laboratory test data for the particular mix design he will use. The data will include the following: A. A detailed concrete mix design including the type and amount of cement used; complete gradation and source of the aggregate used; the amount of water used; and any proposed admixtures. B. Flexural strength test data for the same batch of concrete used in A above showing the compressive strength of the concrete at 3, 7, and 28 days. Section 302-6.4.2 entitled "Tamping" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified by adding the following: The outer edge of the gutter shall not be used as a side form for the mechanical tamper except where existing gutter is to remain as shown on the construction Plans. Concrete pavement for bus pads shall be installed monolithic with the PCC curb and gutter. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 36 Section 302-6.4.4 entitled "Final Finishing" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: Delete all reference to wetted burlap. Final finish of the pavement surface shall be textured by stiff brooming that will produce scoring perpendicular to the centerline of the street, performed at a time and in a manner to produce a hardened surface have a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.38 as determined by California Test 342. Curing to be applied immediately following brooming. Joints in the concrete pavement shall be constructed as shown on the Jointing Plan (if provided) and described in Section 302-6.5 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. Sawing of the joints shall begin as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling, usually 4 to 24 hours per engineer's directions. If necessary, the sawing operations shall be carried on both day and night, regardless of weather conditions. For construction of PCC alleys, transverse weakened plane joints shall be constructed at 15 foot intervals and at power poles, manholes, meter boxes, and utility vaults. One longitudinal weakened plane joint shall be placed offset the centerline. Weakened plane joints shall be saw cut to a depth of ¼ of the pavement thickness and ¼” wide. All joints shall be sawed before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occurs. A standby saw shall be available in the event of breakdown. All weakened plane joints shall be sawcut to a depth equal to one fourth of the pavement thickness. Longitudinal joint spacing shall be at ten (10) feet minimum and fifteen (15) feet maximum on either side of centerline joint. Transverse joint spacing shall be at ten (10) feet minimum and fifteen (15) feet maximum for pavement, curb and gutter. Longitudinal joints shall be aligned such that they will cross manholes and water valves at centerline if possible. Transverse construction joints within 1' shall cross all manholes and water valves. Provide a weakened plane joint around the perimeter of all utility vaults. 1.16 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION REPAIR This section shall conform to Sections 212 and 308 of the Standard Specifications. All lawn and landscaped areas disturbed by the Contractor as part of or as a result of the work shall be prepared/brought to adjacent grade and restored to match existing landscaping. If there are any existing sprinkler heads and irrigation lines in the construction areas, whether on public or private property, they shall be replaced or relocated by the Contractor. 1.17 ROOT SHAVING Root shaving shall be done in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1124A at locations designated on Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Prior to shaving any tree root, the Contractor shall coordinate with the City’s Tree Maintenance Supervisor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 37 1.18 ADJUSTMENT OF SURFACE UTILITIES TO GRADE General All AGENCY-owned utility frames and covers within the area to be paved or graded, shall be set to finished grade by Contractor after construction of new asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the plans, per these Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications in 301-1.6 “Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade” and in conformance with the City’s Standard Plans. In Portland cement concrete pavement and sidewalk areas, AGENCY-owned utility frames and covers shall be adjusted to grade prior to placement of concrete. All other utility frames and covers shall be set to finished grade by the respective utility company. Manholes and other structures in asphalt concrete pavement shall be set to finished grade in accordance with the provisions of subsection 302-5.8 of the Standard Specifications. Contractor shall tie out all utility locations prior to paving. Pull Boxes When lowering pull boxes to new grade, box frame and lid shall have a minimum 4” clearance from any cabling. If necessary, Contractor shall lower conduit by redirecting conduit or removing Subgrade in box area. Cost shall be included in the price bid for adjusting to grade, and no additional allowance shall be made therefore. Water Meters When adjusting water meter boxes to grade, Contractor shall replace any old concrete style boxes located within the proposed improvement areas with new polymer meter boxes per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1401 or 1402. AGENCY shall furnish one new meter box per service to replace concrete style boxes. If new meter box is damaged or broken for any reason, the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing same. Any existing polymer meter boxes that are damaged during construction shall also be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Water Valve Box Frames and Covers Existing AGENCY-owned water valve box frames and covers designated for adjustment to grade shall be set to finished grade with PCC collar by the Contractor per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1410 or 1201 as applicable, but with the following excepts as noted in these special provisions. Prior to paving, an “ID Locator” shall be attached to each valve box or manhole frame and cover. An “ID Locator” is a rubberized marker approximately 4” high that adheres to the utility cover and pops-up after paving for easy identification and location of the respective valve box or manhole. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 38 All valve box frame and covers shall require PCC collars and shall be adjusted to finished grade following paving operations. PCC pavement for gate collars shall conform to Sections 400, 200, 201, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC used for gate collars construction shall be minimum class 560-A-3250. In addition to these minimum requirements, the concrete shall possess the following characteristics:  Flexural strength at 28 days: 550 p.s.i. min.  Flexural strength at 7 days: 430 p.s.i. min.  Compressive strength at 7 days: 2500 p.s.i. min. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. At any locations where the existing riser sleeve between the valve box and the valve- operating nut is a 6” diameter pipe or smaller, the Contractor shall excavate and replace it with an 8” diameter SCH. 40 PVC pipe. Backfill around riser pipe shall be compacted to 90 percent relative compaction. The riser sleeve shall be kept clean and free of dirt or debris to provide clear access to the valve-operating nut. AGENCY Manholes AGENCY utility manhole frames and covers shall be adjusted to grade with PCC collar in accordance with the respective Standard Plans. The Contractor shall cooperate with the owners of any frames and covers and shall cover and completely protect said frames and covers with heavy plastic or other suitable material. 1.19 PULVERIZE & CEMENT-TREAT EXISTING ASPHALT CONCRETE, BASE, AND SUBGRADE General This work shall conform to the Standard Specifications Section 301-3 “PORTLAND CEMENT TREATED MIXTURES” and consist of pulverizing existing asphalt concrete surfacing & underlying base materials, mixing with Portland cement & water, spreading & compacting, and grading & curing the mixture to conform to the requirements specified. Materials Existing asphalt concrete surfacing shall be ripped and pulverized with underlying base materials and subgrade soil to the specified depths and widths in conformance to the Project Plans and Special Provisions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 39 The asphalt concrete surfacing and underlying base materials shall be pulverized such that 100 percent of the material will pass a two-inch sieve and a minimum of 90-percent will pass a one and one-half-inch sieve. All materials other than rock and pulverized asphalt concrete shall be broken up such that these materials will pass a one inch sieve. The pulverized material shall be shaped and rolled to the specified cross sections. The Engineer shall check and verify the conformance of the material to the lines, grade, and elevation as shown on the plans, prior to beginning cement treatment. Trimming and disposal of excess material, if required, will be performed on the intimate mixture of pulverized asphalt concrete, base materials and subgrade soil prior to cement treatment. Portland cement shall be Type II Modified, conforming to the requirements of Section 201-1.2.1 "Portland Cement,” of the Standard Specifications. Pozzolanic material shall not be substituted for Portland Cement. Water shall conform to the provisions in Section 201-1.2.3, "Water,” of the Standard Specifications. Cement Application Cement shall be uniformly spread by mechanical equipment at a spread rate necessary to meet the cement content specified on the plans for the various areas to be treated. The cement content shall be 5% (five-percent) based on the dry unit weight of the pulverized material. The dry unit weight of the pulverized material shall be determined by California Test 312 (Design and Testing of Classes A and B Cement Treated bases). The Engineer may order an increase or decrease in the specified cement content when conditions warrant such action. For cost estimate purposes, use 130 pounds/cubic feet for the dry unit weight of pulverized material. The quantity of Portland cement added to the pulverized material for cement treatment shall meet the following requirements when evaluated in conformance with the provisions in Section 400-1.4, Statistical Testing, of the Standard Specifications. 1. The average of the test results for the cement content from each sampling station shall vary no more than 0.6-percent under not more than 1.0-percent over the specified cement content. 2. The moving average of the test results shall be at least the specified cement content. Cement shall not be spread upon the prepared material more than one hour prior to the mixing operation. No traffic other than the mixing equipment shall be allowed to pass over the spread cement until the mixing operation is completed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 40 Mixing In Place This work consists of mixing in place the pulverized asphalt concrete, underlying base material, and subgrade soil with Portland Cement and water; then spreading, compacting, trimming, and curing the mixture to the lines, grade, and elevation as established by the Project Plans and Special Provisions. The cement treated mixture shall be constructed utilizing a machine or a combination of machines that will produce results meeting all the requirements herein. The mixing machine(s) shall be equipped with controlled water distributing equipment and water shall be applied under pressure. Leakage of water shall not be permitted. Care shall be exercised to avoid the addition of any excess water. Such equipment shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use. The treated mixture shall be uniform throughout and at least one pass of the mixing equipment shall be made before mixing water is added to the material. The engineer shall be the sole judge as to the number of passes required by the mixing equipment prior to the addition of the mixing water. The percentage of moisture to be added to the pulverized material during the mixing operation shall be the amount necessary to assure a uniform and intimate mixture of the materials. It shall not exceed by more than one percent the optimum moisture content as determined by California Test 312. Subsequent to the addition of water, sufficient passes shall be made by the mixing equipment to produce a uniformly treated material. Uniformity will be determined initially by sampling and testing at variable depths and locations within the treated material. The number of required passes may be adjusted from time to time by the Engineer based upon subsequent sampling and testing of the completed mixture. The engineer shall be the sole judge as to the number of passes required by the mixing equipment following the addition of the mixing water. Where mixing equipment requires windrow operations, the material to be treated shall be shaped and sized prior to the addition of cement. The windrow shall be limited to such size that all material can be passed through the mixing machine at each operation. The tops of windrowed material shall be flattened or slightly trenched to receive the cement. Following the final mixing operation, the treated mixture shall be spread to the required lines, grade, and elevation as shown on the plans. Compacting and Finishing The length of treated sections shall be regulated by the Contractor such that final compaction of the mixture to the specified density shall be completed within 2-1/2 hours after the initial application of water during the mixing operation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 41 The cement treated material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of not less than 95% (ninety-five-percent) of the maximum density determined by California Test 312. The in- place density shall be determined by California Test 231, Part I, (Nuclear Density Gauge). The compaction test will be conducted by the AGENCY. During finishing operations, the surface of the cement-treated material shall be shaped to the required lines, grades, and cross section, and shall be kept moist. The mixture shall be compacted in one layer. Curing After placement and compaction of the soil-cement is completed, it shall be protected against drying and from traffic for at least three (3) days minimum. If paving does not take place on the fourth day, the soil-cement shall be kept moist and free from traffic for seven (7) days. Curing shall be moist (Water Fogging), or other method approved by the Engineer. If moist curing is used, exposed surfaces of the soil-cement shall be kept continuously moist with a fog spray for seven (7) days. Construction Joints Construction joints shall have vertical faces and shall be made in thoroughly compacted material. Additional mixture shall be placed against the construction joint until the joint has been approved by the Engineer. The face of the cut joint shall be lean and free of deleterious material and shall be kept moist until the placing of the adjacent soil-cement. Repair If the soil-cement is damaged, it shall be repaired by removing and replacing the entire depth of affected layers in the damaged area. Feathering will not be permitted for repair of low areas. 1.20 REMOVE EXCESS PULVERIZED MATERIAL Removal of excess pulverized pavement shall be done in accordance with Section 300- 1.3 of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Excess pulverized material is the surplus that results after trimming and grading the pulverized pavement section to the lines and grades shown on the plans. The pulverized subgrade should be trimmed sufficiently low to allow for the leveling and surface course asphalt concrete overlays all as required to meet proposed finished surface grades called for on the plans. Excess pulverized material shall consist of non-cement treated well mixed pulverized asphalt concrete pavement and subgrade. The Contractor will not be allowed to remove unmixed material or more specifically the Contractor will not be allowed to remove the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 42 more desirable asphalt concrete pavement off the top of the existing pavement section prior to mixing with the subgrade. 1.21 COLD IN-PLACE RECYCLING (CIR) / COLD CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING (CCPR) CIR and CCPR consist of milling the existing asphalt concrete pavement to the length, depth, and width as shown on the plans; mixing the cold milled material with emulsified recycling agent in place (CIR) or at a central plant (CCPR); then spreading and compacting the recycled pavement mixture to the lines and grades as specified in these special provisions and as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall have the option to use either CIR or CCPR. A. JUST-IN-TIME TRAINING Just-In-Time Training (JITT) shall consist of a formal joint training class on cold recycling materials, equipment, placement, and quality control. Construction operations for cold recycling shall not begin until the Contractor's and the Engineer's personnel have completed the mandatory JITT. The Contractor's personnel involved in cold recycling mix design and quality control, as well as equipment operators and crew involved in the recycling and recycled paving operation, plus the Engineer's representatives including inspectors and testers, shall attend JITT. The JITT class will be conducted for not less than two (2) hours on cold recycling operations and recycled paving techniques. The training class shall be conducted at a project field location convenient for both the Contractor and the Engineer. The JITT class shall be completed not more than five (5) days, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and AGENCY’s holidays, prior to the start of cold recycling operations. The class shall be held during normal working hours. The JITT instructor shall be provided by the Contractor. The instructor shall be experienced in the construction methods, materials, and test methods associated with construction of cold recycling projects. A copy of the course syllabus, handouts, and presentation material shall be submitted to the Engineer at least seven (7) days before the day of the training. The Contractor and the Engineer shall mutually agree to the course instructor, course content, and training site. JITT shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility under the contract for the successful completion of the work in conformance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. JITT may be cancelled at the discretion of the Engineer. B. SURFACE PREPARATION Before any recycling work begins, the Contractor shall prepare the existing roadway by: 1. Removing from the roadway dirt, vegetation, standing water, combustible materials, oils, raised roadway markings, and other objectionable materials by sweeping, blading, or other approved method. 2. Adjusting affected utilities down or accommodating for utilities prior to 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 43 recycling in some other means to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3. Accurately referencing the profile and cross slope as shown on the plans for the finished surface of the recycled pavement material. C. MATERIALS Cold Milled Asphalt Concrete Existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be cold milled, crushed and screened to conform to the following gradation before mixing with emulsified recycling agent: Sieve Sizes Percentage passing 1-inch 100 Graded millings shall uniformly be incorporated into the recycled pavement mixture and oversized or deleterious material shall be disposed of. Emulsified Recycling Agent The type of recycling emulsion to be used shall be determined by the mix design. A representative from the recycling emulsion supplier and/or the Contractor shall be at the job site at the beginning of the project to monitor the characteristics and performance of the recycling emulsion. Throughout the job, the representative will be available to check on the project and make adjustments to the recycling emulsion formulation as required, such as to improve coating or adjust breaking properties. Emulsified recycling agent shall conform to the following requirements: Test Method Requirement Minimum Maximum Tests on emulsion: Sieve test, % of weight sample AASHTO T59(1) --- 0.1 Residue by distillation, % AASHTO T59(1) 60 67 RAP Coating Test AASHTO T59(2) Minimum Good Tests on residue by distillation: Penetration, 25C, 100g, 5s (Target Value) (3) AASHTO T49(4) +/- 25% Absolute Viscosity at 60C, poise AASHTO T2171(4) Report Only Notes: 1. Modify AASHTO T59 - distillation temperature of 177C with a 20 minute hold. 2. Mix emulsified recycling agent and water rates shall be determined by the mix design and with jobsite RAP. 3. Target value shall be determined by the mix design. 4. Sieve residue from distillation on #20 sieve prior to determining viscosity. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 44 The Contractor shall provide current test results and a Certificate of Compliance for emulsified recycling agent at the time of mix design submittal and for each load delivered to the jobsite. During cold recycling operations, the Contractor shall obtain two 1-liter samples of emulsified recycling agent from each load delivered to the project. One sample shall be used for the Contractor’s quality control testing. The remaining samples shall be delivered to the Engineer at the end of each working day. Emulsified recycling agent shall be sampled in plastic containers that are clean, dry, and sealed. The emulsified recycling agent sample shall be handled with care. For bidding purposes, the emulsified recycling agent content is assumed to be 3.5%. Water Water may be added to facilitate the uniform mixing of the emulsified recycling agent and the cold milled material. Water used for cold recycling shall be clean and free of foreign substances and shall not cause an adverse effect on either the emulsified recycling agent or the recycled pavement mixture. Water added by the milling machine shall be measured, and the rate of added water can be between 0.5 and 5.0 percent of water added by weight of the recycled pavement mixture per the approved mix design unless a greater variation has been directed by the person designated by the Contractor to make adjustments in the field. The quantity of residual recycling agent in the final recycled pavement mixture shall not vary due to the addition of water. Additives No additives shall be allowed in the cold recycled pavement. D. MIX DESIGN At least 14 days prior to beginning the recycling operation, the Cont ractor shall submit a cold recycled asphalt concrete mix design to the Engineer. The mix design shall be prepared under the supervision of and signed by an Engineer licensed by the State of California. The Contractor shall determine the rate of emulsified recycling agent to be added to the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement as part of the mix design for the recycled pavement mixture. Reclaimed asphalt pavement used in the mix design shall be obtained directly from the project site either by coring or milling, as approved by the Engineer. Based on the characteristics of the reclaimed asphalt pavement taken from the project site, more than one mix design may be required. If this process is used, the city may provide mix design requirements. If so, th e mix design for the recycled pavement mixture shall conform to the requirements indicated in the – Lab Procedure “Method of Test for Determining the Percent of Emulsified Recycling Agent to Use for Cold Recycling of Asphalt Concrete”. As part of the mix design collection of core samples, the Contractor shall also perform dynamic cone penetrometer (DCP) testing to determine the condition of the base. Both the core and DCP results shall be submitted to the Engineer to determine the proper treatment of a given roadway segment. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 45 The recycled pavement mixture shall conform to the following quality requirements throughout cold in-place recycling operations: Cold In-Place Recycling Mix Requirements A. Design Parameters Requirement Gradation of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP): CT 202 1-inch Asphalt Content of RAP: CT 362 or CT 379 or ASTM D 2172 Method B Report Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Samples (1)(2): CT 308 Method C Report Maximum Theoretical Specific Gravity (2): CT 309 (including provisions of Section J) Report Air Voids of Compacted and Cured Specimens (2): CT 367 Part B Report Marshall Stability, Cured Specimen(2): AASHTO T 245 40°C (104°F) 1,250 lb. Minimum Marshall Retained Stability, AASHTO T 245, 40°C (104°F) Based on Moisture Conditioning on Cured Specimen (2)(3) 70% minimum Ratio of Emulsion Residue to Cement (weight : weight) 3:1 Minimum Raveling Test, Section 9 of Lab Procedure 8, 10°C (50°F) Report Notes: 1. 100 mm diameter mold compaction based on either 75 blow Marshall each side or gyratory compactor at 30 gyrations. 2. Measurement on specimens after 60°C (140°F) curing to constant weight for no less than 16 hours and no more than 48 hours. 3. Vacuum saturation of 55 to 75 percent, water bath at 25°C (77F) for 23 hours, last 30 to 40 minutes in 40°C (104F) water bath. During the mix design, the Contractor shall determine the target values for penetration at 25°C and viscosity at 60°C of the emulsified recycling agent to be used in production of the recycled pavement mixture. The mix design report shall include gradation of millings; recommended water content range as a percentage of dry millings; optimum emulsion content as a percentage of dry millings; and corresponding density, air void level, absorbed water, Marshall stability, retained stability, and raveling at recommended moisture and emulsion contents. For the emulsified recycling agent, include the designation, company name, location, residue content, and certificates of compliance. Contractor Responsibility The Contractor is responsible for the final product. Adjustments shall be made in the field to the actual application rate of emulsified recycling agent as needed, as 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 46 provided by these special provisions, based on the opinion of the Contractor. Any changes made by the Contractor shall be documented in conformance with these special provisions. The Contractor shall perform process and quality control sampling and testing, and exercise management control to ensure that cold recycling and placement conforms to these specifications. The Contractor shall provide a testing laboratory and personnel to perform process and quality control sampling and testing during the cold recycling, spreading, compaction, and finishing. The proficiency of testing laboratories and sampling and testing personnel shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to providing services to the project. Sampling and testing shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that cold recycling, placement, compaction, and finishing conforms to these specifications. The Engineer shall have unrestricted access to the laboratory, sampling, testing sites, and all information resulting from mix design and quality control activities. All quality control testing results shall be submitted to the Engineer on a daily basis. The project shall be divided into lots of not greater than 1500 square yards. The Contractor shall control the cold recycling operation as follows: 1. The Contractor shall measure and record the actual recycle depth at each end of the milling drum at least once every 350 feet along the cut length. 2. The amount of emulsified recycling agent shall be within 0.5 percent of the job mix formula established in the mix design for the cold recycled asphalt concrete mixture. Emulsion usage shall be recorded for each lot. The percent of emulsified recycling agent shall be determined based on the ratio of emulsion used to the theoretical dry weight of the millings processed. 3. The Contractor shall measure and report in-place density, and relative compaction for the lot, and shall rework or reprocess any lot not meeting the requirements of these specifications. 4. Sample the recycled material behind the recycling equipment or the sized reclaimed asphalt pavement prior to the addition of the emulsified recycling agent for each lot. If the reclaimed asphalt pavement does not meet the allowable maximum particle size, the test results shall be reported immediately to the Engineer. The Contractor shall reprocess the material or take other corrective actions to attain conformance. 5. On every third sample taken, the Contractor shall perform a wet field gradation for material passing the 1-inch to No. 4 sieves. The Contractor shall compare the sieved sample to the gradation band determined from the mix design and adjust the emulsified recycling agent as needed. Some sections of the pavement being recycled may require field adjustment for optimum results. For any changes made by the Contractor from one lot to the next, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 47 the Contractor shall document the reason for the change and identify each lot where such changes were made. E. TEST STRIP AND START UP PROCEDURES The first day of operations, the Contractor shall construct within the limits to be cold recycled a test strip of a single lane width and no more than 1000 feet in length. The test strip section shall: 1. Demonstrate that the equipment, materials, and processes proposed can produce a recycled pavement material layer that conforms to the requirements of these special provisions. 2. Determine the optimal rates for emulsified recycling agents and water recommended for the reclaimed asphalt pavement. 3. Determine the sequence and manner of rolling necessary to obtain the density requirements of these special provisions. The Contractor shall provide a sequence and manner of rolling which will define maximum compaction by establishing a rolling vs. density chart that shows the progress of densification from initial laydown through maximum obtainable density at the “break over point”. The Contractor will determine relative compaction on the quantity within the test strip by measuring nuclear gage density. If the relative compaction of quantity within the test strip or any lot does not meet the density requirements of these special provisions, the Contractor shall construct additional test strips to define the maximum density obtainable for the millings being produced; the rates of emulsified recycling agents and water; and the site conditions. Cold recycling operations may continue through the first day, unless the Contractor’s equipment and process fail to meet the requirements for successful completion of cold recycling operations in conformance with these special provisions. Recycling operations shall not continue until a test strip conforming to the special provisions has been constructed and approved by the Engineer. Test strips that do not conform to the special provisions shall be reworked, re-compacted, or removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon acceptance of the test strip by the Engineer, the Contractor shall use the same equipment, materials, and construction methods for the remainder of recycling operations, unless adjustments are made by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. If adjustments are made, the Contractor will produce a new test strip to define the maximum density. F. PROPORTIONING DURING THE COLD RECYCLING OPERATION Emulsified recycling agent shall be metered or weighed into the mass of the cold milled material using a mass flow, Coriolis Effect, type meter that will accurately 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 48 measure the amount of emulsified recycling agent to within 0.5 percent of the amount required by the mix design or as adjusted in the field. G. COLD IN-PLACE RECYCLING (CIR) / COLD CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING (CCPR) EQUIPMENT General CIR/CCPR equipment shall be capable of milling and crushing or sizing the existing asphalt pavement. The equipment used for mixing the cold millings with the emulsified recycling agent shall be capable of producing a homogeneous and uniformly coated recycled pavement mixture. The equipment used for placement of the recycled pavement mixture shall be capable of placement to the lines, grades, and requirements specified in these special provisions and shown on the plans. The Contractor shall have available on the site of the work all equipment and materials to be used for recycling operations. CIR Equipment Areas inaccessible to the CIR equipment due to vertical curves, horizontal curves and/or grades, cul-de-sac or any other circumstance shall be milled, recycled in adjacent roadway segments, or removed and replaced at the discretion of the Engineer. 1. Pavement Milling Machine The pavement milling machine shall be self-propelled. The primary milling equipment shall have a minimum 12.5-feet cutter capable of removing the existing pavement to the depths shown in the plans. Milling equipment shall be equipped with automatic depth controls capable of maintaining the cutting depth to within ¼-inch of the desired depth, and shall have a positive means for controlling cross slope. The milling operation shall not disturb or damage the underlying material. The use of a heating device to soften the pavement will not be permitted. A smaller milling machine may be used to mill the shoulders and miscellaneous areas. 2. Crushing or Sizing Equipment Crushing or sizing equipment shall be capable of producing reclaimed asphalt pavement to the size required prior to mixing millings with emulsified recycling agent. 3. Mixing and Proportioning Equipment The mixing equipment shall be capable of mixing the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement, emulsified recycling agent, and water to produce a completely and uniformly mixed, homogeneous recycled pavement mixture. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 49 4. Pugmill The recycle train shall have a continuous pugmill mixing plant with a belt scale or integrated microprocessor control system to control the mass of the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement being delivered to the mixing chamber and automatic controls to obtain the proper amount of recycling agent being delivered. The pugmill shall be equipped with paddles of a type and arrangement to provide sufficient mixing action and movement to the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement and emulsified recycling agent to produce properly mixed recycled pavement mixture. The cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement shall be fed from the crushing or sizing equipment to the mixer at a uniform and controlled rate. Mixing shall continue until a thoroughly and uniformly coated recycled pavement mixture of unchanging appearance is produced at discharge from the mixer. 5. Water Storage and Supply Equipment The recycle train shall have an independent source of water to properly disperse the emulsified recycling agent. CCPR Equipment 1. Pavement Milling Machine The pavement milling machine shall be self-propelled. The milling equipment shall be capable of removing the existing pavement to the depths shown in the plans. Milling equipment shall be equipped with automatic depth controls capable of maintaining the cutting depth to within ¼-inch of the desired depth, and shall have a positive means for controlling cross slope. The milling operation shall not disturb or damage the underlying material. The use of a heating device to soften the pavement will not be permitted. 2. Crushing or Sizing Equipment Crushing or sizing equipment shall be capable of producing reclaimed asphalt pavement to the size required prior to mixing millings with emulsified recycling agent. 3. Mixing and Proportioning Equipment The mixing equipment shall be capable of mixing the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement, emulsified recycling agent and water to produce a completely and uniformly mixed, homogeneous recycled pavement mixture. 4. Pugmill The CCPR mixing plant shall have a continuous pugmill mixer with a belt scale or integrated microprocessor control system to control the mass of the cold milled 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 50 reclaimed asphalt pavement being delivered to the mixing chamber and automatic controls to obtain the proper amount of recycling agent being delivered. The pugmill shall be equipped with paddles of a type and arrangement to provide sufficient mixing action and movement to the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement and emulsified recycling agent to produce properly mixed recycled pavement mixture. The cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement shall be fed from the crushing or sizing equipment to the mixer at a uniform and controlled rate. Mixing shall continue until a thoroughly and uniformly coated recycled pavement mixture of unchanging appearance is produced at discharge from the mixer. 5. Water Storage and Supply Equipment The CCPR equipment shall have an independent source of water to properly disperse the emulsified recycling agent. H. COLD RECYCING PAVING AND COMPACTION EQUIPMENT Paving Equipment The processed recycled mixture shall be spread using a self -propelled paver having electronic grade and cross slope control for the screed. The equipment shall be of sufficient size and power to spread the recycled material in one continuous pass, without segregation, to the lines and grades established by the Engineer and according to Plans. Pavers shall be track–type with a minimum power of 170 Hp. Heating of the paver screed will not be permitted. The asphalt paver loading equipment for CIR/CCPR shall be capable of picking up substantially all of the recycled pavement material and depositing it in the paving machine. Compacting Equipment Compacting of the recycled mix shall be completed using self-propelled rollers, complete with properly operating scrapers and water spray systems. The number, weight and types of rollers shall be as necessary to obtain the required compaction. At a minimum the following rollers shall be used:  At least one pneumatic roller with a minimum weight of not less than 25 tons.  At least one double drum vibratory steel-wheeled roller weighing at least 10 tons. Rollers shall have a width of not less than 65-inches. Tires on the pneumatic rollers shall be evenly inflated and matched in size and profile so as to maximize compactive effort. I. CONSTRUCTION No CIR/CCPR work shall be performed during wet conditions, nor started if rain is imminent when the work is to be performed. No recycling work shall be performed 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 51 unless the pavement temperature is a minimum of 60°F and ambient temperature is a minimum 50°F and rising. If the temperature does not meet these requirements, the Contractor shall either be put on hold until the temperature reaches the specifications above or be required to use the Cold In-Place Recycling Expanded Asphalt Mix (CIREAM) treatment at the discretion of the Engineer. No additional compensation will be allowed for putting the Contractor on hold. Recycling operations other than compaction shall be completed a minimum of two (2) hours before sunset. Where possible, ½ inch of existing asphalt concrete shall be protected in place during the grinding process to avoid exposure of existing subgrade. On street segments where it is not feasible to retain ½ inch of existing subgrade, the Contractor shall reduce the milled section or replace the proposed section as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall ensure in the CIR method that there is no gap of un-recycled pavement material created between successive cuts (along the same longitudinal cut line), nor wedges of un-recycled pavement material created by the entry of the milling drum into the existing material. Longitudinal joints between successive cuts shall overlap a minimum of 3-inches. In areas where the CCPR method is utilized and the recycled pavement is to be placed on the existing milled pavement surface, it shall be verified that the milled surface is firm and unyielding and there are no subgrade failure areas beneath the milled surface that might compromise the integrity of the recycled pavement. When CCPR pavement is placed on a milled surface or adjacent to structures such as curbs, concrete gutters, swales, planters, etc., these contact surfaces shall be swept of all loose material to create a dry clean surface. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsion, emulsified recycling agent or equivalent (0.05 gallon per square yard minimum) shall be applied to surface areas prior to placing the recycled pavement. J. SPREADING AND COMPACTION Prior to pick up or placement in the paver, remove and dispose of all visible oversized crack filler in the cold milled material or in the recycled pavement mixture. When a paving fabric is encountered during the recycling operation, the Contractor shall make the necessary changes in equipment or operations so that incorporation of the shredded fabric in the recycled material does not affect gradation, or inhibit placing or compaction of the recycled material. No fabric piece incorporated into the recycled section shall have any dimension exceeding a length of two (2”) inches. The Contractor shall be required to remove and properly dispose of oversized pieces o f paving fabric as directed by the Engineer. The recycled pavement mixture shall be graded and compacted to the depth, lines, and grades established by the plans or Engineer and as required by these special provisions. The recycled pavement mixture shall exit from the mixing chamber in a manner that prevents particle segregation. Care shall be exercised while spreading to avoid segregation, tearing, or scarring of the final compacted surface. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 52 Rolling shall commence at a time interval following the millin g, mixing, and spreading of the recycled pavement mixture as determined by the mix design or directed by the Contractor. Time intervals shall be based on ambient temperatures, weather, and type of emulsified recycling agent. When possible, rolling shall not be started or stopped on uncompacted material. Compacting of the recycled pavement mixture shall be completed using rollers meeting the requirements of these special provisions. The rolling pattern shall be changed and a new rolling pattern shall be established when:  Relative compaction cannot meet the requirements of these specifications.  There are changes in recycled pavement mixture or proportions.  There are changes in placement equipment or procedures.  There is a significant change in temperature or weather conditions or controlling factor.  There is major displacement and/or cracking of the recycled pavement mixture. The final compacted surface of the recycled pavement mixture shall be free of ruts, bumps, indentations, raveling, irregularities, or segregation and shall meet the smoothness requirements of these specifications. Cold recycled asphalt concrete that does not conform to these special provisions shall be reworked, re-compacted, or removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Initial Compaction After compaction but prior to opening the roadway to traffic, the average in -place density shall be determined based upon nuclear gage readings at random locations. During in-place density testing of the compacted recycled pavement, the nuclear gauge shall be set to the recycled section thickness. The average in -place density shall be used to calculate the relative compaction for each lot. The relative compaction shall be not less than 95 percent or greater than 105 percent of the maximum density obtained in the test strip as required in these special provisions. If additional rolling does not achieve relative compaction, a new rolling pattern shall be established such that a new maximum density is determined. However, care should be taken not to over-roll the mat based on visual observations of check cracking or shoving. After initial compaction has been achieved, and prior to opening the recycled pavement mixture to traffic, the Contractor shall apply a fog seal of dilute (1:1) SS-1h emulsion, dilute emulsified recycling agent or equivalent at a rate of 0.08 to 0.12 gallon per square yard to all areas opened to traffic. Immediately following application of the fog seal, the cold in-place recycled pavement surface shall be covered with sand at a rate of 1.0 to 2.0 pounds per square yard. The exact rate will be determined by the Contractor. Excess sand shall be removed from the pavement surface by sweeping. Sand shall be free from clay or organic material. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 53 Damage to the completed recycled material shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. No additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The recycled pavement shall remain in place prior to placement of the final surface seal either:  For a minimum of two (2) days and until there is less than 1.5 percent moisture remaining in the cold in-place recycled pavement mixture; or  A minimum of ten (10) days without rainfall. Final Initial Compaction Any subsequent surface treatment or overlay of the recycled pavement shall not be placed until the relative compaction of the recycled pavement layer is not less than 95 percent or greater than 100 percent of the maximum density determined by a test strip conducted on the recycled pavement after curing but prior to surface seal or overlay. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the recycled pavement material layer until the final surface seal is placed. Any repairs required shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Any damage or defects in the layer shall be repaired immediately. An even and uniform surface shall be maintained. Smoothness The finished surface of the recycled material cross slope shall be checked regularly during placement using a level. The smoothness shall not vary more than 3/8-inch from a 10-foot straight edge placed on the surface. Areas of the completed surface that do not meet the specified surface tolerances shall be brought within tolerance by a method chosen by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 1.22 COLD IN-PLACE RECYCLING EXPANDED ASPHALT MIX (CIREAM) Cold In-Place Recycling Expanded Asphalt Mix consists of milling the existing asphalt concrete pavement to the length, depth, and width as shown on the plans; mixing the cold milled material with a mixture of liquid asphalt and water at a central plant; then spreading and compacting the recycled pavement mixture to the lines and grades as specified in these special provisions and as shown on the plans. A. JUST-IN-TIME TRAINING Just-In-Time Training (JITT) shall consist of a formal joint training class on cold recycling materials, equipment, placement, and quality control. Construction operations for cold recycling shall not begin until the Contractor's and the Engineer's personnel have completed the mandatory JITT. The Contractor's personnel involved in cold recycling mix design and quality control, as well as equipment operators and crew involved in the recycling and recycled paving operation, plus the Engineer's representatives including inspectors and testers, shall attend JITT. The JITT class will be conducted for not less than two (2) hours on cold recycling operations and 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 54 recycled paving techniques. The training class shall be conducted at a project field location convenient for both the Contractor and the Engineer. The JITT class shall be completed not more than five (5) days, not including Saturdays, Sundays and AGENCY’s holidays, prior to the start of cold recycling operations. The class shall be held during normal working hours. The JITT instructor shall be provided by the Contractor. The instructor shall be experienced in the construction methods, materials, and test methods associated with construction of cold recycling projects. A copy of the course syllabus, handouts, and presentation material shall be submitted to the Engineer at least seven (7) days before the day of the training. The Contractor and the Engineer shall mutually agree to the course instructor, course content, and training site. JITT shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility under the contract for the successful completion of the work in conformance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. JITT may be cancelled at the discretion of the Engineer. B. SURFACE PREPARATION Before any recycling work begins, the Contractor shall prepare the existing roadway by: 1. Removing from the roadway dirt, vegetation, standing water, combustible materials, oils, raised roadway markings, and other objectionable materials by sweeping, blading, or other approved method; 2. Adjusting affected utilities down or accommodating for utilities prior to recycling in some other means to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3. Accurately referencing the profile and cross slope as shown on the plans for the finished surface of the recycled pavement material; C. MATERIALS Cold Milled Asphalt Concrete Existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be cold milled, crushed and screened to conform to the following gradation before mixing with liquid asphalt: Sieve Sizes Percentage passing 1-inch 100 Graded millings shall uniformly be incorporated into the recycled pavement mixture and oversized or deleterious material shall be disposed of. Asphalt The type of liquid asphalt to be used shall be determined by the mix design. A representative from the liquid asphalt supplier and/or the Contractor shall be at the job site at the beginning of the project to monitor the characteristics and performance of the recycling emulsion. Throughout the job, adjustments shall be made to the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 55 liquid asphalt formulation as required, such as to improve coating or adjust breaking properties. The Contractor shall provide current test results and a Certificate of Compliance for liquid asphalt at the time of mix design submittal and for each load delivered to the jobsite. For bidding purposes, the emulsified recycling agent content is assumed to be 2.4%. Water Water shall be added to facilitate the uniform mixing of the liquid asphalt and the cold milled material. Water used for cold recycling shall be clean and free of foreign substances and shall not cause an adverse effect on either the liquid asphalt or the recycled pavement mixture. Water added by the milling machine shall be measured, and the rate of added water can be between 0.5 and 5.0 percent of water added by weight of the recycled pavement mixture per the approved mix design unless a greater variation has been directed by the person designated by the Contractor to make adjustments in the field. The quantity of residual recycling agent in the final recycled pavement mixture shall not vary due to the addition of water. Additives No additives shall be allowed in the cold recycled pavement. D. MIX DESIGN At least 14 days prior to beginning the recycling operation, the Contractor shall submit a CIREAM mix design to the Engineer. The mix design shall be prepared under the supervision of and signed by an Engineer licensed by the State of California. Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall obtain samples that are representative of the material that will be produced during the milling operation. Samples used in the mix design shall be obtained directly from the project site either by coring or milling, as approved by the Engineer. These samples shall be used to establish the design rate of expanded asphalt as a percent by mass of the recl aimed asphalt pavement. The design rate of the expanded asphalt shall be a minimum of 1.0%. Based on the characteristics of the reclaimed asphalt pavement taken from the project site, more than one mix design may be required. The mix design for the recycled pavement mixture shall conform to the requirements in the Wirtgen Cold Recycling Manual’s Appendix A2.3. The CIREAM shall meet the following minimum physical requirements: Property Minimum Requirement Dry Tensile Strength 50 psi Wet Tensile Strength 25 psi Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) 50% 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 56 Contractor Responsibility The Contractor is responsible for the final product. Adjustments shall be made in the field to the actual application rate of liquid asphalt as needed, as provided by these special provisions, based on the opinion of the Contractor. Any changes made by the Contractor shall be documented in conformance with these special provisions. The Contractor shall perform process and quality control sampling and testing, and exercise management control to ensure that cold recycling and placement conforms to these specifications. The Contractor shall provide a testing laboratory and personnel to perform process and quality control sampling and testing during the cold recycling, spreading, compaction, and finishing. The proficiency of testing laboratories and sampling and testing personnel shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to providing services to the project. Sampling and testing shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that cold recycling, placement, compaction, and finishing conforms to these specifications. The Engineer shall have unrestricted access to the laboratory, sampling, testing sites, and all information resulting from mix design and quality control activities. All quality control testing results shall be submitted to the Engineer on a daily basis. The project shall be divided into lots of not greater than 1500 square yards. The contractor shall control the cold recycling operation as follows: 1. The Contractor shall measure and record the actual recycle depth at each end of the milling drum at least once every 350 feet along the cut length. 2. The amount of liquid asphalt shall be within 0.2 percent of the job mix formula established in the mix design for the cold recycled asphalt concrete mixture. Asphalt usage shall be recorded for each lot. The percent of liquid asphalt shall be determined based on the ratio of asphalt used to the theoretical dry weight of the millings processed. 3. The Contractor shall measure and report in-place density, and relative compaction for the lot, and shall rework or reprocess any lot not meeting the requirements of these specifications. 4. Sample the recycled material behind the recycling equipment or the sized reclaimed asphalt pavement prior to the addition of the liquid asphalt for each lot. If the reclaimed asphalt pavement does not meet the allowable maximum particle size, the test results shall be reported immediately to the Engineer. The Contractor shall reprocess the material or take other corrective actions to attain conformance. 5. On every third sample taken, the Contractor shall perform a wet field gradation for material passing the 1-inch to No. 4 sieves. The Contractor shall compare the sieved sample to the gradation band determined from the mix design and adjust the liquid asphalt as needed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 57 Some sections of the pavement being recycled may require field adjustment for optimum results. For any changes made by the Contractor from one lot to the next, the Contractor shall document the reason for the change and identify each lot where such changes were made. E. TEST STRIP AND START UP PROCEDURES The first day of operations, the Contractor shall construct within the limits to be cold recycled a test strip of a single lane width and no more than 1000 feet in length. The test strip section shall: 1. Demonstrate that the equipment, materials, and processes proposed can produce a recycled pavement material layer that conforms to the requirements of these special provisions. 2. Determine the optimal rates for liquid asphalt and water recommended for the reclaimed asphalt pavement. 3. Determine the sequence and manner of rolling necessary to obtain the density requirements of these special provisions. The Contractor shall provide a sequence and manner of rolling which will define maximum compaction by establishing a rolling vs. density chart that shows the progress of densification from initial laydown through maximum obtainable density at the “break over point”. The Contractor shall determine relati ve compaction on the quantity within the test strip by measuring nuclear gage density. If the relative compaction of quantity within the test strip or any lot does not meet the density requirements of these special provisions, the Contractor shall construct additional test strips to define the maximum density obtainable for the millings being produced; the rates of liquid asphalt and water; and the site conditions. Cold recycling operations may continue through the first day, unless the Contractor’s equipment and process fail to meet the requirements for successful completion of cold recycling operations in conformance with these special provisions. Recycling operations shall not continue until a test strip conforming to the special provisions has been constructed and approved by the Engineer. Test strips that do not conform to the special provisions shall be reworked, re-compacted, or removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon acceptance of the test strip by the Engineer, the Contractor shall use the same equipment, materials, and construction methods for the remainder of recycling operations, unless adjustments are made by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. If adjustments are made, the Contractor will produce a new test strip to define the maximum density. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 58 F. PROPORTIONING DURING THE COLD RECYCLING OPERATION Asphalt shall be metered or weighed into the mass of the cold milled material using a mass flow, Coriolis Effect, type meter that will accurately measure the amount of asphalt to within 0.2 percent of the amount required by the mix design or as adjusted in the field. G. CIREAM EQUIPMENT General CIREAM equipment shall be capable of milling and crushing or sizing the existing asphalt pavement. The equipment used for mixing the cold millings with the liquid asphalt and water shall be capable of producing a homogeneous and uniformly coated recycled pavement mixture. The equipment used for placement of the recycled pavement mixture shall be capable of placement to the lines, grades, and requirements specified in these special provisions and shown on the plans. The Contractor shall have available on the site of the work all equipment and materials to be used for recycling operations. CIREAM Equipment 1. Pavement Milling Machine The pavement milling machine shall be self-propelled. The milling equipment shall be capable of removing the existing pavement to the depths shown in the plans. Milling equipment shall be equipped with automatic depth controls capable of maintaining the cutting depth to within ¼-inch of the desired depth, and shall have a positive means for controlling cross slope. The milling operation shall not disturb or damage the underlying material. The use of a heating device to soften the pavement will not be permitted. 2. Crushing or Sizing Equipment Crushing or sizing equipment shall be capable of producing reclaimed asphalt pavement to the size required prior to mixing millings with liquid asphalt. 3. Mixing and Proportioning Equipment The CCPR mixing plant shall be capable of mixing the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement, liquid asphalt, and water to produce a completely and uniformly mixed, homogeneous recycled pavement mixture. 4. Pugmill The CCPR mixing plant shall have a continuous pugmill mixer with a belt scale or integrated microprocessor control system to control the mass of the cold milled 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 59 reclaimed asphalt pavement being delivered to the mixing chamber and automatic controls to obtain the proper amount of recycling agent being delivered. The pugmill shall be equipped with paddles of a type and arrangement to provide sufficient mixing action and movement to the cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement and liquid asphalt to produce properly mixed recycled pavement mixture. The cold milled reclaimed asphalt pavement shall be fed from the crushing or sizing equipment to the mixer at a uniform and controlled rate. Mixing shall continue until a thoroughly and uniformly coated recycled pavement mixture of unchanging appearance is produced at discharge from the mixer. 5. Water Storage and Supply Equipment The CCPR mixing plant shall have an independent source of water to properly disperse the liquid asphalt. H. CIREAM PAVING AND COMPACTION EQUIPMENT Paving Equipment The processed recycled mixture shall be spread using a self-propelled paver having electronic grade and cross slope control for the screed. The equipment shall be of sufficient size and power to spread the recycled material in one continuous pass, without segregation, to the lines and grades established b y the Engineer and according to Plans. Pavers shall be track–type with a minimum power of 170 Hp. Heating of the paver screed will not be permitted. The asphalt paver loading equipment for CIREAM shall be capable of picking up substantially all of the recycled pavement material and depositing it in the paving machine. Compacting Equipment Compacting of the recycled mix shall be completed using self-propelled rollers, complete with properly operating scrapers and water spray systems. The number, weight and types of rollers shall be as necessary to obtain the required compaction. At a minimum the following rollers shall be used:  At least one pneumatic roller with a minimum weight of not less than 25 tons.  At least one double drum vibratory steel-wheeled roller weighing at least 10 tons. Rollers shall have a width of not less than 65-inches. Tires on the pneumatic rollers shall be evenly inflated and matched in size and profile so as to maximize compactive effort. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 60 I. CONSTRUCTION No CIREAM work shall be performed during wet conditions, nor started if rain is imminent when the work is to be performed. No recycling work shall be performed unless the pavement temperature is a minimum of 50°F. Recycling operations other than compaction shall be completed a minimum of two (2) hours before sunset. Where possible, ½ inch of existing asphalt concrete shall be protected in place during the grinding process to avoid exposure of existing subgrade. On street segments where it is not feasible to retain ½ inch of existing subgrade, the Contractor shall reduce the milled section or replace the proposed section as directed by the Engineer. In areas where the CIREAM method is utilized and the recycled pavement is to be placed on the existing milled pavement surface, it shall be verified that the milled surface is firm and unyielding and there are no subgrade failure areas beneath the milled surface that might compromise the integrity of the recycled pavement. When CIREAM pavement is placed on a milled surface or adjacent to structures such as curbs, concrete gutters, swales, planters, etc., these contact surfaces shall be swept of all loose material to create a dry clean surface. A tack coat of SS -1h emulsion or equivalent (0.05 gallon per square yard minimum) shall be applied to surface areas prior to placing the recycled pavement. J. SPREADING AND COMPACTION Prior to pick up or placement in the paver, remove and dispose of all visible oversized crack filler in the cold milled material or in the recycled pavement mixture. When a paving fabric is encountered during the recycling operation, the Contractor shall make the necessary changes in equipment or operations so that incorporation of the shredded fabric in the recycled material does not affect gradation, or inhibit placing or compaction of the recycled material. No fabric piece incorporated into the recycled section shall have any dimension exceeding a length of two (2”) inches. The Contractor shall be required to remove and properly dispose of oversized pieces of paving fabric as directed by the Engineer. The recycled pavement mixture shall be graded and compacted to the depth, lines, and grades established by the plans or Engineer and as required by these special provisions. The recycled pavement mixture shall exit from the mixing chamber in a manner that prevents particle segregation. Care shall be exercised while spreading to avoid segregation, tearing, or scarring of the final compacted surface. Rolling shall commence at a time interval following the milling, mix ing, and spreading of the recycled pavement mixture as determined by the mix design or directed by the Contractor. Time intervals shall be based on ambient temperatures, weather, and type of liquid asphalt. When possible, rolling shall not be started or stopped on uncompacted material. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 61 Compacting of the recycled pavement mixture shall be completed using rollers meeting the requirements of these special provisions. The rolling pattern shall be changed and a new rolling pattern shall be established when:  Relative compaction cannot meet the requirements of these specifications.  There are changes in recycled pavement mixture or proportions.  There are changes in placement equipment or procedures.  There is a significant change in temperature or weather conditions or controlling factor.  There is major displacement and/or cracking of the recycled pavement mixture. The final compacted surface of the recycled pavement mixture shall be free of ruts, bumps, indentations, raveling, irregularities, or segregation and shall meet the smoothness requirements of these specifications. Cold recycled asphalt concrete that does not conform to these special provisions shall be reworked, re-compacted, or removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Initial Compaction After compaction but prior to opening the roadway to traffic, the average in -place density shall be determined based upon nuclear gage readings at random locations. During in-place density testing of the compacted recycled pavement, the nuclear gauge shall be set to the recycled section thickness. The average in-place density shall be used to calculate the relative compaction for each lot. The relative compaction shall be not less than 95 percent or greater than 105 percent of the maximum density obtained in the test strip as required in these special provisions. If additional rolling does not achieve relative compaction, a new rolling pattern shall be established such that a new maximum density is determined. However, care should be taken not to over-roll the mat based on visual observations of check cracking or shoving. After initial compaction has been achieved, and prior to opening the recycled pavement mixture to traffic, the Contractor shall apply a fog seal of dilute (1:1) SS-1h emulsion or equivalent at a rate of 0.08 to 0.12 gallon per square yard to all areas opened to traffic. Immediately following application of the fog seal, the cold in -place recycled pavement surface shall be covered with sand at a rate of 1.0 to 2.0 pounds per square yard. The exact rate will be determined by the Contractor. Excess sand shall be removed from the pavement surface by sweeping. Sand shall be free from clay or organic material. The recycled pavement shall remain in place prior to placement of the final surface seal either:  For a minimum of two (2) days and until there is less than 1.5 percent moisture remaining in the cold in-place recycled pavement mixture; or  A minimum of ten (10) days without rainfall. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 62 Final Initial Compaction Any subsequent surface treatment or overlay of the recycled pavement shall not be placed until the relative compaction of the recycled pavement layer is not less than 95 percent or greater than 100 percent of the maximum density determined by a test strip conducted on the recycled pavement after curing but prior to surface seal or overlay. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the recycled pavement material layer until the final surface seal is placed. Any repairs required shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Any damage or defects in the layer shall be repaired immediately. An even and uniform surface shall be maintained. Smoothness The finished surface of the recycled material cross slope shall be checked regularly during placement using a level. The smoothness shall not vary more than 3/8-inch from a 10-foot straight edge placed on the surface. Areas of the completed surface that do not meet the specified surface tolerances shall be brought within tolerance by a method chosen by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 1.23 ASPHALT-RUBBER CAPE SEAL This Section shall conform to Section 600 (chiefly, 600-2.7) of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. General The construction sequence of asphalt-rubber cape seal shall be as follows: a) 3/4" asphalt-concrete leveling course shall be constructed; b) Asphalt-rubber shall be applied; c) Cover aggregate shall be placed and rolled and loose material removed; and d) Emulsion-aggregate slurry Type II shall be applied no sooner than 48-hours and no later than 7 days after cover aggregate is applied. Certified volume or weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for all materials supplied. Pavement Preparation - The pavement shall be cleaned with a power broom. Asphalt-Rubber Asphalt-rubber shall be Type A or B per Section 600-2. The Contractor shall submit a manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance and test reports for the asphalt and rubber. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 63 Asphalt The Asphalt for Types A and B shall conform to Subsections 600-2.2.4 and 600-2.2.5, respectively, and shall be viscosity grade AR-4000. Asphalt-rubber shall be placed in accordance with Section 600-2.7.4. Application shall be stopped before the distribution tank is empty to assure application does not run light. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to avoid skips at joints and to protect the surfaces of adjacent structures from being spattered or marred. Correction of any such defects shall be made at no expense to the AGENCY. Hot joints shall be made utilizing a squeegee man between the boot truck and the chip spreader to spread out or rake off overlaps or excess applications of the asphalt-rubber. The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes. Just before spreading asphalt-rubber, Contractor shall provide a measure of viscosity with a Haake hand-held viscosity meter, if requested by the Engineer. Viscosity shall be as specified in the standard specifications. The distributor shall also include a tachometer, pressure gauge, volume measuring device and a thermometer. When a job delay occurs after full reaction, the asphalt-rubber may be allowed to cool. Just prior to restart of application, the material shall be reheated slowly to a temperature not less than 375 degrees F nor more than 400 degrees F. Cover Aggregate This section shall conform with Section 600-2.7.5. If the aggregate chips bounce or roll after striking the asphalt-rubber, the spreader shall be operated at reduced speed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 64 2.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TRAFFIC SIGNING & STRIPING 2.01 SCOPE OF WORK The work to be done consists, in general, removal and installation of signs, posts, raised pavement markers, stripes, pavement markings and curb markings as shown on the plans and as described below. Items or details not specifically mentioned in the following Sub- Sections that are required by the project plans, in the applicable 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications, 2018 Caltrans Standard Plans, City of Santa Ana Standard Plans, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) or these Special Provisions shall be performed, constructed or installed. 2.02 STRIPING (TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS) This Section shall conform to the latest City of Santa Ana Standard Plans, the Caltrans Standard Plans, provisions in Section 84 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. A. GENERAL All traffic stripes, crosswalks, limit lines and pavement markings shall be thermoplastic ALKYD BINDER, except for temporary striping, crosswalks and limit lines. All green bikeway markings shall be Methyl Methacrylate (MMA). MMA shall have skid resistance and be approved equal to Ennis-Flint CycleGrip MMAX or Transpo ViziGrip and comply with FHWA requirements. The application of MMA shall comply and be in strict adherence to manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations. All curb markings and median island markings shall be painted using Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) compliant paint material. Paint shall be fast or rapid dry type solvent of similar or approved equal to that manufactured by Ennis or Pervo Paint Companies and shall meet all requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District. The rate of paint to be applied shall be per recommendation of the paint manufacturer. All pavement markings including legends, arrows, and symbols shall be per Caltrans Standard Plan A24A - A24E. All crosswalks at signalized intersections with wheelchair ramps shall be striped with a 5' diagonal (45ºcut-off at the curb return, as shown in City of Santa Ana Standard Plans No. 1130. Crosswalk stripes shall be 12 inches wide. All STOP legends and limit lines at stop controlled intersections shall be installed, as shown in City of Santa Ana Standard Plans No. 1505. Limit Line stripes shall be 12 inches wide. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 65 B. REMOVAL Existing striping, pavement markings, curb marking and raised pavement markers superseded by the plans shall be completely removed. All conflicting striping within limit of project shall be removed even if not shown on the plan. Removal of all traffic striping and pavement markings shall be by grinding. All traffic striping may be removed by wet sandblasting with the Engineer’s approval. Existing pavement markings, which are removed by sandblasting with the Engineer’s approval, shall be completely removed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All removal areas shall be slurry sealed by rubberized slurry seal. Slurry seal shall cover from lane line to lane line unless directed otherwise by the engineer. C. TEMPORARY STRIPING The Contractor shall install reflectorized chip seal markers (single for 4” line, double for 8” line) at 20 feet on center when on a taper or curve, and at 40 feet on center elsewhere within 24-hours after paving the street for a maximum duration of 10 calendar days. Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping if final striping has not been installed by the end of the tenth (10th ) calendar day after paving the street per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1125B-1 & B-2 (without the raised pavement markers).Temporary traffic striping shall be in place for a maximum duration of twenty-one (21) calendar days after paving the street, thereafter, Final Striping shall be installed. All temporary traffic striping shall be installed for the proposed traffic lane line configuration and only after approval of cat-tracking by the City Engineer. Public traffic shall not be allowed on any multilane arterial street without reflectorized chip seal markers, or temporary or permanent traffic striping. Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the temporary traffic striping and/or chip seal markers are installed and shall maintain them until final striping is completely installed. Maximum length of work zone with reflectorized chip seal markers or striped with temporary traffic striping shall not exceed 1 mile in length, unless directed otherwise by the engineer. D. FINAL STRIPING All final stripes, legends, including limit lines, shall be permanently striped within the timeframes specified in Section 2.02 C above, and during a period of favorable weather when the pavement surface is dry and above 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Any existing striping to remain including striping on cross streets, which is disturbed during construction, shall be re-striped as necessary or as directed by the Engineer, even if not shown on the channelization plans. All striping and related roadside signage shall be in place prior to opening the lane(s) to public traffic. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 66 All striping and related roadside signage shall be in place prior to opening the lane(s) to public traffic. E. THERMOPLASTIC Thermoplastic traffic stripes, pavement markings, crosswalks and limit lines shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-1, “General,” and 84-2, “Thermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Specifications for glass beads shall be “8010-004 (Type II).” Glass beads shall be premixed within the thermoplastic material prior to application and also applied to the surface of the molten thermoplastic striping material immediately following the application of the thermoplastic. Thermoplastic material shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Specification No. PTH-02ALKYD, for Thermoplastic Traffic Striping Material, White and Yellow. The binder material shall be Alkyd. Copies of the Caltrans Specification No. PTH- 02ALKYD are available at the Caltrans Transportation Laboratory, Sacramento, California. Thermoplastic material shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Specification No. PTH-02ALKYD. Thermoplastic material for traffic stripes shall be applied by extrusion method in single uniform layer at the minimum thickness of 40 mils and not to exceed 50 mils. The Contractor shall not begin work until a written notice to proceed has been issued by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the City of Santa Ana - Public Works Agency Engineer a minimum of two working days prior to beginning the work to coordinate the work. A schedule of the streets to be re-striped for each day shall be provided to the Engineer one full workday prior to striping or re-striping any streets. The Contractor shall adjust the thermoplastic application rate as necessary to achieve the thermoplastic application rate stated above prior to striping. Thermoplastic application rate tests (up to and including 5 thermoplastic application rate tests per day, including the thermoplastic application rate test at the start of each workday) may be conducted at random times and locations throughout each workday at the discretion of the Engineer. Thermoplastic Application Rate Testing The paint application rate shall be determined by passing the striper over a metal plate while the paint application system is operating. The flow of glass beads shall be stopped while passing over the metal plate. The Engineer shall measure thickness of the applied thermoplastic immediately after application of thermoplastic on the metal plate. Striping shall not continue if the proper thickness of thermoplastic is not being applied. Adjustments and corrective measures shall be applied to insure that the correct thickness of thermoplastic will be applied. Testing of the thermoplastic application rate, as described above, will 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 67 be required following any adjustment to the thermoplastic application rate, thermoplastic applicator nozzles, or any other thermoplastic application equipment prior to commencement or re-commencement of striping. The initial testing and re-testing of thermoplastic application rates at any location shall be considered as a single thermoplastic application rate test for the approved test location. Contractor shall provide a sample striping test for City approval prior to permanent striping. Street sweeping of the areas to be re-striped will not be required, but obvious accumulations of loose material or debris shall be removed prior to application of paint or thermoplastic. Thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a temperature between 400º F. and 425º F., unless the manufacturer recommends a different temperature. Section 84-2.04, “Payment,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be deleted. F. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS Raised pavement markers shall conform to Section 85, “Pavement Markers,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Reflective pavement markers shall have abrasion-resistant surfaces. 1. Removal - The contractor shall remove any existing raised pavement markers that do not conform to the channelization plans, and repair any damaged pavement due to raised pavement marker removal to maintain a smooth and uniform surface per SSPWC Section 302-5.6.2. Any missing or broken raised pavement markers shall be replaced, in kind, within the project boundaries. 2. Installation - Install raised pavement markers per the channelization plans in accordance with Section 85-1.06, “Placement,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and City of Santa Ana Standard Plans Nos. 1125A - 1125C. Section 85-1.04, “Payment,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be deleted. 2.03 SIGNS (ROADSIDE SIGNS) AND MARKERS This section shall conform to Section 56-2, “Furnish Signs Panels,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. A. GENERAL All new signs shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The sign sizes, messages, and colors shall conform to the current edition of the Caltrans Sign Specifications. The sign sizes shall be the standard size shown in the Uniform Sign Chart unless shown otherwise on the plans. The sign backing material shall be anodized rolled sheet aluminum and shall be one piece with drilled holes for mounting. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 68 All signs installed in parkways, sidewalks or pedestrian areas shall have a minimum of 7 feet of vertical clearance from the bottom of the lowest sign to the surrounding surface. Street name signs shall have a minimum 9 feet of vertical clearance. All signs installed in raised median areas shall have a minimum vertical clearance of 4 feet from the existing surface unless shown otherwise on the plans. When two signs are installed on one post, the signs shall be installed in the proper standard vertical positions unless shown otherwise on the plans. Regulatory, Warning and Guide signs shall be posted above parking restriction signs. The Engineer shall determine the proper order for multiple signs. Sign panels shall not be overlapped. If signposts are not long enough to provide standard clearance for all signs, a longer post shall be furnished and installed. Signs shall be installed at right angles to approaching traffic unless shown otherwise on the plans. In no case shall signs be installed on wood utility poles or on wood street light poles. B. MATERIAL AND HARDWARE 1. Roadside signs shall be fabricated using 0.080-inch thick aluminum sheeting and traffic signal mastarm mounted signs shall be fabricated using 0.10-inch thick aluminum sheeting. 2. ASTM D4956-09 Type XI (3M Diamond Grade DG3 Series 4000 or equivalent) reflective sheeting shall be used for the followings: a. All Regulatory signs except parking restrictions signs. b. All Warning signs. 3. For school related signs, reflective sheeting shall be 3M Diamond Grade (Fluorescent) Series 4083 DG3 or equivalent. 4. For all other signs, including parking restrictions and Street Sweeping signs, the reflective sheeting shall be ASTM D4956-09 Type III, IV (3M High Intensity Prismatic series 3930 or equivalent). 5. Temporary or construction signs shall be ASTM D4956-09 Type III, IV (3M High Intensity Prismatic series 3930 or equivalent). 6. All signs, except for temporary or construction signs, shall have graffiti coating or film (such as 3M 1160 Overlay) as recommended by the manufacturer of the reflective material. Neither the color nor the reflective intensity of the finished sign panel shall be significantly diminished by the use of graffiti remover when used in a manner approved by Caltrans and the sheeting manufacturer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 69 7. All street name signs shall be manufactured and installed per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No 1503. 8. The mounting hardware for all street name signs shall be Grimco 2SQF12 or BA8A12 or City approved equivalent. 9. All street names signs shall be installed with bolts through the sign into the mounting hardware. Compression type of installations will not be accepted. Reflective sheeting will be applied to the sign panel utilizing the method approved by the manufacturer of the sheeting and shall produce a durable bond equal to or greater than the strength of the reflective sheeting. No air pockets or bubbles shall exist between the sheeting and the aluminum backing. All sign panels furnished by the Contractor shall be new with no scratches or tears in the reflective sheeting. No splice will be allowed in the sign panel reflective sheeting other than that which occurs in the manufactured roll of reflective sheeting on sign panels with a minor dimension of 48" or less. On all rectangular sign panels, the splice will be horizontal. No finished sign panel shall have more than one (1) splice and no splice will fall within 2" of the sign panel edge. When splices do occur, the adjoining reflective sheets shall be color matched under both incident and reflective light. Prior to sign installation the contractor will provide a Certificate of Compliance for the signs. Section 56-4.02B, Metal Posts, shall be deleted and replaced with the following paragraph: New signs shall be installed per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1504 using square tubing signpost (such as Unistrut Telspar™, UltiMate or Agency-approved equal), anchors and anchor sleeves. Anchors and sleeves shall be embedded with no more than four holes exposed and no less than two holes exposed. The signpost, anchor and anchor sleeve shall be fully perforated galvanized square 12 gauge steel tubing. The signpost shall be 2 inch square, the signpost anchor shall be 2.25 inch square (all dimensions are nominal). Section 56-4.02C, “Wood Posts,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be deleted. Section 56-4.02D, “Laminated Wood Box Posts,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be deleted. The third paragraph of Section 56-4.02E, “Sign Panel Fastening Hardware,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be amended to read as follows: All new signs shall be installed with all new mounting hardware. All new straps, saddle brackets, nuts, bolts, and washers shall be stainless steel and tamper-proof. Heavy duty banding straps of 0.030 shall be used. Each sign panel shall have a 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 70 minimum of two rivets installed per sign. However, signs greater than 45 inches in height shall have three rivets per sign installed in the top, middle and bottom of the sign. Each signpost shall utilize a minimum of two rivets to attach the sign post to the sign post anchor assembly. The fourth paragraph of Section 56-4.02E, “Sign Panel Fastening Hardware,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be deleted. C. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL Section 56-4.03, “Construction,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be deleted and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall install new and relocate existing signs as noted on the plans, shall protect-in-place existing signs, posts and parking meters which are not to be removed, and shall replace any of these signs which are damaged during construction. Sign to be mounted on streetlight or traffic signal poles shall be installed using the strap and saddle bracket method as shown on Caltrans Standard Plan RS-4. Sign panels on traffic signal mast arms shall be installed per Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7N, Detail U. Signs mounted on streetlight poles (electroliers) shall be mounted so as not to cover electrolier identification tags. Posts shall be installed in driven post anchors per the manufacturer’s specifications. New signs shall be installed on 10 foot posts, except a longer post shall be used if necessary to maintain a 7 foot vertical clearance from the bottom of the lowest sign to the top of the surrounding surface in pedestrian areas. Sign posts shall be installed a minimum of 6 feet from power poles, fire hydrants, and other obstructions. Sign posts shall be installed per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No 1504. All signs to be salvaged, as called for on the plans, shall be become property of the contractor. All posts driven sign post anchors shall be completely removed and the sign post anchor assembly hole backfilled with clean fill dirt to match the existing surrounding grade (non-paved areas only). Driven sign post anchors in sidewalk or pavement areas shall be completely removed and backfilled with grout to the level of the surrounding grade. Sign posts with foundations in parkway area shall be completely removed and backfilled with clean fill dirt to match the grade of the surrounding area. Sign posts located within sidewalk or other paved areas, shall core drill the sidewalk and remove the sign post to below sidewalk or paving then backfilled with concrete or paving material to match the existing. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 71 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 72 3.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TRAFFIC CONTROL 3.01 GENERAL Street closures, detours, signs and barricades used for handling traffic shall conform to the requirements of latest edition of the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook” (WATCH), City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1125F, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), and these Special Provisions. Traffic control plan must be submitted and approved before starting work on any public street, except for the following temporary closures:  Temporary single lane closure on 4 or 6-lane arterials can be done per WATCH handbook without submitting traffic control plan.  Temporary two lanes closure on 6-lane arterials may be done per WATCH handbook without submitting traffic control plan. However, this will require prior approval from Traffic Engineer.  Temporary closure of local streets may be done per WATCH handbook without submitting traffic control plan. However, this will require prior approval from Traffic Engineer. Flashing arrow signs shall be used on streets consisting of four or more lanes or where deemed necessary by the City’s Traffic Engineering section. The flashing arrow signs shall be solar powered and left in place for the duration of the lane closure. Temporary striping installation for traffic control shall be painted. Any existing speed limit signs or other conflicting signs in the construction zone shall be covered during construction with heavy duty black plastic (non-transparent) sheets or bags, which are secured to the sign post below the sign, with tape. In no case shall tape be applied to either front or back of any sign. Intersections shall be kept open until work takes place within the intersection. Local vehicular and pedestrian access, including access to driveways and businesses, shall be maintained at all times. Pedestrian access (minimum 4-foot width) across both streets in an intersection must be maintained at all times. Where parking is prohibited during construction, "TEMPORARY NO PARKING" signs shall be posted at least twenty-four hours, but no more than forty-eight hours, in advance of the work. The signs shall be placed no more than 150 feet apart on each side of the alleys, streets and parking areas and at shorter intervals if conditions warrant. Th e Contractor shall provide the signs and will be responsible for adding the dates and hours of closure to the signs. No adjacent parallel street shall be constructed concurrently. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 73 3.02 PROJECT PHASING AND LANE REQUIREMENTS The contractor shall construct the project in the following phases: A. Outside – Inside:  Phase I: All work on the outside lane including curb, gutter, sidewalk, and bus pads. Maintain left turn lane and two through lane in each direction at all times.  Phase II: All work in the middle portion of the street. Maintain two through lane in each direction at all times. Keep left turn lane open at intersection until construction is at the left turn lane or at the intersection. B. One side – Other side:  Phase I: All work on one side of the street including curb, gutter, sidewalk, and bus pads. Maintain left turn lane and two through lane in each direction at all times. The side of the roadway that requires widening will usually be Phase I.  Phase II: All work on the other side of the street including curb, gutter, sidewalk, and bus pads. Maintain two through lane in each direction at all times. Keep left turn lane open at intersection until construction is at the left turn lane or at the intersection. C. One side – Other side – Middle:  Phase I: All work on one side of the street including curb, gutter, sidewalk, and bus pads. Maintain left turn lane and two through lane in each direction at all times. The side of the roadway that requires widening will usually be Phase I.  Phase II: All work on the other side of the street including curb, gutter, sidewalk, and bus pads. Maintain two through lane in each direction at all times. Keep left turn lane open at intersection until construction is at the left turn lane or at the intersection.  Phase III: All work in the median area that was not able to be done using the previously mentioned methods. Maintain two through lane in each direction at all times. Keep left turn lane open at intersection until construction is at the left turn lane or at the intersection. A traffic control meeting is required prior to starting work to discuss the required traffic control plan. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 74 3.03 ADVANCED WARNING SIGNS A. CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS (CMS) The Contractor shall provide 2 solar powered CMS two weeks prior to commencement of construction. The signs shall be posted in advance of each end of the project for the duration of the project. These CMS can be LED full matrix or letter matrix or equivalent, with preferred 8” letter (minimum 6”). The overall width of the sign including the trailer shall not exceed 8’.  Prior to the start of the construction, display the following message: Screen 1: <PROJECT STREET NAME> CONSTR Screen 2: BEGINS xx/xx/xx  When construction started, display the following message: Screen 1: <PROJECT STREET NAME> UNDER CONSTR Screen 2: USE ALT ROUTE The messages and sign location may be changed at any time as determined by the Engineer. B. STATIC WARNING SIGNS The Contractor shall post 2 static advance warning signs at least two weeks prior to commencement of construction stating: MAJOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION ON <PROJECT STREET NAME> FROM <DATE> TO <DATE> EXPECT DELAYS USE ALTERNATE ROUTE The signs shall be posted in advanced of each end of the project. These warning signs shall be sized (5’ height by 6’wide minimum) to fit the above wordings with orange reflective background, black border and 7” black letters. If sign is installed on the sidewalk, there shall be enough clearance for pedestrian access underneath the sign. The Engineer will determine sign placement and the dates. In the event of construction delays that go beyond the posted completion date on the sign, the contractor shall keep the completion date on the sign updated on a monthly basis or as directed by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 75 3.04 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PREPARATION AND SUBMITTAL Prior to start of project, the contractor shall submit traffic control plan for approval on all construction phases and/or stages. The traffic control plan shall be prepared by registered Traffic/Civil Engineer specializing in Traffic Control. Unless directed otherwise, the traffic control plan shall conform to the format and requirements identified in the City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1125F. The submittal and review process is as follows:  Within 1 week of receiving Award of Contract, contractor shall meet with the City to discuss the proposed traffic control plan and construction phasing  Traffic control plans must be submitted within 4 weeks of receiving Award of Contract.  The City will review all 1st submittal in 2 weeks.  The City will review subsequence re-submittal with check print in 1 week.  Contractor may submit traffic control plan for each Phase separately.  Approval of the traffic control plan may take more than 2 submittals depending on the completeness and thoroughness of the plan.  Incomplete traffic control plan will be rejected without reviewing. The City will not be responsible for any delay of the project due the incomplete submittal of the traffic control plan. 3.05 PAYMENT Payment for all traffic control, including but not limited to providing the CMS, preparing traffic control plan, sandblasting, barricades, temporary striping, move-ins, and the above warning signs shall be included in the other items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 76 4.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS 4.01 DESCRIPTION This work consists of traffic signal installation or modifications and any other related work required to provide the intended operation at the locations shown on the project plans. This work shall be in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), Section 86 and 87 of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications, the 2018 Caltrans Standard Plans, and any applicable errata (or Revised Standard Plans). The Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 86 and 87 set forth above will control the construction materials, and construction methods for specific work relating to Street Lighting, Traffic Signal Materials and Traffic Signal Systems, except as amended by the Project Plans and these Special Provisions. 4.02 NEC CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENT NOTICE Certification is required for all persons who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class C-10 electrical contractors under the Contractor’s State License Board Rules and Regulations. 4.03 FURNISHING AND INSTALLING Unless specifically called out by the plans or special provisions that a piece of equipment or material will be supplied by a third party, it is the Contractor responsibility to furnish and install all necessary equipment and material, even if not identified on the plan or in these special provisions, to provide the intended operation as shown on the plans. 4.04 SCHEDULING OF WORK The City of Santa Ana requires that the Contractor shall pothole all pole locations to determine the proper pole type and mast arm length prior to ordering. Contractor shall be responsible for the survey required to determine the pole locations. The City of Santa Ana will issue the notice to proceed to pothole following preconstruction meeting. All potholing is to be completed within 10 days following the issuance of the notice to proceed. Work shall be suspended following the completion of the potholing. The contractor may order traffic signal equipment following the contract award including poles. However, the City is not responsible for any pole changes due to unforeseen utilities conflict resulting from ordering of equipment prior to potholing. It is the intent of the City of Santa Ana that the Contractor be all owed to start construction activity at a reasonable length of time prior to delivery of equipment and 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 77 following receipt of written notice to proceed. This will permit excavations, installation of conduits, pull boxes and foundations in a most expedient manner, and minimize the disruption and inconvenience of an extended construction schedule. Construction, once started, shall be pursued until completion. Above ground signal work shall not commence until such time that the Contractor notifies the Engineer, in writing, of the date that all electrical materials and equipment controller assemblies, are received; and said work shall start within fifteen (15) days after said date. No materials or equipment shall be stored at the job site (outside of the public r ight-of- way) until the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The job sites shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition at all times. No materials or equipment shall be stored within the public right-of-way. Unless noted otherwise, at least 5 working days of advanced notice shall be given (on any working day except Friday or the day preceding a legal holiday) to the Inspector for any installations of or modifications to channelization, signing, traffic signal and lighting systems. If sufficient notice is not given, the City shall not be liable for any resulting delays. 4.05 SUBMITTAL OF EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit the followings for approval prior to the start of construction or some cases, before manufacturing: 1. Certificate (or letter from manufacturer) of Compliance to Caltrans specifications for traffic signal poles and equipment. 2. Certificate (or letter from manufacturer) of Compliance to Caltrans specifications for LED units. 3. Layout of each Reflectorized Street Name Sign. Certificate of Compliance is not required for equipment specifically called for by manufacture name and model. For new traffic signal installation, the Contractor shall supply 3 bond copies (24”x36”) of the controller cabinet schematic wiring diagrams. For simple traffic signal modification, the contractor will make necessary revisions to the existing traffic cabinet print and supply the City 3 bond copies (24”x36”) of the revised traffic cabinet print. For major traffic signal modification where revision to the existing cabinet print is not feasible, the contractor shall prepare and supply new cabinet prints as required. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 78 Materials lists, manufacturer's data, equipment brochures and operations manuals, technical data, controller cabinet wiring diagram, and all other related equipment information, shall be labeled and identified, and shall be submitted in bound booklet form. 4.06 MAINTAINING EXISTING AND TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS The contractor shall keep the traffic signal system in operations at all times during construction except for the two switchover shutdowns described below. The traffic signal system consists of but not limited to the traffic signal and safety lights, vehicle and pedestrian detection, twisted pair interconnect cables, fiber optic cables, Emergency Vehicle and Railroad Pre-emption Systems, CCTV and/or Video Imaging Detection Systems, Wireless Communication System. The contractor is required to maintain these systems in working condition during construction by providing temporary wiring, splicing, relocating or any other necessary action. If necessary, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary traffic signal modification plans prepared by a registered Traffic/Civil Engineer specializing in Traffic Signal Modifications. 1. Traffic Signal and Safety lights: Contractor shall provide temporary overhead wiring to maintain all vehicle and pedestrian signal indications and pedestrian push buttons and safety lights in operation. Maintain operation of undamaged loops where feasible. Contractor shall provide temporary traffic signal equipment (including detection devices) to maintain operations of signalized intersection. 2. Traffic Signal Fiber Optic and Interconnect Cable: Contractor shall provide temporary cable and/or splicing necessary to maintain continuous communication from the TMC to the traffic signal under construction and other traffic signals on the same fiber optic and interconnect cable. 3. Emergency Vehicle and Railroad Pre-emption: Contractor shall provide temporary wiring to maintain all pre-emption systems in working order. 4. CCTV System: Contractor shall provide temporary cable and/or splicing necessary to maintain the CCTV system in working order. 5. Temporary Video Detection: Where temporary detection is required due to road construction activity or extended overhead wiring, video detection shall be installed before construction commences to ensure continuous operation of the presence detection. Traffic signal system shutdowns for switchover of equipment, if applicable, shall be limited to two times per traffic signal. Each shutdown period shall be limited to the hours between 9:00 AM and 3:00 PM. First shutdown is allowed for switching from the existing wiring to the temporary wiring and second shutdown is allowed for switching from the temporary wiring to the new permanent wiring. If deemed necessary by the Engineer, the contractor shall provide traffic control personnel to direct traffic 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 79 during shutdown period. The Inspector shall be notified at least five (5) working days before the intended shutdowns. The contractor shall furnish “BE PREPARED TO STOP” and “STOP” signs during any shutdown period. Two "BE PREPARED TO STOP" signs and two "STOP" signs shall be placed for each direction of traffic. Sign sizes shall be 30” minimum. Locations of the signs shall be as directed by the Engineer. The contractor shall be responsible for any additional temporary wiring, which may be required on a day-to-day basis due to the construction. 4.07 TURN-ON AND FUNCTIONAL TESTING The Inspector shall be notified at least five (5) working days before the intended turn-on and provide method and schedule of turn-on procedure. The Inspector shall be notified a minimum of two work days in advance of planned connection of the new or modified traffic signal to the traffic signal communications system, if the new or modified traffic signal is to be connected to the traffic signal communications system. All permanent striping, pavement markings, and signing shall be in place prior to beginning of the Functional Test Period for any new or modified traffic signal system. The Contractor shall complete all sandblasting, striping, pavement markings, and roadside signing installations and modifications shown on the plans prior to beginning the Functional Test Period. The Contractor shall at his own expense, arrange to have a technician, qualified to work on the equipment listed below and employed by the equipment manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time the equipment is turned on: 1. Traffic signal controller and cabinet assembly 2. Video detection equipment (if applicable) 3. Emergency vehicle preemption equipment (if applicable) 4. Uninterruptible power supply equipment (if applicable) 5. Transit Signal Priority equipment (if applicable) The Engineer shall be notified at least two working days prior to the beginning of the functional test period. The Functional Testing Period of the modified traffic signal system shall not be made on Friday, Saturday, Sunday, or the day preceding or following a Federal holiday. The Engineer shall be notified at least two working days prior to the beginning of the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 80 Functional Testing Period. The Functional Testing Period will not be allowed to begin without prior authorization by the Engineer. 4.08 SERVICE The Service Cabinet shall be aluminum clear anodized Type II-BD (dual meter), 3 Wire 120/240V, wired for both traffic signal and street lighting metered circuits as follows:  Myers Dual Metered Cabinet – MEA-IIBD-M100 (MOD), or approved equal.  100A main bus with 12-circuit interior metered  Traffic Signal Metered Circuits: o 30A for Traffic Signal o 30A Spare. o 15A Spare.  Street Lighting Metered Circuits: o 30A for Safety Lights. o 30A for Street Lighting. o 30A Spare o 15A for Photoelectric Control The Contractor shall be responsible for all service details, coordinating and scheduling of work and necessary connections in advance of need. The City has incorporated Edison service design into the City’s plan; however, it is the contractor’s responsibility to verify the service requirement and installation prior to work. If any discrepancy exists between the plans and Edison design, the Edison design shall take precedence. No additional compensation will be provided for the discrepancy. Stencil service address using 2” minimum lettering and black paint on the service cabinet. Permanent self-adhesive letters and numbers will also be acceptable. Contractor shall obtain the necessary electrical permits from the Planning & Building Agency for service cabinet installation, inspection and electrical service authorization. The permit fee will be waived for City projects. City will provide Electrical Permit Fee Waiver Memorandum to be presented to Planning & Building Agency at the time of obtaining permit. 4.09 TYPE 332L CABINET ASSEMBLY If called for in the plans, the cabinet shall meet the following: 1. Type 332L Traffic Signal Cabinet Assembly shall meet the requirements of Caltrans Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications (TEES) dated March 12, 2009 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 81 2. Fully loaded cabinet shall be tested for functionality by an independent party and certificate of completion shall be provided to the City prior to field installation. Cabinet can be tested at: Econolite Systems 1250 N. Tustin Ave Anaheim, CA 92807 3. The Cabinet Assembly shall consist of but not limited to the following: a. Housing #1 – Clear Anodized b. Mounting Cage #1 c. Fan and thermostat assembly d. Power Distribution Assembly #2L e. Input Files I & J f. Input Panel #1 g. Service Panel #1 h. Service Panel Assembly i. Output File #1 j. C1 Harness #1 k. All other associated wiring, hardware and foundation bolts. 4. In addition to the Caltrans Standard TEES requirements, the following shall be provided: a. Red Monitoring Interface All cabinets shall be equipped with a Red Monitoring Interface, mounted integrally with the Output File #1. The Switchpacks to Conflict Monitor Unit channel assignments are as follows: Switchpacks CMU Channel Swpk Ø1- Swpk Ø8 Ch. 1 – Ch. 8 Swpk OLA, OLB, OLC, OLD Ch. 9 – Ch. 12 Swpk 2P,4P,6P,8P Ch. 13, 14, 15, 16 b. Cabinet Lights Each cabinet shall be equipped with two (2) fluorescent lighting mounted inside the top front and rear portion of the cabinet. A door actuated switch shall be installed to turn the cabinet lights on when either the front or rear door is opened. The door switches shall be on a separate circuit by itself; and used only to turn on the cabinet light. c. Pullout Drawer/Cabinet Print Holder Assembly 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 82 A pullout drawer shall be installed in the cabinet cage. The drawer shall be 17” long by 12” long wide by 1 ¾ in. deep. It shall have a hinged top that covers the storage box area and also provides a smooth surface to write on. d. Door Ajar Switch This switch shall be provided within the cabinet to trigger the Alarm #1(C1- 54) input of the controller whenever the front door is opened. This switch shall be a normally closed switch connected to apply a logic ground signal to the J11-F position of Input File J. e. C11P Harness A harness shall be provided to access the signals available on the 2070 Controller’s C11S Connector. The harness shall be a minimum of 4 ft in length. The harness wire bundle shall be provided with external protection and routed on the Input Panel Side of the Cabinet. The harness shall be connectorized and be of adequate length to properly mate with a 2070 Controller’s C11S connector and the other end shall be terminated as called out on the following table. All unused signals shall be made available on termination points within the cabinet for future use. C11P Pin assignment: PIN SOURCE FUNCTION TERM 1 O8-1 OUTPUT #56 * 2 O8-2 OUTPUT #57 * 3 O8-3 OUTPUT #58 * 4 O8-4 OUTPUT #59 * 5 O8-5 OUTPUT #60 * 6 O8-6 OUTPUT #61 * 7 O8-7 OUTPUT #62 * 8 O8-8 OUTPUT #63 * 9 DC GND DC GND DCG 10 I4-1 6-Ø2 I4-W 11 I4-2 6-Ø4 I8-W 12 I4-3 6-Ø6 J4-W 13 I4-4 6-Ø8 J8-W 14 DC GND DC GND DCG 15 I7-1 FUT 1 I1-W 16 I7-2 FUT 2 I5-W 17 I7-3 FUT 3 J1-W 18 I7-4 FUT 4 J5-W 19 I7-5 INPUT # 52 * PIN SOURCE FUNCTION DCG 20 I7-6 INPUT # 53 * 21 I7-7 INPUT # 54 * 22 I7-8 INPUT # 55 * 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 83 23 I8-1 INPUT # 56 * 24 I8-2 INPUT # 57 * 25 I8-3 INPUT # 58 * 26 I8-4 INPUT # 59 * 27 I8-5 INPUT # 60 * 28 I8-6 INPUT # 61 * 29 I8-7 INPUT # 62 * 30 I8-8 INPUT # 63 * 31 DC GND DC GND DCG 32 33 34 35 36 37 DC GND DC GND DCG f. Output File #1 Modifications: The output file as defined by CalTrans Standards shall be modified to enable the use of an 18 Channel Conflict Monitor. It shall be made compatible with the use of an Eberle Design Inc.’s Model 2018KCLip. Additional wiring for Channel 17 and 18 signals shall be added. The Yellow and Green signal wires shall be made available but labeled and capped for future use. The Red signal wires shall be terminated to the same AC+ source point as that feeding the Red Enable Signal input. The following are the signals required for compatibility: PIN FUNCTION TERM 14 Channel 17 Green * 17 Channel 18 Green * 19 Channel 17 Red AC+ P Channel 17 Yellow * T Channel 18 Yellow * W Channel 18 Red AC+ g. Other Electronic Components: Each cabinet shall be provided with the following electronic components:  One (1) Conflict Monitor Unit – Eberle Design Inc. Model 2018KCLip  Two (2) Model 204 Flashers  Twelve (12) Model 200 Switch Packs  Four (4) Flash Transfer Relay  One (1) Model 206L Power Supply 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 84  Fourteen (14) Model 222 Two-channel Loop Detectors  Three (3) Model 242 Two-channel DC Isolators 4.10 TYPE 334 HUB/COMMUNICATION CABINET ASSEMBLY If called for in the plans, the Type 334 Hub/Communication cabinet shall meet the following: 1. Assembly shall meet the requirements of the Caltrans Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications (TEES) dated March 12, 2009. The Cabinet Assembly shall consist of but not limited to the following: a. Housing #1 – Clear Anodized b. Mounting Cage #1 c. Fan and thermostat assembly d. Service Panel #1 e. Service Panel Assembly f. All other associated wiring, hardware and foundation bolts. 2. In addition to the Caltrans TEES requirements, the following shall be provided: a. Cabinet Lights Each cabinet shall be equipped with two (2) fluorescent lighting mounted inside the top front and rear portion of the cabinet. A door actuated switch shall be installed to turn the cabinet lights on when either the front or rear door is opened. The door switches shall be on a separate circuit by itself; and used only to turn on the cabinet light. b. Pullout Drawer/Cabinet Print Holder Assembly A pullout drawer shall be installed in the cabinet cage. The drawer shall be 17” long by 12” long wide by 1 ¾ in. deep. It shall have a hinged top that covers the storage box area and also provides a smooth surface to write on. c. Other Electronic Components: A Switched Rack Power Distribution Unit mounted on the Cabinet cage. This network manageable device shall allow programmable control of eight power outlets. Model shall be an APC Model AP7900. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 85 4.11 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER If called for on the plans, the controller shall meet the following: Traffic signal controllers shall be a Safetran Cobalt Rack Mount controller complying with the latest Caltran’s TEES requirements for operation within a 332 cabinet. In addition, the Controller must be preloaded with the latest release of an Econolite EOS Firmware. The City may request the controllers to be delivered to Traffic Engineering two weeks prior to any scheduled traffic signal turn on for testing and configuration without any affect upon the controller’s manufacturer warranty. 4.12 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING Excavating and backfilling shall conform to Section 87-1.03E, “Excavating and Backfilling for Electrical Systems,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All excavated material shall be removed from the site and backfilled with compacted crushed aggregate base material topped with temporary asphalt concrete on the same working day as removed. A temporary alternative to backfilling, with permission of the Engineer, shall be the placement of steel plates with temporary asphalt concrete ramping at edges of the steel plates. Such plating shall not be allowed for more than five (5) working days, after which backfill shall be required. Traffic signal pole foundations, sign foundation locations, tree root balls, utility potholing locations, and other excavations allowed by the Engineer, shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 19-3, “Structure Excavation and Backfill,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, to a relative compaction of 95 percent, or by use of the Slurry Backfill method described below. The Contractor may choose either method for backfilling any of the excavations listed above to the bottom of the existing or proposed roadway structural section, sidewalk structural section, parking lot structural section; or as directed by the Engineer. A combination of methods shall not be allowed for any individual excavation and backfill location. Slurry backfill: Use of a one-sack cement and sand slurry provided by a commercial ready-mix concrete vendor. The slurry shall be placed in conformance with Section 51, “Concrete Structures,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be placed “in the solid” and monolithic from the bottom of the excavation to th e bottom of the existing or proposed roadway structural section, sidewalk structural section, or parking lot structural section; or as directed by the Engineer. 4.13 FOUNDATIONS Foundations for controller cabinets, standards, posts, and pedestals shall also conform to the provisions in 56-3.01C(2), “Foundations,” and Section 87-1.03E(3), “Concrete Pads, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 86 Foundations, and Pedestals,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All material removed for pole foundations shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the site of work by and at the expense of the Contractor. The height of foundations shall be 18” above grade for Type P cabinet and 4” above grade for Type 332 cabinet. Foundation concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate air pockets. Contractor shall define exact location of all utilities in the vicinity of the new foundations, by hand digging if necessary. After all utilities are established, Contractor shall contact the Engineer for authorization of specific foundation location. Foundations shall be hand-dug until clear of obstructions. Foundations for traffic signal and luminaire mast arm poles shall be constructed to ensure that the traffic signal or luminaire mast arm is perpendicular (with a tolerance of 2 from perpendicular) to the adjacent tangent curb face or to the alignment as shown on the plans. Foundations that do not provide the proper alignment of the traffic signal or luminaire mast arm (as specified above) shall be completely removed and reconstructed at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall verify the proper alignment of the traffic signal pole or electrolier foundation anchor bolts prior to placement of Portland cement concrete. As included in the contract documents, the Contractor shall locate and install foundations as directed by the Engineer. No foundation shall be located within five feet of a water meter or fire hydrant. The top two inches of the concrete foundation shall be grouted after they are in position. The exposed portions of the foundations shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Replace pavement or sidewalk in kind to match existing material, color and pattern, from score mark to score mark, after foundations have been installed. 4.14 STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS AND POSTS Standards, steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 56-3, "Standards, Poles, Pedestals, and Posts," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Engineer shall approve the location of all standards, steel pedestals, and posts in the field, prior to installation. Contractor shall furnish all new nuts, bolts, washers, foundation anchors, pole caps, hand hole covers, and other hardware, as required to provide the intended installation, for all Contractor-furnished or relocated equipment. Nuts, bolts, washers, foundation anchors, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 87 pole caps, hand hole covers and other hardware shall comply with the Caltrans Standard Specifications, Caltrans Standard Plans, these Special Provisions, and the Plans. 4.15 CONDUIT Traffic signal, interconnect communications, and roadway lighting conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02B, “Conduit and Accessories,” and Section 87-1.03B, “Conduit Installation,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Traffic signal conduit shall be schedule 80 PVC unless shown otherwise on the plans. SCE service conduit shall be Schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted. Insulated bonding bushings will be required. All conduits, excluding SCE service conduits, shall be installed at the depth not less than 42” below finished grade. Only when conduits are to be installed between adjacent pull boxes, from traffic signal pole to pull box or pull box to cabinet where the in -between distance is too short to meet the 42” depth and the 45-degree sweep requirements, the conduit may be installed at lower depth but not less than 18” below finished grade. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, the minimum size of conduit shall be: 1. 2” between an electrolier and the adjacent pull box 2. 2” between a pedestrian push button post and the adjacent pull box 3. 2” between a 1A signal standard 4. 3” between signal standard with mastarm and the adjacent pull box 5. 2-4” between a controller cabinet and the adjacent pull box 6. 2” for advanced inductive loop detector runs 7. 2” between an overhead sign and the adjacent pull box 8. 3” for street crossings containing traffic signal conductors 9. 3” for traffic signal interconnect cable (SIC) only 10. 3” between pull boxes not otherwise specified Curb terminations shall be as shown on Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5E, Type A, except that conduit shown in Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5E, Type A shall be 2” (53 mm). A Bull-Line pull tape or equivalent with a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds shall be installed in all conduits. The ends of conduit and conduit fittings shall be provided with insulated and galvanized bonding bushings. After conductors have been installed, the ends of conduits shall be sealed with industry grade sealing compound. Conduit installation by “Trenching in Pavement Method” shall not be allowed within the traveled way of any public street without prior written authorization by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 88 If a conduit is bored or jacked across existing sewer mains, the contractor shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Pothole to determine location and depth of the sewer mains and laterals. 2. Visual confirmation by City Inspector shall be done during the boring/jacking of the conduit across the sewer mains for any damages prior to back filling the pothole. 3. If visual confirmation is not done, the contractor shall perform Video Inspection of Sewer Mains and Laterals per the following specifications. a. Video Inspection of Sewer Mains and Laterals The contractor shall use CCTV equipment to verify that City sanitary sewer mains have not been impacted. This includes all mains that appear on the plan of construction drawings as possible points of interference, regardless of the relative elevation of the sewer and what is believed to be the elevation of the newly constructed facility. The contractor shall use equipment specially designed and constructed for sewer inspection and televising. The camera must have light sources of suitable illumination output to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of pipe. The camera must be able to be rotated to a position that will assure that the total periphery of the sewer is in focus at all times, regardless of the diameter of the pipe being inspected. The camera, transport system, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing a picture adequate for the purposes of the inspection as stated herein. Video runs showing condensation or submersion of the lens, poor or out-of-focus images, poor audio, or otherwise poor image quality shall be cause for rejection and may necessitate re-televising at the consultant’s expense if the City determines the video run is not of acceptable quality. A cable footage counter, accurate to within one (1) foot in 1000 feet, shall be used and shall be indicated on the monitor and recorded on the video. The date of inspection, continuous forward and reverse readout of camera distance from referenced access hole, the City supplied upstream and downstream manhole identification number with an arrow indicating the direction of flow, the size of the pipe, the name of the street, the time of day and the project or location name as supplied by the City shall be displayed continuously on the monitor and recorded on the video. The use of non- standard or incorrectly numbered manholes by the contractor on the video overlay is cause for rejection of the digital video and any costs associated with re-videoing of the main that are necessitated by the contractor’s failure to use designated naming conventions will be bor ne entirely by the contractor. The footage relative to the center of the manhole at the start of each run shall be set to accurately reflect a center of manhole starting position of 0.00 feet regardless of where along the pipe and at what footage the run begins. All video operations shall begin at a manhole adjacent 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 89 to the most likely point of interference and unless blocked by an impassable obstruction, shall end at the closest upstream or downstream manhole or cleanout structure. Under no circumstances shall the contractor deliver to the City a video of a survey that was otherwise abandoned. If the camera cannot pass the entire sewer reach from its point of insertion, the reach shall be inspected from both directions. The consultant shall notify the City immediately of any such obstruction so that it may be repaired or mitigated by the City and/or the contractor and complete inspection of the pipe may proceed. Television inspection of sewer mains with high volumes of flow (pipe running 1/3 full or more) may, with prior consent of the City, be done at night between the hours of 10 p.m. and 5 a.m. No added compensation shall be allowed for night work. Notwithstanding, the consultant shall always use whatever mechanical means are available, including modification or changing of the camera wheels or treads, to insure that the image is recorded in an upright, un-rotated position. The City reserves the right to reject any videotape where changes in the orientation of the camera could have been corrected by such modifications or by performing the work during periods of low flow. CCTV inspections shall be delivered in an electronic format (CD/DVD) to the Engineer for review and approval. Cost for video inspection if required, shall be considered as included in other bid items. 4.16 PULL BOXES Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02C, “Pull Boxes,” and Section 87-1.03C, “Installation of Pull Boxes,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, Caltrans Standard Plan ES-8, and these Special Provisions. Pull boxes' size shall be Number 6 except where shown otherwise on the plan or as directed by the Traffic Engineer. Bottoms shall be bedded in crushed rock. Pull boxes shall not be grouted. Pull boxes shall be polymer concrete reinforced with heavy-weave fiberglass and plastic lining. Pull box covers shall be lightweight (Christy Fibrelyte, or approved equal). Pull boxes adjacent to Traffic Signal poles shall have 10 foot ground rod with ground clamp and shall be fastened to bare grounding conductor from Traffic Signal pole. New pull boxes shall not be installed within any curb access ramp. No new pull box shall be located within five feet of a water meter or fire hydrant. Replace sidewalk in-kind to match existing material, color, and pattern, from score mark to score mark after pull boxes have been installed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 90 4.17 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Conductors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02F, “Conductors and Cables,” and Section 87-1.03F, “Conductors and Cable Installations,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. New and modified traffic signals shall utilize multiple conductor traffic signal cable conforming to the provisions in Section 86-2.08D, “Signal Cable,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, the plans, and these Special Provisions. Individual conductors shall not be used for new traffic signal installations or modifications of existing traffic signals unless specifically directed by the Engineer and shown on the plans. Each traffic signal pole shall be served by a single 12 CSC cable per each two vehicle phases. Each pedestrian push button or bicycle push button assembly shall be served by a single 3 CSC. The 12 CSC and 3 CSC cables shall be run continuous between terminal block terminals and traffic signal controller cabinet load switch bay terminals. Splices will not be allowed and no daisy-chaining of traffic signal cables shall be permitted. Mastarm mounted traffic signal indications shall be connected to the side mount vehicle indication terminal box using a 5 CSC. Three section and four section vehicle indications shall use a single 5 CSC. Five section vehicle indications shall use 2-5 CSC. 5 CSC shall be run continuous between the signal indication and the side mount vehicle indication terminal box and no splicing will be allowed. Multiple indications for the same vehicle phase shall not use the same 5 CSC. Each CSC shall be labeled in a permanent, color - coded manner at the side mount vehicle indication terminal box, such that the vehicle phase and placement are noted on the cable. For example, Ø2 Inboard would indicate the cable serving the indication closest to the traffic signal mastarm pole. 4.18 WIRING Wiring shall conform to Section 86-1.02H, “Splicing Materials,” Section 86-1.02I, “Connectors and Terminals,” Section 87-1.03H, “Conductor and Cables Splices,” and Section 87-1.03I, “Connectors and Terminals,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. If necessary, multiple lighting circuit conductors can be soldered and insulated by "Method B" as shown in Caltrans Standard Plan ES-13A. Conductors No. 8 AWG or larger shall be spliced by the use of “C” shaped compression connectors and soldering. Compression-type terminals (spade or eyelet) shall not be permitted for termination on solid conductors. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 91 4.19 BONDING AND GROUNDING Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02F(2)(c)(ii), “Bonding Jumpers and Equipment Grounding Conductors,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 4.20 VEHICLE SIGNALS Vehicle signals shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02R and 87-1.03R, “Signal Heads,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All new vehicle signal indications shall be 12" nominal diameter. All new signal indications shall be Light Emitting Diode (LED), as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions. All new signal section housings shall be provided with visor and backplate. Signal section housings, visors, and backplates shall be metal. All visors shall have twist-on attaching ears to facilitate installation. The stainless steel machine screw shall have anti-seize compound (NOA-Lox or Agency approved equal) applied before installation. The door shall be equipped with a neoprene gasket, permanently secured, to prevent water from entering the terminal compartment. Side mounted signal heads shall be mounted on the side away from the traveled roadbed. The Contractor shall furnish and install new mounting hardware as required to provide for the intended design and operation. 4.21 COUNTDOWN PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS Pedestrian signals shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02S and 87-1.03S, “Pedestrian Signal Heads,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Pedestrian signal shall be LED countdown type with 9” high number (GE model PS7- CFF1-VLA or approved equal). Pedestrian signal indication housings shall be metal, mounted with Type Z-crate front screens. Pedestrian signal housings shall be furnished with a terminal compartment identical to that specified elsewhere in these special provisions. 4.22 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) MODULES Light emitting diode (LED) signal and pedestrian modules shall conform to the provisions in sections 86-1.02R(4)(b), “LED Signal Modules,” of Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. LED signal modules shall be manufactured by Dialight or Agency approved equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 92 Written warranty must be provided by manufacturer for full replacement of the module due to any failure for a minimum period of fifteen (15) years. The LED signal module manufacturer shall provide a detailed written warranty issued by the factory of module origin with the following minimum provisions: - Modules shall, at the manufacturer’s option, be repaired or replaced if the module fails to function as intended due to workmanship or material defects within the first 15 years from the date of delivery. - Modules shall, at the manufacturer’s option, be repaired or replaced if the module exhibit luminous intensities less than the minimum specified values within the first 15 years of the date of delivery. 4.23 VEHICLE DETECTORS Detectors and detector lead-in cable shall conform to the provisions in Section 86- 1.02F(2)(c)(iii), "Inductive Loop Conductors" Section 86-1.02W, “Loop Detector Sealants,” Section 87-1.03V, “Detectors,” Section 87-1.03W, “Sealants,” of Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Loop wire shall be Type 2. Loop detector lead-in cable shall be Type B. Loop sealant can be Asphaltic Emulsion Sealant or Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, all new inductive loop detectors shall be round, 6' (1.8 m) diameter, per CSP plan ES-5B, Type E. All loop connection shall be in series only. Bicycle Loop Detectors in Vehicle lane shall be per CSP Type D Circular. Bicycle Loop Detectors in Bicycle lane shall be per CSP Type Q. All new or modified loop curb terminations shall be Type A as shown in CSP ES-5D. Curb termination conduit shall be 2” (53mm). If any inductive loop detector wires or loop detector lead-in cables are to be left un- terminated in a pull box for more than a 24 -hour period, the ends shall be securely taped and sealed with an electrical insulating coating. 4.24 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON ASSEMBLIES Pedestrian push button assemblies shall conform to Section 86-1.02U and 87-1.03U, “Push Button Assemblies,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, Pedestrian Push Button shall be Type B 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 93 Pedestrian push button assembly shall be ADA compliant furnished with stainless steel tamper-proof screws. Pedestrian push button assembly shall consist of 5”x7” housing (Color: Green), 2” ADA Moving Push Button (Color: Green, Button: Silver Stainless Steel) and Caltrans standard 5” by 7.5” R62D sign. The Pedestrian Push Button Assembly shall be installed at ADA standard height of 42”, measured from top of sidewalk to center of push button. When an Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) system is required by the plans, the system shall conform to Section 86-1.02T, “Accessible Pedestrian Signals,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these special provisions. The Contractor shall furnish and install Polara iN2 iNavigator 2-wire system as shown on the plan. The APS system shall include Polara iN2 INavigator 2-wire Push Button Station (iN2 5AN0-B), iCCU Control Unit (Card Rack Control Unit) and all necessary equipment, mounts, cabling, connectors, and any other items necessary to provide the intended operation as shown on the plans. All exposed fasteners shall have anti-seize compound (NOA-Lox or Agency approved equal) applied before installation. 4.25 VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM When video detection is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install rack mounted Video Detection System as shown on the plan. The video detection system shall include cameras with zoom lens with an integrated adjustable sunshield, all mounting hardware (video detector camera mounting bracket or video detector camera pole mount extension bracket), communications interface panel, detector port master, video detector cable, all associated equipment or miscellaneous fittings (cabinet wiring), labor, materials, and any other items necessary to provide the intended operation as shown on the plans. All of the video detection system components shall be current production equipment produced by the same manufacturer (for system operation compatibility purposes) unless otherwise noted herein or approved in advance by the Engineer. The Video Detection System shall be an Econolite Autoscope Vision Video Detection System or approved equivalent. 4.26 EMERGENCY VEHICLE PREEMPTION (EVP) SYSTEM When EVP is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install a rack mounted Global Traffic Technologies (GTT) Opticom™ GPS System as shown on the plans. Phase selectors shall be 764, as shown on the plans. Radio/GPS Unit shall be Model 3100 as shown on the plans. Radio/GPS unit shall be mounted on the traffic signal pole and shall be mounted level and extended 3 feet away from pole unless noted otherwise. The EVP cables shall be GTT Opticom™ Model 1070. EVP cables shall be labeled in a permanent, color-coded manner in each pull box and the traffic signal controller cabinet indicating the vehicle signal phase and direction. EVP cables shall not be spliced 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 94 4.27 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LUMINAIRES All new luminaires shall be light emitting diode (LED), I.E.S. Type III distribution, full cut- off, as shown on the plans. All new luminaires shall be Leotek GC1-60F-MV-NW-2-GY- 700 GreenCobra™ LED Street Light. Each luminaire shall be equipped with photoelectric control. Written warranty must be provided by manufacturer for full replacement of the luminaire due to any failure for a minimum period of seven (7) years. Luminaires shall, at the sole discretion of the City, be repaired or replaced if the luminaire fails to function as described in the above specifications for a period of eighty-four (84) months from date of installation. All luminaires shall be SCE prequalified. 4.28 CONDUCTOR LABELING Conductors shall be labeled in all pull boxes and in the traffic signal cabinet. 1. Labeling Convention: a. Conductor Signal Cable shall be labeled to indicate cable size and signal phases (Ex. 12 CSC, P1&6 for 12 conductor cable, phases 1 & 6). b. Detector Lead-In cable shall be label to show detector designation per plan (Ex. DLC 1-P2, DLC 2-P2). c. System Detection Lead-In cable (SDLC) shall be labeled to show detector designation per plan (Ex. SDLC-SD1 for system detection SD1) d. Signal Interconnect cable (SIC) shall be labeled to size and content (Ex. 12PR#19). e. Video Detection (VD) cable shall be labeled to indicate video camera and phase or power (Ex. VD-P8 for phase 8 video camera cables or VD-P8 PWR for phase 8 Video camera power cable). f. Emergency Vehicle Pre-emption Cable shall be labeled to indicate EVP and phase or power (Ex. EVP-A for EVP cable channel A or EVP-A PWR for EVP power cable). g. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) cable shall be labeled to indicate camera or power (Ex. CCTV-1 for CCTV camera 1 or CCTV-1 PWR for CCTV 1 power cable). h. Changeable Message Signs cable shall be labeled to indicate sign or power (Ex. CMS-1 for sign 1 or CMS-1 PWR for sign 1 power cable). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 95 i. Individual traffic signal conductor or street lighting conductor shall not be labeled in the pull boxes. Traffic signal conductor shall be labeled to show phase in the traffic signal cabinet only. 2. Method of Labeling: a. In Pull Boxes: Labels shall be produced using tape designed for outdoor use. b. In Traffic Signal Cabinet: All conductors and cables in the cabinet shall be labeled, including individual traffic signal conductors from CSC. 4.29 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS The Contractor shall furnish and install Type V photoelectric controls on all luminaires. 4.30 OVERHEAD REFLECTIVE STREET NAME SIGNS All sign layouts shall be the contractor’s responsibility and shall be in accordance to the City layout guideline. All signs shall be made in accordance with drawings furnished by the City and these Special Provisions. All sign layouts must be approved by the City prior to final production. A. GENERAL All items shall be new. The materials and workmanship shall be the best quality for the purpose. The contractor shall replace any sign delivered under this contract which does not conform to these specifications at no cost to the City. B. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 1. Base Metal: The base metal substrate shall be new sheet aluminum alloy 3003-H14 or 5052- H32. The thickness of the aluminum shall be 0.05” (1 mm). The material shall be subject to inspection prior to degreasing and chromate conversion coating operations. Alloy and temper designations shall be verified in mill test certifications. All sign panel edges shall be shear-trimmed or roll-slit to produce neat edges and square corners. Sign panel edges shall be straight within 1/32” (1 mm) form the straight plane. Edge delaminating or incomplete coverage of the base metal 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 96 substrate up to and coincident with the cut edge of the sign panel shall be sufficient basis for rejection of the entire sign panel. All treatment tanks and/or spray-applied systems must be performed on the contractor premises, to ensure proper adhesion of reflective sheeting materials. All treatment tanks or spray-applied systems shall be charged with fresh chemicals at least once a year. If pretreatment is performed by immersion methods, the tanks must be sufficient size to accommodate the complete panel. Titration equipment shall be available for the inspectors to check the solutions strengths. The cleaned and coated base metal shall be handled only by a mechanical device or by operators wearing clean cotton or rubber gloves. After cleaning and coating operations, the panels shall be protected at all times from contact or exposure to grease, oils, dust or other contaminates. The front and back surfaces of the aluminum base metal shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of any powdery residue. The base metal pretreatment process shall be in conformance with Section 5, “Recommended Processing methods” of ASTM Designation B-449. The coating weight shall be 30-100 mg/sq.ft. (285-950 mg/sq.m.), A class 1 coating. 2. Sign Message and Reflectorized Material: Sign panels with identical legends shall be displayed on both sides of the sign frame unless otherwise indicated. Letter size, style, spacing, arrows, and figures shall conform to the current standards established by Caltrans. a. The legends or street name shall be 8” (200 mm) upper case and 6” (150 mm) lower case. Series D shall be used. b. Street suffixes and block number will be 4” (100 mm). Series D shall be used. c. 1” (27 mm) border. d. Message layout shall be per attached drawing. Side margins and spacing may be compressed when necessary to stay within sign length. 3M Diamond Grade DG3 Series 4000 or equivalent shall be used on both fore and background. The standard color shall be white legends, letters, borders, etc., on a screened green background. No cut out legends, letters or border shall be used. 3. Sign Frame & Panel Construction: The width or the sign shall be 18” (450 mm). Length to be determined by the text and shall not be less than 48” (1200 mm) or more than 96” (2400 mm). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 97 a. Frames: The frame shall be aluminum channel extrusion, 1.25” x 1.25” x .125” (35 x 35 x 3 mm) wall thickness. Alloy 6063-T5. All joints of the aluminum channel shall be welded with an inert gas shielded-arc welding process using 4043 electrode filler wire in accordance with good shop practice. The width of the filler wire shall be equal to the wall thickness of the channel being welded. The top of the frame will have two 2” x 2” x .250” (53 x 53 x 6 mm) wall thickness channel members welded and fastened to the frame with stainless steel bolt, washer, lock nuts and cotter pins. The adjustable swing assembly will be attached to these members. b. Assembly: A sign panel shall be fastened to both sides of the channel frame to make a double-faced unit. Each sign panel must be a continuous sheet, no vertical or horizontal splices to make up one panel. The sign panels shall be affixed to the frame with 3/16” (5 mm) diameter blind pop rivets, alloy 5052, or a type approved by the City. They must be aluminum approved. The exposed face of the rivet shall be of similar shade and compatible with face color of the finished sign. The rivets shall be placed through the face of the sign with the wall of the channel placed against the back of the sign panel. Rivets shall be placed no closer than ½” (13 mm) from the edge of the sign panel and a maximum of 8” (200 mm) apart from one another. All rivets must penetrate the web of the channel frame for proper grip strength between sign panel and frame. The swing hinge is attached to the 2” x 2” (53 x 53 mm) channel member with a ¼” (7 mm) stainless steel bolt and bronze bushing, and then secured with any-lock nut. 4. Mounting Assemblies: The top of the sign frame shall have two free swinging mounting brackets. They shall be of all aluminum, bronze, and stainless steel parts. The 5” (125 mm) long stainless steel bolt for fine adjustments shall have nuts and lock washers, or self- locking nuts and cotter key. Dampening springs are required. The bracket assembly shall permit the sign to swing perpendicular to the support hardware. The aluminum mounting brackets shall be adjustable (Safeway EZ-B 1321 Bracket Assembly or MD Solutions Inc. Oscillating Mast Arm Bracket -Adj or equivalent). When installation of the sign to the mast arm is complete, the sign should swing freely 90 degrees in both directions when moved by the installer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 98 5. Finish: The finished sign shall be flat within a ratio of 0.40” (10 mm) per linear foot when measured across the plane of each panel from opposite corners or at any location on the panel. All finished signs shall have a smooth flat surface without defects or objectionable marks of any kind on either the front or the back faces. All letters and designs shall be clearly cut and sharply defined. The appearance of the sign face shall be uniform throughout and shall be free of wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, air bubbles or blemishes that may impair the serviceability, detract from the general appearance or color- matching of the sign when viewed from a distance of twenty-five (25) feet (7.5 m). The finished sign shall be clean and free from all burns, sharp edges, loose rivets and aluminum marks. Signs with any defects or damage that affect their appearance and serviceability will not be acceptable. All metal parts shall be fabricated in a uniform and quality workmanlike manner with all sign surfaces and edges free of defects. No repairs shall be made to the face sheet without the approval of the City inspectors. 4.31 REMOVING, REINSTALLING, OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Salvaging and stockpiling electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 15, “Existing Facilities,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. When called for on the plan, salvaged equipment shall be delivered to the City of Santa Ana Public Works Agency Maintenance Yard, Santa Ana. The Contractor shall notify the City a minimum of two working days prior to delivery of salvaged equipment. Existing equipment removed and not to be reused or salvaged to the City of Santa Ana shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to remove, salvage, transport, and dispose of equipment not reused. All reused or relocated vehicle and pedestrian heads shall be painted to match new equipment color. 4.32 COMMUNICATION CABLES A. SIGNAL INTERCONNECT CABLE This work shall be in accordance with the Plans, Section 86-1.02F(3)(d)(v), “Signal Interconnect Cables,” of the Caltrans Standard Plans & Specifications and these Special Provisions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 99 Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC) shall be AWG#22 and conform to IMSA Specification 40-2, REA Specification PE-39 and the following: SIC shall not be spliced unless shown otherwise on the plan. The number of pairs to be provided shall be as shown on the plans. The ends of unused SIC conductors shall be folded back and taped securely to the cable Where splicing is required, the Contractor is responsible for supplying the splice closures and all accessories including bond connectors and proper end plates to provide splices as recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer recommended lubricant shall be applied to the cable to reduce friction between the cable and the duct. Mechanical aids and pulling cable or ropes shall be used as required. Personnel shall be stationed at each cabinet, splice vault and/or pull box through which the cable is to be pulled to observe and lubricate the cable. At least ten feet of slack shall be provided at each pull box. The shield shall be grounded at each trunk splice and at every terminus point. The cable shall be securely fastened in-place within pull boxes, vaults, and/or cabinets. The cable shall not be stressed beyond the Manufacturer's minimum bending radius at any time. All exposed cable ends shall be protected from moisture ingress. Following installation of the cable in the duct, all duct entrances at pull boxes, vaults and cabinets shall be sealed with duct sealing compound to prevent the ingress of moisture, foreign materials, and rodents. Cable markers shall be used to identify the cable and pair-count. The Contractor is responsible for all testing and documentation required to establish approval and acceptance of the production, installation and operation of fabrication materials and installation hardware. The following identifies the specific quality control requirements for this specification. Cables shall be tested at the factory to ensure the cable complies with the specifications. Reels of cable shall be tested for insulation breakdown and continuity prior to installation in ducts. As a post-installation check, the Contractor shall measure the continuity and insulation breakdown of the cable pairs in each length of cable after installation, prior 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 100 to connection. The Contractor shall measure these parameters on a minimum of two pairs selected by the Engineer. The same pairs shall not be measured on consecutive lengths. The Contractor shall record the reel number from which the cable came, the identification of the pairs measured, and the results of continuity and insulation tests. The Contractor shall carry out system integration testing to ensure that the twisted- pair cables perform as specified when used in operation with equipment installed under the contract. Where splicing is required inside the pull box or splice vault, the Contractor is responsible for supplying the splice kits and all accessories including bond connectors and proper end plates to provide splices as recommended by the manufacturer. Unless noted otherwise, splice kit shall be COYOTE Series manufactured by Performed Line Products, www.preformed.com. All splicing shall be done by the Contractor, the City will supply necessary wiring information or splicing diagram. Individual wire splicing shall be done using weather resistant connector (AMP Picabond Connector. B. FIBER OPTIC CABLE This work consists of installation of Single Mode Fiber Optic Cable per plan. This work shall be in accordance with the Plans, Section 87-19, “Fiber Optic Cable Systems,” of the Caltrans Standard Plans & Specifications and these Special Provisions. Each fiber optic cable for this project shall be Corning Cable Systems, ALTOS Lite Gel-Free Cables, Single-Jacket/Single-Armor type, loose tube and contain single mode (SM) dual-window (1310 nm and 1550 nm) fibers as shown on the Plans and shall conform to these special provisions. The drop cables shall be connectorized with SC connectors in the cabinets. This shall require additional aramid strength members in the cable or the use of furcation tubing at the terminus. 1. Quality Assurance Provisions Documentation of factory test results shall be provided to the Engineer for approval prior to shipping. The attenuation of 100 percent of the fibers shall be tested by the Manufacturer and certified as satisfying the requirements of this specification. A copy of the test results for each fiber in the cable shall be provided with each reel of cable. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 101 Attention is directed to "Fiber Optic Testing," elsewhere in these special provisions. The Contractor shall furnish a Manufacturer's certification that the fiber optic cable materials proposed for use on this project will meet all applicable special provisions. The material shall not be installed in the field prior to the Engineer's approval. 2. Installation Installation procedures shall conform to the procedures specified by the Manufacturer of the specific cable being installed. Prior to installing the optical fiber cable, the Contractor shall test the cable on the shipping reel. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer's recommended procedures for pulling the fiber optic cable to the Engineer for review and approval at least 20 working days prior to installing cables. Mechanical aids may be used to assist cable installation. A tension measuring device or break away swivel shall be placed between the end of the cable grip and the pull rope, to ensure that the tension does not exceed 80 percent of recommended tension or 2225 N, whichever is less. The cable grips for installing fiber optic cable shall have a ball bearing swivel to prevent the cable from twisting during installation. The fiber optic cable shall be installed using a cable pulling lubricant recommended by the fiber optic cable and/ the innerduct manufacturer and a non- abrasive pull tape conforming to the provisions described under "Conduit" elsewhere in these special provisions. Contractor’s personnel shall be stationed at each splice vault and pull box through which the cable is to be pulled to lubricate and prevent kinking or other damage. During cable installation, the bend radius shall be maintained at a minimum of 20 times the outside diameter of the cable. Splices shall only be allowed at cable transitions, such as, changes in the size of cables or at entry points for drop-cables. Splice closures shall be required at every junction point and at every device being serviced by the fiber optic cable as indicated on the fiber optic conductor schedules. At each splice closure, all useable fibers in the cable shall be continuously spliced as indicated on the plans. The end-to-end attenuation of the completed cable plant shall not exceed 8 dB from the termination point of the fiber to the City of Santa Ana Traffic Management Center. A minimum of 15 feet of slack shall be maintained on either side of any splice enclosure. Following installation of the cable in duct, all duct entrances in cabinets, pull boxes and vaults shall be sealed with duct sealing compound to prevent the ingress of moisture, foreign materials and rodents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 102 3. Splicing All fiber optic splices shall use the fusion method. The mean bi-directional splice loss of any splice shall not exceed 0.15 dB. The termination splices shall connect the fiber optic cable span ends with pigtails. The termination splices shall be placed in a splice tray. The individual fibers shall be looped one full turn within the splice tray to avoid bending losses. A 2-inch minimum bending radius shall be maintained during installation and after final assembly in the optical fiber splice tray. Each fiber shall be individually restrained in the splice tray. The optic fibers in buffer tubes and the placement of the optical fibers in the splice tray shall be such that there is no discernable tensile force on the optical fiber. All splices shall be protected with a thermal shrink sleeve or approved equivalent. All fibers shall be labeled in the splice tray with permanent vinyl markers. Pigtail ends shall also be labeled to identify the destination of the fiber. 4. Field Splice Closures Where splicing is required inside the pull box or splice vault, the Contractor is responsible for supplying the splice closure and all accessories including bond connectors and proper end plates to provide splices as recommended by the manufacturer. Unless noted otherwise, splice closure shall be Corning Splice Closure part number SCF-6C22-01-72. All splicing shall be done by the Contractor, the City will supply necessary splice detail information or splicing diagram. 5. Connectors The fiber optic connectors shall be the ceramic ferrule SC type for single mode applications. All fiber optic connectors shall be the 2.5 mm SC connector ferrule type with Zirconia Ceramic material with a PC (Physical Contact) pre-radiused tip. Field terminations shall be limited to splicing of adjoining trunk cable ends and pigtail breakouts. The pigtails shall utilize factory installed SC connectors. 6. Fiber Optic Testing a. General Testing shall include the tests on elements of the passive fiber optic components: (1) at the factory, (2) after delivery to the project site but prior to 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 103 installation, (3) after installation but prior to connection to any other portion of the system, and (4) during final system testing. All active components shall be tested after installation. The Contractor shall provide all personnel, equipment, instrumentation and materials necessary to perform all testing. The Engineer shall be notified in writing a minimum of two working days prior to all field tests. The notification shall include the exact location or portion of the system to be tested. Documentation of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer for approval within two working days after the test involved. The Contractors attention is directed to "As-Builts" elsewhere in these special provisions, regarding the requirements for recording test results. Attenuation tests shall be performed with an OTDR capable of recording and displaying anomalies of 0.2 dB as a minimum. Single mode fibers (SM) shall be tested at 1310 nm and 1550 nm. The OTDR shall have a printer capable of producing a verifying test trace with fiber identification as shown in the sample "Link Loss Budget Work Sheet", numerical loss values, the date and the operator's name. It shall also have a DOS based 3.5 inch-disk recording capability that has associated software to do comparisons and reproductions on 8.5 inch x 11 inch paper, via a personal computer. Prior to arrival of the cable, the Contractor shall provide detailed test procedures for all field testing to the Engineer. The procedures shall include the tests involved and how the tests are to be conducted. These test plans shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The procedures shall include the tests involved and how the tests are to be conducted. Included in the test procedures shall be the model, manufacturer, configuration, calibration and alignment procedures for all proposed test equipment. b. Factory Testing Verification of the fiber specifications as listed in the Fiber Characteristics Table shall be supplied by the Manufacturer with the appropriate documentation. After cabling, before shipment but while on the shipping reel, 100 percent of all fibers shall be tested for attenuation. Copies of the res ults shall be (1) maintained on file at the Contractor's, Manufacturer's and Owner's place of business with a file identification number for a minimum of 10 years, (2) attached to the cable reel in a waterproof pouch, and (3) submitted to the Contractor and to the Engineer prior to the delivery of the cable to the job site. c. Arrival On Site The cable and reel shall be physically inspected by the Contractor on delivery and 100 percent of the fibers shall be tested with the OTDR for attenuation to 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 104 confirm that the cable meets requirements. Test results shall be recorded, dated, compared and filed with the copy accompanying the shipping reel in a weather proof envelope. Attenuation deviations from the shipping records greater than 5 percent shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer in writing. The cable shall not be installed until completion of this test sequence and written approval by the Engineer is received. Copies of traces and test results shall be submitted to the Engineer. If the OTDR test results are unsatisfactory, the reel of fiber optic cable shall be considered unacceptable and all records corresponding to that reel of cable shall be marked accordingly. The unsatisfactory reels of cable shall be replaced with new reels of cable at the Contractor's expense. The new reels of cable shall then be tested to demonstrate acceptability. Copies of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. d. After Cable Installation After the fiber optic cable has been pulled but before breakout and termination, 100 percent of all the fibers shall be tested for continuity. Test results shall be recorded and dated. Any segment of cable that does not meet specifications shall be replaced with a new segment, without additional splices, at the Contractor's expense. The new segment of cable shall then be tested to demonstrate acceptability. Copies of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. e. Outdoor Splices At the conclusion of splicing operations at one location, and before the closure is sealed, all splices shall be tested with the OTDR, in both directions. Splice segments shall be tested at 1310 nm and at 1550 nm. The mean bi-directional loss of individual splice losses shall not exceed 0.2 dB. Measurement results shall be recorded, dated, validated by the OTDR trace printout and filed with the records of the respective cable runs. Copies of traces and test results shall be submitted to the Engineer. If the OTDR test results are unsatisfactory, the splice shall be unacceptable. The unsatisfactory splice shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. The new splice shall then be tested to demonstrate acceptability. Copies of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. f. System Verification at Completion a. OTDR Testing Once the passive cabling system has been installed and is ready for activation, 100 percent of the fiber links shall be tested with the OTDR for attenuation. Test results shall be recorded, dated, compared and filed with previous copies. Copies of traces and test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. If the OTDR test results are unsatisfactory the link 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 105 shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. The new link shall then be tested to demonstrate acceptability. Copies of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. b. Test Failures If during any of these system verification tests, the results prove to be unsatisfactory, the fiber optic cable and or defective splice enclosures will not be accepted. The unsatisfactory components shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. The new segment of cable shall undergo the same testing procedure to determine acceptability. Copies of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The removal and replacement of a segment of cable shall be interpreted as the removal and replacement of a single contiguous length of cable connecting two splices, two connectors, or a splice and a connector. The removal of only the small section containing the failure and therefore introducing new unplanned splices will not be allowed. 4.33 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) SYSTEM When CCTV system is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install Axis Q6 155-E PTZ Network Camera as shown on the plan. The CCTV system shall consist of camera/pan-tilt assembly, mounting, cables, conductors and wires, control software and video management system licensing. 1. Mounting The Contractor shall mount the integrated camera/position unit on existing traffic signal pole as shown on plans and per manufacturer’s recommendation. The Contractor shall verify the mounting requirements of the integrated camera/position unit, and the suitability of the approach depicted in these plans. The C ontractor may request approval for alternate mounting details by submitting a shop drawing signed by a registered Engineer. 2. Video Cable The Contractor shall furnish and install manufacturer recommended Outdoor CAT-6 Ethernet cable with IP66-rated connectors and incidental hardware from the camera to an Ethernet switch in the cabinet to establish circuit continuity. The cable shall be installed without damaging the conductors, dielectric or jacket. The cable ass embly shall not be kinked or bent tighter than the Manufacturer's recommended bending radius. 3. Testing The Contractor shall test and document the installation and operation of all material, equipment, cables and connectors for continuity, shorts or grounds. The Contractor shall also carry out system integration testing to ensure that the video interface and 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 106 camera interconnect wiring performs to the specified standards when used in operation with all other devices installed under the contract. 4. Warranty The Contractor shall provide a warranty for all equipment installed or modified under these projects for the extended warranty period provided by the manufacturer. The warranty shall be 12 months from the time the Agency accepts the Project. The warranty on all parts and equipment used on these projects shall be provided by the manufacturer or agent of the equipment. The Contractor shall provide, at no cost to the Agency, all labor, materials, testing, and equipment required restoring the system to its fully operational condition. Following this warranty period, the Contractor shall assign to the Agency the balance of the manufacturer’s warrantees or guarantees on all electrical and mechanical equipment of the system. 4.34 IP COMMUNICATION SYSTEM When required by the plan, the contractor shall supply and install necessary equipment to establish communication via IP addressing between the City Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) and existing field devices or field devices being installed. - Etherwan Hardened-Managed Fiber Optic Ethernet Switch – EX73924E-0VB w/ Hardened Power Supply (Quantity= 1) - Etherwan Hardened 100BASE SFP Fiber Transceiver – EX0155TSP-MBL-A (Quantity= 2) - Etherwan Hardened 1000BASE SFP Fiber Transceiver – EX1250TSP-MBL-AS (Quantity= 2) - Corning Cable Systems Closet Connector Housing CCH-01U (Quantity= 2) - Corning Splice Tray (Quantity= 2) - Corning SC Duplex Connector Panel – CCH-CP12-59 (Quantity= 2) - Fiber Optic Patch Cord – duplex, single-mode – SC to LC connectors – 3 meters (Quantity= 4) - CAT-5 Patch Cord - 2 meters (Quantity= 4) 4.35 PAYMENT Payment for any items of work required by the plans, the specifications or other reference documents that are not covered by a contract bid item shall be considered as included in other bid items. Payment for traffic signal work shall be included in the lump sum or unit price paid for Traffic Signal Modification or Installation except for other listed contract bid items. The prices paid for traffic signal system modification or installation shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, testing, tools, equipment and other incidentals for work as shown on the plans, in the Specifications, and Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Payment for inductive loop detector shall be included in the unit priced paid for Traffic Signal Loop installation. The prices paid for each loop installation shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, testing, tools, equipment and other 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 107 incidentals for work as shown on the plans, in the Specifications, and Special Provisions, and no additional compensation shall be allowed. Payment for CCTV and IP Communication System shall be included in the unit priced paid for CCTV and IP Communication System installation. The prices paid for CCTV and IP Communication System shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, testing, tools, equipment and other incidentals for work as shown on the plans, in the Specifications, and Special Provisions, and no additional compensation shall be allowed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 108 5.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - IRRIGATION, LANDSCAPING, & MAINTENANCE PERIOD 5.01 IRRIGATION GENERAL: 5.01.01 WORK INCLUDED A. SUMMARY OF WORK The Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete work indicated on the drawings. B. REGULATIONS All local, municipal and state laws, and rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this Work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed to conflict with any of the above rules and regulations or requirements of the same. However, when these specifications and drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, the provisions of these specifications and drawings shall take precedence. C. SCHEDULE OF WORK 1. Verification of site conditions. 2. Physical layout. 3. Trenching. 4. Assembly of system. 5. Piping under roadways. 6. Connection to water supply. 7. Backfilling. 8. Adjustment of system. 9. Testing. 10. Clean up. 11. Inspection. 12. Record Drawings. 13. Guarantees. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 109 5.01.02 APPROVALS A. HARDSCAPE All hardscape work shall be inspected and approved before start of any work of this section. B. UTILITIES Prior to commencement of work, locate all electrical cables, conduits, and all utility lines so that proper precautions may be taken not to damage such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and irrigation system locations, promptly notify the Engineer who shall arrange for the relocation for one or the other. Failure to follow this procedure places under the Contractor the responsibility for, at his own expense, making any and all repairs for damages resulting from work hereunder. C. COORDINATION Coordinate installations of all sprinkler materials, including pipe, so there shall be no interference existing with or difficulty in planting, trees, turf, or utilities and other construction. D. PERMITS The Contractor shall obtain and pay for any and all permits and all inspections as required. E. GRADES Carefully note all established grades before commencing work. Restore any established grade changed during course of this work to original contours. 5.01.03 VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES A. QUANTITIES AND TYPES Irrigation materials shall be furnished in the quantities and/or spacing as shown or noted and shall be of the size and manufacture as indicated on the drawings and specifications. B. DIMENSIONS All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and shall immediately inform the Engineer of any discrepancy between the drawings and/or the specifications and actual conditions. No work shall be done in any area where there is such a discrepancy until approval for same has been given by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 110 C. LAYOUT Due to the scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan his work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc., as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in the most direct and workmanlike manner, so that conflicts between irrigation systems, planting and hardscape features will be avoided. D. GRADES The Contractor shall carefully check all grades to ensure it is safe to proceed before starting work on the sprinkler system. 5.01.04 INSPECTION A. GENERAL All inspections herein specified shall be made by the Engineer. The Contractor shall request inspection at least two days in advance of the time inspection is required. B. INSPECTION REQUIREMENT Inspection will be required for the following parts of the work: 1. Staked out layout of all pressure supply lines, routing, and location of sprinkler heads. 2. Pressure test and trench depth prior to backfill. 3. Pressure test prior to start, at Point of Connection. 4. Coverage test upon sprinkler system completion. 5. Final inspection upon completion of job, after plant material is in place. PRODUCTS: 5.01.05 MATERIALS A. REQUIREMENTS All materials and equipment listed on the drawings and specifications will be subject to the following: 1. The Contractor shall furnish the articles, equipment materials, or processes specified by name in the drawings and specifications. No substitution will be allowed without prior written approval by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 111 2. The Contractor shall submit with the material list, catalog data and full descriptive literature whenever he wishes to use items different than those specified. 3. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without the prior approval of the Engineer may be rejected and the Contractor shall be required to remove such materials from the site at his own expense. 4. Approval of any item, alternate or substitute indicates only that the product(s) apparently meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted. 5. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the guarantee. 6. The Engineer can, at his option, require a manufacturer's warranty on any product offered for use. B. MAIN LINE PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. All main line piping up to 2.5” diameter be shall be Type 1120-1220 PVC, Schedule 40, NSF approved - Lasco, Johns-Manville, or approved equal. 2. All main line piping 3.0” diameter and larger shall be Class 315. 3. All mainline elbows and tees shall have Leemco Restraint fittings, or approved equal. (no concrete thrust block needed) C. LATERAL LINE PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. All lateral line piping shall be PVC Type 1120-1220, Schedule 40-Lasco, Johns- Manville, or approved equal. 2. All lateral PVC pipe fittings shall be Type 1-11, Schedule 40, NSF approved - Lasco, Sloane, or approved equal. 3. All solvent shall be a type approved by the manufacturer of the pipe and fittings. D. GATE VALVES 1. Gate valves shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-V-54, Type 1, Class A, with all bronze body, non-rising stem, Nibco No. T-133, or approved equal. 2. Gate valve boxes shall be 10" x 10-1/4" round plastic box with green bolt-down cover, Carson Industries #910-12E, or approved equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 112 E. QUICK COUPLING VALVES 1. Quick coupling valves shall have a brass two-piece body designed for working pressure of 150 psi operable with quick coupler. Key size and type shall be as shown on plans. 2. Quick Couplers shall be installed on swing joints. 3. Quick coupling valve boxes shall be 10" x 10-1/4" round plastic box with green bolt-down cover, Carson Industries #910-12E, or approved equal. F. BACKFLOW PREVENTION Backflow preventer shall be Wilkins, as designated on the drawings or as approved by the local governing body and health codes. G. ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 115 volt electrical service and meter enclosure per servicing company standards for the automatic controllers shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation cost of the electrical connection for any required electrical supply for the irrigation system. H. CONTROL WIRING 1. Connections between the automatic controllers and the electric control valves shall be made with direct burial wire AWG-U.F. 600 volt copper. Use black No. 12 for pilot wire, and white No. 10 for common wire. Install in accordance with valve manufacturer's specifications and wire chart. 2. Wiring shall occupy the same trench and shall be installed along the same route as pressure supply lines wherever possible. 3. All wiring shall be installed within pipe sleeving in Schedule 40 PVC under roadways. 4. An expansion curl should be provided within three (3) feet of each wire connection and at least every one hundred (100) feet of wire length on runs more than one hundred (100) feet in length. Expansion curls shall be formed by wrapping at least five (5) turns of wire around a one-inch pipe or more in diameter, then withdrawing pipe. 5. All splices shall be made with Scotch-Lok No. 3576 Connector Sealing Packs or Rainbird Model ST-03 Snap-Tite wire connectors. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 113 I. FLOW METER 1. The flow meter is installed after the backflow preventer and before the mas ter control valve. Verify distance between flow meter and master valve with Engineer prior to installation. 2. The flow meter shall be installed on the pipe assembly with the intended direction of the flow as indicated by an arrow on top of the flow meter, and per details/plans. 3. There must be free, unrestricted pipe of the same size as the meter for at least 10 flow meter diameters upstream and 5 flow meter diameters downstream of the flow meter tee; or from any valve, fitting, meter, or backflow preventer. Meter size per installation details on plans and notes. 4. The flow meter shall be easily accessible, housed in a valve box specified on plans and marked "F.M." "M.C.V.". 5. Electrical for flow meter: a. Wires from the flow meter to the controller shall consist of one (1) black and one (1) red THWN/THHH U.I. approved, AWG number 14 solid strand copper wire. b. All wiring to be continuous without splices from the irrigation controller to the flow meter. c. All wiring shall be installed in conduit from the flow meter to the controller. d. The flow meter runs off of 9 volts DC. The flow meter wires shall be separated from other signal wires when pulled at the controller site. (If 24 volts AC is used to test field wires when determining proper sequencing, and is applied to the flow meter wires, the sensing unit in the flow meter will be damaged.) e. It is very important that all splices are dry splices. Any water leaking into a splice will cause flow meter problems. f. There shall never be any buried splices in ground between the flow meter and the controller. J. MASTER CONTROL VALVE 1. Control valve shall be installed on pipe assembly after the flow meter as shown on the installation detail drawings. 2. Valve size per installation notes and details on plans. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 114 3. Electrical for Master Control Valve a. Wires from the master control valve to the controller shall consist of one (1) purple-coated and one (1) white-coated and color-striped same color as pilot wire THWN/THNN type, U.L. approved, AWG number 14 solid strand copper wire. b. All wiring to be continuous without splices from the irrigation controller to the master control valve. c. All wiring shall be installed in conduit from the valve to the controller. 4. Control valve to be housed with the flow meter in a common rectangular valve box with locking lid marked "F.M." "M.C.V.". K. MOISTURE SENSORS 1. Installation of moisture sensors shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All sensor locations should be marked on record plans as well as in the field. At each sensor, provide a 1-1/2 inch x 12-inch PVC pipe with a cap within 2 inches of sensor, set flush with finish grade, for future location of unit. Correct sensor placement and installation shall be verified before project is signed off. The Engineer shall call material supplier before project is signed off to verify the proper installation and operation of all moisture sensors 2. Location decision of the moisture sensors is provided by the material supplier. The Contractor shall contact material supplier in determining sensor placement. However, the Contractor must have the controller installed with field station wires hooked up according to plan. There must be electricity to the controller, as well as lateral lines installed and irrigating respected areas. The Contractor shall contact material supplier 5 working days in advance when scheduling an appointment for sensor flagging. 3. Material supplier field representative shall provide on-site evaluation of the project area. Groups of similar areas are determined and flagged with the Contractor as to where a moisture sensor should be installed. A demonstration on how to install a moisture sensor is also given. By physically viewing coverage, types of heads, soil types, exposure, and varying plant material, proper sensor placement is assured. 4. Wiring: a. Wires shall be direct burial from the remote control valve to the moisture sensor. They shall consist of one (1) yellow-coated and one (1) white-coated and color-striped same color as pilot wire U.F. type, U.L. approved, AWG number 14 solid strand copper wire with minimum 4/64" PVC coating, 600 volt, 75oC. b. Connections shall be water tight epoxy cast Scotch Pak-3470 or equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 115 c. All wiring to be continuous without splices from the remote control valve to the moisture sensor. d. The moisture sensor shall be wired in parallel with station solenoids so the moisture data is transmitted over the same wires that are used to operate the station solenoids. e. There shall be no additional wires run from the valve to the irrigation controller. f. The choice of groups of stations controlled by the same sensor is done solely within the computer program so there is no additional wire run between valves to form station groups. L. PHONE MODEM The internal telephone modem shall be 100% Hayes compatible and operate at a 1200 Baud rate. The modem shall be factory modified to provide monitoring of the telecommunication to prevent lock-up "due to power failure." The modem shall be factory-modified to provide electrical power for a line amplifier (Calsense LA-2). The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation cost of the phone connection for any required phone modem for the irrigation system. M. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER 1. Automatic controllers as assembled by Hydroscope shall be of size and type shown on the plans. 2. Install as per manufacturer's instructions. Remote control valves shall be connected to controller in numerical sequence as shown on the drawings. N. ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVES 1. Electric control valves shall be as called for on legend. 2. Control valve boxes shall be 9-1/2"x16"x11 rectangular structural plastic box with green bolt-down cover, Carson Industries #1419-12B, or approved equal. O. SPRINKLER HEADS Sprinkler heads shall be of type, size and location as noted and indicated on the drawings. P. TREE IRRIGATORS Provide assemblies as indicated on drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 116 Q. ENCLOSURES Materials for enclosures shall conform to Section 206 and fabrication shall conform to Section 304 of the Standard Specifications. Controller Enclosure: Controller enclosure shall be manufactured of 3/16-inch plate steel and 10-gauge sheet metal, factory primed. Enclosure shall be furnished with break-away base, and a full length stainless steel door hinge hinged on same side as irrigation controller. Enclosure shall be minimum 35 inches high and have sufficient space to mount controller switches, relays, etc. Furnish mounting brackets as required and metal pocket. EXECUTION: 5.01.06 WORK PROCEDURE A. PHYSICAL LAYOUT 1. Prior to installation, Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing, and location of sprinkler heads. 2. All layouts shall be approved by Engineer prior to installation. B. WATER SUPPLY 1. Connect sprinkler irrigation system to outlets as indicated on drawings. 2. Connections shall be made at approximate locations shown on drawings. Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions. C. ASSEMBLIES 1. Routing of sprinkler lines as indicated on drawings is diagrammatic. Install lines (and various assemblies) in such a manner as to conform with details per plans. 2. Install NO multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. 3. Install all assemblies specified herein in accordance with respective detail. In absence of drawings or specifications pertaining to specific items required to complete work, perform such work in accordance with best standard practice with prior approval of Engineer. D. LINE CLEARANCE All lines shall have a minimum clearance of six (6) inches from each other and from lines of other trades. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 117 E. ADJUSTMENT OF SYSTEM 1. The Contractor shall flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and to prevent over-spray onto roadways as much as possible. 2. If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment will provide proper and more adequate coverage, the Contractor shall make such adjustments prior to planting. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle sizes and degrees of arc as required. 3. Remote control valves shall be adjusted so that most remote sprinkler heads operate at the pressure recommended by the head manufacturer. Remote control valves shall be adjusted so a uniform distribution of water is applied by the sprinkler heads to the planting areas for each individual valve system. F. QUICK COUPLING VALVES Quick coupling valves so indicated to be installed adjacent to curbs and paving shall be within a six (6) inch maximum of same. G. VALVE BOXES 1. Concrete valve boxes shall be set one (1) inch above the designated finish grade in lawn areas. Where dimensions permit, up to two (2) remote control valves may be installed in each box. 2. Valve boxes located near curbs and paving shall be installed in such a way as to allow for valve boxes to abut those items with top surface matching plane as items listed above. H. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER LOCATION AND INSTALLATION 1. Automatic controllers shall be installed at locations shown on plans. All pedestal- mounted controller shall be mounted on a suitable concrete base. 2. All controller locations are essentially diagrammatic, and shall be specifically located by the Engineer. I. TRENCHING 1. Dig trenches straight and support pipe continuously on bottom of ditch. Lay pipe to an even grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on drawings and as noted. 2. Provide minimum cover of twenty-four (24) inches for all pressure supply lines. 3. Provide minimum cover of twelve (12) inches for all non-pressure lines. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 118 4. Provide minimum cover of eighteen (18) inches for all control wiring. 5. Provide minimum cover of twenty-four (24) inches for all piping under paved areas. Provide two (2) inch sand bedding and four (4) inch sand backfill over pipe barrel in paved areas. J. BACKFILLING 1. Compact backfill for trenching to a dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting areas and to 90 percent in paved areas. Conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other irregularities. 2. In existing pavement areas backfill shall be one sack sand cement slurry per yard of material. 3. Place initial backfill on all lines of a fine granular material; no foreign matter larger than one-half (1/2) inch in size will be permitted. 4. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of the Engineer. 5. If settlement occurs and adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn or planting, or other construction are necessary, the Contractor shall make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner. K. PIPING UNDER PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR PAVEMENT All piping under pedestrian and vehicular pavement shall be sleeved. Sleeve shall be minimum 2.5 -times the diameter of the irrigation lines. Sleeves shall be of materials and installation methods approved by the local governing body but as a minimum shall be Schedule 80 PVC pipe. L. TESTING 1. Test all pressure and non-pressure lines under hydrostatic pressure of 125 pounds per square inch, and prove both watertight. 2. Sustain pressure in lines for not less than two (2) hours. If leaks develop, replace joints and repeat test until entire system is proven watertight. 3. Tests shall be observed and approved by Engineer prior to backfill. 4. Upon completion of each phase of work, entire system will be tested and adjusted to meet site requirements. 5. Tests shall be performed with automatic valves in place. M. INSPECTION OF WORK Installation and operations must be approved by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 119 N. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. All record drawings shall be “redlined” with any as-built information including the items in this section. Dimension from two permanent points of reference (road intersections, etc.) locations of the following items: a. Connection to existing water lines. b. Gate valves. c. Routing of sprinkler lines. d. Sprinkler control valves. e. Quick couplers. f. Routing of control wiring. 2. Provide and mount a chart of the sprinkler controller including a cover. This shall be a plot plan of areas by controller and show buildings, service drive, walks, walls, sprinkler heads and valves. Number all valves to match operation schedule and drawings. Make a photostatic reduction print of this plan to a size that will fit into controller cover and mount in plastic, hermetically sealed, and securel y fasten to cover. All work shall be satisfactory to Engineer. The chart shall be colored with a different color for each controller station. 3. Before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall deliver the corrected and completed redlines to the Engineer. Delivery of the redlines will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing required information that may be omitted from the prints. O. TURN OVER ITEMS 1. Equipment: Supply and deliver to the Owner the following equipment and information: a. Six (6) coupler valve keys with hose swivel ell. b. Two (2) sets of various special wrenches or tools that may be required for adjustment of sprinkler heads or equipment. 2. Maintenance Instruction: Two (2) hard cover binders with 3 rings containing manufacturer's catalog sheets of each and every material and equipment installed under this contract, including guarantee statement. Maintenance information and diagrammatic equipment drawings shall be included when available. P. COMPLETION CLEANING Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall remove excess materials, rubbish, debris, etc., and his construction and installation equipment from the premises. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 120 Q. FINAL INSPECTION 1. The Contractor shall show evidence to the Engineer that the Owner has received all accessories, charts, record drawings, etc., as required before final inspection can occur. 2. The final inspection of the work shall be made by the Engineer in the presence of the Contractor at the time the work is completed. Notification shall be made in writing by the Contractor seven (7) days in advance of such inspection. 5.01.07 GUARANTEE The guarantee for the underground sprinkler system shall be made in accordance with the attached form and shall be filed with the Owner or his representative prior to acceptance of the irrigation system. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 121 GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear, unusual abuse or neglect excepted. We agree to repair or replace any defects in material or workmanship, any settling of backfilled trenches which may develop during the period of one year from date of acceptance and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Owner. We shall make such repairs or replacements, including complete restoration of all damaged planting, paving, or other improvements of any kind, within a reasonable time, as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Owner, we authorize the Owner to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Project: Location: Signed: Contractor Address: Phone: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 122 5.02 LANDSCAPING GENERAL: 5.02.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS All irrigation work in Section 5.01, Irrigation, of these Special Provisions shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to commencing any landscaping work in Section 5.02, Landscaping, of these Special Provisions. Approval shall be obtained by the Contractor from the Engineer in written form. This should include fully operational controllers verified in writing by a Calsense representative and telephone connections verified by the City. 5.02.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS In the event of any changes in locations other than shown, the Contractor shall clearly notify the Engineer and indicate such by signature of Contractor and Engineer such changes on all sets of plans. 5.02.03 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Soil preparation and fertilization. 2. Planting operations. 3. Landscape planting materials. 4. Imported topsoil and planter mix. 5. Drainage materials in planters. B. Provide landscape plantings in the areas shown on Drawings with plants in a healthy, vigorous growing condition. Items not specifically shown in drawings or specified, but normally required to conform with such intent, are considered part of the Work. C. Include labor and equipment required to place, amend and fine grade the soil. Include the cost of fertilizer as specified. 5.02.04 REFERENCES A. American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature: Standardized Plant Names, latest edition. B. AmericanHort: American Standard for Nursery Stock, latest edition. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 123 C. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. D. Agricultural Code of California. 5.02.05 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA Submit complete lists of materials proposed for use, giving the manufacturer's name, catalog number, and catalog cut for each item where applicable within two (2) weeks after award of bid. B. SUBSTITUTIONS 1. If any plant specified is not obtainable, submit a written substitution request to the Engineer during the bidding period. 2. Substitutions of plant materials will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer. C. SELECTION, TAGGING, AND ORDERING PLANT MATERIAL 1. Submit a request for inspection and documentation to Engineer at least one month prior to start of landscape planting work for which plant material has been ordered. Contractor shall also submit photographs of tagged plant material for the Engineer to review for a preliminary approval prior to nursery inspections. 2. Contractor may exercise on-site option where plants can be delivered, but upon inspection will be subject to approval or rejection at discretion of Engineer. 3. Plants shall be subject to inspection and rejection by Engineer at place of conformity to this Specification. D. IMPORTED TOPSOIL 1. Furnish the source of imported topsoil to the Engineer for approval. 2. Submit test results and schedule of recommended soil amendment adjustments along with certificate of compliance to Engineer. E. AGRONOMIC SOILS TEST REPORT 1. In accordance with requirements under Article 2.5 - Source Quality Control, submit report to Engineer prior to preparation of soil amendment or ordering plant material. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 124 F. CERTIFICATES 1. Submit certificates for the following items upon delivery to the job site: a. Quantity of commercial fertilizer and organic fertilizer. b. Quantity of soil amendments. c. Quantity of sodded turf. d. Quantity of other soil additives per agronomic soils test report. e. Submit Certificate of Delivery of container or bulk materials. f. Submit written certificate of soil balance. g. Submit written certification of quantity and quality of plant materials. G. ROOT CONTROL BARRIERS 1. Within 35 days of award of contract, submit one 24-inch by 24-inch sample with joining strip and two copies of manufacturer's technical data for approval. H. PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE 1. Provide a written projected planting schedule noting the estimated completion date, number of working days required, and special coordination requirements. 5.02.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide for all inspections and permits required by authorities in furnishing, transporting, and installing materials. B. Test soil samples after grading operations are complete, at Contractor's expense. C. Materials shall conform to the requirements of this Section. 5.02.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Plants: Handle plants in a manner to avoid any damage to the plant. Protect plants from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade, well protected, and adequately watered. B. Delivery Certification: Furnish a Certificate of Delivery slip with each delivery of material in containers or in bulk. Certificate shall state source, quantity, or weight, type and analysis, and date of delivery. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 125 5.02.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Prior to excavation for planting or placing of stakes, locate utilities, electric cables, conduits, sprinkler lines, heads, valves, and valve control wires so that proper precautions may be taken not to damage such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and plant locations, promptly notify the Engineer to arrange for relocation of one or the other. Failure to follow this procedure places the responsibility on the Contractor for making repairs at his expense for damages resulting from Work hereunder. B. Notify Engineer in writing of soil or drainage conditions encountered during planting operations which are detrimental to growth of plant material. 5.02.09 WARRANTY A. PLANT MATERIAL 1. Trees furnished or relocated under this Section shall be warranted in writing for a period of 3 years from the date of final acceptance against improper installation and against defective, unsound, or diseased conditions that may appear. 2. All other plant materials furnished or relocated under this Section shall be warranted in writing for a period of 1 year from the date of final acceptance against improper installation and against defective, unsound, or diseased conditions that may appear. 3. Plant material shall be guaranteed to live and grow in a healthy condition for the above periods, commencing with the acceptance of the work at the conclusion of the maintenance period. Dead or obviously unhealthy materials shall be replaced without delay. The opinion of the Engineer will be final in determining plant material to be replaced due to an unhealthy condition. 4. Upon receipt of written notice from Owner of the death of any warranted plant material during the warranty period, subject plant materials shall be promptly replaced with same species originally planted, and of a size closely approximating the size of the plant if normal growth had occurred since the original planting. Replacements shall be subject to the requirements of this Specification. 5. When plants are replaced, advise the Owner in writing of the necessary establishment maintenance which must be performed. 6. The expense of replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor if replacement is necessary after the maintenance period but during the warranty period. 7. Replacement shall continue to be made until each plant has successfully established itself for the required guaranty period. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 126 PRODUCTS: 5.02.10 MANUFACTURERS A. Soil Amendments and Fertilizers: Design of soil amendments and fertilizers is based on Gro-Power products manufactured by Southern California Organic Fertilizer Company, or approved equal. B. Manufacturer: Materials shall be the product of one manufacturer and shall be either the ones upon which the design is based or the products of a manufacturer accepted in advance. 5.02.11 MATERIALS A. IMPORTED TOPSOIL 1. Provide natural, fertile, friable soil free from stones, noxious seeds, weeds, roots, subsoil or other material detrimental to normal plant growth. 2. Obtain imported topsoil from local sources acceptable to Engineer. 3. Silt plus clay content of soil shall not exceed 15 percent by weight with a minimum 95 percent passing a 2.0 millimeter sieve. 4. Samples of the import soil shall be submitted to the Agency approv ed soils testing laboratory for analysis, interpretation, and recommendations prior to blending or backfilling. B. FERTILIZER/SOIL CONDITIONER 1. Provide commercial fertilizer, uniform in composition, free- flowing, suitable for application with approved equipment, and delivered to site in unopened containers, each fully labeled according to applicable fertilizer laws, and bearing the name or mark of the manufacturer. Gro-Power Plus, or equal. 2. Provide 16-6-8, 12-12-12, 12-8-8, and 17-13-5, as indicated on the Agronomy Report. C. ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENT 1. Provide nitrogen stabilized organic amendment derived from redwood sawdust, fir sawdust or finely ground bark. 2. Provide organic soil amendments in accordance with the Agronomy Report. D. OTHER MATERIALS:  Pre-Planting Herbicide: Round-Up, or approved equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 127  Pre-Emergent Weed Control: Ronstar-G, Treflan, Eptam, Vegitex, or approved equal.  Mulch: 3/4 inch size nitrogenized redwood chips, or medium grind bark mulch as produced by Michael Rawls Company or approved equal.  Peat Moss: Sphagnum peat moss, Canadian or European variety, free from alkali.  Soil Sulfur: First quality commercial grade.  Ferrous Iron Sulfate: First quality commercial grade.  Agricultural Gypsum: First quality commercial grade.  Calcium Carbonate Lime: First quality commercial grade.  Root Hormone: Super Thrive.  Planting Tablets: Shall be 21 gram tablets as manufactured by Gro-Power or approved equal.  Backfill mix for general use shall be in accordance with the planting plan notes on the Drawings. 5.02.12 PLANT MATERIAL A. IDENTIFICATION: Plant material shall be true to type and nomenclature in accordance with the American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature Standardized Plant Names, and each bundle or plant shall be properly identified with durable, legible labels. B. QUALITY AND SIZE OF PLANTS (Type per Plans): In accordance with rules and grading of AmericanHort American Standard for Nursery Stock, and as shown on the Drawings. 1. Trees, shrubs, and ground covers shall have a normal habit of growth and shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, and free from insect infestations. 2. Plants that meet the measurements specified, but do not possess a normal configuration or balance of height and spread, will be rejected. 3. Trees and shrubs shall have been grown in containers of the size stated on Drawings, and shall have sufficient roots to hold the root ball together after removal from containers without being rootbound. 4. Trees shall be straight and of uniform shape without damaged, crooked, or multiple leaders. Trees with abrasions of the bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, or fresh cuts of limbs over 1/2-inch which have not been pruned and painted or completely callused, will be rejected. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 128 5. Date Palm shall be straight and of uniform shape without damaged or crooked. When planted, date palm shall stand straight 90 degree vertically from bottom to top of palm. Date palm shall have a 3 years plant establishment period. 6. Groundcover plants shall be grown in flats or as indicated on the Drawings. Flat grown plants (rooted cuttings) shall remain in original flats until transplanting. Soil shall contain sufficient moisture so that it will not fall apart when lifting the plants. C. SOD (Type per Plans) 1. Sod shall be fully mature, well maintained, of the grass variety specified, free of all other grasses or weeds, and shall have been harvested within 24 hours prior to delivery. 2. All sod shall be cut evenly with a conventional sod cutting machine to a thickness of 1-1/2 inches. Sod mat size shall be between 3/8 and 5/8 inches. 3. All sod shall have been treated with appropriate preventative fungicide and insecticides within one week prior to shipment. 4. All sod shall have been inspected by the California Department of Food and Agriculture to ensure conformance with the standards set by the State of California. 5.02.13 ACCESSORIES A. WOOD TREE STAKES: Lodge pole pine, full treated with Coppernapthanate Wood Preservative in strict accordance with Federal Spec. TT-W-572 Type 1 Composition B, 2" (minimum nominal size) diameter x 10' long, no split stakes. B. TIES: Rigid tie stock as manufactured by V.I.T. Products, or approved equal, size as appropriate. C. SAND: Washed plaster sand. 5.02.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. AGRONOMIC SOILS TESTING: 1. Take two (2) samples of site soil at a depth of 6 to 12 inches, within proposed planting areas, after completion of grading and prior to weed control and soil preparation. 2. Take samples to an agronomic soil-testing laboratory registered by the State of California and acceptable to the Engineer for soil evaluation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 129 3. Request two (2) tests for fertility and suitability analysis with written recommendations for soil amendment, fertilizer and chemical conditioners, application rates for soil preparation, planting backfill mix and post-maintenance fertilization programs. 4. Soils report recommendations shall take precedence over the amendment and fertilizer application rates specified in this Section. 5. All soil preparation is in addition to any recommendation made by the top soil report. B. TESTING LABORATORY: shall be Soil and Plant Laboratory, Inc. Tests shall be paid for by the Contractor. C. SOIL ANALYSIS (EXISTING ON-SITE SOIL): Furnish a soils analysis of existing on-site soil. There shall be two (2) sampling areas located throughout the site as selected by Engineer. Suitability and fertility analyses with comments and recommendations shall be provided for each sample. Submit testing laboratory's interpretation, recommendations, and comments to Engineer within 7 days after the completion of rough grading. D. SOIL ANALYSIS (IMPORT SOIL): Furnish a soils analysis of import soil, lightweight soil mix, camellia/gardenia/azalea mix, and fir sawdust prior to backfill. Submit 2 quarts of fine sand and 2 quarts of nitrogen stabilized fine fir bark for the custom lightweight soil mix for organic and particle size analyses. Do not mix. Submit 1 quart of fir sawdust for organic analysis. Submit soil testing laboratory's findings to the Engineer within 5 days prior to backfilling. E. SOIL TESTING shall be conducted for organic suitability after completion of planting in the soil preparation and backfill mix areas. Submit to the testing laboratory the original amendment specification with previously issued bulletins for soil amendments and installation procedures. Provide 3 random samples of planting soil for analysis. Fertility analyses, recommendations, and interpretations shall be furnished by the testing laboratory to ensure all specified amendments made been provided. F. IMPORT SOIL MIX shall be sampled after mixing and delivery to the site, but prior to filling planters. Provide 1 quart of import soil mix for every 65 cubic yards for organic and fertility analyses. Fertility analysis, recommendations and interpretations shall be furnished by the testing laboratory to ensure all specified amendments made been provided. G. SAMPLES OF MATERIALS, including fertilizers, soil conditioners, plants, and other specified materials, shall be submitted for inspection. Delivery may begin upon approval of samples. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 130 H. SAMPLES OF THE NATIVE SOIL shall be submitted to the soils testing laboratory after rough grading and prior to soil preparation. For bidding purposes, the Contractor shall provide the following soil amendments for soil preparation and backfill mix: 1. Soil preparation per 1,000 s.f. of planting area: a. 4 cubic yards Nitrolized Redwood Sawdust b. 200 lbs. Gro Power c. 20 lbs. Soil Sulphur 2. Backfill Mix: a. 6 parts by volume on-site soil b. 4 parts by volume Nitrolized Redwood Sawdust c. 18 lb. Gro Power per cu. yd. of mix d. 2 lbs. Iron Sulphate per cubic yard of mix EXECUTION: 5.02.15 EXAMINATION A. VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: Inspect and accept the condition of the site relative to this Section before commencing Work. If not acceptable, notify the Owner in writing. By proceeding with the Work of this Section, the Contractor indicates his acceptance of previous related work. B. LANDSCAPE WORK SHALL NOT BEGIN until construction adjacent to planting areas has been completed and irrigation systems have been installed and approved by Engineer. 5.02.16 PREPARATION A. PROTECTION: 1. Provide necessary safeguards and exercise caution against injury or defacement of existing site improvements. 2. Be responsible for any damage resulting from landscape planting operations. Repair damage and return the area to the previous condition at no cost to the Owner. 5.02.17 WEED CONTROL A. PRE-PLANTING HERBICIDE: Apply to visible weeds, before and after soil placement. B. PRE-EMERGENT WEED CONTROL: Apply pre-emergent weed immediately after planting to control materials to planted areas that will not be seeded. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 131 C. PROTECT EXISTING PLANTS from damage D. AFTER APPLICATION OF WEED KILLER, before and during preliminary and finish grading, remaining weeds and grasses shall be dug out by the roots and disposed of off-site. Weeds and grasses not of the perennial type, less than 2-1/2 inches high and not bearing seed, may be turned under. Perennial weeds and grasses to be removed include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Nut Grass. 2. Alfalfa. 3. St. Augustine. 4. Puncture Vine. 5. Kikuya Grass. 6. Mustard Plant. 7. Johnson Grass. 8. Wirewood. 9. Morning Glory. 5.02.18 SOIL PREPARATION A. CROSS-RIP on grade planting areas to a depth of 10 to 12 inches in two directions B. BROADCAST the organic soil amendments uniformly over surface of the area to be treated. Roto-till the top 6 inches of planting areas to evenly distribute the amendments and conditioners into the soil. C. MOISTURE CONTENT: The soil shall not be worked when the moisture content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, not when it is so dry that dust will form in the air. Water shall be applied, if necessary, to provide ideal moisture conditions. 5.02.19 PLANTING OPERATIONS A. FINISH GRADING: Prior to commencement of planting operations, complete finish grading as specified below. When preliminary grading, including weeding and fertilizing has been completed and the soil has dried sufficiently to be readily worked, planting areas shall be graded to uniform levels or slopes at a minimum of 2 percent. Minor adjustments to finish grades shall be made in the direction of the water. Low spots and pockets shall be graded to drain properly. Finish grade of planting areas shall be one inch below graded to drain properly, Finish grade of planting areas shall be one inch below grade of adjacent pavement. Grading shall be done when soil is at optimum moisture content for working. Planting areas shall be scarified to a depth of 3 inches below 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 132 grade prior to placing fertilizers. Rock and debris more than 2 inches in diameter shall be removed from the site. B. PREPARATION: 1. Preparation of Lawn Beds: At the time of planting, lawn bed shall be raked lightly to an even surface, removing any deleterious materials. Care shall be taken not to change the drainage pattern. The lawn bed shall be inspected by the Engineer to determine suitability for planting prior to sodding. The Contractor shall obtain such approval before sodding. 2. Watering Basins: Construct a firmly compacted mound of soil around each tree and plant to form a watering basin at the edge of and following the shape of the planting pit area. Mounds for trees and for vines from 5 gallons or larger containers, shall be at least 2 inches high. Excavated earth, if capable of retaining water, may be used. Refill any settlement. C. TREES AND SHRUBS: 1. Specimen trees shall be located as directed by Engineer prior to installation of irrigation systems. 2. Plant to their normal depth and puddle with a running stream of water from a hose on the same day which they were planted. Prepare three (3) planting holes and stake the trees as shown on the standard tree staking City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1124 & 1124A and as shown on the plans. 3. The spacing of trees and shrubs shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 4. Root Control Barrier For median trees, where utilities occur, root control barrier shall be 4-feet wide by 15-feet long by 0.06-inch thick high impact polystyrene sheeting, manufactured for root barrier purposes. Sheeting shall have root deflector ribbing and pre- molded joiner strips of the same material. For parkway trees, root control barrier shall be 18-inch wide by 0.06-inch thick high impact polystyrene sheeting, manufactured for root barrier purposes. Sheeting shall have root deflector ribbing and pre-molded joiner strips of the same material. 5. Plant Pits: Trees and shrubs shall be installed in round pits with vertical sides, a width equal to twice the diameter, and a depth equal to the height of the root ball or container. Sides and bottom of plant pits shall be scarified. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 133 D. SETTING CONTAINER AND LARGER PLANTS: 1. Plants shall be centered and set on the appropriate native soil that has been puddled and settled. 2. Plants shall be set with the top of root ball level 1/2 inches above finish grade and rotated to give the best appearance in relationship to adjacent structures or surroundings. 3. Use appropriate backfill mix to continue filling plant pits. Set plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until backfill mix has been tamped solidly around rootball. When 1/3 of the pit is backfilled, water thoroughly, saturating the rootball. 4. After water has completely drained, planting tablets shall be placed as indicated below: a. One tablet per one-gallon container. b. Three tablets per five-gallon container. c. Five tablets per fifteen-gallon container. d. Five tablets per 24" box. e. Six tablets per 30" box. f. Six tablets per 36" box. g. Seven tablets per 42" box. h. Eight tablets per 48" box. i. Twelve tablets per 60" box. j. Larger containers use two tablets per 1/2" caliper of trunk measured fourteen inches above soil level. 5. Continue filling pit to finish grade with backfill mix and tamp firm. 6. When the plant pit is filled, form saucer berm around plants with backfill material sufficient to hold 2 inches of water. Remove the berm prior to dressing. 7. Apply root hormone at the rate recommended by the manufacturer. Tree balls shall be set before application of root hormone, and shall be mulched immediately after application of root hormone into the root ball. 8. Water plants immediately after planting. E. TOP SOIL: Provide on-site or approved imported top soil as necessary for raised planters and bring soil up to required finish grades. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 134 F. STAKING AND GUYING: Immediately after planting, stake 15 gallon and 24-inch box trees. Guy larger trees as detailed on the Drawings. G. MULCHING: Spread mulch 2 inches thick in planter and areas that do not exceed 10 percent slope. H. EXCESS SOIL shall be removed or redistributed before application of fertilizer. Where soil is to be replaced by plants, allowance shall be made so that when finish grading has begun, there shall be no deficiency in the specified depth of mulched planting beds. 5.02.20 GROUND COVER A. SPACING: Install plant material in moist soil in the areas and at the spacing indicated on the Drawings, in neat rows, insuring complete coverage of planting areas, including under and around trees and shrubs. Spacing shown in the Plant List or on the Drawings are triangular spacing, unless otherwise noted. B. MULCHING: Install mulching after ground cover rooted cuttings, pots, or flats have been installed. 5.02.21 WEED ERADICATION A. Fertilize planting areas with urea 46-0-0 commercial fertilizer at the rate of 0.5 pounds per 1000 square feet. B. Water planting areas thoroughly and continuously for a period of 3 consecutive weeks. A specific watering duration and frequency program designed to germinate all residual weed seeds shall be approved in advance. C. Discontinue watering process for 2 days. Then apply a non-selective broad spectrum systemic herbicide for perennial weeds. The type of chemical to be used shall be determined by a licensed pest control advisor. If annual weeds are present, use straight contact herbicide in accordance with pest control adviser's recommendations. D. Allow sufficient period of time to insure that all weeds are dead. Follow herbicide manufacturer's direction. E. Water planting areas thoroughly and continuously for a period of 3 weeks. A shorter watering period may be permissible at the discretion of the Engineer. Discontinue watering process for 1 day prior to the second application of the herbicide spraying. Re-apply the spraying operation with a straight contact weed killer according to pest control adviser's recommendations. Avoid irrigation for a minimum of 4 days for effective final weed kill. F. Clear all desiccated weeds from the area. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 135 5.02.22 SOD PLANTING A. Preparing the soil: Remove rocks, weeds and debris from area to be sodded. Work up soil to a depth of 6 inches and break up all clods. Soil prep all areas as noted elsewhere in specifications. B. Grading and Rolling: Carefully smooth all surfaces to be sodded. Roll area to exposed soil depressions or surface irregularities. Regrade as required. C. Fertilizing: Spread Turf Fertilizer Gro-Power Plus onto the soil evenly at the rate of 200 pounds per 1,000 sq. feet of lawn. D. Laying sod: Lay first strip of sod slabs along a straight line (use a string in irregular areas). Butt joints tightly, do not overlap edges. On second strip, stagger joints much as in laying bricks. Use a sharp knife to cut sod to fit curves, edges and sprinkler heads. E. Watering: Do not lay whole lawn before watering. When a conveniently large area has been sodded, water lightly to prevent drying. Continue to lay sod, and to water until installation is complete. F. Rolling sod: After laying all the sod, roll lightly to eliminate irregularities and to form good contact between sod and soil. Avoid a very heavy roller or excessive initial watering which may cause roller marks. G. Irrigation: Water thoroughly the completed lawn surface. Soil should be moistened at least 8 inches deep. Repeat sprinkling at regular intervals to keep sod moist at all times until rooted. After sod is established, decrease frequency and increase amount of water per application as necessary. H. Replacement: Replace all dead or dying sod with equal material as directed by Engineer. 5.02.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. GENERAL: Notify Engineer at least 48 hours in advance (or as required below) when requesting on-site reviews. B. SCHEDULE FOR ON-SITE REVIEWS: 1. Pre-job conference - 5 days. 2. At completion of finish grading - 48 hours. 3. At delivery of plant materials - 48 hours. 4. At plant layout prior to excavating pits - 48 hours. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 136 5. Pre-maintenance Walk-through - 5 days. 6. Final Walk-through - 5 days. C. PRE-MAINTENANCE REVIEW: 1. At the completion of landscape planting operations and prior to the beginning of the formal maintenance period, the Pre-Maintenance Review shall be held. 2. Request on-site review of Engineer five working days prior to the completion of work in order that a mutually agreeable time for review may be arranged. 3. At the time of review, the areas under the Contract shall be free of weeds, dead leaves and trash, neatly cultivated and raked. Stakes, guys and plant basins shall be in good order. 4. If, after the Pre-Maintenance Review, Engineer is of the opinion that the Work has been performed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, written notice of preliminary acceptance will be given. This report will note any items which must be corrected, and state the date of commencement and completion of the formal maintenance period. D. FINAL REVIEW: Perform Final Review in accordance with Section 5.03, Landscaping & Irrigation Maintenance Period, at completion of 60 calendar day maintenance. 5.02.24 CLEANING A. Keep all areas of the Work clean, neat and orderly at all times during the period of Contract. Clean construction areas at the end of each day 5.02.25 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property and the public, and shall be responsible for any damage, injury, or loss due to his acts or neglect. B. The Contractor shall, at all times during construction, maintain safe pedestrian ways around all areas of construction. This may require proper and adequate signs, fences, barricades or other approved devices as required by the Engineer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 137 5.03 LANDSCAPING & IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE PERIOD GENERAL: 5.03.01 MAINTENANCE A. MAINTENANCE SERVICE: After landscape planting and irrigation work have been completed, inspected, and approved by Engineer, provide maintenance of planted areas by means of continuous watering, weeding, rolling, mowing, re-seeding, cultivating, spraying, mulching, trimming, edging, and other operations necessary for care and upkeep for a period of 60 calendar days. B. ADJUSTMENT TO MAINTENANCE PERIOD: Improper maintenance or possible poor condition of any planting at the termination of the scheduled maintenance period may cause postponement of the final completion date of the Contract. Maintenance shall be continued by the Contractor until all work is acceptable. 5.03.02 FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT A. AS BUILT: Prior to the date of the Final Walk-Through, the Contractor shall acquire from The approved reproducible prints and final record from the job record set of all changes made to all plans during construction, label said prints "As-Builts", and deliver to the Engineer. B. ALL TURN-OVER ITEMS noted in other Sections shall be delivered prior to the Final Walk-through. PRODUCTS: 5.03.03 MATERIALS A. Materials used in conjunction with the maintenance work shall conform to the material requirements originally specified under the landscape planting work EXECUTION: 5.03.04 EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions: Prior to Work of this Section, examine the work of other trades and verify that such work is complete or properly corrected to the point where this maintenance work may properly commence. 5.03.05 LANDSCAPE PLANTING A. MAINTENANCE SUMMARY: Maintenance of new planting shall consist of watering, cultivating, applying pre-emergence weed control, weeding, mulching, re-staking, tightening and repairing of guys, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, restoration of planting saucers, and furnishing and applying such 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 138 sprays and invigorants as are necessary to keep the plants free of insects and disease and in thriving condition. B. CLEAN UP AND WEEDING: All areas shall be kept free of debris, and all planted areas shall be weeded and cultivated at intervals of not more than ten (10) days. Street gutters shall be included within the debris/siltation removal program. C. ESTABLISHMENT: As it becomes evident that certain lawns and groundcovers have not established uniformly or properly, replant the areas immediately with the same plants and quantity as specified to achieve 100 percent coverage of healthy, actively growing lawn and groundcovers for approval at Final Review. D. PROTECTION: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the area. Damaged areas shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 5.03.06 TREE AND SHRUB CARE A. WATERING: 1. Maintain a large enough water basin around plants so that enough water can be applied to establish moisture through the major root zone. When hand -watering, use a water wand to break the water force. Use mulches to reduce evaporation and frequency of watering. 2. Irrigate planting areas as required to ensure active growth keeping areas moist but not saturated. Regulate irrigation as necessary to avoid erosion and gullying. B. PRUNING: 1. Trees a. Prune trees to select and develop permanent scaffold branches that are smaller in diameter than the trunk or branch to which they are attached which have vertical spacing of from 18" to 48" and radial orientation so as not to overlay one another; to eliminate diseased or damaged growth; to eliminate narrow V- shaped branch forks that lack strength; to reduce toppling and wind damage by thinning out crowns; to maintain growth within space limitations; to maintain a natural appearance; to balance crown with roots. b. Under no circumstances will stripping of lower branches ("raising up") of young trees be permitted. Lower branches shall be retained in a "tipped back" or pinched condition with as much foliage as possible to promote caliper trunk growth (tapered trunk). Lower branches can be cut flush with the trunk only after the tree is able to stand erect without staking or other support. Sucker growth shall be removed if deemed appropriate by the Engineer. c. Evergreen trees shall be thinned out and shaped when necessary to prevent wind and storm damage. The primary pruning of deciduous trees caused by 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 139 health or safety reasons shall be pruned at any time of the year as required to eliminate these conditions. d. Remove damaged or diseased growth from trees and shrubs. Treat cuts larger than 1/2-inch in diameter with tree paint. 2. Shrubs a. The objective of shrub pruning is the same as for trees. Shrubs shall not be clipped into balled or boxed forms unless such is required by the design and directed by the Engineer. C. FERTILIZING: 1. Apply top-dress fertilizer to groundcover areas at the rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet at 25 days and 50 days after beginning of maintenance period. 2. Gro-Power Plus shall be applied at the rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet to all lawn areas 25 days and 50 days after the maintenance period is initiated. D. STAKING AND GUYING: Re-stake, tighten, and repair guys. Reset to proper grades or upright position any plants that are not in their proper growing position. Stakes and guys are to be inspected to prevent girdling of trunks or branches and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds. Replace all broken stakes and ties with specified materials. E. REPLACEMENT OF PLANTS: Immediately remove any dead or dying plants not in a vigorous thriving condition. Replacement shall be same species and size as what was originally planted. 5.03.07 GROUNDCOVER CARE A. WEED CONTROL: Control weeds, with chemical systemic spray or by mechanical means so as to cause minimal damage to planted materials. B. WATERING: Water enough that moisture penetrates throughout the root zone and only as frequently as necessary to maintain healthy growth. C. FERTILIZING: Fertilize as specified under Tree and Shrub care D. EDGING: Edge ground cover to keep in bounds and trim top growth as necessary to achieve an overall even appearance. E. REPLACEMENT: Replace dead and missing plants at Contractor's expense. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 140 5.03.08 LAWN AND TURF CARE A. MOWING AND EDGING: 1. Mowing of turf will commence when the grass has reached a recommended height for the specified species. Mowing will be at least weekly after the first cut. Turf must be well-established and free of bare spots and weeds to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to final acceptance. 2. Excess grass clippings as determined by the Engineer shall be picked up and removed from the site and premises. 3. Edges shall be trimmed at least twice monthly or as needed for neat appearance. Clippings shall be removed from walks. B. WATERING: Lawns shall be watered at such frequency as weather conditions require to replenish soil moisture below root zone and maintain healthy growth. C. FERTILIZING: Fertilize as specified under Tree and Shrub Care. D. WEED CONTROL: If needed, control broad leaf weeds with selective herbicides. 5.03.09 IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. SUMMARY: Maintenance of irrigation system shall consist of cleaning nozzles, servicing valves, setting controller programs, and other activities required during the landscape maintenance period. B. INSPECTION REQUEST: The Contractor shall check weekly all systems for proper operation. Lateral lines shall be flushed out after removing the last sprinkler head or two at each end of the lateral. All heads are to be adjusted as necessary for unimpeded coverage and to prevent overspray on walls, walks, buildings, etc. C. PROGRAMMING: Set and program automatic controllers for seasonal water requirements. Give Client a key to controllers and written instructions on how to turn off system in case of emergency. D. REPAIR: Repair all damages to irrigation system at Contractor's expense. Repairs shall be made within one watering period. 5.03.10 FINAL REVIEW A. CONDUCT FINAL REVIEW at the completion of the formal maintenance period. B. INSPECTION REQUEST: The Contractor shall request the inspection, in writing, to the Engineer 10 working days before the completion of work in order that a mutually agreeable time for inspection may be arranged. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 141 C. INSPECTION TEAM: Engineer, Contractor, Owner, and others as Engineer shall direct, shall be present at the Final Review. D. CORRECTIONS: If, after the inspection, the Engineer is of the opinion that all work has been performed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and that all plant materials are in satisfactory growing he will give the Contractor written notice of final acceptance and end of the formal maintenance period. E. ACCEPTANCE: Work requiring corrective action or replacement in the judgment of the Engineer shall be performed within 10 days after the final inspection. Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 5.03.11 CLEANING A. DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD: Planted areas shall be kept free of debris, and shall be cultivated and weeded at an interval of not more than 14 calendar days. B. AT COMPLETION OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD, all areas included in the Contract shall be clean and free of debris and weeds. Plant materials shall be live, healthy, and free of infestation. 5.03.12 PROTECTION Protect planting areas and plants against damage for duration of maintenance period. Maintenance includes temporary protection fences, barriers, and signs as required for protection. If plants become damaged or injured, treat or replace as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to Owner. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 142 6.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS 6.01 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS, EXCAVATION, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL Open trench operations, excavation, bedding and backfill shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All trenches shall be base paved with hot mix or covered with steel traffic plates recessed and flushed with existing pavement at the end of each working day. No temporary pavement will be allowed. Trenching operations shall not be allowed on more than one street at any time. Work shall not be allowed in more than one intersection at any one time. The third paragraph of Subsection 306-1.1.1 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced as follows: Excavation shall include the removal of all excess excavated materials and all water and materials of any nature which interfere with the construction work. All pavement removals shall be sawcut unless, approved otherwise by the Engineer prior to commencement of work. All removed pavement and excess excavated material shall be immediately disposed of off the project site at a legal dumpsite at the Contractor's expense. Pipe bedding and trench backfill shall be accomplished in accordance with the City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1150, these Special Provisions, and the trench details on the construction drawings. For VCP sewers, the pipe zone and bedding material shall be ¾- inch crushed rock. For VCP sewers in high groundwater conditions, the pipe zone and bedding material shall be ½” crushed rock wrapped in geofabric (Mirafi 140N or approved equal). For PVC pipe and ductile iron pipe sewers, the pipe zone and bedding material shall be imported SE-30 sand. The trench zone backfill shall be Class II aggregate base. All material tickets (i.e. Sand, Class II Base, Crushed Rock, Asphalt, Concrete, etc.) shall be given to the City Inspector on a daily basis. No backfill shall be placed until the sewer pipe laid has been approved by the City Inspector. Crushed rock products shall be in accordance with subsection 200-1.2 and Table 200- 1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications. The seventh and eighth paragraphs of Subsection 306-1.3.1 of the Standard Specifications are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 143 Rocks greater than 4 inches in any dimension will not be permitted in backfill placed between 1-foot above the top of any pipe and 1-foot below pavement subgrade. Backfill around sewer manhole and structures shall be sand placed a minimum of 2' laterally around structure and backfilled to subgrade. The following test methods shall be used for determining relative compaction: California Test 216 (Sand Cone Method) California Test 231 (Nuclear Gauge Method) The Contractor will be provided with compaction test at locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. If compaction fails to meet the Contract Specifications, then the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments and is responsible for the cost of additional compaction tests until compaction per the specifications is met. All trench and structure backfill sand and native material shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density at optimum moisture. If any trench, through the neglect of the Contractor, is excavated below the grade required by the plans and these Special Provisions, it shall be refilled to grade with additional bedding. 6.02 IMPORT BACKFILL MATERIAL Imported backfill shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 306-1.3.7 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Imported backfill shall be clean soil, free from organic material, trash, debris, rubbish, broken Portland cement concrete, bituminous materials, or other objectionable substances. The Contractor shall dispose unsuitable material to an approved facility. 6.03 EXISTING UTILITIES AND ADJUSTMENTS IN GRADE All existing utilities shall be protected in place, unless otherwise noted on the plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing utilities as a result of his operations. The location of existing utilities as shown on the plans was obtained from a search of available records. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the respective utility owners and Underground Service Alert (811) to determine the exact field location of all utilities shown or not shown on the plans, which may conflict with his operations. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 144 Potholing of existing utilities, points of connection and service connections to determine exact depth and field locations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities including service connections and points of connection, which may affect or be affected by its operation, three (3) weeks in advance. In the event of any conflicts the Engineer shall be immediately notified. City owned utility frames and covers for survey monuments, water meter, water valves, traffic signal and street light pull boxes, and manholes within the area to be paved or graded, shall be set to finish grade by Contractor after construction of new pavement. In Portland cement concrete pavement and sidewalk areas, City utility frames and covers shall be adjusted to grade prior to placement of concrete. Contractor shall supply new sewer manhole frame and covers, sewer cleanout frame and covers, concrete rings and water valve pot frame, canister and lids per City of Santa Ana Standard Plans. Prior to paving, an "I.D. Locator" shall be attached to each valve box or manhole cover. An "ID Locator" is a rubberized marker approximately 4" high that adheres to the utility cover and pops-up after paving for easy identification and location of the respective valve box or manhole. Contractor shall measure and tie-out locations of manholes and water valves prior to paving. 6.04 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION REPAIR This section shall conform to Sections 212 and 308 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All lawn and landscaped areas disturbed by the Contractor as part of or as a result of the work shall be prepared/brought to adjacent grade and restored to match existing landscaping. If there are any existing sprinkler heads and irrigation lines in the construction areas, whether on public or private property, they shall be replaced or relocated by the Contractor. 6.05 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) CROSS GUTTER This work shall consist of replacing PCC cross-gutter from the spandrel to street centerline (cold joint to cold joint) to facilitate water main construction. All work shall be accomplished in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1109. The replacement areas are clearly indicated on the construction plans. Concrete shall be high early strength concrete, treated in accordance with section 201-1 to obtain (7) day compressive strength in (3) days. 6.06 TEMPORARY PAVING (WHEN TRENCHING IN PCC STREETS) In PCC streets, all trenches shall be backfilled and have temporary pavement installed or covered with steel traffic plates at the end of each working day. All steel plates shall be set flush with adjacent pavement. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 145 Within four consecutive calendar days following installation of the conduit, or after compaction is approved by the Engineer, whichever comes first, steel traffic plates shall be removed and three inches of temporary pavement installed. Cross streets are to be paved with temporary pavement on the same day that excavation and backfill are completed. Temporary pavement shall be maintained so that a smooth traversable surface is available at all times for vehicular traffic, free from ruts, depressions, and holes and loose gravel. Temporary paving shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor before the permanent resurfacing is placed. The Contractor shall construct temporary asphalt concrete with a slope of 1:1 at the edge of open excavation (remove and reconstruct section) if all the following occur: 1. Clearance between travel lane and open excavation is less than five (5) feet 2. Excavation depth is four (4) inches or deeper, and 3. If open excavation will last more than 24 hours. 6.07 PERMANENT ASPHALT CONCRETE TRENCH PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT This work shall consist of constructing permanent asphalt concrete pavement replacement and shall be accomplished in accordance with the details shown on the Plans, these Special Provisions and the street work permit. Asphalt concrete construction shall conform to Section 400, 200, 203, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Tack coat is required and shall be applied and conform to Section 302 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall prevent the tack coat to be applied outside the pavement area. Course aggregate shall consist of material with at least 75% by weight be crushed particles in lieu of the requirements of Section 400-2.3. The asphalt concrete trench pavement replacement for each street shall consist of an asphalt concrete base course and a 2" thick asphalt concrete surface course. The asphalt concrete trench pavement replacement shall be adjusted to match existing street section. Recommendations are as follows: Arterial Streets: Deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of an asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course. Thickness of entire section and base course shall be as shown on plans. In the absence of a detail on the plans, a 12” thick deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of 10” thick asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course shall be constructed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 146 Local Streets: Deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of an asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course. Thickness of entire section and base course shall be as shown on plans. In the absence of a detail on the plans, a 6” thick deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of 4” thick asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course shall be constructed. The required asphalt concrete mix designs shall be as follows: Base Course III-B3-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 Overlay/Surface Course III-C3-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 Crack Filler III-F-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 6.08 PERMANENT PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) TRENCH PAVEMENT AND BUS PAD REPLACEMENT PCC pavement replacement shall be at least 6 inches thick and shall be 1 inch thicker than the existing pavement. Existing concrete pavement adjacent to trench operations shall be sawcut and drilled with #4 dowel bars epoxy coated and or approved. Construction and installation of dowels shall be per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1428A, the construction plans, and these specifications. PCC pavement replacement and bus pad replacement shall conform to Sections, 400, 200, 201, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC used for street pavement and bus pad construction shall be minimum class 560-A- 3250. In addition to these minimum requirements, the concrete shall possess the following characteristics:  Flexural strength at 28 days: 550 p.s.i. min.  Flexural strength at 7 days: 430 p.s.i. min.  Compressive strength at 7 days: 2500 p.s.i. min. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer laboratory test data for the particular mix design he will use. The data will include the following: A. A detailed concrete mix design including the type and amount of cement used; complete gradation and source of the aggregate used; the amount of water used; and any proposed admixtures. B. Flexural strength test data for the same batch of concrete used in A above showing 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 147 the compressive strength of the concrete at 3, 7, and 28 days. Section 302-6.4.2 entitled "Tamping" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified by adding the following: The outer edge of the gutter shall not be used as a side form for the mechanical tamper except where existing gutter is to remain as shown on the construction plans. Concrete pavement for bus pads shall be installed monolithic with the curb and gutter and shall be accomplished in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1108. Section 302-6.4.4 entitled "Final Finishing" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: Delete all reference to wetted burlap. Final finish of the surface shall be textured by stiff broom process that will produce scoring perpendicular to the centerline of the street, performed at a time and in a manner to produce a hardened surface have a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.38 as determined by California Test 342. Curing to be applied immediately following broom process. Joints in the concrete pavement shall be constructed as described in Section 302-6.5 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. Sawing of the joints shall begin as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling, usually 4 to 24 hours per Engineer's directions. If necessary, the sawing operations shall be carried on both day and night, regardless of weather conditions. All joints shall be sawed before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occurs. A standby saw shall be available in the event of breakdown. All weakened plane joints shall be saw cut to a depth equal to one fourth of the pavement thickness. Longitudinal joint spacing shall be at 10' minimum and 15' maximum on either side of centerline joint. Transverse joint spacing shall be at 10' minimum and 15' maximum for pavement, curb and gutter. Longitudinal joints shall be aligned such that they will cross manholes and water valves at centerline if possible. Transverse construction joints within 1' shall cross all manholes and water valves. Provide a weakened plane joint around the perimeter of all utility vaults. The Cleanness Value requirement of Section 200-1.4 shall be replaced with the following: Tests Test Method Requirements Cleanness Value California 227 Individual Test 70 min Moving Average 75 min 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 148 The Sand Equivalent requirement of Section 200-1.5.3 shall be replaced with the following: Tests Test Method Requirements Sand Equivalent California 227 Individual Test 70 min Moving Average 75 min Evaluation of Sand Equivalent and Cleanness Value results shall conform to the provisions of Standard Specifications Subsection 400-1.4. Concrete shall be high early strength concrete, treated in accordance with section 201-1 to obtain (7) day compressive strength in (3) days. Traverse joints shall match those of the adjacent pavement. The concrete pavement shall be immediately barricaded upon its installation and no vehicular traffic will be permitted until and after 3-days of placement and with the approval of the Engineer. 6.09 VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE (VCP) SEWER MAIN Where indicated on the plans, sanitary sewer pipe shall be extra strength vitrified clay pipe (VCP) with compression joints conforming to Subsection 207-8 of the Standard Specifications. Underground conduit construction shall conform to all applicable Subsections of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, the Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. Potholing shall be considered as part of the excavation necessary for the work. The Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect the existing improvement when it is exposed. Any adjustments in line or grade which will be necessary to accomplish the intent of the plans shall be made. In the event obstructions are encountered during the progress of the work which will require alterations to the plans, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line or grade. Contractor shall not make any deviation from the specified line or grade without approval by the Engineer. Pipe sections shall not be deflected at any joint, either vertically or horizontally, beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer. The pipe and fittings shall be lowered into the trench. Do not throw the pipe or fittings into the trench. If it is determined that bypassing of sewer flow will be required, the bypass pumping system shall have sufficient capacity to pump the peak flow. Sewer bypassing shall conform to Section 6-21 of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall provide 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 149 bypass piping for the effluent during the construction of the sewer main between manholes. The inlet of the downstream manhole and the outlet of the upstream manhole shall be plugged. A portable pump shall be installed in the upstream manhole to discharge the effluent from the upstream manhole to the downstream manhole through the bypass piping. Pump and bypass piping shall be of adequate size and capacity to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. For sewers 12-inches in diameter and larger, or where deemed necessary by the City, the following shall apply: All pumps used shall be fully automatic self-priming units. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of effluent flows. The Contractor shall provide the necessary stop/start controls for each pump. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. One standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. The Contractor shall continually monitor all pumping equipment. The Contractor shall perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping discharge piping suing clean water prior to the actual operation. The Water Resources Division shall be given 24 hours notice prior to testing. The Contractor shall be required to flow monitor for a two week period to assist in sizing the pumps necessary for the sewer work and shall be considered included as part of the work. The Contractor shall prepare, with the vendor, a flow monitoring map for key manholes that will provide adequate data for the work subject to review and approval from the Water Resources Division. Flow monitoring shall capture accurate instantaneous depth, velocity and flow data in 15-minute increments or less, or as otherwise approved by the Water Resources Division. The Contractor shall prepare with the vendor a specific, detailed description of the proposed pumping system and submit it and the vendor’s references to the City. The Contractor shall submit to the City detailed descriptions outlining all provisions and precautions to be taken by the Contractor regarding handling of existing sewage flows. The submit tal must be specific and complete, including such items as schedules, capacities of equipment, materials, and all other incidental protection of the access and bypass pumping locations from damage due to the discharge flows. The submittal shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Sewer plugging method and types of plug. 2. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of suction piping. 3. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of discharge piping. 4. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, number of each size to be on-site and power requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 150 5. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing pump operating range shall be submitted). 6. Standby power generator size. 7. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. 8. Thrust block sizes and restraining lengths of pipes and locations (if necessary). 9. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator. 10. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring requirements. 11. Design plans and computations for access to bypass pumping locations indicated on the drawings. 12. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size. 13. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping piping. 14. Submit a sewer overflow emergency response plan. The plan will dictate backup pumping plans, spill containment procedures, spill recovery procedures and emergency call out phone numbers. Provision shall be made by the Contractor for the collection of sewage from cutoff lateral sewers. Lateral sewers shall be reconnected to the main before the termination of every working day. The text of Subsection 306-1.6 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Pipe shall be measured along the longitudinal axis between the ends as laid and shall include the actual pipe in place. 6.10 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) SEWER PIPE Installation and construction of PVC sewer main shall conform to all applicable provisions of the ASTM D2321-05 (or later) “Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications,” Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and the construction plans. Where indicated on the plans, sanitary sewer pipe shall be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) sewer pipe with compression joints conforming to Subsection 207-8 of the Standard Specifications. Underground conduit construction shall conform to all applicable Subsections of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, the Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. PVC sewer pipe shall be manufactured by JM Eagle or approved equivalent. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 151 PVC gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D3034 for diameters from 4" - 15", and ASTM F679 for 18" - 24", with integral bell gasket joints. Rubber gaskets shall be factory installed and conform to ASTM F477. Pipe shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454B or 12364B as defined in ASTM D1784 and shall have SDR of 26 and minimum pipe stiffness of 115 psi according to ASTM Test D2412. Pipe shall be installed in compliance with ASTM D2321. Bedding material shall provide adequate and uniform support under the pipe. Pipe shall not be stored in direct sunlight. Pipe stored outdoors shall be protected from the natural elements by covering it with opaque material such as canvas. The covering shall be placed in such a way as to allow adequate air circulation between the cover and the pipe. Discolored pipe will not be allowed. Individual pipe sections shall not be stacked in piles higher than five feet. The pipe shall not be stored next to heat sources or engine exhausts. All gaskets should be protected from heat, oil and grease. Field cutting of PVC pipe shall be square cut and bevel the end with a beveling tool. Remove all burrs and raised edges prior to assembly. Potholing shall be considered as part of the excavation necessary for the work. The Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect the existing improvement when it is exposed. Any adjustments in line or grade which will be necessary to accomplish the intent of the plans shall be made. In the event obstructions are encountered during the progress of the work which will require alterations to the plans, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line o r grade. Contractor shall not make any deviation from the specified line or grade without approval by the Engineer. Pipe sections shall not be deflected at any joint, either vertically or horizontally, beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer. The pipe and fittings shall be lowered into the trench. Do not throw the pipe or fittings into the trench. If it is determined that bypassing of sewer flow will be required, the bypass pumping system shall have sufficient capacity to pump the peak flow. Sewer bypassing shall conform to Section 6-21 of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall provide bypass piping for the effluent during the construction of the sewer main between manholes. The inlet of the downstream manhole and the outlet of the upstream manhole shall be plugged. A portable pump shall be installed in the upstream manhole to 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 152 discharge the effluent from the upstream manhole to the downstream manhole through the bypass piping. Pump and bypass piping shall be of adequate size and capacity to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. For sewers 12-inches in diameter and larger, or where deemed necessary by the City, the following shall apply: All pumps used shall be fully automatic self-priming units. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of effluent flows. The Contractor shall provide the necessary stop/start controls for each pump. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. One standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. The Contractor shall continually monitor all pumping equipment. The Contractor shall perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping discharge piping suing clean water prior to the actual operation. The Water Resources Division shall be given 24 hours notice prior to testing. The Contractor shall be required to flow monitor for a two week period to assist in sizing the pumps necessary for the sewer work and shall be considered included as part of the work. The Contractor shall prepare, with the vendor, a flow monitoring map for key manholes that will provide adequate data for the work subject to review and approval from the Water Resources Division. Flow monitoring shall capture accurate instantaneous depth, velocity and flow data in 15-minute increments or less, or as otherwise approved by the Water Resources Division. The Contractor shall prepare with the vendor a specific, detailed description of the proposed pumping system and submit it and the vendor’s references to the City. The Contractor shall submit to the City detailed descriptions outlining all provisions and precautions to be taken by the Contractor regarding handling of existing sewage flows. The submittal must be specific and complete, including such items as schedules, capacities of equipment, materials, and all other incidental protection of the access and bypass pumping locations from damage due to the discharge flows. The submittal shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Sewer plugging method and types of plug. 2. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of suction piping. 3. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of discharge piping. 4. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, number of each size to be on-site and power requirements. 5. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing pump operating range shall be submitted). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 153 6. Standby power generator size. 7. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. 8. Thrust block sizes and restraining lengths of pipes and locations (if necessary). 9. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator. 10. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring requirements. 11. Design plans and computations for access to bypass pumping locations indicated on the drawings. 12. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size. 13. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping piping. 14. Submit a sewer overflow emergency response plan. The plan will dictate backup pumping plans, spill containment procedures, spill recovery procedures and emergency call out phone numbers. Provision shall be made by the Contractor for the collection of sewage from cutoff lateral sewers. Lateral sewers shall be reconnected to the main before the termination of every working day. The text of Subsection 306-1.6 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Pipe shall be measured along the longitudinal axis between the ends as laid and shall include the actual pipe in place. Following placement and compaction of backfill and prior to the placement of permanent pavement, all newly constructed PVC sewer mains shall be cleaned and tested for deflection and ovality by either using: a rigid mandrel for smaller diameter pipe; or laser profile technology and/or with an electronic deflect-o-meter for larger diameter piping. The deflection and or ovality shall not exceed (5%) of the inside diameter of the pipe. If the pipe exceeds this tolerance, it is the responsibility of the contractor to replace and re- test the newly constructed pipe for deflection and ovality. If the pipe is to be tested by mandrel, the rigid mandrel shall have a circular cross section having a diameter of at least 95 percent of the specified inside pipe diameter and shall be pulled through the pipe by hand. The minimum length of the circular portion of the mandrel shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe. A ¼-inch diameter nylon line shall be pulled from manhole to manhole and shall be left for use in conducting t he CCTV inspection. Obstructions encountered by the mandrel shall be repaired and the pipeline section shall be retested. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 154 All labor and equipment necessary to conduct these tests shall be furnished by the contractor. The contractor shall submit all laser profile documents to the Engineer for review and approval no later than (10) days after the test. 6.11 NEW MANHOLE STRUCTURES Construction of new concrete manhole structures shall be done in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard No. 1201, details as shown on the plans, the applicable provisions of Sections 201, 303, and 306 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. This work shall also include the removal and/or modification of any interfering portions of existing sewer pipes, drop inlets, PCC encasements, etc., necessary to construct each manhole structure complete in place. Concrete for manhole structures shall be Class 560-C-3250. All reinforcing steel used in these structures shall be Grade 40 minimum. Fly ash additives and/or substitutes shall not be permitted. The following is hereby added to Subsection 201-4.1, of the Standard Specification: Concrete curing compound shall be Type 2. The following is hereby added to Subsection 303-1.1, of the Standard Specification: Once any excavation for the construction of a manhole structure is commenced, the Contractor must diligently pursue the completion of the structure, including structure backfill, compaction, and restoration of surface improvements and temporary paving. Open excavations shall be properly barricaded, backfilled or covered with steel traffic plates to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the end of each workday. For new manholes on large sewer mains, or for manholes with extreme depths of cover, a larger diameter manhole will be required. The design of these larger manholes shall be reviewed with and approved by the Water Resources Division. The larger manhole cover shall be in accordance with Standard Plan No. 1211 and these Special Provisions. For larger manhole frames and covers, the Water Resources Division may require frames and covers fabricated of fiber reinforced polymer (FRP). These larger FRP manhole frame and cover sets shall be manufactured by GMI Composites, Inc., no equal. The FRP frame and cover system shall meet the following requirements: contain 45 percent to 70 percent fiber reinforcement; thermoset resin with UV inhibitors to prevent photo degredation; minimum strength to weight ratio of 750:1; integrated gasket to minimize traffic shock, abate noise and orders and prevent water entry into manhole; skid 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 155 slip resistance greater than 0.6 as described in ASTM C1028 Standard; and dimensional tolerance of 1/16-inch. The FRP frame and cover shall be designed to exceed AASHTO H-20 loading by a factor of 2.5 (125,000 pounds) and shall meet AASHTO EN124 D400 loading (89,924 pound which exceeds AASHTO Proof Load of 50,000 pounds for severe traffic service) proof load on a 250 mm round plate for 30 seconds. Documentation of certified testing results shall be submitted including complete Fatigue Loading Test with no loss of carrying performance and no visible damage (apply 16,000 pound point load for 2,000,000 cycles). The FRP frame and cover shall be provided with a five (5) year guarantee. 6.12 REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE STRUCTURES Removal of existing manholes shall be accomplished in accordance with the project plans, City of Santa Ana Standards and Design Criteria, the applicable provisions of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. The following is added to the third paragraph of Subsection 306-5 of the Standard Specifications: The top six inches of backfilled subgrade shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 90%. 6.13 ABANDON EXISTING SEWER MAIN The Contactor shall abandon existing pipes per Section 306-5 of the Standard Specifications, as specified herein, and as shown on the construction plans. The Contractor shall provide traffic control as required and approved by the agency having jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall the abandonment take place before existing sewers and manholes are out of service and all flow directed to the new or alternate pipes. The abandon pipes shall be filled with sand cement slurry 1-sack (941bs) of concrete. In lieu of slurry, the contractor may use low density cellular concrete, Elastizell (EF) or approved equal. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the pipe to be abandoned has been completely filled, without voids, by providing volume calculations for each placement of grout and materials strength tests as required by the City. The Contractor is responsible for the selection methods and material to be used. Pipe abandonment shall be coordinated with the construction sequence. Appropriate plugs shall be installed by the Contractor, and grout shall be injected in an upslope manner to remove trapped air. Samples of the outgoing water (at the exit end) shall be made until the existing grout mix is observed to be similar to the grout being injected at the inlet end. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 156 The grouting plan, and grout mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to commencement of work. 6.14 ABANDON EXISTING MANHOLE STRUCTURES The contractor shall abandon existing manhole structures in conformance to the Standard Specifications Section 306-5, as specified herein, and as shown on the construction plans and per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1209. The contractor shall provide traffic control as required and approved by the agency having jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall the abandonment take place before existing sewers and manholes are out of service and all flow directed to the new or alternate pipes. The manhole wall shall be removed to 18-inches below finished surface and be completely removed and properly disposed of, unless otherwise shown. The manhole base shall be perforated or cored through and filled with sand (SE 30 minimum). The manhole rim and cover shall be salvaged and delivered to the City of Santa Ana Water Resources Division at 215 S. Center Street. Existing pipe ends within manholes to be abandoned shall be plugged with concrete and bricks per section 306-5. Concrete shall be Class C and bricks shall be a manhole brick as specified in Section 202-1 of the Standard Specifications. The contractor shall remove and replace all asphalt, concrete pavement, earthwork, landscaping, or other surface damaged by the abandonment operations per an in conformance with these provisions. 6.15 CONSTRUCT 4” OR 6” HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SEWER LATERALS AND CLEANOUTS (PIPE BURST) This work involves the installation of HDPE Pipe. Method of construction shall be via trenchless pipe replacement installations. The Contractor shall connect to the new sewer main and to the existing sewer lateral pipe at the property line. The existing sewer lateral shall be depicted on the construction plans based on the best information available. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to “locate all points of connection for each new sewer lateral at both ends: the wye at the public sewer main and the private connection point at property line where lateral cleanout will be constructed.” The Contractor shall insert a push camera with sounder/locator up the lateral from the main (insertion pit) to mark and locate the point of connection at the property line. All locations points shall be marked in the field prior to installation and construction of new sewer lateral. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 157 Underground conduit construction shall conform to all applicable Subsections of Section 306 and Section 500 of the Standard Specifications, the Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. High density polyethylene pipe in accordance with these specifications shall be used in pipe bursting or trenchless pipe replacement installations. All piping system components shall be the products of one manufacturer and shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM D1248, ASTM D3350, and ASTM F714. The HDPE pipe shall be a minimum of SDR 17 or as specified on the plans. The HDPE pipe shall provide a structurally sound, impermeable, jointless pipe. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to comply with OSHA Standards and Regulations pertaining to all aspects of the work. The HDPE pipe shall be chemically resistant to internal exposure to sewage containing small quantities of hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide, methane, mercaptans, kerosene, moisture and diluted sulfuric acid. It shall also be chemically and physically resistant to external exposure of soil, bacteria, roots and chemical attack due to material in the surrounding ground. The polyethylene resin shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM D3350 for PE 3408 material with a cell classification of 345464C, or better. The maximum allowable hoop stress shall be 800 psi at 73.4 degrees F. The Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) shall be 1600 psi per ASTM D2837. Material designation shall be PE 3408 following ASTM F412. Pipe shall be assembled in accordance with ASTM D2657 or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Sanitary sewer pipe shall be green in color or contain green striping. Sanitary sewer pipe interior shall have a reflective coating for CCTV inspection. Contractor shall video laterals prior to pipe bursting in order to identify any features that would disrupt the pipe bursting procedure. Construction of sewer lateral and cleanout shall be done in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1204A. Insertion rate of HDPE pipe shall not exceed pipe tolerances any given time. Contractor shall maintain logs verifying pipe tolerances do not exceed pipe limitations. Any HDPE pipe stretched beyond its elastic limit or damaged in any way will be rejected. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 158 Any defect which will affect the integrity or strength of the pipe discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. The text of Subsection 306-1.6 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Pipe shall be measured along the longitudinal axis between the ends as laid and shall include the actual pipe in place. Joining of HDPE pipe shall be performed by thermal butt-fusion in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Internal weld beads formed by the thermal butt -fusion method shall be removed on the bottom 120 degrees of the pipe, minimum. The bead shall be removed to the pipe’s surface, but under no circumstances shall it be below it. The joint must sufficiently cool to ambient temperature before the bead is removed. Butt-fused joint strength shall be equal to or greater than the strength of the pipe. Threaded or solvent-cement joints and connections shall NOT be permitted. A “Y” Branch fitting shall be installed on the sewer main at each lateral connection per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1204A. In the case where the lateral is to be connected to a sewer main that has been lined, a “Y” Saddle fitting shall be installed. The connection shall conform to the size and shape of the inside diameter of the new connection. Service connection openings shall be free from rough edges or protrusions. CORING OF NEW SEWER MAIN TO ACCOMMODATE LATERAL CONNECTION SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. At all locations where more than one (1) lateral serves a single parcel, Contractor shall expose existing lateral connection to the existing sewer main and verify that the lateral is active by CCTV inspection. In addition, the Contractor shall insert a push camera with sounder/locator up the lateral from the main (insertion pit) to mark and locate the point of connection at the property line. If CCTV investigation is inconclusive, lateral shall be treated as active and shall be constructed per plan. If lateral is determined to be dead, lateral shall be plugged and abandoned in place. The Contractor shall connect to the new sewer main and to the existing sewer lateral pipe at property line. During construction, the Contractor shall make provisions for the collection of sewage from cutoff laterals. All sewer laterals shall be reconnected to the main before the termination of each working day. The Contractor shall submit all material information for sewer lateral cleanout connections and appurtenances prior to commencing work. The Engineer shall review and upon approval notify the Contractor by a memorandum. Non-approved materials shall not be used. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 159 New submittals shall be required for material substitutions. The Engineer shall review and upon approval notify the Contractor by a memorandum. All fittings shall be pressure rated and classified the same as adjoining pipe. The inside diameter shall match inside diameter of adjoining pipe and shall be designed for pipe bursting or pipe jacking applications. Metal in saddles, clamps and appurtenances shall be 302 or 304 stainless steel following ASTM A240. Elastomeric materials, gaskets, clamps and connectors shall be oil resistant and manufactured following ASTM F477. The Contractor shall submit certification by the manufacturer of the pipe bursting system to have successfully completed training in operating the bursting head, installing proposed replacement pipe and operation and maintenance of all equipment to be used. The Contractor shall submit certification by the manufacturer of the fusing equipment having successfully completed training in handling replacement of pipe materials, butt- fusion of pipe joints and saddle fusion of fittings for service laterals, and operation and maintenance of all equipment to be used. The Certificate of Training includes at a minimum: Installer’s name, date of issuance and process or product the person/s is/are certified to install. These certifications of training and operation of pipe bursting system shall be submitted prior to commencing pipe bursting work. The curb and gutter shall be protected in place. If the Contractor damages curb, gutter, it shall be removed and replaced to match existing in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1101. This work shall also include removal and replacement of PCC sidewalk, driveway panels and landscaping to facilitate construction of sewer laterals. PCC sidewalk and driveway approach panels shall be replaced to match existing in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1104 and 1112. Sidewalk replacement shall be from score line to score line, unless the sidewalk panels exceed four feet in length. At no time, shall a sidewalk panel floater be less than four feet from the nearest score line. Landscaping shall be replaced in-kind. 6.16 CONSTRUCT 4” OR 6” POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) SEWER LATERALS AND CLEANOUTS (OPEN TRENCH) PVC sewer pipe shall be as manufactured by JM EAGLE or approved equivalent. PVC gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D3034 for diameters from 4" - 15", and ASTM F679 for 18" - 24", with integral bell gasket joints. Rubber gaskets shall be factory installed and conform to ASTM F477. Pipe shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454B or 12364B as defined in ASTM D1784 and shall have SDR of 26 and minimum pipe stiffness of 115 psi according to ASTM Test D2412. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 160 Pipe shall be installed in compliance with ASTM D2321. Bedding material shall provide adequate and uniform support under the pipe. Underground conduit construction shall conform to all applicable Subsections of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, the Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. There shall be no pipe joints from the sewer lateral cleanout connection to 20 feet into street right away. No pipe joints shall be allowed in the parkway. Pipe joints shall not be deflected at any joint, either vertically or horizontally, beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer. Construction of sewer lateral and cleanout shall be done in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1204, the contract plans and these Special Provisions. A “Y” Branch fitting shall be installed on the sewer main at each lateral connection per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1204. In the case where the lat eral is to be connected to a sewer main that has been lined, a “Y” Saddle fitting shall be installed. The connection shall conform to the size and shape of the inside diameter of the new connection. Service connection openings shall be free from rough edges or protrusions. CORING OF NEW SEWER MAIN TO ACCOMMODATE LATERAL CONNECTION SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. At all locations where more than one (1) lateral serves a single parcel, Contractor shall expose existing lateral connection to the existing sewer main and verify that the lateral is active by CCTV inspection. In addition, the Contractor shall insert a push camera with sounder/locator up the lateral from the main (insertion pit) to mark and locate the point of connection at the property line. If CCTV investigation is inconclusive, lateral shall be treated as active and shall be constructed per plan. If lateral is determined to be dead, lateral shall be plugged and abandoned in place. The Contractor shall connect to the new sewer main and to the existing sewer lateral pipe at the property line. The existing sewer lateral shall be depicted on the construction plans based on the best information available. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to “locate all points of connection for each new sewer lateral at b oth ends: the wye at the public sewer main and the private connection point at property line where lateral cleanout will be constructed.” The Contractor shall insert a push camera with sounder/locator up the lateral from the main (insertion pit) to mark and locate the point of connection at the property line. All locations points shall be marked in the field prior to installation and construction of new sewer lateral. The Contractor shall perform pipeline testing as directed by the Engineer in accordance with the applicable provisions of Subsection 306-1.4 of the Standard Specifications. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 161 The Contractor shall submit all material information for sewer lateral cleanout connections and appurtenances prior to commencing work. The Engineer shall review and upon approval notify the Contractor by a memorandum. Non-approved materials shall not be used. New submittals shall be required for material substitutions. The Engineer shall review and upon approval notify the Contractor by a memorandum. During construction, the Contractor shall make provisions for the collection of sewage from cutoff laterals. All sewer laterals shall be reconnected to the main before the termination of each working day. The curb and gutter shall be protected in place. If the Contractor damages curb, gutter, it shall be removed and replaced to match existing in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1101. This work shall also include removal and replacement of PCC sidewalk, driveway panels and landscaping to facilitate construction of sewer laterals. PCC sidewalk and driveway approach panels shall be replaced to match existing in accordance with the City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1104 and 1112. Sidewalk replacement shall be from score line to score line, unless the sidewalk panels exceed four feet in length. At no time, shall a sidewalk panel floater be less than four feet from the nearest score line. Landscaping shall be replaced in-kind. 6.17 CONNECT SEWER LATERALS This work shall include reconnecting existing sewer lateral to the new sewer main. This work shall include locating all existing laterals and pipe connection points, furnishing and installing new pipe and connections to the new main in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1204 and 1204A, replacement of street surface over trench as shown on drawings. At all locations where more than one (1) lateral serves a single parcel, Contractor shall expose existing lateral connection to the existing sewer main and verify that the lateral is active by CCTV inspection. In addition, the Contractor shall insert a push camera with sounder/locator up the lateral from the main (insertion pit) to mark and locate the point of connection at the property line. If CCTV investigation is inconclusive, lateral shall be treated as active and shall be constructed per plan. If lateral is determined to be dead, lateral shall be plugged and abandoned in place. During construction, the Contractor shall make provisions for the collection of sewage from cutoff laterals. All sewer laterals shall be reconnected to the main before the termination of each working day. 6.18 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEV ISION (CCTV) INSPECTION OF SEWER MAIN AND LATERALS Following installation of pipe, CCTV inspection shall be performed on all newly constructed sewer mains and sewer laterals. This work shall also include cleaning of 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 162 sewer main prior to videoing in accordance with section 500-1.1.4 of the Standard Specifications. The scope of work includes the cleaning and videoing by means of remote CCTV. If a blockage in the pipe hampers the CCTV work, then the Contractor shall attempt to complete the CCTV work by televising from the opposite manhole (upstream or downstream) of the location. The operator immediately shall notify the Contractor. Then, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. CCTV inspections shall be delivered in an electronic format (DVD/USB drive) to the Engineer for review and approval. A. All Pipe Assessment & Certification Program (PACP) header information shall be completed in accordance with the PACP Guidelines. B. The documentation for the work shall consist of CCTV reports, database, logs, electronic reports, etc. noting important features during the inspection. The above documentation must be submitted to the City. The speed of travel during the inspection shall not exceed at any time more than 30 feet per minute, except noted otherwise. C. The camera must be centered to provide accurate distance measurements and locations of features in the sewer main. All observations shall be displayed and documented on video and identified by audio on PACP log. All video must be continuously metered from the manhole. D. All lengths of installed sewer main and sewer laterals shall be documented by footage or stationing in the video. Sewer laterals shall be videoed up to the property line. The pipe shall be clean to ensure all defects and observations are logged and documented. E. During inspection, the operating technician shall, in addition to his/her video (with audio) record of conditions, log in writing the location of all laterals, defects, misalignments, and other conditions and data pertinent to the physical condition and operation of the sewer main and sewer laterals. Cleaning of the sewer main and laterals shall include removal of debris or foreign objects introduced during construction. Such debris shall be vacuumed from the system and shall not be washed or otherwise deposited downstream. Cleaning apparatus shall be removed prior to insertion of the video camera. Under no circumstances shall cleaning apparatus be used in direct conjunction with video operations. Under no circumstances will plugging and/or bypassing be permitted without prior approval and presence of the Engineer. If plugging and/or bypassing are deemed necessary, the Contractor shall be responsible for plugging manhole outlets and/or providing a bypass line for the effluent during videotaping. The sewer mains will be "in service" at the time of the video inspection. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 163 If the video is of poor quality and not suitable for review, the Contractor shall re-video the line and resubmit to the City. The video technician shall hold a current National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) certification. Provide operator certification to the engineer for review and approval. All CCTV work shall conform to the current NASSCO-PACP Standards for sewer main, and sewer lateral and these Special Provisions. 6.19 SEWER FLOW LEVEL MONITORING & ALARMING DEVICE Contractor shall supply and install a Smart Cover® sewer flow level monitoring and alarming device as manufactured by Hadronex (760-291-1980). The flow level monitoring and alarming system shall be compatible with the existing sewer flow level and monitoring system utilized by the City’s Water Resources Division. Included in this item will be the first year maintenance fee assessed by the alarming company for all sewer flow level monitoring & alarming devices installed. 6.20 REPAIR COUPLINGS For sewer repairs, the Contractor shall use a double banded shielded sewer coupling. The coupling shall have excellent resistance to heavy earth loads, shear forces and deflection. The coupling shall be able to connect similar and dissimilar pipe materials and sizes. Clamps shall be stainless steel and have stainless steel grade 316 nuts and bolts. The gasket material shall be molded, one-piece elastomeric. The shield shall be heavy-duty, stainless steel. Increasing the band tension shall secure the pipe ends, forming a watertight, root-proof seal, impervious to infiltration and exfiltration. Sealing “O” rings under each clamp prevent the pipe end from slippage, for a reinforced joint seal. The shielded sewer coupling shall be Flex-Seal®ARC shielded adjustable repair coupling manufactured by Mission Rubber Company or approved equal. 6.21 SEWER FLOW BYPASSING The Contractor is responsible for the temporary handling of sewage, spill prevention and control, and odor control throughout any sewer flow bypass operation. Temporary handling of sewage includes bypass pumping, diversion, bypass piping, plugs, flow- through plugs and other means of handling of sewage flows. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, supervision, and equipment for temporary handling of flow, including preparation and implementation of a spill prevention, control and countermeasure plan (SPCCP) to facilitate the work. The Contractor shall comply with the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Health Department, and Air Quality Management District permits and regulations. Contractor shall prepare a detailed bypass pumping plan for any temporary handling of sewage. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 164 Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the mobilization, set up, operation, management, monitoring, maintenance operation, pressure testing, spill containment, and spill management including clean up. When bypass pumping flows, the Contractor shall have at least one designated person on site 24 hours per day to operate, monitor and maintain the bypass pumping system and implement the spill prevention and control procedures. For manhole bypassing, the Contractor shall install and operate a flow bypass system that shall limit the flow to zero (0) flow within the channel by using a bypass flow through tube for both rechanneling of the manhole base and when connecting to the existing sewer manhole. The Contractor shall develop a Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure Plan (SPCCP) which shall include the following items:  Identify all equipment, materials and labor necessary to prevent sewage spill in the event there is a sewage leak during bypassing of sewers.  A description of the Contractor’s plan to respond to a sewage spill should it occur.  The plan shall include a step by step procedure on how the equipment, materials and labor will be mobilized and implemented in the event of a spill.  Describe handling of sewage flow during a bypass system failure.  A plan identifying existing storm drains and materials used to block the openings in the event of a spill.  As a minimum, include the following emergency overflow response equipment: a minimum of 10-feet of pipe of each size and type used on the bypass system together with matching repair couplings; rubber matting to overlap storm drain inlets by a minimum of 24-inches on all sides; for inlets in traffic, the grating removed and wrapped with rubber sheeting and reinstalled; a minimum of one 48- inch wide by 36 foot long roll of rubber matting and the equivalent of eight cubic yards of sandbags in a pre-loaded truck ready for use in addition to the materials required to cover storm drain inlets; and temporary sewer and storm drain plugs to manage collection and disposal of any sewage overflows. The Contractor shall prepare an Odor Control Plan identifying and locating any potential construction activities that might produce odors. The plan shall describe the means of mitigating the odors and identifying all materials, equipment and systems the Contractor is planning to use. Potential nuisance odor areas shall include open manholes, and open sewers where gases may be present or can be released. During bypass pumping, manholes upstream of the pump shall also be considered as potential odor sources due to the blocking off of the airflow in the headspace of sewer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 165 The Contractor shall submit the following as part of the Sewer Bypass Plan:  Plans showing the details of each installation site. For bypass pumping, the plans shall include the arrangement of the temporary pumping equipment, location of suction and discharge points, routing of bypass piping, method of protection of equipment and piping from traffic, and whether the piping is buried, exposed or pipe ramps.  For gravity bypasses, the plans shall include locations of temporary flow-through plugs, sewer plugs and bypass discharge piping.  A description of how the bypass system will be controlled and operated. Describe the method of control, the procedure and time requirements for switching to the standby equipment and alarm notification.  Capacities of pumps, prime movers and standby equipment. Design calculations proving adequacy of the bypass system and selected equipment.  Standby power source for bypass pumping.  Staffing plan for maintaining equipment for 24-hour continuous, reliable operation on weekdays and/or weekend days.  Noise and Odor Control Plan.  Plan showing the existing sewer line and the proposed points of flow interruption and/or flow diversion.  Construction time schedule showing anticipated times of flow interruption and/or flow diversion.  Spill Contingency Plan detailing precautions to be implemented to prevent sewage spills including specific responses and control measures to follow during an overflow resulting from breakage or blockage and maintenance and inspection schedules to detect potential problems to mitigate the potential release resulting from overflows, bypass pipe ruptures, and blockages. The Contractor shall provide temporary pumps, conduits, and other equipment to bypass the sewer flow. Engine-driven pumps shall be equipped with mufflers and/or shall be enclosed to keep the noise level within the City’s Noise Ordinance. Pumps and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flows. Bypass duty and standby pumps shall be designed for raw sewage applications, resistant to ragging, and capable of passing a 3-inch solid sphere. Pumps shall be self-priming with suction lift sufficient to avoid sewer surcharge. The self-priming system shall allow the pump to start dry and run dry without causing damage. Pumps may be equipped with a vacuum assisted self-priming device. Any orifice designed to discharge air during 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 166 pump priming shall be connected to a portable activated carbon scrubber. All engines shall be critically silenced for sound control and regardless of noise level, soundproofing shield not less than eight feet high shall be provided around each engine to absorb noise. 100% standby pumping shall be provided. Standby pump shall be sized to match the duty pump. Standby pumping equipment shall be at the site continuously during bypassing to provide standby pumping capacity. Above ground bypass piping shall be high density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe, steel or aluminum pipe with grooved couplings. HDPE shall be butt welded and have a minimum wall thickness of SDR 17. For protection against damage, the bypass piping shall be protected in place by barrier or crash cushions when adjacent to traf fic. All temporary connections to existing and new manholes shall be properly covered and sealed to prevent nuisance odors from escaping into the atmosphere. When the bypass piping discharges into a manhole, the discharge pipe shall extend into the manhole, ending at the elevation of the center of the trunk sewer. All valves used on the bypass system shall be open port gate, plug or ball valves. Temporary plugs shall be appropriate for the application. Plugs shall be heavy-duty inflatable type with a steel rod through plug centerline, a retaining plate and an eye-lift on both ends. Plugs shall have a flexible sealing design to compensate for any irregular interior surface of the pipe. Flow-through plugs shall be appropriate for the application and provided with the required configuration to perform the bypass. The flow-through plug shall consist of a flow-through plug and a flexible hose. The flexible hose shall be rubber coated, heavy duty, nylon hose with and enclosed steel helix coil. The flow-through plug shall attach to the flexible hose using high torque, stainless steel pipe clamps. The flow-through plugs shall be equipped with continuous pressure monitoring. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions, including constant monitoring of bypass pumping to prevent sewage spills due to back-up and/or overflow resulting from breakage or blockage of the bypass system. The Contractor shall provide experienced personnel knowledgeable in the operation of the bypass equipment to monitor each bypass when the bypass is installed and operating. At no time shall the bypass system be left unattended during operation by the designated personnel. The bypass system (all equipment) shall be fully tested prior to commencing bypass operation, including back-up pumps. 6.22 SUBMITTALS Sewer main pipe and appurtenance submittals shall include, but not limited to the following manufacturer information: 1. SDR-26 PVC pipe, VCP pipe, and or other as approved by the Engineer 2. Fittings and Bends 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 167 3. Sewer Main Encasement Materials 4. Adapters/Repair Couplings/Gaskets 5. Sewer Bypass Plan and Overflow Plan 6. Sample of proposed backfill material (approximate one gallon bag) Sewer manhole structures shall be in conformance with all City of Santa Ana Standard Plans, the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions and not limited to the following manufacturer information: 1. Sewer Manhole Structure- Material composition, frame and cover 2. Terminal Cleanout Structure- Material composition, frame and cover 3. Sewer Flow Monitoring and Alarming Device Sewer laterals shall be in conformance with all City of Santa Ana Standard Plans, the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions and not limited to the following manufacturer information: 1. SDR-26 PVC pipe, VCP pipe, HDPE pipe, and or other as approved by the Engineer 2. Cleanout Structure- Material composition, frame and cover 3. Fittings 4. Adapters/Repair Couplings/Gaskets 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 168 7.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - WATER MAIN IMPROVEMENTS 7.01 GENERAL All equipment and materials used installed in the water system shall meet all state and federal standards. All products in contact with drinking water shall be tested and certified to meet NSF/ANSI standard 60 (Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects) and NSF/ANSI 61 (Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects) All materials coming in contact with potable water shall be lead free per California Health & Safety Code Section 116875. 7.02 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS, EXCAVATION, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL Open trench operations, excavation, bedding and backfill shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Contractor shall excavate open trench 100 feet ahead of pipe laying operations to allow for any adjustments in grade necessary to resolve unforeseen utility conflicts. All trenches shall be base paved with hot mix or covered with steel traffic plates recessed and flushed with existing pavement at the end of each working day. No temporary pavement will be allowed. Trenching operations shall not be allowed on more than one street at any time. Work shall not be allowed in more than one intersection at any one time. The third paragraph of Subsection 306-1.1.1 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced as follows: Excavation shall include the removal of all excess excavated materials and all water and materials of any nature, which interfere with the construction work. All pavement removals shall be sawcut unless, approved otherwise by the Engineer prior to commencement of work. All removed pavement and excess excavated material shall be immediately disposed of off the project site at a legal dumpsite at the Contractor's expense. Pipe bedding and trench backfill shall be accomplished in accordance with the City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1150, these Special Provisions, and the trench details on the construction drawings. The pipe zone and bedding material for water mains shall be imported SE-30 sand. The trench zone backfill shall be Class II aggregate base. All material tickets (i.e. Sand, Class II Base, Asphalt, Concrete, etc.) shall be given to the City Inspector on a daily basis. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 169 Sand for bedding shall be manufactured or naturally produced by the disintegration of rock and shall be sufficiently free of organic material, mica, loam, clay and other deleterious substances and shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 30. A sample shall be submitted for Engineer’s approval prior to commencement of work. The following test methods shall be used for determining relative compaction: California Test 216 (Sand Cone Method) California Test 231 (Nuclear Gauge Method) The Contractor will be provided with compaction test at locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. If compaction fails to meet the contract specifications, then the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments until compaction per the specifications is met. All trench and structure backfill sand shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density at optimum moisture. If any trench, through the neglect of the Contractor, is excavated below the grade required by the plans and these Special Provisions, it shall be refilled to grade with additional bedding. 7.03 EXISTING UTILITIES AND ADJUSTMENTS IN GRADE All existing utilities shall be protected in place, unless otherwise noted on the p lans. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing utilities as a result of his operations. The location of existing utilities as shown on the plans was obtained from a search of available records. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the respective utility owners and Underground Service Alert (811) to determine the exact field location of all utilities shown or not shown on the plans, which may conflict with his operations. Potholing of existing utilities, points of connection and service connections to determine exact depth and field locations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities including points of connection and service connections, which may affect or be affected by its operation, three (3) weeks in advance. In the event of any conflicts, the Engineer shall be immediately notified. City owned utility frames and covers for survey monuments, water meter, water valves, traffic signal and street light pull boxes, and manholes within the area to be paved or graded, shall be set to finish grade by Contractor after construction of new pavement. In Portland cement concrete pavement and sidewalk areas, City utility frames and covers shall be adjusted to grade prior to placement of concrete. Contractor shall supply new sewer manhole frame and covers, sewer cleanout frame and covers, concrete rings and water valve pot frame, canister and lids per City of Santa Ana Standard Plans. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 170 Prior to paving, an "I.D. Locator" shall be attached to each valve box or manhole cover. An "ID Locator" is a rubberized marker approximately 4" high that adheres to the utility cover and pops-up after paving for easy identification and location of the respective valve box or manhole. Contractor shall measure and tie-out locations of manholes and water valves prior to paving. 7.04 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION REPAIR This section shall conform to Sections 212 and 308 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All lawn and landscaped areas disturbed by the Contractor as part of or as a result of the work shall be prepared/brought to adjacent grade and restored to match existing landscaping. If there are any existing sprinkler heads and irrigation lines in the con struction areas, whether on public or private property, they shall be replaced or relocated by the Contractor. 7.05 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) CROSS GUTTER This work shall consist of replacing PCC cross-gutter from the spandrel to street centerline (cold joint to cold joint) to facilitate water main construction. All work shall be accomplished in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1109. The replacement areas are clearly indicated on the construction plans. Concrete shall be high early strength concrete, treated in accordance with section 201-1 to obtain (7) day compressive strength in (3) days. 7.06 TEMPORARY PAVING In PCC streets, all trenches shall be backfilled and have temporary pavement installed or covered with steel traffic plates at the end of each working day. All steel plates shall be set flush with adjacent pavement. Within four consecutive calendar days following installation of the conduit, or after compaction is approved by the Engineer, whichever comes first, steel traffic plates shall be removed and three inches of temporary pavement installed. Cross streets are to be paved with temporary pavement on the same day that excavation and backfill are completed. Temporary pavement shall be maintained so that a smooth traversable surface is available at all times for vehicular traffic, free from ruts, depressions, and holes and loose gravel. Temporary paving shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor before the permanent resurfacing is placed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 171 The contractor shall construct temporary asphalt concrete with a slope of 1:1 at the edge of open excavation (remove and reconstruct section) if all the following occur: 1. Clearance between travel lane and open excavation is less than five (5) feet 2. Excavation depth is four (4) inches or deeper, and 3. If open excavation will last more than 24 hours 7.07 PERMANENT ASPHALT CONCRETE TRENCH PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT This work shall consist of constructing permanent asphalt concrete pavement replacement and shall be accomplished in accordance with the details shown on the Plans, these Special Provisions and the street work permit. Asphalt concrete construction shall conform to Section 400, 200, 203, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Tack coat is required and shall be applied and conform to Section 302 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall prevent the tack coat from being applied outside the pavement area. Course aggregate shall consist of material with at least 75% by weight be crushed particles in lieu of the requirements of Section 400-2.3. The asphalt concrete trench pavement replacement for each street shall consist of an asphalt concrete base course and a 2" thick asphalt concrete surface course. The asphalt concrete trench pavement replacement shall be adjusted to match existing street section. Recommendations are as follows: Arterial Streets: Deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of an asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course. Thickness of entire section and base course shall be as shown on plans. In the absence of a detail on the plans, a 12” thick deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of 10” thick asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course shall be constructed Local Streets: Deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of an asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course. Thickness of entire section and base course shall be as shown on plans. In the absence of a detail on the plans, a 6” thick deep lift asphalt concrete pavement consisting of 4” thick asphalt concrete Base Course and 2” asphalt concrete Surface Course shall be constructed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 172 The required asphalt concrete mix designs shall be as follows: Base Course III-B3-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 Overlay/Surface Course III-C3-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 Crack Filler III-F-AR-4000 or PG 64-10 7.08 PERMANENT PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) TRENCH PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT AND BUS PAD REPLACEMENT PCC pavement replacement shall be at least 6 inches thick and shall be 1 inch thicker than the existing pavement. Existing concrete pavement adjacent to trench operations shall be sawcut and drilled with #4 dowel bars epoxy coated and or approved. Construction and installation of dowels shall be per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1428A, the construction plans, and these specifications. Portland cement concrete pavement replacement and bus pad replacement shall conform to Sections, 400, 200, 201, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC used for street pavement and bus pad construction shall be minimum class 560-A- 3250. In addition to these minimum requirements, the concrete shall possess the following characteristics:  Flexural strength at 28 days: 550 p.s.i. min.  Flexural strength at 7 days: 430 p.s.i. min.  Compressive strength at 7 days: 2500 p.s.i. min. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer laboratory test data for the particular mix design he will use. The data will include the following: A. A detailed concrete mix design including the type and amount of cement used; complete gradation and source of the aggregate used; the amount of water used; and any proposed admixtures. B. Flexural strength test data for the same batch of concrete used in A above showing the compressive strength of the concrete at 3, 7, and 28 days. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 173 Section 302-6.4.2 entitled "Tamping" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified by adding the following: The outer edge of the gutter shall not be used as a side form for the mechanical tamper except where existing gutter is to remain as shown on the construction plans. Concrete pavement for bus pads shall be installed monolithic with the curb and gutter and shall be accomplished in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1108. Section 302-6.4.4 entitled "Final Finishing" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: Delete all reference to wetted burlap. Final finish of the surface shall be textured by stiff broom process that will produce scoring perpendicular to the centerline of the street, performed at a time and in a manner to produce a hardened surface have a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.38 as determined by California Test 342. Curing to be applied immediately following broom process. Joints in the concrete pavement shall be constructed as described in Section 302-6.5 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. Sawing of the joints shall begin as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling, usually 4 to 24 hours per Engineer's directions. If necessary, the sawing operations shall be carried on both day and night, regardless of weather conditions. All joints shall be sawed before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occurs. A standby saw shall be available in the event of breakdown. All weakened plane joints shall be saw cut to a depth equal to one fourth of the pavement thickness. Longitudinal joint spacing shall be at 10' minimum and 15' maximum on either side of centerline joint. Transverse joint spacing shall be at 10' minimum and 15' maximum for pavement, curb and gutter. Longitudinal joints shall be aligned such that they will cross manholes and water valves at centerline if possible. Transverse construction joints within 1' shall cross all manholes and water valves. Provide a weakened plane joint around the perimeter of all utility vaults. The Cleanness Value requirement of Section 200-1.4 shall be replaced with the following: Tests Test Method Requirements Cleanness Value California 227 Individual Test 70 min Moving Average 75 min 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 174 The Sand Equivalent requirement of Section 200-1.5.3 shall be replaced with the following: Tests Test Method Requirements Sand Equivalent California 227 Individual Test 70 min Moving Average 75 min Evaluation of Sand Equivalent and Cleanness Value results shall conform to the provisions of Standard Specifications Subsection 400-1.4. Concrete shall be high early strength concrete, treated in accordance with section 201-1 to obtain (7) day compressive strength in (3) days. Traverse joints shall match those of the adjacent pavement. The concrete pavement shall be immediately barricaded upon its installation and no vehicular traffic will be permitted until and after 3-days of placement and with the approval of the Engineer. 7.09 DUCTILE IRON WATER MAIN PIPE AND APPURTENANCES Underground conduit construction shall conform to all applicable Subsections of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, and with City of Santa Ana Design Criteria, Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. Installation shall be in conformance with American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard C151 and the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA) "Guide for the Installation of Ductile Iron Pipe" and the manufacturer's recommendations. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with all applicable requirements of ASTM, ANSI/AWWA Standards and Specifications. For pipe sizes four (4) inches to twelve (12) inches in diameter, the ductile iron pipe shall be Pressure Class 350. For 16-inches in diameter and larger, the ductile iron pipe shall be Pressure Class 250. The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be lined with cement-mortar per AWWA C-104. Lining shall be the double thickness, listed in AWWA C-104, Section 4.8. Lining materials shall conform to ASTM C-150, Type II. Exterior surfaces of pipe and fittings shall be coated with asphaltic material in conformance with AWWA C-110 and AWWA C-151. The coating shall be free from blisters and holes; shall adhere to the metal surfaces at ambient temperatures encountered in the field. Ductile iron fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or C153. All pipe and fittings shall have a bituminous coating in accordance with AWWA C151 and C110. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 175 Ductile iron pipe section shall be (18') and or (20') sections, except where shorter lengths are required to fit horizontal or vertical alignment. Pipe sections shall not be deflected at any joint, either vertically or horizontally, beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer. All pipe segments shall be sound and clean before laying. Ductile iron pipe cutting shall be done with a machine at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Cut end to be joined with a bell shall be beveled to conform to the spigot end. All fittings shall be mechanical joint (M.J.), or flanged (FLG) except where noted otherwise. All valves to fitting connections shall be flanged. Valves for lateral lines, hydrant leads and service lines shall be bolted directly to main line tee. Where it is necessary to install a reducer or other type of fitting between the lateral valve and main line, said fitting shall be flanged at both ends. No push-on joint fittings or connections shall be allowed unless specifically approved by the Engineer. All flanged fittings and connections shall comply with the applicable provisions of AWWA C110. The bolt circle and bolt holes of these flanges shall match those of the Class 125 flanges shown in ANSI B16.1. The Contractor shall coordinate the flange requirements with the connecting pipe and valve manufacturers. Contractor shall provide flange to connecting pipe adaptors as needed. Adaptors may be flange by connecting pipe fittings (e.g. FLG x M.J.) or Megaflange-Flange adapter. "E-Z Flange" and similar set screw type adaptors are not acceptable. Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided at all valves, fittings and hydrants in accordance with AWWA Standards and City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1412 and 1420. Type V cement shall be used for all concrete thrust blocks. Where called for on the plans, a high -early strength concrete shall be used for thrust blocks at points of connection. Admixtures for high-early strength concrete shall be non- chloride admixtures which meet the requirements of ASTM C494. Acceptable products are Pozzutec 200 and Pozzolith NC 534 by Master Builders, Inc. or approved equal. Concrete shall reach 2,500 psi by four (4) hours. For restrained mechanical joint fittings, the mechanical joint fitting shall be fitted with joint restraints. Mechanical joint restraint shall be incorporated with the design of the follower gland and shall include a restraining mechanism which, when activated, imparts multiple wedging action against the pipe, increasing its resistance as the pressure increases. The joint shall maintain flexibility after burial. Follower glands shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536-80. The mechanical joint restraint shall be EBBA IRON, Inc., MEGALUG, UNIFLANGE Series 1400, The Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. or approved equal. Any restrained joint fittings which require a pipe field weldment will not be permitted. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 176 The minimum cover to top of pipe shall be 36" to finished surface except as noted on the plans and with the approval of the Engineer. The pipe and fittings shall be lowered into the trench. Do not throw the pipe or fittings into the trench. All buried ductile iron pipe and metallic fittings shall be encased in conformance with ANSI/AWWA C105-A21.5 Standard and these Special Provisions. All ductile iron pipe, fittings, valves, appurtenances, blowoffs, air valves, and service taps buried underground shall be encased or wrapped with 10-mil linear low-density (LLD) polyethylene film. Any existing or connecting pipe and appurtenances that are exposed as a result of this pipe installation shall be cleaned and wrapped with polyethylene tubing and or sheeting per ANSI/AWWA C105-A21.5. Method- B for ductile iron encasement installation will not be allowed. All nuts, bolts and washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel and shall have NON-OXIDE GREASE or anti-seize compound applied to the threads prior to installation and reapplied prior to wrapping. Hydrostatic testing pressure and leakage tests shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA Standard C600-05. The line shall be tested at a pressure of 200 psi. All new pipelines and appurtenances shall be chlorinated and disinfected in accordance with AWWA Standard C651-99 and shall meet all health department standards. In addition, all new pipelines and appurtenances shall be chlorinated and disinfected in accordance with the City of Santa Ana Disinfection Guidelines included in these Procedural Guide and Design Guidelines. Connection to existing water main facilities shall be made only after the successful completion of pressure test, disinfection and flushing procedures. 7.10 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) WATER MAIN PIPE AND APPURTENANCES Underground conduit construction shall conform to all applicable Subsections of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards, the City of Santa Ana Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. Installation shall be in conformance with AWWA Manual (M23) "PVC Pipe Design and Installation" and the manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe sections shall not be deflected at any joint, either vertically or horizontally, beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer. All distribution mains, 4-inches thru 12-inches in diameter shall be AWWA C-900 P.V.C. pipe, DR-14. For transmission mains, 16-inches thru 20-inches in diameter, pipe shall be AWWA C-905 P.V.C. pipe, DR-18. This work shall include constructing the PVC pipe water mains, and appurtenances complete and in place, of the size and class, and to the alignment and grade as indicated on the plans. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 177 Fittings shall be ductile iron fittings as specified in Special Provisions Section 7.09 and shall be mechanical joint (M.J.) or flanged (FLG). No push-on joint fittings or connections shall be allowed unless specifically approved by the Engineer. All valves to fitting connections shall be flanged. Valves for lateral lines, hydrant leads and service lines shall be bolted directly to main line tee, unless otherwise noted on plans. Where it is necessary to install a reducer or other type of fitting between the lateral valve and main line, said fitting shall be flanged at both ends. All ductile iron fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with all applicable requirements of ASTM, ANSI/AWWA Standards and Specifications. Ductile iron fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall have a bituminous coating in accordance with AWWA C151 and C110. All flanged fittings and connections shall comply with the applicable provisions of AWWA C110. The bolt circle and bolt holes of these flanges shall match those of the Class 125 flanges shown in ANSI B16.1. The Contractor shall coordinate the flange requirements with the connecting pipe and valve manufacturers. Contractor shall provide flange to connecting pipe adaptors as needed. Adaptors may be flange by mechanical joint (FLG x M.J.) adaptor or Megaflange-Flange adapter. "E-Z Flange" and similar setscrew type adaptors are not acceptable. Grip rings for PVC pipe restraint, such as Romac RomaGrip is acceptable. Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided at all valves, fittings and hydrants in accordance with AWWA Standards and City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1412 and 1420. Type V cement shall be used for all concrete thrust blocks. The minimum cover to top of pipe shall be 36" to finished surface except as noted on the plans and with the approval of the Engineer. The pipe and fittings shall be lowered into the trench. Do not throw the pipe or fittings into the trench. All buried ductile iron metallic fittings shall be encased in conformance with ANSI/AWWA C105-A21.5 Standard and these Special Provisions. All ductile iron pipe, fittings, valves, appurtenances, blowoffs, air valves, and service taps buried underground shall be encased or wrapped with 10-mil linear low-density (LLD) polyethylene film. Any existing or connecting pipe and appurtenances that are exposed as a result of this pipe installation shall be cleaned and wrapped with polyethylene tubing and or sheeting per ANSI/AWWA C105-A21.5. Method- B for ductile iron encasement installation will not be allowed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 178 All nuts, bolts and washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel and shall have NON-OXIDE GREASE or anti-seize compound applied to the threads prior to installation and reapplied prior to wrapping. When crossing existing water main or service line, Contractor shall adjust grade as necessary to install the new main beneath the existing facility, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. When making connections to existing water main or service line, Contractor shall provide all fittings necessary (i.e. tees, bends, adaptors, etc.) to adjust the grade and alignment as needed to facilitate the connection. When there are specific locations indicated on the plans where it is known that additional excavation will be required to avoid conflicts with other utilities, these locations and required depths are clearly noted on the plans. PVC pipe shall be marked with the following information  Manufacturer and Trade Name  Nominal Size and DR Rating/Pressure Class  NSF-61 Certification  Hydrostatic Proof- Test Pressure  Manufacturing Date Pipe shall not be stored in direct sunlight. Pipe stored outdoors shall be protected from the natural elements by covering it with opaque material such as canvas. The covering shall be placed in such a way as to allow adequate air circulation between the cover and the pipe. Discolored pipe will not be allowed. Individual pipe sections shall not be stacked in piles higher than five feet. The pipe shall not be stored next heat sources or engine exhausts. All gaskets should be protected from heat, oil and grease. All pipe segments shall be sound and clean before placed in the ground. PVC pipe cutting shall be done with a machine at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Cut end to be joined with a bell shall be beveled to conform to the spigot end. Hydrostatic testing: pressure and leakage tests shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA Standard C600-05. The line shall be tested at a pressure of 200 psi. Hydrostatic pressure testing of the main shall not be performed directly against a valve. A steel test plate shall be inserted between the valve and main when performing hydrostatic pressure testing. All new pipelines and appurtenances shall be chlorinated and disinfected in accordance with AWWA Standard C651-99 “Disinfecting Water Mains” and shall meet all health department standards. In addition, all new pipelines and appurtenances shall be 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 179 chlorinated and disinfected in accordance with the City of Santa Ana Disinfection Guidelines included in these Procedural Guide and Design Guidelines. Connection to existing water main facilities shall be made only after the successful completion of pressure test, disinfection and flushing procedures. 7.11 BORE AND JACK, INSTALL STEEL CASING AND CARRIER PIPE This section describes Bore and Jack Casing with Carrier pipe at approved locations as shown on plans. Bore and Jack operations including the installation of carrier pipe shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer and as shown on the Contract Documents. 1. All work shall be as set forth in the rules and regulations of the division of Occupational Safety and Health of the state of California. The Contractor shall obtain, from the Division of Industrial Safety, a classification for each bore exceeding 30-inches in diameter. The boring and jacking work shall be done in conformance with the State of California’s requirements. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to call the required safety meeting with representatives from the State Division of Industrial Safety prior to beginning of construction of each bore. 2. It is the contractor’s responsibility to be thoroughly familiarized with the project area. There is no warrantee or guarantee either expressed or implied that the conditions indicated by the Construction Documents or records are representative of the existing field conditions throughout the project area. 3. Casing and carrier pipe installation shall be performed in a way that will not interfere with, interrupt or endanger roadway surface, median landscaping, and minimize subsidence of the surface, structures, and utilities above and in the vicinity of the bore. The contractor shall be responsible for all settlement resulting from boring operations and shall repair and restore damaged property to its original or better condition at no additional cost to the owner. 4. The face of the excavation shall be protected from the collapse of the soil into the pipe or casing. 5. Design of the jacking/receiving pit and required bearing loads to resist jacking forces are the responsibility of the Contractor. The excavation method selected shall be compatible with expected ground conditions. The lengths of the bore shown on the Contract Documents are not representative of required boring. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to develop working drawings detailing the bore and jack process. 6. Contractor shall comply with all manufacturers’ specifications and recommendations for the approved products. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 180 A. CASING Submit manufacturer's mill specification sheet listing diameter, thickness, and class of steel used in making the casing, and the mill certification for Engineer’s approval prior to commencement of work. The Contractor’s attention is called to the fact that the casing pipe must be installed such that the carrier pipe grade line matches surrounding proposed water main. Tolerances shall not exceed allowable deflections stipulated in manufacturer’s specifications. Casing pipe shall not be dropped in the trench. Steel casing shall be ASTM A 283, Grade C, ASTM A 570 Grade 30, 33, and ASTM A-36 unless noted otherwise and have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. The minimum size and thickness of casing pipe shall be per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1429. Greater casing thickness and diameter may be used as convenient for the method of work and loadings involved, as suitable for the site and as limited by possible interferences, but at no additional cost to the City. The exterior of the pipe shall be coated with coal tar epoxy or bituminous asphalt. Minimum wall thickness shall be as shown on City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1429. Casing sections shall be joined by full circumference butt welding in the field. Prepare ends of casings for welding by providing 1/4-inch X 45-degree chamfer on outside edges. B. CARRIER PIPE The carrier pipe shall be PVC unless otherwise indicated on the plans. All pressure carrier pipe shall have restrained joints inside the casing. C. GROUT HOLES Grout connection holes shall be provided to pressure grout around the periphery of the casing per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1429 for all casings 24-inches in diameter and larger. D. WELDING OF CASING PIPE Welding requirements shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C206. Welding procedures shall be required for longitudinal and girth or special welds for pipe cylinders, casing joint welds, reinforcing plates, and grout coupling connections. Welding shall be done by skilled welders, welding operators, and tackers who have had adequate experience in the type of materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1 by an independent local, approved testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the casing or pipeline. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the Work shall be used in 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 181 qualification tests. The Contractor shall bear the expense of qualifying welders. Welder’s certification shall be submitted for approval prior to commencement of work. E. CASING SPACERS Casing spacers shall be sized sufficiently to provide a minimum clearance of two (2) inches between outside of carrier pipe bells or couplings and inside of casing. The spacers shall be PSI Model C8G-2 or approved equal and consist of the following components: 1. Spacer Band Material: Minimum 14-gauge steel band of either Type T-304 stainless steel or Carbon steel coated with fusion bonded epoxy or PVC coating. 2. Spacer Liner Material: Ribbed liner of PVC or EPDM rubber designed to overlap the edges of the upper spacer band and prevent slippage. Liner shall have a minimum thickness of 0.090 inches and a hardness of 85-90 durometer “A”. 3. Spacer Width: As recommended by the spacer manufacturer for the specific application. Minimum width shall be 8 inches. Manufacturer’s approval in writing shall be required for installations exceeding 300 feet in length, carrier pipes in excess of 48 inches in diameter or multiple carrier pipes in casing. 4. Spacers Risers and Runners must be: a. Risers must be minimum 10-gauge steel risers of same material and requirements as spacer band. Risers shall be MIG welded to spacer band prior to coating. Risers must be suitable for supporting the weight of the carrier pipe. b. Risers shall be manufactured of an abrasion resistant material having a low coefficient of friction (0.1 to 0.6) and designed to support the carrier pipe without damage or excessive wear. Runner material shall be of glass reinforced polyester or nylon and have a minimum compressive strength of 18,000 psi (ASTM D 695). 5. All hardware and fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 6. Hardwood skids shall NOT be used in place of manufactured casing spacers. 7. The annular space within the casing shall be filled with air-blown sand, unless otherwise specified and with the approval of the Engineer. F. CASING END SEALS Both ends of the casing between the casing and carrier pipe shall be sealed watertight using a pull-on rubber end seal such as Model AC as manufactured by Advanced Products or PSI Model C or approved equal. The end seals shall be made of synthetic 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 182 rubber, conical shape, pull on or wrap-around style with type 316 stainless steel bands. G. PREPARATION Confirm location of all known existing utilities prior to start of jacking/receiving pit excavation and pipe installation. The Contractor shall provide the detailed layout required to keep the bore on grade. Notify the Engineer no less than (10) working days before beginning shaft excavation. Before beginning construction of jacking/receiving pit, adequately protect existing structures, utilities, trees, shrubs, and other existing facilities. Place fencing, gates, lights, and signs, as necessary around shafts and staging areas to provide for public safety. When preparing to install casing pipe, verify casing pipe minimum wall thickness is adequate for anticipated jacking loads. H. INSTALLATION Jacking and receiving pit construction shall be such as to ensure the safety of the work, contractor’s employees, the public, existing utilities, and adjacent property and improvements, whether public or private and shall comply with the State of California requirements and Section 306 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Provide complete groundwater control for excavations at all times. Perform jacking and receiving pit excavations using appropriate excavation or large hole drilling methods, as required. Inspect shaft and pit excavations daily to check the safety of excavation and structural integrity of support system. Open excavations shall conform to all federal, state, and local requirements. Once initiated jacking operations shall continue without interruption, to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. I. LUBRICATION OF EXTERIOR OF PIPE AND/OR CASING Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate exterior of pipe and/or casing during installation. Use of water to facilitate removal of spoil is permitted; however, water jetting is not allowed. J. JACKED AND BORED STEEL CASING Bore hole diameter shall not exceed outside diameter of casing by more than one (1) inch. When unstable soil conditions are found to exist, conduct boring operations in a manner that will not be detrimental to facility being crossed. Horizontal line tolerance is two (2) inches, maximum. Vertical line tolerance is two (2) inches, maximum. A means of steering the pipe or casing must be provided to ensure allowable tolerances will not be exceeded. The Contractor must measure and record progress at all times to confirm that horizontal and vertical lines are within allowable tolerances. For casing: Weld sections of casing pipe together to provide water tight joints by operators qualified in accordance with the American Welding Society Standard 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 183 Procedures. These welds shall be continuous, complete joint penetration butt joint welds as required for rigid and watertight connections. If the removal of casing is permitted, make proper provisions to prevent caving in of the earth surrounding the casing. If it is necessary to abandon a bore hole, remedial measures shall be taken by the contractor, subject to review by the Engineer. If required grade tolerance has not been achieved, corrections in grade are to be made using casing spacers of varying height per manufacturer’s recommendations. K. MONITORING OF SURFACE MOVEMENT Perform a pre-construction survey of road surface and landscaped median. Contractor shall record horizontal coordinates and elevations. Document and record the location of field measurements. Monitor movement of road surface and landscaped median on a daily basis and provide results to the Engineer. Stop operations if movement exceeds ¼ inch and immediately notify the Engineer. L. GROUTING JACKED AND BORED STEEL CASING Overcutting in excess of one (1) inch shall be remedied by pressure grouting the entire length of the installation for all casings 24-inches in diameter and larger. Pressure grouting around the periphery of the casing shall be performed with the grout pressure never exceeding five (5) psi for the duration sufficient to fill all voids. Should appreciable loss of ground occur during jacking or boring operations, Contractor shall backpack all voids promptly. Fill all remaining voids upon completion of operations: such filling or backpacking shall be with grout unless otherwise approved. M. CARRIER PIPE INSTALLATION Entire length of casing shall be installed complete, inspected, and approved by Engineer before any carrier pipe is placed therein. Repair defects in casing pipe or leakage at joints. Casing spacers shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations and in such a manner that electrical continuity will not occur between casing pipe and carrier pipe. Check each joint makeup and pipe segment prior to pushing carrier pipe segments into casing. Carrier pipe shall be PVC pipe unless otherwise specified and approved by the Engineer, mechanical joints shall have restraints. Casing end seals shall be provided at the end of the casing pipe after installation of the carrier pipe. Casing end seals shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations. N. ANNULAR SPACE The annular space within the casing shall be completely filled with air-blown sand to support the carrier pipe and provide long time stability unless otherwise specified and approved by the Engineer. Carrier pipe shall be pressure tested prior to filling casing with air-blown sand. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 184 O. REMOVAL OF JACKING AND RECEIVING PIT SUPPORTS Remove support elements except those required by Engineer to remain in place, from excavation. In addition, remove support elements as needed to install carrier pipe. Removal of support system shall be performed in a manner that will not disturb or harm adjacent construction or facilities. Fill voids created by removal of support system with clean sand, flowable fill, or similar fill material approved by Engineer. P. BACKFILLING OF JACKING AND RECEIVING PIT Seal jacking and receiving pit opening and backfill at shafts. Backfill shall be gunite sand, gunite concrete or pressure concrete and the process shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 306-2.3 of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer and as shown on the Contract Documents. 7.12 TRACE WIRE Installation of trace wire shall be a continuous single wire, except where using connectors. The trace wire shall be performed and allow for proper access for connection of line tracing equipment, proper wire locating shall be without loss and distortion of signal for distances in excess of 1,000 linear feet. Trace wire shall by-pass around the outside of valves and fittings. Installation of trace wire shall be in accordance with these Special Provisions and as detailed on the City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1405. All trace wire for open trench shall be #12 AWG copper clad steel, high strength, insulated with high molecular weight polyethylene (HMWPE) specifically for use in direct burial applications. The color shall per AWWA standards for potable water. No looping or coiling of wire is allowed. Trace wire shall be secured to the top of the pipe at 5-foot intervals or less to ensure that the wire remains (top of pipe) at the same location as the PVC pipe being laid. A. ACCESS/TERMINATION Trace wire on all fire hydrants/stubs must terminate on an approved tracer wire access box located directly and next to the hydrant barrel and per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1405 and 1407 for the parkway (if necessary). The tracer wire box shall be CD14*TP as manufactured by SNAKEPIT. Where the anode wire will be connected to the trace wire access box, a 2ft. minimum excess/slack wire is required. Access boxes shall be installed within a 500ft. radius of each other. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 185 The grounding anode wire shall be connected to the identified terminal on all access boxes B. CONNECTORS Direct bury wire connectors shall be specifically manufactured for underground trace wire installation. Connectors shall be dielectric and filled with silicon to seal out moisture and corrosion. All splices of the wire shall be made securely and covered thoroughly with a Direct Bury Splice Kit, 3M DBY/DBR or approved equal. All mainline trace wires must be interconnected at intersections and at fire hydrant tees. At tees, the connections and splices shall be accomplished using a direct burial connectors and splice kits with single 3-way lockable connector and or 4-way lockable connector. Non-locking friction fit, taped and twist on connectors are not allowed. C. GROUNDING At all dead-ends, trace wire shall go to ground using an approved connection to a drive- in magnesium grounding anode rod with a minimum of 20ft of #14 red HDPE insulated copper clad steel wire connected to the anode. In o ccurrences where trace wire is encountered on an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, the new trace wire and the existing wire shall be connected using approved splice connectors. When grounding the trace wire, the grounding anode shall be installed in a direction 180 degrees opposite to the trace wire. Do not coil excess wire from grounding anode. The grounding anode wire shall be trimmed to an appropriate length before connecting to the trace wire with a mainline to lateral connector. D. TESTING The Contractor shall schedule and conduct a conductivity test on completion of the water main installation and prior to placement final pavement. All trace wire installations shall be located using low frequency line tracing equipment. If the conductivity test fails, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the necessary repairs, including but not limited to excavation, repair and re - test passing results are achieved and satisfactory to the Engineer. Continuity test in lieu of actual line testing will not be accepted. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 186 7.13 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES This work shall consist of furnishing and installing gate valves, including risers with valve boxes, and PCC collars where indicated on the plans. All work shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1410. Gate valves shall be of the size and configuration as indicated on the plans and shall be AWWA and UL/FM tested, resilient wedge with operating nuts and non-rising stems, and shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi and be tested at 200 psi. Valves shall be bubble-tight at the working pressure. Gate valves shall be Clow, Mueller, Renselear, or approved equivalent. Valves shall have Type 316 stainless steel nuts and bolts and shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C509 Standards. Valve linings and coatings shall be made in accordance with AWWA C-550. All valves to fitting connections shall be flanged. Valves for lateral lines shall be bolted directly to main line tee, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Where it is necessary to install a reducer or other type of fitting between the lateral valve and main line, said fitting shall be flanged at both ends. All valve box frame and covers shall require PCC collars and shall be adjusted to finished grade following paving operations. Portland cement concrete pavement for gate collars shall conform to Sections, 400, 200, 201, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC used for gate collars construction shall be minimum class 560-A-3250. In addition to these minimum requirements, the concrete shall possess the following characteristics:  Flexural strength at 28 days: 550 p.s.i. min.  Flexural strength at 7 days: 430 p.s.i. min.  Compressive strength at 7 days: 2500 p.s.i. min. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer laboratory test data for the particular mix design he will use. The data will include the following: A. A detailed concrete mix design including the type and amount of cement used; complete gradation and source of the aggregate used; the amount of water used; and any proposed admixtures. B. Flexural strength test data for the same batch of concrete used in A above showing the compressive strength of the concrete at 3, 7, and 28 days. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 187 Section 302-6.4.4 entitled "Final Finishing" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: Delete all reference to wetted burlap. Final finish of the surface shall be textured by stiff broom process that will produce scoring perpendicular to the centerline of the street, performed at a time and in a manner to produce a hardened surface have a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.38 as determined by California Test 342. Curing to be applied immediately following broom process. Concrete shall be high early strength concrete, treated in accordance with section 201-1 to obtain (7) day compressive strength in (3) days. The concrete shall be immediately protected upon its installation and no vehicular traffic will be permitted thereon for the next (3) days 7.14 BUTTERFLY VALVES Butterfly valves shall conform to the City's Standard Specifications and AWWA C504. Butterfly valves shall be rated at 150 psi working pressure and hydrostatically tested at 200 psi. All valves shall be factory epoxy lined and coated. Epoxy lining shall be 15 mils of keysite 740. All work shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1411. All butterfly valves shall be rubber seated in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C504-87. Valve shafts shall be stainless steel ASTM 276, Type 304. All buried valves shall have operators specifically designed for buried service. These operators shall be lubricated for the life of the valve. Buried valves shall be installed in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1411. Butterfly valves shall be Pratt, Mueller, M & H or approved equivalent. Opening Direction: Valves shall open by turning counterclockwise. 4-inch through 20-inch butterfly valves shall have gear actuators of the “traveling nut type”. Traveling nut actuators shall be furnished on all valves in this size range unless torque or pressure conditions dictate a “worm gear type”. Traveling nut type actuators shall withstand 450 foot pounds of input torque against the stop limiting devices without causing damage. Signed factory compliance shall accompany submittals stating that these specifications and applicable standards have been adhered to. All exposed threaded parts, including cap screws, case bolts, carriage bolts, cover screws, machine screws, set screws, bonnet bolts on the housing or any other exterior location on the actuator, its cover or housing shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Travel nut gear actuators shall be Prat MDT, Mueller MDT, or approved equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 188 All butterfly valves shall be tested for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are hydrostatically tested. In addition, all butterfly valves 12-inches in diameter and larger shall be field tested for leakage. Valves may be tested in a horizontal position. All valves shall be tested bi - directionally after the actuator/operator is installed and the adjustment stops are set. Each side of the valve is to be tested for a duration of at least five (5) minutes at the pressure rating of the valve with zero loss or leakage. The field pressure test shall be witnessed by the City’s representative. Final field tests shall be performed within 75 miles o f the project site. A minimum of 72 hours (or three working days) advance notice to the City for testing is required. All valve box frame and covers shall require PCC collars and shall be adjusted to finished grade following paving operations. Portland cement concrete pavement for gate collars shall conform to Sections, 400, 200, 201, and 302 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC used for gate collars construction shall be minimum class 560-A-3250. In addition to these minimum requirements, the concrete shall possess the following characteristics:  Flexural strength at 28 days: 550 p.s.i. min.  Flexural strength at 7 days: 430 p.s.i. min.  Compressive strength at 7 days: 2500 p.s.i. min. All cement to be used or furnished on this Project shall be Type II low alkaline Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer laboratory test data for the particular mix design he will use. The data will include the following: A. A detailed concrete mix design including the type and amount of cement used; complete gradation and source of the aggregate used; the amount of water used; and any proposed admixtures. B. Flexural strength test data for the same batch of concrete used in A above showing the compressive strength of the concrete at 3, 7, and 28 days. Section 302-6.4.4 entitled "Final Finishing" of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as follows: Delete all reference to wetted burlap. Final finish of the surface shall be textured by stiff broom process that will produce scoring perpendicular to the centerline of the street, performed at a time and in a manner to produce a hardened surface have a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.38 as determined by California Test 342. Curing to be applied immediately following broom process. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 189 Concrete shall be high early strength concrete, treated in accordance with section 201-1 to obtain (7) day compressive strength in (3) days. The concrete shall be immediately protected upon its installation and no vehicular traffic will be permitted thereon for the next (3) days. 7.15 WATER SERVICE All work shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plans and meet all AWWA Specifications. All ductile or cast iron pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances buried underground shall be encased or wrapped with 10-mil linear low-density (LLD) polyethylene film. Any existing or connecting pipe and appurtenances that are exposed as a result of this pipe installation shall also be wrapped with polyethylene sheeting. Service laterals shall be installed in a perpendicular direction to the centerline of the water main. Removal and replacement of sidewalk, driveway approach as necessary to facilitate water service meter installation, shall be included as part of this work. All work shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Nos. 1104, 1112, 1401, and 1402. Sidewalk replacement shall be from score line to score line, unless the sidewalk panels exceed four feet in length. At no time, shall a sidewalk panel floater be less than four feet from the nearest score line. The City shall furnish and install the water meter after all other work is complete. Note: Angle meter stops are not acceptable. The connection to the meter coupling shall be a curb stop with locking wing nut as noted on the Standard Plans. For all water service relocations and installations, Contractor shall notify residents a minimum of 48-hours prior to any interruption in service. Every effort shall be made to minimize the inconvenience to the customer. Contractor shall coordinate these activities with the City of Santa Ana Water Resources Division a minimum of four (5) working days prior to beginning work on services. When necessary, such work shall be performed after-hours or on weekends as directed by the Engineer. In no case shall any property be without service for more than four (4) hours. In special circumstances, emergencies, or when directed by the Engineer, Contractor shall provide temporary service lines to prevent any interruption in service. All piping and associated equipment used in temporary service connections shall be flushed and disinfected. All hoses shall be NSF approved. All fittings and appurtenances for water service and fire lines shall conform to AWWA Standard C800 “Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings” and the California Health and Safety Code 116875. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 190 A. 1” & 2” NEW WATER SERVICE CONSTRUCTION This work shall consist of constructing a complete new water service wher e indicated on the plans, and shall include service saddle, corporation stop, curb stop, copper tubing, meter box, and appurtenances all in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1401 and 1402. B. 3”, 4”, AND 6” WATER SERVICE CONSTRUCTION This work shall consist of constructing a complete new water service of the size and type indicated on the plans. All work shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1403A, B, or C as applicable. The contractor shall furnish and install the water meter, as well as all valves, piping fittings and appurtenances, including meter vault for the complete installation of these services. The meter vault for these services shall be constructed in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1403D. C. 3” AND GREATER RELOCATION OF WATER SERVICES Relocation of these facilities may be accomplished by installing new portions of pipe as necessary to complete the relocation and connecting back to the existing service line. Pipe may be either ductile iron or PVC C-900 pipe. If relocation requires an increase in depth or horizontal realignment of the pipe, 45˚ Bends shall be used to re-route the pipe. Thrust blocks shall be required in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1403A, 1403B, 1403C, and 1412. All pipe trenches shall have 6" minimum of sand bedding beneath the pipe and sand backfill over the pipe compacted to 90% relative compaction. 7.16 FIRE LINE SERVICES This work shall consist of constructing a complete new fire service of the size and typ e indicated on the plans. All work shall conform to City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1417. The Contractor shall furnish and install the water meter, as well as all valves, piping fittings and appurtenances, including meter vault for the complete installation of these services. A. RELOCATION OF FIRE LINES Relocation of these facilities may be accomplished by installing new portions of pipe as necessary to complete the relocation and connecting back to the existing service line. Pipe may be either ductile iron or PVC C-900 pipe. All ductile or cast iron pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances buried underground shall be encased or wrapped with 8-mil linear low-density (LLD) polyethylene film. Any existing or connecting pipe and appurtenances that are ex posed as a result of this pipe installation shall also be wrapped with polyethylene sheeting. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 191 If relocation requires an increase in depth or horizontal realignment of the pipe, 45˚ Bends shall be used to re-route the pipe. Thrust blocks shall be required in accordance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1403A, 1403B, 1403C, and 1412. All pipe trenches shall have 6" minimum of sand bedding beneath the pipe and sand backfill over the pipe compacted to 90% relative compaction. 7.17 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY This work shall consist of furnishing and installing wet barrel fire hydrants, break away spool, check valve, spool extensions and bury assemblies in the locations indicated on the plans. Hydrant lateral pipe, gate valves and appurtenances are included as part of this work. Fire Hydrant assembly shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C502, City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1405 and these Special Provisions. Wet barrel fire hydrant shall be Clow, Model 860. The break off check valve shall be Clow Model LBI 400A. Bury shall be ductile iron body with mechanical joint per Clow. No break away bolts will be allowed. The Contractor shall install trace wire in accordance with and per Section 7.12, Trace Wire, of these Special Provisions and City Standard Plan No. 1405. All hydrant exposed metal exterior coatings shall be in conformance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1405, and these Special Provisions. The fire hydrant must have factory applied coating when delivered to site (i.e. must come white from factory). Fire Hydrant Coating (exposed exterior above ground)  Type- Gloss synthetic enamel white  Prime Coat: Apply a one coat, 4-mil  Finish Coat: Apply two coats of (OSHA White), 6-mil for each coat Each coat shall be applied evenly and with the use of mechanical devices. Allow sufficient time between successive coats. The use of rollers and brushes is not allowed. All ductile or cast iron pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances buried underground shall be encased or wrapped with 10-mil linear low-density (LLD) polyethylene film. Any existing or connecting pipe and appurtenances that are exposed as a result of this pipe installation shall also be wrapped with polyethylene sheeting. Where necessary, Contractor shall saw-cut, remove and replace sidewalk to facilitate hydrant installation. Sidewalk shall be replaced per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No . 1104. Sidewalk replacement shall be from score line to score line, unless the sidewalk 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 192 panels exceed four feet in length. At no time, shall a sidewalk panel floater be less than four feet from the nearest score line. All removed/abandoned upper and lower fire hydrant dry barrels shall be transported by the Contractor to the City Corporate Yard (120 S. Center Street, Santa Ana, CA 92703). It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate this task with the Engineer prior to delivery of the hydrants. Proper care and protection of the salvaged fire hydrant and related components is required (dumping or dropping of hydrants will not be allowed). If damage to any salvaged fire hydrant is caused by Contractor negligence, a charge of $1,000 per damaged hydrant will be applied. 7.18 HOT TAP CONNECTION This section consists and describes materials, requirements and procedures for hot tap (system under pressure) connections to existing distribution system. All approved manufactures and materials shall comply with City Standard No. 1408, the engineering plans and these Special Provisions. Tapping sleeves shall be epoxy-coated fabricated steel with Type 316 stainless steel nuts and bolts. The tapping sleeve shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and to the satisfaction of the Water Resources Division. The pipe barrel shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush to provide a smooth, hard surface for the sleeve. The sleeve shall be supported independently of the pipe during the hot tap operation and shall be pressure tested prior to the hot tap in the presence of the City’s certified Public Works inspector. Thrust blocks shall be provided at the tapping location per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1412. The tapping valve shall be a resilient wedge as described on the City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1408. The hot tap into the existing pipe shall be made using the appropriate type of cutting machine and shell cutting bit for material being tapped. Tapping machine must be operated per manufacturer’s instructions. Proper care shall be taken to prevent cutting material from entering the pipeline and the tapping coupon must be extracted. The interior of the tapping valve and connecting piping shall be sprayed with a sodium hypochlorite solution prior to connection. All nuts and bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel and shall be coated with mastic such as 3M EC244, or Koppers Bitumastic 505 applied to the threads prior to installation and reapplied prior to wrapping. All ductile or cast iron pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances buried underground shall be encased or wrapped with 10-mil linear low-density (LLD) polyethylene film. Any 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 193 existing or connecting pipe and appurtenances that are exposed as a result of this pipe installation shall also be wrapped with polyethylene sheeting. All tapping sleeves must be a minimum of 24" from the nearest joint or service. 7.19 COMBINATION AIR VALVES (AS NEEDED) This item is to be used on an “as needed” basis and only with the prior approval of the Engineer. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing air and vacuum release valve assemblies per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1415A. All work shall be in conformance with AWWA C512 and these Special Provisions. Main line taps and copper pipe line runs for 1” air and vacuum release valves shall be constructed per the applicable provisions pertaining to water services and fire lines of these Special Provisions. Air and vacuum release valves shall be field located by the Engineer or as noted on the construction plans. The exterior of the vented cover shall be installed with a City of Santa Ana logo decal. 7.20 VERTICAL OFFSET (AS NEEDED) This item is to be used on an “as needed” basis and only with the prior approval of the Engineer. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing a vertical offset per City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1413B. All work shall conform to applicable AWWA standards as necessary. 7.21 DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING PLAN All disinfection and flushing tasks shall be completed per AWWA C651 and these special provisions. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor shall submit to the City for review and approval a water line "Disinfection and Flushing Plan" prepared by a D3 or T3 Operator Certified with California Department Health Services, or a Registered Civil Engineer practicing in the field of water resources, indicating the following as a minimum:  Phasing of disinfection and flushing  Source of flushing water  Type and configuration of connection required to introduce flushing water into the propose water main  Method of disposal of flushed water  Total number and locations of sampling points 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 194  Types of testing to be performed o Acceptable Bacteriological:  Total Coliform = Negative  Fecal Coliform = Negative  Heterotrophic Plate Count Less than 150 CFU per 1 ml  Chlorine Residual: Free or Total  Company performing sampling and testing Discharge from flushing of pipelines shall be routed to the sanitary sewer system. Disinfection and Flushing shall be performed under the supervision of a D3 or T3 Certified Operator and/or a Registered Civil Engineer practicing in the field of water resources. 7.22 WATER MAIN TIE-INS, SHUTDOWN, AND ABANDONMENT The following is the procedure for water main shut down to facilitate tie-ins or abandonment of existing mains: 1. Contractor to pot hole and expose existing connection. 2. Engineer to verify existing conditions. Excavation shall be plated, not backfilled. 3. Prior to any shutdown of existing water system, the Contractor shall have all necessary fittings and equipment on site to complete the water main tie-in or abandonment. 4. Shut down shall be scheduled within the allowable working hours. Contractor shall notify residents and businesses 48- hours in advance of shutdown. Water shall not be shut off outside of times listed above except in an emergency. All work necessary to shut down an existing public water main shall be coordinated by the Water Resources Division. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor operate valves, hydrants, and other appurtenant equipment on the existing public water system. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate the necessary shutdown schedules through the Construction Inspector assigned to the project. Scheduled shutdowns shall require sufficient time to allow water maintenance personnel to review, approve, and develop an appropriate Operation Program. Contractor shall coordinate shut down activities with the City of Santa Ana Water Resources Division a minimum of four (5) working days prior to any water main shutdown. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all schedules current and coordinating all deviations, which may occur from time to time with the Construction Inspector. When necessary, such work shall be performed after-hours or on weekends as directed by the Engineer. The City will make a concerted effort to isolate the system as planned with the Contractor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 195 However, due to the age of the pipe and valves the Contractor should not expect an absolute shutdown and shall be prepared to employ pumping equipment in the event that an absolute shutdown cannot be achieved. The Engineer shall judge the shutdown to be adequate for the tie-in to proceed as indicated on the plans and specified here in. The City will not be responsible for any delays due to system shutdown and isolation when an adequate shutdown can be achieved. When an extensive water main shutdown is required and cannot be achieved adequately, the Water Resources Division will determine what temporary service connections may be required. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary appurtenances (i.e. hose, piping, valves, and water trucks) and associated labor required to provide such temporary service. All piping and associated equipment used in temporary service connections shall be flushed and disinfected. All hoses shall be NSF approved. Water main and services abandonment shall be per the engineering plans and these Special Provisions. Any deviations shall require prior approval by the Engineer. 7.23 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE (ACP) The Contractor may encounter existing asbestos materials (i.e. asbestos cement pipe) during constructing water main improvements within the City. The Contractor is warned that asbestos is a known human carcinogen when inhaled and poses serious health risks. Asbestos fibers are easily inhaled and can result in chronic respiratory illness, cancer, and other severe health effects. Removal, handling and disposal of existing asbestos cement pipe (ACP) shall be performed by a contractor or subcontractor registered by CAL/OSHA and certified by the State Contractors Licensing Board for asbestos removal. Submit copies of the certification to the City prior to the commencement of any asbestos removal activities. The contractor or subcontractor shall comply with all State and Federal laws and regulations regarding the handling and removal of asbestos materials. Th e contractor or subcontractor shall properly identify, remove, and dispose of all asbestos materials. Provide sufficient supervision and monitoring to assure conformance. In specific instance of making connections to existing asbestos cement pipe, disconnect, at the nearest joints, the length of asbestos cement pipe to be connected to the new pipe. This length of existing asbestos cement pipe will be replaced by the new pipe making the tie-in. No cutting, snap cutting or milling of the asbestos cement pipe will be allowed. All removed ACP shall be wrapped in 6 mil polyethylene sheeting or bags sealed with appropriate tape, and properly labeled and removed away from the construction area to prevent damage. The contractor or subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper identification, removal and disposal of the ACP pipe. Contractor or subcontractor shall provide the City of Santa Ana field representative with the manifest for proper ACP disposal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 196 7.24 SUBMITTALS Water main pipe and appurtenance submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following manufacturer information: 1. C900 PVC pipe, Ductile Iron pipe and or other as approved by the Engineer 2. Gate Valves 3. Butterfly Valves 4. Fittings and Bends 5. Air Vacuum and Release Valves 6. Valve Box Frames and Covers 7. Polyethylene Sheeting 8. Trace Wire and Appurtenances 9. Ductile Iron Spools 10. Steel Casing, Casing Spacers and Casing End Seals 11. Polyethylene casing insulators 12. Blind Flanges 13. Mechanical Joint Caps 14. Disinfection and Flushing Plan 15. Sample of proposed sand bending material (approximate one gallon bag) Fire Hydrant submittals shall be in conformance with City of Santa Ana Standard Plan Nos. 1405, 1407, 1407A, and 1408 (if applicable), and shall include, but not be limited to, manufacturer information from the following: 1. Fire Hydrant 2. Break off Spool, Check Valve, Extension and Bury Water Service submittals shall be in conformance with all City of Santa Ana Standard Plans for Water Services and shall include, but not be limited to, manufacturer information from the following: 1. Service Saddles 2. Corporation stops 3. Copper tubing 4. Polymer meter box with lid 5. Meter coupling 6. Flanged coupling 7. Bronze elbows 8. Brass elbows 9. Brass nipples 10. Brass plugs 11. Curb stop 12. Compression bend 13. Jumpers (if planned for use) 14. Suction Strainer 15. Pre-cast Concrete Service Vault Box and cover 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 197 16. Adaptors/Coupling Gaskets Jack and bore equipment, appurtenance, and process submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following manufacturer information: 1. Casing pipe and carrier pipe material including the standard to which it is manufactured, outside diameter, wall thickness, joint configuration, and certificate of compliance certifying that the pipe meets these specifications. 2. Details of casing spacers, including manufacturer’s recommended spacing. 3. Details of end seals for casing. 4. Working drawings of jacking pit and receiving pit 5. Details of jacking pit bracing, casing, jacking head, concrete support blocks, bracing to prevent pipe shifting or floatation. 6. Concrete mix design. Concrete placement method and equipment. 7. Air-blown sand. 8. As-built drawings to include both alignment and profile. Drawings should be constructed from actual field measurements. Raw data shall be submitted as part of the As-built document. Contractor shall stipulate the tracking method to ensure the data was captured. 9. Adaptors/Couplings/Gaskets 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 198 8.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION 8.01 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Concrete structures shall conform to Subsection 303-1 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Once any excavation for the construction of structures is commenced the Contractor must diligently pursue the completion of the structure, including structure backfill, compaction and restoration of surface improvements and temporary or finish paving. Open excavations shall be properly barricaded per traffic control plans, or backfilled or covered with steel traffic plates to prevent the entrance of pedestrian or vehicular traffic at the end of each workday. When it is necessary to increase or decrease the depth of junction structure or the V-depth of a catch basin by one foot or less, no increase or decrease in the unit price bid for such structure will be made. Where such increase or decrease is greater than one foot, the increase or decrease in unit price paid shall be est ablished in accordance with Subsection 3-3 of the Standard Specifications. The unit price for each catch basin includes constructing local depression, temporary resurfacing and removing existing curb and gutter, and sidewalk. 8.02 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION Masonry construction shall conform to Subsection 303-4 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Payment for brick and mortar bulkheads for junction structures and pipes shall be included in the other items of work involved and no separate payment shall be made therefore. 8.03 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS This section shall conform to Subsection 306-1 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. When the actual elevation or portion of any existing pipe, conduit or other underground appurtenances cannot be determined without excavation, the Contractor shall excavate and expose the existing improvement (pothole) at the location shown on the Plans and any other locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. The pothole shall be done at least 2 weeks in advance of the pipe installation to identify any potential conflicts so that the necessary adjustments can be made. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 199 The first sentence of the first paragraph of Subsection 306-1.1.2 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Except by permission of the Engineer, the maximum length of open trench where prefabricated pipe is used shall be the distance necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a single day. All trenches shall be backfilled or covered with steel traffic plates at the end of each working day. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the trench subgrade is wet, contaminated or contains unsuitable material due to no fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall over excavate to a depth determined by the Engineer and place aggregate base as directed by the Engineer. Payment shall be made in accordance with Sub-Section 3-3 of the Standard Specifications. The last two paragraphs of Subsection 306-1.1.3 of the Standard Specifications are hereby deleted. The seventh and eighth paragraphs of Subsection 306-1.3.1 of the Standard Specifications are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Rocks greater than 4 inches in any dimension will not be permitted in backfill placed between 1 foot above the top of any pipe or cast- in-place structure box and 1 foot below pavement subgrade. Installation of storm drain pipe shall be according to Sub-Section 306-1.2 and City of Santa Ana Standard Plan No. 1150C. Subsection 306-1.3.3 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Compaction of backfill by flooding or jetting will not be allowed. The second, fourth and fifth paragraphs of Subsection 306-1.5.1 of the Standard Specifications are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Payment for all materials used by the Contractor or ordered to be placed by the Engineer, including that used to maintain the temporary resurfacing until the permanent resurfacing is placed, will be considered to be included in the other items of work. The text of Subsection 306-1.6 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Pipe and conduit shall be measured along the longitudinal axis between the ends as laid and shall include the actual pipe in place and shall not include the inside dimensions of structures. Catch basin lateral shall be measured from the inside to the inside face of conduit or structure to which connection is being made. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 200 A copy of core logs for …………………………. is shown in Appendix X. The cores are provided for reference purposes only and are not part of the contract documents. The Agency will not be held responsible for existing conditions that differ from the core logs. It is the Contractor’s option to take his own core samples to verify the existing conditions. The price per linear foot for pipe and conduit in place shall be considered full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals for doing all the work including the removal of interfering portions of existing storm drains and improvements; the closing or removing of abandoned conduit and structures; the excavations of the trench including bituminous pavement; the control of ground and surface waters; the preparation of subgrade; potholing; placing and joining pipe; bedding and backfill; temporary resurfacing; deep lift asphalt concrete pavement for permanent resurfacing; clean up; providing as-built plans and all other work necessary to install the pipe or conduit, complete in place and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 8.04 T.V. INSPECTION For storm drain pipes 36" diameter and smaller, T.V. inspection shall be performed on the newly constructed pipes. The scope of work includes the recording images, Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) format, all connections and lateral locations by footage or stationing, and providing the AGENCY with a hard copy of the findings. Contractor's proposed log format shall be approved by the Engineer. During inspection, the operating technician shall provide, in addition to his/her image recording (with audio), record of conditions, log in writing the location of all defects, misalignments, and other conditions and data pertinent to the physical condition and operation of the storm drain. Conditions, defects and laterals shall be located by footage counter. At all points within the storm drain where defects are shown, the Contractor shall stop the camera, rotate (up to 360°), and/or tilt the camera lens to ensure adequate video coverage. The camera shall be stopped and/or backed up to view and anal yze conditions that appear unusual or uncommon to a storm drain in good condition. There shall be no loss of video quality at any time. The contract unit price per linear foot for T.V. inspection shall be considered full compensation for doing all appurtenance work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, traffic control and incidentals to accomplish the work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 201 8.05 REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX STORM DRAIN Cast-in-place concrete shall conform to the provisions of Section 201 and Section 303-1 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. PCC for the concrete box shall be Class 565-C-3250P. Testing of the concrete shall be done in accordance with Section 201-1.1.4 of the Standard Specifications. The result of any testing that does not meet the requirements shall be the rejection of the structure by the AGENCY, and the structure shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at no cost to the AGENCY. Reinforced concrete box conduit and bedding shall be constructed in accordance with referenced Standard Plans and the plans. The unit price per linear foot for box conduit in place shall be include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals for the concrete, reinforcing steel, shop drawings, providing as-built plans, excavation of the trench, including bituminous pavement, the control and removal of ground and surface waters, the preparation of subgrade, bedding, structural backfill, form work, shoring, potholing, temporary resurfacing, deep lift asphalt concrete pavement for permanent resurfacing, clean-up and all other works necessary to construct the conduit, complete in place and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 8.06 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and properly dispose of all water from any source entering the excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be accomplished by methods, which will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. The methods may include sump pumps, deep wells, well points, suitable rock or gravel placed below the required beddin g for draining and pumping purposes, temporary pipelines, and other means. The Contractor shall protect all trench work, storm drain construction and sub -surface structures from rain damage and surface runoff. The Contractor shall dispose of the water from the work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property. Conveyance of the water shall be such as to not interfere with traffic flow or treatment facility operations. No water shall be drained into work complete or under construction without prior consent of the Engineer. Payment for complying with all provisions of this section shall be considered to be included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 202 9.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 9.01 SCOPE OF WORK The following is a brief list of the electrical work to this Contract for the installation of equipment as listed below. The work shall be complete as described in the specifications and shown on the drawings, and shall result in a complete operating electrical system for the purpose intended. Furnish and install all material, labor, and equipment necessary for complete, operating systems, except as noted complete and detailed list of work and materials to be supplied, but shall be used as a guide:  Distribution and control equipment.  Underground distribution conduit, cable and pull boxes.  Pole foundations and concrete work.  Poles.  Branch circuit panels.  Branch circuit wiring and miscellaneous work.  Light fixture and lamps.  Spare parts.  Shop drawings, material submittals, and work schedule.  Record drawings, material submittals, and work schedule  Record drawings and guarantees.  Excavation for pole foundations.  Excavation, backfill and compaction for trenches and pullboxes.  Disposal of excess earth.  Approved shoring, lights, and barricades.  Bore under existing walks, walls, and pavement.  Sod all trenches, and repair all damage to existing facilities caused by this work.  Apply for and obtain all necessary permits, building department inspections, and service connections.  Temporary power and associated fees and charges will be obtained and paid for r by the Contractor; Fees and hookup charges for permanent power will be paid by the City. 9.02 SCHEDULE OF WORK The Contractor shall schedule his work and shall coordinate with the City and all other contracts in progress on the site at all times. Necessary coordination will be specified during the construction conference. Contractor shall submit a complete work schedule at the pre-construction conference. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 203 9.03 INSPECTIONS At the time of electrical inspections, the Contractor shall make available a complete set of working drawings showing progress to date and detail variations from the plans. All variations must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9.04 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP Materials and workmanship, unless indicated or specified otherwise, shall be in strict conformity with standards of the latest editions including revisions of the Electrical Code of the County, National Electric Code (2010) of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, CAL/OSHA, Electrical Safety Orders, and the Standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Nothing in these plans or specifications shall be construed to permit work bellow the standards of these ordinances and those of OSHA. After acceptance of the contract, all work found which does not conform or comply with the applicable code shall be brought into conformance at no cost to the Agency. 9.05 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS AND “OR EQUAL” Equipment and wiring shown on the Plans is for materials as specified. Should equipment of other manufacturers be approved for use, the Contractor shall make all changes in other equipment, conduit, wiring, or location of equipment that may be required due to design or space allotment, as approved by the Engineer, without charge to the Agency. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to show that all products proposed for substitution are equal to the specified item by submitting sufficient information to permit a comparative check. The term “equal” shall mean that the product or material offered shall have equivalent or more value to the Agency based on the value of the item set forth in the specifications or on the Plans, and then only after the Contractor’s written submittal has been approved in writing. If, after installation, substituted equipment is found to be not equal to that specified, that equipment shall be replaced with approved item(s) at no cost to the Agency. 9.06 DRAWINGS PERFORMANCE All scale dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall check and verify all locations and dimensions of equipment at the site of work. All work specified, but not clearly defined by the drawings, must be installed as directed by the Engineer in a manner satisfactory to him. Work covered by notes on drawings must be furnished and installed, whether or not it is specifically mentioned in these specifications. The contract Drawings indicated the extent and general arrangement of the new existing equipment, conduit and wiring systems, and essentially diagrammatic. The drawings indicate the required sizes and points of termination of conduits and wires and routes to to avoid obstructions and provided clearance; necessary offsets, etc., and t shall be the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 204 responsibility of the contractor to install all of his work to specific conditions found the site. All changes from the drawings necessary to make the work conform to existing structures or substructures, or to fit the work of other trades, or to conform to laws and ordinan ces; of equipment, etc., prior to the installation, shall be made at no additional expense to the Agency. 9.07 SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND RECORD DRAWINGS A. MATERIAL LIST Five copies of a complete materials list with brochures showing all equipment indexed with job title, date, etc., shall be submitted to the Engineer after the award of the contract. Submitting a catalog number and manufacturer’s name, and stating that the material or item to be furnished will meet the specifications will not be acceptable. List the following items by make and number in the submittal: Underground conduit, rigid galvanized steel conduit, cable, wire, pull boxes, main switchboard, poles, fixtures, lamps, control equipment, panels, outlets, boxes, etc. B. POLE SHOP DRAWINGS Submit 6 copies with structural calculations prepared by a registered structural engineer. C. MAIN METERING AND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD AND CONTROL SECTION Submit 6 sets of shop drawings for approval. D. RECORD DRAWINGS (“AS-BUILTS”) Record drawings shall be prepared b y the Contractor and maintained in the field. All changes in the work shall be recorded daily, accurately, on a set of blue line prints. The location of all underground conduits and stub-outs shall also be shown, fully dimension to two points of architectural reference such as buildings, walks, walls, curbs, paving monuments, etc., record junction and pull boxes not shown on the drawings. Upon completion of each increment of the work, immediately transfer all such record information to the prints. All changes and dimensions shall be recorded legibly with a red ballpoint pen to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Data shall be recorded daily and shall be subject to inspection at all times. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 205 Upon completion of the work and final inspections, one mylar and two blueprints of the record (As-Built) information shall be delivered to the Engineer. The Engineer’s approval of record drawings is a condition of approval of final payment. 9.08 COVERING OF UNINSPECTED WORK-NOTIFICATIONS FOR INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall notify Engineer 48 hours (two working days) prior to required inspections. No work shall be covered prior to inspections. 9.09 CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all fixtures, exposed piping, apparatus and equipment installed under its Contract. Parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, etc., brushed with steel brush to remove rust, etc. cleaned and painted. All dirt, rubbish, paint spots, or grease on walls, walks, poles, equipment, or fixtures, for which the Contractor is responsible, shall be removed by the Contractor and the premises left in first-class condition. All rubbish resulting from work shall be cleaned up and removed daily from the site by the Contractor; also from time to time during construction, and when so directed by the Engineer. 9.10 TESTS This Contractor shall make all tests required by the Engineer, the Electrical Inspection Department of the Agency, or other authorities having jurisdiction. The cost of all tests, repairing of all damage resulting from these tests, replacement of equipment and materials including labor and other necessary work, due to nonconformance with the Electrical Ordinances, Safety Orders, these specifications and accompanying drawings, shall be borne by the Contractor. Should the Contractor refuse or neglect to make any tests necessary to satisfy the Engineer that the work has been performed in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the contract documents, the Agency may make such tests and charge the expense to the Contractor, and retain the cost of testing from the final payment to the Contractor. All wiring and connections shall be tested for continuity, grounds and short circuits before the devices and equipment are connected. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer the satisfactory operation of the entire electrical systems(s). At the time of the final inspection, the Contractor shall have a qualified electrician at the job site to make all required tests or demonstrate operation of electrical equipment and lighting system(s). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 206 9.11 PROTECTION OF EXISTING SITE IMPROVEMENTS Restore disturbed turf areas, irrigation systems, concrete, etc. Repair damaged park equipment and turf caused by the Contractor to new condition, including backfill and sodding of trench surface to the Engineer’s satisfaction. 9.12 GUARANTEE The Contractor shall guarantee all work under this Contract to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the work for filing of the Notice of Completion. The Contractor shall repair or otherwise make good at its own expense all defects developed during the guarantee period. The Agency may notify the Contractor by the telephone or in wiring, and all the guarantee work shall be performed within 48 hours after receiving notice from the Agency. The Contractor’s general guarantee shall be on their letterhead, and shall include the foregoing provisions and emergency telephone numbers. Together with the required manufacturer’s guarantees, the Contractor’s guarantee shall be bound and furnished to the Engineer in at least three (3) copies. Lamps shall be guaranteed as follows: Lamps – 5,000 hours. Ballasts shall be guaranteed for a minimum of one year. 9.13 MATERIALS A. GENERAL All materials and equipment shall be new and bear the label of or be listed by the Underwriter’s Laboratories or the National Fire Protection Association, where applicable. All materials shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the latest improve design. All materials of the same type of one system shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. In no case shall conduits, wires, etc. be smaller in size or less in number than that shown on plans or called for in these specifications, even though codes may accept otherwise. Exposed conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit. All ells shall be factory made rigid galvanized steel conduit. No PVC ells shall be used unless noted on drawings. All ells 45 degrees and larger shall be sweep bends. All rigid steel conduits exposed to earth 12” above finished grade shall be wrapped with 20 mil PVC tape. Scotchrap No. 40 (green) or equal. PVC conduits shall be U.L. listed Schedule 40 with properly cemented fittings. All underground shall be the PVC Schedule 40. PVC conduit shall contain a green grounding conductor. All stub ups into switchboard shall be green grounding conductor. All stub ups into switchboards 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 207 shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit with ground bushing properly grounded. All stud outs shall be equipped with non-cemented approved PVC pipe caps. B. BUSHINGS, LOCKNUTS, AND CONDUIT FITTINGS Boxes, bushings, locknuts and similar devices shall be galvanized cast steel or cast iron, malleable iron, or galvanized steel. Aluminum die case or pot metal fittings or boxes are not approved. Conduit fiber lined bushings are required to be used with locknuts at cabinets, switchboards, housing and pull boxes, etc. All conduit with cable shall be sealed at each end. Grounding bushings shall be provided on underground rigid conduits. C. WIRE AND CABLE Branch conduit wire shall be copper type THW-75 degrees or THHN/THWN in conduit and light poles, as manufactured by General Electric, Paranite, General, Circle, Cirro or Anaconda, 600 v. Ground wire shall be color coded for each let. Neutral shall be white THW or THWN. Identify cable by circuit number in each pull box by W.P. Tag. No. 6 and larger cable shall be THW-75 degrees stranded copper. Approved manufacturers: General Electric, Paranite, Okonite, Anaconda, General. Cable underground shall be color coded by phase. Stranded wire shall be used in poles from pull boxes to fixtures. Provide manufactured cable grips in poles to support cables. D. PULL BOXES Pull boxes shall be as specified on plans. When precast concrete pull boxes are used, covers shall be cast iron, bolted down with tamperproof screws, and marked “Electrical”. E. TIME CONTROL CLOCKS Time control clocks shall be 120v or 208v with 2 or 4 channels required on the drawings and in these specifications. The clock shall be solid state digital type with battery backup. Set clock for proper day, month and hour and set trip elements as directed by the City. Clocks shall be Paragon #EC72ST or equal. Clocks shall be in NEMA 1 housing. F. SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES Receptacles shall be a 20A ground duplex in switchboard and mounted separate from the panel front. Receptacle shall be equal to A-H Specification Grade #5262-1 with stainless steel plate. Receptacles for special housing and plates shall be as noted on drawings and shall be A-H Safety Receptacle 6352-1. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 208 Switches shall be 20A-AC. Specification grade equal to AH-1991-1. Provide stainless steel cover in switchboard. Mount switch separate from panel front. Hand-off auto switches shall be SPDT and be heavy duty oil light with contacts open in center position and one pair closed in left position and other pair closed in rigid position. Switches shall be equal to Square D Class 9001-Type T and K. Provide legend plate and nameplate. G. PANEL BOARDS Branch circuit panelboards shall be of the dead front safety type equipped with thermal magnetic bolt-on Type 40 degrees C circuit breakers. Bus shall be copper. Circuit breakers shall be rated for interrupting capacity as noted on the drawings or as required and shall be the number of poles and current capacity as indicated on the panel schedule. Branch circuit panelboards shall be Square "“"”or approved equal with separate isolated ground bus, Type NQO or NEHB. All breakers shall be lockable in “OFF” position. Trims shall have doors equipped with flush type combination lock and catch, two milled type keys supplied with each panel. All locks shall be alike and each door shall have a plastic covered directory frame with a typed identification card of all circuit and panel numbers for branch circuit panelboards and engraved lamicoid nameplates for power distribution panelboards. Provide nameplates for all panelboards, 1/8” thick, micarta or phenolic plate of approved size, with beveled edges and engraved white letters on black background and laced together. Wireways shall be 4” sides and 5-3/4” top and bottom. All circuit breakers shall conform to Federal Specifications W-C-375, Class 2b or 2c for 120/240 volt and shall be provided with a device for locking circuit breaker in “OFF” position. H. CONTACTORS AND RELAYS Contactors shall be designed for 600 volts AC mechanically or electrically held as noted and be rated for tungsten, mercury arc or other reactive lighting loads and shall be equal to Square D-Type M. Clas 8903 in NEMA 1 housing. Electrically held coil voltage as noted. Relays shall be 120-v AC coil, 10 amp contacts housed in NEMA 1 housing. Relays shall be of the latching where noted. Relays shall be equal to Square D Class. I. LIGHT FIXTURES Light fixtures shall be as noted on plans. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 209 J. LAMPS Provide each lighting fixture furnished under this contract with lamps as indicated. Sylvania, G.E., Westinghouse, or approved equal. 9.14 EXECUTION A. GENERAL All materials and equipment shall be installed din a secure, neat and workmanlike manner by competent workmen, and any item not so installed shall be corrected to meet the complete approval of the Agency. If, at any time, the Contractor believes that he cannot secure proper results through use of the materials and procedure specified, he shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Agency in writing setting forth his reasons. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for materials, storage, damage to equipment and safety for all personnel and the public, until final acceptance by the Agency. Sensitive electrical equipment should not be installed until major construction work is completed. During and after installation, equipment shall be protected from damage by water, dust, paint, wet concrete, plaster, etc. Adequate barricades and lighting shall be provided for all open trenches and excavations. B. TRENCHING AND CONDUIT WORK Trenching shall be coordinated with the existing irrigation system and underground utilities on site. All irrigation lines damaged using prosecution of the work of the work shall be repaired in compliance with the standards in Section 212 and 308 of the Standard Specifications. Provide plastic marking tape continuously in trench at 12 inches below grade. PVC conduit shall be 24 inches below grade. Backfill shall be placed in 6 inch layer, hand or mechanically tamped to 90% compaction. Flooding will not be permitted without the specific approval of the Engineer, and then only for the area approved. Backfill shall contain no rocks, broken concrete or trash. Trenches shall be backfilled level with surrounding grades when fully compacted. Trenches in lawn areas shall be sodded in accordance with Section 308-4.8.3 of the Standard Specifications. All empty conduits for future use shall be identified with a conduit marker tag at both ends. The identification number shall be shown on the record drawings. Tags shall be 1 inch diameter, 20 gauge brass or 12 gau ge plastic and shall have stamped numbers/letters ¼ inch high. Use brass or copper 12 gauge wire to connect tag to conduit. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 210 C. PULL BOXES Install pull boxes where noted on drawings. No pull box shall be located in an athletic field area, or where it will pose a hazard to the using public. Boxes shall be set flush with a sidewalk or other paving. In lawn areas, set boxes one inch above finish grade or at lawn level, or as noted on plans. Notes on plan govern. When precast concrete boxes are used, they shall be made in sections, and grouted or cemented together to form a watertight seal. Boxes shall have a 6 inch drain hole in the bottom. Boxes shall sit on crushed clean 1 inch rock. The drain hole shall be sealed after inspection, and the entire box made watertight. D. SPLICING AND CABLE IDENTIFICATION No splices are permitted except in pull boxes, above grade junction boxes, or in pole base at hand hole. All cable splices hall be made with Hi Press compression type connectors (not bolted mechanical compression type). All joints shall be made waterproof by several layers of rubber tape followed by two layers of ½ lap friction tape, covered by underground boxes shall be made with splice kits as manufactured by General Electric or #M. Branch circuit splices in fixture shall be soldered and taped as noted above. Compression fittings (uninsulated “Scotchlok”) may be substituted for solder, but must be taped, dipped in waterproof compound and made waterproof. Insulating “Scotchlok” may be used, but only with waterproof Unipack Scothtchcast resin. All cable shall be identified with a punched plastic tag such as color coded Dymo tags, in each pull box by circuit number, voltage and phase. E. GROUNDING Do not use water pipe as a ground; water pipe system is non -metallic. All fixtures shall be connected to system ground. Neutral to ground shall not exceed five ohms. Connect fixture to be properly grounded. Use proper ground clamps and conduit fittings to ground cable and conduit to ground rods. Size as required by code. F. FOUNDATIONS Contractor shall excavate and install foundations for each pole as noted on drawings. All concrete shall be poured against undisturbed soil. Backfilling and compacting will not be approved. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 211 Foundation dimensions are based on the poles and fixtures specified. Place foundation reinforcing steel as noted on drawings. Reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A605, Grade 60; test is required. Call for steel placement inspection when ready. Foundation holes shall be inspected by Engineer prior to pouring concrete. Structural notes on drawings govern over these specifications. Concrete: All concrete shall be per Section 1.12, Portland Cement Concrete (PCC), of these Special Provisions. Aggregates: Aggregates shall be per Section 1.01, Rock Products, of these Special Provisions. Transit-Mixed Concrete: The Contractor may use transit-mixed concrete in lieu of concrete manufactured on the site, provided the materials used in its manufacture comply with the requirements of these specifications. The manufacturer of the transit-mixed concrete shall deliver to the Inspector on the work, a certificate with each mixer truck stating the quantity of cemen t, water, fine and coarse aggregate. Certificate shall be certified at batch plant that it meets these requirements. Transit-mixed concrete shall not be delivered to the work with the total specified amount of water incorporated; two and one-half gallons of water per cubic yard shall be withheld, and may be incorporated before the concrete is discharged under the supervision of the Engineer. The Contractor shall not re-temper any concrete or use any concrete that has stood more than 15 minutes after leaving the mixer. Grout: Use non-shrink structural grout under pole bases and to form pole cap. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 212 10.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION............................ NOT USED 11.00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ........ NOT USED 11.01 HEADING Text. 11.02 HEADING Text. 11.03 HEADING Text. 11.04 HEADING Text. 11.05 HEADING Text. 11.06 HEADING Text. 11.07 HEADING Text. 11.08 HEADING Text. 11.09 HEADING Text. 11.10 HEADING Text. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX A PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 1 of 6 DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS The unit prices paid for the items listed in the Contractor’s Proposal as defined herein shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment, and doing all work involved in furnishing and installing the materials complete and in place, in accordance with the details shown on the Plans, as specified herein, and as directed by the Engineer. All incidental work which is neither shown on the Plans nor otherwise specified, and which is necessary to complete the improvements as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Contract Documents (defined in the Contract/Agreement), shall be furnished and installed as though such work were shown on the Plans or specified in the Contract Documents, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore. The scope of work includes, but is not limited to, each bid item listed in the Contractor’s Proposal and as described in the following. Bid Item No. 1 - Clearing and Grubbing Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, disposal of all removed materials and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 2 - Unclassified Excavation Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Cubic Yard listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Payment for unclassified fill, if any, is considered as included in the unit price paid for unclassified excavation. Payment for over-excavation shall be paid for at the unit price for unclassified excavation. Bid Item No. 3 - Cold Mill (3”) Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Square Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing al l materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 4 - Asphalt Concrete Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Ton as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 2 of 6 Payment for asphalt concrete pavement used in areas of over-excavation to mitigate unsuitable subgrade materials shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid per ton. Bid Item No. 5 - Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) The work under this item consists of furnishing the material and placing Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) pavement; preparing, grading, and compacting in accordance with the provisions of Section 203-11, “Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM)” of the Standard Specifications and contract document specification. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Ton as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 6 - Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) The work under this item consists of preparing grade and/or subgrade; and furnishing, placing, and compacting crushed miscellaneous base (CMB) as shown on the plans in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 301-2, “Untreated Base,” of the Standard Specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Ton as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labo r, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 7 - Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS) Type II Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Ton as listed in the Bid Propos al, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 8 - PCC Curb Ramp The work under this item consists of grading, compacting subgrade, and constructing 4-inch thick PCC Curb Ramp including curb & gutter in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 303-5, “Concrete Curb, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways,” of the Standard Specifications and contract document specification . Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Square Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 3 of 6 Bid Item No. 9 - PCC Sidewalk (T=4”) The work under this item consists of grading, compacting subgrade, and constructing 4-inch thick PCC Sidewalk in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 303-5, “Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways,” of the Standard Specifications, plans, and contract document specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Square Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Payment for thickness (T=6”) shall be paid 1.5 times the unit price. Bid Item No. 10 - PCC Cross-Gutter The work under this item consists of grading, compacting subgrade, and constructing 9-inch thick PCC cross gutter in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 303-5, “Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways,” of the Standard Specifications, plans, and contract document specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Square Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 11 - PCC Driveway Approach (T=8”) The work under this item consists of grading, compacting subgrade, and constructing 8-inch thick PCC Driveway Approach in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 303-5, “Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways,” of the Standard Specifications, plans, and contract document specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Square Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 12 - PCC Curb & Gutter (A-2-8) The work under this item consists of grading, compacting subgrade, and constructing PCC Curb & Gutter in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 303-5, “Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways,” of the Standard Specifications, plans, and contract document specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Linear Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 4 of 6 materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 13 - PCC Curb (B-1) The work under this item consists of grading, compacting subgrade, and constructing PCC Curb in accordance with the provisions of Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” and Section 303-5, “Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways,” of the Standard Specifications, plans, and contract document specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Linear Foot as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 14 - Adjust Manhole Frame & Cover Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 15 - Adjust Water Valve Frame & Cover Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 16 - Root Shave Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 17 - Finished & Install New #6 Pull Box Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 18 - Project Advertisement Sign Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 5 of 6 equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 19 - Furnish & Install Traffic Loop Type D Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including sign panel, posts & footings, and furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 20 - Furnish and Install Traffic Loop Type E Payment for Furnish & Install Traffic Loop Type E shall be at the contract unit price bid per Each as listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including sign panel, posts & footings, and furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 21 - Crack Sealing Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, disposal of all removed materials and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 22 - Protection of Surface Utility Frames & Covers Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, disposal of all removed materials and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 23 - Signing & Striping Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, disposal of all removed materials and incidentals as required and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 24 - As-Built Plans The work under this item consists of maintaining a control set of plans at the job site in accordance with the provisions of Section 3-7 “Contract Documents” of the Standard Specifications, plans, and this contract document specifications. Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal and shall include full compensation for submitting a complete final as-built plans at the end of the end of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 6 of 6 Bid Item No. 25 - Construction Permits The work under this item consists of obtaining a Construction Permit at the City of Santa Ana Public Works Development Services counter and making the required deposit (refer to Section 2- 2a, Construction Permit, of these Special Provisions). Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal, and shall include full compensation for doing all work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Bid Item No. 26 - SWPPP (Risk Level #) Payment for this item shall be at the contract Lump Sum listed in the Bid Proposal. Payment shall include, but is not limited to, full compensation for preparing PRDs and uploading them onto SMARTS, administering the SWPPP to conform to Contractor’s actual construction practices, ensuring construction activities comply with the most current Construction General Permit, implementing and maintaining all BMPs as shown in the SWPPP, conducting inspections as outlined in the most current Construction General Permit, conducting any stormwater monitoring and reporting as required and outlined in the most current Construction General Permit, uploading Change(s) of Information (COI) on SMARTS, and preparing and submitting the Annual Report(s) and Notice of Termination (NOT) as outlined in the most current Construction General Permit. No additional payment will be made therefore. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX B PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 1 of 3 This CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT is made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Santa Ana, California, a charter city and municipal corporation organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State of California (hereinafter “CITY”), and (hereinafter “CONTRACTOR”). WITNESSETH: The CITY and the CONTRACTOR, for the consideration hereinafter named, mutually agree as follows: 1. CONTRACTOR agrees to perform all the work and furnish all the materials at its own cost and expense necessary to construct and complete in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer of the CITY, the (hereinafter referred to as the “WORK OF IMPROVEMENT”) identified in and in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared by the City’s Public Works Agency and approved by the City Council. 2. The complete Construction Contract consists of the “Contract Documents” as defined by the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and which include the following:  Notice Inviting Bids  Information to Bidders  Bid Proposal  Bid Bond  Contract Form  Contract Bonds  General Provisions  Special Provisions  Technical Provisions and Project Plans  Community Workforce Agreement  Appendices In case of conflict between the Contract Documents, the precedence of documents shall be as established in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 3. CITY agrees to pay and CONTRACTOR agrees to accept in full payment to complete the WORK OF IMPROVEMENT the sum total amount not to exceed , as set forth and identified in the BID PROPOSAL, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A.” The BID PROPOSAL contains a schedule of unit price(s) or lump sum(s) based on approximate quantities only, and the City does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed necessary or advisable. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 2 of 3 4. CONTRACTOR agrees to complete the WORK OF IMPROVEMENT within the time specified in the Time for Completion of Improvements section of the BID PROPOSAL (Exhibit “A”) including commencing construction within the timeframe therein specified after issuance of a Notice to Proceed. 5. The CONTRACTOR will pay, and will require all subcontractors to pay, all employees on the WORK OF IMPROVEMENT a salary or wage at least equal to the prevailing salary or wage established for such work as set forth in the wage determinations for this work in accordance with applicable State and Federal law. 6. If applicable, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the CITY’S Community Workforce Agreement (CWA), a pre-hire collective bargaining agreement, which establishes the labor relations policies and procedures for CONTRACTOR to follow in the crafts persons employed to complete the WORK OF IMPROVEMENT as more fully described in the CWA. The CWA may be found on the City’s website at: http://www.santa-ana.org/pwa/documents/CWA.pdf 7. CONTRACTOR shall, after award of this Contract, furnish two bonds to be approved by the CITY, one in the amount of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Contract price, to guarantee the faithful performance of the work (Performance Bond), and one in the amount of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Contract price to guarantee payment of all claims for labor and materials furnished (Payment Bond). This Contract shall not become effective until such bon ds are supplied to and approved by the CITY. 8. CONTRACTOR shall, prior to the release of the performance and payment bonds or the retention payment, furnish a warranty performance and payment bond (Warranty Bond). Said Warranty Bond shall also be required as a condition of project acceptance. For projects up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), the Warranty Bond amount shall be the greater of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) or Twenty Percent (20%) of the final contract price. For projects above Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), the Warranty Bond amount shall be the greater of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or Ten Percent (10%) of the final contract price. 9. CONTRACTOR shall, after award of this Contract, furnish Certificates of Liabili ty Insurance and Worker’s Compensation Insurance as outlined in the General Provisions, to be approved by the CITY. 10. INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent allowed by law, CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors hereby agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless CITY, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, employees, representatives and volunteers (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Indemnitees"), through legal counsel acceptable to CITY, from and against any liability, claims, actions , costs, damages or losses, including reasonable costs and attorney’s fees, for injury, including death to any person or damage to any property, arising directly or indirectly from, or in any manner relating to, any of the following: (i) Performance or nonperformance of the Work of Improvement by CONTRACTOR or its Subcontractors of any lower tier; (ii) Performance or nonperformance by CONTRACTOR or its Subcontractors of any lower tier, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 3 of 3 of any of the obligations under the Contract Documents; (iii) The construction activities of CONTRACTOR or its Subcontractors of any lower tier, either on the project site or on other properties; (iv) The payment or nonpayment by CONTRACTOR of any of its Subcontractors of any lower tier, for Work of Improvement performed on or off the project site; and (v) Any personal injury, property damage or economic loss to third persons related to and arising from the performance or nonperformance by CONTRACTOR or its Subcontractors of any lower tier, of the Work of Improvement. (vi) The indemnity obligations of Subcontractors provided by this Section shall be included in all subcontract documents issued by CONTRACTOR. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to give rise to any implied right of indemnity in favor of CONTRACTOR against CITY or any other Indemnitee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Construction Contract on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: CITY OF SANTA ANA DAISY GOMEZ KRISTINE RIDGE Clerk of the Council City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: SONIA R. CARVALHO CONTRACTOR: City Attorney Company: By: JOHN FUNK NAME: Assistant City Attorney Title: RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL: NABIL SABA, PE Executive Director Public Works Agency 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX C PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE BONDS 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA BONDS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 1 of 3 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that , as CONTRACTOR, and , a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State, and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Santa Ana, as AGENCY, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), which is 100 percent of the total contract amount for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, CONTRACTOR and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Contract Agreement with AGENCY dated for , if CONTRACTOR faithfully performs and fulfills all obligations in the performance of the Work of Improvement to be done under said Contract Agreement in the manner and time specified therein, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of AGENCY; provided that any alterations in the obligations or time for completion made pursuant to the terms of the contract documents shall not in any way release either CONTRACTOR or SURETY, and notice of such alterations is hereby waived by SURETY. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seal this day of , 20 . CONTRACTOR* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to before me, , this day of , 20 . Signature: Notary Public in and for the County of , State of Rate of premium on this bond is $ per thousand. Total amount of premium charge is $ . To be filled in by Surety *Provide CONTRACTOR / ADMITTED SURETY name, address, and telephone number and the name, title, address, and telephone number of authorized representative. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA BONDS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 2 of 3 PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that , as CONTRACTOR, and , a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State, and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Santa Ana, as AGENCY, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), which is 100 percent of the total contract amount for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, CONTRACTOR and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Contract Agreement with AGENCY dated for , if CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor fails to pay for any labor or material of any kind used in the performance of the Work of Improvement to be done under said Contract Agreement, or fails to submit amounts due under the State Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to said labor, SURETY will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum set forth above, which amount shall insure to the benefit of all persons entitled to file claims under the State Code of Civil Procedures; provided that any alterations in the work to be done, materials to be furnished, or time for completion made pursuant to the terms of the contract documents shall not in any way release either CONTRACTOR or SURETY, and notice of said alterations is hereby waived by SURETY. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seal this day of , 20 . CONTRACTOR* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to before me, , this day of , 20 . Signature: Notary Public in and for the County of , State of Rate of premium on this bond is $ per thousand. Total amount of premium charge is $ . To be filled in by Surety *Provide CONTRACTOR / ADMITTED SURETY name, address, and telephone number and the name, title, address, and telephone number of authorized representative. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA BONDS PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE 3 of 3 WARRANTY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND (To be submitted upon project completion as a condition of project acceptance) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that , as CONTRACTOR, and , a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State, and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Santa Ana, as AGENCY, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, CONTRACTOR and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Contract Agreement with AGENCY dated for , if CONTRACTOR faithfully warrants the work done under said Contract Agreement against material or quality defects for a period of one year after acceptance by the AGENCY, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of AGENCY; provided that any alterations in the obligations or time for completion made pursuant to the terms of the contract documents shall not in any way release either CONTRACTOR or SURETY, and notice of such alterations is hereby waived by SURETY. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seal this day of , 20 . CONTRACTOR* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to before me, , this day of , 20 . Signature: Notary Public in and for the County of , State of Rate of premium on this bond is $ per thousand. Total amount of premium charge is $ . To be filled in by Surety *Provide CONTRACTOR / ADMITTED SURETY name, address, and telephone number and the name, title, address, and telephone number of authorized representative. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX D PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX E PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE AND NOTICES 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX F PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE STANDARD PLANS http://www.ci.santa-ana.ca.us/pwa/EngineeringServices.asp 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX G PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE APPENDIX G 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA APPENDIX H PROJECT NO.: XX-XXXX PROJECT TITLE APPENDIX H 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS FOR DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER LIBRARY RENOVATION 505 E Central Ave, Santa Ana, CA 92707 ARCHITECT SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 Telephone: 949.809.3380 SVA Project Number: 2022-40198 September 29, 2023 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Specification Approval for: DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER LIBRARY IMPROVEMENTS Young Nam, PE S-4029 Fernan C. Siocon M-33178 Structural Engineer, VCA Engineering Mechanical/Plumbing Engineer, Alpha MEP Robert Simons, AIA C - 18301 Architect, SVA Architects Inc. Jeremy Hatfield, PE E - 22072 Electrical Engineer , Alpha MEP JAN. 31, 2025 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 01 10 - 1 Table of Contents SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT MANUAL INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Document 00 01 10 Table of Contents CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Document 00 72 00 General Conditions 2017 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 2017 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work Remodel 01 20 00 Payment Procedures 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures no Request Form 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 31 10 CP-Request for Information (RFI) 01 32 10 Construction Schedule 01 32 90 Safety Plan 01 35 15 CAL-Green Environmental Requirements 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 42 00 Reference Standards 01 45 80 Test Laboratories Services 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Remodel 01 56 39 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 70 00 Execution Requirements 01 73 00 Cutting and Patching 01 74 10 Waste Management 01 78 00 Warranties 01 79 00 Demonstration and Training DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 41 20 Selective Building Demolition DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE Section 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 01 10 - 2 Table of Contents 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03 35 10 Concrete finishing DIVISION 04 – MASONRY Not used. DIVISION 05 – METALS Section 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES Section 06 06 20 Decorative Laminate 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 06 40 00 Architectural Woodwork 06 61 16 Solid Surfaces Fabrication DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 90 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS Section 08 11 15 Pressed Steel Frames 08 14 00 Wood Doors – Flush 08 34 16 Hydraulic Bi-Fold System 08 41 00 Entrances and Storefronts 08 41 20 All-Glass Entrances and Storefronts 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 71 15 Low Energy Automatic Door Operators 08 80 00 Glazing 08 83 00 Frameless Mirrors DIVISION 09 – FINISHES Section 09 01 20 Plaster Patching 09 21 00 Gypsum Board Assemblies – Wood Framing 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 65 10 Resilient Base 09 68 10 Tile Carpeting 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 01 10 - 3 Table of Contents 09 84 00 Acoustical Panels 09 90 00 Painting and Coating DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES Section 10 28 00 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT Not used. DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS Section 12 93 00 Site Furnishings DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not used. DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT Not used. DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION Not used. DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING Section 22 00 10 Common Work for Plumbing DIVISION 23 – HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 23 05 00 Common Work for Mechanical DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Common Work for Electrical DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS Section 27 05 28 Pathways for Communication Systems 27 05 37 Fire - Stopping for Communication Systems 27 10 00 Structure Cabling Testing 27 15 00 Horizontal Cabling 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 01 10 - 4 Table of Contents DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY Section 28 13 00 Access Control DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK Section 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 11 00 Site Clearing and Grubbing 31 22 00 Grading 31 23 13 Excavation Fill 31 23 16 Excavation Fill Paving 31 23 23 Excavation Fill Utilities 31 23 26 Base Course 31 31 19 Vegetation Control DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section 32 01 90 Operation and Maintenance 32 12 36 Seal Bituminous Surfacing 32 13 13 Concrete for Exterior Improvements 32 17 20 Tactile Warning Surfaces 32 31 20 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates 32 84 00 Landscape Irrigation 32 93 00 Landscape Planning 32 93 01 Tree Pruning DIVISION 33 –UTILITIES Section 33 30 00 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 72 00 - 1 General Conditions SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 2017 Edition, Articles 1 through 15 inclusive, is a part of this Contract, and is incorporated herein as fully as if here set forth. 1. A copy of the General Conditions may be obtained at www.aia.org under “Contract Documents”, bottom of page “Store”; by calling 800-242-3837 (option 4); or at www.aiasf.org under “Publications”. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 73 00 - 1 Supplementary Conditions SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1.1 REFERENCE TO DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Where provisions of General Conditions relate to Project administration or work- related requirements of the Contract, those paragraphs are expanded in Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specifications. B. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 - General Requirements contain information necessary for completion of every part of Project. 1. Where items of Work are done under subcontracts, each item shall be subject to these conditions. 1.2 SUPPLEMENTS A. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to General Conditions of the Contract as indicated in Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions. B. Where any part of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these supplements, unaltered provisions of the modified article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. 1.3 ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ADD to 1.1 the following definitions: 1.1.9 Approved: The terms approved, directed, selected, required, ordered, designated, accepted, acceptable and satisfactory shall require written action by Architect. 1.1.10 Equal, or Approved Equal: The terms equal or approved equal shall require requests for substitutions for products or manufacturers not specified; requests for substitutions shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 1.1.11 Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to Project, unless otherwise defined in greater detail. 1.1.12 Install: The term install is used to describe operations at Project, from inspecting and unloading, to completion in place, ready for intended use. 1.1.13 Provide: The term provide means furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use, unless otherwise defined in greater detail. ADD the following to Subparagraph 1.2.1: 1.2.1.2 Inconsistencies: In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within other Contract Documents not clarified by addendum, provide better quality or greater quantity of Work in accordance with Architect's interpretation. 1.2.1.3 Manufacturer Options: Where manufacturer’s offer options for specified products and Contract Documents do not list specific options, provide for best options available and appropriate to applications indicated and clearly indicate options to be selected by Architect with Product Data submittals. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 00 73 00 - 2 Supplementary Conditions ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR ADD the following to Subparagraph 3.4.2: 3.4.2.1 Substitutions: After Contract has been executed, the Owner and Architect will consider formal requests for substitution of products in place of those specified only under conditions set forth in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. ARTICLE 5: SUBCONTRACTS ADD the following to Paragraph 5.3: 5.3.1 Materials Suppliers: For purposes of this Contract materials suppliers shall be considered a Subcontractor regardless of whether they perform their portion of the Work at the site. ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ADD the following to 9.3.2. 9.3.2.1 Stored Materials: Payments for materials stored off-site will be made, subject to Owner's approval, if Contractor provides invoice, lien release, certificate of insurance covering stored materials, and stores material in approved, bonded warehouse. ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS ADD the following to Subparagraph 11.1.2: 11.1.2.1 Insurance Amounts: Amount of insurance shall be as approved by Owner. When additional insurance is required, Owner reserves right to negotiate difference in cost directly with Contractor's Insurance Carrier. ADD the following to 11.1.3: 11.1.3.1 Certificate of Insurance: Furnish one copy of each Certificate of Insurance required for each copy of Agreement. 11.1.3.1.1 Form of certificate shall be an approved certificate which specifically sets forth evidence of all coverage required. 11.1.3.1.2 Furnish to Owner copies of any endorsements subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. 11.1.3.2 Upon receipt of any notice of cancellation or alteration, Contractor shall, within five days, procure other policies of insurance similar in all respects to policy or policies about to be canceled or altered. 11.1.3.2.1 If Contractor fails to provide acceptable policies of insurance, Owner may obtain such insurance at cost and expense of Contractor. ADD to 11.1.2 the following bond requirements: 11.1.2.1 Bonds Values: Provide 100 percent Performance Bond and Payment Bond using AIA Document A312 Performance Bond and Payment Bond, or an approved similar bond. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 11 00 - 1 Summary of Work SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work Included. B. Work by Owner. C. Contractor use of site and premises. D. Owner occupancy. E. Work restrictions. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Project consists of A T.I. renovation of Delhi Community Center Library, 505 E Central Ave, Santa Ana, California, of 2,500 s.f. for a satellite library facility with 8,200 s.f. of landscaping improvements as indicated in Contract Documents. B. INTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1. Owner reserves right to remove and retain possession of existing items prior to start of Contract. 2. Removal of hazardous material shall be per separately provided hazardous material abatement report prepared by others. Architect shall not be involved in determination, removal or disposal of hazardous materials. 3. Demolition of non structural existing classroom partitions, pantry partitions, doors, and framing as indicated in the contract documents. 4. Relocation of the “History of Delhi” signage in the entrance hallway to the adjacent wall as indicated in the contract documents. 5. Install a new storefront system for the satellite library in the existing hallway as indicated in the contract documents. 6. Install new electric overhead door in existing opening as indicated in the contract documents. 7. Install new main entrance for the satellite library as indicated in the contract documents. 8. New sheer dividing wall at the existing location as indicated in the contract documents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 11 00 - 2 Summary of Work C. Site improvements 1. Construction of a new shade structure as indicated in the contract documents. 2. Construction of a new fence lining the east lawn of the site as indicated in the contract documents. 3. Construction of a new walking path as indicated in the contract documents. 4. Construction of a new tot lot as indicated in the contract documents. 5. Construction of a new gathering area as indicated in the contract documents. 6. Install new bollard lighting as indicated in the contract documents. 7. Improve site lighting as indicated in the contract documents. D. Miscellaneous improvements 1. I.T. Improvements to connect the new library into the existing infrastructure as indicated in the contract documents. 2. Install a new book drop in the parking/drive isle as indicated in the contract documents. 3. Install new signage above the new shade structure as indicated in the contract documents. 4. Renovate existing marquee signage facing E. Central Ave as indicated in the contract documents. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. This section includes administrative provisions: 1. Work sequence. 2. Contractors use of premises. 3. Building occupancy. 4. Field engineering. 5. Lines and levels. 6. Regulatory requirements and reference standards. 7. Owner furnished Contractor installed products (OFCI). 8. Owner pre-ordered products. 1.4 WORK SEQUENCE A. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner and Architect. 1. Construct Work to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during construction period. B. Perform construction in phases as indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 11 00 - 3 Summary of Work 1.5 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises for Work and construction operations and to allow for: 1. Building occupancy. 2. Work by other contractors. 3. Authorized access to restricted areas. 4. Public access to public areas. B. Coordinate use of premises and access to site under direction of Owner or Architect. 1.6 BUILDING OCCUPANCY A. Building will be occupied during construction for conduct of normal operations; cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate building operations. 1.7 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Provide field engineering services; establish lines and levels by use of recognized engineering survey practices. B. Locate and protect control and reference points. 1.8 LINES AND LEVELS A. Establish lines and levels by use of recognized engineering practices. B. Locate and protect control and reference points. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Architect has contacted governing authorities and reviewed design requirements of local, state and federal agencies for applicability to Project. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for contacting governing authorities directly for necessary information and decisions bearing upon performance of Work. B. Reference Standards: 1. For Products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of referenced standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. 2. Applicable date of each standard is that in effect as of date on proposal or date on Contract where no proposal is available, except when a specific date is specified. 1.10 OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS (OFCI) A. Select products are to be furnished and paid for by Owner and installed by Contractor: 1. Refer to Drawings and Specifications. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 11 00 - 4 Summary of Work B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. Inspect products jointly with Contractor on delivery. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. 6. Arrange for manufacturer's warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site. 3. Inspect jointly with Owner for completeness and damage. 4. Handle, store, and install products. 5. Finish products as required after installation. 6. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. 1.11 OWNER PRE-ORDERED PRODUCTS A. Select products have been pre-ordered by Owner: 1. Refer to Drawings. B. Owner has negotiated purchase orders for these products for incorporation into Project. 1. Purchase orders are assigned to Contractor; costs shall be included into base bid. 2. Contractor's responsibilities are same as if Contractor negotiated purchase orders. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 20 00 - 1 Payment Procedures SECTION 01 20 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Special administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Application for Payment. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUE A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets, Submittals Schedule, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before date scheduled for submittal of initial Application for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as guide to establish line items for Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include following Project identification on Schedule of Values. a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Submit draft of AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets. 3. Provide breakdown of Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Application for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. a. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts where appropriate. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal Contract Sum. 5. Provide separate line item in Schedule of Values for each part of Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 20 00 - 2 Payment Procedures 6. Provide separate line items in Schedule of Value for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of Work. 7. Each item in Schedule of Values and Application for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense at Contractor's option. 8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit Schedule of Values before next application for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in Contract Sum. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment: Application for Payment at time of Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: Date for each progress payment is indicated in Agreement between Owner and Contractor. Period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is period indicated in Agreement. C. Payment Application Forms: AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Application for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Execute by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: 1. Contractor shall provide ten copies of Application for Payment one week prior to Payment Request ("Draw") Meeting, for review of team members. 2. Contractor shall provide ten wet signed copies of Application for Payment at Payment Request ("Draw") Meeting. a. Provide each copy with transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. b. Copies shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 20 00 - 3 Payment Procedures F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of Contract and related to Work covered by payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves right to designate which entities involved in Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms executed in manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following. 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Schedule of unit prices. 5. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of Work. 10. Initial progress report. 11. Report of preconstruction conference. 12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. H. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted including but not necessarily limited to following. 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 20 00 - 4 Payment Procedures 3. Updated final statement accounting for final changes to Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. 5. AIA Document G706A, Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. 6. AIA Document G707, Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and simliar data as of date of Completion. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 23 00 - 1 Alternates SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes a description of alternate work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Pricing Documents: Quotation of cost of each alternate. 2. Owner-Contractor Agreement: Alternates accepted by Owner for incorporation into the Work. 3. Sections of Specifications identified in each Alternate. 1.2 PROCEDURES A. Alternates will be exercised at Owner's option. B. Coordinate Related Work: and modify surrounding work as required to complete Work, including changes under each alternate, when acceptance is designated in Owner-Contractor Agreement. 1.3 ALTERNATES A. Alternates: To be determined. B. Alternate No. 1: Delete Custom Colors. 1. Work Included in Alternate: Include deduct cost for each line item requiring custom color where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule. 2. Work Included in Contract Amount: Include custom color as directed by Architect where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule. 3. Sections: List each Technical Section in Project Manual that indicates custom color where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule. List to indicate amount in dollars to be saved if Architect selects manufacturer’s standard color. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 25 00 - 1 Substitution Procedures SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General: Procedures are described for requesting substitution of unlisted materials in lieu of materials named in Specifications or approved for use in addenda. 1. Provide products listed in Contract Documents, products by manufacturers listed in Contract Documents, and products meeting specified requirements. a. Contract Amount: Base on materials and products included in Contract Documents. b. Where materials and products are listed in Contract Documents, materials and products by manufacturers not listed shall not be used without Owner’s and Architect’s approval of Contractor's written request for substitution. 2. Purpose: After bidding, substitutions will only be considered where Owner will receive benefit or because specified materials are no longer available due to no fault of Contractor. 3. Purpose: Substitutions will only be considered where Owner will receive benefit or because specified materials are no longer available due to conditions beyond Contractor control. a. Owner benefits either from a Contractor proposed reduction of the Contract amount or from a reduction in Contract time based on acceptance of proposed substitution. b. List proposed cost or time reductions on request for substitution. c. Requests not including a proposed cost or time reduction will not be considered unless Contractor submits supporting information indicating specified materials are not available. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 60 00: Product requirements. 1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Within a period of 35 days after award of Contract, Owner and Architect will consider formal requests for substitutions only from Contractor as specified in 1.1 Summary. 1. Owner and Architect will consider only one request for substitution for each material; where requests are denied Contractor shall be required to provide specified materials. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 25 00 - 2 Substitution Procedures 2. After initial 35-day period, requests will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor; more than one request for substitution will be considered if necessary. B. Prior to submittal of second Request for Payment Owner and Architect will consider formal requests for substitutions from Contractor as specified in 1.1 Summary. 1. Owner and Architect will consider only one request for substitution for each material; where requests are denied Contractor shall be required to provide specified materials. 2. After payments begin, requests will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor; more than one request for substitution will be considered if necessary. C. Submit each request with sequentially numbered “Substitution Request Transmittal” acceptable to Owner and Architect; submit separate request for each product and support each request with: 1. Product identification with manufacturer's literature and samples where applicable. 2. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and date of installation. D. Submit itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product specified and list significant variations. E. Submit data relating to changes in construction schedule. F. Note effect of substitution on other work, products, or separate contracts. 1. Note if acceptance of substitution could require revision of Contract Documents, Drawings, details or Specifications. G. Include accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product and amount of net change in Contract price. 1. Include costs to other contractors and costs for revisions to Drawings, details or Specifications. H. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. They are indicated or implied on submittals without a formal request from Contractor. 2. They are requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. I. Substitute products shall not be ordered without written acceptance of Owner and Architect. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 25 00 - 3 Substitution Procedures J. Owner and Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions and reserves right to reject proposals due to insufficient information. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. Requests constitute a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product. 2. Will provide same warranty or longer warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes that may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs that subsequently become apparent. 5. Will pay costs of changes to Contract Documents, Drawings, details and Specifications required by accepted substitutions. 1.4 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. 1. Architect will recommend that Owner accept or reject substitution request. 2. Upon request, Architect will provide cost for changes to Contract Documents, Drawings, details and Specifications required for substitutions. B. Notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject requested substitution. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 1 Administrative Requirements SECTION 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes general procedural requirements for ongoing submittals. 1. Schedule of values. 2. Product data and manufacturer’s literature. 3. Shop drawings. 4. Samples. 5. Manufacturers' certificates. 6. Excess materials and attic stock. 7. Design build (delegated design) procedures. 8. Deferred approval requirements. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 31 00: Project management and coordination. 2. Section 01 32 10: Construction Schedule – Bar Chart. 3. Section 01 40 00: Test reports, manufacturer's field reports, and mock-ups. 4. Section 01 70 00: Manufacturers’ instructions. 5. Section 01 77 00: Closeout requirements including Project Record Documents. 6. Section 01 78 00: Warranties. 1.2 GENERAL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submittals: Transmit each item using form approved by Architect; submit sample to Architect for approval prior to use. 1. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier. a. Attach sequential identification number for each new submittal. b. Identify each resubmittal using original submittal number and sequential identification clearly indicating item is resubmitted. 2. Identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification section number as appropriate. 3. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. 4. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 2 Administrative Requirements 5. Contractor: Review and stamp submittals from subcontractors prior to submitting to Architect. a. Review submittals and indicate where conflicts occur with Contract Documents and with work of other subcontractors. b. Return submittals that vary significantly from Contract Documents for correction and resubmittal prior to submitting to Architect. c. Submittals that vary significantly from Contract Documents and that fail to indicate thorough Contractor review prior to submission to Architect will be returned without review. d. Cursory review and stamping of subcontractor submittal by Contractor shall not be acceptable. B. Initial Schedules: Submit initial progress schedule and schedule of value in duplicate within 15 working days after award of Contract. 1. After review by Owner and Architect revise and resubmit where required. C. Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate submittal of related items. D. After Architect review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identify changes made since previous submittal. E. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply. 1.3 TYPES OF SUBMITTALS A. General: Project requires various types of submittals to maintain communications, minimize misunderstandings, avoid unnecessary conflicts, and to ensure complete documentation for Project Record Documents. 1. Maintain complete set of submittals including required revisions. B. Construction Schedules: Submit construction progress schedules for Design Team and Owner review and to maintain entire team up-to-date on construction activities. C. Schedule of Values: Submit Schedule of Values indicating division of Work, subcontractors to perform work, products being used, and values attributed to each to inform Design Team and Owner. D. Action Submittals: Submittals relating to product data and manufacturer’s literature, shop drawings, and samples for Design Team review and comment; do not begin fabrication, delivery, or installation until Design Team review is complete. E. Information Submittals: Submittals relating to certifications, qualifications, reports, including test reports, and instructions are for information; Design Team may choose to comment but action is not generally anticipated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 3 Administrative Requirements 1. Manufacturer installation instructions and recommendations shall be considered information submittals. F. Design/Build Submittals: Where portion of Work requires design by specialized professionals submit information necessary to ensure work complies with Contract Documents along with certifications signed by qualified professional. 1. Calculations: Do not submit calculations unless specifically required by Contract Documents; submit calculations required by applicable authorities directly to applicable authorities; a. Submit certification by qualified professional indicating required calculations have been prepared and work conforms to Contract Documents and applicable codes and regulations. G. Maintenance Materials Submittals: Compile maintenance information and materials during Work to ensure complete set of documents, maintenance manuals, and operation instructions. H. Closeout Submittals: Compile closeout submittals, organize, and submit to Owner prior to or at time of Substantial Completion. Project will not be considered Substantially Complete until closeout submittals have been received by Owner. I. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): MSDS will only be reviewed by Architect when submitted to show compliance with LEED certification requirements. 1. Non-LEED submittals that include material safety data sheets will be returned for resubmittal. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703 or another Owner and Architect pre- approved 8-1/2" by 11" paper format; Contractor's standard media-driven printout will be considered on request. Submit within 15 days after award of Contract. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual, with modifications as pre-approved by Owner and Architect; identify each line item with number and title of major Specification sections. C. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor overhead and profit. D. Revise schedule to list change orders for each Application for Payment. 1. Submit subschedule for each phase of Work. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA/MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE A. Action Submittals: Mark each copy to identify applicable Products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to the Work. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 4 Administrative Requirements B. Information Submittals: Include manufacturers' installation instructions only when required by Specifications or specifically requested by Architect. 1. Maintain copy of manufacturer installation instructions and recommendations in Contractor's field office for review. C. Product data shall be submitted as electronic PDF files unless otherwise noted or approved by Architect in advance. 1. Where paper copies are permitted submit number of copies Contractor requires, plus one copy to be retained by Architect. D. Submit number of copies Contractor requires, plus one copy to be retained by Architect. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted as electronic PDF files unless otherwise noted or approved by Architect in advance. 1. Where prints are permitted submit one reproducible print; minimum sheet size 8-1/2” by 11”. B. Shop drawings shall be submitted in reproducible format acceptable to Architect and Owner; computerized PDF files will be acceptable unless otherwise directed. 1. Prints: Submit one reproducible print; minimum sheet size 8-1/2” by 11”. 2. Prints: Submit three reproducible prints; minimum sheet size 8-1/2" by 11". C. Distribution: After review, reproduce and distribute. 1.7 SAMPLES A. Submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. C. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. D. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. E. Submit number of samples required by Contractor plus one to be retained by Architect. 1. Maintain one set of approved samples at Project Field Office. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 5 Administrative Requirements F. Sizes: Provide following sizes unless otherwise specified. 1. Flat or Sheet Products: Minimum 6" square, maximum 12" by 12". 2. Linear Products: Minimum 6", maximum 12" long. 3. Bulk Products: Minimum one pint, maximum one gallon. G. Full size samples may be used in the Work upon approval. 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. Submit certificates, in duplicate in accordance with requirements of each Specification section. 1.9 EXCESS MATERIALS AND ATTIC STOCK A. Excess Materials: Excess materials shall be considered property of Owner; inform Owner of extent of excess materials and methods required for handling and storage; remove from site excess materials not required by Owner for maintenance stock. B. Attic Stock: Owner may choose to obtain additional attic stock for maintenance purposes where excess materials are not considered adequate. 1. Owner may require as much as 5% extra materials for maintenance purposes. Exact amount of each material shall be determined by Owner based on following meeting and additional costs determined by Contractor. a. Contractor shall be prepared to order up to 5% extra materials on items that may not be readily available in future such as custom colors, off-shore manufacture, anticipated life span under 5 years, and potential for damage. 1) Do not order extra attic stock until extent is determined and agreed to by Owner including which materials require extra stock and exactly how much those materials will cost including shipping and handling. b. Excess Materials: Furnish excess materials only for materials that have a shelf-life of more than three years. 2. Meeting: Conduct meeting prior to beginning Work to discuss extent of materials Owner would like to receive at Project Closeout for attic stock for maintenance materials; where available include personnel from Owner’s maintenance crew. a. Estimate amount of excess materials to be anticipated to be ordered in addition to materials for handling and storage and how those materials will be invoiced and identified regarding material and location in Project. b. Determine area necessary for adequate storage, handling, and identifying excess materials and attic stock and discuss with Owner. c. Submit information regarding equipment necessary for handling of excess materials and attic stock due to weight, size, and storage requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 6 Administrative Requirements d. Assist Owner in determining where on-site or off-site additional attic stock for maintenance purposes will be delivered and stored. 3. Additional Costs: After meeting submit to Owner detailed listing of additional costs for each material Owner may like to receive for attic stock and assist Owner in modifying listing to determine acceptable final costs. a. Include unit prices for desired attic stock where excess materials are not adequate for Owner maintenance stock. 4. Substantial Completion: Submit Construction Bulletin at Substantial Completion indicating changes to Contract Amount for attic stock including unit price totals for materials where excess materials are not adequate. 5. Final Completion: Ensure attic stock has been received, identified, cataloged, and stored at locations agreed upon with Owner based on Change Order indicating amounts finally agreed to by Owner. 1.10 DESIGN/BUILD PROCEDURES A. Design as Part of Means and Methods of Construction: Select Project components require construction team design as part of means and methods of construction as described in various sections. 1. Terms commonly used such as Design/Build, Delegated Design, and Design/Assist are applicable to these procedures as determined by law but shall be generally referred to in these documents as Design/Build. a. In general Design/Build includes design by licensed professionals with expertise beyond that allowed under standard architectural licensure, and outside of scope of work of other design professionals on the design team. 2. Contractor may be required to provide design services as part of construction for specific work defined as design or design-build where special expertise is required that is not available in the Project design team. 3. Subcontractors, fabricators, and manufacturers may be required to provide design services as part of their work due to special expertise in design services for their specific components, refer to technical sections for Design/Build. 4. Contractor, subcontractors, fabricators, manufacturers, and suppliers shall be responsible for attachments, anchors, fasteners, adhesives, and connectors suitable to applications unless specific items are listed in Contract Documents. a. Where specific items are listed in Contract Documents Contractor, subcontractors, fabricators, manufacturers, and suppliers shall review and submit comments where items listed are not acceptable. b. Where no comments are received, listed items shall be considered acceptable. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 7 Administrative Requirements B. Contractor acknowledges and accepts responsibility for specialty design as part of means and methods of construction, as well as coordination of parties involved to achieve architectural design intent indicated in Contract Documents. 1. Design-build work includes sizing, sequencing, and detailing for construction by professional licensed or registered engineer or design professional with special expertise applicable to portion of Work involved. 2. Design-build work shall be constructed in compliance with building codes and regulations in effect and shall be fit and proper for intended use. 3. Design-build work shall include drawings, specifications, and calculations prepared, stamped, and signed by qualified professional licensed or registered engineer licensed in the Project location as appropriate to design-build work. a. Plans, specifications, and calculations shall be acceptable to Owner, Owner’s Representative, and applicable authorities. C. Where required by Owner Contractor shall submit copies of current insurance policies covering errors and omissions of persons designing design-build work with deductibles and limits per occurrence as mutually agreed by Owner and Contractor. 1. Provide endorsement to insurance providing for 30-day notice to Owner prior to cancellation or material reduction in coverage. 2. Insurance shall be maintained for not less than applicable statute of limitations for claims of latent defects, if such insurance is not written on an occurrence basis during time design-build work is designed and constructed. D. Review proposed layouts with Design Team and with various trades prior to commencing work related to design-build work. 1.11 DEFERRED APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS A. Installation of deferred approval items shall not be started until detailed plans, specifications, and engineering calculations have been accepted and signed by Architect or Engineer of Record responsible for Project design. B. Deferred Approval Items shall be signed by California registered architect or professional engineer delegated responsibility covering specific work shown requiring approval by Division of the State Architect. 1. Deferred approval items for this Project include but may not be limited to following: a. Translucent Walls and Roofs – Section 08 45 00. b. Telescopic Bleachers – Section 12 66 01. c. Grandstands – Section 13 34 16. d. Hydraulic Elevators – Section 14 24 00. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 8 Administrative Requirements 2. Deferred approval drawings and specifications become part of the approved submittal documents for the Project when they are submitted to and approved by Division of the State Architect. 3. Submit four prints of each drawing. Drawings shall include empty 7” by 9” space on first sheet reserved for Architect to add “General Conformance Block” required for DSA. 4. Submit four copies of calculations, product data and test reports. 5. Identify and specify supports, fasteners, spacing, penetrations, etc., for each deferred approval items, including calculations for each fastener. 6. Submit documents to Architect of Record for review. 7. Deferred submittal documents shall bear stamp and signature of architect or engineer licensed in State of California and responsible for work shown on deferred submittal documents. 8. Architect of Record will forward submittal to appropriate Project Engineer. 9. Review of Project Architect or Engineer of Record is for conformance with design concept shown on Contract Documents. Neither Architect or Engineer of Project shall be responsible for review for correctness of deferred approval items. 10. After review by Architect/Engineer of Record, Architect of Record will forward two copies of submittal to Division of the State Architect for approval. 11. Respond to review comments made by Division of the State Architect and revise and resubmit submittal for final approval. 12. Architect of Record will forward two copies of final revised submittal to the Division of the State Architect for approval. 13. The Division of the State Architect will return one copy of final submittal to the Architect of Record. 14. Architect of Record will forward one copy of evidence of submittal approval by Division of the State Architect for final distribution by General Contractor. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 31 00 - 1 Project Management and Coordination SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Description of Project management and coordination including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. General Project coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Staff names. 4. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 5. Project meetings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 30 00: Administrative requirements. 2. Section 01 79 00: Demonstration and training. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Specifications sections to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of Work. 1. Coordinate construction operations that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 2. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements. 3. Make provisions for accommodating items installed by Owner or under separate contracts. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved as needed, outlining special procedures required for coordination. 1. Include required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings; include Architect and Owner in distribution. C. Verify characteristics of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connection to, and placing such equipment in service. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. 1. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as possible; make runs parallel with lines of building. 2. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 31 00 - 2 Project Management and Coordination D. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated; coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings for areas where space availability is limited and necessitates maximum utilization of space for components and where separate entities, products, and materials require coordination. 1. Require each subcontractor with items located in ceiling space to furnish coordination drawings of their items to assist in preparation of Contractor’s Coordination Drawings. 2. Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 3. Indicate required installation sequences. 4. Ceiling Spaces: Take special care to coordinate structure, ceiling systems, equipment located in ceiling spaces, fire protection systems, mechanical systems, and electrical systems. B. Staff Names: Immediately after receipt of notice to proceed or immediately after signing of Contract by Owner and Contractor, submit list of principal staff assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. 1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. 1.4 SUPERVISORY AND ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL A. Provide supervisory personnel, in addition to Project Superintendent, as required for proper and timely performance of Work and coordination of subcontracts. B. Provide administrative staff as required to allow Project Superintendent and supervisory personnel to allocate maximum time to Project supervision and coordination. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer Project meetings throughout progress of Work: 1. Pre-construction meeting. 2. Progress meetings at weekly intervals. 3. Pre-installation conferences. 4. Coordination meetings. 5. Special meetings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 31 00 - 3 Project Management and Coordination B. Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes and distribute copies within two days to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected. C. Attendance: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate to agenda; Architect, Owner, and Owner and Architect’s consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Suggested Agenda: Review of Work progress, status of progress schedule and adjustments, delivery schedules, submittals, requests for information, maintenance of quality standards, pending changes and substitutions, and issues needing resolution. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 1 Information and Procedures SECTION 01 31 10 INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES INSTRUCTIONS (RFI) PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section contains procedures to be followed by Contractor upon discovery of any apparent conflicts, omissions, or errors in Contract Documents or upon having any question concerning interpretation. B. Alternate: At the Owners option, Utilize the standard forms, procedures, contracts and / or agreements, preferred by the owner, in lieu of the methods described herein. 1.2 PROCEDURES A. Requests for clarification or additional information shall be submitted in writing to Architect using a Request for Information (RFI) form approved by Architect. B. RFIs shall be numbered sequentially. RFI number shall be followed by a sequential numerical suffix as necessary for each resubmission. For example, first RFI would be 001. Second RFI would be 002 and first resubmittal of RFI 002 would be 002.1. C. Each RFI shall be limited to ONE subject. D. An RFI shall be submitted if one of following conditions occur: 1. Contractor discovers an unforeseen condition or circumstance that is not described in Contract Documents. 2. Contractor discovers an apparent conflict or discrepancy between portions of Contract Documents that appears to be inconsistent or is not reasonably inferred from intent of Contract Documents. 3. Contractor discovers what appears to be an omission from Contract Documents that cannot be reasonably inferred from intent of Contract Documents. E. Contractor shall not: 1. Submit an RFI as a request for substitution. 2. Submit an RFI as a submittal. 3. Submit an RFI under pretense of a Contract Documents discrepancy or omission without thorough review of documents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 30 00 - 2 Information and Procedures 4. Submit an RFI in a manner that suggests specific portions of Contract Documents are assumed to be excluded or by taking an isolated portion of Contract Documents in part rather than whole. 5. Submit an RFI in an untimely manner without proper coordination and scheduling of Work of related trades. 6. If Contractor submits an RFI contrary to any of above, Contractor shall pay cost of any review, which cost shall be deducted from Contract sum. F. Submit a request for information or clarification immediately upon discovery. Submit RFI’s within a time frame so as not to delay Contract schedule while allowing full response time described below. 1.3 RESPONSE TIME: A. Architect, whose decision will be final and conclusive, shall resolve such questions and issue instructions to Contractor within a reasonable time frame. In most cases, RFI’s will receive a response within 14 days. In some cases this time may need to be lengthened for complex issues, or shortened for emergency situations, as mutually agreed in writing. B. Should Contractor proceed with Work affected before receipt of a response from Architect, within response time described above, any portion of Work which is not done in accordance with Architect’s interpretations, clarifications, instructions, or decisions is subject to removal or replacement and Contractor shall be responsible for all resultant losses. C. In event of failure to agree as to scope of Contract requirements, Contractor shall follow procedures set forth in General Conditions. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 1 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart SECTION 01329 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - BAR CHART PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. References. B. Performance requirements. C. Qualifications. D. Quality Assurance. E. Project record documents. F. Submittals. G. Review and evaluation. H. Format. I. Cost and schedule reports. J. Early work schedule. K. Construction schedule. L. Short interval schedule. M. Requested time adjustment schedule. N. Recovery schedule. O. Updating schedules. P. Distribution. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual - A Manual for General Contractors and the Construction Industry, The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC). B. National Weather Service - Local Climatological Data. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Ensure adequate scheduling during construction activities so work may be prosecuted in an orderly and expeditious manner within stipulated Contract Time. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 2 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart B. Ensure coordination of Contractor and subcontractors at all levels. C. Ensure coordination of submittals, fabrication, delivery, erection, installation, and testing of materials and equipment. D. Ensure on-time delivery of Owner furnished materials and equipment. E. Ensure coordination of jurisdictional reviews. F. Assist in preparation and evaluation of applications for payment. G. Assist in monitoring progress of work. H. Assist in evaluation of proposed changes to Contract Time. I. Assist in evaluation of proposed changes to Construction Schedule. J. Assist in detection of schedule delays and identification of corrective actions. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Scheduler: Personnel with 3 years minimum experience in scheduling construction work of a complexity and size comparable to this Project. B. Administrative Personnel: 3 years minimum experience in using and monitoring schedules on comparable projects. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual published by the AGC. B. In the event of discrepancy between the AGC publication and this section, provisions of this section shall govern. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Submit one reproducible and two copies of final Record Construction Schedule which reflects actual construction of this Project. C. Record schedule shall be certified for compliance with actual way project was constructed. D. Receipt of Record Construction Schedule shall be a condition precedent to any retainage release or final payment. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Within 7 days from the Notice of Award submit proposed Early Work Schedule and preliminary Cost Report defining activities for first 60 days of Work. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 3 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart B. Within 45 days from the Notice of Award submit proposed Construction Schedule and final Cost Report. C. Submit updated Construction Schedule at least 10 days prior to each Application for Payment. D. Submit Short Interval Schedule at each Construction Progress Meeting. E. Submit Time Adjustment Schedule within 10 days of commencement of a claimed delay. F. Submit Recovery Schedules as required by completion of work. G. Submit one reproducible and two copies of each schedule and cost report. 1.8 REVIEW AND EVALUATION A. Early Work Schedule shall be reviewed during Preconstruction Conference with Owner and Architect. B. Within 5 days of receipt of Owner and Architect's comments provide satisfactory revision to Early Work Schedule or adequate justification for activities in question. C. Acceptance by Owner of corrected Early Work Schedule shall be a condition precedent to making any progress payments for first 60 days of Contract. D. Cost loaded values of Early Work Schedule shall be a basis for determining progress payments during first 60 days of Contract. E. Participate in joint review of Construction Schedule and Reports with Owner and Architect. F. Within 7 days of receipt of Owner and Architect's comments provide satisfactory revision to Construction Schedule or adequate justification for activities in question. G. In the event that an activity or element of work is not detected by Owner or Architect review, such omission or error shall be corrected by next scheduled update and shall not affect Contract Time. H. Acceptance by Owner of corrected Construction Schedule shall be a condition precedent to making any progress payments after first 60 days of Contract. I. Cost-loaded values of Construction Schedule shall be basis for determining progress payments. J. Review and acceptance by Owner and Architect of Early Work Schedule or Construction Schedule does not constitute responsibility whatsoever for accuracy or feasibility of schedules nor does such acceptance expressly or impliedly warrant, acknowledge or admit reasonableness of activities, logic, duration, or cost loading stated or implied on schedules. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 4 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart 1.9 FORMAT A. Shall be fully developed horizontal bar-chart-type schedule prepared under concepts and methods outlined in AGC Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual. B. Provide separate bar for each activity or operation. C. Activity shall not have a duration longer than 14 days or a value over $20,000.00 except non-construction activities for procurement and delivery. D. Prepare schedule on sheet of sufficient width to clearly show data. E. Provide continuous heavy vertical line identifying first day of week. F. Provide continuous subordinate vertical line identifying each day of week. G. Identify activities by number, description, and cost. H. Show each activity in proper sequence. I. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for related activities. J. Provide legend of symbols and abbreviations used. 1.10 COST AND SCHEDULE REPORTS A. Activity Analysis: Tabulate each activity and identify for each activity: 1. Description. 2. Interface with outside contractors or agencies. 3. Duration. 4. Start date. 5. Finish date. 6. Actual start date. 7. Actual finish date. 8. Monetary value keyed to Schedule of Values. 9. Responsibility. 10. Percentage complete. 11. Variance positive or negative. B. Cost Report: Tabulate each activity and identify for each activity: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 5 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart 1. Description. 2. Total cost. 3. Percentage complete. 4. Value prior to current period. 5. Value this period. 6. Value to date. 1.11 EARLY WORK SCHEDULE A. Shall establish scope of work to be performed during the first 60 days of Contract. B. Shall contain the following phases and activities: 1. Procurement activities to include mobilization, shop drawings and sample submittals. 2. Identification of key and long-lead elements and realistic delivery dates. 3. Construction activities in units of whole days limited to 14 days for each activity except non-construction activities for procurement and delivery. 4. Approximate cost and duration of each activity. C. Shall contain seasonal weather considerations. Seasonal rainfall shall be 10 year average for the month as evidenced by Local Climatological Data obtained from U.S. National Weather Service. D. Activities shall be incorporated into Construction Schedule. E. No application for payment will be evaluated or processed until Early Work Schedule has been submitted and reviewed. F. Shall be updated on a monthly basis while Construction Schedule is being developed. G. Failure to submit an adequate or accurate Early Work Schedule or failure to submit on established dates will be considered a substantial breach of Contract. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Shall include Early Work Schedule as first 60 days of Construction Schedule. B. Shall be a fully developed horizontal bar-chart-type schedule. C. Shall indicate a completion date for project that is no later than required completion date. D. Conform to mandatory dates specified in the contract documents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 6 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart E. Should schedule indicate a completion date earlier than any required completion date, Owner or Architect shall not be liable for any costs should project be unable to be completed by such date. F. Seasonal weather shall be considered in planning and scheduling of all work. Seasonal rainfall shall be 10 year average for the month as evidenced by Local Climatological Data obtained from U.S. National Weather Service. G. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of entire schedule. H. Indicate procurement activities, delivery and installation of Owner furnished material and equipment. I. Level of detail shall correspond to complexity of work involved. J. As developed shall show sequence of activities required for complete performance of Work. K. Shall be logical and show a coordinated plan of Work. L. Show order of activities. Include specific dates of completion. M. Duration of activities shall be coordinated with subcontractors and suppliers and shall be best estimate of time required. N. Failure to include any activity shall not be an excuse for completing all work by required completion date. O. An activity shall meet the following criteria: 1. Any portion or element of work, action, or reaction that is precisely described, readily identifiable, and is a function of a logical sequential process. 2. Descriptions shall be clear and concise. Beginning and end shall be readily verifiable. Starts and finishes shall be scheduled by logical restraints. 3. Responsibility shall be identified with a single performing entity. 4. Additional codes shall identify building, floor, bid item and CSI classification. 5. Assigned dollar value (cost-loading) of each activity shall cumulatively equal total contract amount. Mobilization, bond and insurance costs shall be separate. General requirement costs, overhead, profit, shall be prorated throughout all activities. Activity costs shall correlate with Schedule of Values. P. For major equipment and materials show a sequence of activities including: 1. Preparation of shop drawings and sample submissions. 2. Review of shop drawings and samples. 3. Finish and color selection. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 7 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart 4. Fabrication and delivery. 5. Erection or installation. 6. Testing. Q. Include a minimum of 15 days prior to completion date for punch lists and clean up. No other activities shall be scheduled during this period. 1.13 SHORT INTERVAL SCHEDULE A. Shall be fully developed horizontal bar-chart-type schedule directly derived from Construction Schedule. B. Prepare schedule on sheet of sufficient width to clearly show data. C. Identify activities by same description as Construction Schedule. D. Show each activity in proper sequence. E. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for related activities. F. Indicate activities completed or in progress for previous 2 week period. G. Indicate activities scheduled for succeeding 2 week period. H. Further detail may be added if necessary to monitor schedule. 1.14 REQUESTED TIME ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE A. Updated Construction Schedule shall not show a completion date later than the Contract Time, subject to any time extensions processed as part of a Change Order. B. If an extension of time is requested a separate schedule entitled "Requested Time Adjustment Schedule" shall be submitted to Owner and Architect. C. Indicate requested adjustments in Contract Time which are due to changes or delays in completion of work. D. Extension request shall include forecast of project completion date and actual achievement of any dates listed in Agreement. E. To the extent that any requests are pending at time of any Construction Schedule update, Time Adjustment Schedule shall also be updated. F. Schedule shall be a fully developed horizontal bar-chart-type schedule. G. Accompany schedule with formal written time extension request and detailed impact analysis justifying extension. H. Time impact analysis shall demonstrate time impact based upon date of delay, and status of construction at that time. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 8 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart I. Activity delays shall not automatically constitute an extension of Contract Time. J. Failure of subcontractors shall not be justification for an extension of time. K. Extensions will be granted only to extent that time adjustments extend Contract completion date. L. Owner shall not have an obligation to consider any time extension request unless requirements of Contract Documents, and specifically, but not limited to these requirements are complied with. M. Owner shall not be responsible or liable for any construction acceleration due to failure of Owner to grant time extensions under Contract Documents should requested adjustments in Contract Time not substantially comply with submission and justification requirements of Contract for time extension requests. N. In the event a Requested Time Adjustment Schedule and Time Impact Analysis are not submitted within 10 days after commencement of a delay it is mutually agreed that delay does not require a Contract time extension. 1.15 RECOVERY SCHEDULE A. When activities are behind Construction Schedule a supplementary Recovery Schedule shall be submitted. B. Form and detail shall be sufficient to explain and display how activities will be rescheduled to regain compliance with Construction Schedule. C. Maximum duration shall be one month and shall coincide with payment period. D. Ten days prior to expiration of Recovery Schedule verification to determine if activities have regained compliance with Construction Schedule will be made. Based upon this verification the following will occur: 1. Supplemental Recovery Schedule will be submitted to address subsequent payment period. 2. Construction Schedule will be resumed. 1.16 UPDATING SCHEDULES A. Review and update schedule at least 10 days prior to submitting an Application for Payment. B. Approved change orders which affect schedule shall be identified as separate new activities. C. Change orders of less than $20,000.00 value or less than 3 days duration need not be shown unless completion date is affected. D. Maintain schedule to record actual prosecution and progress. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 10 - 9 Construction Schedule – Bar Chart E. No other revisions shall be made to schedule unless authorized by Owner. F. Provide narrative Progress Report at time of schedule update which details the following: 1. Activities or portions of activities completed during previous reporting period. 2. Actual start dates for activities currently in progress. 3. List of major construction equipment used during reporting period and any equipment idle. 4. Number of personnel by craft engaged on Work during reporting period. 5. Progress analysis describing problem areas. 6. Current and anticipated delay factors and their impact. 7. Proposed corrective actions for Recovery Schedule. 8. Proposed modifications, additions, deletions and changes in Construction Schedule. G. Schedule update will form basis upon which progress payments will be made. H. Owner will not be obligated to review or process Application for Payment until schedule and Progress Report have been submitted. 1.17 DISTRIBUTION A. Following joint review and acceptance of updated schedules distribute copies to Owner, Architect, and all other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report in writing any problem anticipated by projections shown in schedule. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 90 -1 Safety Plan SECTION 01 32 90 SAFETY PLAN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Development and maintenance of a Construction Safety Plan. 1.2 REFERENCES A. California Labor Code, Section 6401.7. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. C. Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA). 1.3 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN A. Detail the Methods and Procedures to comply with California Labor Code Section 6401.7, NFPA 70E, Federal, and Local Health and Safety Laws, Rules and Requirements for the duration of the Contract Times. Methods and procedures must also comply with the Suez Safety Plan. Include the following: 1. Identification of the Certified or Licensed Safety Consultant who will prepare, initiate, maintain and supervise safety programs, and procedures. 2. Procedures for providing workers with an awareness of safety and health hazards expected to be encountered during the course of construction. 3. Safety equipment appropriate to the safety and health hazards expected to be encountered during construction. Include warning devices, barricades, safety equipment in public right-of-way and protected areas, safety equipment used in multi-level structures, personal protective equipment (PPE) as required by NFPA 70E. 4. Methods for minimizing employees' exposure to safety and health hazards expected during construction. 5. Procedures for reporting safety or health hazards. 6. Procedures to follow to correct a recognized safety and health hazard. 7. Procedures for investigation of accidents, injuries, illnesses, and unusual events that have occurred at the construction site. 8. Periodic and scheduled inspections of general work areas and specific workstations. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 32 90 -2 Safety Plan 9. Training for employees and workers at the jobsite. 10. Methods of communication of safe working conditions, work practices and required personal protection equipment. B. Assume responsibility for every aspect of Health and Safety on the jobsite, including the health and safety of subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons on the jobsite: 1. Forward available information and reports to the Safety Consultant who shall make the necessary recommendations concerning worker health and safety at the jobsite. 2. Employ additional health and safety measures specified by the Safety Consultant, as necessary, for workers in accordance with OSHA guidelines. C. The Contractor shall include a task specific job hazard analysis in the Contractor's safety plan for specific high-risk activities including crane usage, chemical containment area work, etc. D. Transmit to Owner and Engineer copies of reports and other documents related to accidents or injuries encountered during construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 35 15 - 1 CALGreen Environmental Requirements SECTION 01 35 15 CALGREEN ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Comply with CALGreen environmental requirements related to energy efficiency, water efficiency and conservation, material conservation and resource efficiency, and environmental quality. 1. Comply with specific CALGreen requirements as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction and applicable to Project. 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Mandatory Measures: Comply with CALGreen Mandatory Measures applicable to Project. 1. Design team and construction team are each required to participate to maximum degree possible to achieve CALGreen environmental requirements. 2. Contract Documents are not intended to limit alternative means of achieving environmental requirements. a. Suggestions from Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers for achieving environmental requirements are encouraged; team approach is also encouraged. 3. Voluntary Tiers: Verify extent of Voluntary Tiers applicability to Project. a. Construction team is encouraged to work with Owner and Design Team to incorporate additional measures as defined in CALGreen Appendixes. b. Contact Owner and Architect regarding extent of intent of Project to reach Voluntary Tiers, additional work necessary to achieve enhanced Voluntary Tiers, and potential costs involved in achieving each Voluntary Tier. c. Construction team is required to achieve Mandatory Measures and Voluntary Tiers as applicable, and to achieve as much as possible without unacceptable cost impact or schedule impact as determined by Owner. B. Requirements: Construction team is required to review CALGreen requirements relative to Project related to following. 1. Energy Efficiency: Comply with California Energy Commission requirements. 2. Water Efficiency and Conservation: Comply with requirements for both indoor and outdoor water use. 3. Material Conservation and Resource Efficiency: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 35 15 - 2 CALGreen Environmental Requirements a. Nonresidential Projects: Provide weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope including prevention of landscape irrigation spray on structures (if any) and prevent water intrusion at exterior entries. b. Residential Projects: Seal openings and penetrations in building envelope Construction Waste: c. Provide construction waste management plan as defined by CALGreen with demolition and construction waste diverted from landfill by recycling or salvage for reuse. d. Nonresidential Projects Building Maintenance and Operation: Provide for commissioning requirements as required by CALGreen including but not limited to testing, documentation and training, testing and adjusting. e. Residential Projects Building Maintenance and Operation: Provide operation and maintenance data as required by CALGreen. 4. Nonresidential Projects Environmental Quality: Comply with following as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction and as applicable to Project. a. Fireplaces: Comply with requirement for fireplaces (if any) to be direct-vent sealed-combustion gas type or sealed wood-burning fireplace, woodstove, or pellet stove. b. Mechanical Equipment Pollution Control: Cover duct and related air distribution component openings to prevent dust and debris accumulation. c. Finish Material Pollution Control: Comply with CALGreen requirements for volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions including but not necessarily limited to following (as applicable): 1) Adhesives, sealants and caulks. 2) Paints and coatings. 3) Carpet systems including carpet, carpet cushion, and adhesives. 4) Resilient flooring systems. 5) Composite wood products formaldehyde limitations. d. Filters: Comply with requirements for mechanically ventilated buildings to have air filtration media for outside and return air prior to occupancy. e. Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control: Comply with CALGreen requirements for ETS. f. Interior Moisture Control: Comply with California Building Code requirements and CALGreen requirements for vapor retarder at concrete slab foundations and capillary break (aggregate base). g. Building Material Moisture Content: Do not use water damaged building materials, remove and place wet and high moisture content insulation, and do not enclose wall or floor framing when moisture content exceeds 19%. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 35 15 - 3 CALGreen Environmental Requirements h. Indoor Air Quality: Comply with CALGreen requirements for outside air delivery and carbon dioxide monitoring. i. Environmental Comfort: Comply with CALGreen requirements for whole acoustical control and interior sound control. j. Outdoor Air Quality: Comply with CALGreen requirements for reduction of greenhouse gases and ozone depletion. 5. Residential Projects Environmental Quality: a. Fireplaces: Comply with requirement that gas fireplaces (if any) shall be direct-vent sealed-combustion type and woodstoves or pellet stoves (if any) comply with U.S. EPA Phase II emissions limits. b. Mechanical Equipment Pollution Control: Cover duct and related air distribution component openings to prevent dust and debris accumulation. c. Finish Material Pollution Control: Comply with CALGreen requirements for volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions including but not necessarily limited to following (as applicable): 1) Adhesives, sealants and caulks. 2) Paints and coatings. 3) Carpet systems including carpet, carpet cushion, and adhesives. 4) Resilient flooring systems. 5) Composite wood products formaldehyde limitations. d. Interior Moisture Control: Comply with CALGreen requirements for vapor retarder at concrete slab foundations and capillary break (aggregate base). e. Building Material Moisture Content: Do not use water damaged building materials, remove and place wet and high moisture content insulation, and do not enclose wall or floor framing when moisture content exceeds 19%. f. Indoor Air Quality: Provide humidistat-controlled bathroom exhaust fans with Energy Star compliance, ducted to terminate outside building. g. Environmental Comfort: Comply with CALGreen requirements for whole house exhaust fan louvers to be insulated or have covers which close when fan is off, and with heating and air-conditioning system design requirements. C. Planning and Design: Construction team shall coordinate with Design Team regarding Project Planning and Design methods related to CALGreen requirements related to Project design and shall comply with requirements related to construction. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Project Management and Coordination: Contractor to identify one person on Contractor’s staff to be responsible for CALGreen issues compliance and coordination. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 35 15 - 4 CALGreen Environmental Requirements 1. Experience: Environmental project manager to have experience relating to CALGreen building construction. 2. Responsibilities: Carefully review Contract Documents for CALGreen issues, coordinate work of trades, subcontractors, and suppliers; instruct workers relating to environmental issues; and oversee Project Environmental Goals. a. Submittals: Collect, compile, verify, and maintain sufficient information for submittals indicating compliance with applicable CALGreen requirements. 3. Meetings: Discuss CALGreen Goals at following meetings. a. Pre-construction meeting. b. Pre-installation meetings. c. Regularly scheduled job-site meetings. B. CALGreen Issues Criteria: Comply with requirements listed in CALGreen and various Specification sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General Issues: Do not use materials with moisture stains or with signs of mold or mildew. 1. Moisture Stains: Materials that have evidence of moisture damage, including stains, are not acceptable, including both stored and installed materials; immediately remove from site. 2. Mold and Mildew: Materials that have evidence of growth of molds or of mildew are not acceptable, including both stored and installed materials; immediately remove from site. 2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions Environmental Issues: Requests for substitutions shall comply with requirements specified in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures, with following additional information required where environmental issues are involved. 1. Indicate each proposed substitution complies with CALGreen requirements. 2. Owner and Architect reserve right to reject proposed substitutions where CALGreen information is not provided and where substitution may impact mandatory requirements or Project voluntary tier requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 35 15 - 5 CALGreen Environmental Requirements PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Environmental Issues: Protect interior materials from water damage; where interior products not intended for wet applications are exposed to moisture, immediately remove from site. 1. Protect installed products using methods that do not support growth of molds and mildews. Immediately remove from site materials with mold and materials with mildew. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 40 00 - 1 Quality Requirements SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes general quality control requirements. 1. General quality control. 2. Manufacturers' field services. 3. Mock-ups. 4. Independent testing laboratory services and inspections. B. Related Requirements: 1. Refer to applicable codes and Specifications sections for test requirements. 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specification sections, require manufacturer or supplier to have qualified personnel provide on-site observations and recommendations. 1. Observe field conditions, including conditions of surfaces and installation. 2. Observe quality of workmanship. 3. Provide recommendations to assure acceptable installation and workmanship. 4. Where required, start, test, and adjust equipment as applicable. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect or Owner listing observations and recommendations. 1.4 MOCK-UPS A. Erect field samples and field mock-ups at locations on site as approved in advance and in accordance with requirements where included in Specifications section. 1. Test mock-ups requiring special equipment may be erected at location having access to necessary equipment; coordinate with Architect. B. Field samples and mock-ups not approved and not capable of being acceptably revised shall be removed from site. C. Approved field samples and mock-ups may be used as part of Project. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 40 00 - 2 Quality Requirements 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES AND INSPECTIONS A. Testing laboratory services and inspections specified and required by applicable codes and regulations will be performed by firms independent of firms related to construction operations and shall be acceptable to applicable authorities. 1. Notify Owner immediately where potential conflict of interest may be involved with testing laboratories or inspection services for Project. 2. Owner or Architect may also require independent testing of items where doubts exist that product or system does not conform to Contract Documents. 3. Owner will employ and pay for testing laboratory and special inspectors to provide Project specific testing and inspections under applicable codes and Specification sections except where indicated otherwise. a. Owner employment of testing laboratory and inspectors shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of applicable codes and Contract Documents. 1) Laboratory and inspectors may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. b. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by Owner's testing laboratory. 1) Payment for retesting shall be charged to Contractor by deducting inspection and testing charges from Contract amount. c. Owner provided testing shall be limited to Project specific testing and shall not include general tests or approvals of materials, equipment or systems. d. Owner provided inspections shall be limited to Project design team inspections and special inspectors required by applicable authorities. B. Services shall be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. C. DSA Projects: Testing and inspections shall be performed in accordance with DSA 103 Form. D. Reports will be submitted to Architect in duplicate giving observations and results of tests and inspections, indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. 1. Where required, testing laboratory and inspectors will submit copy of tests and inspections directly to enforcing agency. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 40 00 - 3 Quality Requirements E. Contractor shall cooperate with testing laboratory and inspection personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Owner, Architect, inspectors, and testing laboratory sufficiently in advance of expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 42 00 - 1 Reference Standards SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions. B. Specification format and content. C. Industry standards. D. Codes and standards. E. Governing regulations/authorities. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the General Conditions. B. Regulations: Includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the work. 1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT A. Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the construction Specifications Institute's 16-Division format and Master format numbering system. B. The sections are placed in the Project Manual in numeric sequence; however, this sequence is not complete, and the Table of Contents of the specifications must be consulted to determine the total listing of sections. C. The section title is not intended to limit the meaning or content of the section, nor to be fully descriptive of the requirements specified therein. D. The organization of the specifications shall not control the division of the work among subcontractors or establish the extent of work to be performed by any trade. E. Specifications use certain conventions regarding style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are: 1. Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable to maintain the context of the Contract Document indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 42 00 - 2 Reference Standards 2. Imperative and streamlined language is generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. Subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. 3. The words "shall be" are implied wherever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Except where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards shall apply as if bound into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made part of Contract Documents by reference. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids except when a specific date is indicated. C. Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified and where standards may establish different or conflicting requirements for quantities or quality levels, the more stringent, higher quality and greater quantity of work shall apply. D. The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. Indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. E. Each entity engaged in construction of the work is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. F. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required activity, Contractor shall obtain copies directly from publication source. G. Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized trade association, standards-generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the content of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations", published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. H. Refer to individual specification sections and related drawings for names and abbreviations of trade associations and standards applicable to specific portions of the work. In particular, refer to Division 15 for names and abbreviations applicable to mechanical work, and refer to Division 16 for names and abbreviations applicable to electrical work. I. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 42 00 - 3 Reference Standards 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Latest edition of pertaining ordinances, laws, rules, codes, regulations, standards, and others of public agencies having jurisdiction of the work are intended wherever reference is made in either the singular or plural to Code or Building Code except as otherwise specified, including but not limited to latest edition of those in the following listing. 1. 2022 Administrative Regulations California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 1. 2. 2022 California Building Code (CBC) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 2. 3. 2022 California Electrical Code (CEC) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 3. 4. 2022 California Mechanical Code (CMC) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 4. 5. 2022 California Plumbing Code (CPC) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24. Part 5. 6. 2022 California Energy Code California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 6. 7. 2022 California Elevator Safety Regulations California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 7 8. 2022 California Fire Code (CFC) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 9. 9. 2022 State Referenced Standards Code California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, 10. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards. 1.6 GOVERNING REGULATIONS/AUTHORITIES A. Authorities having jurisdiction have been contacted where necessary to obtain information for preparation of Contract Documents. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information having a bearing on the work. B. Comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations indicated and which bear on the conduct of the work. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 1 Testing Laboratory Services SECTION 01 45 80 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. B. Contractor submittals. C. Laboratory responsibilities. D. Laboratory reports. E. Limits on testing laboratory authority. F. Contractor responsibilities. G. Schedule of inspections and tests. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. C. CBC - California Building Code, Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). D. DSA – Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation Services, Structural Safety Section. 1.3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing as specified by Owner's testing laboratory. B. Contractor shall employ and pay for services required to perform specified inspection and testing specified as Contractor responsibility. C. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 2 Testing Laboratory Services A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full-time registered engineer on staff to review services. C. Testing Equipment: Capable of performing tests required calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices acceptable to the National Bureau of Standards. D. All testing agency management, laboratory, and field supervisory personnel shall have at least five years’ experience in the inspection and testing of work and materials of construction. E. Testing laboratory shall maintain a current letter of acceptance issued by the Division of the State Architect (DSA) demonstrating that it has met the criteria established by the Division of the State Architect for performance of inspection work and testing of materials. Laboratory to furnish copy of acceptance letter upon request. 1.5 OWNER'S TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Inspector. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or nonconformance of Work or products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Architect. G. Attend preconstruction conferences and progress meetings when requested by Architect. 1.6 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit within no more than 14 days of the date of the inspection or test one copy of laboratory report to Architect, Engineer, Owner’s Resident Inspector, Division of the State Architect and to Contractor. Reports of test results of materials and inspections found not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be forwarded immediately to the Architect, Engineer, Owner’s Resident Inspector, Division of the State Architect and the Contractor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 3 Testing Laboratory Services B. Include: 1. Date issued, 2. Project title and number, 3. Name of inspector, 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection, 5. Identification of product and Specifications section, 6. Location in the Project, 7. Type of inspection or test, 8. Date of test, 9. Ambient conditions at time of test or sample-taking, 10. Results of tests and interpretation of test results, 11. Professional opinion as to whether tested work is in conformance with Contract Documents, 12. Recommendations on retesting. C. Verification of Test Reports: Each testing agency shall submit to the Architect and the Division of the State Architect a verified report in duplicate covering all of the tests which were required to be made by that agency during the progress of the project. Such report shall be furnished each time that work on the project is suspended, covering the tests up to that time and at the completion of the project, covering all tests. 1.7 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit proposed mix designs to Architect for review in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 4 Testing Laboratory Services B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. C. Notify Architect, Owner’s Resident Inspector and testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse Owner for laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred due to the Contractor's negligence. 2. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's representative a sufficient time in advance of the manufacture of material to be supplied by him under the Contract Documents, which must by terms of the Contract be tested, in order that the Owner may arrange for the testing of same at the source of supply. 3. Any material shipped by the Contractor from the source of supply prior to having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection or prior to the receipt of notice from said representative that such testing and inspection will not be required shall not be incorporated in the job. D. Employ and pay for services of Owner's testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate work does not comply with contract documents. 1.9 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS BY OWNER'S TESTING LABORATORY A. Perform tests and inspections for the following in conformance with the 2022 (CBC) California Building Code, Title 24, Part 2, of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). 1. Structural Tests and Inspections (Chapter 17A) (a) General - 1701A (b) Special Inspections, Contractor Responsibility and Structural Observations - 1704A (c) Required Verification and Inspection -1705A 2. Soils and Foundations (Chapter 18A) (a) Inspection of Soils – 1705A.6 3. Concrete (Chapter 19A) (a) Materials (1) Portland Cement Tests - 1903A.2, 1929A.1 (2) Concrete Aggregates - 1903A.3 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 5 Testing Laboratory Services (3) Gunite/Shotcrete Aggregates - 1903A.3, 1922A.3 (4) Reinforcing Bars - 1903A.5, 1929A.2 (5) Prestressing Steel & Anchorage - 1903A.5, 1929A.3 (6) Batch Plant Inspection - 1929A.4 (7) Waiver of Batch Plant Inspection and Tests - 1929A.5 (b) Concrete Quality (1) Proportions of Concrete - 1904A.1, 1904A.2, 1904A.3, 1904A.4, 1905A.1, 1905A.2, 1905A.3, 1905A.4, 1905A.5 (2) Strength Tests of Concrete - 1905A.6 (3) Splitting Tensile Tests - 1905A.1.4 (4) Gunite/Shotcrete Cores - 1929A.11 (5) Composition Construction Cores - 1929A.8 (6) Gypsum Concrete Strength Tests - 1925A.1,1929A.13 (c) Concrete Inspection (1) Job Site Inspection - 1905A.6, 1905A.7 (2) Batch Plant or Weighmaster Inspection - 1929A.4 (3) Prestressed Concrete Inspection - 1929A.9 (4) Gunite/Shotcrete Inspection - 1929A.10 (5) Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection - 1929A.12 (6) Reinforced Gypsum Concrete Inspection - 1929A.1, 1929A.13 (d) Anchors in Concrete (1) Drilled-In-Expansion Bolts or Epoxy-Type Anchors in Concrete – 1913A.7 4. Structural Steel (Chapter 22A) (a) Materials 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 6 Testing Laboratory Services (1) Structural Steel - 2203A.2, 2231A.1 (2) Material Identification - 2203A (b) Inspection and Tests of Structural Steel (1) Tests of Structural & Cold Formed Steel - 2231A.1 (2) Tests of H.S. Bolts, Nuts, Washers - 2231A.2 (3) Tests of End Welded Studs - 2231A.3 (4) Steel Joist Load Tests - 2231A.7 (5) Shop Fabrication Inspection - 2231A.4 (6) High Strength Bolt Inspection - 2231A.6 (7) Welding Inspection - 2231A.5 (8) Nelson Stud Welding - 2231A.3 (9) Non-destructive Weld Testing - 1703A 5. Wood (Chapter 23A) (a) Materials (1) Lumber and Plywood Grading - 2304A (2) Glued-Laminated Members - 2304A (b) Wood Inspection (1) Timber Connectors - 2337A.2 (2) Truss Joists - 2337A.3 (3) Plate Connected Wood Trusses - 2337A.3 (4) Glu-Laminated Fabrication - 2337A.1 6. Veneer (Chapter 14A) (a) Materials (1) Masonry Units - 1403A.3, 2102A (2) Precast Concrete Units - 1403A.3, 1916A (3) Mortar and Grout 2103A.3, 2103A.4 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 7 Testing Laboratory Services (4) Bond and Shear Tests - 1403A.5.6 (b) Inspection of Veneer (1) Veneer Inspection - 1405A 7. Roof Covering (Chapter 15) (a) Materials (1) Roof Tile tests - 1507.7.1 B. Perform tests and inspections for the following in conformance with the California Building Code (CBC), Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). 1. Foundations - Chapters 18 and 33: a. Earth Fill Compaction - ASTM D1556, ASTM D 1557 2. Concrete and Lightweight Concrete - Chapter 19: a. Portland Cement Tests - 1903.1 b. Concrete Aggregates - 1903.3 c. Reinforcing Bars - 1903.5 3. Concrete Quality - Chapter 19: a. Proportions of Concrete - 1905.2 b. Strength Tests of Concrete - 1905.3 NOTE: Strength tests are not required for equipment pads, pipe and conduit cover and minor non-structural concrete. 4. Steel - Chapter 22: a. Structural Steel - 2203.2 b. Field Welding - 2205.10 c. High Strength Bolts - 2205.11 d. Shop Welding - 2205.10 C. Perform additional test required by individual Specification Sections. 1.10 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS BY CONTRACTOR 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 8 Testing Laboratory Services A. Planting and Irrigation: 1. Testing as specified in Division 2 including, but not limited to; soils analysis and irrigation pressure testing. B. Plumbing 1. Testing as specified in Division 15 including, but not limited to: Sterilization, soil waste and vent, water piping, source of water, gas piping, downspouts and storm drains. C. Automatic Fire Sprinklers 1. Testing as specified in Division 15 shall include, but not be limited to: hydrostatic pressure. D. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning: 1. Testing as specified in Division 15 shall include, but not be limited to: Ductwork tests, cooling tower tests, boiler tests, controls testing, piping tests, water and air systems, and test and balance of heating and air conditioning systems. E. Electrical 1. Testing as specified in Division 16, including, but not limited to: Equipment testing, all electrical system operations, grounding system and checking insulation after cable is pulled. 1.11 INSPECTION BY THE OWNER A. A DSA Certified Class 1 Inspector employed by the Owner in accordance with the requirements of the California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 1 will be assigned to the work. His duties are specifically defined in Section 4-342 of Title 24, Part 1. B. The Owner and his representatives shall at all times have access for the purpose of inspection to all parts of the work and to the shops wherein the work is in preparation, and the Contractor shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for such inspection. C. The work of construction in all stages of progress shall be subject to the personal continuous observation of the Inspector. He shall have free access to any or all parts of the work at any time. The Contractor shall furnish the Inspector reasonable facilities for obtaining such information as may be necessary to keep him fully informed respecting the progress and manner of the work and the character of the materials. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. The presence of an Inspector shall in no way change, mitigate or alleviate the responsibility of the Contractor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 45 80 - 9 Testing Laboratory Services D. The Inspector is not authorized to change, revoke, alter, enlarge or decrease in any way any requirement of the Contract Documents, drawings, specifications or subsequent change orders. E. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with any of the provisions of Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations or evidence that any material or construction does not conform to the requirements of Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations, the Division of the State Architect may require tests as proof of compliance. Test methods shall be as specified herein or by other recognized and accepted test methods determined by the Division of the State Architect. All tests shall be performed by a testing laboratory accepted by the Division of the State Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - FORMS 3.1 STRUCTURAL TEST AND INSPECTION FORM A. See DSA-103 form. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 50 00 - 1 Temporary Facilities and Controls SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes temporary construction facilities and temporary controls. 1. Electricity and lighting. 2. Heat and ventilation. 3. Water and sanitary facilities. 4. Construction aids. 5. Temporary enclosures. 6. Barriers. 7. Cleaning during construction. 8. Project identification. 9. Cellular telephone service. 10. Storage. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 70 00: Progress cleaning and final cleaning. 2. Section 01 74 10: Waste management. C. Provide temporary construction facilities and temporary controls as required to conform to applicable authorities and as required to complete Project in accordance with Contract Documents. 1. Authorities: Contact governing authorities to establish extent of temporary facilities and temporary controls required by authorities. 2. Building Manager: Contact Building Manager to establish extent of temporary facilities and temporary controls required by building management. 1.2 ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Provide electrical service required for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction-type power cords. 1. Connection to existing electrical service is permitted. 2. Owner will pay costs of energy used from existing on-site services. 3. Provide separate metering and reimburse Owner for costs of energy used from existing on-site services. B. Provide lighting for construction operations. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 50 00 - 2 Temporary Facilities and Controls 1. Permanent lighting may be used during construction; maintain lighting and make routine repairs. C. Owner will pay costs of energy used from existing on-site services. D. Provide separate metering and reimburse Owner for costs of energy used from existing on-site services. 1.3 HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide heat and ventilation as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operation, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature and humidity. B. Coordinate use of existing facilities with Owner. 1. Supplement with temporary units as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. C. Owner will pay costs of energy used from existing on-site services. 1.4 WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide water service required for construction operations; extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by use of hoses. 1. Connection to existing facilities is permitted. 2. Owner will pay for water used from existing on-site services. B. Provide and maintain required sanitary facilities and enclosures. 1. Existing facilities shall not be used. 2. Where existing sanitary facilities are designated to be used during construction operations maintain in sanitary condition. Verify availability with Building Management prior to beginning on-site work. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Noise, Dust and Pollution Control: Provide materials and equipment necessary to comply with local requirements for noise, dust and pollution control. B. Fire Protection: Maintain on-site fire protection facilities as required by applicable authorities and insurance requirements. C. Security: Protect Site and Work; prevent unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft. 1. Coordinate with Owner’s security program. D. Dewatering: Provide and operate drainage and pumping equipment; maintain excavations and site free of standing water. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 50 00 - 3 Temporary Facilities and Controls E. Use of Existing Facilities: Verify availability of existing facilities for construction operations with Owner prior to beginning on-site construction. 1. Existing stairs shall not be used. 2. Designated existing stairs may be used by construction personnel; coordinate with Owner. 3. Existing elevators shall not be used. 4. Designated elevators may be used, coordinate use with Owner; provide protective coverings for finish surfaces of elevator cars and entrances. 1.6 ENCLOSURES A. Temporary Closures: Provide temporary weather-tight closures for exterior openings for acceptable working conditions, for protection for materials, to protect interior materials from dampness, for temporary heating, and to prevent unauthorized entry. 1. Provide doors with self-closing hardware and locks. B. Temporary Partitions: Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing areas and equipment. 1. Construction: Framing and sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces; Flame Spread Rating of 25 in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Paint surfaces exposed to view in occupied areas. 1.7 BARRIERS A. Barriers: Provide barriers as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. 1. Fence: Provide minimum 8-foot high commercial grade chain link or painted solid wood fence around construction site; equip with gates with locks. 2. Covered Walkways: Provide lighted covered painted walkways as required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. B. Barricades: Provide barricades as required by governing authorities. C. Tree Protection: Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain; protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, chemically injurious materials, and puddling or continuous running water. 1.8 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; recycle or dispose of off-site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 50 00 - 4 Temporary Facilities and Controls B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 1.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Project Sign: Provide minimum 32-square foot Project identification sign of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted, with computer generated graphics by professional sign maker. 1. Design: As furnished by Architect. 2. Submit to Owner and Architect additional names or changes proposed to Project sign for prior written approval. 3. Erect on site at location established by Architect. B. Other Signs: Subject to approval of Architect and Owner. 1.10 CELLULAR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Cellular Telephone Service: Furnish on-site Project Managers with cellular telephone. Ensure Owner and Architect ability to contact site during construction operations. 1. Schedules: Submit schedules of on-site Project Managers with individual cellular telephone numbers to Owner and Architect; maintain schedules and cell phone numbers up to date during Project on-site operations. 1.11 STORAGE A. Storage for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: Limit on-site storage to Project area; provide weather-tight storage, with heat and ventilation for products requiring controlled conditions. 1. Maintain adequate space for organized storage and access. 2. Provide lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1.12 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified or original condition. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 56 39 - 1 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection SECTION 01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the protection and trimming and root pruning of trees that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or new construction. 1.2 SUBMITTAL A. The Contractor's representatives and employees shall be experienced in landscape maintenance. B. Certification from a qualified arborist that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. C. Maintenance recommendation from a qualified arborist for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by the International Society of Arboriculture or licensed in the jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Tree Pruning Standards: Comply with ANSI A300, "Trees, Shrubs, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices," unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Pre-installation Conference: Before starting tree protection and trimming, meet with representatives of authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, Landscape Architect, consultants, and other concerned entities. Review tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed, ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 10 percent passing a 3/4-inch sieve. B. Topsoil: Fertile, friable, surface soil, containing natural loam and complying with ASTM D 5268. Provide topsoil that is free of stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and free of other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from well-drained sites where soil occurs in depth of 4 inches or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 56 39 - 2 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection C. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, non-woven, pervious, geotextile fabric of polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers. D. Chain Link Fence: Metallic-coated steel chain link fence fabric, 0.120-inch- diameter wire size; 72 inches high, minimum; line posts, 1.9 inches in diameter; terminal and corner posts, 2-3/8 inches in diameter; top rail, 1-5/8 inches in diameter; bottom tension wire, 0.177 inch in diameter; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before construction begins, fertilize affected trees to improve tree vigor and health. Soil analysis testing should be completed to assure fertilization with the appropriate fertilizer products. B. Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing located at or outside the drip line of trees. C. Protect tree root systems from damage due to noxious materials caused by runoff or spillage while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from flooding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. D. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within the drip line of remaining trees. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within the drip line; prevent soil compaction over root systems. E. Do not allow fires under or adjacent to remaining trees or other plants. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Do not excavate within drip line of trees. B. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. 1. Cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction. 2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3. Where utility trenches are required within drip line of trees, tunnel under or around roots by drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand. 4. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 01 56 39 - 3 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 3.3 TREE PRUNING A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to written instructions of the qualified arborist. B. Root prune existing street trees to prevent sidewalk and curb damage. C. Prune remaining trees to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by qualified arborist. D. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 as follows: 1. Crown cleaning. 2. Crown thinning. 3. Crown reduction. 3.4 TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to written instructions of the qualified arborist. B. Remove and replace dead and damaged trees that the qualified arborist determines to be incapable of restoring to a normal growth pattern. C. Provide new trees of the same size and species as those being replaced; plant and maintain as specified in Division 2 Section "Planting. 3.5 SOIL AERATION A. Aerate surface soil compacted during construction, 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches on center. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augured soil and sand. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning is not permitted. B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, and excess chips from Owner's property. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 60 00 - 1 Product Requirements SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes basic product requirements governing material and equipment. 1. General product requirements. 2. Product list. 3. Quality assurance. 4. Delivery, storage, and handling. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 25 00: Substitution procedures. 2. Section 01 30 00: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. 3. Section 01 77 00: Operation and maintenance data. 1.2 GENERAL PRODUCTS REQUIREMENTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications, referenced standards, and applicable codes and regulations as minimum requirements. C. Provide new materials except as specifically allowed by Contract Documents. D. Materials to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be by one manufacturer, shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. E. Provide equipment and systems composed of materials from a single manufacturer except where otherwise recommended by equipment or systems manufacturer or where otherwise indicated in Contract Documents. F. Contractor’s Options: Comply with following options; requests for substitutions for named manufacturers and products shall comply with requirements specified in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 1. Products Identified by Reference Standards: Select product meeting referenced standard for products specified only by reference standard. a. Requests for Substitutions to be limited to products not complying with referenced standards. 1) Submit justification for non-compliance with reference standards as part of Request for Substitutions; if product is foreign made submit rationale why foreign standards and basic materials indicates compliance. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 60 00 - 2 Product Requirements 2. Named Manufacturers: Where names of manufacturers are specified select any named manufacturer product meeting Specifications for products specified by naming one or more manufacturers. a. Submit Request for Substitution for any manufacturer not named. 3. Named Manufacturers and Named Products: Select any named manufacturer named product meeting Specifications for products specified by naming one or more manufacturers and products. a. Where only one manufacturer and product is named together with additional manufacturers without specific products, Requests for Substitutions to be limited to products not comparable to that specified. 1) Contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers shall take special care to ensure comparable products are being supplied based on design, performance, quality, and longevity. 2) Substitutions: Submit Request for Substitution for any manufacturer not named and for products not comparable to those specified in design, performance, quality, and longevity. 4. Basis of Design: Where manufacturer or manufacturer and product both are indicated as Basis of Design, submit Request for Substitution for other manufacturers and products. 5. “Or Equal” Clauses: Submit request for substitution for manufacturer or product not specifically named in Specifications where terms "or equal", "or approved equal", or similar references are made. G. Nameplates: Do not attach or imprint manufacturer or producer nameplates on exposed surfaces in occupied spaces except for required labels and operating data. 1. Equipment Nameplates: Provide permanent nameplate on service connected and power operated equipment located on easily accessible surface inconspicuous in occupied spaces. a. Provide name of product and manufacturer, model and serial number, capacity, speed, rating, and similar information. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Within 35 days after award of Contract, submit to Owner and Architect a complete list of major products proposed for installation, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model. B. Product List: Prior to submittal of second Request for Payment, submit to Architect complete list of major products which are proposed for installation, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model. 1. Tabulate products by Specification number and title. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 60 00 - 3 Product Requirements C. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with industry standards and applicable codes except when more restrictive tolerances or requirements indicate more rigid standards or precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Install products straight, true-to-line, and in correct relationship to adjacent materials, with hairline joints, free of rough, sharp and potentially hazardous edges. D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1. Seismic Anchors: Conform to code requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage, deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging. B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. C. Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. F. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection; periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling and prevent damage. H. Promptly inspect shipments to assure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. I. Immediately remove from Project products damaged, wet, stained, and products with mold and products with mildew. 1. Take special care to prevent absorbent products such as gypsum board and acoustical ceiling units from becoming wet. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 70 00 - 1 Execution Requirements SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes execution requirements. 1. Installer qualifications. 2. Examination. 3. Manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Installation. 5. Cleaning. 6. Protection. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 50 00: Cleaning during construction. 2. Section 01 77 00: Closeout procedures. 3. Section 01 79 00: Demonstration and training. 1.2 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Experienced Installers: Installers to have minimum five-years successful experience installing items like those required for Project, except for individuals in training under direct supervision of experienced installer. 1.3 EXAMINATION A. Acceptance of Conditions: Beginning installation of a product signifies installer has examined substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with manufacturer requirements for tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit Work properly; recheck measurements prior to installing each product. 1. Where portions of Work are to fit to other construction verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication; allow for cutting and patching to avoid delaying Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 70 00 - 2 Execution Requirements 1.4 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Manufacturer’s Recommendations: When work is specified to comply with manufacturers' recommendations or instructions, distribute copies to persons involved and maintain one set in field office. 1. Conform to requirements specified in Section 01 30 00 for submittal of recommendations or instructions to Architect; submit to Architect only where specified or where specifically requested; otherwise keep in Field Office. B. Perform work in accordance with details of recommendations and instructions and specified requirements. 1. Should a conflict exist between Specifications and recommendations or instructions consult with Architect. C. Where manufacturer's information notes special recommendations in addition to installation instructions, comply with both recommendations and instructions. 1.5 INSTALLATION A. Pre-Installation Meetings: Installers and suppliers are to attend pre-installation meetings scheduled by Contractor. B. Comply with manufacturers written recommendations and installation instructions unless more restrictive requirements are specified. C. Locate Work and components accurately, in correct alignment and elevation. 1. Make vertical work plumb and horizontal work level. 2. Install components to allow space for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. D. Install products at time and under conditions to ensure best possible results; maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. E. Conduct operations so no part of Work is subject to damaging operations or excessive loads during normal conditions. F. Securely anchor permanent construction in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of Work. G. Allow for building movement including thermal expansion and contraction. H. Make joints of uniform width; arrange joints as indicated, for best visual effect where not otherwise indicated; fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints except where otherwise indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 70 00 - 3 Execution Requirements 1.6 CLEANING A. Cleaning During Construction: Specified in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. B. Progress Cleaning: Keep installed areas clean using cleaning materials specifically recommended by manufacturers of product being cleaned; where not otherwise recommended use nontoxic materials that will not damage surfaces. 1. Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing space. 2. Supervise construction operations to assure no part of construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period. C. Final Cleaning: Execute final cleaning at Substantial Completion. 1. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. a. Vacuuming Equipment: Type with high efficiency particulate arrestor (HEPA) type filters; properly maintained. 2. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition, clean filters of mechanical equipment, replace filters where cleaning is impractical. a. Clean ducts. 3. Clean site; sweep paved areas. 4. Remove waste, surplus materials and rubbish from Project and site; recycle to maximum extent feasible. 1.7 PROTECTION A. Protect products subject to deterioration with impervious cover. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation and trapping water. B. Take care to use protective covering and blocking materials that do not soil, stain, or damage materials being protected. C. After installation, provide coverings to protect products from damage from traffic and construction operations, remove when no longer needed. D. Protect interior materials from water damage; immediately remove wet materials from site to prevent growth of mold and mildew on site. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 73 00 - 1 Cutting and Patching SECTION 01 73 00 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Contractor is responsible for cutting, fitting and patching to complete Work and to: 1. Make its parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as required for testing. 6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping. 7. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of conduit. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 50 00: Temporary facilities and controls. 2. Section 02 41 20: Selective building demolition for remodeling. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request well in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Work of Owner or separate contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of Project. 3. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. B. Request shall include: 1. Identification of Project and description of affected work. 2. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 3. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 4. Effect on structural integrity, or weatherproof integrity of Project. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Cost proposal, when applicable. 7. Written permission of separate contractor whose work will be affected. 8. Description of proposed work including: a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Products proposed to be used. c. Extent of refinishing to be included. C. Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate a change of products from original installation, Contractor shall submit request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. D. Submit written notice to Architect designating date and time work will be uncovered. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 73 00 - 2 Cutting and Patching PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with Specifications and standards for each specific product involved. B. Where Specifications and standards have not been provided, provide materials and fabrication consistent with quality of Project and intended for commercial construction. C. Provide new materials for cutting and patching unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or performance of work. C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing; do not proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or integrity of affected portion of Work. 1. Provide services of licensed engineer for designing temporary support where required by applicable authorities for temporary supports and for shoring; submit engineering calculations directly to applicable authorities upon request. B. Protect other portions of Project from damage. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Execute cutting by methods that provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and finishes. 1. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement, and which will prevent damage to other work. B. Employ same installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching work as employed for new construction for: 1. Weather-exposed or moisture resistant elements. 2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces. C. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 73 00 - 3 Cutting and Patching D. Restore work that has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and penetrations through surfaces. F. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes: 1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 74 10 - 1 Waste Management SECTION 01 74 10 WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Project requires special Waste Management Program. 1. CALGreen Waste Management: As required in Section 01 35 15. 2. Provide itemization of costs related to Waste Management Program. 3. Effect optimum control of solid wastes. 4. Prevent environmental pollution and damage. B. Related Work: 1. Section 01 35 15: CALGreen environmental requirements. 2. Section 01 50 00: Temporary facilities and controls. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Inert Fill: A permitted facility that accepts inert waste such as asphalt and concrete exclusively. B. Class III Landfill: A landfill that accepts non-hazardous waste such as household, commercial, and industrial waste, including construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. C. Construction and Demolition Waste: Includes solid wastes, such as building materials, packaging, rubbish, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. 1. Rubbish: Includes both combustible and noncombustible wastes, such as paper, boxes, glass, crockery, metal and lumber scrap, tin cans, and bones. 2. Debris: Includes both combustible and noncombustible wastes, such as leaves and tree trimmings that result from construction or maintenance and repair work. D. Chemical Waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, organic chemicals and inorganic wastes. E. Sanitary Wastes: 1. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, distribution, or consumption of food. 2. Sewage: Domestic sanitary sewage. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 74 10 - 2 Waste Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Program: Comply with Contract Documents and applicable code requirements for salvaging, recycling, and disposing of nonhazardous waste. 1. Prior to commencement of Work, schedule and conduct meeting with Owner and Architect to discuss proposed Waste Management Program. 2. Develop mutual understanding relative to details of recycling, and rebate programs. 3. Prepare and submit a written and graphic Waste Management Program including, but not limited to, the following: a. Indicate procedures to be implemented. b. Estimate total Project waste to be generated, and estimated cost of disposing of Project waste in landfills. c. Estimate total cubic yards of following waste categories to be diverted from landfill. 1) Clean dimensional wood, palette wood. 2) Plywood, oriented strand board, and medium density fiberboard. 3) Cardboard, paper, packaging. 4) Other items as directed by Owner and Architect. d. Estimate amounts of following waste categories in appropriate units (weight, feet, square yards, gallons). 1) Metals. 2) Gypsum board. 3) Carpet. 4) Paint. 5) Other items as directed by Owner and Architect. e. Submit permit or license and location of waste disposal areas. f. Submit procedures for recycling/re-use program. g. Submit procedures for rebate programs. h. Revise and resubmit Waste Management Program as required by Owner and Architect. 1) Review of Contractor's Waste Management Program will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for control of pollutants and other environmental protection measures. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 74 10 - 3 Waste Management B. Submit summary of solid waste generated by Project with each application for progress payment, on form acceptable to Owner and Architect; include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices identifying Project and waste delivered to following locations. 1. Recycling Centers. 2. Class III landfills. 3. Inert fills. C. Prepare rebate information and product documentation as required for Owner to qualify for rebate programs; submit with final closeout submittals. 1. Where feasible submit in electronic format, otherwise in 3-ring binder. 1.4 RECYCLING PROGRAM A. Recycling: Implement recycling program that includes separate collection of waste materials of following types as applicable to Project requirements; recycling program to be applied by Contractors and subcontractors. 1. Land clearing debris. 2. Asphaltic concrete. 3. Concrete. 4. Masonry materials. 5. Ferrous metal. 6. Non-ferrous metal. 7. Clean dimensional wood and palette wood. 8. Plywood, oriented strand board, and medium density fiberboard. 9. Paper - bond. 10. Paper - newsprint. 11. Cardboard and paper packaging materials. 12. Glass. 13. Plastics. 14. Gypsum board (unpainted). 15. Paint. 16. Rigid foam. 17. Carpet and pad. 18. Beverage containers. 19. Porcelain plumbing fixtures. 20. Insulation. 21. Others as appropriate. B. Handling: Keep materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to recycling process. 1. Clean materials contaminated prior to placing in collection containers. 2. Arrange for collection by or delivery to appropriate recycling center or transfer station that accepts construction and demolition waste for purpose of recycling. C. Participate in Re-Use Programs: Rebates, tax credits, and other savings obtained for recycled or re-used materials shall accrue to Contractor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 74 10 - 4 Waste Management END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 78 00 - 1 Warranties SECTION 01 78 00 WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Warranties: Compile required, and incidental warranties required by Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer Warranties: Provide manufacturer’s standard warranties where specified including inspections and services included or required as part of manufacturer’s standard warranty. 2. Special Warranties: Provide special warranties as required by Specifications sections. 3. These warranties shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights Owner may have against Contractor under Contract Documents and which may be prescribed by law, regardless of wording of warranty. B. Extended Correction Period: Contractor shall correct failure of materials and systems to perform in a manner consistent with their intended use including but not limited to failure of waterproofing and roofing systems to resist penetration from water. 1. Standard Correction Period: One year after Substantial Completion or Beneficial Occupancy by Owner except where otherwise noted in Contract Documents; coordinate with General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. a. Items used by Contractor during construction operations shall not be considered substantially completed. b. Correction of Work Period begins with Owner occupancy not completion of component. 2. Extended Correction Period: Requirements are same as standard correction period but for an extended period as indicated in Specifications sections. 3. Contractor Responsibilities: Bear cost of correcting failed work and replacing construction damaged by failure of materials and systems to perform in a manner consistent with their intended use during correction period. a. Requirements for correction period shall apply to Subcontractors, suppliers, installers, and those responsible for failed work. b. Owner and Design Team shall not be responsible for determining degree of responsibility of those involved. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 78 00 - 2 Warranties 4. Owner’s Rights under Law: Correction period shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights Owner may have against Contractor under Contract Documents and which may be prescribed by law. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTAL A. Special Warranty and Extended Correction Period Forms: Provide duplicate copies, notarized or on Contractor and Manufacturer's letterhead without conditions or exceptions to requirements specified. 1. Assemble documents executed by subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and manufacturers. 2. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover, clearly identified regarding extent of contents. 3. Electronic Format: Submit USB 3.0 flash drives of warranties, in Microsoft Word. B. Manufacturer Warranty Forms: Use manufacturer’s standard forms unless otherwise directed in Contract Documents; completed form shall not detract from or confuse interpretations of Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer’s authorized representative shall sign manufacturer warranties. 2. Subcontractor and installer shall countersign warranty where specified. a. Provide required warranties for waterproofing and roofing systems countersigned by subcontractor and installer. C. Submit final warranties prior to final application for payment. 1. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit within ten days after first operation. 2. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. D. Provide information for Owner's personnel regarding proper procedure in case of failure and instances that might affect validity of manufacturer warranty. E. Size: 8-1/2" by 11" for three-ring binder; fold larger sheets to fit. 1.3 WARRANTIES AND CORRECTION OF WORK DOCUMENTS A. Warranties and Correction of Work Documents are intended to protect Owner against failure of work and against deficient, defective and faulty materials and workmanship, regardless of sources. B. Limitations: Warranties and correction of work requirements are not intended to cover failures that result from: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 78 00 - 3 Warranties 1. Unusual or abnormal phenomena of the elements. 2. Owner's misuse, maltreatment or improper maintenance of work. 3. Vandalism after substantial completion. 4. Insurrection or acts of aggression including war. C. Related Damages and Losses: Remove and replace work which is damaged as result of failure, or which must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of work. D. Reinstatement: After correction of work reinstate warranty or extended correction period for corrected work to date of original expiration, but not less than half original period. 1. Correction of Work Period: The general correction of work period specified shall not be extended by corrective work except to extent required to correct failure and repair or replace materials damaged by failure. E. Replacement Cost: Replace or restore failing items without regard to anticipated useful service lives where part of correction of work period, extended correction of work period, and special warranty period unless otherwise noted. F. Rejection of Warranties: Owner reserves right to reject unsolicited and coincidental product warranties that detract from or confuse interpretations of Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 79 00 - 1 Demonstration and Training SECTION 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide equipment and systems demonstration and instruction in accordance with Contract Documents. 1. Video record seminars and system demonstrations. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 31 00: Project management and coordination. 2. Section 01 77 00: Contract closeout procedures. 3. Refer to Facility Services Subgroups for mechanical and electrical requirements. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Seminar Agenda and Outline: 1. Prepare a seminar agenda and outline in consultation and cooperation with Owner. Include following: a. Equipment and systems that will be included in seminars. b. Name of companies and representatives presenting at seminars. c. Outline of each seminar's content. d. Time and date allocated to each system and item of equipment. 2. Submit preliminary seminar agenda and outline for review and comment by Owner. a. Revise and resubmit agenda and outline until all seminar requirements have been satisfied and seminar dates and presenters have been finalized. 3. Submit final seminar agenda and outline no later than eight weeks before date of Acceptance of Work. B. Seminar Organization: 1. Contractor’s presentation leaders shall chair seminars. a. Coordinate qualification of training personnel, seminar contents, and presentations with Owner. 2. Coordinate individual presentations and ensure manufacturer’s representatives scheduled to be at training seminars are present. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 79 00 - 2 Demonstration and Training 3. Arrange for presentation leaders familiar with design operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of equipment and systems. a. Where one person is not familiar with all aspects of equipment or system; arrange for specialists familiar with each aspect. 4. Coordinate proposed seminar dates with Owner and select mutually agreeable dates. 5. Video Recording: Arrange for video recording (audio and video) of training seminars and system demonstrations, including seminar and demonstration questions and answers. C. Seminar Content: 1. Architect’s Consultants will explain design philosophy of primary systems. 2. Include following information in presentations dealing with specific systems. a. An overview of how system is intended to operate. b. Describe design parameters, constrains and operational requirements. c. Describe system operation strategies. d. Provide information to help in identifying and troubleshooting problems. 3. Include following information in presentations dealing with equipment. a. Explanation of how equipment operates. b. Recommended preventative and routine maintenance. D. System Demonstration: 1. Demonstrate operation of equipment and systems when specified in individual technical sections. Include following in demonstration. a. Start-up and shut down. c. Operation. d. Scheduled and preventative maintenance. e. Troubleshooting. 2. Demonstration may be conducted at time of original starting with Owner's prior approval. E. Seminar and Demonstration Questions: 1. Be prepared to answer questions raised by Owner’s personnel at demonstrations and seminars. 2. If unable to satisfactorily answer questions immediately, provide written response within three days. F. Use manufacturer’s operation and maintenance data as basis of instruction. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 01 79 00 - 3 Demonstration and Training 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Video Recording: Submit three copies of each video recording in DVD format acceptable to Owner; include label on each DVD and on each container identifying Project and Seminar content. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 02 41 20 - 1 Selective Building Demolition SECTION 02 41 20 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Selectively remove materials, systems, components, fixtures and equipment as designated and as required for completion of Project as indicated. 1. Cap and identify active utilities. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 10 00: Summary of work including hazardous materials requirements. 2. Section 01 50 00: Temporary facilities including barriers and waste management. 3. Section 01 73 00: Cutting and patching. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Do not interfere with use of adjacent building spaces not in Project; maintain free and safe passage to and from. 2. Prevent movement of structural components, provide and place bracing and be responsible for safety and support of structural components. Assume liability for movement, settlement, damage or injury. 3. Cease operations and notify Architect immediately if safety of structural components appears to be endangered; take precautions to properly support structures. Do not resume operations until safety is restored. 4. Prevent dust from selective demolition from contaminating adjacent occupied building areas; clean construction dust from adjacent occupied area immediately upon direction of Building Manager. B. Design/Build: Provide special engineering to ensure compliance with applicable codes and Contract Documents for support systems. C. Scheduling: Do not close or obstruct roadways without permits. Conduct operations with minimum interference to adjacent traffic. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit selective demolition operational sequence to ensure Project sequencing is consistent with Owner needs. B. Informational Submittals: Submit permits for transport and disposal of debris. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 02 41 20 - 2 Selective Building Demolition 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control and for construction waste. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Debris: Maintain possession of materials being demolished except where noted as a material for reinstallation or a material to be retained by Owner. Immediately remove debris from site. 1. Immediately remove from site wet materials and materials with water stains, with mold, and with mildew. B. Materials for Reinstallation: Carefully remove, store and protect materials indicated to be reinstalled. Contact Owner and Architect prior to beginning demolition to determine extent of other materials that might be suitable for reinstallation. 1. Inventory and record condition of items to be reinstalled. C. Owner Retained Materials: Contact Owner prior to beginning demolition to determine extent of materials to be retained. Carefully remove materials indicated to be retained by Owner; deliver and store where directed. 1. Inventory and record condition of items to be retained by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING SERVICES A. Disconnect or remove utility services as required for completion of Project; disconnect, stub off, and cap utility service lines not required for new construction. 1. Do not remove utilities discovered during demolition but not indicated without first determining purpose for utility; coordinate with Architect and Engineers. B. Do not disrupt services to adjacent building areas not in Project. C. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services; identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Demolish indicated appurtenances as indicated and as required for Project completion in an orderly and careful manner. 1. Use methods that do not damage materials indicated to remain. 2. Cut concrete and masonry using masonry saws and hand tools; provide sharp clean cuts requiring minimal patching for new construction. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 02 41 20 - 3 Selective Building Demolition 3. Use impact tools only where specifically approved in advance for areas where operations do not disturb building occupancy. B. Perform demolition in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. C. Remove demolished materials from site, unless otherwise directed. 1. Remove from site, contaminated, vermin infested, and dangerous materials encountered and dispose of by safe means so as not to endanger health of workers or public. D. Remove tools and equipment upon completion of work; leave area in condition acceptable to Owner and Architect. 3.3 REPAIR A. Repair damage to adjacent construction caused as result of this work. B. Repair demolition beyond that required. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 10 00 - 1 Concrete Forming And Accessories SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Forms for all cast-in-place concrete indicated on the Drawings and subsequent removal of forms, except those earth forms described in this Section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of workmen: All workmen shall be experienced mechanics. Provide one person who shall be present at all time during execution of this portion of the work who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of material being installed, the referenced standards and the requirement of this Work and shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork," publication ACI 347R and ACI 318, Section 6.1. C. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with the requirement of this Section, the more stringent provision shall govern. D. All Structural Concrete foundations, curbs, floors and any other structural component requiring structural forming or shoring shall be Engineer Designed Systems with calculations and erection drawings provided by the Contractor. Contractor is to secure the services of a California Registered Structural Engineer for the design of Forming Systems. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Contractor is to protect all formwork materials before, during and after installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 10 00 - 2 Concrete Forming And Accessories B. Damaged Forms: In the event of damage or misalignment, immediately make all repairs and replacement necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Form lumber: All form lumber shall be new except as allowed for re-use of forms in Part 3 of this Specification, and all form lumber shall be one of the following, a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by the Architect. 1. Plywood forms may be Plyform, Plyron, and bearing the label of the Douglas Fir Plywood Association. 2. Form-lumber may be; fir, larch, hemlock, or approved equal seasoned lumber and surfaced on all four sides. 3. Form sealers shall be liquid form oil. B. Not used. C. Other form materials and/or forming systems may be used if approved by the Owner, Architect and Structural Engineer. A complete list of materials, manufacturers and methods of application are to be submitted to the Architect, in accordance with Division 01. 2.2 TIES AND SPREADERS A. Form ties shall be of proven types and shall be a type which does not leave an open hole through the concrete and which permits patching at every hole. B. When forms are removed, all metal ties shall be removed and shall be flush with the concrete surface. No metal ties shall be exposed on the exterior of the walls. 2.3 ALTERNATE FORMING SYSTEMS A. Not used. 2.4 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other form materials, not specifically described herein, but required for proper completion of concrete formwork, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to approval by the Owner or Architect. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 10 00 - 3 Concrete Forming And Accessories PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall verify and be responsible for all-existing dimensions and elevations before any Work is done. B. Inspect the installed Work of all other trades; verify that all such Work is complete, and that the installation of Formwork may begin. C. Verify that forms have been constructed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, referenced standards and the design. D. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy. Notify the Architect of all discrepancies. All discrepancies are to be fully resolved before proceeding with installation. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION FORMS A. Forms are to be constructed sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete, and able to withstand excessive deflection when filled with wet concrete. Forms shall be braced, anchored and properly aligned. B. Layout and form all required cast-in-place concrete to the required dimensions indicated on the Drawings. C. Care shall be exercised in the layout of forms to avoid the necessity for cutting, patching, or repair of concrete after it is in place. D. Make provisions for all openings, offsets, recesses, anchorage, blocking and other requirements of the Work. E. Perform all forming required for Work of other trades and do all cutting and repairing of forms required to permit such installations. F. Carefully examine the Drawing and Specifications and verify with other trades for openings, reglets, chases, and other items that are required in the forms. G. Forms for pre-cast concrete shall be constructed to provide for shrinkage of the concrete, and shall be adequately braced. All edges shall have chamfer strips except as noted on Drawings. H. Construct all forms true, plumb, and square within a tolerance of 1/8" in 12 feet. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 10 00 - 4 Concrete Forming And Accessories 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Provide, install and check all required steel frames, angles, grilles, bolts, inserts and other such items required to be anchored in the forms before the concrete is placed. 3.4 BRACING A. Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain size, shape, and alignment, and to provide safety to personnel. B. Construct all bracing and supporting members of ample size and strength to safely support, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected. 3.5 PLYWOOD FORMS A. Plywood forms shall be designed for loads imposed. Nail the plywood panels directly to studs and apply in a manner to minimize the number of joints. B. Make all panel joints tight butt joints with all edges true and square, if necessary, use tape to prevent excessive leakage. 3.6 FOOTING FORMS A. Foundation forms are to be wood forms. B. Earth forms may be used for footings provided the soil will stand without caving, as determined by the Architect (Structural Engineer) and the sides of the bank are made with a neat cut to the minimum dimensions indicated. 3.7 REUSE OF FORMS A. Reuse of forms shall be subject to approval of the Inspector B. Reuse of forms shall not delay or change the schedule for placement of concrete from the schedule if all forms were new. C. Reuse of forms shall not affect the structural stability of the forms or the appearance of the finished concrete. 3.8 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Side forms of foundations may be removed 48 hours after placement of concrete. Where foundations are supporting lateral loads, forms shall not be removed until approved by the Inspector. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 10 00 - 5 Concrete Forming And Accessories B. Use care and diligence, and protect workmen, passers-by, and the installed work and materials of other trades. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete can support all loads. C. Cut nails, tie wires and form ties off flush, leave all surfaces smooth and clean. D. Remove metal spreader ties and fill in the resulting pockets to match the surrounding areas with grout or dry pack. Sack all exposed faces. E. Fill all holes resulting from the use of bolts, ties, spreaders and sleeve nuts with cement grout applied under pressure by means of a grouting gun; grout shall be one part Portland cement, to two parts sand; apply grout immediately after removing forms. 3.9 CLEANING A. Remove all forming material from the site and dispose of in approved dumps. B. Clean area of all left over debris including stakes, ties, form boards, wires, concrete spills, etc., and leave area in a neat clean condition. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 20 00 - 1 Concrete Reinforcing SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete steel reinforcement as indicated. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements: Fabrication and placement of reinforcing shall be in accordance with requirements of CBC, Chapter 19A. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit steel reinforcement Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315. Include assembly diagrams, bending charts and slab plans. Indicate lengths and location of splices, size and lengths of reinforcing steel. B. Closeout Submittals: Record exact locations of reinforcing that vary from Shop Drawings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice. 2. American Welding Society (AWS). 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI). 4. CBC, Chapter 19A, Concrete. B. Source Quality Control: Refer to Division 01 Sections for general requirements and to following paragraphs for specific procedures. Testing laboratory retained by the Owner shall perform following conformance testing, select test Samples of bars, ties, and stirrups from the material at the Project site or from the place of distribution, with each Sample consisting of not less than two 18 inch long pieces, and perform the following tests according to ASTM A 615. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 20 00 - 2 Concrete Reinforcing 1. Identified Bars: If Samples are obtained from bundles as delivered from the mill, identified as to heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports, and properly tagged with the identification certificate so as to be readily identified, perform one tensile and one bend test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of bars. Submit mill reports when Samples are selected. 2. Unidentified Bars: When positive identification of reinforcing bars cannot be performed and when random Samples are obtained, perform tests for each 2.5 tons or fraction thereof, one tensile and one bend test from each size of bars. C. Certification of Welders: Shop and Project site welding shall be performed by certified welding operators. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Avoid exposure to dirt, moisture or conditions harmful to reinforcing. B. Reinforcing steel bars, wire, and wire fabric shall be stored on the Project site to permit easy access for examination and identification of each shipment. Material of each shipment shall be separated for size and shape. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide reinforcing of sizes, gages and lengths indicated, bent to indicated shapes. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 and A 706 for welding, grade 60 billet steel unless otherwise specified or indicated. B. Bars or Rod Mats: ASTM A 184. C. Wire Fabric for Reinforcement: ASTM A 185. D. Tie Wire: ASTM A 82, fully annealed, copper-bearing steel wire, 16 gage minimum. E. Chairs, Spacers, Supports, and Other Accessories: Standard manufacture conforming to ACI-315 fabricated from steel wire of required types and sizes. For reinforcement supported from grade, provide properly sized dense precast blocks of concrete. 2.3 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Comply with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction for fabrication of reinforcing steel. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 20 00 - 3 Concrete Reinforcing B. Bending and Forming: Fabricate bars of the indicated sizes and bend and form to required shapes and lengths by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bend bars No. 6 size and larger in the shop only. Bars with unscheduled kinks or bends are not permitted. Provide only tested and permitted bar materials. C. Welding: Provide only ASTM A 706 steel where welding is indicated. Perform welding by the direct electric arc process in accordance with AWS D1.4 and specified low-hydrogen electrodes. Preheat 6 inches each side of joint. Protect joints from drafts during the cooling process; accelerated cooling is not permitted. Do not tack weld bars. Clean metal surfaces to be welded of loose scale and foreign material. Clean welds each time electrode is changed and chip burned edges before placing welds. When wire brushed, the completed welds must exhibit uniform section, smooth welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays, freedom from porosity and clinkers, and good fusion and penetration into the base metal. Cut out welds or parts of welds deemed defective, using chisel, and replace with proper welding. Prequalification of welds shall be in accordance with CBC requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Bars shall be bent cold. Bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent except as indicated on reviewed Shop Drawings. Before installation, clean reinforcing of loose scale, rust, oil, dirt and any coating that could reduce bond. B. Accurately position, install, and secure reinforcing to prevent displacement during the placement of concrete. C. Provide metal chairs to hold reinforcement the required distance above form bottoms. Space chairs so that reinforcement will not be displaced during installation. Provide metal spacers to secure proper spacing. Stirrups shall be accurately and securely wired to bars at both top and bottom. At slabs, footings, and beams in contact with earth, provide concrete blocks to support reinforcement at required distance above grade. D. Install and secure reinforcement to maintain required clearance between parallel bars and between bars and forms. Lapped splices shall be installed wherever possible in a manner to provide required clearance between sets of bars. Stagger lapped splices. Dowels and bars extending through construction joints shall be secured in position against displacement before concrete is installed and subsequently cleaned of concrete encrustation’s while they are still soft. E. Do not install reinforcing in supported slabs and beams until walls and columns have been installed to underside of slabs and beams or until construction joints have been 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 20 00 - 4 Concrete Reinforcing thoroughly cleaned. Reinforcing shall be inspected before placement of concrete and cleaned as required. F. Use deformed bars unless otherwise indicated, except for spiral reinforcement. 3.2 CLEAN UP A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 1 Cast-In-Place Concrete SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-in-place concrete placement and finishing. 2. Related Sections: a. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. b. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating locations of cast-in-place concrete Work and accessory items such as vapor barriers. Include details and locations of reinforcing, embedded items, and interfacing with other Work. B. Product Data: 1. Mix Design: Submit a concrete mix design for each mix that will be provided for the Work. Include water/ cement ratio, size of coarse aggregate and amount of any admixture. Predict minimum compressive strength, maximum slump and air content percentage. 2. Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete shall deliver to the Inspector a certificate with each mixer truck. Certificate shall bear the signature of representative of the testing laboratory, and shall state quantity of cement, water, fine and coarse aggregate and admixtures. C. Material Samples: Submit Samples illustrating concrete finishes, minimum 12 inches x 12 inches in size. D. Certificates: Submit a notarized certificate that each of following conforms to standards indicated: 1. Aggregates - ASTM Standards C33 2. Admixtures - ASTM Standards C260 3. Curing materials - ASTM Standards C171 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 2 Cast-In-Place Concrete B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publication: 1. ACI 211 - Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions of Concrete. 2. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 3. ACI 305 - Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 306 - Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 308 - Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete. 6. ACI 309 - Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 1. ASTM A 185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM C 31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 3. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates. 4. ASTM C 39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 5. ASTM C 88 - Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sulphate or Magnesium Sulphate. 6. ASTM C 94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C 143 - Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 8. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement. 9. ASTM C 171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 10. ASTM C 172 - Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 11. ASTM C 173 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 12. ASTM C 227 - Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method). 13. ASTM C 231 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 14. ASTM C 260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 15. ASTM C 289 - Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method). 16. ASTM D 1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). D. Continuous inspection shall be provided at the batch plant and for transit-mixed concrete to run check sieve analysis of aggregate, check moisture content of fine aggregate, check design of mix, check cement being used with test reports, check 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 3 Cast-In-Place Concrete loading of mixer trucks, and certify to quantities of materials placed in each mixer truck. E. Inspection shall be performed by a representative of a testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Owner will pay for inspection costs. Notify the laboratory 24 hours in advance of time concrete is to be mixed. Notify the laboratory of postponement or cancellation of mixing within at least 24 hours of scheduling time. F. Continuous batch plant inspection requirement may be waived in accordance with CBC Section 1705A.3.3.1. Waiver shall be in writing, including DSA approval. G. Strength Test of Concrete: Refer to Section 01 45 33 - Code-Required Special Inspections. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Mixing and Placing Concrete: Refer to Section 01 45 33 - Code-Required Special Inspections. B. Ready-mix concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with ASTM C 94 and CBC Standard 19A-3 and 19A-4. Each batch of concrete delivered to the Project site shall be accompanied by a time slip bearing departure time and signature of batch plant supervisor. Concrete shall be placed within 90 minutes after start of mixing. C. Store cement and aggregate materials so as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion by foreign matter. Deteriorated or contaminated materials shall not be furnished. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Cold Weather Requirements: 1. Adequate equipment shall be provided for heating concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather. Surfaces, in which concrete is to come in contact with, shall be free from frost or ice. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be furnished. 2. When placing concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather the mix shall have a temperature of at least 50 degrees F., but not more than 90 degrees F. when cement is added. Concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F. for at least 72 hours after placing or until it has thoroughly hydrated. When necessary, concrete materials shall be heated before mixing. Special precautions shall be provided for protection of transit-mixed concrete. B. Hot Weather Requirements: 1. During hot weather, proper attention shall be provided for ingredients, production methods, handling, placing, protection and curing, to prevent excessive concrete 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 4 Cast-In-Place Concrete temperatures or water evaporation which could impair required strength or durability. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Mix and deliver in accordance with requirements of CBC Chapter 1905A. B. Strength of Concrete: Concrete, unless otherwise indicated or specified, shall be provided with a minimum ultimate 28-day strength of 3000 psi (f'c). For high-early- strength concrete, age for reaching the f'c shall be as indicated on Drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150 Type II Portland Cement. Furnished cement shall be as selected and reviewed for concrete proportioning. B. Aggregates: Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 and C 227 except as modified herein. Any suitable individual grading of coarse aggregate may be furnished, provided Grading of Combined Aggregate indicated in following table is obtained. Refer to Section 01 45 23: Testing and Inspection. GRADING OF COMBINED AGGREGATE Sieve Sumber or Size in inches 1-1/2" Maximum 1" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Passing a 2" ------ ------ ------ Passing a 1-1/2" 95-100 ------ ------ Passing a 1" 70-90 90-100 ------ Passing a 3/4" 50-80 70-95 90-100 Passing a 3/8" 40-60 45-70 55-75 Passing a No. 4 35-55 35-55 40-60 Passing a No. 8 25-40 27-45 30-46 Passing a No. 16 16-34 20-38 23-40 Passing a No. 30 12-25 12-27 13-28 Passing a No. 50 2-12 5-15 5-15 Passing a No. 100 0-3 0-5 0-5 C. Water: Water shall be potable and free from deleterious matter. D. Admixtures: CBC Chapter 19A, Section 1903A.6, Type A or D. E. Expansion Joint Fillers: Preformed strips, non-extruding and resilient bituminous type, of thickness indicated, conforming to ASTM D 1751. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 5 Cast-In-Place Concrete F. Curing Paper and Liquid Curing Compounds: 1. Curing Paper: A standard brand conforming to ASTM C 171, Type 1 - Regular, Kure-N-Seal. 2. Liquid Curing Compounds: A standard brand, clear liquid conforming to ASTM C 309, Master Builders, Grace, Antihydro. G. Abrasive Aggregate: Norton Alundum, Union Carbide Carborundum, or equal, graded #12 through #30 sizes, color as selected by Architect. H. Underlayment: Latex underlayment for filling low spots in concrete shall be Tile-Tex by Flintkote Co., Webtex #60 or Fixallatex by Dowman Products Co. I. Vapor Retarder: See Section 07 26 16 - Under-Slab Vapor Retarder. J. Stair Strips and Nosing: 1. Fabricated from 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, mill finish. Anti-slip filler shall contain at least 60 percent virgin grain aluminum oxide abrasive. Binder shall be fully cured resilient type epoxy, with binder-to-filler ratio of 13 percent. The epoxy- abrasive filler shall extend over the curved front edge of the nosing and shall be securely bonded to the extruded aluminum base. 2. Manufactured by Wooster Products Inc. American Safety Tread Co. Inc., or equal. 3. Nosing and strips for concrete casting shall be provided with Sure-Hold anchors, chevron shaped continuous full length of nosing or strip. 4. Nosings and anchors for attachment to hydrated concrete stairs and wood stairs shall be similar to those specified below, except they shall be provided with countersunk holes for screws and fasteners. 5. Colors: As selected by Architect to contrast with stair color. Colors shall extend uniformly through the filler. 6. Strip and Nosing Types: a. Nosings for sloped riser steel pan stairs: Type WP4J, 4-1/16 inches wide, 3/8 inch thick. b. Nosings for new concrete stairs: Type WP4C, 4-1/16 inches wide, 3/8 inch thick, nose projects down 1/4 inch. c. Nosings for square edged steel pan stairs: Type WP4SP, 4-1/16 inches wide, 3/8 inch thick nose. d. Strips for recessing into concrete stairs: Type WP1A, except 2-1/4 inches wide, 3/8 inch thick. American Safety Tread Co., Type 24, or equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 6 Cast-In-Place Concrete e. Strips for adhering to existing or hydrated concrete: Flex-Tred anti-safety strips, minimum 2-1/4 inches wide. Cut from rolls and round corners. f. Strips for anchoring into wood or stone: American Safety Tread Co., Type 24H, or equal, with holes for fasteners, 2-1/4 inches wide. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Time of Placing: Do not place concrete until reinforcement, conduits, outlet boxes, anchors, hangers, sleeves, bolts, and other embedded materials are securely fastened in place. Contact the Inspector at least 24 hours before placing concrete; do not place concrete until inspected by the Inspector. B. Pouring Record: A record shall be kept on the Project site of time and date of placing concrete in each portion of structure. Such record shall be maintained on the Project site until Substantial Completion and shall be available for examination by the Architect and DSA. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Vapor Retarder: See Section 07 26 16 - Under-Slab Vapor Retarder. B. Reglets and Rebates: 1. Form reglets and rebates in concrete to receive flashing, frames and other equipment as detailed and required. Coordinate dimensions and locations required with other related Work. 2. If concrete slabs on grade adjoin a wall or other perpendicular concrete surface, form a reglet in wall to receive and carry horizontal concrete Work. Reglet shall be full thickness of the slab and shall be 3/4 inch wide, unless otherwise indicated. Requirement does not apply to exterior walks, unless specifically indicated. C. Not used. D. Screeds: Install screeds accurately and maintain at required grade or slab elevations after steel reinforcement has been installed, but before starting to place concrete. Install screeds adjacent to walls and in parallel rows not to exceed 8 feet on centers. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conveying and Placing: 1. Concrete shall be placed only under direct observation of the Inspector. Do not place concrete outside of regular working hours, unless the Inspector has been notified at least 48 hours in advance. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 7 Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to location of final placement by methods, which will prevent separation or loss of materials. 3. Concrete shall be placed as nearly as practicable to its final position to avoid segregation due to re-handling or flowing. No concrete that has partially hydrated or has been contaminated by foreign materials shall be placed, nor shall re- tempered concrete or concrete which has been remixed after initial set be placed. 4. In placing concrete in thin sections, provide openings in forms, elephant trunks, tremies or other recognized devices, to prevent segregation and accumulation of partially hydrated concrete on forms or metal reinforcement above level of concrete being placed. Such devices shall be installed so that concrete will be dropped vertically. Unconfined vertical drop of concrete from end of such devices to final placement surface shall not exceed 6 feet. 5. Concrete shall be placed as a continuous operation until placing of panel or section is completed. Top surfaces of vertically formed lifts shall be level. 6. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated during placement, and shall be worked around reinforcement and embedded fixtures with mechanical vibrators. 7. Where conditions make consolidation difficult, or where reinforcement is congested, batches of mortar containing same proportions of cement, sand, and water as provided in the concrete, shall first be deposited in the forms to a depth of at least one inch. B. Compaction and Screeding: 1. Tamp freshly placed concrete with a heavy tamper until at least 3/8 inch of mortar is brought to surface. Concrete shall then be tamped with a light tamper and screeded with a heavy straightedge until depressions and irregularities are eliminated, and surface is true to finish grades or elevations. Remove excess water and debris. 2. Where slabs are to receive separate cement finish or mortar setting bed, continued tamping to raise mortar to surface is not performed. Laitance shall be removed by brushing with a stiff brush or by light sandblasting to expose clean top surface of coarse aggregate. C. Floating and Troweling: 1. When concrete has hydrated sufficiently, it shall be floated to a compact and smooth surface. After floating, wait until concrete has reached proper consistency before troweling. Top surfaces shall receive at least 2 troweling operations with steel hand trowel. Prior to and during final troweling, apply a fine mist of water frequently with an atomizing type fog sprayer. Omit troweling for slabs to receive a separate cement finish. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 8 Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. For interior finish slabs, final troweling shall provide a hard, impervious, and non- slip surfaces, free from defects and blemishes. Finished surface shall be within a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Avoid burnishing. Do not add cement or sand to absorb excess moisture. 3. Exterior Paving and Cement Walks: Finish as specified above, except surface shall be given a non-slip broom finish to match Sample reviewed by the Architect. 4. Vertical concrete surfaces shall be finished smooth and free from marks or other surface defects. D. Curing: 1. Concrete shall be maintained above 50 degrees F., and in a moist condition for 7 days after placing, except that high early strength concrete shall be maintained in a moist condition for 3 days. 2. Before applying curing paper, interior floor treated with colored hardener shall be given a heavy protective coat of colored wax left unpolished, and then immediately covered with paper. If wax is not applied within two hours after final troweling, concrete shall be sprayed with a fine water mist and maintained continuously moist until wax is applied, unless spraying is not recommended by hardener manufacturer. After other Work such as plastering and painting has been completed, curing paper shall be removed and waxed floors cleaned of protective wax coating. 3. Forms containing concrete, top of concrete between forms, and exposed concrete surfaces after removal of forms shall be maintained in a thoroughly wet condition for at least 7 consecutive days after placing. 4. If weather is hot or surface has dried out, spray surface of concrete slabs and paving with fine mist of water, starting not later than 2 hours after final troweling and continuing until sunset. Surface of finish shall be kept continuously wet until curing medium has been installed. 5. Immediately after finishing, roof slabs and monolithic floor finish to receive resilient floor covering shall be uniformly and completely coated with liquid curing compound. a. Install compound in a manner and quantity sufficient to produce a uniform continuous thin film of water-impervious membrane. Compound shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's directions. b. Protect adjoining surfaces from damage during installation. If curing compound is not applied immediately, cover finished concrete with wet burlap or curing paper and keep concrete surface wet for a period not to exceed thirty hours following finishing of concrete. At end of that time, burlap or paper shall be removed and curing compound installed as specified above. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 9 Cast-In-Place Concrete c. Immediately after finishing, monolithic floor slabs not scheduled to receive resilient floor covering shall be covered with curing paper. Paper shall be lapped 3 inches at joints and sealed with waterproof sealer. Edges shall be cemented to finish. Repair or replace paper damaged during construction operations. d. Within 24 hours after finishing, exterior slabs and paving, and interior slabs to receive cement topping or mortar setting beds, shall be covered with sand to a depth of 2 inches and kept thoroughly wet for 7 days. 1) Instead of sand covering, exterior walks and paving where no other surface treatment is specified, may be cured with clear liquid curing compound immediately installed in accordance with manufacturer's directions. E. Filling, Leveling and Patching: 1. Concrete slabs exhibiting high or low spots and indicated to receive resilient floor covering or soft floor covering, shall have surfaces repaired. High spots shall be honed, or ground with power-driven machines to required tolerances. Low spots shall be filled with latex underlayment, installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Holes resulting from form ties or sleeve nuts shall be solidly packed, through exterior walls, by pressure grouting with cement grout, as specified. Grouted holes on exposed surfaces shall be screeded flush and finished to match adjoining surfaces. F. Cement Base: Cement base shall be of the height, thickness, and shape detailed. Base shall be reinforced with one inch mesh, 18 gage, zinc-coated wire fabric. Base finish mixture shall be one part Portland cement, 2 parts of fine aggregate and one part pea gravel. Colored cement base shall include a chemically inert mineral oxide pigment in the mix. 3.4 FINISHING A. Soda and Acid Wash: Concrete surfaces to receive plaster, paint or other finish, and which have been formed by oil coated forms, shall be scrubbed with a solution of 1-1/2 pounds of caustic soda to one gallon of water. Surfaces where smooth wood or waste molds have been furnished shall be scrubbed with a solution of 20 percent muriatic acid. Wash with clean water after scrubbing. B. Sacking: Exposed concrete curbs, walls, and other surfaces shall be sacked by an application of Portland cement grout, floated, and rubbed. Sacking shall not be performed until patching and filling of holes has been completed. Entire sacking operation for any continuous area shall be started and completed within the same day. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 10 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1. Mix one part Portland cement and 1-1/2 parts fine sand with sufficient water to produce a grout having consistency of thick paint. Wet surface of concrete sufficiently to prevent absorption of water from grout. Apply grout uniformly with a brush or spray gun, then immediately float surface with a cork or other suitable float, scouring wall vigorously. 2. While grout is still plastic, finish surface with a sponge-rubber float, removing excess grout. Allow surface to dry thoroughly, then rub vigorously with dry burlap to completely remove dried grout. No visible film or grout shall remain after rubbing with burlap. C. Sandblasting: Exterior concrete surfaces to receive stucco dash coat finish, where plywood or other smooth forms have been furnished, shall be uniformly sand-blasted with sharp quartz sand under sufficient air pressure to remove dirt, form oil and other foreign materials, and roughen surface to provide a proper bond. Such surfaces shall be thoroughly washed with clean water after sandblasting. D. Abrasive: Concrete stair treads, landings, ramps and steps on interior and exterior of buildings, and interior exposed concrete floors in shop buildings shall receive an abrasive finish. Abrasive grains in amount of 30 pounds per 100 square feet shall be evenly installed by dust-on method and embedded into surface during first troweling operation. Additional abrasive grains, in amount of 30 pounds per 100 square feet, shall then be evenly installed and embedded into surface during final troweling operation. E. Floor Hardener: Exposed interior concrete floors throughout shall be treated with floor hardener, as specified. Install hardener after surface of concrete has reached the point where no excess moisture is present, but while it is still plastic. Hardener shall be installed as follows: 1. Colored Hardener: Install at rate of 40 pounds per 100 square feet of surface for initial application. 2. Gray (natural) Hardener: Install at rate of 20 pounds per 100 square feet of surface for initial application. 3. Hardener shall be evenly distributed and thoroughly floated into surface mortar with a wood float. An additional 20 pounds of hardener, colored or gray, specified as above, shall be installed over each 100 square feet, and troweled to an even surface having uniform color and texture. F. Cement Grout and Dry-Pack Concrete: Cement grout shall be mixed at the Project site and shall be composed of one volume of Portland cement and 2-1/2 volumes of fine aggregate. Materials shall be mixed dry with sufficient water added to make mixture flow under its own weight. When grout is used as a dry pack concrete, add sufficient water to provide a stiff mixture, which can be molded into a sphere. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 11 Cast-In-Place Concrete G. Broom Finish: Exterior stair treads and landings shall be provided with a non-slip broom finish in addition to abrasive finish specified. H. Abrasive Stair Nosing: Nosing shall be installed according to manufacturers written recommendations. 3.5 EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Details and proposed location of construction joints shall be as indicated on the Drawings, located to least impair strength of structure, in accordance with the following: 1. Thoroughly clean contact surface by sand blasting entire surface not earlier than 5 days after initial placement. 2. A mix containing same proportion of sand and cement provided in concrete plus a maximum of 50 percent of coarse aggregate shall be placed to a depth of at least one inch on horizontal joints. Vertical joints shall be wetted and coated with a neat cement grout immediately before placing of new concrete. 3. Should contact surface become coated with earth, sawdust, or deleterious material of any kind after being cleaned, entire surface shall be re-cleaned before applying mix. B. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints where indicated in walks and exterior slabs. Space approximately 20 feet apart, unless otherwise indicated. Joints shall extend entirely through slab with joint filler in one piece for width of walk or slab. Joint filler shall be 3/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. C. Tooled Joints: Slabs, walks and paving shall be marked into areas as indicated with markings made with a V-grooving tool. Marks shall be round-edged, free from burrs or obstructions, with clean cut angles and shall be straight and true. Walks, if not indicated, shall be marked off into rectangles of not more than 12 square feet and shall have a center marking where more than 5 feet wide. 3.6 TESTING A. Molded Cylinder Tests: 1. Owner Consultant will prepare cylinders. Each cylinder shall be dated, given a number, point in structure from which sample was obtained, mix design number, mix design strength and result of accompanying slump test noted. 2. Separate tests of molded concrete cylinders obtained at same place and time shall be made at age of 3 days, 7 days, and 28 days. A strength test shall be the average of the compressive strength of 2 cylinders, obtained from the same 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 12 Cast-In-Place Concrete sample of concrete and tested at 28 days or at test age designated for determination of f'c. 3. Test cylinders shall be prepared at the Project site and stored in testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C 31, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. B. Core Test: At request of the Architect, cores of hardened concrete shall be cut from portions of hydrated structures for testing, in accordance with CBC and ASTM C 42. 1. Provide 4 inch diameter cores at representative places throughout the structure as designated by the Architect. 2. In general, provide sufficient cores to represent concrete placed with at least one core for each 4,000 square feet of building area, and at least 3 cores total for each Project. 3. Where cores have been removed, fill voids with drypack, and patch the finish to match the adjacent existing surfaces. C. Concrete Consistency: Measure consistency according to ASTM C 143. Test twice each day or partial day's run of the mixer. D. Adjustment of Mix: If the strength of any grade of concrete for any portion of Work, as indicated by molded test cylinders, fall below minimum 28 days compressive strength specified or indicated, adjust mix design for remaining portion of construction so that resulting concrete meets minimum strength requirements. E. Defective Concrete: 1. Should strength of any grade of concrete, for any portion of Work indicated by tests of molded cylinders and core tests, fall below minimum 28 days strength specified or indicated, concrete will be deemed defective Work and shall be replaced or adequately strengthened in a manner acceptable to the Architect and DSA. 2. Concrete Work that is not formed as indicated, is not true within 1/250 of span, not true to intended alignment, not plumb or level where so intended, not true to intended grades and levels, contains sawdust shavings, wood or embedded debris, or does not fully conform to Contract provisions, shall be deemed to be defective Work and shall be removed and replaced. F. Concrete for Equipment Pads, Mechanical and Electrical Work: Unless otherwise indicated, strength shall be 3,000 psi concrete. Exposed concrete shall be provided with a hand trowel finish with radius corners and edges. Form and place concrete where necessary as described in Section 30 10 00: Concrete Forms and Accessories, and reinforced as described in Section 03 20 00: Concrete Reinforcement. Calcium chloride shall not be furnished in any concrete mix provided for the installation of 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 8/16/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 03 30 00 - 13 Cast-In-Place Concrete underground electrical conduits. For concrete encasement of more than one conduit, furnish 3/4 inch to 1 inch aggregate as specified for concrete mix. 3.7 CLEAN UP A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 1 Structural Steel Framing SECTION 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 33 - Code-Required Special Inspections. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 05 31 00 - Steel Decking. 4. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. 5. Section 09 91 13 - Exterior Painting. 6. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AISC – Steel Construction Manual: 1. AISC 360 Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings. 2. RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. B. AISC 341 - Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, including Supplements. C. AISC S323 - Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards. D. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. E. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. F. ASTM A53 - Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. G. ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finish, Standard Quality. H. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. I. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. J. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 2 Structural Steel Framing K. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. L. ASTM A500 - Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. M. ASTM A572 - Grade 50 - Structural Steel. N. ASTM A653 - Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. O. ASTM A780 - Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. P. ASTM A992 - Steel for Structural Shapes For Use in Building Framing. Q. ASTM C1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic Cement Grout (Non-Shrink). R. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts. S. AWS A2.4 - Standard Welding Symbols. T. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. U. AWS D1.8 - Structural Welding Code – Seismic Supplement. V. AWS WHB-1 - Qualification and Certification. W. AWS A5.1 - Carbon Steel Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes. Y. CBC Chapter 22A, Division III - Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design for Structural Steel Buildings. Z. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council, SP-2, Hand Tool Cleaning. AA. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) 1. FEMA 353 - Recommended Specification and Quality Assurance Guidelines for Steel Moment Frame Construction for Seismic Application, July 2000. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Structural steel shall conform to CBC requirements, except that steel manufactured by acid Bessemer process is not permitted for structural purposes. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 3 Structural Steel Framing 2. Sheet and strip steel other than those listed in CBC, if provided for structural purpose, shall comply with DSA requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of members, and details, schedules, procedures and diagrams showing the sequence of erection. Fully detail minor connections and fastenings not shown or specified in the Contract Documents to meet required conditions using similar detailing as shown in the Contract Documents. Include a fully detailed, well controlled sequence and technique plan for shop and field welding that minimizes locked in stresses and distortion; submit sequence and technique plan for review by the Architect. a. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, and holes in accordance with Figure 4.5 of AWS D1.1-02 or AISC Section J1.8, weld position plan and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, and show size, length and type of each weld. b. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed for Work specified in other section. c. Erection and Bracing Plan and Erection Procedure: Submit an erection and framing plan, including columns, beams, and girders, prepared, signed and sealed by a structural engineer registered in the State of California in accordance with Title 8 CCR, Section 1710. Maintain a copy at the Project site as required by the California Division of Industrial Safety. d. Submit a list of steel items to be galvanized. 2. Product Data: a. Submit copies of fabricator’s specifications and installation instructions for the following products. Include laboratory test reports and other data required demonstrating compliance with these Specifications: 1) Structural steel, each type; including certified copies of mill reports covering chemical and physical properties. 2) Welding electrodes. 3) Welding gas. 4) Unfinished bolts and nuts. 5) Structural steel primer paint. 6) High-strength bolts, including nuts and washers. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 4 Structural Steel Framing 3. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: a. Submit, certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 4. Mill Test Reports: a. Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural yield and tensile strength, destructive and non-destructive test analysis. 5. Charpy-V-Notch (CVN) Impact Test: Submit certified copies of Charpy-V-Notch (CVN) Impact Test by the manufacturer for applicable steel members and components. a. Charpy-V-Notch (CVN) Impact Test for Base Metal: hot rolled shapes with ﬂanges 1_1/2 in. thick and thicker and plates 2 in. thick and thicker shall shall subjected to Charpy-V-Notch impact test in accordance with “Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings”, Part A3.3 b. Not used c. Charpy-V-Notch test shall be performed by the manufacturer employing Test Frequency (P) in accordance with ASTM A 673 and utilizing standard specimen sizes shown in Figure 6 of ASTM E 23. The absorbed energy in a CVN impact test shall not be less than that specified in “Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings”, Part A3.3 6. Submit certified copies of tests by manufacturer for fine grain practice. Structural steel base material, as described above, shall be manufactured using fully killed fine grain practice having grain size number 5 or better as determined by ASTM E 112. 7. Weld Procedure Specifications (WPS): Submit weld procedures according to AWS D1.1 for each welded joint on project (whether prequalified or qualified by testing) to Owner’s testing laboratory for approval. After approval by testing laboratory, submit to Architect for record. Weld procedures shall indicate joints details and tolerances, preheat and interpass temperature, post-heat treatment, single or multiple stringer passes, peening of stringer passes for groove welds except for the first and the last pass, electrode type and size, welding current, polarity and amperes and root treatment. The welding variables for each stringer pass shall be recorded and averaged, from these averages the weld heat input shall be calculated. Submit the manufacturer’s product data sheet for all welding material used. 8. Welder’s Certificates: Field welders shall be Project certified in accordance with AWS D1. 1-15. Shop welders shall be Project certified for FCAWS in accordance with AWS D1. 1-15. 9. Test Reports: Submit reports of tests conducted on shop and field welded and bolted connections. Include data on type of test conducted and test results. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 5 Structural Steel Framing 10. Welding Material Certification: Comply with AWS D1.8 Section 1.22. Submit to Owner’s testing laboratory. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement, except as otherwise indicated: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, 2. Perform welding in accordance with AWS Standards, AWS D1.1, and California Building Code Section 1705A.2.5 and approved weld procedure. B. Shop fabrication shall be inspected in accordance with CBC. C. Erect mock-up panel of fabricated structural steel meeting Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel tolerances for exposed areas. Approval by Architect is required. Mock-up to remain for comparison but may not be left as part of the work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store structural steel above grade on platforms, skids or other supports. B. Protect steel from corrosion. C. Store welding electrodes in accordance with AWS D 12.1. D. Store other materials in a weather-tight and dry place until installed into the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Stock Materials: Provide exact materials, sections, shapes, thickness, sizes, weights, and details of construction indicated on Drawings. Changes because of material stock or shop practices will be considered if net area of shape or section is not reduced thereby, if material and structural properties are at least equivalent, and if overall dimensions are not exceeded. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: All wide flange shapes shall conform to ASTM A992 Grade 50. Brace Frame Base Plate shall be ASTM A572 Grade 50. Other steel shall conform to ASTM A36. B. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A307, Grade A, regular low carbon bolts and nuts. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 6 Structural Steel Framing C. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A325, ASTM A490 or ASTM F1852 quenched and tempered, steel bolts, nuts and washers. D. Primer: Lead-free metal primer, Tnemec 10-99, Rust-Oleum X-60, or equal. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. F. Structural Tubing: 1. Hot-formed, ASTM A501. 2. Cold-formed, ASTM A500, Grade B. G. Galvanizing: ASTM A123. H. Welding Electrodes: Provide electrodes recommended by manufacturer for seismic connections. 1. Comply with latest AISC Seismic Provision. I. Shear stud connectors: ASTM A108, Grade 1015 forged steel, headed, uncoated, granular flux filled shear connector or anchor studs by Nelson Stud Welding Division of TRW, Lorain, OH, or equal. J. Grout: ASTM C1107, non-shrink type, pre-mixed compound consisting of non- metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 7 days; of consistency suitable for application and a 30 minute working time. K. Threaded Rods: ASTM F1554, grade as noted per plan. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Cleaning and Straightening Materials: Materials being fabricated shall be thoroughly cleaned of scale and rust, and straightened before fabrication. Cleaning and straightening methods shall not damage material. After punching or fabrication of component parts of a member, twists or bends shall be removed before parts are assembled. B. Cutting, Punching, Drilling and Tapping: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, structural steel fabricator shall perform the cutting, punching, drilling and tapping of Work so that Work of other trades will properly connect to steel Work. C. Milling: Compression joints depending on contact bearing shall be furnished with bearing surfaces prepared to a common plane by milling. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 7 Structural Steel Framing D. Use of Burning Torch: Oxygen cutting of members shall be performed by machine. Gouges greater than 3/16 inch that remain from cutting shall be removed by grinding. Reentrant corners shall be shaped notch free to a radius of at least 1/2 inch. Gas cutting of holes for bolts or rivets is not permitted. E. Galvanizing: After fabrication, items indicated or specified to be galvanized shall be galvanized in largest practical sizes. Fabrication includes operations of shearing, punching, bending, forming, assembling or welding. Galvanized items shall be free from projections, barbs, or icicles resulting from the galvanizing process. F. Welding: 1. Type of steel furnished in welded structures shall provide chemical properties suitable for welding as determined by chemical analysis. Welds shall conform to the requirements of CBC Chapter 17A. Conform to AWS D1.1 and D1.8, and CBC Chapter 22A. 2. Materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements specified herein and to CBC requirements, modified as follows: a. No welded splices shall be permitted except those indicated on Drawings unless specifically reviewed by the Architect. b. Drawings will designate joints in which it is important that welding sequence and technique be controlled to minimize shrinkage stresses and distortion. 3. Welding shall be performed in accordance with requirements of the AWS Structural Welding Code. a. Welded Joint Details: comply with AISC Seismic Provisions. 4. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds ½ inch (13 mm) and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds. 5. Remove erection bolts on welded, Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. G. Shop Finish: 1. Notify the Inspector when Work is ready to receive shop prime coat. Work shall be inspected by the Inspector before installation of primer. 2. Structural steel and fittings, except galvanized items, which will be exposed when building is completed, shall receive a coat of primer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 8 Structural Steel Framing 3. The primer specified shall be spray applied, filling joints and corners and covering surfaces with a smooth unbroken film. The minimum dry film thickness of the primer shall be 2.0 mils. 4. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded, in contact with concrete or high strength bolted. H. Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC’s “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” for structural steel. I. Fabricate Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surfaces blemishes, including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. 1. Remove blemishes by filling, grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and shop priming. 2. Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance limits of AISC’s “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. J. Not used. 2.4 SHOP AND FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. A special inspector, approved by DSA to inspect the Work of this section, shall inspect high-strength bolted connections. The Owner will provide a DSA approved independent testing laboratory to perform tests and prepare test reports in accordance with CBC 2213A. The Inspector shall be responsible for monitoring the work of the special inspector and testing laboratories to ensure that the testing program is satisfactorily completed. B. An AWS CWI certified special inspector, approved by DSA to inspect the Work of this section, shall inspect welded connections. The Owner will provide a DSA approved independent testing laboratory to perform tests and prepare test reports in accordance with CBC 1704A.2.4. The Inspector shall be responsible for monitoring the work of the special inspector and testing laboratories to ensure that the testing program is satisfactorily completed. C. The independent testing laboratory shall conduct and interpret test and state in each report whether test specimens comply with requirements, and specifically state any deviations there from. D. Provide access to all places where structural steel Work is being fabricated or produced so required inspection and testing can be performed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 9 Structural Steel Framing E. The independent testing laboratory may inspect and/or test structural steel at plant before shipment; however, Architect reserves the right at any time before Final Completion to deem materials not in compliance with the specified requirements as defective Work. F. Correct defects in structural Work when inspections and laboratory test reports indicate noncompliance with specified requirements. Perform additional tests as may be required to reconfirm noncompliance of original Work, and as may be required to show demonstrate compliance of corrected Work. G. Welding: Inspect and test during fabrication and erection of structural steel assemblies as follows: 1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in the Work. Record Work required and performed to correct deficiencies. 2. Inspect welds. Welds shall be visually inspected before performing any non- destructive testing. Groove weld shall be inspected by ultrasonic or other approved non-destructive test methods. Testing shall be performed to AWS D1.1 Table 6.3 cyclically loaded non-tubular connections. 3. Ultrasonic testing shall be performed by a specially trained and qualified technician who shall operate the equipment, examine welds, and maintain a record of welds examined, defects found, and disposition of each defect. Repair and test defective welds. 4. Rate of Testing: Completed welds contained in joints and splices shall be tested 100 percent either by ultrasonic testing or by radiography. 5. Welds, when installed in column splices, shall be tested by either ultrasonic testing or radiography. 6. Base metal thicker than 1-1/2 inches, when subjected to through-thickness weld shrinkage strains, shall be ultrasonically inspected by shear wave methods for discontinuities directly behind such welds. Tests shall be performed at least 48 hours after completed joint has cooled down to ambient air temperature. 7. Any material discontinuities shall be reviewed based on the defect rating in accordance with the criteria of AWS D1.1 table 6.3 by the Architect and DSA. 8. Other method of non-destructive testing and inspection, for example, liquid dye penetrate testing, magnetic particle inspection or radiographic inspection may be performed on weld if required. 9. Lamellar Tearing: Lamellar-tearing resulting from welding is a crack (with ero tolerance) and shall be repaired in accordance with AWS D1.1. 10. Lamination: The rejection criteria shall be based on ASTM A 435. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 10 Structural Steel Framing 11. Where testing reveals lamination or conditions of lamellar tearing in base metal, the steel fabricator shall submit a proposed method of repair for review by the Architect. Test repaired areas as required. 12. Magnetic Particle Testing: Magnetic particle testing when required shall be provided in accordance with AWS D1.1 for procedure and technique. The standards of acceptance shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 - Qualification. H. Lamellar Tearing: Prior to welding plates 1 to 1-1/2 inches thick and greater and rolled shapes within the distance from 6 inches above the top of the joint to 6 inches below the bottom of the joint shall be checked by ultrasonic testing for laminations in base metal which may interfere with the inspection of the completed joint. Should these defects occur, members will be reviewed by the Architect and DSA. Welding procedure specifications in sub-section 1.5G specify welding practices to minimize lamellar tearing. I. Prior Testing of Base Material: Test material before fabrication. J. Lines and levels of erected steel shall be certified by a State of California licensed surveyor as set forth in related Division 01 section. K. Welded studs shall be tested and inspected by the special inspector in accordance with requirements of AWS D1.1 - Stud Welding. L. Record Drawings: After steel has been erected, correct or revise Shop Drawings and erection diagrams to correspond with reviewed changes performed in the field. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify governing dimensions and conditions of the Work before commencing erection Work. 1. Report discrepancies between drawings and field dimensions to Architect before commencing work. 2. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions and surfaces underlying or adjacent to work of this section. B. Provide temporary shoring and bracing, and other support during performance of the Work. Remove after steel is in place and connected, and after cast-in-place concrete has reached its design strength. 3.2 ERECTION A. Install structural steel accurately in locations, to elevations indicated, and according to AISC specifications and CBC requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 11 Structural Steel Framing B. Clean surfaces of base plates and bearing plates. 1. Install base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims; cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate before packing with grout. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 1. Members and components, plumbed, leveled and aligned to a tolerance not to exceed one-half the amount permitted for structural steel. Contractor to provide adjustable connections between Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel and the structural steel frame or the masonry or concrete supports, in order to provide the erector with means for adjustment. D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact after assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. E. Do not permit thermal cutting during erection of structural steel. F. Where indicated for field connections, provide standard bolts complying with ASTM A 307. G. Install high strength steel bolts at locations indicated. Assembly and installation shall be in accordance with CBC requirements. 1. Allowable hole sizes: 1/16 inch larger than bolt size. 2. Use friction type connection with standard hardened steel circular, square or rectangular washer under bolt nut. 3. Thoroughly clean area under bolt head, nut and washer. Remove all paint, lacquer, oil or other coatings except organic zinc-rich paints in accordance with SSPC, SP-2. 4. Tighten bolts by power torque wrench or hand wrench until twist-off. H. Contractor shall be responsible for correcting detailing and fabrication errors and for correct fitting of all members and components. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 12 Structural Steel Framing I. Erect structural steel plumb and level and to proper tolerances as set forth in the AISC Manual. Provide temporary bracing, supports or connections required for complete safety of structure until final permanent connections are installed. J. Install column bases within a tolerance of 1/8 inch of detailed centerlines, level at proper elevations. Support bases on double nuts and solidly fill spaces under bases with dry-pack cement grout. K. Provide anchor bolts with templates and diagrams. Contractor shall be responsible for proper location and installation of bolts. Correct deficiencies and errors. L. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A780. 3.3 FITTING A. Closely fit members, finished true to line and in precise position required to allow accurate erection and proper joining in the field. B. Drilling to enlarge unfair holes will not be allowed. Allow only enough drifting during assembly to bring parts into position, but not sufficient enough to enlarge holes or distort the metal. Do not heat rolled sections, unless approved by Architect. 3.4 PUNCHING AND DRILLING A. Punch material 1/16 inch larger than nominal diameter of bolt, wherever thickness of metal is equal to or less than the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8 inch. B. Drill or sub-punch and ream where metal is equal to or more than the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8 inch. Make diameter for sub-punched and sub-drilled holes 1/16 inch larger than nominal diameter of bolt. C. Precisely locate holes to ensure passage of bolt through assembled materials without drifting. Enlarge holes when necessary to receive bolts by reaming; flame cutting to enlarge holes is not acceptable. Structural Steel members with poorly matched holes will be rejected. 3.5 FINISHING A. After erection, spots or surfaces where paint has been removed, damaged, or burned off and field rivets, bolts, and other field connections not concealed in the work, shall be cleaned of dirt, oil, grease, and burned paint and furnished with a spot coat of the same primer installed during shop priming. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Install paint to exposed areas with the same 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 05 12 00 - 13 Structural Steel Framing material installed during shop painting. Install by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will provide a special inspector and independent testing laboratory to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. 3.7 CLEAN UP A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project Site. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. 3.9 HANDLING A. Both in shop and in the field, transport, handle and erect to prevent damage or overstressing of any component. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 05 50 00 - 1 Metal Fabrications SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide stock and custom fabricated metal items scheduled at end of this Section, complete in respect to function as intended. 1. Metal fabrications includes items made from iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or metal systems specified elsewhere. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Welding Society (AWS): D1.1, Structural Welding Code. B. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): Pipe Rail Manual. C. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): 1. Pipe Rail Manual. 2. Heavy Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature for products used in metal fabrications, including paint, grout and manufactured items. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and erection of metal fabrications. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection, reinforcing and anchorage. 1. Provide templates for anchorage installation by others. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide stock and custom fabricated metal items. B. Steel Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36. 1. Steel Bar Grating: ASTM A36 or ASTM A1011. 2. Wrought Iron: Maximum 0.3% carbon content with slag mechanically mixed with iron and conforming to ASTM E350 analysis; soft, ductile, and corrosion resistant. C. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot rolled, ASTM A1011; or cold rolled, ASTM A1008, Class 1; of grade required for design loading. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 05 50 00 - 2 Metal Fabrications D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S seamless, grade as selected by fabricator and as required for design loading; minimum standard weight, STD or Schedule 40. E. Steel Tubing: Cold formed ASTM A500; or hot rolled, ASTM A501; minimum Grade B; seamless where exposed. F. Castings: Gray iron, ASTM A48, Class 30; malleable iron, ASTM A47. G. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron ASTM A47, or cast steel ASTM A27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A153. H. Grout: Non-shrink meeting ASTM C1107, non-metallic, pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive; type specifically recommended by manufacturer as applicable to job condition. I. Fasteners and Rough Hardware: Type required for specific usage; provide zinc- coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. J. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. K. Paint: Provide primers as recommended by paint manufacturers for substrates and paints specified in Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc-dust content paint for re-galvanizing welds in galvanized steel. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured. B. Grind exposed welds continuous, smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces, and ease exposed edges to approximate 1/32" uniform radius. C. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk fasteners unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure. D. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for delivery. E. Make exposed joints flush butt type, hairline joints where mechanically fastened. 1. Fabricate joints exposed to weather in manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water could accumulate. F. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications; fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication. a. Access: Comply with California Building Standards Code and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for access for persons with disabilities. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 05 50 00 - 3 Metal Fabrications G. Steel Grating: Comply with requirements of NAAMM "Heavy Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual"; work to dimensions accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. 1. Type: Welded with a plain traffic surface. 2. Loads: Provide gratings designed for minimum 100 psf based on support indicated. H. Floor Access Doors: Sizes and configurations indicated; use proven details of fabrication and support; provide floor access doors designed for exterior and for similar exposure where floors might be cleaned using extensive water. 1. Surface: Non-slip surface. 2. Loads: Provide floor doors designed for minimum 300 psf. 3. Manufacturers: a. The Bilco Company. b. Babcock-Davis. c. Nystrom Building Products. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. I. Pre-Engineered Support Systems: Provide manufactured pre-engineered support system consisting of channel supports with anchors, attachments, and accessories as required for complete installation. Sizes to support anticipated loads. 1. Manufacturers: a. Unistrut Inc./Unistrut. b. Grinnell Corp./PowerStrut. c. Thomas & Betts, Inc./SuperStrut. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard prime paint finish for channel supports; galvanized or similar plated anchors and fasteners; hot dip galvanized where at exterior and exterior exposed applications. J. Finishes: Galvanize and prime paint exterior work and prime paint interior work unless otherwise noted in Schedule; comply with requirements of Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating for preparation and priming. 1. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to applying finish. 2. Do not shop prime surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding; shop prime in one coat. 3. Galvanized Coating: Provide coating comparable to ASTM A924 and A653, minimum G90 hot dip galvanized coating. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 05 50 00 - 4 Metal Fabrications PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible; do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where necessary. 3.2 ERECTION A. Obtain Architect's review prior to site cutting and adjusting which are not part of scheduled work. 1. Perform necessary cutting and altering for installation and coordination with other work. B. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 1. Supply items required to be cast into or embedded in other materials to appropriate trades. 2. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction; coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption in installation. C. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing; keep work in alignment. D. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding; hide bolts and screws whenever possible, where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings. 1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E. After installation, touch-up field welds and scratched and damaged surfaces; use primer consistent with shop coat or recommended for galvanized surfaces, as applicable. F. Replace items damaged in course of installation and construction. 3.3 SCHEDULE A. Supply and install metal fabrications listed in Schedule, complete with anchorage and attachments necessary for installation. 1. Schedule lists principal items only, refer to Drawings for items not listed. B. Schedule: 1. Miscellaneous angles, plates and attachments to be set in concrete or masonry for anchorage of other items. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 05 50 00 - 5 Metal Fabrications 2. Iron and steel shapes, sleeves, anchors, connectors and fastenings required to complete construction work, and which are not provided in other Specification sections. a. Rough hardware, including bolts, fabricated plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and miscellaneous metals. b. Ledge and shelf angles, channels and plates not attached to structural steel, and for support of metal decking. c. Angle and channel frames for doors and wall openings. d. Beams of structural shapes not supported by structural steel. e. Steel angle corner guards. f. Elevator sill support angles, and metal fabrications sized on Architectural Drawings not typically provided as part of structural work. g. Elevator sill support angles, hoistway divider beams, and metal fabrications sized on Architectural Drawings not typically provided as part of structural work. 3. Steel bar gratings; galvanized finish. 4. Floor access doors. 5. Pre-engineered support systems. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 06 20 - 1 Decorative Plastic Laminate SECTION 06 06 20 DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Standard Decorative Laminates. B. Virtual Design Library Laminates. C. Decorative Edges and Edgeband. D. Accessory Materials. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00 - Submittals. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E 162: Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 3. ASTM E 662: Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. 4. AWI: Architectural Woodwork Institute. 5. AWS: Architectural Woodwork Standards. 6. FSC: Forest Stewardship Council. 7. IMO: International Maritime Organization. 8. IMO FTP: International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures. 9. IMO FTP Code Part 2: Smoke and Density Test. 10. IMO FTP Code Part 5: Test for Surface Flammability. 11. ISO: International Organization for Standardization. 12. ISO 9001: Quality Management Systems. 13. ISO 14001: Environmental Management Systems. 14. KCMA A161.1: Performance & Construction Standard for Kitchen and Vanity Cabinets. 15. NEMA LD-3: High Pressure Decorative Laminates. 16. NFPA 101: Life Safety Code. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 06 20 - 2 Decorative Plastic Laminate 17. NSF 35: High Pressure Decorative Laminates for Surfacing Food Service Equipment. 18. OHSAS: Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series. 19. OHSAS 18001: Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems. 20. SCAQMD Rule 1168: Adhesive and Sealant Applications. 21. SCS: SCS Global Services. 22. UL 723: Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 23. UL 2818: GREENGUARD Certification Program for Chemical Emissions for Building Materials, Finishes and Furnishings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 30 00 - Submittals. B. Product Data: Submit the following: 1. Product data for each specified product. Include manufacturer’s technical data sheets and published instruction instructions. 2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS). C. Shop Drawings: Fully dimensioned shop drawings showing layouts and components, including edge conditions, joinery, terminating conditions, substrate construction, and cutouts and holes. Include elevations, section details, and large scale details. Indicate color, pattern, and finish selections. D. Samples: Selection and verification samples for each color, pattern, and finish required. E. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties, if required. F. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer’s published maintenance manual with closeout submittals. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Adhesives, Sealants, and Sealant Primers: 1. SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District) Rule 1168 for VOC content. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 06 20 - 3 Decorative Plastic Laminate 2. Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) model Rule for Adhesives and Sealants. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer producing products in an ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and OHSAS 18001 certified facility. 2. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum of three years documented experience in fabricating decorative plastic laminates similar in scope and complexity of this Project. 3. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of three years documented installation experience for projects similar in scope and complexity to this Project. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Store plastic laminate materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions, at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store sheet materials flat on pallets or similar rack-type storage to preclude damage. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Ensure appropriate acclimatization between plastic laminate and substrate prior to fabrication. Condition plastic laminate and substrate surfaces in the same environment for 48 hours prior to fabrication. Condition at approximately 75 deg F (24 deg C) and 45 percent to 55 percent relative humidity. 1. Adhesive: For best results, apply adhesives at temperatures at or above 65 deg F (18 deg F). B. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements and openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Wilsonart. 2501 Wilsonart Drive, Temple, TX 76503-6110. Tel. 254.207.7000, Toll-Free 800.433.3222, Fax 254.207.3209. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 06 20 - 4 Decorative Plastic Laminate 1. Website: www.wilsonart.com 2.2 LAMINATE PROPERTIES A. Laminate Composition: Decorative surface papers impregnated with melamine resins and pressed over kraft paper core sheets impregnated with phenolic resin. Sheets then bonded together under pressures greater than 1,000 lbs. per sq. in. and high temperatures approaching 300 deg F (149 deg C). Finished sheets trimmed and backs sanded to facilitate bonding to substrate. B. Sustainable Design Conformance Standards: 1. UL 2818 GREENGUARD Gold Certified. 2. SCS Certified Indoor Air Quality Advantage™ Gold Certified. 3. SCS Chain of Custody Certified for FSC® Mix, FSC Controlled Wood. 4. SCS Recycled Content Certified. C. Surface Burning Characteristics: 1. Test Standards: ASTM E 84, ASTM E 162, ASTM E 662, IMO FTP Code Part 2 and Part 5, and UL 723. 2. Interior Finish Classification, Fire-Rated Laminate: Class A according to NFPA 101. Flame spread less than 25 and Smoke Developed less than 450. D. Surfaces Subject to Food Contact: Comply with NSF Standard 35. 2.3 VIRTUAL DESIGN LIBRARY (VDL) LAMINATES A. Vertical Surface Type: “Wilsonart Type 362”. 1. Sheet Thickness: 0.028 inch nominal. 2. Laminate Conformance Standard: NEMA LD 3, Grade VGP. 3. Color, Pattern, and Finish: Monument Wood Y0808, SoftGrain Finish. 2.10 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Contact Adhesive: 1. Product: “Wilsonart 1730/1731 Low VOC Contact Adhesive.” 2. Description: High solids, low VOC contact adhesive for non- postforming applications. B. Contact Adhesive, Water-Based: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 06 20 - 5 Decorative Plastic Laminate 1. Product: “Wilsonart H20.” 2. Description: Non-flammable low VOC water-based contact adhesive for postforming applications. C. Polyvinyl Acetate (PVA) Adhesive: 1. Product: “Wilsonart® PVA Adhesive.” 2. Description: PVA-based adhesives for bonding decorative laminate to wood substrates. Acceptable for cold press, hot press, and postforming applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces for conditions that could adversely affect the performance of the decorative plastic laminate installation, including edge performance. B. Surfaces to be adhesively bonded shall be clean, dry and free of any dust, loose paint, wax, moisture, dirt, grease, oil, rust, or other contaminants. C. Commencement of work will constitute acceptance of existing conditions and surfaces to receive the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install materials according to referenced Specification Sections and the following conformance standards as applicable: 1. AWI AWS. 2. KCMA A161.1. B. To avoid stress cracking, do not use square-cut inside corners. All inside corners to have a minimum 1/8 inch radius and all edges routed smooth. C. Drill oversized holes for screws, bolts, and similar fasteners. Slightly countersink fasteners into face side of laminate-clad substrate. D. Use carbide-tipped saw and router blades for cutting, with high tool speed and low feed speed. Keep cutting blades sharp. Use appropriate hold- downs to prevent vibration. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 06 20 - 6 Decorative Plastic Laminate 3.3 ADHESIVE SPRAY APPLICATIONS A. Comply with adhesive manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. B. Apply contact adhesive uniformly to both surfaces and with a minimum 80 percent coverage for each surface. Apply PVA adhesive to one side with a minimum 80 percent coverage. C. Apply two coats of adhesive to porous surfaces. Provide 100 percent coverage for edges. D. Apply uniform downward pressure (30 to 40 psi minimum) across the entire bonded surface. 3.4 ADHESIVE BRUSH APPLICATIONS A. Comply with adhesive manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. B. Apply contact adhesive uniformly to both surfaces with a brush or solvent- resistant medium nap roller; cover each surface 100 percent. Apply PVA adhesive to one side, for 100 percent coverage. C. Provide two coats of adhesive on porous surfaces. Double coat edges. D. Apply uniform downward pressure (30 to 40 psi minimum) across the entire bonded surface. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean decorative plastic laminate according to manufacturer’s printed care and maintenance instructions. B. Protect installed products and finish surfaces from damage during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 1 Rough Carpentry SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish all labor, material, and equipment required to complete the Work shown on the Drawings and specified herein, including but not limited to the following: 1. Wood framing. 2. Blocking, backing, nailers, sleepers and wood grounds required for securing other Work. 3. Wood furring. 4. Sheathing. 5. Sub-flooring. 6. Under-layment. 7. Rough Hardware and Connectors. 8. Installation of Special Connectors, Seats, Plates, Anchors and Hangers furnished by other trades. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03 30 00 – Concrete C. Section 04 22 00 – Masonry D. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel. E. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications F. Section 05 40 00 - Cold Formed Metal Framing G. Section 09 25 00 - Gypsum Wallboard. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 2 Rough Carpentry A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Certification: 1. Pressure Treated Wood: Submit certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of preservative retained, and conformance with applicable standards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wood Product Quality Standards: 1. Lumber Standards: Comply with Product Standards, PS 20, American Softwood Lumber Standards and West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB). 2. Plywood Standard: Comply with Product Standards, PS 1, Construction and Industrial Plywood. 3. Pressure Treated Material: American Wood Preservers Association Standards (AWPA). 4. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed with transparent finish or without finish. B. Requirements of Regulatory Requirements: 1. California Building Code (CBC) Chapter 23. C. Do not use power driven fasteners unless approved by Structural Engineer and the City Inspector. D. Grade Marking: 1. Lumber: Each piece of lumber shall bear the grade mark of at least one of the two agencies, (WCLIB and WWPA) listed above in accordance to CBC Section 2304 and UBC Standard No. 23-1. 2. Plywood: Each sheet shall bear the grade stamp of the American Plywood Association (APA) in accordance to CBC Section 2303.4 and UBC Standard No. 23-2 or 23-3. E. Contaminated Lumber: 1. Lumber shall not contain any visible mold, mildew, or moisture related spore producing contamination. Lumber shall be inspected before delivery to the site. Lumber delivered to the site with visible signs of contamination shall be removed from the site and shall not be placed 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 3 Rough Carpentry into the building structure in any location. On site or off site bleaching or cleaning of lumber showing contamination is not acceptable. If some pieces are contaminated it is assumed that all units in the stack are contaminated. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Fit carpentry-work to other Work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow attachment of other Work. 1. Cooperate with other trades, especially Concrete, Masonry and Miscellaneous Metal, to prevent duplication of rough hardware furnished. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL A. Grade Stamps: Factory-mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. B. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. 1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2" or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. C. Framing Lumber: Comply with WCLIB, "Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber", No. 17. Stress grades and wood species as noted on Structural Drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 4 Rough Carpentry 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown. B. Light Framing and Standard Grade lumber of any species or board size lumber as required. No. 3 Common or Standard grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or No. 3 boards per SPIB rules. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with American Plywood Association (APA) "Performance Standard and Policies for Structural-Use Panels", Form No. E445. B. Trademark: Factory-mark each construction panel with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. C. Structural Sheathing: Structural I. D. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire-retardant treated plywood panels with grade designation. APA C- D PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32". 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommended nails. 1. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153). 2.5 ROUGH HARDWARE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 5 Rough Carpentry A. Furnish bolts and attachments to other trades for installation in masonry and concrete work. B. Lag Screws: 1. General: Conforming to CBC latest edition. 2. Sizes as indicated on Drawings: Minimum yield point 45,000 psi; minimum tensile strength 77,000 psi. a. Dimensions: Standard per Appendix L National Design Specification. b. Provide standard cut washer not less in size than screw head, where screw head bears on wood. c. Lag screws shall be galvanized where exposed to weather. C. Washers: 1. Provide not less than a standard cut washer between bolt head, lag screw head, nut and the wood. 2. Washers shall be galvanized where exposed to weather. D. Framing Connectors: "National Design Specifications for Stress Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings", by the NFPA. , Simpson "Strong Tie", or equal, complete with required nails. 1. Galvanize or shop paint with rust-inhibitive paint. 2. Model Nos. indicated on Drawings. 2.6 WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as "Trt-Wd" or "Treated", or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber and C9 Plywood) and of AWPA Standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPA Quality Mark Requirements. Each piece shall bear the stamp of an approved independent agency operating under ALSC overview B. Preservative Treated Wood Products: 1. Water-borne salt preservatives for painted, stained, or exposed natural wood product: a. AWPA C-2, above ground application. b. AWPC LP-22, ground contact application. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 6 Rough Carpentry 2. Do not use creosote. 3. Whenever necessary to cut, notch, dap, or drill treated lumber. Paint new surfaces thoroughly with two saturating coats with the preservative material used in the treatment of lumber. 4. Re-dry items to maximum moisture content of 19%, stamped "dry". 5. Do not treat Douglas Fir Coast Region with ACC or CCA. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces to receive rough carpentry materials are prepared to require grades and dimensions. 3.2 GENERAL A. Conduct Work under direction of capable experienced foreman. B. Accurately locate members to line and dimension. Ensure full contact of timbers framed together. Ensure let-in members in full contact on two surfaces. C. Discard units of material with defects, which might impair quality of Work, and units, which are too small to use in fabricating Work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. D. Set carpentry works to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and cut and fitted. E. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. F. Counter-sink the nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. G. Cutting and Fitting: Take care to fit members carefully into their respective positions. Do cutting and fitting in framing required by tradesmen engaged on the operation to enable them to properly carry out their work, but do not curring that may weaken any vital parts of the building. Exercise due care in framing so that structural timbers will not require to be cut for pipes, vents and ducts. Obtain approval of Architect prior to cutting or notching structural members. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 7 Rough Carpentry H. Bracing and Shoring: Provide all supports, guys and braces, required to stabilize structure during construction. I. Accurately saw-cut and fit lumber into position and securely nail, spike, lag bolt, or bolt as required. J. Nailing: Refer to details and tables on Drawings for specific nailing requirements. In absence of specific instructions, use 16d nails for two-inch thick material and 8d for one-inch thick material. Drill nail holes 75% of nail diameter where splitting occurs, and for 20d and larger nails. Replace split or otherwise damaged structural members. Machine applied nailing shall be allowed provided satisfactory installation is demonstrated on the job and the acceptance of the Structural Engineer obtained prior to the use of machine applied nails. Approval is subject to continued satisfactory performance. All "shiners" shall be removed. K. Bolting: Provide and install all bolts extending through one or more wood members. Drill bolt holes 1/32 inch larger than bolt diameter, with member held in place true to line. Ensure full engagement or nut, but projection of bolt beyond shall not exceed one bolt diameter. Tighten bolts when installed and again immediately before concealing with further construction, or upon completion of Work. Provide malleable iron or steel plate washers under the head and nuts of bolts, where bearing on wood. L. Lag Screws: Lubricate with soap or other lubricant to facilitate insertion. Turn lag screws into place without driving. Ensure penetration into the lagged member of eight diameters minimum. Provide lead holes for lag screws as follows: 1. Shank Portion - Same diameter and length as shank. 2. Thread Portion - 60-75 percent of shank diameter and at least same length as threaded portion. Tighten lag screws at installation; carefully retighten just prior to concealing with further construction, or upon completion of Work. M. Bolts: 1. Machine and carriage bolts conforming to ASTM A 307, Grade A. a. Sizes and type as indicated on Drawings. b. Provide washers not less in size than bolt heads or nuts bearing on wood. c. All bolts, nuts, and washers exposed to weather shall be galvanized in compliance with ASTM A153. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 8 Rough Carpentry N. Nails: 1. Conforming to CBC Section 2304.8.3.2 and Table 23-II-B-1 (based on Federal Specification FF-N-105B), sizes as indicated on drawings and type as noted below. a. Wood framing connections: Bright steel common wire nails. Use galvanized steel common wire nails where connection is exposed. b. Plywood floor sheathing to wood framing: Bright steel annulary grooved nails. c. Gypsum wallboard to wood framing: Cement coated cooler nails. d. Cabinetry: bright steel finishing nails. O. Wood Screws: 1. Conforming to the NDS (based on Federal Specification FF-N-105B). a. Sizes and types as indicated on Drawings. b. Screws shall be zinc plated. c. Screws shall be of sufficient strength to cause failure in the wood rather than the metal. 3.3 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS A. Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other Work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of Work to be attached. Coordinate location with other Work involved. B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Counter-sink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. D. Provide backing and blocking for installation of mechanical, electrical, plumbing, panels, equipment, cabinets, and hardware. Securely nail accurately in position as required. Use metal framing anchors for connection of blocking and stripping for support of suspended fixtures. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 9 Rough Carpentry E. Back prime wood bucks and screeds for doors and openings before installation. F. Securely nail furring and stripping as required, shim accurately to line, level and surface. 3.4 WOOD FURRING A. Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required tolerance of finished Work. 1. Fire-stop furred spaces on walls at each floor level and at ceiling line of top story, with wood blocking or noncombustible materials, accurately fitted to close furred spaces. B. Furring to Receive Plaster Lath: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 1" x 2" furring at 16" o.c., vertically. C. Suspended Furring: Provide size and spacing shown, including hangers and attachment devices. Level to a tolerance of 1/8" in 10', except 1/4" in 10' for thick-coat plasterwork. 3.5 SILLS AND PLATES A. Install pressure preservative treated lumber for plates and sills in conformance with CBC latest edition. 3.6 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL A. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with "Recommended Nailing Schedule" B. Fire-stop concealed spaces of wood framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at the ceiling line of the top story. Where fire-stops are not automatically provided by the framing system used, use closely fitted wood blocks of nominal 2" thick lumber of the same width as framing members. 3.7 STUD WALLS, PARTITIONS, AND FURRING A. Provide studs in continuous lengths without splices. B. Plates: Provide single bottom plate and double top plate unless noted otherwise on drawings and details. Stagger joints four feet in top plates. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 10 Rough Carpentry C. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction. D. Corners and Intersections: Frame with three studs or as detailed. E. Openings: Frame with double studs each side and double headers placed on edge, resting on cripple studs. Truss or block over headers. F. Provide continuous horizontal blocking row at mid-height of single-story partitions over eight feet high and at midpoint of multi-story partitions, using two inch thick members of same width as wall or partitions. G. Cut-in blocks wherever necessary for bracing or backing for applied finish or fixtures. Cut-in two-inch solid blocking between studs at all horizontal joints in non-structural plywood wall sheathing. H. Provide continuous perimeter backing at ceiling plane for longitudinal forces of wall-secured suspended ceiling system. 3.8 ROOF AND CEILING FRAMING A. Joists and Rafters: Lay with crowning edge up with full end bearing. B. Openings: Frame for hatches, vents, and other openings as required. C. Bridging: Install 2 x 3 bridging at ten feet maximum on centers at joists over eight inches in depth. Install 2 x 3 cross bridging or two inch solid blocking, between roof rafters and ceiling joists. Approved metal cross-bridging nailed using all nail holes may be used in lieu of 2 x 3 bridging. Do not nail bottom of cross bridging at roof rafters until after installation of roof sheathing. D. Solid Blocking: Install between roof rafters and ceiling joists over partitions and at end supports as indicated. E. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Install plywood over rafters or decking as indicated on Drawings. Thickness, nailing and layout shall be as indicated on Structural Drawings. F. Provide special framing as shown for eaves, overhangs, dormers and similar conditions, if any. 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING A. Framing for Mechanical Work: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California SUBMITTAL 06 10 00 - 11 Rough Carpentry 1. Install where indicated and as required to conceal piping, structural metal work and other unfinished Work where metal furring is not indicated. Furring shall be 2 x studs or as required. 2. Frame members for passage of pipes and ducts to avoid cutting structural members. 3. Do not cut, notch, or bore framing members for passage of pipes or conduits except as detailed on approved Structural Drawings. 4. Reinforce framing members where damaged by cutting. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 20 00 - 1 Finish Carpentry SECTION 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide finish carpentry with accessories as required for complete installation. 1. Provide wood trellises. 2. Provide wood fences and gates. 3. Provide wood polymer composite decking. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 40 00: Architectural woodwork; casework, countertops, and paneling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. North American Architectural Woodwork Standards 3.1 (NAAWS). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit literature for manufactured items. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials and wood species, component profiles, fastening, and joining details, finishes, and accessories. C. Samples: Furnish samples of each type of finish carpentry. D. Assurance Options: NAAWS certification and monitored compliance programs will not be required for finish carpentry. E. Wood Product Certification: Furnish certification indicating wood products are from FSC “well-managed” forests. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives, sealants, and caulks, and for composite wood products formaldehyde limitations. B. Certified Wood Products: Wood products to be from forests certified “well-managed” by an agency accredited by Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials until site conditions are adequate to receive work; protect items from weather while in transit. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 20 00 - 2 Finish Carpentry B. Store materials indoors, in ventilated areas with constant but minimum temperature of 60-degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 25% to 55%. C. Do not begin installation of finish carpentry until space is fully enclosed and mechanical systems are fully operational. 1. Maintain interior installation areas at 70-degrees F and 50% to 55% relative humidity. D. Immediately remove from site materials with visible mold and materials with mildew. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide finish carpentry systems specified complying with North American Architectural Woodwork Standards (NAAWS) and including accessories as required for complete installation. B. Wood Trellises, Louvers, Fences, and Gates: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Premium Grade for natural finish. 2. Wood: Clear Western Red Cedar. 3. Cut: Mixed Grain. 4. Texture: Surfaced. 5. Gate Hardware: Provide exterior commercial quality gate hardware appropriate to applications indicated and including latching devices, spring closers, pivots, and devices required to secure gates both open and closed. C. Transparent Finished Exterior Wood Trim: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Premium Grade. 2. Wood: Clear Western Red Cedar. 3. Cut: Vertical Grain. 4. Cut: Flat Grain. 5. Texture: Surfaced. D. Transparent Finished Interior Wood Trim: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Premium Grade. 2. Wood: White Birch. 3. Cut: Vertical Grain. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 20 00 - 3 Finish Carpentry 4. Cut: Flat Grain. 5. Cut: Mixed Grain. 6. Texture: Surfaced. E. Opaque Painted Interior Wood Trim: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Custom Grade. 2. Wood: White Birch or Poplar. 3. Wood Trim: Medium density fiberboard (MDF), formaldehyde-free and toxic-free. 4. Texture: Surfaced. F. Wood Polymer Composite Decking: Composite of waste hardwood fiber and recycled and reclaimed polyethylene. 1. Manufacturer: a. Trex Company/Trex Wood Polymer Lumber. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. G. Wood Shelving: Provide wood board shelves, minimum 3/4" thick. 1. Quality: NAAWS/Custom Grade, for opaque paint finish. 2. Fixed Wood Shelf Supports: NAAWS/Custom Grade, softwood for opaque finish. 3. Adjustable Shelf Supports and Brackets: a. Standard Duty: Single slotted standards with slots 1" on center and standards spaced maximum 24" on center; brackets for minimum 12" deep shelves unless otherwise indicated. b. Heavy Duty: Single slotted standards with slots 2” on center and standards spaced maximum 24” on center, brackets for minimum 12” deep shelves unless otherwise indicated. c. Extra Heavy Duty: Double slotted standards with slots 2” on center and standards spaced maximum 24” on center, brackets for minimum 12” deep shelves unless otherwise indicated. d. Finish: Manufacturer standard as selected by Architect. H. Anchors, Nails and Screws: Select the material, type, size and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage; provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt screws for drilled-in-place anchors per manufacture install requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 20 00 - 4 Finish Carpentry I. Wood Filler: Color to match wood being filled. 2.1 FABRICATION A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Use exposed fastening devices or nails only when approved and unavoidable; arrange neatly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible; do not delay job progress, allow for trimming and fitting. B. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on shop drawings. 1. Beginning installation signifies acceptance of conditions. C. Ensure mechanical and electrical items affecting work are properly placed, complete, and have been inspected by applicable authorities prior to commencement of installation. D. Inspect each piece of finish carpentry and discard damaged and defective pieces. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install work consistent with specified NAAWS quality grade, plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions; shim as required, using concealed shims. 1. Prime paint surfaces in contact with cementitious materials prior to installation; comply with requirements of Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating. B. Secure work to blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. C. Scribe and cut for accurate fit to other finished work. D. Install finish carpentry in single, unjointed lengths for openings and for runs less than 10'-0". 1. For longer runs, use only one piece less than 10'-0" in any straight run; provide scarf joints between members. 2. Stagger joints in adjacent members. 3. Cope at returns and miter at corners. E. Accessories: Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations in locations indicated or as directed by Architect. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 20 00 - 5 Finish Carpentry F. Acceptable Tolerances: 1. Variation from True Position: Maximum 1/16" at any position and maximum 1/8" in any 10'-0" length. 2. Adjoining Surfaces of Same Material: No variation permitted. 3. Offset with Abutting Materials: Maximum 1/32". G. Preparation for Field Finishing: 1. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. 2. Apply matching wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations and leave ready to receive site-applied finishes. 3. Seal concealed and semi-concealed surfaces; brush apply only, using primer consistent with finish coats specified under Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 1 Architectural Woodwork SECTION 06 40 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide mill fabricated architectural woodwork with accessories as required for complete finished installation including cabinetwork hardware. 1. Provide custom wood cabinetwork. 2. Provide countertops. 3. Provide wood paneling. 4. Provide shop fabricated wood stairs and railings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 50: Miscellaneous rough carpentry. 2. Section 06 20 00: Finish carpentry including trim and closet shelving. 3. Section 12 33 00: Manufactured residential casework and countertops. 1.2 REFERENCES A. North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, 3.1 (NAAWS). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s literature for manufactured items. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials and wood species, component profiles, fastening, joining details, finishes, and accessories. 1. Certification: Provide Woodwork Institute Certified Compliance Label on shop drawings. C. Samples: Furnish samples of each exposed finish. 1. Veneers: After approval of type of wood for veneer submit not less than three potential flitches of matching wood veneers to be reviewed by Architect each with enough veneering available for Project. a. Where Architect cannot visit location of flitch do factory floor layout of flitch indicating total appearance on casework and submit photographs with true color of each flitch. 2. Furnish samples of each exposed casework hardware. 3. Furnish samples of wood paneling showing corner and edge treatment. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 2 Architectural Woodwork D. Wood Product Certification: Furnish certification indicating wood products are from FSC “well-managed” forests. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives, sealants, and caulks, for composite wood products formaldehyde limitations, and for paints and coatings. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Member of Sponsor of North American Architectural Woodwork Standards with minimum five years successful experience fabricating woodwork like that required for Project. C. Standards: Perform architectural woodwork in accordance with North American Architectural Woodwork Standards (NAAWS). 1. Certified Compliance Program (CCP): Comply with Woodwork Institute “Certified Compliance Program (CCP) as defined in NAAWS. 2. Monitored Compliance Program (MCP): Comply with Woodwork Institute “Monitored Compliance Program (MCP) as defined in NAAWS. 3. Certified Seismic Installation Program (CSIP): Comply with Woodwork Institute Certified Seismic Installation Program. a. Seismic Anchorage: Provide seismic anchorage for wall cabinets as required by California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 2. D. Certified Wood Products: Wood products to be from forests certified “well-managed” by an agency accredited by Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). E. Field Sample: Provide one full size field sample of base and wall cabinet and countertop, including drawer, doors and shelves. F. Seismic Anchorage: Provide seismic anchorage for wall cabinets as required by California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 2. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver architectural woodwork until site conditions are adequate to receive work; protect items from weather while in transit. 1. Allow architectural woodwork shop finish to completely dry prior to delivery to site; allow materials to off-gas volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions off site. B. Store materials indoors, in ventilated areas with constant but minimum temperature of 60-degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 25% to 55%. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 3 Architectural Woodwork C. Do not begin installation of architectural woodwork until space is fully enclosed and mechanical systems are fully operational. 1. Maintain interior installation areas at 70 degrees F and 50% to 55% relative humidity. D. Immediately remove from site materials with visible mold and materials with mildew. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide mill fabricated architectural woodwork with accessories as required for complete finished installation including cabinetwork hardware. B. Transparent/Stained Finished Casework: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Premium Grade frameless, flush overlay unless otherwise indicated. a. Special: Provide each single length section of casework in largest such sections as access and openings allow. 1) Multiple self-supporting units fastened together to form larger unit allowed only where access and openings do not allow single lengths. 2. Veneers: As indicated under Finishing; approved by Architect; a uniform appearance shall be required. a. Exposed Exterior and Exposed Interior Veneer Thickness: Minimum 0.036" thick. b. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: White Birch stained to match exterior veneers; melamine interior is not acceptable. 3. Wood Core: Plywood or medium density fiberboard (MDF) or particleboard, with no added formaldehyde and free of toxic materials. 4. Exposed Edges: Wood matching veneer. C. Opaque Finished Wood Casework: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Custom Grade frameless, flush overlay, unless otherwise indicated. a. Special: Provide each single length section of casework in largest such sections as access and openings allow. 1) Multiple self-supporting units fastened together to form larger unit allowed only where access and openings do not allow single lengths. 2. Veneer: NAAWS/Paint Grade White Birch, minimum 0.036" thick. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 4 Architectural Woodwork 3. Wood Core: Plywood or medium density fiberboard (MDF) or particleboard, with no added formaldehyde and free of toxic materials. 4. Exposed Edges: Hardwood. D. Plastic Laminate Finished Casework and Countertops: 1. Quality: NAAWS/Custom Grade frameless, flush overlay, unless otherwise indicated. a. Special: Provide each single length section of casework in largest such sections as access and openings allow. 1) Multiple self-supporting units fastened together to form larger unit allowed only where access and openings do not allow single lengths. 2. Plastic Laminates: a. Types: NEMA LD-3.1 high pressure laminates. 1) Horizontal Surfaces: General Purpose Type, nominal 0.050". 2) Vertical Surfaces: Vertical Surface Type, nominal 0.032". 3) Unexposed Surfaces: Balanced with 0.030" melamine backing sheet. 4) Formed Surfaces: Postforming Type, nominal 0.042". b. Manufacturers: 1) Formica Corp. 2) Wilsonart, Wilsonart Engineered Surfaces. 3) Nevamar Corp. 4) Abet Laminati Co. 5) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. c. Solid Color Laminates: 1) Formica Corp./ColorCore2. 2) Wilsonart, Wilsonart Engineered Surfaces/Solicore. 3) Abet Laminati Co/Solid Colors. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. d. Chemical Resistant Laminates: 1) Wilsonart, Wilsonart Engineered Surfaces/Chemsurf. 2) Nevamar/Chemarmor Chemical Resistant Decorative Laminate. 3) Arborite/ArboChem. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. e. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color for Architect’s selection. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 5 Architectural Woodwork 3. Wood Core: Plywood or medium density fiberboard (MDF) or particleboard, with no added formaldehyde and free of toxic materials. E. Casework Hardware: Provide casework hardware items as required for complete installation as indicated; provide types as listed in North American Architectural Woodwork Standards for casework, but no less than following types. 1. Plug-In Pin Type Shelf Supports (Transparent Finished Casework): Match BHMA A156.9 B04013 spoon type plug-in supports; provide holes 1" on center. 2. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports (Plastic Laminate and Opaque Painted Casework): Match BHMA A156.9 B04073 adjustable standards and B04083 closed shelf rest brackets for mortis mounting; flush mounted in cabinet. 3. Cabinet Hinges: BHMA A156.9 B01602 or B01603 frameless European concealed type, minimum 160 degree opening, with spring closer. 4. Cabinet Hinges: BHMA A156.9 B01602 or B01603 frameless European concealed type, minimum 160 degree opening, without spring closer. 5. Cabinet Hinges: BHMA A156.9 B014xx pivot (knife) type, polished chrome finish. 6. Cabinet Pulls: As indicated, as directed by Architect where not indicated. 7. Cabinet Pulls: Back mounted wire type, 3" center to center, clear aluminum; as approved by Architect. 8. Cabinet Pulls: Back mounted wire type, 3-1/2" center to center, clear aluminum; as approved by Architect. 9. Cabinet Pulls: Back mounted wire type, 4" center to center, clear aluminum; as approved by Architect. 10. Cabinet Pulls: Back mounted wire type, 5" center to center, clear aluminum; as approved by Architect. 11. Drawer Slides: Full extension, rail mounted type, medium duty 150lb capacity with ball-bearing rollers; self-closing. Basis of design Accuride- Model 3308 Medium Duty a. Quality: Comparable to AWS/Premium Grade. b. Type: Not less than 1/2" thick sheet; coordinate with bowls as indicated and as specified in Division 22. c. Color: Manufacturer's standard color as selected by Architect. d. Manufacturers: 1) Accuride- Model 3308 Medium Duty 2) Knape & Vogt. 3) Blum. 4) Hettich International. 5) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 6 Architectural Woodwork 12. Cabinet Locks: Pin and tumbler slide bolt lock with five pin tumblers as approved by Architect, two keys each. Provide at all upper and lower cabinets and drawers throughout unless noted otherwise. 13. Magnetic Catches: 1) Pull force 6-12 lb F. Counter Tops: 1. Solid Polymer Countertops: Manufacturer's standard polymer system with color throughout thickness; provide manufacturer recommended joint adhesive; exposed surfaces finished to match top. a. Quality: NAAWS/Premium Grade. b. Type: Not less than 1/2" thick sheet; coordinate with bowls as indicated and as specified in Division 22. c. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. d. Manufacturers: 1) Basis of Design: Formica Corp./Everform 2) DuPont Co./Corian. 3) Avonite, Inc./Avonite. 4) Chemcore Industries/Dovae. 5) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Quartz-Based Solid Polymer Countertops: Manufacturer's standard quartz-based polymer system with color throughout thickness; provide manufacturer recommended joint adhesive; exposed surfaces finished to match top. a. Quality: NAAWS/Premium Grade. b. Type: Not less than 1/2" thick sheet; coordinate with bowls as indicated and as specified in Division 22. c. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. d. Manufacturers: 1) CaesarStone USA/CaesarStone. 2) DuPont Co./Zodiaq. 3) Cambria USA/Cambria Countertops. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 7 Architectural Woodwork G. and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage; provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt screws for drilled-in-place anchors. H. Wood Filler: Color to match wood being filled. 2.2 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate architectural woodwork in accordance with specified North American Architectural Woodwork Standards. B. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Make corners and joints hairline; slightly bevel arises. 1. Locate butt joints at least 2'-0" from cutouts. 2. Cap exposed edges with plastic laminate of same finish and pattern. 3. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of laminate surfaces. 4. Provide cutouts for inserts, fixtures and fittings; verify locations from on-site dimensions. 5. Prime paint contact surfaces of cutouts. 6. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Square butt joints and self edging; applied plastic or metal edging not permitted. a. Splashes as indicated or as directed by Architect where not otherwise indicated. C. Countertops: Provide maximum sizes available. Locate butt joints at least 2'-0" from cutouts where more than one-piece countertops are required. 1. Make corners and joints hairline; slightly bevel arises. 2. Provide cutouts for inserts, fixtures and fittings; verify locations from on-site dimensions. 3. Splashes and edges as indicated or as directed by Architect where not otherwise indicated. D. Use exposed fastening devices or nails only when approved and unavoidable; arrange neatly. E. Assemble woodwork in shop in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. 2.3 FINISHES A. Transparent/Stained Finished Woodwork: Finish architectural woodwork in shop unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Veneers: As indicated on Drawings; match Architect control samples. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 8 Architectural Woodwork 2. Wood Veneers: Vertical grain select rift cut white oak; filled, bleached, glazed, and sealed; match Architect approved sample. 3. Veneering: a. Matching Between Veneer Pieces: Slip matched. b. Matching of Panel Faces: Balanced matched. c. Matching of Panels and Components: Sequenced matched. 4. Sand work smooth; seal, stain and varnish concealed and semi-concealed surfaces of transparent/stained finished woodwork; brush apply. 5. Transparent/Stained Finish: NAAWS/Premium Grade water-based polyurethane finish producing a dull rubbed effect, as approved by Architect. B. Opaque Finished Woodwork: Shop finish unless otherwise indicated. 1. Sand work smooth; seal, stain and varnish concealed and semi-concealed surfaces of opaque finished woodwork; brush apply. 2. Opaque Finish: NAAWS/Premium Grade opaque “lacquer” producing semi-gloss sheen as approved by Architect. 3. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color for Architect’s selection. C. Opaque Finished Woodwork: Field finished under Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible; do not delay job progress, allow for trimming and fitting. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install work consistent with Architectural Woodwork Standards specified quality grade, plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. 1. Shim as required, using concealed shims. B. Ensure mechanical and electrical items affecting architectural woodwork are properly placed, complete, and have been inspected by Architect prior to commencement of installation. C. Secure work to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. D. Scribe and cut for accurate fit to other finished work. E. Install architectural woodwork under supervision of factory-trained mechanics. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 40 00 - 9 Architectural Woodwork F. Attach architectural woodwork securely in place with uniform joints providing for thermal and building movements. G. Paneling: Provide fire-treated wood stops eight feet on center at paneling where required by applicable codes when paneling is not direct applied to substrate. H. Acceptable Tolerances: 1. Variation from True Position: Maximum 1/16" at any position and maximum 1/8" in any 10'-0" length. 2. Adjoining Surfaces of Same Material: No variation permitted. 3. Offset with Abutting Materials: Maximum 1/32". I. Preparation for Field Finishing: 1. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. 2. Apply matching color wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations and leave ready to receive site-applied finishes. 3. Seal concealed and semi-concealed surfaces; brush apply only, using primer consistent with finish coats specified under Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 EVERFORM™ SOLID SURFACE Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 61 16 - 1 Solid Surfacing Fabrication SECTION 06 61 16 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Solid Surface Fabrications for countertops as indicated, including trim and material needed for a complete installation. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. WORK OF THIS SECTION IS RELATED TO WORK SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS: 1. Section 06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry. 2. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling. B. ALTERNATES: Refer to Section 01 23 00 - “Alternates” for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates. 1.3 REFERENCES A. REFERENCE STANDARDS: In addition to requirements, comply with applicable provisions of following for design, materials, fabrication, and installation of component parts: 1. ISSFA-2, “Classification And Standards Publication of Solid Surfacing Material”. 2. ASTM G21 Fungal Resistance Testing. 3. ASTM G22 “Bacterial Resistance,” no growth. 4. Stain Resistance, ANSI Z124-6-5.2 1997. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN LOAD: Deflection limited to 1/360. B. Design items with sufficient strength for handling stresses. C. ACCESSIBLE DESIGN: Comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board’s Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 EVERFORM™ SOLID SURFACE Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 61 16 - 2 Solid Surfacing Fabrication 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: Manufacturer’s technical literature indicating physical properties and performance criteria for solid surface materials and related components. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate design parameters, adjacent construction, materials, dimensions, thickness, fabrication details, tolerances, jointing methods, method of support, anchorages, integration with plumbing fixtures and connections, and colors. C. SAMPLES: Submit two, 2"x 2" (51mm x 51mm) samples representative of colors, patterns, textures, finishes and edge treatments. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for the work. D. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: Submit following packaged separately from other submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s written installation instructions. 2. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer’s recommended cleaning and maintenance procedures. Include in project closeout documents. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FABRICATOR/INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: Company specializing in fabricating and installing solid surfacing fabrications similar in complexity to those required in this project, including specific requirements indicated. B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: Obtain solid surface fabrications through one source. C. FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: Provide solid surface fabrications with the following surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL 723 or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. D. MOCKUPS: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects] [and qualities of materials and execution] [set quality standard for fabrication and installation]. E. PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 31 00 - “Project Management and Coordination.” 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, handle, and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. 1. Provide protective coverings of suitable material. Take special precautions at corners. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 EVERFORM™ SOLID SURFACE Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 61 16 - 3 Solid Surfacing Fabrication 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: Do not deliver or install solid surface fabrications until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at design levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Sequence work to permit installation of adjacent affected construction, plumbing rough- in. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of plumbing, cut-outs, and other related work specified in other sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. 1.10 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer’s 10 year limited warranty covering replacement of the material except for non-covered conditions as follows: 1. Minor stains, scratches, water spots, and burns that may be corrected by techniques covered in the manufacturer’s Use and Care Guide. 2. Failure of solid surface joint material. 3. Failure due to structural failure of base cabinets or other solid surfacing substrate construction. 4. Use for purposes other than indoor finish material. See manufacturer’s warranty for complete details. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: Everform™ Solid Surface products are toll manufactured in accordance with Formica Corporation’s product specifications and quality requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. SOLID SURFACING MATERIALS: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with ISSFA-2. 1. Colors and Patterns: Bianco Mineral 758. B. SPECIAL FEATURES: Eased edge treatments. C. ACCESSORIES: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 EVERFORM™ SOLID SURFACE Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 61 16 - 4 Solid Surfacing Fabrication 1. Adhesives: For seams and drop edges, Everform™ Solid Surface Seaming Cartridges, 9 ounce; color to blend with sheet material. 2. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that comply with the limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.3 FABRICATION A. Assemble work at shop following manufacturer’s printed fabrication instructions and deliver to job ready for installation. Manufacture in largest practical pieces for handling and shipping without seams. 1. Grade: AWI, Custom. 2. Fabricate work square and to required lines. 3. Recess and conceal fasteners, connections, and reinforcing. 4. Design construction and installation details to allow for expansion and contraction of materials. Properly frames material with tight, hairline joints held rigidly in place. 5. Fabricate countertops and vanities with back splash and side splash pieces to profiles and sizes indicated. 6. Fabricate items to profiles shown with connections and supports as indicated or as required for complete installation in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and approved submittals. 7. Provide cut-outs for plumbing fixtures and trim, washroom accessories, appliances, and related items. Confirm layout with manufacturer’s cut-out templates before beginning work. Round corners of cut-outs and sand edges smooth. 8. Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommended unsupported overhang distances. 9. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and polish to low sheen. 10. Radius corners and edges. B. Countertops: 1⁄2" (13mm) thick solid surface adhesively joined with no exposed seams, edge details as indicated. C. Reception Countertops: Horizontal surfaces of 1⁄2" thick solid surface adhesively joined with no exposed seams, edge details as indicated. D. VERTICAL SURFACES: 1⁄2" (13mm) thick solid surface adhesively joined with no exposed seams, edge details as indicated. E. TOLERANCES: 1. VARIATION IN COMPONENT SIZE: Plus/Minus 1⁄4". 2. LOCATION OF OPENINGS: Plus/Minus 1⁄4" from indicated location. PART 3 – EXECUTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 EVERFORM™ SOLID SURFACE Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 06 61 16 - 5 Solid Surfacing Fabrication 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect execution. B. PREPARATION: Take field measurements. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions and approved Submittals. Provide templates and rough-in measurements. 1. Set items plumb, level, rigid and solidly adhered to substrate. 2. Prefit items: Adjust supports to make fit. Align joints over support framing. 3. Apply dabs of silicone on supports; place items on supports and attach. B. SPLASHES: Install splashes at back and sides of countertops and vanities using silicone. Apply silicone to back surface only. Place thin bead of seam adhesive along edge where splash seats. 1. Seal joint between vanity top and splashes and between splashes and walls with Sealant Designation [13] as specified in Section 07 90 00 “Sealants”. C. TOLERANCES: 1. Maximum Variation From True Dimension: 1⁄8". 2. Maximum Offset From True Position: 1⁄8". 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CLEANING: 1. Clean and polish fabrications in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Promptly remove excessive mastic and seam adhesive. 3. Clean tops and splashes in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. PROTECTION: 1. Do not permit construction near unprotected surfaces. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 84 00 - 1 Firestopping SECTION 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide firestopping as required to maintain effective barrier against spread of flame, smoke and gases, and to retain integrity of time-rated construction as indicated and at following types of locations. 1. Provide at fire rated system perimeters, and at duct, conduit, piping penetrations through time-rated construction, and as required by applicable codes. 2. Coordinate requirements for firestopping with work involving penetrations through fire rated assemblies. 3. Review Project and Contract Documents to ascertain extent of penetrations in fire rated assemblies and methods included in other sections for maintaining fire ratings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 90 00: Non-fire rated joint sealants. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate firestopping with fire rated assemblies and penetrations through fire rated assemblies to ensure compliance with applicable codes and regulations to maintain integrity of fire rated assemblies. 1. Firestopping may be integral with some systems and may be specified as part of other systems including mechanical and electrical systems. B. Coordination with Acoustical Assemblies: Where a firestopping sealant is required at a penetration of an acoustical assembly, provide a fire-rated acoustical sealant such as Pecora/AC-20 FTR, or Hilti/CP 606. 1. Do not use intumescent firestopping at acoustically rated assemblies. 2. Coordinate with Section 09 21 00 – Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature including data for materials and prefabricated devices, including descriptions to identify materials and devices on job. 1. Submit Underwriter's Laboratory approval numbers for required fire ratings; approval of other laboratories contingent upon acceptance of applicable authorities. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 84 00 - 2 Firestopping 2. Deferred Approvals: Submit data necessary for applicable authorities for each type of firestopping required including firestopping at fire rated assembly junctures, and penetrations through fire rated assemblies. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's installation details. C. Certificates of Compliance: Submit manufactures’ certificates, accompanied by classifications, indicating material or combination of materials used meets requirements specified for flame spread and fire resistance. 1. Certificates to be supported by test reports by nationally recognized testing authority or otherwise satisfactory to authorities. D. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Maintain copy of manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations at each work area. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements relative to finish material pollution control for sealants. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDING A. Deliver materials in their original unopened packages and store in location providing protection from damage and exposure to elements. B. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. AD Fire Protection Systems/AD Firebarrier Firestopping Materials. B. Hilti, Corp./Hilti Firestop Systems. C. 3M Fire Protection Products Div./3M Fire Barrier Products. D. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI)/SpecSeal and Pensil Firestopping. E. Tremco/Firestopping Products. F. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide firestopping as required to maintain effective barrier against spread of flame, smoke and gases, and to retain integrity of time-rated construction. 1. Choose products and methods meeting applicable codes and Specification requirements for each firestopping application, subject to Architect's acceptance. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 84 00 - 3 Firestopping B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with California Building Code, Chapter 7 requirements for firestopping, including both F Ratings and T Ratings as applicable. C. Design Requirements: Provide materials tested in accordance with following standards, unless otherwise specified. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: a. ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. b. ASTM E119, Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. c. ASTM E814, Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. d. ASTM E1966, Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. D. Firestopping Materials: Furnish materials for penetrations in time-rated floor, wall, and partition assemblies capable of preventing passage of flame, smoke, and hot gases. 1. Penetration Test: Furnish materials passing ASTM E814 or E1966 for penetration fire stopping indicating maintenance of time-rated adjacent assemblies. a. Additional Tests: Where required by applicable authorities, provide materials passing ASTM E119 time-temperature fire conditions for fire ratings indicated for assemblies. 2. Flame Spread: ASTM E84 flame spread rating of 25 or less. 3. Smoke Developed: ASTM E84 smoke developed rating of 450 or less. E. Firestopping: Maintain fire rating of assembly in which firestopping is installed, such as floor, partition, or wall, in accordance with ASTM E119 tests. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and conditions receiving or affecting the work. Do not proceed until unsuitable conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install firestopping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions. B. Completely fill void space with firestopping materials regardless of geometric configuration, subject to tolerances established by firestopping manufacturer. C. Apply firestopping materials at penetrations of pipes, conduits, and ducts prior to application of insulation. 1. Remove insulation already in place at penetration prior to application of firestopping materials unless insulation meets requirements for fire ratings indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 84 00 - 4 Firestopping 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: Keep area of work available for inspection by Architect and applicable authorities before and after application of firestopping. 3.4 REPAIR AND CLEAN-UP A. Repair damage caused by work of this section; clean exposed surfaces soiled by work and leave work ready to receive following work. B. On completion of work, remove debris, excess materials, and equipment from site. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 90 00 - 1 Joint Sealants SECTION 07 90 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide joint sealants, for interior and exterior joints not specified elsewhere, with backing rods and accessories as required for complete installation. 1. Joint sealants include joint sealers and calking as indicated. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 60 00: Flashing and sheet metal concealed sealants. 2. Section 07 84 00: Firestopping type joint sealants. 3. Section 08 80 00: Glazing sealants. 4. Section 09 21 00: Sealants used for acoustical treatment at gypsum board. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's descriptive literature. B. Samples: Furnish samples of each type of exposed joint sealer in required colors. C. Certifications: 1. Furnish manufacturer's certification joint sealers comply with Contract Documents and are suitable for Project applications. 2. Furnish certification indicating installers are trained in proper use of specified products, qualified, and familiar with proper installation techniques. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives, sealants, and caulks. 1. Provide joint sealants as required by applicable codes and regulations to fill joints and openings in building envelope separating conditioned space from unconditioned space. B. Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five years successful experience on projects of similar type and size, using specified products. C. Installers shall be familiar with proper application procedures to ensure maximum joint sealer expansion and contraction capabilities. D. Mock-Up: Provide exterior joint sealers where required for mock-ups of other systems. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 90 00 - 2 Joint Sealants 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, cure time, and mixing instructions. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under unfavorable weather conditions. B. Install elastomeric sealants when temperature is in lower third of temperature range recommended by manufacturer. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: Extend correction period to two years. 1. Repair or replace joint sealers which fail to perform as intended, because of leaking, crumbling, hardening, shrinkage, bleeding, sagging, staining, loss of adhesion, and loss of cohesion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide joint sealants with backing rods and accessories. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Select materials for compatibility with joint surfaces and indicated exposures. 2. Where not indicated, select modulus of elasticity and hardness or grade recommended by manufacturer for each application indicated. 3. Comply with applicable limitations on volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable regulatory requirements regarding limitations on volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions limitations. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 90 00 - 3 Joint Sealants D. Elastomeric Sealants: 1. Single Component Low Modulus Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920 Type S, Class 25, Grade NS; minimum 50% expansion and compaction capability. a. Provide at exterior locations not exposed to traffic. b. Manufacturers: 1) GE (Momentive Performance Materials)/Silpruf, Silglaz or GESIL. 2) Dow Corning Corp./790 or 795. 3) Pecora Corp./864 Architectural Silicone. 4) Tremco/Spectrem 3. 5) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Multi-Component Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, non-sag; minimum 25% expansion and compaction capability. a. Provide at exterior locations not exposed to traffic. b. Manufacturers: 1) Pecora Corp./Dynatrol II. 2) Tremco/Dymeric 240. 3) BASF/MasterSEal NP 2. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 3. Single Component Low Modulus Sealant: ASTM C920 Type S, Class 35, Grade NS; minimum 50% expansion and compaction capability. a. Provide at exterior locations not exposed to traffic. b. Manufacturers: 1) Fortifiber Building Systems Group/Moistop Sealant. 2) Sika Group/SikaFlex 1A+. 3) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 4. Multi-Component Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, self-leveling; minimum 25% expansion and compaction capability. a. Provide at traffic bearing locations. b. Manufacturers: 1) Pecora Corp./Urexpan NR-200, or Dynatrol II-SG. 2) Tremco/THC 900-901, or Vulkem 445 SSL. 3) BASF/MasterSeal SL 2 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 5. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Rubber Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, compounded with fungicide, specifically for mildew resistance and recommended for interior joints in wet areas. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 90 00 - 4 Joint Sealants a. Provide at interior joints in wet areas. b. Manufacturers: 1) GE (Momentive Performance Materials)/SCS 1702 Sanitary Sealant. 2) Dow Corning Corp./786 Bathtub Caulk. 3) Pecora Corp./898 Sanitary Mildew Resistant Sealant. 4) Tremco/Tremsil 200. 5) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. E. Non-Elastomeric Sealants: 1. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: ASTM C834 acrylic or latex-rubber-modified acrylic sealant, permanently flexible, non-staining and non-bleeding; recommended for general interior exposure; compatible with paints specified in Section 09 90 00. a. Provide at general interior applications. b. Manufacturers: 1) Pecora Corp./AC-20. 2) Tremco/Tremflex 834. 3) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Air Seals: Provide non-staining and non-bleeding sealers, calks, or foams appropriate to specific applications for filling openings between conditioned and unconditioned spaces. a. Type: As recommended by manufacturer for each specific application; compatible with adjacent materials. b. Manufacturers: 1) Dow/Great Stuff. 2) Owens Corning/EnergyComplete Air Sealant. 3) Hilti/Foam Filler CF 812. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. c. Pest Control Mesh: Openings subject to pest infiltration to have 304 stainless steel wool, material stuffed in joint before application of air seals using methods to ensure blocking of gap from pests. d. Exception: Annular spaces around pipes, electric cables, conduits and other openings in exterior walls shall be protected against passage of rodents by closing with cementitious grout. 1) Cementitious Grout: ASTM C1107 non-shrink, non-metallic, pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive; type specifically recommended by manufacturer as applicable to job condition. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 90 00 - 5 Joint Sealants F. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Primers/Sealers: Non-staining types recommended by joint sealer manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. 2. Joint Cleaners: Non-corrosive types recommended by joint sealer manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 3. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of joint sealer. 4. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible polyethylene foam rod or other flexible, permanent, durable non-absorptive material as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer for compatibility with joint sealer. a. Oversize backer rod minimum 30% to 50% of joint opening. G. Colors: As indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors where not indicated. 1. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with ASTM C1193 and as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer. B. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of joint sealer; remove dirt, insecure materials, moisture and other substances which could interfere with bond of joint sealer. C. Prime or seal joint surfaces where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer; do not allow primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. D. Ensure protective coatings on surfaces in contact with joint sealers have been completely stripped. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and ASTM C1193, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Pest Control: Install stainless steel wool prior to application of backer rods and bond breakers at air seal and as required to ensure complete pest blockage at joints where pest intrusion is a potential. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 07 90 00 - 6 Joint Sealants C. Set sealant backer rods at proper depth or position in joint to coordinate with other work, including installation of bond breakers and sealant; do not leave voids or gaps between ends of backer rods. 1. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear backer rods. D. Install bond breaker tape as required to avoid three-sided bond of sealant to substrate and where required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure joint sealers will perform properly. E. Size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. F. Employ installation techniques that will ensure joint sealers are deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. G. Joint Configuration: Fill sealant joint to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. H. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture or dirt. I. Install joint sealers to depths recommended by joint sealer manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at center (thin) section of bead. 1. Horizontal Joints: 75% width with minimum depth of 3/8". 2. Elastomeric Joints: 50% width with minimum depth of 1/4". 3. Non-Elastomeric Joints: 75% to 125% of joint width. J. Spillage: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces. 1. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. K. Cure joint sealers in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. L. Maintain finished joints free of embedded matter, ridges and sags. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 11 15 - 1 Pressed Steel Frames SECTION 08 11 15 PRESSED STEEL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide pressed steel frames, including anchors and silencers. 1. Pressed steel frames include both door and window framing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 71 00: Door hardware. 2. Section 08 80 00: Glazing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Steel Door Institute (SDI): SDI-100 (ANSI/SDI A250.8) - Recommended Specifications - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. B. National Association of Architectural Metal Manuf. (NAAMM): Hollow Metal Manual. C. Underwriters Laboratories: Standards as applicable to fire rated frames. 1. Materials tested, labeled and inspected by Warnock Hersey International are acceptable upon approval of authorities. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate hardware installation with Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 2. Coordinate glass installation with Section 08 80 00 - Glazing. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' literature. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate general construction, configuration, jointing methods, reinforcements, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and locations of cut-outs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Amweld Building Products Inc. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 11 15 - 2 Pressed Steel Frames B. Ceco Door Division Assa Abloy Door Group. C. Curries Division Assa Abloy Door Group. D. Door Components, Inc. E. Republic Doors and Frames. F. Krieger Steel Products Co. G. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide pressed steel frames, including anchors and silencers. B. Frames: 1. Exterior Frames: Welded (pre-assembled) type. 2. Interior Frames: Knockdown (field-assembled) type. 3. Gage: Minimum 0.053” (16-gage) interior frames, 0.067” (14-gage) exterior frames. 4. Door Silencers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type; removable for replacement. 5. Mortar Guard Boxes: Minimum 0.026” (22-gage) mortar guard boxes welded in place; provide where frames may be grouted. C. Glazing Stops: Full flush type with glass centered in opening, unsecured side integral with unit, secured side fastened with flush, countersunk Allen type fasteners; minimum 0.053” (16-gage). D. Fire Rated Units: Construct in accordance with requirements for fire rating, NFPA 252 or UL 10C, and NFPA 80. 1. Labels: Place fire rating labels where visible when doors and frames are in installed, opened position. 2. Fire Ratings: Refer to Drawings for fire rating requirements. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Conform to requirements of SDI (ANSI A250 Series) or NAAMM. B. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. 1. Refer to Section 08 71 00 for hardware requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 11 15 - 3 Pressed Steel Frames C. Frames: 1. Welded Frames: Accurately form and cut mitered corners of welded type frames; continuously weld on inside surfaces (fully welded); grind welded joints to smooth uniform finish. 2. Knocked Down Frames: Accurately form and miter interlocking joints of knocked down frames to maintain hairline alignment of parts when field assembled. 3. Head Reinforcement: Reinforce frames wider than 4'-0" with minimum (0.093” (12-gage) formed steel channels welded in place, flush with top of frames. 4. Doors at Glazed Panels: Reinforce jambs and heads of frames for doors which occur adjacent to glazed sidelights and partitions. D. Door Silencers: 1. Place three single bumpers on single door frames; space equally along strike jambs. 2. Place two single bumpers on double door frames; place on frame heads. 3. Place three single bumpers for each door on door frames with removable mullions, spaced equally along strike jambs, and in addition place two single bumpers on frame heads to cushion door when mullion is removed. E. Provide jamb anchors per SDI-100 (ANSI/SDI 250.8) and NAAMM; weld floor jamb anchors in place. F. Edge Clearances: 1. Between Doors and Frames: Maximum 1/8" at head and jambs. 2. Fire Rated Doors: As required for fire ratings. G. Finish: Comply with requirements of Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating for primer including application and compatibility with specified finishes. 1. Interior Units: Prime paint. 2. Exterior Exposed Units: Apply minimum A60 non-spangle galvanized coating, ASTM A924 and A653. a. Surface treat after galvanizing to remove oils and prepare for painting and apply one coat of primer; comply with requirements in Section 09 90 00. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-100 (ANSI/SDI A250.8) and ANSI/SDI A250.11 or NAAMM "Hollow Metal Manual" and with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 11 15 - 4 Pressed Steel Frames 1. Install fire rated units in conformance with fire label requirements and NFPA 80. B. Install frames plumb and square. C. Remove and replace frames damaged during delivery, storage, installation and construction. 1. Paste filler repair shall not be permitted. D. After installation, touch-up scratched paint surfaces. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 14 00 - 1 Wood Doors SECTION 08 14 00 WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide flush wood doors as indicated. 1. Contractor Option: Provide shop finished wood doors. B. Related Work 1. Section 08 11 10: Pressed steel frames. 2. Section 08 17 00: Integrated door opening assemblies. 3. Section 08 71 00: Door hardware. 4. Section 08 80 00: Glass and glazing for wood doors. 1.2 REFERENCES A. North American Architectural Woodwork Standards – 3.1, (NAAWS). B. Window and Door Manufacturer’s Association (WDMA): Guide Specifications. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): Building Materials Directory. 1. Materials tested, labeled and inspected by Warnock Hersey International are acceptable upon approval of authorities. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Wood Jambs: Coordinate with Section 06 20 00 – Finish Carpentry for prefit wood doors for door jambs. 2. Hardware: Coordinate hardware installation with Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 3. Glazing: Coordinate glazing with Section 08 80 00 – Glazing. 4. Painting: Coordinate with Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating whether wood doors are to be shop finished or field painted. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate general construction, jointing methods, hardware locations, and locations of cut-outs. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 14 00 - 2 Wood Doors C. Samples: Submit samples of wood doors indicating construction, veneering, and finish. 1. Submit shop finish for wood doors where doors are furnished shop finished. D. Certificates: Submit manufacturer certification indicating compliance to applicable requirements of either NAAWS or WDMA Standards; note which standards were followed or if both standards have been met. 1. Wood Product Certification: Furnish certification indicating wood products are from FSC “well-managed” forests. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for composite wood products formaldehyde limitations and paints and coatings. B. Certified Wood Products: Wood products to be from forests certified “well-managed” by an agency accredited by Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized in accordance with referenced standards requirements applicable to Project location. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: Provide for replacing, rehanging, and refinishing wood doors exhibiting defects in materials or workmanship including warp and delamination. 1. Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. B. Eggers Industries Architectural Door Division. C. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. D. VT Industries. E. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide flush wood doors as indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 14 00 - 3 Wood Doors B. Solid Core Flush Wood Doors: NAAWS/Premium Grade, 5 Ply Hot Press, 1-3/4" thick solid wood framed glued block construction or particleboard core five ply construction; Contractor option to use WDMA comparable standards. 1. Transparent/Stained Wood Veneers: NAAWS/Premium Grade veneers for transparent/stained finish; nominal 1/40" thick before sanding, not less than 1/50” after sanding. a. Wood Veneers: Types as indicated, as directed by Architect where not otherwise indicated. 2. Opaque Painted Wood Veneers: NAAWS/Custom Grade White Birch veneers for opaque finish; nominal 1/40" thick before sanding, not less than 1/50” after sanding. 3. Edges: Stile edges to match face veneer, minimum 1-1/8" thick after trim. 4. Core: Bond stiles and rails to core and sand prior to assembly of face veneers. 5. Bond Type: Provide Type I Bond for exterior doors, Type II Bond for interior doors. 6. Bond Type: Provide Type II Bond for interior doors. 7. Fire Rated Flush Wood Doors: 1-3/4" thick, match non-rated door appearance; comply with applicable codes; UL or Warnock Hersey rated. a. Labels: Place fire rating labels where visible when doors are installed, in opened position. b. Fire Ratings: Refer to Drawings for fire rating requirements. c. Core: Use wood core construction for 20 minute rated flush doors, mineral core permitted for longer ratings. d. Temperature Rise Rating: Provide doors with maximum 450°F Temperature Rise Rating in 30-minute fire exposure period at doors into exit enclosures, for horizontal exits, and as required by applicable codes. C. Hollow Core Flush Wood Doors: NAAWS/Custom Grade, 5 Ply Hot Press, 1-3/8" thick standard hollow core five-ply construction; Contractor option to use WDMA comparable standards. 1. Transparent/Stained Wood Veneers: NAAWS/Premium Grade veneers for transparent/stained finish; nominal 1/40" thick before sanding, not less than 1/50” after sanding. a. Wood Veneers: Types as indicated, as directed by Architect where not otherwise indicated. 2. Opaque Painted Wood Veneers: NAAWS/Custom Grade White Birch veneers for opaque finish; nominal 1/40" thick before sanding, not less than 1/50” after sanding. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 14 00 - 4 Wood Doors 3. Edges: Stile edges to match face veneer, minimum 1-1/8" thick after trim. 4. Bond Type: Type II Bond, interior. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with requirements of specified standards. 1. Prefit wood doors. 2. Prepare doors to receive hardware in shop, refer to Section 08 71 00 for hardware requirements and templates. 3. Factory machine doors for mortise hardware. B. Bevel strike edge of single-acting doors, 1/8" in 2". 1. Radius strike edge of double-acting swing doors 2-1/8". C. Fire Rated Doors: Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) or Warnock Hersey International. 1. Provide fire rated doors with maximum allowable edge strips, of wood species to match face veneers. 2. Provide doors with blocking designed for addition of closers, even where doors are not indicated to receive closers. 3. Provide astragals and metal edge trim for double doors, in accordance with requirements for fire rated doors. D. Make cut-outs and provide matching wood stops for glass; profiles as indicated, type as selected by Architect where not otherwise indicated. 1. Fire Rated Doors: Provide minimum 18-gage metal stops conforming to fire rating requirements. E. Shop Finished Doors (Contractor Option): Conform to requirements specified in Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating. 1. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wood doors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions, and reference standards, plumb and square, and with maximum diagonal distortion of 1/16". 1. Install fire rated wood doors in accordance with requirements for specified fire label and requirements of NFPA 80. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 14 00 - 5 Wood Doors a. Field cutting of fire rated doors shall not be acceptable. B. Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protection: Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure doors are without damage at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Shop Finished Doors: Refinish or replace damaged doors. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 09/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 34 16 - 1 Hydraulic Bi-Fold System SECTION 08 34 16 HYDRAULIC BI-FOLD SYSTEM PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General 1. Furnish SST-II Hydraulic Bi-Fold System complete from one manufacturer. Provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment to furnish the SST-II Hydraulic Bi-Fold System complete as herein specified. 1.2 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A. Preparation of opening including jambs and header will be by General Contractor. Any deviation of site conditions contrary to approved shop drawings must be called to the attention of the architect. B. All header, blocking, support structures and jambs as required. C. Paint or otherwise finishing all trim and other materials adjoining door. D. Provide hydraulic fluid in quantity necessary for proper system operation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Submit manufacturer’s product data and roughing-in diagrams. 2. Complete shop drawings are to be provided prior to fabrication indicating construction and installation details. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide each Hydraulic Bi-Fold System as a complete unit by one manufacturer, including frames, panels, brackets, guides, hardware, operators, and installation accessories to suit opening. B. Wind Loading: Design and reinforce Hydraulic Bi-Fold system to withstand a wind loading pressure to comply with state and federal code requirements. C. Preparation of the opening shall conform to current criteria set forth by the International and Standard Building Code. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 09/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 34 16 - 2 Hydraulic Bi-Fold System 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Proper storage of the system before installation and continued protection during and after installation will be the responsibility of the general contractor. 1.6 WARRANTY A. All materials and components, supplied by Crown, shall be guaranteed against defects in material and workmanship, for a period of one year from date of delivery. B. Materials and components supplied by other than Crown is not included in this warranty. C. Reference std. Crown warranties for further information. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated into the work, include, but are not limited to, the following: Crown Doors, LLC 135 McLeod Avenue South Plato, MN. 55370 (320) 238-2616 www.crowndoors.com info@crowndoors.com B. Upon compliance with all the criteria specified in this section, manufacturers wishing to bid products similar to the product specified must submit to the architect - 10 days prior to bidding - complete data in support of compliance. The submitting manufacturer guarantees the proposed substituted product complies with the product specified and as detailed on the drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Product to be SST-II Hydraulic Bi-Fold System as furnished by Crown Doors, LLC 1. Construct operable panel and frame sections with structural steel (of ASTM- A500 grade minimum) framing to comply with applied wind code. - Optional: 304 stainless steel framing for highly corrosive environments. 2. Operable panels and frame shall be constructed of structural steel tubing and other structural steel shapes, and shall be designed to the same loading 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 09/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 34 16 - 3 Hydraulic Bi-Fold System requirements for live, dead and wind loads as the surrounding construction. 3. System shall be designed so that no center “cane bolt” is required in the floor. 4. Operable panels and frame shall be factory-welded at all joints and connections, with smooth welds not to exceed 1/4” [6] thickness. 5. Inside-Sash (infill) glass retainer system shall be factory pre-installed and seam-sealed, and necessary setting blocks, spacers, butyl and foam tape shall be supplied. 6. System frame, operable panels, and factory pre-installed, inside-sash glass retainer shall be primed with gray-zinc, powder-based, epoxy primer, and finished with manufacturer’s standard powder-coat. 7. Factory-Supplied neoprene seals/weather stripping will be shipped loose for field-install to protect against damage during transport. B. Bi-fold System shall be operated by hydraulic cylinders that are mechanically fastened to the panel frame. 1. Cylinders are to be located on the top half of the door, only. Cylinders will be designed to carry the required loads during operation, open position, and closed position. Internal stops will be installed so as not to allow over- extension of the cylinders, therefore restricting the system from opening or closing beyond its limit. 2. Lift straps or cables, horizontal top and bottom drive shafts, pulleys, and strap or cable “kick outs” are unacceptable. 3. System shall be locked closed by means of the hydraulic cylinders providing a minimum of 1,000 lbs. of closing force. C. Power Operator - Standard voltage is 220-240v, single phase. 1. Constant contact push-button or key-switch controls for separate mounting. 2. Power unit to power (2) hydraulic cylinders which open and close the system. Power unit to be pre-wired and factory tested. 3. “Open-Close” control units will be wired for constant-hold operation. 4. Incoming electrical source to hydraulic power unit to be supplied by others (manufacturer’s standard). 5. Each door operator shall have thermal overload protection for the motor. D. Finishes 1. Entire system frame, operable panels, and factory pre-installed, inside-sash glass retainer shall be primed with gray-zinc, powder-based, epoxy primer, and finished with manufacturer’s standard powder-coat. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 09/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 34 16 - 4 Hydraulic Bi-Fold System - Optional Finishes i. RAL powder-coat colors in gloss or satin ii. Custom matched powder-coat color E. Available Accessories/Options 1. Photoelectric or lead-edge pressure sensor that stops (or stops and reverses) the downward movement of the door/window. 2. Warning horn/Strobe light assembly 3. Remote receiver w/transmitter 4. 3-Phase option 5. External, weather-resistant, “open-close” control wired for constant-hold 6. Front-Set (Curtainwall) glass retainer system 2.3 OPERATION A. The Hydraulic Bi-Fold System shall be extended/retracted in the opening using a constant-contact push-button or key switch, operating hydraulic cylinders mounted to the system frame. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 SAFETY A. Hydraulic power unit to have a manual emergency let-down valve for closing the system in case of a power outage. B. SST-II Hydraulic Bi-Fold System to incorporate pressure compensated orifice valves C. Photoelectric or lead-edge pressure sensor optional. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the Hydraulic Bi-Fold System shall be by a contractor familiar with this type of installation and be in strict accordance with the approved build drawings and manufacturers standard printed specifications, instructions, and recommendations. All moving parts will be left in good operating condition. B. Permanent or temporary electric wiring shall be brought to the power unit location before installation. After the Hydraulic Bi-Fold System is installed, the general contractor assumes the responsibility of any damage to the system or system components during construction until the building is turned over to the owner. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 09/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 34 16 - 5 Hydraulic Bi-Fold System C. Fill reservoir with hydraulic fluid (provided by others). Use ATF for cold weather applications or #32 hydraulic fluid for all other applications. 3.3 CLEANING A. All surfaces shall be wiped clean and free of handprints, grease, and oil. 3.4 TRAINING A. Installer shall demonstrate proper operation and maintenance procedures to owner's representative. B. Operating keys and owner’s manual shall be provided to owner's representative. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 1 Entrances & Storefronts SECTION 08 41 00 ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide aluminum-framed entrances and storefront systems, with stock non-automatic doors, hardware, anchorage, glazing, and accessories as required for complete installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 90 00: Perimeter sealants and back-up materials. 2. Section 08 44 10: Glazed window wall assemblies. 3. Section 08 71 00: Cylinders for door locks 4. Section 08 71 15: Low energy automatic door operators. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Architectural Metal Manufacturers (AAMA): Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Manual. B. Glass Association of North America (GANA): Glazing Manual. C. National Association of Architectural Metal Manuf. (NAAMM): Metal Finishes Manual. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Design/Build: Provide special engineering for entrances and storefronts to ensure they comply with applicable codes and Contract Documents. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, general construction, component connections and locations, anchor methods and locations, hardware locations, and relevant details. C. Samples: Furnish samples of metal finish, glass and glazing gasket. D. Design/Build Certificates: Submit certification signed by California licensed structural engineer indicating compliance with Contract Documents and code requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to energy efficiency. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 2 Entrances & Storefronts B. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer or firm with minimum five years successful experience in the installation of systems similar to type and size required for Project and approved by manufacturer. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: Provide for correcting failures including wind damage and water penetration to interior surfaces, excessive deflections, and deterioration of finishes, weather-stripping and accessories. 1. Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Kawneer, an Arconic Company. B. Oldcastle Building Envelope. C. Arcadia, Inc. D. EFCO Corporation. E. TRACO. F. C.R. Laurence, United States Aluminum Div. G. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide aluminum-framed entrances and storefront systems, with stock non-automatic doors, hardware, anchorage, glazing, and accessories. B. Regulatory Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of applicable codes. 1. Safety Glass Standard: Comply with applicable codes and CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and pass ANSI Z97.1. C. Regulatory Requirements, California Energy Code: Comply with California Energy Commission requirements regarding energy performance of aluminum framed storefronts. 1. Manufacturer shall be responsible for providing information required by authorities necessary to verify conformance. 2. Entire assembly, including glass and glazing, shall be certified by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) and shall bear NFRC Label indicating energy performance technical information. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 3 Entrances & Storefronts D. Regulatory Requirements, Accessibility: Comply with requirements of California Building Code and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards to ensure access to persons with disabilities. E. Design Criteria: Comply with recommendations of AAMA Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Manual except where more stringent requirements are specified. 1. Deflection: Maximum L/175, ASTM E330. a. Safety Factor: Design for specified pressures with no glass breakage, no permanent damage to fasteners, and no permanent deformation of framing in excess of 0.2% of member clear span. 2. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration, ASTM E331, with no water on exposed interior components; static pressure differential of 20% of inward wind load, with minimum 6-psf load. 3. Air Leakage: Maximum 0.06 cfm/sf, ASTM E283, at differential static pressure of 6.24-psf at fixed glazing and not more than 0.3 cfm/sf at doors. F. Performance Criteria: Design assemblies capable of withstanding minimum uniform test pressures as required by applicable codes when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. G. Aluminum-Framed Entrance and Storefront Systems: Systems with profiles as indicated on Drawings; provide extruded aluminum security type glass stops of profile to suit frame design. 1. Aluminum Type: As recommended by manufacturer for application indicated, but not less than extruded aluminum, ASTM B221, 6061 or 6063 alloy and T5 or T6 temper. 2. Finish, High Performance Organic Coating: AA-C12C42R1x, prepared, pretreated, and coated with minimum two coat Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 system; AAMA 2605. a. Color: As indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full line of colors (non-metallic), where not indicated. 3. Finish, High Performance Organic Coating: AA-C12C42R1x, prepared, pretreated, and coated with minimum two coat system; AAMA 2605. a. PVDF Manufacturers: 1) Arkema Group/Kynar 500. 2) Solvay/Hylar 5000. 3) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. b. Paint Manufacturers: 1) PPG Industries. 2) Valspar Corp. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 4 Entrances & Storefronts 3) Akzo Nobel. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 4. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. 5. Finish, Clear Anodized: Clear anodized coating conforming with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual, Architectural Class I, 0.7 mil or greater. 6. Finish, Color Anodized: Color anodized coating conforming with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual, Architectural Class I, 0.7 mil or greater. a. Color: As indicated, as directed by Architect where not otherwise indicated. b. Architect reserves right to reject units of color or texture variations which are visually objectionable, but only where variation exceeds range established by manufacturer prior to work. H. Doors, Frames, and Hardware: Barrier-free entry doors meeting code requirements for providing access for people with physical disabilities; by entrance manufacturer. 1. Type: Medium stile, nominal 3-1/2” wide stiles and head rail with 10" bottom rail. 2. Metal and Finish: Match entrance system. 3. Hardware: Provide complete hardware system except as indicated; match window wall system finish unless otherwise directed by Architect. Coordinate with Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. a. Pivots/Closers: Center-hung pivots with concealed adjustable type closer, maximum 5-pound operating pressure when installed in final application. b. Hinges: Extra heavy-duty ball bearing full mortise (butt) hinges complying with requirements specified in Section 08 71 00. c. Closers: Concealed adjustable type closer, maximum 5-pound operating pressure when installed in final application. d. Push/Pulls: Types as indicated on Drawings; where not otherwise indicated manufacturer's standard types as selected by Architect; match finish of similar hardware as specified in Section 08 71 00. e. Security Locks: Manufacturer's standard. 1) Cylinders: Provided under Section 08 71 00. f. Weather-Stripping, Sweep Strips: Manufacturer's recommended standard type, to suit application. g. Thresholds: Maximum 1/2" height above adjacent surfaces, with maximum 1/4" vertical section and remainder maximum 1:2 slope. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 5 Entrances & Storefronts I. Glass: Provide minimum thicknesses specified, but no less than thicknesses required based on window size and configuration and anticipated wind loading. 1. Manufacturers: a. Vitro Architectural Glass (formerly PPG). b. Oldcastle Glass. c. Guardian Industries Corp. d. Viracon. e. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Float Glass: Select glazing quality, clear float glass, ASTM C1036; nominal thickness 1/4". 3. Tempered Glass: Select glazing quality, clear float glass, fully tempered, ASTM C1048; nominal thickness 1/4"; safety glass. 4. Tinted Glass: Manufacturer's standard tint as directed by Architect. a. Use one thickness of tinted glass throughout unless otherwise indicated or approved in advance by Architect. 5. Spandrel Glass: Double density ceramic frit, heat strengthened spandrel glass; nominal 1/4" thickness. 6. Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172, Kind LA, two sheets of clear float glass laminated with polyvinyl butyral film; safety glass; laminated layers free of air pockets and foreign substances. a. Glass Thickness: Nominal 1/4", unless otherwise indicated. b. Polyvinyl Butyral Core Thickness: Not less than 30 mil. 7. Insulated Glass: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed panes of glass enclosing a hermetically sealed dehydrated air space with minus 20-degree F dew point. a. Performance: Certified to ASTM E2190 by Insulating Glass Certification Council. b. System: Manufacturer's standard dual seal system compatible with glazing system, and including spacers, desiccant, and standard corner construction. c. Glass: 1) Float Glass (Typical): Select glazing quality, clear float glass, ASTM C1036; nominal thickness 1/4". 2) Tempered Glass (Where Indicated and Where Safety Glazing is Required): Select glazing quality, clear float glass, fully tempered, ASTM C1048, Kind FT; nominal thickness 1/4"; safety glass. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 6 Entrances & Storefronts 3) Low Emissivity Coating: Provide high performance low e coating, not less than Vitro (PPG)/SolarBan 60, on Number 2 surface. 4) Tinted Glass: As indicated, where not otherwise indicated manufacturer's standard tint as directed by Architect. 5) Use one thickness of tinted glass throughout unless otherwise indicated or approved in advance by Architect. 6) Spandrel Glass: Double density ceramic frit, heat strengthened spandrel glass, ASTM C1048, Kind HS; nominal 1/4" thickness. d. Total Unit Thickness: 1". J. Glazing Accessories: Of type recommended by manufacturer to suit security locations and applications for dry glazing installation. 1. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 80-90 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long by 3/8" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. 2. Spacer Shims: Neoprene or EDPM; 45-55 Shore A durometer hardness; 3" long by 3/32" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. 3. Edge Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 60-70 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long with minimum two per jamb located at top and bottom edges of glass; ASTM C864. 4. Glazing Gaskets: Exterior neoprene or EDPM; interior neoprene, EPDM or vinyl; miter corner joints; ASTM C509 or C864. K. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Fasteners: Aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel of type which will not cause electrolytic action or corrosion. a. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for assembly or for application of hardware. b. Indicate exposed fasteners on shop drawings for specific approval; exposed fasteners shall be Phillips flat-head screws or Allen screws with finish matching item fastened. c. Provide concealed fasteners for glazing stops. 2. Steel Reinforcement and Brackets: Manufacturer's standard with minimum 2 oz. hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A123, applied after fabrication. 3. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied mastic, SSPC Paint 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. 4. Flashing: Provide sub-sill flashing members; minimum 22 gage sheet aluminum of sizes and shapes indicated and as required to drain water to exterior; match adjacent aluminum member finish. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 7 Entrances & Storefronts 5. Anchoring Devices: Corrosion resistant type capable of supporting entrance system and superimposed design loads; design to allow adjustments of system prior to being permanently fastened in place. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum entrance and storefront system to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation; provide for thermal movement. B. Provide anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fit entrance assemblies in place. C. Non-Automatic Doors: Comply with California Building Code and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards relating to access for persons with disabilities. 1. Clear Opening Width: Minimum 32" clear opening width for each door. D. Accurately fit together joints and corners; match components ensuring continuity of line and design; ensure joints and connections are flush, hairline and weatherproof. E. Provide structural reinforcing within framing members where required to maintain rigidity and as required to accommodate design loads. F. Allow moisture entering joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to exterior. G. Complete cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and grinding of metal work prior to cleaning, finishing, treatment, and application of coating. H. Finishing: After fabrication, prepare surfaces for finishing in accordance with recommendations of aluminum producer and finish manufacturer. 1. Finish components of each assembly simultaneously to attain uniformity of color. I. Weld by methods recommended by metal manufacturer and AWS; grind exposed welds smooth and restore mechanical finish; remove arises from cut edges and corners to a radius of approximately 1/64". J. Fit and assemble work at shop to greatest extent possible; disassemble only as required for shipment and erection. K. Reinforce work as necessary for performance requirements and for support. L. Provide internal reinforcing for hardware. M. Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint or preformed separators which will prevent corrosion. N. Separate metal surfaces at moving joints with plastic inserts or other non-abrasive concealed inserts which permanently prevent "freeze-up" of joint. O. Fabricate doors and apply hardware in shop. Disassemble only as required for transportation and installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 8 Entrances & Storefronts P. Apply coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces to be in contact with cementitious and with dissimilar materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install aluminum framed storefront assemblies, including entrances, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions and to meet design criteria and performance criteria indicated, for weather-tight installation. 1. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. B. Ensure assemblies are plumb, level and free of warp or twist; maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. 1. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location: 1/8" in 12'-0", with maximum 1/2" variation in total length. 2. Maximum Offset Between Members: 1/16". C. Use sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten assemblies to building. D. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. 1. Install doors to operate freely and smoothly, with a maximum operating pressure of 5 pounds in accordance with California Building Standards Code. 2. Coordinate installation of cylinders with Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 3. Install sill members and thresholds in bed of compound, joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction. E. Glass Installation: Comply with GANA Glazing Manual and glazing manufacturer instructions. 1. Do not allow glass to touch metal surfaces. 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of components, exercising care to avoid damage of finish. B. Mark glass after installation by crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass; do not apply markers to surface of glass. C. Remove nonpermanent labels immediately after sealant cures; cure sealants for high early strength and durability. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 00 - 9 Entrances & Storefronts 3.3 PROTECTION A. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 20 - 1 All-Glass Entrances and Storefronts SECTION 08 41 20 ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide frameless all-glass entrances and storefronts, including safety glass doors, related hardware, adjacent glazing, and accessories as required for complete, operational installation. B. Related Work: 1. Section 08 41 00: Aluminum entrances and storefronts. 2. Section 08 44 10: Glazed window wall assemblies. 3. Section 08 71 00: Cylinders for door locks. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Glass Association of North America (GANA): Glazing Manual. B. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): BHMA 1301/ ANSI A156.18, Standards for Materials and Finishes. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Design/Build: Provide special engineering for entrances and storefronts to ensure they comply with applicable codes and Contract Documents. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, materials, finishes, dimensions, hardware and fittings, and method of anchorage. C. Samples: Furnish samples of metal finish. D. Design/Build Certificates: Submit certification signed by California licensed structural engineer indicating compliance with Contract Documents and code requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five years successful experience in installation of entrances similar to those specified; approved by system manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Check openings by field measurements before fabrication to ensure proper fitting and tight joints; coordinate fabrication with shop drawings of adjacent construction where necessary to avoid delays. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 20 - 2 All-Glass Entrances and Storefronts PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS A. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope. B. C.R. Laurence Co., Inc. C. DAMS Incorporated (DORALCO). D. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide all-glass entrance and storefront systems with structural glass entrance doors, entrance door hardware, all-glass storefront system, supports, structural silicone glazing, and accessories. B. Regulatory Requirements, Accessibility: Comply with requirements of California Building Code and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards to ensure access to persons with disabilities. C. Performance Criteria: Design assemblies capable of withstanding minimum uniform test pressures as required by applicable codes when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. D. Glass: Nominal 1/2" select glazing quality clear tempered glass complying with ASTM C1048, Kind FT. 1. Safety Glass: Conform to California Building Code, CPSC 16 CRF Part 1201, and pass ANSI Z97.1. 2. Provide horizontally tempered glass without tong marks; vertical tempering permitted only where tong marks can be totally concealed in finished installation. 3. Polish side edges to be exposed or to receive sealant; cut glass to tolerances necessary to provide even, 1/8" joints within plus or minus 1/16". E. Door Rails: Style as shown on Drawings. 1. Finish: BHMA 629 (US32), bright stainless steel, mirror polish. 2. Finish: BHMA 630 (US32D), satin stainless steel. 3. Finish: BHMA 605 (US3), bright brass. 4. Finish: BHMA 606 (US4), satin brass. 5. Finish: BHMA 628 (US28), satin aluminum, clear anodized. 6. Finish: Kynar 500 fluoropolymer polymer matching aluminum windows. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 20 - 3 All-Glass Entrances and Storefronts a. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. F. Frameless Glass Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard metal and finish to match door rails, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closer/Pivots: ASTM A156.4 Grade 2, center pivot set, floor closer with pivot set, with 105-degree positive stop; adjustable for maximum 5-lb. opening pressure. 2. Lock: Overhead concealed electro-magnetic lock wired to building security access system. 3. Lock: Manufacturer's standard deadbolt; cylinders provided under Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 4. Push/Pulls: Design as indicated. 5. Floor Plate: Provide floor plate cover for closer; metal to match door rails unless otherwise directed by Architect. 6. Threshold: Extruded aluminum flush type with matching cover plate for floor closer. G. Anchorages and Fastenings: Manufacturer's standard types, concealed except as otherwise required; finish exposed fasteners to match adjacent metal surfaces. H. Sealant: High modulus structural silicone designed for structural glazing. 1. Manufacturers: a. Dow Corning/Silicone Rubber Sealant 999. b. General Electric/Silicone Construction SCS 1200 Sealant. c. Pecora/863 glazing silicone. d. Tremco/Proglaze silicone. e. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. I. Sidelight Glazing Channels: Anodized aluminum sized as indicated and as required to support glass; 1. Exposed Finish: Match finish for door system. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Locate and provide holes and cutouts to receive hardware before tempering glass; do not permit cutting, drilling or other glass alterations after tempering. 1. Polish exposed ends of glass; round edges slightly. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 41 20 - 4 All-Glass Entrances and Storefronts B. Fabricate all-glass entrance and storefront systems to accommodate required hardware and accessory items. C. Install hardware at fabrication plant; remove only as required for final finishing operations, and for delivery and installation of work at Project site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be installed. B. Beginning installation signifies acceptance of conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions. 1. Install glazing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and GANA Glazing Manual. B. Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack; anchor securely in place. C. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating hardware to ensure proper operation. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -1 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Door hardware. 2. Storefront and entrance door hardware. 3. Third-party inspection report for fire-rated door assemblies. 4. Cylinders for doors fabricated with locking hardware. B. Related Divisions: 1. Division 06 – door hardware installation 2. Division 07 – sealant at exterior thresholds 3. Division 08 – metal doors and frames, interior aluminum frames, wood doors, integrated security systems, specialty doors, storefront and glazed curtainwall systems. 4. Division 21 – fire and life safety systems C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere. 1. Windows. 2. Cabinets, including open wall shelving and locks. 3. Signs, except where scheduled. 4. Toilet accessories, including grab bars. 5. Installation. 6. Rough hardware. 7. Conduit, junction boxes & wiring. 8. Sliding aluminum doors, except cylinders where detailed. 1.2 REFERENCES: A. Use date of standard in effect as of Bid date. 1. American National Standards Institute a) ANSI 156.18 – Materials and Finishes. b) ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2009 – Specifications for making buildings and facilities usable by physically handicapped people. [omit for CA work – not applicable] 2. BHMA – Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association 3. 2023 California Building Code a) Chapter 11B – Accessibility To Public Buildings, Public Accommodations, Commercial Buildings and Public Housing 4. DHI – Door and Hardware Institute 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -2 5. NFPA – National Fire Protection Association a) NFPA 80 2016 Edition – Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. b) NFPA 105 – Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies c) NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 6. UL – Underwriters Laboratories a) UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. b) UL 305 – Panic Hardware 7. WHI – Warnock Hersey Incorporated State of California Building Code 8. Local applicable codes 9. SDI – Steel Door Institute 10. WI – Woodwork Institute 11. AWI – Architectural Woodwork Institute 12. NAAMM – National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers B. Abbreviations 1. Manufacturers: see table at 2.1.A of this section 2. Finishes: see 2.7 of this section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS A. SUBMITTALS: Submit six copies of schedule per D. Only submittals printed one sided will be accepted and reviewed. Organize vertically formatted schedule into “Hardware Sets” with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Minimum 10pt font size. Include following information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items. 2. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18. 3. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item. 4. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5. Location of hardware set coordinated with floor plans and door schedule. 6. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7. Mounting locations for hardware. 8. Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing. 9. List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and phone number. 10. Catalog cuts. 11. Date of jobsite visit if existing facility. B. Bid and submit manufacturer’s updated/improved item if scheduled item is discontinued. C. Deviations: Highlight, encircle or otherwise identify deviations from “Schedule of Finish Hardware” on submittal with notations clearly designating those portions as deviating from this section. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -3 D. If discrepancy between drawings and scheduled material in this section, bid the more expensive of the two choices, note the discrepancy in the submittal and request direction from Architect for resolution. E. Substitutions per Division 1. Include product data and indicate benefit to the Project. Furnish operating samples on request. F. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by Owner to meet existing standard. G. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying schedule, riser and point-to-point wiring diagrams, manufacturers’ installation, adjustment and maintenance information, and supplier’s final inspection report. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Qualifications: 1. Hardware supplier: direct factory contract supplier who employs a certified architectural hardware consultant (AHC), available at reasonable times during course of work for project hardware consultation to Owner, Architect and Contractor. a) Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware. Detailing implies that the submitted schedule of hardware is correct and complete for the intended function and performance of the openings. B. Hardware: Free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and locksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer. C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. D. Fire-Rated Openings: NFPA 80 compliant. Hardware UL10C (positive pressure) compliant for given type/size opening and degree of label. Provide proper latching hardware, non-flaming door closers, approved-bearing hinges, and resilient seals. Coordinate with wood door section for required intumescent seals. Furnish openings complete. E. Furnish hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified performance level and design intent, complying with manufacturers’ instructions and code requirements. F. Pre-Installation Meetings: Initiate and conduct with supplier, installer and related trades, coordinate materials and techniques, and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. Include manufacturers' representatives of locks, panic hardware and door closers in the meetings. Convene prior to commencement of related work. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -4 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field). 1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to Owner’s representative. B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers’ original containers, complete with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate contents, locations in hardware schedule and door numbers. C. Storage: Provide securely locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint, chemicals, dust, excessive heat and cold, etc. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION: A. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical the same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect’s approval. B. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the information on the Contract Documents. Furnish related trades with the following information: 1. Location of embedded and attached items to concrete. 2. Location of wall-mounted hardware, including wall stops. 3. Location of finish floor materials and floor-mounted hardware. 4. At masonry construction, coordinate with the anchoring and hollow metal supplier prior to frame installation by placing a strip of insulation, wood, or foam, on the back of the hollow metal frame behind the rabbet section for continuous hinges, as well as at rim panic hardware strike locations, silencers, coordinators, and door closer arm locations. When the frame is grouted in place, the backing will allow drilling and tapping without dulling or breaking the installer’s bits. 5. Coordinate: back-up power for doors with automatic operators. 6. Coordinate: flush top rails of doors at outswinging exteriors, and throughout where adhesive-mounted seals occur. 7. Manufacturers’ templates to door and frame fabricators. C. Check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for proper hardware installation. D. Environmental considerations: segregate unused recyclable paper and paper product packaging, uninstalled metals, and plastics, and have these sent to a recycling center. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -5 E. Prior to submittal, carefully inspect existing conditions to verify finish hardware required to complete Work, including sizes, quantities, existing hardware scheduled for re-use, and sill condition material. If conflict between the specified/scheduled hardware and existing conditions, submit request for direction from Architect. Include date of jobsite visit in the submittal. 1. Submittals prepared without thorough jobsite visit by qualified hardware expert will be rejected as non-compliant. 1.7 WARRANTY: A. Part of respective manufacturers’ regular terms of sale. Provide manufacturers’ written warranties. B. Include factory order numbers with close-out documents to validate warranty information, required for Owner in making future warranty claims: C. Minimum warranties: 1. Locksets: Three years 2. Closers: Thirty years 3. Hinges: One year 4. Other Hardware Two years 1.8 COMMISSIONING: A. Conduct these tests prior to request for certificate of substantial completion: 1. With installer present, test door hardware operation with climate control system at rest and while in full operation. 2. With installer, access control contractor and electrical contractor present, test electrical, electronic and electro-pneumatic hardware systems for satisfactory operation. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: A. Locate latching hardware between 34 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor, per 2023 California Building Code, Section 11B-404.2.7. 1. Panic hardware: locate between 36 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor. B. Handles, pull, latches, locks, other operable parts: 1. Readily openable from egress side with one hand and without tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to operate. 2023 California Building Code Section 11B-309.4. 2. Force required to activate the operable parts: 5.0 pounds maximum, per 2023 California Building Code Section 11B-309.4. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -6 C. Adjust doors to open with not more than 5.0-pounds pressure to open at exterior doors and 5.0-pounds at interior doors. As allowed per 2023 California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.9, local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive latching, but not to exceed 15-pounds. 1. Exception: exterior doors’ pressure-to-open may be increased to 8.5- pounds if: at a single location, and one of a bank of eight leafs or fraction of eight, and one leaf of this bank is fitted with a low- or high-energy operator. D. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least 5 seconds to move to a point 12 degrees from the latch, measured to the landing side of the door, per 2023 California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.8. E. Smooth surfaces at bottom 10 inches of push sides of doors, facilitating push- open with wheelchair footrests, per 2023 California Building Code Section 11B- 404.2.10. 1. Applied kickplates and armor plates: bevel the left and right edges; free of sharp or abrasive edges. 1. Tempered glass doors without stiles: bottom rail may be less than 10 inches if top leading edge is tapered 60 degrees minimum. F. Door opening clear width no less than 32 inches, measured from face of frame stop, or edge of inactive leaf of pair of doors, to door face with door opened to 90 degrees. Hardware projection not a factor in clear width if located above 30 inches and below 80 inches, and the hardware projects no more than 4 inches. 2023 California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.3. 1. Exception: doors not requiring full passage through the opening, that is, to spaces less than 24 inches in depth, may have the clear opening width reduced to 20 inches. Example: shallow closets. 2. Door closers and overhead stops: not less than 78 inches above the finished floor or ground, per 2023 California Building Code 11B-307.4. G. Thresholds: floor or landing no more than 0.50 inches below the top of the threshold of the doorway, per 2023 California Building Code Section 11B- 404.2.5. Vertical rise no more than 0.25 inches, change in level between 0.25 inches and 0.50 inches: beveled to slope no greater than 1:2 (50 percent slope). 2023 California Building Code Section 11B-303.2 & ~.3. H. Floor stops: Do not locate in path of travel. Locate no more than 4 inches from walls, per DSA Policy #99-08 (Access). I. Pairs of doors with independently-activated hardware both leafs: limit swing of right-hand or right-hand-reverse leaf to 90 degrees to protect persons reading wall-mounted tactile signage, per 2023 California Building Code Section 11B- 703.4.2. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -7 J. Door and door hardware encroachment: when door is swung fully-open into means-of-egress path, the door may not encroach/project more than 7 inches into the required exit width, with the exception of door release hardware such as lockset levers or panic hardware. These hardware items must be located no less than 34-inches and no more than 48-inches above the floor/ground. 2023 California Building Code, Section 1005.7.1. 2. In I-2 occupancies, surface mounted latch release hardware, mounted to the side of the door facing away from the adjacent wall where the door I sin the open position, is not exempt from the inclusion in the 7-inch maximum encroachment, regardless of its mounting height, per 2023 California Building Code, Section 1005.7.1 at Exception 1. K. New buildings that are included in public schools (kindergarten through 12th grade) state funded projects and receiving state funding pursuant to Leroy F. Green, School Facilities Act of 1998, California Education Code Sections 17070.10 through 17079, and that are submitted to the Division of the State Architect for plan review after July 1, 2011 in accordance with the Education Code 17075.50, shall include locks that allow doors to classrooms and any room with an occupancy of five or more persons to be locked from the inside. The locks shall conform to the specification and requirements found in Section 1010.1.9. 2023 California Building Code Section 1010.1.11 Exceptions: 1. Doors that are locked from the outside at all times such as, but not limited to, janitor’s closet, electrical room, storage room, boiler room, elevator equipment room and pupil restroom. 2. Reconstruction projects that utilize original plans in accordance with California Administrative Code, Section 4-314. 3. Existing relocatable buildings that are relocated within same site in accordance with California Administrative Code, Section 4-314. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Listed acceptable alternate manufacturers: these will be considered; submit for review products with equivalent function and features of scheduled products. ITEM: MANUFACTURER: ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE: Hinges (IVE) Ives Stanley, Hager Continuous Hinges (IVE) Ives Select Key System (SCH) Schlage- Everest D Owner standard Mechanical Locks (SCH) Schlage Owner standard Closers (LCN) LCN Owner standard Auto Flush Bolts (IVE) Ives DCI Coordinators (IVE) Ives DCI Silencers (IVE) Ives Rockwood, Trimco Kickplates (IVE) Ives Rockwood, Trimco Stops & Holders (IVE) Ives Rockwood, Trimco Thresholds (ZER) Zero NGP, Pemko Seals & Bottoms (ZER) Zero NGP, Pemko 2.2 HINGING METHODS: A. Drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees, doors will actually swing to maximum allowable. Use wide-throw conventional or continuous hinges as needed up to 8 inches in width to allow door to stand parallel to wall for true 180- degree opening. Advise architect if 8-inch width is insufficient. B. Conform to manufacturer’s published hinge selection standard for door dimensions, weight and frequency, and to hinge selection as scheduled. Where manufacturer’s standard exceeds the scheduled product, furnish the heavier of the two choices, notify Architect of deviation from scheduled hardware. C. Conventional Hinges: Steel or stainless steel pins and approved bearings. Hinge open widths minimum, but of sufficient throw to permit maximum door swing. 1. Outswinging exterior doors: non-ferrous with non-removable (NRP) pins and security studs. 2. Non-ferrous material exteriors and at doors subject to corrosive atmospheric conditions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -9 D. Continuous Hinges: 1. Geared-type aluminum. a) Use wide-throw units where needed for maximum degree of swing, advise architect if commonly available hinges are insufficient. b) If units are used at storefront openings, color-coordinate hinge finish with storefront color. Custom anodizing and custom powdercoat finishes subject to Architect approval. 2. Pinned steel/stainless steel type: continuous stainless steel, 0.25-inch diameter stainless-steel hinge pin. a) Use engineered application-specific wide-throw units as needed to provide maximum swing degree of swing, advise architect if required width exceeds 8 inches. 2.3 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, DEADBOLTS: A. Mortise Locksets and Latchsets: as scheduled. 1. Chassis: cold-rolled steel, handing field-changeable without disassembly. 2. Universal lock case – 10 functions in one case. 3. Floating mounting tabs automatically adjusts to fit a beveled door edge. 4. Latchbolts: 0.75 inch throw stainless steel anti-friction type. 5. Lever Trim: through-bolted, accessible design, cast lever or solid extruded bar type levers as scheduled. Filled hollow tube design unacceptable. a) Spindles: security design independent breakaway. Breakage of outside lever does not allow access to inside lever’s hubworks to gain wrongful entry. b) Inside lever applied by screwless shank mounting – no exposed trim mount screws. c) Levers rotate up or down for ease of use. d) Vandalgard locks: locked lever freely rotates down while remaining securely locked. This feature prevents damage to internal lock components when subjected to excessive force. 6. Furnish solid cylinder collars with wave springs. Wall of collar to cover rim of mortise cylinder. 7. Turnpieces: accessible offset turn-lever design not requiring pinching or twisting motions to operate. 8. Deadbolts: stainless steel 1-inch throw. 9. Electric operation: Manufacturer-installed continuous duty solenoid. 10. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1 inch deep box construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 11. Scheduled Lock Series and Design: Schlage L series, (Lever design: Verify with school district). 12. Certifications: a) ANSI A156.13, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security. b) ANSI/ASTM F476-84 Grade 31 UL Listed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -10 13. Accessibility: Require not more than 5 lb to retract the latchbolt or deadbolt, or both, per CBC 2023 11B-404.2.7 and 11B-309.4. 2.4 CLOSERS A. Surface Closers: [4040XP] 1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder with removable non-ferrous cover and cast iron body. Double heat-treated pinion shaft, single piece forged piston, chrome-silicon steel spring. 1. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date-of-manufacture code. 2. Independent lab-tested 10,000,000 cycles. 3. Non-sized, non-handed, and adjustable. Place closer inside building, stairs, and rooms. 4. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header, door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware. 5. Adjust doors to open with not more than 5.0-pounds pressure to open at exterior doors and 5.0-pounds at interior doors. As allowed per 2016 California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.9, local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive latching, but not to exceed 15-pounds. a) Exception: exterior doors’ pressure-to-open may be increased to 8.5-pounds if: at a single location, and one of a bank of eight leafs or fraction of eight, and one leaf of this bank is fitted with a low- or high-energy operator. 6. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck, fourth valve for delayed action where scheduled. 7. Extra-duty arms (EDA) at exterior doors scheduled with parallel arm units. 8. Exterior door closers: tested to 100 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray test, furnish data on request. 9. Exterior doors: seasonal adjustments not required for temperatures from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F, furnish checking fluid data on request. 10. Non-flaming fluid, will not fuel door or floor covering fires. 11. Pressure Relief Valves (PRV) not permitted. 2.5 OTHER HARDWARE A. Automatic Flush Bolts: Low operating force design. B. Overhead Stops: Non-plastic mechanisms and finished metal end caps. Field- changeable hold-open, friction and stop-only functions. C. Kick Plates: Four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, height and width as scheduled. Sheet-metal screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware. D. Door Stops: Provide stops to protect walls, casework or other hardware. 1. Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets, provide floor type with appropriate fasteners. Where floor type cannot be used, provide wall type. If neither can be used, provide overhead type. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -11 2. Locate overhead stops for maximum possible opening. Consult with Owner for furniture locations. Minimum: 90deg stop / 95deg deadstop. Note degree of opening in submittal. E. Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Comply with CBC 2023 11B-404.2.5. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material’s thickness. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval. 1. Saddle thresholds: 0.125 inches minimum thickness. 2. Exteriors: Seal perimeter to exclude water and vermin. Use sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 "Thermal and Moisture Protection". Minimum 0.25 inch diameter fasteners and lead expansion shield anchors, or Red-Head #SFS-1420 (or approved equivalent) Flat Head Sleeve Anchors. National Guard Products’ “COMBO” or Pemko Manufacturing’s “FHSL”. 3. Fire-rated openings, 90-minutes or less duration: use thresholds to interrupt floor covering material under the door where that material has a critical radiant flux value less than 0.22 watts per square centimeter, per NFPA 253. Use threshold unit as scheduled. If none scheduled, include a 0.25in high 5in wide saddle in the bid, and request direction from Architect. 4. Fire-rated openings, 3-hour duration: Thresholds, where scheduled, to extend full jamb depth. 5. Acoustic openings: Set units in full bed of Division-7-compliant, leave no air space between threshold and substrate. 6. Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for specified fastening methods. 7. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Pinned TORX drive at high security areas. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be slotted drive. Sheet metal and wood screws: full-thread. Sleeve nuts: full length to prevent door compression. F. Silencers: Interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 4 for pairs of doors. Leave no unfilled/uncovered pre-punched silencer holes. Intent: door bears against silencers, seals make minimal contact with minimal compression – only enough to effect a seal. 2.6 FINISH: A. Generally: BHMA 626 Satin Chromium 1. Areas using BHMA 626: furnish push-plates, pulls and protection plates of BHMA 630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise scheduled. B. Door closers: factory powder coated to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -12 2.7 KEYING REQUIREMENTS: A. Key System: Schlage Everest D restricted utility-patented keyway, interchangeable core throughout to match existing Schlage factory key system. Key blanks available only from factory-direct sources, not available from after- market keyblank manufacturers. For estimate use factory GMK charge. Initiate and conduct meeting(s) with Owner and Allegion representatives to determine system keyway(s), keybow styles, structure, stamping, degree of physical security and degree of geographic exclusivity. Furnish Owner’s written approval of the system; do not order keys or cylinders without written confirmation of actual requirements from the Owner. Contractor will install permanent cylinders/cores. 1. Existing factory-registered master key system. 2. Construction keying: furnish temporary keyed-alike cores. Remove at substantial completion and install permanent cylinders/cores in Owner’s presence. Demonstrate that construction key no longer operates. 3. Temporary cylinders/cores remain supplier’s property. 4. Furnish 10 construction keys. 5. Furnish 2 construction control keys. 6. Furnish 2 Emergency keys per each L9485 Faculty Restroom Lock 7. Key Cylinders: furnish 6-pin solid brass construction. B. Cylinders/cores: keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. Locksets and cylinders same manufacturer. C. Permanent keys: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner. 1. For estimate: 3 keys per change combination, 5 master keys per group, 5 grand-master keys, 3 control keys. 2. For estimate: VKC stamping plus “DO NOT DUPLICATE”. D. Bitting List: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner at completion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS: A. Can read and understand manufacturers’ templates, suppliers’ hardware schedule and printed installation instructions. Can readily distinguish drywall screws from manufacturers’ furnished fasteners. Available to meet with manufacturers’ representatives and related trades to discuss installation of hardware. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware installation. Make corrections before commencing hardware installation. Installation denotes acceptance of wall/frame condition. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -13 B. Locate hardware per SDI-100 and applicable building, fire, life-safety, accessibility, and security codes. 1. Notify Architect of code conflicts before ordering material. 2. Locate latching hardware between 34 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor, per California Building Code, Section 1010.1.9.2 and 11B-404.2.7. 3. Locate panic hardware between 36 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor. 4. Where new hardware is to be installed near existing doors/hardware scheduled to remain, match locations of existing hardware. C. Overhead stops: before installing, determine proposed locations of furniture items, fixtures, and other items to be protected by the overhead stop's action. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware per manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation. Remove and reinstall or replace work deemed defective by Architect. 1. Gaskets: install jamb-applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc; fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps. 2. When hardware is to be attached to existing metal surface and insufficient reinforcement exists, use RivNuts, NutSerts or similar anchoring device for screws. 3. Use manufacturers' fasteners furnished with hardware items, or submit Request for Substitution with Architect. 4. Replace fasteners damaged by power-driven tools. B. Locate floor stops no more that 4 inches from walls and not within paths of travel. See paragraph 2.2 regarding hinge widths, door should be well clear of point of wall reveal. Point of door contact no closer to the hinge edge than half the door width. Where situation is questionable or difficult, contact Architect for direction. C. Core concrete for exterior door stop anchors. Set anchors in approved non-shrink grout. D. Locate overhead stops for minimum 90 degrees at rest and for maximum allowable degree of swing. E. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames. F. Lubricate and adjust existing hardware scheduled to remain. Carefully remove and give to Owner items not scheduled for reuse. G. Provide manufacturer’s recommended brackets to accommodate the mounting of closers on doors with flush transoms. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -14 3.4. ADJUSTING A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods: repair or replace to Owner’s satisfaction. 2. Adjust doors to fully latch with no more than 1 pound of pressure. a) Door closer valves: turn valves clockwise until at bottom – do not force. Turn valves back out one and one-half turns and begin adjustment process from that point. Do not force valves beyond three full turns counterclockwise. 3. Adjust delayed-action closers on fire-rated doors to fully close from fully- opened position in no more than 10 seconds. 4. Adjust door closers per 1.9 this section. B. Inspection of fire door assemblies and means-of-egress panic-hardware doors: Per 2016 NFPA-80 5.2.1: hire an independent third-party inspection service to prepare a report listing these doors, and include a statement that there are zero deficiencies with the fire-rated assemblies and the openings with panic hardware. Certification, Testing and Quality Control shall be in accordance with Division 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection services. All doors hardware and installation will be inspected by a third party selected by the architect/owner Div 01 45 23: 1. Per 2016 NFPA-80 5.2.1: Use a third party inspector not associated with the construction, supply or installation of this project to develop a field survey of the doors and hardware. Survey is to be done by a member certified as a FDAI (Fire Door Assembly Inspector), Certified AHC (Architectural Hardware Consultant) or a certified testing laboratory: UL or Intertek. Certified Inspectors may be found at DHI.org, Intertek, or CAFDI.org. C. Fire-rated doors: 1. Wood doors: adjust to 0.125 inches clearance at heads, jambs, and meeting stiles. 2. Steel doors: adjust to 0.063 inches minimum to 0.188 inches maximum clearance at heads, jambs, and meeting stiles. 3. Adjust wood and steel doors to 0.75 inches maximum clearance (undercut) above threshold or finish floor material under door. D. Final inspection: Installer to provide letter to Owner that upon completion installer has visited the Project and has accomplished the following: 1. Has re-adjusted hardware. 2. Has evaluated maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions, and instructed Owner’s personnel. 3. Has identified items that have deteriorated or failed. 4. Has submitted written report identifying problems. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -15 3.5 DEMONSTRATION: A. Demonstrate mechanical hardware and electrical, electronic and pneumatic hardware systems, including adjustment and maintenance procedures. 3.6 PROTECTION/CLEANING: A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows, etc. Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion. B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation / reinstallation process. 3.7 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE A. See door schedule in drawings for hardware set assignments. B. Do not order material until submittal has been reviewed, stamped, and signed by Architect’s door hardware consultant. C. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality. Hardware Schedule: HW SET: 01 For use on Door #(s): 1 ALL HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -16 HW SET: 02 For use on Door #(s): 5 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE,SEE SECTION 084229 DG2000-BP (SEE SECTION 084229.23) SAT 1 EA CYLINDER AS REQUIRED 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 EV29 626 SCH HW SET: 03 For use on Door #(s): 2 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 2 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA ELECTRIC HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 CON TW12 652 IVE 1 EA KEYED PRIVACY L9492TEU 17A L583-363 DM CON 12/24 VDC 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 EV29 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL 1 EA DESK MOUNT BUTTON 660-PB (OR EQUAL) 628 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY POWER AS REQUIRED B/O OPERATION: DOOR NORMALLY LOCKED AT OUTSIDE. USE BUZZER FOR ENTRY. WHEN THE USER ENTERS & THOWS THE DEADBOLT, THE OCCUPIED INDICATOR WILL DISPLAY AND THE BUZZER WILL BE DISABLED VIA THE DAEDBOLT MONITOR IN THE LOCKSET. WHEN THE USER LEAVES THE RESTROOM THE BUZZER WILL BECOME ACTIVE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Improvements 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California Door Hardware 08 71 00 -17 HW SET: 04 For use on Door #(s): 3 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA KEYPAD LOCK DL2700-00-IC (SCHLAGE) 626 ALA 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 EV29 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP 689 LCN 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA GASKETING 488SBK PSA BK ZER HW SET: 05 For use on Door #(s): 4 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 2 EA CONT. HINGE 112XY 628 IVE 1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB31P 630 IVE 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1/DP2 AS REQ'D 626 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM SEC LOCK L9071T 17A L283-711 626 SCH 2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE 2 EA MOUNTING BRACKET MB 689 IVE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP EDA 689 LCN 2 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040XP-61 (AS REQUIRED) 689 LCN 2 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 1 SET DOOR SEALS PROVIDED BY ALUMINUM DOOR/FRAME MFG B/O 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD 545A-223 (OR PER SILL CONDITION) A ZER END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 71 15 - 1 Low Energy Door Operators SECTION 08 71 15 LOW ENERGY DOOR OPERATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide low energy automatic door operators for swinging doors, with accessories as required for complete operational installation; system to open and close door upon receipt of an actuating signal. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 41 00: Entrances and storefronts, including standard hardware. 2. Division 26: Final electrical connections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI A156.19: Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors Standard. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate low energy door operators with doors, frames, door hardware, and surrounding construction. B. Pre-Installation Meeting: Convene not less than one week prior to commencing work of this Section. Require attendance of those directly affecting work of this Section. 1. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature and maintenance data. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, general construction, materials and finishes, component connections, anchorage methods and locations and hardware; indicate exposed fasteners for specific approval. 1. Templates and Diagrams: Furnish templates, diagrams, and data necessary for proper installation of closers to fabricators of related work and coordinate. C. Samples: Furnish samples of each exposed finish. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five years successful experience installing door operator units like type specified and acceptable to operator manufacturer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 71 15 - 2 Low Energy Door Operators PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Horton Automatics/Series 7000. B. LCN/4600 Series Electrically Powered Auto-Equalizer. C. Dor-O-Matic, Inc./Senior-Swing Automatic Operation. D. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide low energy automatic door operators for swinging doors, with accessories. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable codes. 1. Power Failure: Doors shall not exceed 50-pounds force to set door in motion and shall not exceed 5 pounds force for pushing or pulling doors open when force applied to latch side of door. C. Performance Criteria: Provide operators complying with applicable portions of ANSI A156.19, designed for doors of types indicated to receive operators. D. System Description: Provide low energy automatic door operators for swinging doors, with accessories as required for complete operational installation; system to open and close door upon receipt of an actuating signal. E. Low Energy Door Operators: Complete operator system including door operator, controls, and attachment system designed for type of doors indicated and complying with requirements of ANSI A156.19 for low energy power operated door operators. F. Control: As indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of flush wall mounted push-button control units where not otherwise indicated. 1. Provide controls on each side of every door with an operator; number, size, type, and location as indicated and as required by California Building Standards Code to ensure access for persons with disabilities. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabrication: Provide each automatic door operator as complete, shop fabricated unit. 1. Complete the fabrication, assembly, finishing, application of hardware and other work before shipment, to greatest extent possible. 2. Disassemble only to extent necessary of shipment and installation. B. Complete cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and grinding of metal work prior to cleaning and finishing. Remove arises from cut edges and ease edges and corners to radius of approximately 1/64". 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 71 15 - 3 Low Energy Door Operators C. Conceal fasteners unless otherwise approved by Architect. D. Reinforce work as necessary for performance requirements, and for support to structure. E. Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint or preformed separators to prevent corrosion; separate metal surfaces at moving joints with non-metallic separators to prevent "freeze-up" of joints. F. Finish: Match entrance door finish as specified in Section 08 41 00 - Entrances and Storefronts. G. Special Features: 1. Safety release clutch for obstructed closing and with checking for both opening and closing cycles. 2. Interlocks: Electrical interlocks which prevent operation of doors when locked or latched. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which automatic doors are to be installed; do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions for installation of low energy door operators. B. Set plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or doors; anchor securely in place. 1. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. C. Install complete door operator system including controls, control wiring and power units. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After operation of completed installation equivalent to three days use, readjust door operators and controls for optimum operating condition and safety. B. Lubricate operating equipment. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 80 00 - 1 Glazing SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provide miscellaneous glass and glazing not provided elsewhere including accessories as required for complete installation. a. Provide glazing for metal doors and frames. b. Provide glazing for interior aluminum frames. c. Provide glazing for wood doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 41 00: Aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts glazing. 2. Section 08 42 30: Automatic entrance glazing. 3. Section 08 44 10: Glazed window wall assemblies glazing. 4. Section 10 28 00: Metal framed mirrors. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Glass Association of North America (GANA): Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish for each type of glass and exposed glazing material. B. Samples: Furnish samples of exposed glazing accessories. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: Extend correction period to two years for following. 1. Replacing laminated glass which exhibits signs of delaminating. 2. Replacing insulated glass which exhibits signs of moisture on sealed glass surfaces. 3. Replacing mirrors which exhibit signs of desilvering or signs of distortion. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 80 00 - 2 Glazing PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Section includes miscellaneous glass and glazing materials for items typically furnished without glazing and where glazing is not an integral part of the assembly. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Safety Glass Standard: Comply with applicable codes, CPSC 16 CFR 1201, and pass ANSI Z97.1. 2. Fire Rated Glass: Provide glass identical to glass tested per ASTM E163, labeled and listed by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to applicable authorities. C. Float Glass: Select glazing quality, clear annealed glass, ASTM C1036; nominal thickness 1/4". 1. Manufacturers: a. Vitro Architectural Glass (formerly PPG). b. Oldcastle Glazing. c. Guardian Industries Corp. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Locations: Provide where indicated as clear glass. D. Tempered Glass: Select glazing quality, clear float glass, fully tempered, ASTM C1048, Kind FT; nominal thickness 1/4"; safety glass. 1. Manufacturers: a. Vitro Architectural Glass (formerly PPG). b. Oldcastle Glazing. c. Guardian Industries Corp. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Locations: Provide at doors and at window openings where required by applicable codes and federal requirements. E. Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172, Kind LA, two sheets of select glazing quality clear float glass laminated with polyvinyl butyral film, safety glass; laminated layers shall be free of air pockets and foreign substances. 1. Manufacturers: a. Vitro Architectural Glass (formerly PPG). b. Oldcastle Glazing. c. Guardian Industries Corp. d. Global Security Glazing. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 80 00 - 3 Glazing e. Pulp Studio, Inc. f. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Glass Thickness: 1/4", unless otherwise indicated. 3. Polyvinyl Butyral Core Thickness: Minimum 30 mil. 4. Location: Provide where indicated. F. Wired Glass (Doors and Impact Areas): Glazing quality, clear fire rated wired glass, polished both surfaces; square mesh, nominal thickness 1/4"; UL listed fire rated glass and suitable for applications and fire ratings indicated on Drawings. 1. Manufacturers: a. Technical Glass Products/Pilkington WireLite NT and Pyroshield Plus. b. SAFTI First/SuperLite I-W. c. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Glazing Materials: Type approved for use in applications indicated for required fire ratings; refer to fire label requirements. 3. Location: Provide at fire rated openings indicated to receive wired glass. G. Clear Fire Rated, Impact Resistant Glass: Glazing quality, clear fire rated glass, polished both surfaces; nominal thickness 1/4”; UL listed clear fire rated glass; suitable for applications and fire ratings indicated on Drawings. 1. Manufacturers: a. AGC InterEdge Tecnologies/Pyrobel. b. Technical Glass Products/Pilkington Pyrodur and Pyrostop. c. SAFTI First/SuperLite 20, SuperLite I XL, and SuperLite I XL IGU. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Glazing Materials: Type approved for use in applications indicated for required fire ratings; refer to fire label requirements. 3. Location: Provide at fire rated openings indicated to receive clear fire rated glass. a. Hose Stream Test: Provide appropriate glazing for specific conditions indicated including but not limited to fire rated impact resistant glass required by applicable codes to pass hose stream test. H. Spacer Shims: Silicone compatible, 50 durometer hardness; 3" long by 3/32" thick by 1/4" high. I. Setting Blocks: 70-90 durometer hardness; 4” long by 3/8” thick by 1/4” high standard setting blocks. J. Glazing Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, elastomeric one-component silicone glazing sealants as recommended by sealant manufacturer for application involved. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 80 00 - 4 Glazing 1. Manufacturers: a. Dow Corning Corp. b. General Electric Co. c. Pecora Corp. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Structural and Butt Glazing: Provide high-modulus structural silicone glazing materials recommended by sealant manufacturer for applications where sealant bonds glass to metal system and where sealant bonds glass to glass. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors. K. Glazing Putty: Linseed oil putty, ASTM C570, Type II; oil and resin base caulking compound for building construction; knife grade.1. 1. Manufacturers: a. DAP, Inc. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and framing members to receive glass immediately before glazing; remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrate. B. Apply primer to joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with GANA Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual and glazing manufacturer recommendations and installation instructions. 1. Do not allow glass to touch metal surfaces. 2. Comply with applicable code requirements and NFPA 80 for glass in fire rated openings. B. Place setting blocks at quarter points in thin course of sealant. C. Install removable stops with glass centered in space with spacer shims at 2'-0" intervals on both sides of glass, 1/4" below sightline. D. Sealant Glazing: Fill gap between glass and stops with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glass but not more than 3/8" below sightline. 1. Apply sealant to uniform and level line, flush with sightline; tool or wipe sealant surface for smooth appearance; at exterior locations tool sealant so water is carried away from glass. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 08 80 00 - 5 Glazing 3.3 CLEANING A. At areas subject to potential impact mark glass after installation by crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass; do not apply markers to surface of glass. B. Remove nonpermanent labels immediately after sealant cures; cure sealants for high early strength and durability. C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 1 Plaster Patching SECTION 09 01 20 PLASTER PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Patch exterior Portland cement plaster to match existing. 2. Patch interior gypsum plaster to match existing. 3. Patch existing lath where deteriorated and where damaged during construction operations. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C841: Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring. B. ASTM C842: Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster. C. ASTM C926: Application of Portland Cement Based Plaster. D. ASTM C1063: Installation of Lathing and Furring For Portland Cement Plaster. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Meeting: Convene not less than one week prior to commencing work of this Section. Require attendance of those directly affecting work of this Section. 1. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications for each lathing material and accessory. B. Mock-Up: Provide mock-up of each type of plaster patching. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Take precautionary measures to ensure excessive temperature changes do not occur. B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not apply plaster unless minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F has been and continues to be maintained for minimum 48 hours prior to application and until plaster is cured. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 2 Plaster Patching C. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during hot, dry weather. D. Interior Plaster: Provide heat and ventilation in interior areas where plaster work is being performed, so as to allow plaster to properly cure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide materials for patching existing plaster systems including lath and accessories which are deteriorated, and which are damaged by construction operations including plaster patching. B. Regulatory Requirements: Where assemblies are fire rated, provide materials acceptable to applicable authorities for required fire ratings. 1. Provide materials required for systems listed by Underwriters Laboratory, Gypsum Association (GA) File No's in GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual, or other listing approved by applicable authorities. C. Portland Cement Plaster: Provide either neat or ready-mixed (where applicable) materials, at Contractor's option, complying with ASTM C926. 1. Basecoat Materials: a. Cement: Normal Type 1 or 1A Portland cement, ASTM C150. b. Lime: Special finishing hydrated lime, Type S, ASTM C206. c. Aggregate: Natural sand, conforming to ASTM C897 or C144. 2. Brown Coat Water Acrylic Admix: Acrylic latex admix specifically manufactured for use in Portland Cement Plaster applications and which will not detrimentally effect finish. a. Manufacturers: 1) Larsen Products Corp./Acrylic Admix 101. 2) Thoro System Products, Inc./Acryl 60. 3) Chem-Masters Corp./Cretelox. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 3. Finishing Materials: Same as basecoat with acrylic admix. Factory premix finish coat is acceptable. a. Provide white cement from a single manufacturer and clear silica sand at applications indicated to have integral color. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 3 Plaster Patching 4. Portland Cement Plaster Bonding Agents: ASTM C932 bonding agent as recommended by manufacturer for Portland cement exterior applications. a. Manufacturers: 1) Larsen Product Corp./Weld-Crete. 2) Thoro System Products, Inc./Thorobond. 3) Chem-Masters Corp./Polyweld. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. D. Gypsum Plaster: Provide materials which result in surfaces matching adjacent existing surfaces, but no less than following. 1. Basecoat Materials: Provide either neat or ready-mixed (where applicable) materials, complying with ASTM C28. a. Cement: Provide either ready-mixed or neat gypsum plaster conforming to ASTM C28. b. Lime: Normal finishing hydrated lime, ASTM C6. c. Aggregate: Natural sand, conforming to ASTM C35; clean, washed, free from substances detrimental to plaster. 2. Finishing Materials: a. Cement: Keene's cement conforming to ASTM C61. b. Lime: Special finishing hydrated lime, Type S, ASTM C206. c. Aggregate: Clean white natural sand, conforming to ASTM C35; clean, washed, free from substances detrimental to plaster and capable of providing specified finish. 3. Gypsum Plaster Bonding Agent: ASTM C631 bonding agent as recommended by manufacturer for gypsum cement applications. a. Manufacturers: 1) Larsen Product Corp./Plaster-Weld. 2) H.B. Fuller/Ful-O-Mite BC-316. 3) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. E. Molding Plaster: ASTM C59, plaster of Paris. 1. Moldings and Decorations: Replicate, repair and restore or move existing decorative moldings, applied panels, grooving and cast decorations. 2. Cast decorative elements from molds prepared from existing decorations; strip and clean existing decorations to produce clean, sharp molds. F. Water: Clean, fresh and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, salts, minerals, organic matter or other deleterious substances. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 4 Plaster Patching G. Integral Color: Pure, non-fading, mineral oxide color conforming to ASTM C979 and designed and mixed to provide uniform color finish coat. 1. Color: As selected by Architect and as required to produce final color of plaster to match existing plaster; custom color may be required. H. Lathing Materials and Accessories: Comply with requirements of referenced ASTM standards and applicable code requirements. 1. Manufacturers: a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. b. Phillips Manufacturing Co. c. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO). d. Keene Products from Metalex, a Division of The Koller Group. e. Delta Star, Inc., Superior Metal Trim. f. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Metal Components: a. Exterior Concealed Components: Hot-dipped galvanized, ASTM A653 minimum G90 for 18 gage and lighter formed metal products, ASTM A123 galvanized after fabrication for 16 gage and heavier products. b. Exterior Exposed Components: Zinc accessories unless fully concealed in plaster. c. Interior Components: Rust-inhibitive paint may be used in lieu of galvanizing other than in areas of potential high humidity. 3. Metal Lath: Self-furring type where over solid substrate. a. Typical: Expanded diamond mesh, minimum 2.5 lbs. per square yard. b. Soffits: Expanded diamond mesh, minimum 3.4 lbs per square yard; provide ribbed lath where spanning between supports. c. Tie Wire: ASTM A641, soft temper, Class 1 zinc coated; minimum 16 gage for tying metal lath to furring channels and metal lath to metal lath. 4. Gypsum Lath: ASTM C37, Type X with core having increased fire-retardant properties; 1/2" thick unless otherwise indicated. 5. Inside Corner Mesh: Minimum 26 gage steel; perforated or expanded flanges or clips shaped to permit complete embedding in plaster; minimum 3" x 3" size. 6. Anchorages: Tie wire, nails, screws and other approved metal supports, of type and size to suit application. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 5 Plaster Patching 7. Accessories: Provide as required for complete plaster patching, replace components which are damaged; match existing; conform to recommendations of referenced standards. a. Casing Beads and Base Screeds: Minimum 26 gage, square edges at casing beads; provide with expanded flanges. b. Expansion and Control Joints: Match existing. 2.2 PLASTER MIXES A. Provide Portland cement plaster mixes in accordance with ASTM C926 as appropriate to substrate indicated and approved samples. B. Provide gypsum plaster in accordance with ASTM C842 as appropriate for patching existing interior plaster. C. Mix only as much plaster as can be used in one hour. D. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding water. E. Protect mixes from frost, dust and evaporation. F. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify climatic and surface conditions are satisfactory. B. Do not commence installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Preparation of Existing Plaster: Remove deteriorated plaster, cut back to sound plaster and back bevel remaining plaster edges, route cracks to scratch coat and bevel plaster edges. 1. Apply bonding agent to existing plaster in accordance with bonding agent manufacturer's recommendations. a. Gypsum Plaster: Prepare surfaces for direct bonding of gypsum plaster; conform to ASTM C843 for preparation and application of bonding agent and application of plaster over bonding agent. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 6 Plaster Patching 2. Remove and replace lathing which is rusted or damaged; remove sufficient plaster to allow firm wire tie bond of new lathing to existing undamaged lathing. a. Metal Lath: Apply metal lath taut, with long dimension perpendicular to supports; secure end laps with tie wire where they occur between supports; lap sides minimum 1-1/2"; secure with tie wires. b. Gypsum Lath: Attach gypsum lath to framing with screws; attach with resilient clips where plaster is part of sound rated partitions. 3. Where efflorescence or stains are evident, ensure cause of moisture in back-up materials has been eliminated. B. Installation of New Metal Accessories: Fasten in place true to line and in correct relation to adjacent materials and as to prevent dislodging and misalignment by subsequent operations. Fasten at both ends and at maximum 12" on center. 1. Bring grounding edge of accessories to true lines, plumb, level, and straight. 2. Install accessories to provide required depth of plaster and to bring plaster surface to required plane. 3. Install continuous corner reinforcement for full length of external corners. 4. Beads: Use single length of metal beads wherever length of run does not exceed longest standard stock length available; miter or cope corners. a. Provide casing beads where plaster abuts dissimilar construction and at perimeter of openings where edges of plaster will not be concealed by other work. 3.3 PATCHING PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Remove surface deposits on plaster with dry brush and wipe affected areas with damp cloth. B. General: At major repair areas conform to ASTM C926. 1. Apply cement plaster using three coats unless otherwise required to match existing. 2. Apply each base coat to minimum thickness of 3/8"; allow each coat to slowly dry for minimum period of 48 hours; a. Moist cure first base coat (scratch coat) during 48 hour period. 3. Allow base coats to cure for minimum 7 days prior to application of finish coat. 4. Evenly dampen base coat, to ensure uniform suction, and apply finish coat; apply thickness sufficient to secure required texture but in no case less than 1/8". a. Apply pre-mixed finish coat in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 7 Plaster Patching 5. Maintain surface flatness, with maximum variation of 1/8" in 10'-0". 6. Avoid excessive working of surface, delay trowelling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to surface. 7. Finish: Provide surfaces with finish to match existing. C. Repairing Portland Cement Plaster: Repair major and minor damage to cement plaster (stucco). 1. For sound cement plaster, having small cracks or other cosmetic blemishes, clean entire surface of existing plaster with detergent, and rinse with clear water. a. If surface has been painted, remove paint. b. Over one or two coats of sound condition paint, after washing and rinsing surface apply one coat of bonding agent tested and compatible with paint. c. Apply finish coat of Portland cement stucco to thickness of approximately 1/8", and texture as required to match adjacent plaster finish. d. Take special precautions to ensure temperature of material is maintained at 50 degrees F. during, and for not less than, 48 hours after application. 2. For unsound cement plaster, where segments have become detached from back-up base, remove unsound areas, and verify condition of back-up or base. a. Replace damaged lath or lath without sufficient mechanical bond with new self-furring galvanized metal lath. b. If back-up is concrete or masonry, clean it completely of old cement plaster and apply one coat of bonding agent. c. Apply scratch coat to back-up or base; scratch horizontally for proper bond with brown coat; cure for minimum 48 hours. d. Apply brown and finish coats as required for general Portland cement plaster. e. Texture finish coat as required to match existing. 3. For large cracks in cement plaster, undercut edges on both sides of cracks to back-up material or base; dry brush cracks clean. a. Apply coat of bonding agent to surfaces of damaged area; mix and apply scratch, brown and finish coats as specified. 3.4 PATCHING GYPSUM PLASTER A. Remove surface deposits on plaster with dry brush and wipe affected areas with damp cloth. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 8 Plaster Patching B. General: Apply gypsum plaster in accordance with ASTM C842 and referenced standard; match existing system; apply each base coat to minimum thickness specified in ASTM C842. 1. Allow each coat to slowly dry for minimum period of 48 hours. 2. Allow base coats to cure for minimum 7 days prior to application of finish coat. 3. Evenly dampen base coat, to ensure uniform suction, and apply finish coat; apply thickness sufficient to secure required texture but in no case less than 1/8". 4. Apply finish coat in accordance with ASTM C842. 5. At level areas maintain surface flatness, with maximum variation of 1/8" in 10'-0". a. At curved surfaces maintain true to line within 1/4" in 10'-0". 6. Finish: Provide surfaces with smooth-surface finish to match adjacent surfaces. a. Avoid excessive working of surface, delay trowelling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to surface. C. Patching Check-Cracks: 1. Flake out chips from each check-cracked area in severe cases, where finish has broken its bond with basecoats and can be removed easily in dry chips. 2. Bevel edges of sound finish plaster around perimeter of each area and dry brush surfaces to receive new finish plaster patch. 3. Apply bonding agent to existing base-coat plaster, including edges of cut areas, and permit agent to dry in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Mix and apply finish coat of patching plaster, press tightly against back-up coat to establish bond. a. Immediately apply additional layer of patching plaster, from same batch, following same procedure, to fill crack to level of undisturbed surround finish coat. 5. When patching plaster has stiffened, remove trowel marks and other surface imperfections with light trowel pressure. 6. In cases where finish is bonded tightly to basecoat, lightly sand affected area with No. 000 cloth, removing raised edges. Wash, rinse and permit to dry. D. Patching Large Cracks: Before beginning corrective measures, cut plaster in area of one crack through its entire thickness to backing material. 1. Verify backing material and its general condition. 2. Establish type and thickness of original plaster. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 9 Plaster Patching 3. Rake and undercut plaster for full thickness making cut sufficiently wide (generally double width of crack) to properly receive patching plaster. a. Drybrush loose plaster from cut. b. Mix and apply basecoats of patching plaster as required to match existing. 4. Apply finish coats to partially dry basecoat or to thoroughly dry basecoat which has been evenly wetted by brushing or spraying with water. a. Apply finish coat as required to match existing finish and as specified for general plaster. E. Minor Repairing to Ornamental Plaster Work: Repair small nicks, gouges, and chips. 1. Dry brush damaged area to remove loose plaster particles; if shape of damaged area is not conducive to good mechanical bond, trim cut edges of area to slight reverse bevel. 2. Apply bonding agent to damaged area, and permit to dry. 3. Prepare plaster and apply to damaged area in one operation. a. Shape mixture to surrounding profile, using moistened paper or cloth, to obtain smooth dense finish. b. When plaster is thoroughly dry and cured, perform final shaping with No. 000 grit damp emery cloth. F. Major Repairing to Ornamental Plaster Work: Repair major damage to ornamental plaster. 1. Undercut edges of damaged area to back-up material or base. 2. Apply bonding agent to solid back-up and permit to dry. 3. Mix and apply scratch and brown coats. 4. Prepare running and casting molds, as required for condition. a. Use casting molds for additional ornamentation that cannot be run in place. b. Erect supports for molds as each segment of work is performed. 5. Mix and place plaster to match surrounding ornamental plaster work, over partially dry brown coat or thoroughly dry brown coat which has been dampened by brushing or spraying with water. 6. Leave molds in position until plaster has cured fully; remove molds carefully to prevent damaging newly molded areas; perform final shaping, if required, with No. 000 grit emery cloth. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 01 20 - 10 Plaster Patching 3.5 CLEANING A. Promptly remove plaster from surfaces not indicated to be plastered. B. Repair other surfaces damaged by plaster patching operations to original undamaged condition as approved by Architect. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect surfaces from stains, marring, and other damage; repair stained, marred and damaged surfaces prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 1 Gypsum Board Assemblies SECTION 09 21 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide gypsum board systems including gypsum board, joint treatment, acoustical accessories, and general accessories for complete installation. 1. Provide special surface texture finish coat. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 21 00: Building thermal insulation. 2. Section 07 84 00: Firestopping. 3. Section 09 30 00: Cementitious backer unit tile substrates. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C840: Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination, 1. Openings: Obtain dimensions and locations from other trades and provide openings and enclosures for accessories, specialties, equipment, and ductwork. 2. Large Format Tile: Tile Council of North America (TCNA) requires framing at large format tile to be maximum 16” on center and for maximum deflection of L/720 where large format tile as defined by TCNA is indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature for framing, insulation, gypsum board, and acoustical accessories. B. Samples: Submit samples of special texture finish. C. Manufacturer’s Certification: Furnish manufacturer's certification indicating products comply with Contract Documents and applicable codes. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives, sealants, and caulks. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 2 Gypsum Board Assemblies B. Level 4 Finish Mock-Up: Provide Level 4 finish mock-up not less than 100 square feet in location acceptable to Architect. Approved mock-up may be incorporated into Project. C. Level 5 Finish Mock-Up: Provide Level 5 finish mock-up not less than 100 square feet in location acceptable to Architect. Approved mock-up may be incorporated into Project. D. Special Textured Finish Mock-Up: Provide special texture finish mock-up not less than 100 square feet in location acceptable to Architect. Approved mock-up may be incorporated into Project. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not begin installation of interior gypsum board until space is enclosed, space is not exposed to other sources of water, and space is free of standing water. B. Maintain areas to receive gypsum board at minimum 50-degree F for 48 hours prior to application and continuously after application until drying of joint compound is complete; comply with ASTM C840. C. Immediately remove from site gypsum board for interior use exposed to water, including gypsum board with water stains, with signs of mold, and gypsum board with mildew. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. National Gypsum Co. B. Georgia-Pacific Corp. C. United States Gypsum Co., USG Corp. D. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide gypsum board assemblies including gypsum board, joint treatment, acoustical accessories, and general accessories. 1. Systems Responsibility: Provide products manufactured by or recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board to maintain single-source responsibility for system. B. Performance Requirements: Perform gypsum board systems work in accordance with recommendations of ASTM C840 unless otherwise specified. C. Regulatory Requirements, Fire-Ratings: Provide systems listed in applicable code or by Underwriter's Laboratory, Gypsum Association (GA) File No's in GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual or other listing approved by applicable authorities. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 3 Gypsum Board Assemblies D. Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C840; maximum permissible lengths; ends square cut, tapered edges on boards to be finished. 1. Typical: ASTM C1396, Type X, fire rated gypsum board, unless otherwise indicated. 2. First Layer at Double Layer Applications: ASTM C1396 or ASTM C442, Type X, fire rated gypsum backing board. 3. Mold Resistant Gypsum Board: Provide at high humidity areas not covered with tile including but not limited to kitchens, bathrooms, showers, laundries, and basements. a. USG Industries/Sheetrock Mold Tough Firecode Core. b. Georgia Pacific/ToughRock Mold-Guard Fireguard X. c. National Gypsum Gold Bond XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 4. Tile Substrates: Cementitious backer units specified in Section 09 30 00 - Tiling. 5. Cementitious Backer Units for FRP and Shower/Tub Surrounds: ANSI A118.9 aggregated Portland cement with woven glass-fiber mesh on both faces; approximately 1/2" thick; UL fire rated as required for fire rated assemblies. a. Manufacturers: 1) National Gypsum Co./PermaBase Cement Board. 2) USG Industries, Durabond Division/Durock. 3) Custom Building Products/Wonderboard. 4) James Hardie Building Products/Hardibacker. 5) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. b. Contractor Option Coated Glass Mat Backer Units: Georgia Pacific/DenShield, UL fire rated as required to maintain integrity of fire rated assemblies. 6. Standard Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C1396, Type X, asphalt impregnated core with water resistant surfaces; plain back; square ends, V-tongue and groove long edges. 7. Sheathing: Silicone treated glass mat gypsum sheathing, ASTM C1177, Type X, 5/8” thick unless otherwise indicated. a. Manufacturers: 1) Georgia Pacific/DensGlass Gold. 2) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 8. Veneer Plaster Base: ASTM C588, Type X, veneer plaster base. 9. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C931, Type X; as recommended by manufacturer for exterior non-exposed applications. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 4 Gypsum Board Assemblies 10. Special High Rated STC Walls: Acoustically enhanced gypsum board designed with special layer of damping material sandwiched between two pieces of gypsum board for additional sound damping. a. National Gypsum: Soundbreak Gypsum Board. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 11. Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board: Fire rated Type X abuse resistant gypsum board. a. National Gypsum Hi-Abuse Brand Wallboard. b. Georgia Pacific/ToughRock Abuse-Resistant Gypsum Board. c. USG/Sheetrock Abuse-Resistant Gypsum Panels. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 12. Extended Exposure Gypsum Board: Fire rated Type X gypsum board designed specifically for extended exposure to moisture during construction; ASTM C1177; provide with score of 10 when tested using ASTM D3273 for mold resistance. a. National Gypsum/eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing. b. Georgia Pacific/DensArmor Plus or DensGlass. c. USG/Sheetrock Fiberock Aqua Tough Sheathing. d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 13. Fiberglass Mat Faced Gypsum Roof Board: a. USG Securock Glass-Mat Roof Board. b. Georgia-Pacific DensDeck Prime Roof Board. c. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. E. Gypsum Board Accessories: Comply with ASTM C840. 1. Provide protective coated steel corner beads and edge trim; type designed to be concealed in finished construction by tape and joint compound. 2. Corner Beads: Manufacturer's standard metal beads. 3. Edge Trim: “J”, "L", "LK", or "LC" casing beads. 4. Reinforcing Tape, Joint Compound, Adhesive, Water, Fasteners: Types recommended by system manufacturer and conforming to ASTM C475. a. Typical Joint Compound: Chemical hardening type for bedding and filling, ready-mixed or powder vinyl type for topping. 5. Control Joints: Back to back casing beads. a. Back control joints with 4 mil thick polyethylene air seal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 5 Gypsum Board Assemblies 6. Reveals: Extruded aluminum special trim pieces in manufacturer's standard or custom shapes to conform to configurations and dimensions indicated. a. Manufactures: 1) Fry Reglet Corp./Drywall Moldings. 2) Gordon Inc./Final Forms I Drywall Trims. 3) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 7. Surface Texture Coat: Provide manufacturer's standard texture finish materials as required to match approved samples and mock-up; materials to have maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 450, ASTM E84. a. Light Sand Finish Texture: Match USG/Texture I, light sand finish texture. b. Orange Peel Texture: Match USG/Texture II, orange peel effect. c. Sand Paste Stipple Texture: Match USG/Texolite Sanded Paste Stipple. d. Light Sand Texture: Match USG/Textone Light Sand Texture. e. Special Pattern Texture: Match USG/Textone Smooth Design Texture for special pattern textures as directed by Architect. f. Ceiling Texture: Match USG/Imperial QT Texture Finish ceiling texture; maximum flame spread of 25. F. Acoustical Accessories: Provide as indicated and as required to achieve acoustical ratings indicated. 1. Resilient Channels: Provide resilient channels where indicated and where required to provide required sound transmission classifications. a. USG/RC-1. b. ClarkDietrich/RC-Deluxe. c. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Acoustical Insulation: Preformed mineral fiber, ASTM C665, Type I; friction fit type without integral vapor barrier; as required to meet STC ratings indicated, or of thickness indicated. 3. Acoustical Sealant: ASTM C919, type recommended for use in conjunction with gypsum board. Paintable, non-shrinking and non-cracking where exposed, nondrying, nonskinning, nonstaining, and nonbleeding where concealed. a. Acoustical Sealant Manufacturers: 1) USG/Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant. 2) Tremco/Acoustical Sealant. 3) Pecora/AC-20. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Division 1. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 6 Gypsum Board Assemblies 4. Electrical Box Pads: Provide at outlet, switch and telephone boxes in walls with acoustical insulation. a. Electrical Box Pad Manufacturers for Non-Fire Rated Partitions: 1) Harry A. Lowry & Associates (800.772.2521)/Lowry's Electrical Box Pads. 2) Tremco Sheet Caulking (650.572.1656). 3) Fire rated partition material manufacturers. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. b. Electrical Box Pad Manufacturers for Fire Rated Partitions: 1) Hevi-Duty Nelson (800.331.7325)/Fire Rated FSP Firestop Putty Pads. 2) Specified Technologies, Inc. (800.992.1180)/Fire Putty Pads. 3) Hilti, Corp./Hilti Box Pads. 4) Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. G. Fire Rated Assembly Accessories: Provide materials and accessories as required to comply with fire rating requirements of UL, GA or other listing approved by applicable authorities. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Gypsum Board Installation: Install in accordance with ASTM C840 and manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to furring and to framing. 2. Erect gypsum board with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. a. Ensure joints of second layer do not occur over joints of first layer in double layer applications. 3. For fire rated systems comply with requirements for fire ratings. 4. Place control joints to be consistent with lines of building spaces and as directed by Architect. a. Provide where system abuts structural elements. b. Provide at dissimilar materials. c. Lengths exceeding 30'-0" in partitions. d. Ceiling areas exceeding 50'-0" or 2500 square feet. e. Wings of "L", "U" and "T" shaped ceilings. 5. Place corner beads at external corners; use longest practical lengths. 6. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 7. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, corners and openings to produce surface ready to receive finishes; feather coats onto adjoining surfaces. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 21 00 - 7 Gypsum Board Assemblies 8. Finishing: Comply with Gypsum Association (GA) “Levels of Gypsum Board Finish”. a. GA Level 4 (Typical): Provide three-coat finishing and sanding is required for surfaces indicated to be painted; provide flush, smooth joints and surfaces ready for applied paint finishes. b. GA Level 5 (Where Indicated): Provide skim coat of joint compound over entire gypsum board surface over Level 4 three-coat finish to achieve special smooth surface ready for applied paint finishes. c. Special Texture Finish Coat: Apply special texture coating over surface indicated to be textured in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; three-coat finishing not required. 9. Remove and replace defective work. B. Acoustical Accessories Installation: 1. Place acoustical insulation tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. 2. Place acoustical sealant within partitions in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; install acoustical sealant at gypsum board perimeter at: a. Metal Framing: One or two beads. b. Base layer and face layer. c. Penetrations of partitions. 3. Tolerance: Maximum 1/4" space between gypsum board at floor, ceiling, and penetrations and sealed with acoustical sealant. 4. Install electrical box pads with pads molded and pressed on back and all sides of box, closing openings, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, for complete acoustical barrier. 5. Pressurized Chambers: Install drywall assemblies airtight at air shafts, stairs, air plenums and where indicated on Drawings. a. Comply with requirements for HVAC system for air pressure requirements. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 1 Tiling SECTION 09 30 00 TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide tile installations with accessories, as required for complete installation. 1. Provide waterproofing membrane integral with tile setting beds. 2. Provide acoustic (sound deadening) underlayment at tile. 3. Provide cementitious backer unit tile substrate. 4. Provide stone thresholds. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 21 00: Metal framing and gypsum board. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI A108.1: Installation of Tile with Portland Cement Mortar. B. ANSI A108.5: Installation of Tile with Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. C. ANSI A108.6: Installation of Tile with Chemical Resistant Water Cleanable Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy. D. ANSI A108.10: Installation of Grout in Tilework. E. ANSI A108.11: Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units. F. Tile Council of North America (TCNA): Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination, Large Format Tile and Framing: Tile Council of North America (TCNA) requires framing at large format tile to be maximum 16” on center and for maximum deflection of L/720 where large format tile as defined by TCNA is indicated. 1. Coordinate with framing installation to ensure proper stud spacing and deflection limits are provided at locations where large format tile is indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature for each type of material for Project. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 2 Tiling B. Samples: Furnish each type of tile clearly indicating pattern, coloration and joints. 1. Color Charts: Submit actual tile sections showing full range of colors, textures and patterns available for each type of tile. 2. Prepare two 12" square sample panels of each selected type of tile and grout. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives, sealants, and caulks. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Provide heat and ventilation in areas where ceramic tile work is being performed, to allow tile to properly set. B. Take precautionary measures necessary to ensure excessive temperature changes do not occur. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: Provide for correcting failure of system to resist water penetration except where failure is result of structural failure of building. Repair system and pay for or replace damaged materials and surfaces. 1. Hairline cracking due to temperature or shrinkage is not considered structural failure. 2. Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide tile installations with tile, grout, setting materials, and accessories as indicated. B. Regulatory Requirements, General: 1. Interior Adhered Veneer: Comply with applicable California Code requirements for interior adhered veneer; maximum 20-psf. 2. Exterior Adhered Porcelain Veneer: Comply with applicable California Code requirements for exterior adhered veneer; maximum 9-psf, 5/8” thick, 24” in any face dimension, nor more than 3-sf in total face area. C. Regulatory Requirements, Slip-Resistance: 1. Slip-Resistant Hard Surfaces: Hard surface finishes to comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for slip-resistant hard surfaces, including general code requirements and requirements for access for persons with disabilities. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 3 Tiling D. Tile: Types as indicated which could include ceramic, ceramic mosaic, quarry, paver, porcelain, stone, and glass type tiles. 1. Manufacturers: a. Basis of Design: Dal-Tile Corp. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Color, Style and Pattern: Basis of Design: As indicated on Finish Schedule, as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of types of tiles indicated where not otherwise indicated a. Flooring: Basis of Design: Dal-Tile, Keystones Mosaic, Uptown Speckle D202, 2” x 2” with 1/16” grout joints using Custom Building Products grout, Oyster Gray 386. b. Wall Surfaces: Basis of Design: Dal-Tile, Color Story Wall, Matte Designer White A00661, 3” x 6” installed in a running bond pattern to a height of 48” minimum using full tiles only with 1/16” grout using Custom Building Products grout, Bright White 381. c. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. 3. Base and Trim: Provide matching trim pieces, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile as directed by Architect; types as indicated, as selected by Architect where not indicated. E. Portland Cement Setting Bed: Portland cement bed conforming to ANSI A108.1 and TCNA recommendations including separator sheet and reinforcing mesh. 1. Separator sheet may be deleted where over waterproof membrane. 2. Separator sheet may be deleted where over waterproof membrane or shower pan. F. Latex Thin Set: Thinset bond coat, consisting of latex-cementitious mortar conforming to ANSI A118.4. 1. Manufacturers: a. Custom Building Products. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. G. Latex-Cement Grout: ANSI A118.7, latex-cementitious type, uniform in color, resistant to shrinkage. 1. Manufacturers: a. Custom Building Products. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 4 Tiling 2. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. H. Epoxy Mortar and Grout: Chemical resistant and water cleanable thinset epoxy mortar and grout conforming to ANSI A118.3. 1. Manufacturers: a. Custom Building Products. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. I. Waterproofing and Crack Isolation Membrane: Manufacturer's standard liquid rubber polymer designed specifically for application under tile in non-immersed applications. 1. Manufacturers: a. Custom Building Products/RedGard Membrane. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. J. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 aggregated Portland cement with woven glass-fiber mesh on both faces; approximately 1/2" thick; UL fire rated as required to maintain integrity of fire rated assemblies. 1. Manufacturers: a. Custom Building Products/Wonderboard. b. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2. Contractor Option Coated Glass Mat Backer Units: Georgia Pacific/DenShield, UL fire rated as required to maintain integrity of fire rated assemblies. K. Cleaning and Sealing Materials: As recommended by tile and grout manufacturers, such as Bostik Construction Products/Hydroment CeramaSeal. L. Floor Sealer (Under Epoxy Set Floors over Concrete): Curing hardener sealer vapor retarder to prevent bond failure of flooring systems, type as recommended by epoxy setting bed material manufacturer for specific applications indicated. A. Stone Thresholds: As indicated on Finish Schedules, minimum ASTM C503, Grade A marble where not indicated, sides beveled 1:2 slope; color matching Architect approved sample. 1. Total height of threshold shall not exceed tile or adjacent flooring by more than 1/2"; maximum 1/4" vertical lift and maximum 1:2 slope. 2.2 MIXES A. Mix and proportion cementitious materials for site-made leveling coats, setting beds and grout as recommended by the TCNA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 5 Tiling B. Mix and proportion pre-mixed setting beds and grout materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to installing tile, ensure surfaces are level; comply with TCNA and tile manufacturer recommendations but not greater than following. 1. Bed Set Tile Tolerance: Maximum surface variation of 1/4" in 10'-0". 2. Thin Set Tile Tolerance: Maximum surface variation of 1/8" in 10'-0". B. Ensure surfaces are clean and well cured. 1. Drains: Where indicated, ensure surfaces are properly sloped to drains. C. Do not commence work until surface conditions are within tolerances required for proper installation; apply latex leveling material where necessary to meet required tolerances. D. Waterproof and Crack Isolation Membrane: Install waterproof membrane at tile areas located above grade, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; extend membrane minimum 6" up walls. 1. Comply with waterproof membrane manufacturer recommendations for installation of tile over waterproof membrane. E. Showers: Install shower pan liners and wall waterproofing at showers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; extend pan liners minimum 6" up walls, waterproofing full height at showers. 1. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation of tile over shower pan liner and waterproof membrane. F. Acoustic (Sound Deadening) Underlayment: Install acoustic underlayment system where indicated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions to achieve maximum possible IIC and STC ratings. 1. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation of tile over acoustic underlayment system. G. Backer Units: Install units in accordance with ANSI A108.11, manufacturer's recommendations, and as required to provide fire ratings indicated on Drawings. H. Floor Sealer: Apply vapor retarding floor sealer on concrete floors indicated to receive epoxy set tile in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and installation instructions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 6 Tiling 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install tile in accordance with referenced ANSI Standards and TCNA recommendations for type of substrate and indicated setting method. 1. Complexity of TCNA variations in types of tile installation systems and potential for changes to surrounding conditions during design and construction makes exact listing of potential conditions improbable. 2. Contractor, installers, and manufacturer representatives shall inform Architect where actual conditions are not covered and where providing similar materials and systems do not comply with TCNA or manufacturer recommendations. a. Where specified or similar materials and systems do not comply with TCNA or manufacturer recommendations submit proposed substitutions along with statement substitutions are of comparable quality to specified materials. B. Following systems shall form the basis of tile installation systems required for Project. Where Project conditions vary from TCNA and manufacturer recommendations, notify Architect immediately. Where different use similar materials and systems as appropriate. 1. Bed Set Floors over Concrete: TCNA F111, with latex cement bond coat. 2. Bed Set Floors over Wood: TCNA F141, with latex cement bond coat. 3. Bed Set Floors over Waterproof and Crack Isolation Membrane over Concrete: TCNA F121, with latex cement bond coat. 4. Bed Set Floors over Waterproof and Crack Isolation Membrane over Wood: TCNA F141, with latex cement bond coat. 5. Latex-Cement Thin Set Floors over Concrete: TCNA F113. 6. Latex-Cement Thin Set Floors over Waterproof and Crack Isolation Membrane: TCNA F122. 7. Latex-Cement Thin Set Floors over Acoustic Underlayment: TCNA F122. 8. Latex-Cement Thin Set Floors over Cementitious Backer Unit over Wood: TCNA F144. 9. Latex-Cement Thin Set Wall Tile over Cementitious Backer Units: TCNA W244. 10. Latex-Cement Thin Set Wall Tile over Coated Glass Mat Backer Units: TCNA W245. 11. Epoxy Thin Set (Elevator Floors): TCNA F143, with epoxy grout. 12. Epoxy Thin Set over Concrete (Food Preparation Areas): TCNA F131 with epoxy grout. 13. Epoxy Thin Set over Cement Mortar: TCNA F114 with epoxy grout. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 7 Tiling 14. Showers: TCNA B415 latex bond coat over reinforced mortar bed floor with latex cement thin set over cementitious backer unit walls, with shower pan liners and waterproofing at walls. 15. Countertops: TCNA C513 latex cement thin set over cementitious backer units. 16. Countertops: TCNA C512 epoxy thin set over plywood. 17. Countertops: TCNA C511 latex bond coat over reinforced mortar bed. C. Place tile in accordance with patterns indicated on Drawings or as directed by Architect; carefully plan tile layouts, ensure pattern is uninterrupted from one surface to the next and through doorways. 1. Apply latex thin set to back of tile where necessary to ensure 100% bond between bond coat and substrate; replace tiles which break due to voids between tile and substrate. D. Place stone thresholds level and true to line; in correct alignment with tile, doors and partitions. E. Neatly cut tile around fixtures and drains; accurately form corners, base, intersections and returns. 1. Base, Coves: Flush cove type with base grout joint on wall, cove tile on floor, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Corners and Edges: Bullnose tile unless otherwise indicated. F. Locate expansion joints, control joints, contraction joints, and isolation joints where indicated; where not indicated, provide as recommended by TCNA Handbook and as approved by Architect. 1. Install special trim pieces as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and installation instructions, true to lines and levels indicated and in correct relationship with tile and adjacent materials. G. Ensure tile joints are uniform in width, subject to normal variance in tolerance allowed in tile size; ensure joints are watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or grout. H. Sound tile after setting, remove and replace hollow sounding units. I. Allow tile to set for a minimum 48 hours prior to grouting. J. Grout tile to comply with recommendations of TCNA and as specified. K. Leave completed installation free of broken, damaged and faulty tile. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 30 00 - 8 Tiling 3.2 CLEANING AND SEALING A. Clean tile surfaces free of foreign matter upon completion of grouting. B. Seal tile and grout surfaces where recommended by manufacturer for materials and applications involved; comply with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 51 00 - 1 Acoustical Ceilings SECTION 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide suspended acoustical ceiling system with exposed suspended metal grid system, trim, and accessories as required for complete finished installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Divisions 21 through 28: Facilities services for ceiling penetrations. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C635: Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. B. ASTM C636: Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. C. ASTM E580: Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay- In Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate installation of acoustical ceiling systems with items installed above ceilings to ensure work above ceilings is complete, ceiling space allows for concealed items while allowing required ceiling heights, and building is enclosed. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturers' literature. B. Shop Drawings: Clearly indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other work and ceiling finishes, and inter-relation of mechanical and electrical items related to system. C. Samples: Furnish samples of exposed grid finish and each type of ceiling unit. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five years successful experience in projects of similar type and scope; acceptable to manufacturer of integrated acoustical ceiling system. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 51 00 - 2 Acoustical Ceilings 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated and overhead mechanical work is completed, tested and approved. 1. Do not allow acoustical ceiling units to be exposed to moisture; immediately remove acoustical ceiling units with stains, units with signs of mold, and units with mildew. B. Allow wet work to dry prior to commencement of installation. C. Maintain uniform temperatures of minimum 60 degrees F and humidity of 20% to 40% prior to, during and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. CertainTeed. C. Rockfon North America, Chicago Metallic Corp. D. USG Corporation. E. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide acoustical ceiling systems with exposed suspended metal grid system, trim, and accessories as required for complete finished installation. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Seismic Design Requirements: Comply with California Building Code requirements for seismic bracing of ceiling suspension system, and with ASTM E580. a. Ceiling Struts: Provide struts as detailed on Drawings and as required by code, placed maximum 12'-0" on center in both directions and within 6'-0" of each wall. b. Slack Wires: Provide safety slack wires, two per fluorescent fixture on diagonally opposite corners and a single wire for each recessed down light. 2. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide products listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or other independent testing laboratory acceptable to applicable authorities. a. Flame Spread/Smoke Density: Provide products meeting code requirements for maximum 25 flame spread and maximum 450 smoke developed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 51 00 - 3 Acoustical Ceilings C. Suspension Systems: Comply with ASTM C635, as applicable to type of suspension system required for type of ceiling units indicated. 1. Grid System: a. Exposed Grid System: Standard 1" nominal face width, direct hung, aluminum or steel "T" exposed grid system. b. Exposed Grid System: Narrow 9/16" nominal face width, direct hung, aluminum or steel "T" exposed grid system. 2. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C635, Table 1, Direct Hung. 3. Hanger Wires: Galvanized carbon steel, ASTM A641, soft temper, pre-stretched, yield-stress load of at least three times design load, but not less than 12-gage. 4. Straps, Tubes and Angles: Provide galvanized steel as required to meet state and local requirements for seismic design loads. 5. Structural Class: Minimum intermediate-duty system. 6. Edge Molding: Manufacturer's standard angle molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling, with single flange of molding exposed. 7. Finish of Exposed Items: Manufacturer's standard white baked enamel. 8. Maximum Allowable Deflection: L/360. D. Acoustical Panels: ASTM E1264 type and form as indicated on Finish Schedule, as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of panels where not otherwise indicated. 1. Panels: Mineral composition lay-in ceiling panels with reveal edge designed to be compatible with specified suspension system. 2. Texture: Light fissured panels unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3. Size: 2'-0" by 4'-0", except where otherwise indicated on Drawings. 4. Size: 2'-0" by 2'-0", except where otherwise indicated on Drawings. 5. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Furnish layouts for inserts, clips and other supports required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 51 00 - 4 Acoustical Ceilings 1. Install inserts, clips, and supports where not previously installed and where additional supports are required for complete installation. B. Measure ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling; do not use less than half width units at borders. C. Coordinate with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including integral air handling systems, light fixtures, and other systems. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical ceiling systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM C636. 1. Coordinate installation of air handling systems and electrical systems integral with integrated acoustic ceiling systems. 2. Finished Ceilings: True to lines and levels and free from warped, soiled or damaged grid or acoustical units. B. Install ceiling systems in a manner capable of supporting superimposed loads, with maximum permissible deflection of 1/8" in 10'-0". C. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete; coordinate location of hangers with other work. 1. Ensure suspension system is located to accommodate fittings and units of equipment which is to be placed after installation of ceiling grid. D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent regular spacing of hangers, reinforce nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span required distance. E. Install ceiling suspension system to resist seismic loads as required by state and local codes, including extra hanger wires and compression supports for ceilings and light fixtures. F. Hang system independently of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where suspension system members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of the longitudinal axis or face plane of adjacent members. G. Do not support lighting fixtures from or on main runners or cross runners if weight of fixture causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. 1. Support fixture loads independently or provide supplementary hangers located within 6" of each corner. H. Do not install fixtures so main runners and cross runners are eccentrically loaded; where fixture installation would produce rotation of runners, provide stabilizer bars. I. Install edge moldings at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using maximum lengths, straight, true to line and level; miter corners. 1. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other ceiling finishes. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 51 00 - 5 Acoustical Ceilings J. Where required form expansion joints to accommodate movement and maintain visual closure without distorting system. K. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or defects detrimental to appearance and function. 1. Lay directionally patterned units one way with pattern as directed. 2. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. L. Install system level, in uniform plane and free from twist, warp and dents. M. Install hold-down clips where required by applicable codes and where ceiling is within 20'-0" of an exterior door. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjustment: Adjust sags or twists which develop in ceiling system and replace any part which is damaged or faulty. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 65 10 - 1 Resilient Base SECTION 09 65 10 RESILIENT BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide resilient base and accessories as required for complete finished installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 68 00: Carpet edge strips. 2. Section 09 68 10: Carpet tile edge strips. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's product literature. B. Samples: Furnish samples of each base color and type. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives and resilient flooring. 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS A. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for site conditions but not less than following; maintain minimum 70-degree F air temperature at installation area for three days prior to, during, and for 24 hours after installation. B. Store materials in area of application; allow three days for material to reach same temperature as area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Tarkett S.A. B. Dal-Tile Group, Inc. C. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide resilient base and accessories as required for complete finished installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 65 10 - 2 Resilient Base B. Performance Requirements: Provide materials tested under ASTM E648, Flooring Radiant Panel Test, with results of 0.45 watts/sq. cm or higher. C. Resilient Base: Conform to ASTM F1861, with premolded end stops and external corners; 1/8" gage; provide coved base at hard floor surfaces, straight base at carpet unless otherwise indicated. 1. Type: Extruded rubber, in rolls. 2. Height: 4" coved unless otherwise indicated. 3. Colors: Basis of Design: Tarkett, Charcoal. In all other areas where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. D. Primers and Adhesives: Water-resistant nontoxic types recommended by base manufacturer for specified material and application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Apply to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1. Fit base joints tight and vertical. 2. Maintain minimum measurement of 18" between joints. B. Miter internal corners; use molded sections for external corners and exposed ends. C. Install base on solid backing, adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces; fill voids along top edge of base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. E. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8" over 10'-0". 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base and wall surfaces without causing damage. B. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 68 10 - 1 Tile Carpeting SECTION 09 68 10 TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide carpet tile including edge strips where carpeting terminates at other floor finishes and accessories as required for complete finished installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 68 00: Broadloom type carpeting. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Prior to final acceptance of carpet tile installation, submit manufacturer's detailed maintenance recommendations for care, cleaning and repair of carpet tiles installed. B. Shop Drawings: Clearly indicate carpet tile layout, direction of carpet tiles, adhesive to be used, method of integrating edge strips with carpet tile, and installation procedures. C. Samples: Submit samples of each carpet tile type and color, and of each color of edge strip. D. Certificate of Compliance: Furnish manufacturer's certificate of compliance stating each material delivered conforms to Specifications. E. Maintenance Recommendations: Prior to final acceptance of carpet tile installation, furnish carpet tile manufacturer's detailed maintenance recommendations for care, cleaning and repair of carpet tiles installed. F. Maintenance Materials: Submit unused carpet tiles. Box unused carpet tiles and mark boxes indicating color and location installed. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for carpet systems and adhesives. B. Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five years successful experience in carpet tile installation and approved by carpet tile manufacturer. 1. Upon request, submit letter from carpet manufacturer stating installer is acceptable. C. Mock-Up: Provide minimum 12' by 12' mock-up of carpet tile for approval prior to beginning installation; approved mock-up may be incorporated into finished installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 68 10 - 2 Tile Carpeting 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not commence carpet tile installation until painting and finishing work is complete and ceiling and other overhead work has been tested, approved and completed, unless specifically approved. B. Maintain room temperature at minimum 60 degrees F for at least 24 hours prior to installation; relative humidity shall be approximately that at which area is to be maintained. C. Schedule, receive, and place carpet tile on floors indicated; protect from soiling and damage during transit, storage, and installation. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: Provide for promptly making good or replacing defective materials or workmanship. Repairs shall take place within ten days of written notification. 1. Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Milliken & Co. B. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide carpet tile including edge strips where carpeting terminates at other floor finishes and accessories. B. Regulatory Requirements: Carpet tiles shall have passed following fire and smoke tests. 1. DOC-FF-1-70: Pass. 2. ASTM E662 (Smoke Denveloped): 450 or less. 3. ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 (Flooring Radiant Panel Test): 0.45 or higher. C. Design Criteria: Provide carpet materials that bear Carpet and Rug Institute “Green Label Plus”. D. Performance Requirements, Static: Carpet tile shall develop less than 3.0 kilovolts of static at 70 degrees F and 20 percent relative humidity. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 68 10 - 3 Tile Carpeting E. Carpet Tile: Basis of Design: Milliken, The Lowdown, Covert Sec5, Secret Tapes. F. For other locations of Carpet Tile: Types as indicated on Finish Schedule; where carpet tile is not indicated provide as directed by Architect based on following criteria. 1. Yarn: 6.6 or later generation continuous filament soil hiding nylon. 2. Face Weight: Minimum 30 oz. per square yard. 3. Tile Size: As indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of carpet tile sizes where not indicated. 4. Pile Height: Maximum 1/2”. 5. Backing: Integrated polyurethane cushion; no latex backing permitted. 6. Antimicrobial Treatment: Provide to inhibit growth of bacteria, mold, and mildew. 7. Soil-Resistant Treatment: Manufacturer’s standard integral stain resistance. 8. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. G. Adhesive: Nontoxic type recommended by carpet tile manufacturer to suit application and expected service. H. Leveling and Ramping Material: Latex-cement material designed for providing thin solid surface for leveling and minor ramping of subsurface to adjacent floor finishes. 1. Use material capable of being applied and feathered out to adjacent floor without spalling. I. Edge Strips: Vinyl or rubber. 1. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. J. Accessories: Provide as required for complete finished installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster and other substances detrimental to proper performance of adhesive and carpet tile; allow floors to thoroughly dry. B. Ensure floors are level, with maximum surface variation of 1/4" in 10 feet. C. Ensure concrete floors are free from scaling and irregularities and exhibit neutrality relative to acidity and alkalinity. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 68 10 - 4 Tile Carpeting D. Use leveling and ramping material to patch cracks, small holes, leveling and for ramping to provide finished carpet tile within 1/2" of adjacent flooring materials. E. Test substrate for moisture content in accordance with flooring manufacturer recommendations; where moisture content exceeds recommendations take measures recommended by flooring manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install carpet tiles in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions. 1. Adhere tiles to subfloor unless otherwise approved. B. Prime substrate if required and as recommended by manufacturer. Spread adhesive in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure proper adhesion. Apply only enough adhesive to permit proper adhesion of carpet tile before initial set. C. Lay carpet tile with run of pile in direction of anticipated traffic; do not change run of pile in any one room or from one room to next where continuous through a wall opening. 1. Finished installation to provide monolithic carpet tile appearance as approved by Architect. D. Cut and fit carpet tile neatly around projections through floor and to walls and other vertical surfaces. E. Fit carpet tiles snugly to walls or other vertical surfaces, leaving no gaps. F. Lay installation tight and flat to subfloor well fastened and uniform in appearance; ensure monolithic color, pattern and texture match within any one area. G. Edging Strips: Install in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and installation instructions. 1. Install edging strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. 2. Use full length pieces only, butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight and flush. H. Do not place heavy objects such as furniture on carpet tiled surfaces for not less than 24 hours or until adhesive is set. 3.3 CLEANING A. Upon completion of carpet tile installation in each area, visually inspect carpet tile installed in that area and immediately remove dirt, soil and foreign substance from exposed face. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Inspect adjacent surfaces and remove marks and stains caused by carpet tile installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 68 10 - 5 Tile Carpeting D. Remove packaging materials, carpet tile scraps, and other debris from carpet tile installation. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 1 Painting and Coating SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide painting and finishing of exposed items and surfaces requiring field painting and finishing including shop primed items. 1. Specified surface preparation, priming and coats of paint are in addition to shop- priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work. 2. Painting and finishing include field finishing of exterior and interior items not listed as "Surfaces not to be Painted" unless clearly indicated otherwise. 3. Painting and finishing include field finishing of select shop finished items such as mechanical grilles and registers and shop primed items such as access panels and louvers in doors, to match adjacent surfaces. a. Match adjacent surfaces in color and sheen unless otherwise indicated. 4. Field paint exposed bare and covered pipes, ducts, and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work in occupied spaces. 5. Wood Doors: Contractor option to factory finish or field finish, coordinate with Section 08 14 00 - Wood Doors. B. Surfaces Not to be Painted: 1. Finished items including finished metal surfaces. 2. Walls and ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas. 3. Moving parts of operating mechanical and electrical units. 4. Labels: Keep equipment identification and fire rating labels free of paint. 5. Plastic smoke stops and weather-stripping at doors. C. Related Sections: Shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under various Specification sections. 1. Section 06 40 00: Shop finishing of architectural woodwork. 2. Section 09 67 20: Decorative epoxy coating. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information, including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 2 Painting and Coating B. Samples: Submit samples for review of color and texture; provide list of material and application for each coat of each finish sample. 1. Brush-Outs: Submit samples of each color and material with texture to simulate actual conditions, on hardboard. a. Submit 8" by 10" samples of wood finishes on actual wood surfaces; label and identify each as to location and application. b. Submit samples of concrete masonry (maximum 4" square) defining filler, prime and finish coats. 2. Field Samples: Duplicate painted finishes of approved samples on actual wall surfaces and components for approval prior to commencing work. a. Size: Minimum 100 sf located where approved. b. Components: One full component as directed. c. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review. C. Manufacturer Certificates: Furnish certificates from each manufacturer stating materials are top quality lines and suitable for intended use on this Project. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for paints and coatings. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, with: 1. Name of material, color and sheen. 2. Manufacturer's name, stock number and date of manufacture. 3. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. 4. Thinning and application instructions. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS A. Apply water-base paints when temperature of surfaces and surrounding air are between 50 and 90-degrees F. B. Do not apply paint in rain, fog or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified. D. Provide additional temporary ventilation during interior application of paints to eliminate volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions from interior spaces as quickly as possible. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 3 Painting and Coating PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Dunn-Edwards Corp. B. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide painting and finishing of exposed items and surfaces requiring field painting and finishing including shop primed items. 1. Definition: "Painting" and “coating” as used herein means systems including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions: Furnish materials approved for use by applicable air quality management district for limitations of volatile organic compounds for architectural or special coatings as applicable. C. Material Quality: Provide top line quality commercial grade (professional painter) paints; materials not bearing manufacturer's identification as their top line product shall not be acceptable. 1. Primers: Provide premium grade primers recommended by paint manufacturer for substrates indicated and for finish systems specified. 2. Undercoats and Barrier Coats: Provide undercoat paints produced by same manufacturer as finish coats; use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and use only within recommended limits. 3. Finish Coats: Provide finish coats capable of being washed with mild detergent without loss of color, sheen, or pigments. a. Color pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated; no lead content permitted. 4. Finish Coat Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints, undercoats, and barrier coats used. a. Review other Specification sections in which prime paints are provided; ensure compatibility of total coatings systems. b. Upon request from other trades furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use. c. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and prime as required. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 4 Painting and Coating d. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems in use of specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. D. Colors and Finishes: Prior to commencement of painting work, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. 1. Use of proprietary names in color selection is not intended to imply exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. 2. Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on site. 3. Colors: Where color is not indicated on Drawings or Finish Schedule, provide custom color as directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Inspection: Examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied. 1. Start of painting work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions of surfaces and conditions within any area. 2. Where exposed items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned in Schedules, paint same as adjacent similar materials or areas. 3. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to a durable paint film. B. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as specified for substrate condition. 1. Existing Painted Finishes: a. Clean existing painted surfaces and remove oil, grease, dust, stains, scale, efflorescence, mildew, mold, algae, blisters, and non-adhering paint. b. Measure adhesion of existing paints using ASTM D3359 tape test; remove existing coatings where poor adhesion is indicated. c. Feather edges of severely deteriorated paint where several coats are removed as part of cleaning, to provide smooth transition for new paint. d. Fill holes, cracks, and defects and fill and sand smooth, ready for new paint finish. C. Remove hardware, accessories, and items in place and not to be painted, or provide protection prior to surface preparation and painting; after painting reinstall removed items. D. Clean surfaces before applying paint; remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning; program cleaning so contaminants from cleaning process do not fall onto wet, newly painted surfaces. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 5 Painting and Coating E. Cementitious Materials: Prepare by removing efflorescence, chalk, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. 1. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted. 2. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, neutralize before application of paint. 3. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds manufacturer's printed directions. F. Wood: Clean wood surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances; sandpaper smooth surfaces exposed to view and dust off. 1. Scrape and clean seasoned knots and apply thin coat of recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. 2. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to job; prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 3. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood-filler; sandpaper smooth when dry. G. Ferrous Metals: Touch up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged using same type of primer as applied in shop or barrier coat compatible with finish paint. 1. Bare Surfaces: Clean surfaces that are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. 2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants, using non- petroleum-based solvent; primer and touch-up primer to be zinc-rich primer. H. Mix painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. I. Store materials in tightly covered containers; maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. J. Stir materials before application to produce mixture of uniform density and stir as required during application; do not stir surface film into material, if necessary, strain material before using. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions; use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Apply additional coats when stains or blemishes show through final coat, until paint is a uniform finish, color and appearance. 2. Provide extra attention during application to assure dry film thickness at corners and crevices is equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 6 Painting and Coating 3. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces; paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment and furniture with prime coat only. 4. Finish doors on tops, bottoms and side edges same as faces. 5. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non-specular black paint. 7. Sand lightly between coats when recommended by system manufacturer. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation. 1. Allow time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. 2. Do not recoat until paint feels firm and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure. C. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as recommended by coating manufacturer. D. Prime Coats: Apply to items not previously primed; recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat. E. Finish Coats: Provide even texture; leave no laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 1. Opaque Finishes: Provide opaque, uniform finish, color and coverage; cloudiness, spotting, holidays, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, and other surface imperfections are not acceptable. 2. Transparent and Stained Finishes: Produce glass smooth surface film of even luster; provide with no cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, and other surface imperfections. F. Coordination with all trades: In all locations (ceilings, walls and other affected materials) affected by new construction, the finish surfaces of these areas shall be painted from top to bottom and corner to corner to match existing conditions. Under no circumstances shall painting only over patched areas (and not the entire surface) be accepted. G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage; remove, refinish or repaint work not accepted. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 7 Painting and Coating 3.3 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Exterior Work: Provide following paint systems and sheens unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal: Semigloss sheen. a. 1st Coat: Touch-up primer, prime if none. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Exterior 100% acrylic enamel. 2. Metal: High-performance coating specified in Section 09 96 70. 3. Concrete: Flat sheen. a. 1st and 2nd Coat: Exterior acrylic latex emulsion. 4. Concrete, Elastomeric Coating: a. Refer to Section 09 96 80 – Elastomeric Coating. 5. Plaster: Flat sheen. a. 1st and 2nd Coat: Heavy body vapor permeable waterproof elastomeric acrylic coating. 6. Plaster: Flat sheen. a. Refer to Section 09 96 80 – Elastomeric Coating. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Flat sheen. a. 1st Coat: Surface filler. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Heavy body waterproof acrylic emulsion. c. Apply filler at rate to ensure coverage with pores filled. 8. Concrete Masonry Units: Flat sheen. a. Refer to Section 09 96 80 – Elastomeric Coating. 9. Fiber Cement Siding: Flat sheen. a. 1st Coat: Alkali resistant primer. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Exterior 100% acrylic enamel. 10. Opaque Finished Wood: Semigloss sheen. a. 1st Coat: Primer undercoat. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Exterior 100% acrylic enamel. 11. Stained Wood: Flat sheen. a. 1st Coat: Exterior semi-transparent penetrating stain. 12. Natural Finish Wood: Flat sheen. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 8 Painting and Coating a. 1st Coat: Exterior clear penetrating wood sealer and preservative. 13. Traffic Line Paint: Manufacturer's standard sheen; colors as required by line or symbol; blue for handicapped parking spaces. a. 1st and 2nd Coat: Water based acrylic/epoxy traffic line paint; other systems subject to prior approval by Architect. B. Interior Work: Provide following paint systems and sheens unless otherwise indicated. 1. Gypsum Board Systems: Eggshell (satin) sheen at walls, flat sheen at ceilings, semigloss sheen at toilet rooms. a. 1st Coat: Universal primer. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Interior latex or acrylic latex emulsion. 2. Metal: Semigloss sheen. a. 1st Coat: Touch-up primer, prime if none. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: 100% acrylic enamel. 3. Opaque Finished Wood: Semigloss sheen. a. 1st Coat: Primer undercoat. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: 100% acrylic enamel. 4. Stained Wood: Satin rubbed sheen. a. 1st Coat: Wood stain. b. 2nd Coat: Sanding sealer. c. 3rd and 4th Coat: Acrylic modified urethane. d. Fill open grained wood with filler and wipe before 2nd coat. 5. Transparent Finished Wood: Satin rubbed sheen. a. 1st Coat: Bleached shellac. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Acrylic modified urethane rubbing varnish. c. Fill open grained wood with filler and wipe before 1st coat. 6. Concrete: Flat sheen. a. 1st Coat: Primer sealer. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Interior latex emulsion. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Flat sheen. a. 1st Coat: Surface filler. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Interior latex emulsion. c. Apply filler at rate to ensure coverage with pores filled. 8. Plaster: Eggshell (satin) sheen at walls, flat sheen at ceilings, semigloss sheen at toilet rooms. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 09 90 00 - 9 Painting and Coating a. 1st Coat: Latex primer-sealer. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Interior acrylic latex emulsion. 9. Cotton and Canvas Covering Over Insulation: Flat sheen. a. 1st (Size) Coat: Interior latex emulsion. b. 2nd Coat: Interior latex emulsion. c. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. 10. Concrete Floors: Gloss sheen; non-slip finish. a. 1st Coat: Concrete conditioner. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Polyurethane coating. 11. Wood Floors: Satin sheen; non-slip finish. a. 1st Coat: Stain and filler as approved by Architect. b. 2nd and 3rd Coat: Clear acrylic modified polyurethane. C. Sheens: Comply with ASTM D523, reflectance of paint. 1. Flat: 1-10. 2. Satin: 15-30. 3. Eggshell: 30-45. 4. Semigloss: 45-75. 5. Gloss: 75-100. 3.2 CLEAN-UP, PROTECTION, AND REPAIR A. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags from site at end of each workday. 1. Clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces immediately by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage finished surfaces. B. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not; correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. 2. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. C. Repair: At completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore damaged surfaces or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 10 28 00 - 1 Toilet Accessories SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide toilet accessories with attachment hardware and rough-in frames as required for complete, operational installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08 80 00: Frameless glass mirrors. 2. Section 10 21 10: Hardware for toilet partitions, including coat hook/bumper mounted on partition doors, and wall bumpers for out swinging doors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data illustrating each accessory at large scale. B. Samples: Provide one sample of each type of fixture specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to finish material pollution control for adhesives. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building in. B. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. C. Pack accessories individually, protect each item and its finish. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS A. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces from damage during installation of work of this section. B. Before starting work notify Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to installation or operation of units. C. Verify with Architect exact location of accessories. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 10 28 00 - 2 Toilet Accessories 1.6 WARRANTY A. Extended Correction Period: 1. Replace mirrors which exhibit signs of desilvering or distortion. 2. Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. B. Bradley Corporation. C. American Specialties, Inc. D. Manufacturers listed on Toilet Accessories Schedules. E. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 25 00. 2.2 MATERIALS A. System Description: Provide toilet accessories with attachment hardware and rough- in frames. 1. Provide standard materials and finishes for accessories listed; where more than one material or finish is available and not otherwise indicated provide as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard materials and finishes. B. Regulatory Requirements - Access for Persons with Disabilities: Comply with California Building Standards Code and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, commercial grade, Type 304, gages as standard with manufacturer of specified items. D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, commercial grade, seamless welded. E. Mirror Glass: ASTM C1036, q1 mirror select clear float glass with full silver coating, copper coating and organic coating; minimum 1/4" thick. F. Sheet Steel: ASTM A1008, cold rolled stretcher leveled; minimum G90 galvanized coating, ASTM A924 and A653. G. Adhesive: Epoxy type contact cement as recommended by accessory manufacturer; comply with applicable requirements for limitations on volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions. H. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 10 28 00 - 3 Toilet Accessories I. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing and supply. 1. Provide minimum six keys to Owner representative. 2. Coin Operated Units: Provide locked coin box keyed separately from standard units, coin operated units keyed alike. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. C. Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled; hang doors and access panels with continuous piano hinges; provide concealed anchorage where possible. D. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. E. Form surfaces flat without distortion; maintain flat surfaces without scratches and without dents; finish exposed edges eased, free of sharp edges where potential exists for physical contact. F. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes, to prevent electrolysis. G. Hot-dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices. H. Assemble components in shop; package complete with anchors and fittings. 2.4 FINISHES A. Exposed Finishes: Stainless steel, number 4, satin finish; satin chrome finish acceptable where stainless steel not available for accessory item listed or scheduled. B. Concealed Surfaces: Treat and clean, spray-apply one coat primer and baked enamel finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Provide templates and rough-in measurements. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions using fasteners appropriate to substrate. B. Install true, plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 10 28 00 - 4 Toilet Accessories C. Use tamper-proof, security type fasteners. D. Adjust accessories for proper operation and verify mechanisms function smoothly. E. Replace damaged and defective items. F. Clean and polish exposed surfaces after removing temporary labels. 3.3 TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE A. Refer to Drawings. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 12 93 00 - 1 Site Furnishings SECTION 12 93 00 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The extent of work in this Section includes the provision and installation of the site furnishing equipment and structures with all miscellaneous hardware, foundations and appurtenances required for installation. B. The general extent of work for this Section is shown on the drawings and includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. BistroTable 2. Bench 3. Crawling Pyramid Structure 4. Sitting Posts 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All manufactured items shall be inspected and approved upon delivery. B. Unless otherwise specified, install all materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for site furnishings conforming to requirements of Division 1 requirements for Submittal Procedures. B. Product Warranty, spare or replacement parts, and/or care instructions shipped with components shall be delivered to Owner prior to substantial completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store and handle products so as not to impede work of others. B. Protect products from damage or theft during delivery, handling, storage and installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 12 93 00 - 2 Site Furnishings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Description Manufacturer Model # 1. Bistro Table DUMOR 297-36-20HS 2. Bench KOMPAN NR0213 3. Crawling Pyramid Structure KOMPAN NR0826 4. Sitting Posts KOMPAN NR0209 A. Model and manufacturer specified for play structures are school district standard. Substitutions will not be allowed. B. Contractor shall purchase touch-up paint for each color of powder coated products for use as needed after installation. Deliver un-used touch-up paint to Owner prior to substantial completion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Coordinate construction timing with installation of site furnishings in conformance with other pertinent Sections of the Specifications. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Site Furnishings: Install where shown on drawings, as detailed and per manufacturer instructions. All site furnishings shall be secured in a vandal resistant manner acceptable to the Architect. B. Concrete Footings: Install footings with top of concrete sloped to drain at 1%. Install where shown on drawings and as detailed and per manufacturer's instructions. C. Sleeves: Install site furnishings, standards and posts into sleeves embedded into concrete bases for removal and replacement where indicated or detailed on drawings. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site furnishings shall be inspected and accepted upon delivery by the Contractor. Final acceptance of site furnishings and locations of site furnishings shall be approved by Owner’s Representative in writing. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 1 Common Work for Plumbing SECTION 22 0010 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Plumbing Requirements specifically applicable to Division 22 Sections, in addition to Division 01 - General Requirements. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as required to complete the work of this section, except as otherwise herein specifically excluded. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Section 23 0800 - Commissioning of HVAC 1.04 WORK INCLUDED A. The complete Plumbing systems including but not limited to these major items. 1. Coordinate work of this Section with related trades. 2. Verify applicable dimensions and location of existing utilities at the jobsite. 3. Furnishing and installation of miscellaneous hangers, supports, sleeves, inserts, anchors and other auxiliary equipment for systems under this Division. 4. Soil waste and vent system inside and outside the building including connections to fixtures, equipment, sewer connections, clean-outs. 5. Water piping systems inside and outside the building, including connections to fixtures, equipment, water meters and vaults; pressure regulating stations, backflow preventers. 6. Interruptible and non-interruptible fuel gas systems inside and outside the building, including connections, gas meters, earthquake valves, and pressure regulating stations. 7. Plumbing fixtures, carriers, fittings, trim, hose bibs, wall hydrants, and accessories. 8. Installation and connection of Owner furnished equipment. 9. Shop drawings. 10. Equipment identification. 11. Equipment and systems adjustments and balancing. 12. Written operating and maintenance instructions. 13. Record drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 2 Common Work for Plumbing 14. Guarantee 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Concrete, Rough Carpentry, Joint Sealants, Sheet Metal, Flashing and Trim, access doors and Frames, Door Hardware, Paints and Coatings, Mechanical and Electrical. 1.06 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall familiarize himself with the conditions at the site. No allowance will be made subsequently for any error through negligence in observing the site conditions. Contractor shall observe and make cost allowance for any mechanical and/or electrical items that must be relocated to accommodate the installation or servicing of any item covered under this contract. 1.07 ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS AND CODES A. References to Technical Societies, Trade Organizations, Governmental Agencies is made in Division 15 in accordance with the following abbreviations. 1. AFI - Air Filter Institute 2. AMCA - Air Moving & Conditioning Association 3. ARI - Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute 4. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 5. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers 6. ASTM - American Society of Testing Materials 7. AWSC - American Welding Society Code 8. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 9. CBC - California Building Code 10. CCR - California Code of Regulations 11. CEC - California Electrical Code 12. CFC - California Fire Codes 13. CMC - California Mechanical Code 14. CPC - California Plumbing Code 15. FIA - Factory Insurance Association 16. NAFM - National Association of Fan Manufacturers 17. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 18. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 19. ORS - Office of Regulatory Services 20. SCAQMD - South Coast Air Quality Management District 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 3 Common Work for Plumbing 21. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 22. UFC - Uniform Fire Code 23. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories 24. UPC - Uniform Plumbing Code Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Materials and installation shall comply with applicable local, state, and national codes and ordinances. Rulings and interpretations of the enforcing agencies shall be considered as part of the local codes. No extras will be permitted for furnishing items required by the local codes but not specified or shown on the drawings. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IBC and California Amendments (California Building Code - Part 2, Title 24, CCR). 2. UMC and California Amendments (California Mechanical Code - Part 4, Title 24 CCR). 3. UPC and California Amendments (California Plumbing Code - Part 5, Title 24 CCR). 4. Uniform Fire Code with State Amendments (California Fire Code - Part 9, Title 24 CCR). 5. National Fire Protection Associations - National Fire Code. C. Nothing in these drawings and specifications is to be construed to permit work in violation thereof. Ordinances, regulations and codes are to be construed as minimum requirements. D. The responsibility of the Architect to conduct construction reviews of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site. E. Ventilating, refrigeration and electrical equipment and appliances are required to be approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other nationally recognized testing agency and installed per the testing agency's specifications. 1.08 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits, fees, assessments, complimentary drawings, required by any legally constituted public authorities having jurisdiction. 1.09 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Architect's decision will be final on interpretation of the Drawings and Specifications. B. The Drawings and Specifications are complimentary. Any work called for on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be performed as though fully set forth in both. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 4 Common Work for Plumbing C. Piping, ductwork and other equipment shown as existing has been taken from the Owner's drawings. Contractor shall verify exact location in field before proceeding with the work. D. Where codes, standards, drawings or specifications conflict, the most stringent shall prevail, unless prior approval for variance is obtained. Specific details on the drawings shall supersede the specification in the event of a conflict. E. Alternate support or seismic detail proposed by contractor shall have prior approval by the Architect; and the Contractor shall obtain agency approval without any additional cost or time to the contract and without any time penalty on the work schedule. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Before starting work, the Contractor shall furnish for the review of the Architect and Engineer. Provide Shop Drawings and Submittals with Itemized Equipment Lists, complete in all details that they proposes to install. All items shall be submitted at the same time. B. Submittals must be specific to this project with respect to model number, capacities, performance, etc., generic submittals will not be accepted. C. Variations or deviations on submitted items from that specified must be clearly tagged and / or identified. D. Submittals shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following which are mandatory: 1. Draw Equipment Layouts to ¼” scale, including equipment, piping accessories, and showing clearances for operating and servicing. 2. Schedule of pipe, fittings, valves, with manufacturer and catalog number. 3. Specialties, valves, gauges and thermometers of all types. 4. Foundations, supports, hangers, inserts. 5. Earthquake supports and calculations. 6. Insulation. 7. Shop fabrication drawings and installation drawings of ductwork and piping layouts. Submit for approval prior to fabrication. Drawings shall indicate dimensions from bottom of piping and ductwork to finish floor level. 8. Wiring diagrams, control panel board, motor starters and controls for electrically operated equipment furnished by mechanical trades. 9. Automatic control system diagrams. 10. Access panels. 11. Clean-outs 12. Fixture carriers. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 5 Common Work for Plumbing 13. Hangers, inserts, supports, anchors. 14. Hose bibs. 15. Hot water circulators. 16. Pipe, fittings and specialties. 17. Pipe isolators. 18. Plumbing fixtures, fittings, trim, drains and receptors. 19. Pressure regulators. 20. Roof flashing. 21. Sleeves, escutcheons, caulking, waterproofing, fireproofing. 22. Strainers 23. Water hammer arrestors. 24. Water heating equipment. 25. Expansion joints, guides and anchors. 26. Shop fabrications drawings and calculations. 27. Special and miscellaneous products furnished under this section and not listed herein. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS AND MANUALS A. Record Set During the Work: At site, maintain at least one set of Drawings as a Field Record Set. Also maintain at least one copy of all Addenda, Modifications, approved submittals, correspondence, and transmittals at site. Keep Drawings and data in good order and readily available to Architect and Owner. B. Changes: Clearly and correctly mark Record Drawings to show changes made during the construction process at the time the changed work is installed. No such changes shall be made in the work unless authorized by the Architect. C. Final Record Drawings: Conform to Division 1 requirements. D. Preparation of Final Record Drawings: Contractor shall transfer recorded changes in the work indicated on the Field Record Set to the record set. Changes shall be neatly and clearly drawn and noted by skilled draftsmen, and shown technically correct. E. Approval: Prior to Architect's inspection for Substantial Completion, submit the Final Record Drawings to the Architect for review, and make such revisions as may be necessary for Final Record Drawings to be a true, complete, and accurate record of the work. F. Manuals: Obtain data from the various manufacturers and submit instruction, operation, and maintenance manuals as required and to the extent required under other Sections. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 6 Common Work for Plumbing G. Contents: Each manual shall have an index listing the contents. Information in the manuals shall include not less than: 1. General introductions and overall equipment description, purpose, functions and simplified theory of operation. 2. Specifications 3. Installation instructions, procedures, sequences, and precautions, including tolerances for level, horizontal and vertical alignment. 4. Grouting requirements. 5. List showing lubricants for each item of mechanical equipment and recommended lubrication intervals. 6. Start-up and beginning operation procedures. 7. Operational procedures. 8. Shutdown procedures. 9. Maintenance and calibration procedures 10. Parts lists 11. Name, address and telephone number of each manufacturer's local representative. H. Manual Submittals: Unless otherwise specified, each submittal shall include two copies of each manual, one of which will be returned to the Contractor, marked to show the required review. When approved, deliver four copies to Architect unless otherwise specified. I. “As-Built” drawings of ductwork and piping, including all elbows, transitions, damper and valve locations shall be provided prior to commencement of air and water balance. 1.12 QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Unless otherwise specified, equipment and materials used in the installation shall be new and in perfect condition when installed. Articles provided for the same general purpose or use shall be of the same make. Workmanship shall be of the best quality and none but competent mechanics skilled in their trades shall be employed. Furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the work, together with all necessary journeymen, helpers and laborers required. 1.13 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. Manufacturer: 1. Aeroflex USA, Inc: www.aeroflexusa.com. 2. Armacell LLC: www.armacell.us. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 7 Common Work for Plumbing B. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C534/C534M Grade 1; use molded tubular material wherever possible. 1. Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F ( Minus 40 degrees C ). 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F ( 104 degrees C ). 3. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. 1.14 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Copper Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper- coated steel. 1.15 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125- psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psig (688-kPa), ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 1.16 SEISMIC DESIGN 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 8 Common Work for Plumbing A. Contractor shall be responsible for anchors and connections of mechanical work to the building structure including calculations for approval by structural engineer or for approval by inspector of record, as applies, for items or work, where approval is deferred or where alternate support or anchorage detail is proposed to prevent damage as a result of an earthquake, including manufactured equipment, the connection and integrity of shop fabricated and field fabricated materials and equipment. The anchorage of all pipes, ducts, conduits, fixtures, equipment, etc. shall withstand the lateral forces and shall accommodate calculated building displacement as required by the California Building Code, and local city/county codes. (Building equipment and connections therefore shall be designed to resist lateral seismic forces equal to 1.0 of equipment weight to working allowable stress. Cantilever posts supporting equipment shall be designed to resist lateral seismic forces equal to 0.5 of equipment weight to allowable working stress. Conform to the following: 1. In accordance with Title 24, 2019 CBC Chapter 16A, details shall be provided for the seismic anchorage of all mechanical and electrical equipment, anchorage details shall be based upon appropriate design calculations. 2. For equipment weighing 400 pounds or more anchorage details and appropriate design calculations shall be submitted as part of the mechanical and electrical drawings. “Deferred Approval” items will not be permitted unless specifically approved by the plan check supervisor. a. Exception: Attachments of equipment weighting less than 400 pounds and supported directly on the floor or roof structure, furniture, or temporary or movable equipment and equipment weighing less than 20 pounds that is supported by vibration isolation devices suspended from the roof, wall or floor, need not be detailed on the plans provided the following notes are included on the mechanical and electrical plans. 3. The seismic anchorage of mechanical and electrical equipment shall conform to C.C.R. Title 24, 2019 CBC Chapter 16A. Anchorage details for roof/floor-mounted equipment shall be shown on plans. 1.17 SUBSTITUTIONS AND CHANGES A. The design has been based on data from certain manufacturers, suitable for each application. Recommendations for alternative manufacturers are made for each product, except when "no substitutions permitted" is indicated. B. It is the intent of the Owner to have this project constructed with materials, products and system originally designed and specified into the project. C. Alternatives that may require the modification, realignment and/or adjustment of other associated components, including impact on other trades, shall be 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 9 Common Work for Plumbing accomplished at no additional cost or time to the contract and shall have the approval of the Architect. D. Substitutions shall be submitted addressing all features listed in the specifications. Features that deviate from the plans and specifications shall be clearly identified including justification for deviations. Design West Engineers will review initial submittal on substitutes only. Subsequent submittals made to correct deficiencies in original submittals will be reviewed at Contractor's expense based on Design West Engineer's hourly rate for engineering services. E. Should the Contractor elect to propose substitutions for the Owner's interest, the substitutions shall be in compliance with Division 01. 1.18 SUBMITTAL REVIEWS A. The Architect will have the right to accept or reject equipment, materials, workmanship, tests and determine when the Contractor has complied with the requirements herein specified. 1.19 SELECTION AND ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Immediately after award of the Contract and after the final review of submittals by the Architect and / or Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the purchase and delivery of equipment and materials required, in ample quantities and at the proper time to meet construction schedule. The contractor shall deliver to the Architect and Owner a complete list of equipment and materials ordered, giving descriptions, plate numbers, brochures, name of the wholesalers, date of the orders and approximate delivery dates. 1.20 LOCATIONS AND ACCESSIBILITY A. Drawings show pipe and ductwork diagrammatically. Conform to Drawings as closely as possible in layout work. Vary run of piping, run and shape of ductwork and make offsets during progress of work as required to meet structural and other interferences as reviewed by Architect and / or Engineer. Install piping and ductwork to best suit field conditions after coordinating with other trades. Run exposed piping and ductwork parallel to, or at right angle to, building walls. Keep horizontal lines as close to bottom of structures as possible. Conform to ceiling heights established on Drawings. B. Install equipment in such a manner as to be readily accessible for maintenance and repairs. Install piping, ducts and conduit in such a manner as to preserve headroom, avoid obstructions and keep openings and passageways clear. C. Installation at valves, thermometers, gauges, cleanouts, dampers, controls, steam and water specialties, duct access doors or any other indicating equipment or specialties requiring reading, adjustment, inspection, maintenance shall be conveniently and accessible located with reference to the finished building. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 10 Common Work for Plumbing D. Where wall and ceiling access doors are required but not shown, such doors shall be furnished under other sections and as directed by the Architect. Coordinate this requirement with appropriate trade. E. If changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are required, they shall be made without additional charges. F. In an existing area, where required, remove, reinstall, reconnect or replace, etc., any existing work to accommodate new work without any additional cost to the Owner. Material shall match existing, unless otherwise specified or approved in writing by the Architect. G. Provide sheaves and belts if required, to Test, Adjust and Balance Agency, to allow air moving equipment to meet flow requirements specified at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.21 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. Contractor shall coordinate all trades in the interest of obtaining the most practical overall arrangement of equipment, piping, conduit, and ducts and to maintain maximum headroom and accessibility. B. No extras will be allowed for changes made necessary by interference or coordination between trades. C. Submit Composite Coordination Drawings in accordance with Special Conditions. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections and details and give complete information particularly as to the kinds and types of materials and equipment, size and location of sleeves, inserts, attachments, chases, openings, conduits, ducts, boxes, lighting, structural interferences. Coordinate these Composite Coordination Drawings and field layouts in the field for proper relationship to work of applicable trades based on field conditions. Contractor shall have competent personnel readily available for coordinating, checking, and supervision of field layouts. The procedures for submittals and resubmittals, and final distribution shall be as specified in Division 01. Do not start installation of work involved under Composite Coordination Drawings until the Architect and Engineer reviews applicable submittal. Discrepancies between the Drawings and Composite Coordination Drawings shall be specifically noted and identified on the Composite Coordination Drawings. Drawings for the various trades involved shall be submitted as required and reviewed prior to preparation of Composite Coordination Drawings. 1. Equipment Foundations and Bases: Furnish certified details and drawings for approval before fabrication. Furnish parts necessary for each foundation sub base and support. 2. Pipe Sleeves and Inserts: Furnish and install pipe sleeves and pipe support inserts before concrete is poured. 3. Roof, Wall and Floor Openings: Furnish Shop Drawings showing exact locations and sizes of openings through roofs, walls and floors. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 11 Common Work for Plumbing 4. Concrete: Conform to Concrete Section of the Specifications. 1.22 GUARANTEES A. Contractor shall guarantee workmanship, equipment and materials installed under his contract for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. Should any defects occur during this period, the Contractor shall promptly repair or replace the defective item and any other damage caused to the building free of charge to the Owner, including cost of labor and materials. B. Guarantee included in this section to cover: 1. Faulty or inadequate design of equipment or material installed 2. Improper assembly or erection 3. Defective workmanship or material 4. Incorrect or inadequate operation or other failure C. The Contractor shall guarantee the complete and perfect operation of the entire system and that equipment will be supported in such a way as to be free of objectionable vibration and noise D. Furnish the parts and labor to replace any items found to be defective in the refrigeration equipment with the guarantee period E. In addition to other guarantees, furnish free maintenance for the refrigeration equipment, including replacement of refrigerant and oil, for a period of one (1) year. This shall include regular monthly maintenance and "On Call" service if required. F. For equipment bearing a manufacturer's warranty in excess of one year, furnish a copy of the warranty and proof of chipment date or purchase date per terms of warranity to the Owner, who shall be named as beneficiary. 1.23 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Provide adequate storage facilities for equipment and materials on the site and shall make provisions to protect such materials and equipment from damage. 1.24 CLOSING-IN OF UNINSPECTED WORK A. Contractor shall not allow or cause any of the work, specifically ductwork and piping, to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested, and approved by the Architect. Should any of work be covered up or enclosed before such inspection and test, shall at their own expense, uncover the work and after it has been inspected, tested, and approved, make repairs with such materials as may be necessary to restore work to its original and proper condition. 1.25 BUILDING FOOTING CLEARANCES A. Under no circumstances shall pipes, ducts, or conduits penetrate footings. They shall cross below footings or through sleeves above footings. Those running 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 12 Common Work for Plumbing parallel to footings shall have the minimum clearance from the cone of influence indicated on the Drawings or as required by Code. 1.26 DAMAGE BY LEAKS A. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by rain leaks through or around ducts or pipes, leaks or breaks in piping, equipment or fixtures furnished or installed by him for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. 1.27 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Equipment provided under this Section shall be provided with the manufacturer's metal identification labels attached to each individual piece of equipment showing complete performance characteristics, size, model and serial number. 1.28 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Excavating, trenching and backfilling for utilities within the building area shall be done in conformity with Division 31 - Sitework. Piping shall be installed promptly after excavation in order to keep the trenches open as short a time as possible. B. Excavating, trenching and backfilling for utilities outside the building area shall be done in conformity with Division 31 - Earth work. C. Any existing underground piping and conduit that is encountered shall be properly shored and protected from damage. Active piping shall be left intact and undamaged. 1.29 PRELIMINARY OPERATION A. Should the Owner request that any portion of the plant, apparatus, or equipment be operated for the Owner's beneficial use prior to the final completion and acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall conform to Beneficial Occupancy Provisions of the General Conditions. Such operation shall be under the supervision and direction of the Contractor. Such preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any of the work. 1.30 MAINTAINING EXISTING SERVICES A. The premises and existing building at the site will be in use at the time the work of this Section is in progress. Contractor shall conduct his work so as to cause no inconvenience or danger to the personnel on the premises. B. He shall maintain continuity of service to the existing mechanical systems, except for designated intervals during which connections can be made. The scheduling of the shut down period shall be at a time directed by the Architect. C. In some instances, it may be necessary to defer work in certain areas and locations until such time as existing facilities can be relocated or rearranged by the Owner. Therefore, whenever it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work under this contract in areas in which the Owner's work is being performed. This 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 22 00 10 - 13 Common Work for Plumbing contractor shall advise the Architect relative to this requirement and shall follow closely the directive issued by the Architect insofar as time and procedure are concerned. Allow Owner 72 hours prior notice. D. This contractor shall include in his bid all premium time to which he may be subjected for performing work in such procedure and at such time as may be necessary to cause the least interference with the function of the Owner. 1.31 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Coordinate with Division 26 in making the line and low voltage electrical connections and be responsible for the operation of the equipment furnished under this section. B. Voltage for electrical work will be included in Division 26. However, any control wiring which is required that is not shown on the control diagram shall be as described under this Section. In the event that the Contractor chooses to provide equipment that requires extra expense in the power or control wiring, he shall pay additional electrical costs. C. Safety switches, starters, circuit breakers, unless provided as a portion of package equipment, and the electrical connections of mechanical equipment to the electrical power service shall be provided under Division 26. D. Interconnecting wiring, safety switches, relays, controllers and motor starters which are integral components of packaged equipment shall be provided as an integral part of that equipment. E. All interconnecting power wiring and conduits shall be provided by Division 26. F. Control wiring shall be provided by Division 22, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. G. Conduit for control wiring shall be provided by Division 26. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 1 Common Work for Mechanical SECTION 23 05 00 COMMON WORK FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to, providing all labor, material, equipment, and services necessary for completion of all mechanical systems in a serviceable fully operational manner. B. All items of Work and systems shall be furnished and installed ready for satisfactory operation and all required apparatus and service shall be provided even though not specifically mentioned herein. C. The Contract Specifications and Contract Drawing Equipment Schedules list the equipment manufacturers selected for the basis of the Specifications and for the various individual equipment layouts on the Contract Drawings. Substitutions shall be made in accordance with General Conditions and as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. D. The Drawings showing the layout, arrangements, sizes and principal connections to the equipment and apparatus are based on one equipment of an acceptable manufacturer. If equipment other than the type shown on the layout Drawings is used, it is the Contractor's sole responsibility to make all necessary modifications to related piping, ductwork, electrical and utility connections, apparatus, and miscellaneous items to complete the Mechanical Work, ready for satisfactory operation required under these Specifications. The cost of making all the modifications shall be borne by this Contractor without extra cost to the Owner, Architect or Engineer. In using such equipment, it is imperative that the equipment must fit the space and the access allotted, with the final layout to be approved by the Architect/Engineer (A/E). Follow the Drawings as closely as actual building construction permits. E. The Drawings show the principal engineering design elements of the mechanical installation. They are not intended as detailed construction installation drawings for the Mechanical Work but as a complement to the Specifications to clarify the principal features of the mechanical systems. It is the intent of this Section that all equipment and devices, furnished and installed under this and other Sections, be properly connected and interconnected with other equipment to render the installation complete for successful operation, regardless of whether all the connections and interconnections are specifically mentioned in the Contract Specifications or shown on the Contract Drawings. F. Check the layout of the Work of this Division, as indicated on the Drawings. Determine exact locations by the dimensions of the equipment approved. Obtain written approval from the Engineer for any revised layout before equipment or material involved is installed. Consult the Architectural and Structural Drawings for all dimensions, locations of partitions, locations and sizes of structural 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 2 Common Work for Mechanical supports, foundations, swings of door, and other detail information required for a correct installation of this Work. G. Examine all other Divisions of the Contract Documents for Work related to the Work of this Division. Cooperate to provide continuity of Work, to eliminate duplications, and to provide Mechanical Work in support of such related Work. Furnish to other trades and on schedule all information required for the execution of Mechanical Work. H. Any additional Work such as cutting, drilling, patching, excavating, moving of another trade's work because of delay in Mechanical Work or lack of information is a part of this Division and shall be performed without increase in Contract Price. I. Install and connect devices and equipment in accordance with the best engineering practice and the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Provide all incidental ductwork, piping, valves, connections, and all similar material recommended by the manufacturer, or required for proper operation and maintenance, complete without additional costs. J. Provide all necessary rigging, scaffolding, tools, tackle, labor and other materials or equipment which may be necessary for the completion of the Work. K. Furnish and install motor on proper frame designed by the driven equipment manufacturer. L. All control wiring associated with the mechanical systems shall be provided under Division 23. All wiring shall comply with Division 26 Standards. 1.2 SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The following will be provided under other sections of the Specifications: 1. Openings: Walls, floor, ceiling, and roof opening specifically shown and identified on the Architectural/Structural Drawings will be provided under other Divisions. Openings not so identified that are required for Mechanical Work, or changes to such openings are part of the Work of this Mechanical Division. 2. Curbs, Drains and Sleeves: Drains and roof sleeves provided under this Division shall be incorporated into the finished roofing and made watertight under another Division. 3. Equipment Bases: Concrete equipment bases, mounting slabs, and housekeeping pads specifically shown and identified on the Mechanical Drawings shall be provided under this Division. Supervise their installation. Those bases, not so identified and indicated on the Architectural and Structural Drawings, shall be provided under other Divisions. Cooperate and furnish dimensions, sleeves, inserts, hold-down bolts, and templates for their installation. 4. Painting: Painting of all exposed-to-view pipes, ducts, hangers, supports, and equipment, shall be performed under another Division. Under this 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 3 Common Work for Mechanical Division, all manufactured equipment shall be furnished with factory- finished baked enamel, unless otherwise specified. 5. All power wiring associated with equipment provided under this Division shall be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with Division 26. Under Division 23, provide installation instructions, locating dimensions, and wiring diagrams for the other trades. Supervise the installation and start-up and test the equipment. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. The Drawings, General Provisions of the Contract, General Conditions, General Requirements, Supplemental General Conditions and Division 1 through 26 all apply to the work in this Section. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Provide: Furnish, install, and connect complete and ready for operation of particular work referred to, unless specifically otherwise noted. B. Furnish: To purchase, procure, acquire, and deliver complete with related accessories. C. Install: To erect, mount and connect for use complete with related accessories. D. Work: Labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and other items required for proper and complete installation. E. Concealed: Embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces or in enclosures. F. Exposed: Not installed underground or concealed as defined above. G. Accessible: Capable of being reached without the use of ladders, or without climbing or crawling under or over obstacles such as motors, pumps, belt guards, transformers, piping, ductwork or going through doors or false ceilings. H. Words: Words used in the singular number shall include the plural sense and vise versa. I. Wiring: Wire or cable installed in conduit, with all required boxes, fittings, supports, connections, etc. J. Power Wiring: That wiring between the source of power and the current consuming device such as motors, equipment, heaters, etc. It includes the installation of such control devices in the power circuit such as pushbuttons, thermostats, key switches, timers, etc., which control loads for which no magnetic starter or contactor is provided for controls. K. Control Wiring: That wiring between control devices that does not provide the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 4 Common Work for Mechanical power circuit, regardless of voltage, when a magnetic starter or contactor is provided for control. 1.5 INTENT A. Furnish, erect, install, connect, clean, adjust, test and place in service all materials, equipment and systems in accordance with applicable codes, manufacturer’s directions and recommendations for all work shown on the drawings and called for in the Specifications. B. Carefully examine the contract documents, visit the site, and thoroughly become familiar with the local conditions relating to the work. Failure to do so will not relieve the contractor from any obligations of the Contract. C. Should there be any discrepancies of a question of intent, refer the matter to the Architect/Engineer for a final decision before ordering any equipment/materials or before starting any related work. D. In case of conflict between project specifications and drawings, project specifications govern unless the Architect/Engineer rules otherwise. E. Apparatus, devices, materials of work not specifically shown on drawings, but mentioned in the project specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories and appurtenances necessary to make the work complete and ready for operation, even though not specified or shown on the drawings, shall be furnished and installed without additional expense to the Owner. F. It is the contractor’s responsibility prior to bids to review all project documents. Project documents include architectural, structural, mechanical, control, plumbing, fire protection and electrical disciplines. 1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Applicable Publications: Reference made herein to standards, Specifications, or codes, refer to the latest edition including all addenda, errata, or other revisions thereto, existing on the date of execution of the Contract. B. Local Codes and Ordinances: Install all Work in conformance with all applicable local Codes and state ordinances and statues. Nothing in the Specifications or Drawings shall be construed to permit deviation from the governing codes. In case of conflict with local ordinances and statues, the more stringent shall apply. C. Abbreviations: Refer to Division 1, Abbreviations and Symbols under Mechanical Sections make use of the following abbreviations in adopting applicable standards and codes as a part of Division 23: 1. ADC - Air Diffusion Council - Test Code 2. AGA - American Gas Association 3. AIA – American Institute of Architects 4. AMCA - Air Moving and Conditioning Association 5. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 6. API - American Petroleum Institute 7. ARI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 5 Common Work for Mechanical 8. AGA - American Gas Association 9. ASHRAE–American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 10. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers 11. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 12. AWS - American Welding Society 13. AWWA - American Water Works Association 14. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency 15. FM - Factory Mutual System 16. IMC – International Building Code 17. IPC – International Plumbing Code 18. IRI - Industrial Risk Insurers 19. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society 20. NACE – National Association of Corrosion Engineers 21. NEC - National Electric Code 22. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association 23. NFC - National Fire Code 24. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 25. NPC - National Plumbing Code 26. NSF – National Sanitation Foundation 27. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Standards 28. PDI – Plumbing and Drainage Institute 29. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association 30. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 31. UBC – Uniform Building Code 32. State and Local Fire Marshall 33. State and Local Inspection Authorities 34. Owner District’s Fire Insurance Agency requirements 35. The Division 1 Sections “Regulatory Requirements” and Reference Standards of the Project Specifications D. Permits and Inspections: 1. Obtain and pay for all permits, bonds, licenses, etc. required by the Local, State or other authority having jurisdiction over the work. 2. Arrange and pay for inspections required by the above when they become due as a part of the work of the Sections affected. Conceal no work until approved by these governing authorities. Present the Owner with properly signed certificates of final inspection before the Owner's acceptance of the Work. 3. Obtain and pay for all meters, gauges, instruments, and devices required by the governing authorities except as otherwise noted as part of the Work of the Sections affected. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials furnished shall be new and shall comply with all applicable standards listed below. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 6 Common Work for Mechanical B. All materials or work found to be defective or not in strict conformity with the Contract Documents, or defaced or injured through any cause, shall be rejected and shall be removed by Contractor and satisfactory material and Work substituted without delay. C. Contractor shall protect his/her Work by keeping all piping, equipment, etc., capped or plugged, drained, or otherwise protected from injury by freezing, water damage, or stoppage from material, concrete, sand, or dirt and shall repair any such injury without additional charge to the User. Injury shall be interpreted to include scratches, discoloring and denting. D. Contractor will be held responsible for any damage caused by him/her to other Contractors' Work. E. Submit shop drawings and product data for all equipment as specified or scheduled. Update all drawings to "as-built" status on CD-Rom and submit to Architect/Engineer. 1.8 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS A. These specifications and Drawings are intended to describe and provide for a complete and finished project. They are intended to be complementary. All items of work called for by either shall be as binding as if called for by both. The work described shall be complete in every detail, notwithstanding the fact that every item necessarily involved is not particularly mentioned or shown. If the Bidder, Supplier or Contractor sees anything to question, it must be brought to the attention of the A/E immediately. B. Minor Deviations: The Drawings accompanying these Specifications indicate the general design and arrangement of equipment, apparatus, fixtures, accessories and piping necessary to complete the installation of the system. The exact location or arrangement of the apparatus and equipment, unless otherwise dimensioned, is subject to minor changes necessitated by field conditions and shall be required without additional cost to the Owner. Measurements shall be verified through actual observation at the construction site. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for fitting all his work into place in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner, to the approval of the A/E and Owner. C. Provide all labor and materials necessary for the completion of the work described. Referenced codes and industry standards and methods shall apply when no other specifics are indicated. Bring questions relating to this paragraph to the attention of the A/E for resolution prior to the receipt of Bids. D. All Work indicated on Drawings, diagrams, or details in part only are to continue throughout unless distinctly marked otherwise. The same applies to other parts of the project where merely a typical reference plan, diagram, or section of the drawing is complete. The balance is intended to be the same as the typical plan, section, or diagram as shown and is to be figured accordingly. E. The specifications are divided into trades and divisions only for the distinct purpose of facilitating the work. However, the Trade Contractor will become responsible for 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 7 Common Work for Mechanical furnishing all labor and materials necessary to complete the project as contemplated by the Drawings and Specifications. Any item mentioned under any heading of the Specifications must be supplied even though it is not called for again under the heading for the respective work. F. Should discrepancies occur within the Contract Documents, the more stringent and more costly approach shall apply for bidding purposes. The Contractor is to notify the A/E of discrepancies for clarification. Clarifications issued after the Contract is awarded shall be incorporated by the Contractor at no additional costs and shall be reviewed by the A/E to determine if a reduction in cost is justified. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Product substitutions shall be in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Division 1 and as specified. B. The products, equipment, etc. scheduled on the Drawings or specified are the basis of design. Where more than one manufacturer is listed, the Contractor may use any of the acceptable manufacturers as the basis of their bids unless otherwise specified. However, the Contractor assumes all responsibility for changes to the design, installation, etc. because of the change, i.e.: power characteristics, physical size, etc. C. Any request for substitution to other than the specified acceptable manufacturers must be submitted to the Engineer in writing and shall include an adequate description of proposed change, reason(s) for requesting change and cost adjustment information. Substitutions not submitted in this manner will be rejected automatically. Substitution requests will only be considered for the following reasons: 1. Specified manufacturer(s) is no longer in business. 2. Specified product(s) cannot be delivered within the required project schedule. 3. Alternate product(s) is of equal quality, but better value with savings offered to the Owner. 1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain Project Record Drawings during construction in accordance with General Conditions and as specified. B. Provide Project Record Drawings at completion of project. Shop drawings are not acceptable as record drawings unless they have been revised to reflect all field changes. Tracing or reproduction of the Contract Documents shall not be acceptable. C. Show the following information on the Project Record Drawings: 1. All significant changes in plan, sections, elevations, and details, such as all relocation, or changes in ductwork and piping. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 8 Common Work for Mechanical 2. All final locations of controls and final arrangement of electric circuits and any significant changes made in design because of change order or job conditions. 3. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment. D. Provide AutoCAD Version 2007 or later files on diskette or CD-Rom of all Project Record Drawings. 1.11 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Submittals of operation and maintenance manuals shall be in accordance with General Conditions and as herein specified. B. Prepare and deliver to the Engineer, three (3) complete sets of operating and maintenance manuals for all equipment listed in the Equipment Schedules and when specified by the Section in which the equipment is furnished. Provide all information pertinent to the equipment for preventive maintenance and for replacement of all expendable components. Manuals shall refer only to the actual equipment provided. All reference to alternative equipment shall be deleted. All such literature shall be bound in three (3) new standard 3-ring binders and shall be submitted to the Engineer, along with an electronic (PDF) version. C. Include the items listed below and features as may be recommended by the manufacturers. 1. Catalog information of the unit installed. 2. Capacity and installation details. 3. Wiring diagrams of electrical components. 4. Special valves and control devices. 5. Complete list of parts with reordering numbers. 6. All points requiring lubrication, lubrication frequency and type of lubricant. 7. Operating pressure and temperatures. 8. Design pressures and temperatures. 9. Relief devices and settings. 10. Electrical characteristics of all motors. 11. Operating curves of pumps and fans. 12. Recommended spare parts list. D. Prepare operating instructions, complete and explicit, including instructions for start-up, operating, and stopping. Underscore and emphasize critical points of operations and hazardous limit. E. Items which also must be included are make-up air units, coils, filters, unit heaters, heating and HVAC components, fans, motors, pumps, temperature control systems with a description of the sequence control, vibration isolation, etc. F. Include flow charts and wiring programs in the manuals indicating valve locations and control devices. Also include parts lists to be used for ordering replacement and repair parts. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 9 Common Work for Mechanical G. Arrange information in an orderly manner in accordance with the numbering system used for the project specification. Include a table of contents for each manual. H. Manual covers shall include the name of the project. 1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to the General Conditions, Standard Specifications and as specified in each individual section. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Except where otherwise specifically included in individual Sections, all mechanical systems shall be provided with the guarantees as follows. B. Guarantee all mechanical systems, equipment, materials, and workmanship to be free from defect for a period of 1 year from the date of final acceptance of the Work. Replace or repair in an approved manner any Work which may prove defective or not in compliance with the Contract Documents without additional cost to the Owner and without interference with the Owner's operation. There shall be a mandatory walk thru at 10 months to ensure all equipment/materials are performing as required. C. Deliver to the Architect/Engineer two (2) copies of all manufacturer's or equipment suppliers' warranties before final acceptance of the work. D. Make all adjustments required to ensure operation of the various systems in accordance with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. E. It is specifically understood that all adjustments to ensure the proper operation of the systems shall cover a period of 12 months following acceptance of the Work, and the Contractors and/or their suppliers shall make all such adjustments required during this period without delay and without additional cost to the Owner. 1.14 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A. This contractor shall employ services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting and balancing. B. The independent firm will perform services specified in related section. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Test Pressures: Lines shall be tested according to the following schedule: Line Test Medium Minimum Pressure Minimum Time Remarks Condensate Water 125 lb. 24 Hours No Drop 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 10 Common Work for Mechanical 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER A. Contractor shall furnish Architect/Engineer with a written statement from the Owner certifying acceptance of all the equipment, data and instructions of operation. Architect/Engineer will not approve the request for final payment until this certificate has been submitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR A. Contractor furnishing an item of equipment is responsible for the proper handling, setting, installation, start-up, and initial operation. B. If Contractor is unfamiliar with the proper start-up and adjustment procedure of any equipment or system furnished by him/her, he/she shall include the services of a qualified representative of the manufacturer or vendor to provide start-up assistance and for instruction of the Owner's personnel. C. Contractor shall include all necessary allowances to ensure that all equipment and systems furnished will be serviced as required during the guarantee period. D. When a manufacturer offers an extended warranty at additional cost, such extended warranty shall be included as alternate. 2.2 NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL A. Contractor shall make provisions in the installation of the Work that noises or vibrations will not be transmitted through foundations, floors, walls, columns, ducts and piping, so as to be objectionable in any manner. All equipment provided shall be selected and installed with this in view. If any equipment exceeds reasonable requirements as to quietness of operation and freedom from vibration when operating under continuous maximum demands, it shall be altered or replaced. B. Furnish and install vibration eliminators and isolation equipment for equipment, motors, and pumps, as indicated on the Drawings, and as specified in related section. C. The isolation and vibration eliminator manufacturer and Contractor shall be responsible for the selection of the proper units for their loadings, quantities, and each shall guarantee that every installation and their application shall have a vibration efficiency of 95% or greater. As a minimum, provide types of vibration eliminators as indicated on the Drawings and specified in related section. D. Submit shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer for review of all isolation equipment with dimensions and other data as recommended and prepared by the isolation equipment manufacturer. 2.3 GUARDS 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 11 Common Work for Mechanical A. All belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting set screws, key and other rotating parts shall be fully enclosed and properly guarded. B. Guards shall be constructed of not less than 1" x 1" x 1/8" structural steel angles and 1/2-inch diamond mesh enclosure or equally suitable enclosure, all of hot- dipped galvanized fabrication. C. Guards shall be secured to the driven machines or to foundations of floors by heavy galvanized structural angle supports and anchor bolts. Braces or supports secured to motors will not be permitted and braces and/or supports must not "bridge" the sound and vibration isolators. D. Guards shall be designed with adequate provision for movement of motor required to adjust belt tension. Means shall also be provided to permit lubrication, use of speed counters and other maintenance and testing operation with guard in place. 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS, SERVICE AND SPARE PARTS A. This contractor shall be responsible for continued maintenance of all equipment furnished under this contract. This contractor shall, at the time of owner acceptance, provide the Facilities planning Office with a report detailing the following information: 1. Dates equipment arrived at the job site. 2. Installation date. 3. Dates of maintenance at start-up and at periodic maintenance. 4. Dates of lubrication changes as applicable and specific name, manufacturer and type of lubrication. B. Refer to the General Conditions and to the individual Sections for additional requirements. 2.5 DUCTWORK – SINGLE WALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. For ducts exposed to weather, construct of [Type 304] [Type 316] stainless steel indicated by manufacturer to be suitable for outdoor installation. B. Transverse Joints: Fabricate joints in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 12 Common Work for Mechanical C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." E. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. See "Sheet Metal Materials" Article in the Evaluations for discussion on applicable materials and coatings in "Galvanized Sheet Steel"; "PVC-Coated, Galvanized Sheet Steel"; "Carbon-Steel Sheets"; "Stainless-Steel Sheets"; and "Aluminum Sheets" paragraphs below. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A653/A653M. F. Flexible Elastomeric Duct Liner: Preformed, cellular, closed-cell, sheet materials complying with ASTM C534/C534M, Type II, Grade 1; and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2. Aeroflex USA, Inc. 3. Armacell LLC. 4. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 5. K-Flex USA; K-FLEX Duct Liner Gray 2.6 DUCTWORK – DOUBLE WALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND A. Rectangular ducts: fabricate ducts indicated dimensions for the outer liner. B. Outer duct: comply with SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. C. Transverse joints: select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible," figure 2-1, "rectangular duct/ transverse joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible." 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 13 Common Work for Mechanical D. Longitudinal seams: select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible," figure 2-2, "rectangular duct/ longitudinal seams," for static pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible. E. Interstitial insulation: flexible elastomeric duct liner complying with ASTM C 534, type ii for sheet materials, and with MFPA 90a or NFPA 90b. F. Inner duct: minimum 0.028-inch perforated galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent. G. Formed-on transverse joints (flanges): select joint types and fabricated according to SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible," figure 2-1, "rectangular duct/ traverse joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC duct construction standards - metal and flexible." 2.7 DIFFUSERS GRILLE AND REGISTER A. Refer to drawings for basis of design. B. Air devices by TITUS, Price, ANEMSTAT, Meeting all Specified requirement may be furnished by contractors option. Chassis: Galvanized steel with flanged 2.8 SPLIT SYSTEM A. Concealed Evaporator-Fan Components: a. Chassis: Galvanized steel with flanged edges, removable panels for servicing, and insulation on back of panel. b. Insulation: Faced, glass-fiber duct liner. c. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal-expansion valve. Comply with ARI 206/110. B. Fan: Forward-curved, double-width wheel of galvanized steel; directly connected to motor. a. Fan Motors: 1. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. 3. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 14 Common Work for Mechanical 1. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 2. Filters: Permanent, cleanable. 3. Condensate Drain Pans: i. Fabricated with two percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. 1. Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 62.1 2. Depth: A minimum of 1 Inch. 3. steel sheet. ii. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. iii. Minimum Connection Size: ¾” Inch. Units with stacked coils shall have an intermediate drain pan to collect condensate from top coil. D. Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components: a. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. b. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current- sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. i. Compressor Type: Scroll. i. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and automatic-reset low-pressure switch. i. Refrigerant: R-407C or R-410A ii. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 206/110. b. Heat-Pump Components: Reversing valve and low-temperature-air cutoff thermostat. c. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor. d. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection. e. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F. i. Mounting Base: Polyethylene PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall take all measures to ensure safe installation of all Work and to 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 15 Common Work for Mechanical prevent injury to persons or damage to property in compliance with OSHA and all applicable regulations. B. Contractor shall erect whatever scaffolds, platforms, supports, or other required construction to safely protect his/her own workers and other persons at the site. C. Such scaffolds, platforms, etc., shall be designed and constructed by Contractor who shall be solely responsible for their adequacy and safety. Engineer, Architect, Owner, or User is not responsible for ascertaining the adequacy of any temporary structures used or erected by the Contractor. 3.2 INTERRUPTIONS AND TIE-INS A. Any interruptions and tie-ins to existing systems that are necessary for installation of the new Work shall be performed and completed in coordination with the Owner's representatives. Provide 2 days written notice prior to any tie-in or connection to existing active systems. Any work requiring shut down of systems serving occupied areas shall occur during off hours, unless otherwise scheduled by mutual agreement. 3.3 MODIFICATIONS AND INTERFERENCES A. Contractor shall carefully check and become familiar with the Architectural, Structural, Electrical and all Mechanical Drawings and Details and make note of all locations where walls, partitions, ceilings, and structural members are called for to be furred or closed in. B. Modifications to the arrangement of the piping and ductwork systems may be required to suit structural conditions, or to avoid interference with the Work of other trades. Contractor shall furnish all offsets, additional fittings, etc., as required to meet installation conditions whether detailed on the Drawings or not. C. Any conflicting information in the Specifications or on the Drawings shall be called to the attention of the Architect/Engineer for clarification before proceeding with fabrication or erection of the parts affected. 3.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTORS A. Each Contractor, in the event of separate contracts in laying out his/her work, shall cooperate with other Contractors on the work to avoid any interference with their work. If this is not done, the Architect/Engineer reserves the right to make such changes in the work as are necessary to avoid interferences and such changes will not be considered as cause for additional compensation or extension of time for the Contractor. 3.5 WORK PRIORITY OVER OTHER TRADES A. Work in cooperation with one another to fit piping and ductwork into structure as job conditions may demand. All final decisions as to right of way and run of pipe, ducts, to be made by the Architect/Engineer. In general, priority is to be arranged as follows: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 16 Common Work for Mechanical 1. Recessed lighting fixtures 2. Sheet metal ductwork 3. Sprinkler heads and sprinkler water lines. 4. Plumbing waste lines, downspouts and vents 5. Refrigeration lines 6. Plumbing water lines 7. Electrical conduit. 3.6 EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide four-inch minimum concrete housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. 3.7 ARRANGEMENT AND ALIGNMENT A. All equipment, ductwork, piping, etc. shall be arranged and aligned in accordance with the Drawings. Elevations, where given, must be held. Floor elevations, where given, are to high points of floor. Dimensions must be held as closely as possible. All dimensions are to be field checked for accuracy before fabrication. B. Install all equipment, ductwork, piping, etc. straight and direct as possible, generally forming right angles with, or running parallel with, walls or adjacent ductwork, piping, etc. All ductwork, piping, etc. shall be neatly spaced with risers and drops running plumb and true. C. Run ductwork, piping, etc. in wall chases, shafts, hung ceilings, recesses, etc., where same are provided. Do not run-in floor slab fill unless specifically so noted on Drawings. Ductwork, piping, etc. shall not be covered or closed until testing is completed. D. Drawings, in general, are made to scale. All dimensions shall be checked in the field by the Contractor before final connections are fabricated. E. Drawings are, in general, diagrammatic and the exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor from field measurements. The actual arrangement, when erected, shall follow the general locations shown on the Drawings as far as practicable. The installation shall be neat in appearance and convenient to operate. F. Installations shall be coordinated with other Work to avoid blocking building openings, light fixtures, etc. and shall not interfere with access to valves or equipment. Equipment, ductwork, piping, etc. shall be installed to provide working clearance for operation and maintenance. 3.8 ALIGNMENT OF ROTATING EQUIPMENT A. All pumps, fans, etc. or similar equipment directly connected to motors by means of flexible couplings must be perfectly aligned after installation using a dial indicator and the Work of alignment must be performed by a craftsman skilled in the Work. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 17 Common Work for Mechanical B. Belted equipment shall be aligned so that the grooves of the driver pulley are truly aligned with those of the driven sheave, and the belts must be in the proper tension, free from flutter. In multi-belt drives, all belts must be operated at the same plane. Flutter in anyone (1) belt will be cause to reject the entire set, as the original installation of belts must be in matched sets. C. All equipment provided with high-capacity belt drives must be conveniently tagged and so identified for future servicing and replacement of belts. D. Before any rotating equipment is put in operation for testing purposes, it shall be properly lubricated with lubricants recommended by the manufacturer, and they shall be further lubricated before the equipment is turned over to the Owner. 3.9 CLEARANCES A. Install ductwork, piping, etc. to provide minimum clearance of at least one (1) inch between extreme projections of piping, flanges, fittings, valves, allowing for insulation, expansion, etc. 3.10 EXPANSION A. Special attention shall be given to the installation of ductwork, piping, etc. which have an appreciable movement so that they will not hit other ducts, pipes, structural members, etc. under actual operating conditions. B. Provide flexible connections or expansion compensators where ducts, pipes, etc. cross building expansion joints. 3.12 DRAINAGE AND VENTING A. Where ducts, pipes, etc. are purposely pitched for drainage or venting, an accurate grade shall be maintained. Lines shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent deflection sufficient to pocket the lines. 3.13 PIPE SIZE DESIGNATIONS A. All pipe sizes referred to in these Sections should be interpreted as IPS (iron pipe size) unless specifically designated otherwise, such as "O.D." for tubing. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting, repairing, fitting, and refinishing of in-place construction required for the installation of the Work of a Section, shall be included as part of the Work of that section except as specifically shown on Drawings or hereinafter specified. B. Work shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in their respective trades. C. Match existing conditions in color, materials, and texture. 3.15 DUCTWORK PIPE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 18 Common Work for Mechanical A. Piping identification shall be as specified in related section. Equipment identification consistent with the markings on the equipment schedule shall be made following finished painting with paint or stencil letters or numerals as approved by the Architect/Engineer. 3.16 CLEANING - GENERAL AREA A. Contractor shall assist in maintaining the premises in an orderly fashion at all times, providing continuous clean-up during the construction period. Contractor shall remove all cartons, containers, and crates as soon as the contents have been removed and shall also remove all debris caused by Work as soon as possible. Deposit all discarded materials in a suitable refuse container and prevent these materials from being scattered by the elements. All cartons and debris shall be removed from the premises and site at the sole expense of Contractor. B. Contractor shall stack all construction materials associated with his/her Work in areas so as to avoid congestion and interference. C. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall clean all of his/her work and equipment free from dust and other foreign matter and shall leave the work in good housekeeping condition, in a manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 3.17 WIRING DIAGRAMS A. Contractors shall provide each piece of electrically connected, controlled, or operated equipment with specific wiring diagrams and instructions. Diagrams and instructions shall not be of a general or typical nature but applicable only to the specific job. The diagrams and instructions used to install the equipment shall be identical to that included in the "Operations and Maintenance Manuals". 3.18 SYSTEM START UP A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify the Architect/Engineer and the Universities Director of Mechanical Services (7) seven working days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or for other conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. Check ratings of overload relays for each starter. E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative and Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 19 Common Work for Mechanical G. When called for in individual Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.19 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Provide the services of a competent supervisor or technician to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation of each piece of equipment/systems installed as specified in the individual sections. Include not less than the time listed for each of the systems. Where required by the individual section of the specifications, provide the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation of the equipment/system so specified. B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel, two (2) weeks prior to date of substantial completion. Provide an over/outline of the purpose and operation of all equipment installed under this contract. C. Demonstrate Project equipment and instruct in a classroom environment for up to 10 people, located at the project site and instructed by a qualified manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable about the Project. Provide documents for all attendees. D. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six (6) months. E. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual in detail with the Owner’s personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. Training shall include review of temperature control drawings and schematics. F. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, normal & unoccupied operations, system trouble-shooting, step by step procedure for determining the source of problems on the system level, component trouble-shooting description of diagnostic procedures for determining the source of the problems on the component level, servicing & maintenance instructions of required procedures for weekly, monthly, and annual preventive checks and timely repairs, sources of spare parts and special tools, and shut-down of each item of equipment at agreed time at designated location. G. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. H. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 20 Common Work for Mechanical I. Training shall include a question-and-answer period. J. Training shall include special requirements of tenants for equipment’s function. K. Training shall include any special issues to maintain warranties. L. Training shall include relevant health and safety issues and concerns, and special safety features. M. Training shall include Integral Controls Programming, trouble shooting, alarms, manual operation, and interface with Integral Controls. N. Training shall include Building Automation Controls Programming, trouble shooting, alarms, manual operation, and interface with Integral Controls. O. Training shall include interaction with other systems, and operation during power outage and fire. P. Training shall include common trouble shooting issues and methods, control system warnings and error messages including using the control system for diagnosis. Q. Digitally record all instructional sessions and demonstrations. Provide two DVD’s/CD-Rom, labeled with all pertinent information to identify specific equipment or systems and include in the O & M’s. 3.20 LUBRICATION A. During the commissioning process and prior to testing, all equipment shall be properly lubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. One (1) set of tools necessary for lubrication shall be provided by this Contractor. B. Except for small electrical motors which, under NEMA Standards, are equipped with lifetime lubrication, all bearings on large motors and mechanical equipment shall be equipped with lubrication fittings at all service points, accessibly located. Oil fill and drain line extensions shall be provided where necessary for convenient servicing of equipment. 3.21 TESTING A. Testing all equipment/ systems installed shall be the responsibility of the trade installing the Work under the supervision of an Engineer employed by the Contractor except as specified. The owner shall employ services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting and balancing: 1. The independent firm will perform services specified in related section. 2. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 11 00 - 21 Common Work for Mechanical B. Furnish all gages, instruments, test equipment and personnel required for the tests. Adjust all equipment to perform with the least possible noise and vibration consistent with its duty. Quietness of operation of all equipment is a requirement. Any equipment producing noise that is abnormal, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, shall be repaired or removed and replaced with satisfactory equipment at no additional expense. C. Operate the system and make all adjustments in control and equipment and complete necessary balancing to deliver not less than the air or fluid quantities shown on the Drawings for each equipment item. 3.22 TOOLS A. On completion of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish and deliver to the Owner any special tools and instrumentation that may be required for the proper servicing or routine testing of any equipment furnished under this Contract. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 1 Common Work for Electrical SECTION 26 05 00 COMMON WORK FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes, but not limited to: 1. Raceways. 2. Building wire and connectors. 3. Lighting 4. Electrical Devices 5. Supporting devices for electrical components. 6. Electrical identification. 7. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 8. Field testing. 9. Touchup painting. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Areas: In general, areas with carpet or tile floors, lay-in or fixed ceiling tile, special architectural ceiling treatment, or tiled, plastered, or paneled walls shall be considered finished areas. B. Interior: For the purposes of this specification, interior is any area within the boundaries of the foundation of any building within the superstructure or other structures not classified as a building. C. Concealed: Embedded in or installed behind walls, within partitions, above suspended ceilings, below grade, in trenches, in tunnels and in crawl spaces. D. Exposed: Not installed underground or "concealed" as defined above E. Provide: To furnish and install (complete, tested, and ready for operation). F. Furnish: To purchase and deliver products to the project site and make ready for installation. G. Install: To take furnished products, assemble, erect, secure, connect, and place into operation. H. Products: Includes materials, systems and equipment. I. Work: The providing of products for entire contract. J. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. K. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 2 Common Work for Electrical L. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. M. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. N. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittal 1. Product Data: For all products specified. 2. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of all electrical equipment specified. 3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. B. Informational Submittal 1. None Required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform all work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing agencies having jurisdiction and in accordance with these plans and as specified herein. 1. All work shall be installed in full accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) as prepared and published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and any applicable local or state codes. All electrical equipment shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or any approved independent nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory where such standards exist. Optionally, in lieu of such listing and labeling, equipment preapproved by the Electrical Inspector may be supplied. Wherever UL compliance is mentioned in the specifications, the above alternatives shall be understood to apply to all listing and labeling requirements. This does not preempt or replace the specifications or replace the approval process. All service switches/circuit breakers shall be listed and labeled as outlined above for service entrance duty. 2. Comply with the requirements of the California Building Code (CBC). 3. Comply with the requirements of NFPA Code 241 "Building Construction and Demolition Operations," the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and the National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) National Joint Guideline NJG-6 "Temporary Job Utilities and Services." 4. In addition to the requirements outlined under other sections of the Contract Documents, all Work, material, and equipment shall comply with all requirements of the latest editions and interim amendments of the National Electrical Safety Code, National Fire Protection Association, OSHA, the building Owner's insurance company, and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 3 Common Work for Electrical ordinances. All materials shall be listed and labeled by UL and installed as required by the listing. 5. Should any changes in the Drawings or the Project Manual be required to conform to the above regulations, the Contractor shall notify the A/E at the time of submitting his bid. After entering into the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Contractor shall be held to complete all Work necessary to meet these requirements without additional expense to the Owner. B. Permits and Regulations 1. The Contractor shall obtain all permits required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and public authority having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall obtain certificates of inspections as required by the permit documents and shall submit same to the A/E and shall pay all fees, charges, and expenses in connection therewith. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a certificate of final inspection from the proper authority prior to final payment. Obtain and pay for easements required to bring temporary utilities to the site, where the Owner's easement cannot be utilized for that purpose. 2. The Contractor shall not allow or cause any of the Work to be covered up or enclosed until the A/E or Owner has been notified and given reasonable opportunity (3 working days) to review the Work. When required by law or regulations, the governmental agency having jurisdiction for inspections shall be given reasonable notice and opportunity to inspect the Work. Any Work that is enclosed or covered up before such inspection and test shall be uncovered at the Contractor's expense; after it has been inspected, the Contractor shall restore the Work to its original condition at his own expense. C. Interpretation of Drawings and Project Manual 1. Any discrepancies between Drawings, Project Manual, Drawings and Project Manual, or within Drawings and Project Manual shall be promptly brought to the attention of the A/E for clarification during the bidding period. No allowance shall subsequently be made to the Contractor by reason of his failure to have brought said discrepancies to the attention of the A/E during the bidding period or of any error on the Contractor's part. 2. The locations of switch, receptacle, light, motor, outlets, etc. shown on Drawings are approximate. The Contractor shall use good judgment in placing the preceding to eliminate all interference with ducts, piping, etc. Where any doubt exists, the exact location shall be determined by the A/E. 3. Check all door swings so that light switches are not located behind doors. Relocate switches as required, with A/E's review. 4. All general trades and mechanical Drawings shall be checked by the Contractor before installing any outlets, power wiring, etc. 5. Equipment sizes and locations shown on the Drawings are estimated. Before installing any wire or conduit, the Contractor shall obtain the exact equipment requirements, including wire and conduit entrance locations, and install wire, conduit, disconnect switches, motor starters, overload heaters, circuit breakers, or other items of the correct size and locations for the equipment actually 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 4 Common Work for Electrical installed. However, wire and conduit sizes shown on the Drawings shall be taken as a minimum and shall not be reduced without written approval from the A/E. 6. The Contractor shall provide all wiring, including disconnect switches and starters for all electrically operated equipment shown on Drawings, specified or required, except that starters and/or disconnect switches need not be furnished where it is specifically noted that they are furnished with the equipment. 7. The Drawings show the general arrangement required for installation of equipment and materials. The Contractor shall follow these Drawings as closely as possible. Should conditions necessitate other arrangements, the Contractor shall prepare and submit drawings showing the changes to the A/E for review before proceeding with the Work. 8. The A/E reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of the installation of equipment and materials up to the time of roughing in at no extra cost to the Owner. 9. The Drawings, do not show all offsets and do not detail every point at which unusual conditions of construction may require special attention. All additional fittings, conduits or specialties and other appurtenances necessary due to field conditions shall be provided by the Contractor. 10. In all cases where a device or part of the equipment is herein referred to in the singular number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such devices as are required to complete the installations. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow. 1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building. C. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished surfaces, coordinate installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface. D. Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings and similar finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation. 1.6 DESCRIPTIONS A. The Contractor shall provide the labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete and leave ready for operation all electrical systems as called for in these specifications or shown on the drawings and all details essential to complete the work. Items omitted from either the specifications or the drawings, but shown or described in 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 5 Common Work for Electrical the other trades, and all items necessary to make the electrical system complete and workable shall form a part of the work. No “extras” will be allowed. B. By submitting a bid, the Contractor certifies that: 1. He has visited the site and is satisfied that he understands all site conditions that may have an effect on his bid price. 2. He fully understands the make-up, construction, and operation of all systems and equipment he is bidding on, and he has included in his price all materials, supplies, accessories, and services necessary to make these systems complete and operational. C. Abbreviations used in these specifications: 1. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act 2. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 3. CBM - Certified Ballast Manufacturers 4. EIA - Electronic Industries Association 5. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories 6. FCC - Federal Communications Commission 7. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association 8. IEC - International Electro Technical Commission 9. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society 10. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 11. ITL - Independent Testing Laboratories 12. NEC - National Electrical Code 13. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association 14. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 15. NESC - National Electrical Safety Code 16. UL - Underwriters Laboratories 17. A/E - Architect of Record or Engineer of Record D. The Contractor shall turn over all certificates of approval for inspections of electrical work to the Owner promptly when received. These certificates must be received before payment will be made for the Work involved. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and inspections required for the Work. E. The Contractor shall not allow or cause any of the Work to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected. Any Work that is enclosed or covered up before such inspection and test shall be uncovered at the Contractor’s expense; after it has been inspected, the Contractor shall restore the Work to its original condition at his own expense. F. The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date record of all deviations from the Contract Documents. At completion of this Project, the Contractor shall deliver a set of As-Built Drawings and Specifications showing these deviations to the Owner. G. Certain areas require the Contractor to remove, add to, or relocate portions of existing Work. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove ceiling, portions of walls, etc. in a manner so that he may install new Work. The Contractor shall then patch, repair and/or replace ceilings, walls, etc. to match existing conditions. The above applies to 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 6 Common Work for Electrical all areas not specifically indicated on Architectural Drawings as work to be performed by General Trades Contractor(s). H. If the Contractor fails to do any required patching or repair any damage resulting from the installation of the electrical Work, such patching or repairing shall be done by the Owner and the cost shall be paid by the Contractor. I. The Contractor shall conduct such tests and adjustments of equipment as required to verify equipment performance. Such tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner of his representative. J. The Contractor shall remove all debris resulting from the Work, as well as all tools, equipment, etc. from the site upon completion of this contract. All equipment including lighting fixtures and lenses shall be clean and free from dirt, grease, finger marks, etc., before final acceptance. K. All equipment furnished and work performed under the Contract Documents shall be guaranteed against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. Any failure of equipment or work due to defects in materials or workmanship shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. L. During the construction operation the Contractor shall at all times maintain electrical utilities of the building without interruption. Should it be necessary to interrupt any electrical service or utility, the Contractor shall secure permission in writing from the Owner for such interruption at least 72 hours in advance. Any interruption shall be made with minimum amount of inconvenience to the Owner and any shut-down time shall have to be on an overtime basis and such time will be included in electrical bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS A. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): ANSI C80.3, zinc-coated steel, with set-screw or compression fittings. B. Flexible Metallic Conduit (FMC): Zinc-coated steel. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): ANSI C80.6, zinc-coated steel, with threaded fittings. D. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Zinc-coated steel with sunlight-resistant and mineral-oil-resistant plastic jacket. E. Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for the raceway type with which used. F. Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters: a minimum 4- by 4 inch trade size. G. Surface Raceways and Assemblies: shall conform to NFPA 70. Receptacles shall conform to NEMA WD 1, Type 5-15R or 5-20R. H. Cable Trays: ladder type cable trays conforming to NEMA VE 1. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 7 Common Work for Electrical I. All conduits shall be 3/4” minimum except where otherwise noted. All conduits in finished spaces shall be concealed. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors, No. 10 AWG and Smaller: stranded copper. B. Conductors, Larger than No. 10 AWG: Stranded copper. C. Insulation: Color coded thermoplastic type rated 500v except where otherwise noted. #12awg through #8 AWG - 75°c, #6awg through #500 AWG - 90°c. D. Wire Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class suitable for service indicated. 2.3 SPLICES AND CONNECTORS A. Make all splices in AWG No. 8 and smaller with approved insulated electrical type connector. B. Make all splices in AWG No. 6 and larger with indenter crimp-type connectors and compression tools. Joints shall be wrapped with an insulating tape that has an insulation and temperature rating equivalent to that of the conductor. 2.4 PULL BOXES A. Pull boxes for use with conduit systems shall be in accordance with NEMA FB 1 and NEMA OS 1 and be not less than 4 inches deep. Furnish all pull and junction boxes with screw-fastened covers. 2.5 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Safety Switches: 1. Safety switches shall comply with NEMA KS 1, and be the heavy-duty type with enclosure, voltage, current rating, number of poles, and fusing as indicated. Switch construction shall be such that, when the switch handle in the "ON" position, the cover or door cannot be opened. 2. Enclosure shall be suitable for area in which it is to be installed and shall have defeatable door interlock which prevents door form being opened when switch is 'on'. 3. Provide switches of the quick-make, quick-break type. Approve terminal lugs for use with copper conductors. 4. Safety color coding for identification of safety switches shall conform to NEMA Z535.1 5. Safety switches shall be heavy duty fused or non-fused, with number of poles, electrical characteristics, ratings and modifications are required (i.e. hp rating, short circuit interrupting rating, etc.). 2.6 BONDING 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 8 Common Work for Electrical A. Ground all circuits, luminaires, receptacles, motors, panels and other exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment in accordance with the NEC. B. Bonding conductors shall be no. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor. Bonding jumper shall be bare copper tape, terminated with copper ferrules. C. Bond to columns or beams at building expansion joints. D. Isolate designated equipment enclosures via bonding jumper. E. Bond to metallic water pipe using a suitable ground clamp at street side of flange and provide bonding jumper around water meter. F. For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication systems, provide no. 6 AWG insulated bonding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service and central equipment location. 2.7 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel. C. Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches o.c., in webs. D. Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: 1. Channel Thickness: Selected to suit structural loading. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports. E. Nonmetallic Channel and Angle Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass- fiber-resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least one surface. 1. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channels and angles. 2. Fittings and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may be stainless steel. F. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring- steel clamps or click-type hangers. G. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. H. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 9 Common Work for Electrical individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. I. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type. J. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. K. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel. 2.8 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Raceway and Cable Labels: Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. 1. Type: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves. Flexible, preprinted, color- coded, acrylic band sized to suit the diameter of the item it identifies. 2. Type: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive, vinyl. Legend is overlaminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating. 3. Color: Black letters on orange background. 4. Legend: Indicates voltage. C. Junction Box Labels: 1. Type: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive, vinyl. Legend is overlaminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating. 2. Color: Black letters on white background. 3. Legend: Indicates type of service (Power, Telecom, or Fire Alarm). D. Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl tape, not less than 1 inch wide by 3 mils thick. E. Tape Markers for Wire: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. F. Color-Coding Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type. Colors to suit coding scheme. G. Engraved-Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners 1/16-inch minimum thickness for signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm) and 1/8-inch minimum thickness for larger sizes. Engraved legend in black letters on white background. H. Interior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145. Preprinted, aluminum, baked-enamel-finish signs, punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 10 Common Work for Electrical I. Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. 2.9 TOUCHUP PAINT A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom. B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Use the following raceways for outdoor installations: 1. Exposed: RSC. 2. Concealed: RSC. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4X. B. Use the following raceways for indoor installations: 1. Exposed greater than 8' AFF: RSC or EMT. 2. Exposed up to 8' AFF: RSC. 3. Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: EMT. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use LFMC. 5. Damp or Wet Locations: IMC or RSC. 6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1 (Dry locations), Type 3R or 4X (Damp or Wet locations). C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 3.3 CONDUCTORS APPLICATION A. Exposed Feeders: See one-line and drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 11 Common Work for Electrical B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN in raceway. C. Exposed Branch Circuits, including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN in raceway. D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN in raceway or Metal-clad cable, Type MC. E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: Type THWN in raceway. F. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord. 3.4 RACEWAY AND CABLE INSTALLATION A. Conceal raceways and cables, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. B. Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Locate horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering. D. Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. E. Use raceway and cable fittings compatible with raceways and cables and suitable for use and location. F. All conduits and fittings shall be run in straight lines parallel with or at right angles to building walls, partitions, floors and ceilings. When the location on the Plans interferes with other work in place or subsequently to be placed, the Contractor shall work out a satisfactory location, free from interferences. Individual conduits shall be rigidly supported and clamped with one-hole conduit clamps, conduit beam clamps, conduit hangers, or wall brackets, as required for the type of construction and/or as indicated on the Drawings. The use of perforated flat steel straps for supporting conduits will not be permitted. Conduits shall be secured so that they cannot be moved without the use of tools. Where a group of conduits run together, support the conduits on hangers fabricated from light steel framing unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Conduit runs between outlet and outlet, between fitting and fitting, or between outlet and fitting shall not contain more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends, including those bends located immediately at the outlet or fitting. H. Install telephone and signal system raceways, 2-inch trade size (DN53) and smaller, in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements, in addition to requirements above. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 12 Common Work for Electrical I. Connect motors and equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement with a maximum of 72-inch flexible conduit. Install LFMC in wet or damp locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. J. Set floor boxes level and trim after installation to fit flush to finished floor surface. 3.5 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. B. Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet. C. Connect outlet and component connections to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.6 BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Furnish and install pullboxes where necessary in the conduit system to facilitate conductor installation. Conduit runs longer than 100 feet or with more than three right- angle bends shall have a pullbox installed at a convenient intermediate location. B. Securely mount boxes and enclosures to the building structure with supporting facilities independent of the conduit entering or leaving the boxes. 3.7 PANELBOARDS A. Securely mount panelboards so that the top operating handle does not exceed 72 inches above the finished floor. Do not mount equipment within 36 inches of the front of the panel. Directory card information shall be complete and legible. 3.8 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING A. Submit lighting control capability data for each luminaire. The submittal shall clearly identify device data proposed by the contractor and approved by the luminaire manufacturer for dimming, switching, addressable, wireless, and similar control characteristics. B. Deliver products to site. Protect luminaire finishes, lenses, and trims from damage during storage and installation. Do not remove protective films until construction cleanup within each area is complete. Handle site lighting poles carefully to prevent breakage and damage to finish. C. Light emitting diodes used in interior applications shall have a minimum color rendering index (cri) of 80.. Light emitting diodes used in exterior applications shall have a minimum color rendering index (cri) of 70. Color temperature of the luminaires shall be as noted on the luminaire schedule. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 13 Common Work for Electrical D. Battery backed fixtures: maintenance free lead calcium type, with 90 minute capacity to supply the connected load. Unit shall be self-diagnostic with continuous monitoring of charger performance and battery voltage. E. Exit signs shall be stencil face, 6-inch high letters, directional arrows as indicated, universal mounting type as indicated on the drawings with directional indicator. F. All rows of light fixtures to be property aligned and plumbed. G. Light fixtures shall be supported from the structural system, not the ceiling system. It is the responsibility of the electrical contractor to coordinate with the ceiling contractor to ensure adequate supports are furnished. 3.9 WIRING DEVICES A. ALL SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, OUTLET, AND COVERPLATE COLORS SHALL VERIFIED WITH ARCHITECT, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE B. All switches, receptacles, and outlet faceplates shall be complete with stainless steel coverplates in finished spaces where walls are finished. Provide stainless steel coverplates in unfinished spaces for flush boxes, and galvanized steel coverplates in unfinished spaces for surface mounted boxes. C. Where several devices are ganged together, the coverplate shall be of the ganged style for the number of devices used. D. Install receptacles vertically with ground slot up. Horizontally where indicated on drawings with ground slot to the left. E. Install nameplate identification to receptacle cover plates indicated. Identification shall identify panel name and circuit number. F. Test receptacles for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements. Nema 5-20r duplex receptacle. Duplex, 20 amp, 125 vac grounding type, stainless steel. Where quad receptacles are shown on plan, provide two duplexes in dual gang backbox. Hubbell 5362, or equal by, ge, leviton, p&s. Mount at 18" a.f.f. unless noted otherwise. G. NEMA 5-20RGFI. Duplex, 20 amp, 125 vac, duplex 5 ml amp sensitivity trip type, HUBBELL GF20L, LEVITON GFNT2, PASS & SEYMOUR 2097, cooper sgf20. Mount at 44" A.F.F. unless noted otherwise. H. NEMA 5-20r tamper resistant duplex receptacle. Duplex, 20 amp, 125 vac grounding type, stainless steel. Hubbell 5352 or equal by LEVITION, P&S. I. Floor boxes- floor boxes shall be cast-iron in wet locations or slab on grade. Provide steel boxes in slabs above grade. J. Cast iron floor box with one (1) [rec-dup]. Minimum 3” concrete pour: HUBBELL B2537 (box) S3925 (cover), S3082 (flange), HBL5362 (RECEPT), WIREMOLD 880 CS1, STEEL CITY 602-SC / P60-DS. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 14 Common Work for Electrical 3.10 IDENTIFICATION PLATES AND WARNINGS A. Furnish and install identification plates for lighting and power panelboards, motor control centers, all line voltage heating and ventilating control panels, fire detector and sprinkler alarms, door bells, pilot lights, disconnect switches, manual starting switches, and magnetic starters. Process control devices and pilot lights shall have identification plates. B. Furnish identification plates for all line voltage enclosed circuit breakers, identifying the equipment served, voltage, phase(s) and power source. Circuits 480 volts and above shall have conspicuously located warning signs in accordance with OSHA requirements. C. Furnish identification labels for all junction boxes. Label shall indicate the type of service (Power (with circuit numbers), Telecom., or Fire Alarm). Concealed boxes may have permanent, handwritten labels. Exposed boxes shall have a permanent, type written label. D. Furnish identification plates for new telecommunication racks. 3.11 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U- channel system components. B. Dry Locations: Steel materials. C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system. D. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minimum of 200-lb (90-kg) design load. 3.12 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits. C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers. D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future. E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 15 Common Work for Electrical F. Support cable trays from ceiling hangers, equipment bays, or floor or wall supports. Cable trays may be mounted on equipment racks. Provide support when the free end extends beyond 3 feet. Maximum support spacing shall be 6 feet. Trays 10-inches wide or less shall be supported by one hanger. Trays greater than 10-inches wide shall be supported by two hangers. Bond cable trays at splices. G. Install 1/4-inch- diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated. H. Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used instead of malleable-iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and angle supports. I. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals. J. Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors. K. Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support. Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box. L. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength. M. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-drilled holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. N. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are indicated: 1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails. 2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units. 3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts. 4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts. 5. Instead of expansion bolts, threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers may be used in existing concrete. 6. Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws. 7. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its proof-test load. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 16 Common Work for Electrical 3.13 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES A. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project. C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying. D. Identify raceways and cables with color banding as follows: 1. Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive marking tape. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 2. Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (8-m) maximum intervals in congested areas. 3. Colors: As follows: a. Fire Alarm System: Red. b. Security System: Blue and yellow. c. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow. E. Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identify source and circuit numbers in each cabinet, pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color-coding may be used for voltage and phase identification. F. Color-code 208/120-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system as follows: 1. Phase A: Black. 2. Phase B: Red. 3. Phase C: Blue. G. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where required to comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145, and where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs for outdoor items. H. Install engraved-laminated emergency-operating signs with white letters on red background with minimum 3/8-inch- high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency operations. 3.14 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 17 Common Work for Electrical 3.15 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following: 1. Raceways. 2. Building wire and connectors. 3. Supporting devices for electrical components. 4. Electrical identification. 5. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 6. Touchup painting. B. Test Owner's electricity-metering installation for proper operation, accuracy, and usability of output data. 1. Connect a load of known kW rating, 1.5 kW minimum, to a circuit supplied by the metered feeder. 2. Turn off circuits supplied by the metered feeder and secure them in the "off" condition. 3. Run the test load continuously for eight hours, minimum, or longer to obtain a measurable meter indication. Use a test load placement and setting that ensure continuous, safe operation. 4. Check and record meter reading at end of test period and compare with actual electricity used based on test load rating, duration of test, and sample measurements of supply voltage at the test load connection. Record test results. 5. Repair or replace malfunctioning metering equipment or correct test setup; then retest. Repeat for each meter in installation until proper operation of entire system is verified. 3.17 FIELD TESTING A. Submit Test Reports in accordance with referenced standards in this section. B. After completion of the installation and splicing, and prior to energizing the conductors, perform wire and cable continuity and insulation tests as herein specified before the conductors are energized. C. Conductors shall provide all necessary test equipment, labor, and personnel to perform the tests, as herein specified. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 26 05 00 - 18 Common Work for Electrical D. Isolate completely all wire and cable from all extraneous electrical connections at cable terminations and joints. Substation and switchboard feeder breakers, disconnects in combination motor starters, circuit breakers in panel boards, and other disconnecting devices shall be used to isolate the circuit under test. E. Perform Continuity Test to insure correct cable connection (i.e. correct phase conductor, ground conductor, and grounding conductor wiring) end-to-end. Any damages to existing or new electrical equipment resulting from contractor mis-wiring will be repaired and re-verified at contractor’s expense. All repairs shall be approved by the A/E prior to acceptance of the repair. F. Conduct Phase-Rotation Tests on all three-phase circuits using a phase-rotation indicating instrument. Perform phase rotation of electrical connections to connected equipment clockwise, facing the source. G. Final acceptance will depend upon the successful performance of wire and cable under test. Do not energize any conductor until the final test reports are reviewed and approved by the A/E. 3.18 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Refinish and touch up paint. 1. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. 2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.19 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 1 Pathways for Communications SECTION 27 05 28 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Install empty raceway system, including under floor and overhead distribution system, fish wire, terminal cabinets, outlet boxes, floor boxes, pull boxes, cover plates, conduit, sleeves, caps, cable troughs, service poles, miscellaneous and positioning material to constitute complete system, as indicated for distribution of Telecommunications wiring which includes cables for Data, Voice, Video, Audio, Security and future signal requirements. B. The location at which all new telecommunications wiring will terminate is called a Telecom Outlet (TO). There are several styles of outlets: 1. New construction 2. Existing construction typical 3. Existing construction variations 4. Telephone (Voice) only 5. Data only C. Furnish and install split channel raceway and outlet boxes as specified in the Drawings and as specified herein. D. Furnish and install conduit stubs in walls and floors for cable routes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. 250 – California Electric Code – Ground and Bonding ANSI/NFPA 70/318 – California Electric Code – Cable Trays B. 645 – California Electric Code – Information Technology Equipment ANSI/NFPA 70/770 – California Electric Code – Optical Fiber Cables and Raceways C. ASTM A 510 - Specifications for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel D. ASTM B 633 - Specifications for Electrodepositing Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel, Sections SC2 and SC3 E. ASTM A653 - Specifications for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot Dip Process ASTM A123 - Specifications for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel ANSI/TIA - 568-C series Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. F. ANSI/TIA - 569-C Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces ASTM – A276-06 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 2 Pathways for Communications G. ASTM A580/A580M-06 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire NEMA VE 2- 2006 Cable Tray Installation Guidelines H. NEMA VE-1/CSA C22.2 No 126 1-02 Metal Cable Tray Systems UL and cUL E209183 I. ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc Coated ANSI C80.4 Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit J. BICSI Electronic Safety and Security Reference Manual (ESSDRM), current edition K. BICSI Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual (ITSIM), current edition BICSI Network Design Reference Manual (NDRM), current edition L. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM), current edition BICSI Wireless Design Reference Manual (WDRM), current edition 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval. B. Strictly adhering to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling. C. Assure that the "as installed" system is correctly and completely documented including engineering drawings, manuals, and operational procedures in such a manner as to support maintenance and future expansion of the system. D. Material and work specified herein shall comply with the applicable requirements of the current revision of the following: 1. ANSI/TIA – 568 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard 2. TIA – 569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces ANSI/TIA – 606 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings 3. ANSI-J-STD – 607 Joint Standard for Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications 4. CEC – California Electric Code 5. BICSI – Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 3 Pathways for Communications B. Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or limitations of use stipulated by any product testing agency. Submit for the following: 1. Wall Boxes 2. Raceway 3. Conduit 4. Conduit Bushings C. Shop Drawings: 1. Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component. 2. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of equipment rooms, labeling each individual component. Show raceway assemblies, method of field assembly, workspace requirements, and access for cable connections. 1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer’s original un-opened containers and packaging, with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material. B. Storage: Store materials in a dry area indoors, protected from damage and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. C. Handling: Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TELECOM OUTLETS (TO) A. New construction TO consists of one (1) 4-11/16" square by 2-1/8" deep flush mounted box. Each outlet box shall have an EMT conduit stubbed above the drop ceiling or extended into the hallway cable tray. Conduits size is as follows: 1. For Outlets with 3 or less cables, use a 1” EMT conduit. 2. For Outlets with 3-6 cables, use a 1.25” EMT conduit. 3. For all other sizes, calculate the fill ratio at 40% for proper sized conduit. B. Existing surface-mounted construction TO typically consists of surface-mounted raceway including base, cover, end fitting, entrance end fitting, and (2) 1" EMT conduits stubbed out top of entrance end fitting to above ceiling or out to nearest hallway distribution system. The size of the raceway is site dependent based on number of conductors to be installed. C. The intent of the installation of the TOs which consist of the raceway is as follows: 1. Where ceilings are accessible, the raceway and entrance end fitting shall extend above the ceiling and the conduits installed above the ceiling in the room to the nearest hallway distribution system. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 4 Pathways for Communications 2. Where ceilings are partially accessible, or if the Drawings and/or Specifications indicate installation of access panels, the raceway shall extend above the ceiling and the conduits installed above the ceiling in the room to the nearest hallway distribution system. 3. Where ceilings are inaccessible or no ceilings exist, the raceway shall extend up as close to the ceiling as practical to allow installation of conduits as high as possible to the nearest hallway distribution system. 2.2 HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS A. Conduit System (Renovations only, where conduit exists) 1. Provide conduits secured to wall above corridor ceilings as shown on the Drawings or as specified herein for installation of telecommunications cables. Any exposed conduit 2. Corridor conduits shall be 4" EMT, furnished in 10-foot lengths wherever possible, with no sharp edges, reamed as necessary, evenly supported at two locations per 10-foot section spacing. Conduits shall be sized and quantified to account for handling cables in all TO conduits at 40% fill back to the TR and/or ER rooms. Verify size prior to installation. Bushings and/or connectors on ends of EMT are required. 3. All conduits shall be installed stacked and attached to walls unless conditions exist which prohibit this type of installation. When this condition exists, mount conduits side- by-side supported with 3/8” rod attached to the building structure utilizing Unistrut channel to form a trapeze. Double nut the top and bottom at the Unistrut. Utilize conduit clamp to secure conduits to Unistrut. 4. Provide measured pull line in each conduit rated at 1200 lbs. minimum. Increments must be in 12” steps. 5. Grounding of conduits is not required per CEC 250-33, Exception No. 2. shall be painted except conduit above suspended ceilings or in mechanical, electrical or telecommunication rooms. Color to match that of surface installed upon or as directed by Owner’s Representative. Coordinate with other trades prior to painting. 6. Provide restorable fire stops inside and around conduits as recommended by UL1479 or ASTM E814 for all conduits penetrating fire-rated construction. Fire rated construction to be verified with AHJ. 2.3 STATION CONDUITS A. Station conduit is defined as conduit that originates at the TO and rises within the walls or is exposed from a raceway and extends up into the drop ceiling or over to the hallway distribution system. B. Provide station conduits from TOs to above the drop ceiling or extend over to the hallway distribution systems consisting of 1” EMT minimum or appropriate size as shown on the Drawings or as specified herein for installation of telecommunications cables. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 5 Pathways for Communications C. Provide an insulating press fit bushing on all telecommunications conduits including interconnecting nipples and stub to distribution system. To prevent conflicts with other cables or conduits to cable tray, the conduit shall be stubbed not less than 6" above or below conduit/cable tray center line. Where space permits, every effort shall be made to bend station conduits down such that the flow of installed cables promotes the minimum length back to the TR and the least number of bends in the cables. Bushings must be rated to be used in an environmental air handling space (Plenum). D. The manufacturer of insulating bushing on all telecommunication conduits shall be Arlington or approved alternate equal. E. Provide measured pull line in 12” increments in each empty conduit to hallway distribution system. F. Indelibly mark the station conduit at hallway distribution end with Room # that conduit serves. G. The use of 90-degree electrical pulling elbows is prohibited. H. Do not include more than two 90 degree sweeps between pulling points when installing station conduit runs. If the path of the station conduits requires more than 180 degrees of total bends, installation of an appropriately sized junction box is required. I. Place an appropriately sized junction box in each individual station conduit run that exceeds 100 feet in length. J. The use of a third bend in a conduit is only acceptable if: 1. The total conduit run is reduced by 15%. 2. The conduit size is increased to the next trade size. 3. One of the bends is located within 12” of the cable feed end. 2.4 JUNCTION BOX REQUIREMENTS FOR STATION CONDUITS A. If the station conduit route exceeds the 180 degree of total bends limitation, an appropriately sized junction box is required within a straight section of the conduit run. B. Each station conduit run requires a separate junction box. The sharing of a junction box by multiple conduits is prohibited. C. A junction box shall not be used in place of a bend. All junction boxes in station conduit paths shall be installed within a straight section of the conduit run. 2.5 NON-CONTINUOUS CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Non-continuous cable supports. 1. Non-continuous cable supports shall provide a bearing surface of sufficient width to comply with required bend radii of high-performance cables; cULus Listed. 2. Non-continuous cable supports shall have flared edges to prevent damage while installing cables. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 6 Pathways for Communications 3. Non-continuous cable supports sized 1 5/16” and larger shall have a cable retainer strap to provide containment of cables within the hanger. The cable retainer strap shall be removable and reusable and be suitable for use in air handling spaces. 4. Non-continuous cable supports shall have an electro-galvanized or G60 finish and shall be rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments. 5. Stainless Steel non-continuous cable supports are intended for indoor and outdoor use in non-corrosive environments or where only mildly corrosive conditions apply. 6. Non-continuous cable supports shall be ERICO CableCatTM J-hook series CAT12, CAT21, CAT32, CAT64, CAT21SS, CAT32SS, CAT64SS; CAT-CMTM Double J-Hook CAT100CM; CAT-CMTM U-hook series CAT200CMLN, CAT300CMLN; and CAT-CMTM retainer CATRT200CM, CATRT300CM or approved equal. B. Adjustable non-continuous cable support sling 1. Constructed from steel and woven laminate; sling length can be adjusted to hold up to 425 4-pair UTP; rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments. Rated to support Category 6 and higher cable, or optical fiber cable; cULus Listed. 2. Adjustable non-continuous cable support sling shall have a static load limit of 100 lbs. 3. Adjustable non-continuous cable support sling shall be suitable for use in air handling spaces. 4. If required, assemble to manufacturer recommended specialty fasteners including beam clips, flange clips, C and Z purlin clips. 5. Acceptable products: ERICO CADDY Cable CatTMCAT425; or approved equal. C. Multi-tiered non-continuous cable support assemblies 1. Multi-tiered non-continuous cable support assemblies shall be used where separate cabling compartments are required. Assemblies may be factory assembled or assembled from pre-packaged kits. Assemblies shall consist of a steel angled hanger bracket holding up to six non-continuous cable supports, rated for indoor use in non- corrosive environments; cULus Listed. 2. If required, the multi-tier support bracket may be assembled to manufacturer recommended specialty fasteners including beam clamps, flange clips, C and Z purlin clips. 3. The multi-tiered support bracket shall consist of ERICO CADDY CATHBA and CableCatTM J-Hooks with screws; or approved equal. 4. Non-continuous cable support assemblies from tee bar 5. Tee bar support bracket with one non-continuous cable support, factory or jobsite assembled; rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments; cULus Listed. 6. Acceptable products: ERICO CADDY CAT12TS, CAT21528, CAT32528; or approved equal. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 7 Pathways for Communications D. Non-continuous cable support assemblies from drop wire/ceiling 1. Fastener to wire/rod with one non-continuous cable support, factory or jobsite assembled; rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments; cULus Listed. 2. Acceptable products: ERICO CADDY CAT124Z34, CAT126Z34, CAT214Z34, CAT216Z34, CAT324Z34 or CAT326Z34; or approved equal. E. Non-continuous cable support assemblies from beam, flange 1. Fastener to beam or flange with one non-continuous cable support, factory or jobsite assembled; rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments; cULus Listed. 2. Acceptable products: ERICO CableCatTM J-hook series CAT12, CAT21, CAT32, CAT64 with CADDY beam clamps and CADDY flange clips; or approved equal. F. Non-continuous cable support assemblies from C & Z Purlin 1. Fastener to C or Z purlin with one non-continuous cable support, factory or jobsite assembled; rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments, cULus Listed. 2. Acceptable products: ERICO CableCatTM J-hook series CAT12, CAT21, CAT32, CAT64 with CADDY Purlin hangers; or approved equal. G. Non-continuous cable support assemblies from wall, concrete, or joist 1. Fastener to wall, concrete, or joist with one non-continuous cable support, factory or jobsite assembled; rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments, cULus Listed. 2. Acceptable products: ERICO CableCatTM J-hook series CAT12, CAT21, CAT32, CAT64, with CADDY angle bracket; or approved equal. H. Non-continuous cable support assemblies from threaded rod 1. Fastener to threaded rod with one non-continuous cable support, factory or jobsite assembled, rated for indoor use in non-corrosive environments, cULus Listed. 2. The multi-tiered support bracket shall have a static load limit of 300 lbs. 3. U-hooks and Double J-hook shall attach directly to threaded rod using standard nuts. 4. Acceptable products: ERICO CableCatTM J-hook, CAT12, CAT21, CAT32, CAT64 with CADDY CATHBA series; CAT-CMTM Double J-hook CAT100CM, CAT-CMTM Direct mount U-hook CAT200CMLN, CAT300CMLN; or AFAB series; or approved equal. I. Installation accessories for non-continuous cable supports. 1. Cable Pulley a. Non-continuous cable supports may be used as an installation tool when a removable pulley assembly is included. The pulley shall be made of plastic and without sharp edges. The pin and bail assembly must be able to be 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 8 Pathways for Communications secured to the J- Hook during cable installation. The pulley must remain secured while cables are being pulled. b. The pin and roller assembly must be removed after cables are installed. c. Acceptable products: ERICO CADDY CAT32PLR, CAT64PLR, or approved equal. 2. Cable Protector a. The protective steel tube shall fit over threaded rod and be at least 4” in length. b. The tube shall prevent damage to cables placed in or pulled through CAT CMTM U- hooks. The tube shall not inhibit the pulling of cables. c. Acceptable products: ERICO CAT-CMTM CATTBCM, or approved equal. 2.6 OUTLETS A. Each data outlet in a wall or floor shall be served by two (2) 27 mm (1 in.) conduits and a double-gang deep device box with a single-gang mud ring. B. Wall mounted telephones shall be served by one 21 mm (0.75 in.) conduit and a single-gang deep device box with a single-gang mud ring. The outlet box shall be mounted at a center height of 1220 mm (48 in.) above the finished floor, unless otherwise specified on the drawing, and shall have a clearance of 305 mm (12 in.) of wall surface on all sides. C. All outlet conduits shall be stubbed into accessible ceiling space. D. All outlet conduits shall have burrs and any other abrasive elements removed and an insulating bushing shall be installed on both ends. E. No section of conduit shall be longer than 30 m (100 ft.) between pull points. F. No more than 180 degrees of conduit bends shall be permitted between pull points. G. The minimum inside radius for any bend of an outlet conduit shall be six times the inside diameter of that conduit. 2.7 CONDUITS A. Electric metallic tubing: Comply with UL 797. Tubing shall have hot dipped galvanized exterior, enamel-coated interior. B. Flexible conduit shall not be used in lieu of conduit bends and offsets. C. PVC conduit: Comply with UL 651, listed for use with 90 degrees C conductors operating at 90 degrees C. 2.8 LABELS A. Shall meet the legibility, defacement, exposure and adhesion requirements of UL 969. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 9 Pathways for Communications B. Shall be preprinted or computer printed type. Handwritten labels are not acceptable. C. Where insert type labels are used provide clear plastic cover over label. D. Outside plant labels shall be totally waterproof even when submerged. E. Equipment Room Copper, Fiber, and Coax Backbone Cable Labels 1. Panduit Part#LS7-75NL-1 or Brady#WML-1231-292 F. Equipment Room Copper, Fiber, and Coax Horizontal Cable Labels 1. Panduit Part#LS7-75NL-1 or Brady#WML-317-292 G. Work Area Copper, Fiber, and Coax Riser Cable Labels 1. Panduit Part#LS7-75NL-1 or Brady #WML-317-292 H. Patch Panel Labels I. Panduit Part #LS7-38-1 or Brady #CL-111-619 2.9 FIRE STOPPING A. Walls must be sealed with a 2-hour fire stop assembly at a minimum. B. Communication pathways requiring fire stopping shall utilize EZ Path fire stopping Pathways for ease of Moves, Adds, and Changes. C. All fire stopping penetrations shall conform to the recommended practices listed in UL1479 or ASTM. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The intention of the telecommunications conduits is to provide a route between ER and TR rooms, routes from the TRs throughout building floors to hallways, and routes from hallway distribution systems into rooms to individual TOs for telecommunications cabling. B. Installation of new pathways shall not interfere with existing pathways in such a way that installation of new cables within the existing pathway is made more difficult. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive cable management system. Notify the Owner’s Representative of conditions that would adversely affect the installation or subsequent utilization of the system. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 28 - 10 Pathways for Communications A. Install in accordance with recognized industry practices, to ensure that the equipment complies with the requirements of the CEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA "Standards of Installation" pertaining to general electrical installation practice. B. Coordinate installation with other trades. C. Field verification is required before installation. D. Install cable management system at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION & LABELING A. The size, color, and contrast of all labels should be selected to ensure that the identifiers are easily read. Labels should be visible during the installation of and normal maintenance of the infrastructure. B. Labels should be resistant to the environmental conditions at the point of installation (such as moisture, heat, or ultraviolet light), and should have a design life equal to or greater than that of the labeled component. C. All labels shall be printed or generated by a mechanical device. 3.5 TELECOMMUNICATION IDENTIFIERS A. Refer to BICSI for labeling practices not explicitly stated in this specification or on the drawings. B. Cabling shall be clearly marked using permanent means. Cabling shall use the following system of numbering and labeling: 1. Copper: a. Identify: far-end EF / ER / TR and pair-count b. Termination points shall be labeled as to actual pair at every fifth (5th) pair- point. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 1 Firestopping for Communications SECTION 27 05 37 FIRE-STOPPING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Summary – (ARCHITECT SHALL VERIFY ALL MATERIALS AND PART NUMBERS) B. This section includes labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to: C. Firestopping of Through Penetrations in Fire Rated Assemblies. D. Smoke and Acoustical Sealing in Non-Rated Assemblies. E. Related Work: Consult all other Sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 814, “Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops.” B. ANSI/UL1479, “Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops.” C. ASTM E90, “Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.” D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) – Fire Resistance Directory E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) – NFPA 101: Life Safety Code. F. CEC: California Electrical Code. G. ANSI/TIA-EIA-569 “Commercial Building Standard for Pathway’s and Spaces.” 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire rated cable pathway devices shall be used in fire-rated construction for ALL low- voltage, video, data and voice cabling, optical fiber raceways and certain high-voltage cabling where frequent cable moves, adds and changes may occur. Pathways required for high voltage cabling will be detailed on the prints. Such devices shall: 1. Meet the hourly fire-rating of fire rated wall and or floor penetrated. 2. Be tested for the surrounding construction and cable types involved. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 2 Firestopping for Communications 3. Have UL Systems permitting cable loads from; “Zero to 100% Visual Fill.” This requirement eliminates need for fill-ratio calculations to be made by cable technicians to ensure cable load is within maximum allowed by UL System. 4. Not have inner fabric liner that tightens around and compresses cables tightly together encouraging potential cable damage or interference. 5. Be “Zero-Maintenance”, zero-maintenance is defined as; No action required by cabling technician to open and/or close pathway for cable moves, adds or changes, such as, but not limited to: a. Opening or closing of doors. b. Spinning rings to open or close fabric liner. c. Removal and or replacement of any material such as, but not limited to, firestop caulk, putty, pillows, bags, foam muffins, foam, foam plugs, foam blocks, or foam closures of any sort. d. Furnish letter from manufacturer certifying compliance with this definition of “Zero- Maintenance.” 6. Pathways shall be engineered such that two or more devices may be ganged together for larger cable capacities. 7. Pathways shall be engineered to be re-enterable so they can be retrofitted and removed from around existing cables without cutting and re-splicing them. 8. Cable Pathway Devices passing vertically through floors shall have equal F & T Rating. (See UL System # F-A-3037, Item #4 “EZ-PATH Grid T-Rating Kit” Part # TRK444) 9. Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. B. Non rated cable pathway devices shall be used in non-fire-rated construction for ALL low- voltage, video, data and voice cabling, optical fiber raceways and certain high- voltage cabling where frequent cable moves, adds and changes may occur. Pathways required for high voltage cabling will be detailed on the prints. Such devices shall: 1. Limit the movement of smoke and sound of wall and or floor penetrated. 2. Restore the STC Rating of the penetrated wall. 3. Provide L Ratings of <1 CFM when empty and <2.5 CFM at all other loading up to 100 percent. 4. Accommodate cable loads from; “Zero to 100% Visual Fill.” 5. Not have inner fabric liner that tightens around and compresses cables tightly together encouraging potential cable damage or interference. 6. Be “Zero-Maintenance”, zero-maintenance is defined as; No action required by cabling technician to open and/or close pathway for cable moves, adds or changes, such as, but not limited to: a. Opening or closing of doors. b. Spinning rings to open or close fabric liner. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 3 Firestopping for Communications c. Removal and or replacement of any material such as, but not limited to, firestop caulk, putty, pillows, bags, foam muffins, foam, foam plugs, foam blocks, or foam closures of any sort. d. Furnish letter from manufacturer certifying compliance with this definition of “Zero- Maintenance.” 7. Pathways shall be engineered such that two or more devices may be ganged together for larger cable capacities. 8. Pathways shall be engineered to be re-enterable so they can be retrofitted and removed from around existing cables without cutting and re-splicing them. 9. Affix adhesive wall label immediately adjacent to devices to communicate to future cable technicians, authorities having jurisdiction and others the manufacturer of the device and the corresponding UL System number installed. C. As an alternate to using a fire-rated or non-rated cable pathway device for single low voltage cables (up to 0.27 in. (7 mm) O.D) penetrating one or two-hour, gypsum board/stud wall assemblies or non-rated assemblies, either as a through-penetration or as a membrane- penetration, a fire-rated cable grommet may be substituted. The product shall consist of a molded, two-piece, plenum-rated grommet having a foam fire and smoke sealing membrane that conforms to the outside diameter of the individual cable. The grommet product shall be capable of locking into place to secure the cable penetration within the wall assembly. The grommet shall be UL Classified and tested to the requirements of ASTM E814 (UL1479) and CAN/ULC S115. D. Where non-mechanical pathways must be utilized, such as sealing (caulking) around single or grouped conduits, provide products that upon curing do no re-emulsify, dissolve, leach, breakdown or otherwise deteriorate over time from exposure to atmospheric moisture, sweating pipes, ponding water or other forms of moisture characteristic during or after construction. Provide letter from manufacturer certifying compliance with this section. E. Cable pathway shall replace conduit sleeves in walls and floors, and; a. When installed individually in floors, devices shall pass through core- drilled opening utilizing tested floor plates. b. When multiple units are ganged in floors, devices shall be anchored by means of a tested grid. c. When installed individually in walls, devices shall pass through core drilled opening utilizing tested wall plates or integrated flanges. d. When multiple units are ganged in walls, devices shall be anchored by means of a tested grid. F. Cable tray shall terminate at each barrier and resume on the other side such that cables pass independently through devices. Cable tray shall be properly supported on each side of the barrier. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 4 Firestopping for Communications A. Submit under provisions of Section 27 02 00 Communication General Requirements B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s standard catalog data for specified products demonstrating compliance with referenced standards and listing numbers of systems in which each product is to be used. C. Schedule of UL System Drawings for Fire Rated Construction: Submit schedule of all expected opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance ratings. D. UL System Drawings for Fire Rated Construction: Furnish copies of all UL Systems identified in schedule above. Include any engineering recommendations. E. Certificates: Product Certificate of Compliance from the by manufacturer certifying material compliance with applicable code and specified performance characteristics. F. Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s printed installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Products/Systems: Provide firestopping systems that comply with the following requirements: B. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified, testing and inspection agency. A qualified testing and inspection agency is UL, or another agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop system acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Firestopping products bear the classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. D. Installer Qualifications: Experience in performing work of this section who is qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having been provided the necessary training to install firestop products in accordance with specified requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers, identification labels intact identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspection agency’s classification marking; and mixing instruction for multi-component products. 2. Handle and store products according to manufacturer’s recommendations published in technical materials. Leave products wrapped or otherwise protected and under clean and dry storage conditions until required for installation. B. Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 5 Firestopping for Communications 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install products when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limitations recommended by manufacturer. B. Do not install products when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. C. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for a minimum 3 days after installation of materials. D. Do not use materials that contain flammable solvents. E. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through- penetration firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements. F. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate through-penetration firestop systems. G. Schedule installation of firestopping after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Specified Technologies Inc., 200 Evans Way, Somerville, NJ 08876. Tel: (800) 992-1180, Fax: (908) 526-9623, Email: techserv@stifirestop.com, Website: www.stifirestop.com. B. Substitutions: Subject to approval of NOCCCD. Must be submitted prior to award of Bid. C. Single Source: Obtain firestop systems for each type of penetration and construction condition indicated only from a single manufacturer. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Use only products that have been tested for specific fire resistance rated construction conditions or acoustical and smoke related requirements conforming to construction assembly type, penetrating item type, annular space requirements, and rating involved for each separate instance. B. Firestop Sealants: STI SpecSeal® Brand single component latex formulations that upon cure do not re-emulsify during exposure to moisture, the following products are acceptable: 1. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) SpecSeal® Series SSS Sealant 2. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) SpecSeal® Series LCI Sealant 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 6 Firestopping for Communications C. Firestop Putty: STI SpecSeal® Brand intumescent, non-hardening, water resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers or silicone compounds, the following products are acceptable: 1. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) SpecSeal® Series SSP Putty D. Firestop Pillows: STI SpecSeal® Brand re-enterable, non-curing, mineral fiber core encapsulated on six sides with intumescent coating contained in a flame retardant poly bag, the following products are acceptable: 1. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) SpecSeal® Series SSB Pillows E. Fire-Rated Cable Grommet: STI SpecSeal® Brand Firestop Grommet is a molded, two-piece grommet with an integral fire and smoke sealing foam membrane for sealing individual cable penetrations through framed wall assemblies. Grommet snaps together around cable and locks tightly into the wall. 1. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) SpecSeal® Brand Ready® Firestop Grommets; RFG1 F. Fire-Rated Cable Pathways: STI EZ-PATH® Fire-Rated Pathway device modules comprised of steel pathway with self-adjusting intumescent foam pads allowing 0 to 100 percent cable fill, the following products are acceptable: 1. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) EZ-PATH® Fire Rated Pathway G. Smoke and Acoustical Pathways: STI EZ-PATH® Smoke & Acoustical Pathway device module comprised of a nonmetallic pathway with integral self-adjusting smoke and sound sealing system for cable penetrations through non-fire-resistance rated wall or floor assemblies, the following products are acceptable: 1. Specified Technologies Inc. (STI) EZ-PATH® Smoke & Acoustical Pathway; Model No. NEZ33 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before beginning installation, verify that substrate conditions previously installed under other sections are acceptable for installation of firestopping in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and technical information. B. Surfaces shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, scale, laitance, rust, release agents, water repellants, and any other substances that may inhibit optimum adhesion. C. Provide masking and temporary covering to protect adjacent surfaces. D. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install systems in accordance with Performance Criteria and in accordance with the conditions of testing and classification as specified in the published design. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 05 37 - 7 Firestopping for Communications B. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for installation of products. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Where deficiencies are found, repair firestopping products so they comply with requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove equipment, materials, and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition. B. Clean all surfaces adjacent to sealed openings to be free of excess firestopping materials and soiling as work progresses. 3.5 DOCUMENTATION A. Place system stickers on each side of wall penetrations. B. Place a reproduction (photocopy) of the UL System description in a document protector and mount to the wall next to the wall penetration. C. Highlight the section of the system description that list the allowed cable types. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 10 00 - 1 Structured Cabling Testing SECTION 27 10 00 STRUCTURE CABLING TESTING PART 1 – GENERAL A. Transmission performance of structured cabling varies with length, connecting hardware, cords and total number of connections. The installer must take care to professionally install the cabling components. To ensure that the installed structured cabling solution meets or exceeds the required performance it must be ‘tested’ or ‘certified’. 1. The requirements for each category of cabling (Cat5e, Cat6, or Cat6A) and optical fiber optics links are in the ANSI/TIA-568 series standards. 2. Test equipment must meet the requirements set forth in the ANSI/TIA-568 series Standard for Field Test Equipment. 3. All Copper testers shall be Level III. All fiber testers shall meet the requirements in ANSI/TIA-568. Field Power Meters shall meet the fol- lowing: Accuracy ± 0.2 dB Resolution 0.01 dB Precision ± 0.15 dB The Field light source shall meet the fol- lowing: Accuracy ± 0.01 dB Wavelength 850 ± 30 nm 1300 ± 50 nm 1310 ± 30 nm 1550 0 nm B. The calibration on all test equipment shall be current. C. The software in all test equipment shall be current. D. Manufacturers 1. The following manufacturer’s testers are approved. 2. FLUKE 3. DTX1800 4. OptiFiber OTDR 5. DTX-CLT CertiFiber Optical Loss Test Set 6. IDEAL 7. LanTEK II 8. LANTEK 6/6A/7G 9. FIBERTEK 10. Or other test equipment approved by the owner. E. Systems Testing and Documentation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 10 00 - 2 Structured Cabling Testing 1. Provide installation testing of equipment where required by manufacturer’s installation instructions. 2. Provide complete end to end testing for all copper and fiber optic systems/channels based on latest applicable standards. Document all testing and submit with final as-built submittal package. 3. For all controls and operating equipment, submit equipment/systems to at least three complete operational sequences, in which all equipment operations are tested, observed, and verified. 4. Prior to substantial completion and project acceptance inspection, submit test reports to indicate scope of startup and operational tests, with results of testing for each specified operation. F. Copper Cabling System Testing 1. General: Copper cabling shall be tested and certified after installation as follows and as required for cable manufacturer’s warranty. Twisted-pair copper cable channels shall be tested for continuity as specified below, presence of ac/dc voltage, and performance. All cabling shall be tested for conformance to horizontal cable specifications as outlined herein and shall be tested according to test set manufacturer’s instructions utilizing latest firmware and software. Testing shall include all electrical parameters as specified under Product. All cables and termination hardware shall be 100 percent tested by the installation contractor for defects in installation and to verify cable performance under installed conditions. All conductors of each installed cable shall be verified useable by the Contractor prior to system acceptance. All cables shall be tested according to contract documents, manufacturer’s warranty provisions, and best industry practices. If any of these are in conflict, Contractor shall comply with most stringent requirements. All defects in cabling system installation shall be repaired or replaced to ensure 100 percent usable conductors in all cables installed, at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Continuity: Each pair of installed cable shall be tested using a test unit that shows opens, shorts, polarity and pair-reversals, crossed pairs and split pairs. The test shall be recorded as pass/fail as indicated by test unit according to manufacturers’ recommended procedures and referenced to appropriate cable identification number and circuit or pair number. Any faults in wiring shall be corrected and cable re-tested prior to final acceptance. 3. Length: Each installed cable link shall be tested for installed length using a TDR type device. The cables shall be tested from patch panel to patch panel, block to block, patch panel to outlet or block to outlet as appropriate. The cable length shall conform to maximum distances set forth in TIA/EIA-568-C standards and all other applicable standards specified in Appendix 1: Codes, Standards, and Informative References. Cable lengths shall be recorded, referencing cable identification number and circuit or pair number. For multi-pair cables, the shortest pair length shall be recorded as length for cable. 4. Factory testing: Every reel of cable shall be tested by cable manufacturer for all characteristics specified for cable type in this section. This testing shall be 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 10 00 - 3 Structured Cabling Testing performed using a sweep test method and include frequencies specified for cable. A test report shall be available electronically, at no additional cost, for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of manufacture. The test report shall include the reel number, the date of the test, the Lot number, and test results for Return Loss (RL), Insertion Loss (Attenuation), Pair-to-Pair NEXT, and Power Sum NEXT Pair-to-Pair ELFEXT and Power Sum ELFEXT. The test report shall show the “Worst Case Margin” for the listed transmission characteristics. 5. Test results: Test results shall be automatically evaluated by equipment, using most up- to-date criteria from TIA/EIA-568-C standards and all other applicable standards specified in Appendix 1: Codes, Standards, and Informative References, and result shown as pass/fail. Test results shall be printed directly from the test unit or from a download file using an application from the test equipment manufacturer. The printed test results shall include all tests performed, expected test result and actual test result achieved. 6. Test reports: Test reports for all factory testing and field test reports for copper cabling installation shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative and manufacturer prior to commissioning voice and data system and final contract payment. Refer to Submittals in this Section. G. Optical Fiber Cable Testing 1. General: Optical fiber cabling shall be tested and certified after installation as described below and as required for cable manufacturer’s warranty. Fiber testing shall be performed on all fibers in the completed end to end system. Testing shall consist of a bi- directional end to end test in accordance with applicable standards or a bi-directional end to end test performed by EIA/TIA-455-53A and all other applicable standards. The system loss measurements shall be provided at 850 and 1300 nanometers for multimode type glass and 1310 and 1550 nanometers for single-mode type glass. These tests shall also include continuity checking of each fiber. For spans greater than 90 meters, each tested span must test to a value less than or equal to value determined by calculating a link loss budget. For horizontal spans less than or equal to 90 meters, each tested span must be less than or equal to 2.0 decibels. The insertion loss for each mated optical fiber connector pair shall not exceed 0.40 decibels. 2. Pre-installation testing: Test all optical fiber cable for all fibers prior to installation of cable. 3. Performance testing: Where links are combined to complete a circuit between devices, Contractor shall test each link from end to end to ensure performance of system. Only a basic link test is required. Contractors can optionally install patch cords to complete circuit and then test the entire channel. The test method shall be the same used for the test described above. The values for calculating loss shall be those defined in applicable TIA/EIA standards in Appendix 1: Codes, Standards, and Informative References. 4. Attenuation testing: Attenuation testing shall be performed with a stable launch condition using two-meter jumpers to attach test equipment to cable plant. The light source shall be left in place after calibration and power meter moved to far end to take measurements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 10 00 - 4 Structured Cabling Testing 5. Loss budget: All fiber cabling shall be tested at both wavelengths 850 nm and 1310 nm for multimode and 1300 nm and 1550 nm for single mode. 6. The link attenuation shall be calculated using: a. The CommScope link Loss Calculator for CommScope installations b. The following calculation for other installations: Link Attenuation Allowance (dB) + Cable Attenuation (dB) + Connector loss (dB) = Splice Insertion Loss (dB) Where: Cable attenuation (dB) = Cable attenuation (dB/km) X Length (km) Connector loss (dB) = Number of Connector pairs X Allowable connector loss (dB) Splice Insertion Loss (dB) = Number of Splices X Allowable Splice loss (dB) 7. Link loss: A mated connector to connector interface shall be considered a single connector. Loss numbers for installed link shall be calculated by taking sum of bi- directional measurements and dividing that sum by two. All links not meeting the requirements of the standard shall be brought into compliance by Contractor, at no additional cost to Owner. 8. Documentation: Following final documentation shall be submitted to the owner’s representative prior to commissioning data system and final contract payment according to Submittals in this section. 9. Test results: Test results shall be automatically evaluated by equipment, using most up- to-date criteria from all applicable standards and result shown as pass/fail. Test results shall be printed directly from the test unit or from a download file using an application from the test equipment manufacturer. The printed test results shall include all tests performed, expected test result and actual test result achieved. 10. End to End Loss Data: final documentation shall be submitted to the owner’s representative. H. See Section 27 13 23 ABF Fiber Optic Cabling Requirements I. As Installed/ As Built Diagrams: Final documentation shall be submitted to the owner’s representative. J. Test Documentation 1. Electronic Format – One electronic copy of the Test Reports shall be provided. 2. Certification Test Reports shall be submitted in electronic format using the appropriate software supplied by the test equipment manufacturer. The data format should be that of the test report software (i.e. *.flw files for Fluke). The contractor shall provide any necessary software to view and evaluate the test data. 3. The following list is provided as a reference: 4. Tester Test Report Software 5. Fluke LinkWare 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 10 00 - 5 Structured Cabling Testing 6. Ideal LanTek Reporter 7. Provide test documentation in 3-ring binders within 2 weeks after completion of project testing. Binders shall be clearly marked on the outside front cover and spine with the words Test Results, project name, and date of completion (month and year). Major heading tabs, Horizontal and Backbone, shall divide binder. Each major heading shall be further sectioned by test type. Within horizontal and backbone sections, divide by tabs scanner test results by category, optical fiber attenuation test results, and continuity test results. Present test data within each section in sequence listed in administration records. 8. Provide test equipment by name, manufacturer, model number and last calibration date at the end of document. Unless the manufacturer specifies a more frequent calibration cycle, an annual calibration cycle shall be required on all test equipment used for this installation. 9. Test document shall detail test method used and specific settings of equipment during test. Scanner tests shall be printed on 8 1/2 by 11 inches. Handwritten test results (attenuation results and continuity results) shall be documented on a suitable test form. 10. When repairs and re-tests are performed, note problems found and corrective action taken, and collocate in binder both failed and passed test data. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 15 00 - 1 Horizontal Cabling SECTION 27 15 00 HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of all Copper Horizontal Cabling applications called for in the Bid Documents. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section includes the minimum requirements for Copper Horizontal Cables. B. Horizontal (to desktop) cable shall consist of Category 6 copper cable for all Data and Voice applications. C. At corporate, engineering and campus facilities, horizontal cabling to typical work area outlets (including offices, cubicles and conference rooms) shall consist of four 6A ca- bles serving each outlet. D. Outlets for wall-mounted or other “telephone only” installations shall consist of one 6A cable as a minimum. E. Outlets for wireless access points (APs) shall consist of two 6 cables as a minimum with a 1 meter maintenance loop. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All meth- ods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract docu- ments shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representa- tive. B. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equip- ment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval. C. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Elec- tronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling. D. Material and work specified herein shall comply with the applicable requirements of the current adopted revision of the following: a. ANSI/TIA – 568 Series Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Stand- ard, TIA – 569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 15 00 - 2 Horizontal Cabling b. ANSI/TIA – 606 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastruc- ture of Commercial Buildings c. ANSI-J-STD – 607 Joint Standard for Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications d. CEC – California Electric Code e. BICSI – Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual f. TIA/EIA-568-C.1 – Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard TIA/EIA-568-C.2 - Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards g. ISO/IEC 11801 - Generic Cabling for Customer Premises CENELEC EN-50173 - Generic Cabling Systems 1.4 CABLE CONSTRUCTION (BY TYPE) A. Listed CMR cable: Solid copper conductors with high-density polyolefin insulation and an overall low smoke polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket to achieve a riser (i.e., non-ple- num) rating by applicable CEC requirements. B. Listed CMP cable: Solid copper conductors with fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP)/polyolefin insulation and an overall low smoke PVC jacket to achieve plenum rating by applicable CEC requirements. C. LSZH cable: Solid copper conductors with polyolefin insulation and a low smoke- zero halogen (LSZH), compound jacket to achieve a LSZH rating by applicable IEC stand- ards. D. LC cable: Solid copper conductors with FEP fluoropolymer insulation and overall FEP fluoropolymer jacket to achieve CMP 50 rating by UL standards E. OSP outdoor cable rated for wet locations: Solid copper conductors with polyolefin in- sulation, polyolefin fluted center member with flooding compound, and black polyeth- ylene jacket. F. Comply with following general physical specifications: G. Maximum pulling tension: 110 Newton’s (25 pound-force) H. Operating temperature: –20 to 60 degrees C [–4 to 140 degrees F] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DATA COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING (CATEGORY 6) A. Category 6 /Class EA Unshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP) Cable B. All Cables shall be of round construction 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 27 15 00 - 3 Horizontal Cabling C. Each cable shall contain 4 color coded pairs D. Basis for Design Specifications: CommScope Sysitmax GigaSPEED XL U/UTP Twisted Pair Cable E. Cable shall be listed for the environment where it will be installed (Plenum, Riser, LSZH, etc.) F. Approved Manufacturer: CommScope Systimax 2.2 FACEPLATES AND SURFACE MOUNT BOXES (SMB) A. Universal design that accommodates CommScope information outlets. B. Modular design that supports voice, data, audio and video applications. C. Supports cable/port labeling. D. Available in four different colors – white, black, ivory and gray. E. Basis for Design Specifications: CommScope Flexible Faceplates and Surface Mount Boxes F. Approved Manufacturer CommScope Sysitmax PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall comply applicable codes, standards and with all local codes and re- quirements. It is the responsibility of the contractor to identify and adhere to any unique codes or requirements governed by the region where the work is to be per- formed. B. Cable shall be installed following industry standard practices. C. Horizontal cabling shall be installed from the work area outlet location to the nearest Telecommunications Space. D. Horizontal cabling shall be terminated on a patch panel in the telecommunication space which is the same category rating as the Cable. i.e. Cat 6 cable terminates on Cat 6 panels. E. Contractor shall not exceed the maximum pulling tension or the minimum bending ra- dius for twisted pair cables per manufacturer’s specifications. F. Contractor shall test all horizontal links per the ANSI/TIA-568 Requirements. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 1 Access Control SECTION 28 13 00 ACCESS CONTROL Part 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Head-end Hardware and Software B. Software Only (owner-provided head-end CPU hardware) C. Field Panels D. Cards & Readers E. Electric Locks F. Request-to-Exit Devices G. Wiring 1.2 PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION [DELETE IF NOT APPLICABLE] 1.3 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT SUPPLIED UNDER THIS SECTION [DELETE IF NOT APPLICABLE] 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS A. 28 13 43 Identification Management Systems B. 28 23 00 Video Surveillance C. 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm D. 27 50 00 Intercommunications Systems 1.5 SUMMARY A. Labor and Materials: Unless otherwise noted in the Drawings and Specifications, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utilities, construction equipment and machinery, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution, operation and completion of the Work. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 2 Access Control B. Specification Language: Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the technical specifications is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting “shall”, “shall be”, “the Contractor shall”, and similar mandatory phrases by inference. The words “shall be” is supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used within product specifications. C. Drawings and Specifications: 1. Contractor shall be provided three (3) sets of the Drawings and Specifications for his use. Additional sets, if requested by Contractor, shall be furnished to the Contractor for the actual cost of reproduction. 2. Contractor shall carefully study the Drawings and Specifications, and shall at once report any error, unforeseen circumstances, inconsistency or omission upon discovery. 3. The Client’s Project Manager shall be the interpreter of the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications, subject to the final approval of the Client. D. Intent and Correlation: 1. The intent of the Project Drawings and Specifications is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. 2. The Project Drawings and Specifications are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by both. 1.6 REFERENCES A. Submit the project and customer information of customers for at least three other projects of similar size and complexity using similar technologies. 1. Shall include a minimum of the following: a. Customer Name b. Customer Point of Contact c. Customer Point of Contact Phone Number and email address d. Address of project e. Title of Project f. Type of project completed 1.7 DEFINITIONS A. Industry standard words and phrases are used throughout the Drawings and Specifications, except: 1. Words which have well-known technical or trade meanings are used in accordance with such recognized meanings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 3 Access Control 2. Whenever the following listed words and phrases are used, they shall be mutually understood to have the following respective meanings: B. The words “as indicated.” means: as shown on the Drawings, and in accordance with the Specifications. C. The words “as required.” means: as required to provide a complete and satisfactory Work in full conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. D. The word “New” means: new Work to be provided by Contractor. E. The word “Provide” means: furnish, install, connect, test and make ready for use. F. The words “Relocate existing” means: remove existing item from present location. Reinstall, re-connect, and test existing item and make ready for use at new location as shown on the Drawings. G. The words “Remove existing “ means: remove existing item and return item to the Client. H. The word “Replace” means: remove existing item and return item to the Client. Provide new item as indicated. I. The word “Work”: The Work is the completed construction required by the Drawings and Specifications, and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. J. The word “Furnish” means: supply item as specified. Item to be installed by others. 1.8 CONTRACTOR DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The Project Drawings represent the level of system design to be provided by the Client. Contractor shall provide all additional system design work required, including: 1. Conduit layout and sizing. 2. Wire and cable layout and sizing. 3. Point-to-point wiring and equipment hook-up information. 4. Equipment mounting details. 5. Design of equipment cabinets. 6. Other detailed design work required. B. Contractor’s design shall conform to all applicable codes and ordinances. All electrical design, including the sizing and placement of conduit, raceways and conductors, shall be in accordance with NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, current version, unless local codes establish more stringent requirements. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 4 Access Control C. Contractor’s design work is subject to review and approval by the Client’s Project Manager. D. Contractor’s design shall also include: 1. The addition of all wire, cable, conduit, connectors and junction boxes required for system operation. 2. The installation of conduit between the control components and all equipment at each door, as necessary. 3. Completed “as-built” documentation of all security systems, including documentation of existing equipment, wiring, conduits, and raceways. 4. Other Work as defined within the Project Drawings and Specifications. 1.9 SYSTEM USER REQUIREMENTS A. System Overview: 1. The contractor shall provide and install a new integrated security system. The new system shall be able to provide Access Control, Identity Management, Alarm Management, Video Management, Visitor Managment and other functionality in a single fully integrated Security Management System 2. The Security Management System shall have a simple, consistent and easy-to- use graphical user interface. 3. The manufacturer of the proposed system shall have produced access control products for at least 20 years and shall be ISO 9001 certified. 4. The manufacturer shall be ISO 140001 certified indicating their commitment to conserve energy and reduce waste. 5. The Security Management System shall operate using a Microsoft SQL Server database and shall support Microsft SQLServer 2014 (32 or 64 bit), 2016-64 bit, 2017-64 bit, 2019-64 bit 6. The Security Management System shall be developed using the Microsoft Visual Studio development environment 7. The System shall support virtualization using VMWare 8. The System shall support both Microsoft Clustering and NEC Clustering software for resilience 9. The system shall carry FIPS-140-2 certification of appropriate parts of its communication encryption infrastructure, and the manufacturer shall provide the NIST certificate number confirming certification. Systems that do not carry FIPS- 140-2 certification shall not be acceptable. 10. The manufacturer shall supply, immediately upon request, a VPAT statement showing support for Section 508. 11. The manufacturer of the proposed system shall require resellers to pass a formal training program prior to being certified as authorized to sell and install the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 5 Access Control system. Such certification shall require annual re-qualification. The system integrator proposing the system shall be in possession of such a certification. 12. The Security Management System client and server software shall be used in conjunction with intelligent controllers to provide a distributed access control and alarms monitoring system. In the event of a communications failure between the host server and the field controllers, the controllers shall continue to make local access control decisions and save all transactions in memory until communications are restored. At that time the controller shall upload all stored transactions to the server. 13. The Security Management System shall seamlessly integrate the functions of access control, alarms monitoring and response, video management, badge design/creation, identity management and visitor management. Licenses for all of these items (except for licenses for individual cameras) shall be included as part of the base price of the proposal, and not as extra-cost options. 14. All Security Management System user interface components shall run in an integrated application environment as part of a single application executable. Systems which provide their user interface through multiple separate applications programs shall not be acceptable, except as specifically indicated below. 15. Language packages in at least 3 languages shall be available at no extra charge. B. Required Access Control Hardware Features 1. The Security Management System will provide the option of using either conventional modular door controllers which enable between 2 and 16 doors to be housed within one steel enclosure or alternatively using Edge Network Controllers supporting PoE+. 2. The Security Management System intelligent database controller shall support a minimum of 20,000 cardholders with expansion capabilities of up to 1,000,000 cardholders. 3. The Security Management System intelligent database controller shall support a minimum of 12,000 offline transactions. The option to provide for at least 65,000 transaction storage at the panel must be available. 4. The Security Management System hardware shall be comprised of modular components that connect over standard interfaces to one another. There shall be database storage and processing module (DBU), and once data has been downloaded to the DBU it shall locally make access control decisions. Access granted or denied decisions shall be made in under 0.5 seconds. 5. The DBU shall store firmware in non-volatile flash memory to allow for convenient updates through a firmware update application. The DBU shall store the cardholder and configuration database information in battery-backed memory so that loss of primary power will not cause the loss of the database. 6. The Security Management System hardware shall be capable of expansion via 4- , and 8- door controllers. Door controllers shall support one or more input/output 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 6 Access Control module expansion cards that require no additional addressing and provide 8 monitored input points or 8 auxiliary output points. 7. The DBU shall support configurations that include: 16 card readers, 96 monitored input points, or 96 auxiliary output points. 8. There shall be an intelligent controller option to provide control of 8 readers/doors from a single circuit board (communications, memory, CPU, and reader/door functions integrated) with an available 8-reader/door add-on to provide a 16-door controller from two circuit boards. The 8-door controller shall provide an integrated on-board RS-232 interface, and shall have provisions for modular expandable memory. 9. System must support the installation of card readers at any distance up to 3000 feet from the reader interface board. Systems that do not support this requirement, or that require additional, separately mounted components to achieve the requirement shall not be acceptable. This requirement does not apply to biometric reader devices or Wiegand readers. 10. Each supplied card reader shall be continuously monitored for tamper (reader removed from backing plate or reader removed from wall). Tamper detection switch must be part of the reader and fit entirely within the reader housing. Use of external tamper switches shall not be acceptable. This requirement does not apply to biometric reader devices. 11. When using the vendor’s proprietary card readers, each supplied reader shall be actively and continuously monitored for communications loss by the Security Management System hardware. This monitoring shall consist of a two-way Poll- Response mechanism that insures the integrity of all signaling including LED and LCD (if equipped) data paths. Systems utilizing uni-directional “heartbeats” or not including active, continuous monitoring of reader communications shall not be acceptable. This requirement does not apply to biometric reader devices or Wiegand card readers. 12. When using the vendor’s proprietary card readers, the Security Management System shall optionally annunciate door forced and held conditions using the reader’s onboard sounder, Systems that do not offer this behavior, or that require additional wiring, use additional relay outputs, or require external sounders to accomplish it shall not be acceptable. This requirement does not apply to biometric reader devices or retained legacy readers. 13. The hardware shall be made with a lead-free manufacturing process to meet RoHS requirements. 14. Communication Schemes a. Network Communications i Field panels shall have the ability to communicate with its server or (for very large systems) its communications PC over the local or wide area network. This shall be achieved by the addition of a network interface option module 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 7 Access Control (except in the case of controllers with a pre-installed network interface card [NIC]). The network interface shall support a minimum of “100 base TX” communications speed. ii The network interface shall support encryption utilizing AES 128 or AES 256 algorithms. iii Field panel models should be available to allow chains of connected panels to be created where the first panel is directly connected to the network and a minimum of 30 additional intelligent field panels daisy-chained together such that they communicate back to the single network interface. iv An optional modem and telephone line shall be configured to provide an alternative path for the reporting of alarms in the case of unavailability of the network. The fallback to dial-up alarms reporting shall be automatic in the event of detecting a network communications failure. b. Hardwired Communications i The field panels shall be located convenient to the access and monitor points that they control, and shall be interconnected in a chain configuration to the server or a serial port of a convenient communications PC on the system. ii The system shall support a minimum of 31 intelligent field panels daisy-chained together such that they communicate back to a single serial communications port at the server / communications PC. c. Bi-Directional Communications i A chain of field panels shall be wired in a loop configuration, by the addition of a cable from the last controller and connecting it into a second port on the PC. When this configuration is installed, should a break in the cable occur, the PC shall be able to communicate with the nodes after the break, via the secondary port. This requirement does not apply to retrofit controllers d. Dial-Up Communications i Remote sites with field panels shall also have the ability to be centrally administered and monitored using low cost dial-up connections via autodial/auto-answer modems with 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 8 Access Control each site storing all access activity for up-loading during periodic calls to update the central history log. Should an alarm occur, the remote site shall immediately call and report the incident. e. Secondary Dial-In Alarms i Installations involving large quantities of remote dial-up sites shall have the ability to be configured with a secondary port, which is dedicated to receiving any alarms from the remote sites. This feature shall ensure that alarms can still be received even if the primary line is busy, for example, if card administration updates are occupying this telephone line. 15. Efficient Memory Management a. Other than Edge Network controllers, DBU Controllers shall be capable of supporting cardholder populations of at least 200,000 cards when equipped with sufficient memory, or be configured to a learning mode that allows the cards most frequently used to have their access rights stored locally in the panel’s memory. b. The system will include a “learn mode” function. When a card is presented which is not resident in the local panel, a verification request shall be made to the central database, if the card is valid the details shall be downloaded. If the card memory is full, the card with the oldest transaction date shall be deleted to make space for the card requested. This shall allow automatic management of cardholders, based upon frequent users having “instant” response and infrequent users learned when required. 16. Elevator Control a. The system shall have the ability to provide elevator access control by (1) using a card reader to activate the elevator call button, (2) using a card reader in the cab to activate the correct floor selection button, or (3) a combination of both of these functions. The system shall have special field panels specifically designed to handle inputs and outputs used to interface with the elevator controls. b. The panels specifically designed for elevator control shall support either a single elevator cab for up to 64 floors, or up to 4 elevator cabs for up to 16 floors each. c. Each cardholder shall then have floor permissions assigned as part of the normal access rights. The system shall provide outputs to the elevator controls to uniquely verify which floors are authorized for each cardholder. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 9 Access Control The system shall be capable of tracking which floor was enabled/selected by that person. 17. Elevator Destination Dispatch a. The system shall provide a two-way TCP/IP based software interface between the Security Management System and the Destination Dispatch elevator system. b. The system must accommodate one or more computer driven kiosks as each elevator landing lobby connected to a computer-based elevator controller. c. The system must display a free or secure status icon for each landing served. d. The system must direct the passenger to the appropriate elevator car that was dispatched based on passenger’s permission level. 18. Database Synchronization a. To ensure synchronization of the distributed controllers’ databases with a region’s main database an internal checking process shall be provided within each controller. In the event of corruption of a controller’s local database then it shall be able to detect this condition and automatically request the relevant data to be downloaded from it’s local server. This action shall not require Operator intervention. b. The system shall continue to provide access control functionality during this re-synchronization process. 19. Door lock release relays shall be minimally rated for 3 A @ 30 VDC for non- retrofit controllers, 2A@30VDC for retrofit controllers. 20. Readers supporting various technologies shall provide data from card presentations or biometric authentications through a door control unit (DC) that includes the electrical interface to the reader as well as inputs for door sensors and form C relays for outputs. 21. The DC shall support Wiegand communications to the reader. In order to provide higher levels of security, the DC shall also support bi-directional, supervised communications to the reader. Door controllers that do not support encryption and supervision of reader communications are not considered equal. 22. The system shall support an option to store cardholder biometric hand geometry templates at the panel (as part of the cardholder record). Storage of the hand geometry template data at the reader shall be unacceptable. This requirement does not apply to edge network or retrofit controllers. 23. The Security Management System hardware (except retrofit controllers and connected legacy devices) shall support all of the following options for supervision of the monitored input points: a. 2-state supervision – in which only secured and alarm state are indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 10 Access Control b. 3-state supervision – in which the input state can be secure, alarm or open circuit. c. 4-state supervision – supports secure, alarm, short circuit and open circuit states. d. 6-state supervision – supports secure, alarm, short or open circuit for the sensor in addition to tamper alarm and tamper short circuit states. 24. The system shall provide the option to install Edge Network Door Controllers which support either one or two doors using PoE+ (Power over Ethernet Plus). a. The intelligent PoE+ edge network controller shall provide access control processing, host functionality and 12VDC power for one or two doors (when connected to a PoE+ network port supplying maximum 802.3at power, including reader, lock, door status, request-to-exit device and auxiliary sounder). b. Each intelligent controller shall be powered using PoE, PoE+, or locally via a 12VDC supply. When powered using PoE, up to 700mA should be available for reader and electric lock power. When powered using PoE+, up to 1.5A should be available for reader and electric lock power. c. The network door controller shall provide full distributed processing of all access control functions. Each controller shall provide distributed intelligence and fast response to access requests including a minimum memory capacity of 90,000 cardholders and 18,000 offline event transactions. d. The controller shall support Flash Memory firmware infrastructure for ease of updating. e. The controller shall support Wiegand output card readers and MCLP protocol for reader communications. f. The controller shall provide four (4) auxiliary inputs for connection of dry- contact monitored devices. These inputs shall offer the option of 2, 4, or 6 state supervision. g. The controller shall provide two (2) auxiliary relay outputs for connection of external devices. h. The network door controller shall be capable of employing 256 bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) for all communications between the controller and host(s) system(s). i. The Edge Network Controller shall provide onboard connections to a client PC via the Local or Wide Area Network. j. The Edge Network Controller shall provide SNMP protocol monitoring. k. The Security Management System shall provide direct network discovery and programming for the Edge Network Controller for simplified installation. l. The controller shall be UL listed and conform to UL294 standards for access control systems. 25. Wireless Locks 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 11 Access Control a. The system shall provide for the connection of Assa Abloy “Aperio” locks via the connection of one or more Aperio Serial hubs. Systems only supporting Aperio Wiegand hubs shall not be acceptable. i Aperio hubs shall be connected to a database unit that holds a local copy of the access rights for 16 doors. The database unit must be capable of granting access and recording activity even when disconnected from the host. Systems not offering this capability shall not be acceptable ii The system shall support Aperio “office mode”. Systems not offering this capability shall not be acceptable. b. The system shall provide for the connection of Assa Abloy WiFi wireless locks through the addition of the relevant software license c. The system shall provide for the connection of Allegion AD-400, and NDE style locks d. The system shall provide for the connection of Salto family locks 26. Enclosures and Power Supplies a. All electronic circuits supplied, with the exception of the Edge Network Controllers, retrofit controller, or those which are PoE powered or within a client or server or recorder PC, shall be mounted on standoffs inside the manufacturer-supplied enclosures. All such enclosures must include a key lock on a removable hinged door, and must include a tamper switch to detect when the door is opened. Systems without key locking of enclosure doors or without doors which are both hinged and removable shall not be acceptable. b. All electronic circuits supplied for the access control system, except those which are PoE powered, are components of the retrofit controller, or are within a client or server or recorder PC, shall be powered by 18-20VAC through supplied 120VAC to 20VAC molded case, fully insulated isolating transformers. The transformer shall be mountable inside the supplied enclosure or separately. Systems which require 120VAC power to be brought directly to the enclosure shall not be acceptable. c. All electronic circuits supplied for the access control system, can use either Life Safety Power, or Altronix pre-configured enclosure types. C. High Availability and Disaster Recovery 1. The Security Management System shall support a variety of High Availability (HA) and Disaster Recovery (DR) solutions including: a. Fault tolerant servers for 99.999% rated availability 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 12 Access Control b. Microsoft clustered server support for 99.99% rated availability c. Remote redundancy through backup servers of general purpose nature or as in Part 1 -1.9C.1.a and Part 1 -1.9C.1.b synchronized through software monitoring the operation of the paired server. 2. To provide greater client software availability, software shall be installed so that in the event of a database server failure, client machines will quickly and without operator intervention, automatically connect to a standby server machine. 3. The Security Management System product shall be capable of supporting options for 99.99% and 99.999% availability. 4. The Security Management System product shall support a disaster recovery solution using off-site database replication. D. Encryption 1. Encryption falls into two distinct areas, firstly between clients and their Server, secondly between client and local area network panels (LAN Nodes). LAN node links shall support AES 128 and AES 256 bit encryption between the supervising client PC and its LAN Chains. 2. For client to server connections, the Security Management System shall support a solution using industry standard network cards supporting IPSec and 3DES encryption. 3. Web-based (thin client) Security Management System clients shall support SSL encryption. E. Required Standard Software Features - The following software features shall be part of the standard product offering without requiring additional purchase or licensing: 1. The installation of the server and client software shall utilize a “wizard” interface to guide users through the appropriate installation steps. 2. The server and client software shall utilize a software-based licensing scheme. Systems requiring hardware based keys or dongles shall not be acceptable. 3. The Security Management System shall utilize Microsoft .NET architecture. 4. The Security Management System shall start up as part of the Operating System. The Security Management System server shall communicate to all clients (operator workstations and field hardware) through Windows services. The Security Management System shall run as a service in the OS, and there shall be no requirement to run an application after the operating system is ready. 5. The Security Management System shall support a Graphical User Interface that minimizes training needs for even inexperienced users. The software shall include on line help displays to eliminate operator reference manuals. 6. The Security Management System software shall be run using standard x86- based hardware, and the operating system shall be Microsoft Windows as follows: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 13 Access Control a. The Security Management System server shall run on 64-bit Windows Server 2012 R2, 2016 or 2019 (Standard or Datacenter Edition). b. Security Management System server shall support operation in a VMware ESXi environment and a manufacturer-supplied manual describing virtualization support shall be provided. c. The Security Management System client software shall run on 64 bit Windows 8.1 Professional or Ultimate, Windows 10 Professional and Enterprise, Windows 11 Professional and Enterprise 7. The server shall use Microsoft SQL Server database and shall support Microsft SQLServer 2014 (32 or 64 bit), 2016-64 bit, 2017-64 bit, 2019-64 bit 8. The system shall allow other authorized applications to gain access to the system’s database should wider integration of the system at the site become a requirement. 9. The system shall use Microsoft Message Queue (MSMQ) for handling transactions between server and clients as well as between server and field hardware. Use of custom-coded or proprietary first-in-first-out (FIFO) buffers shall not be acceptable. 10. It shall be possible to select any function, within a given Operators permission, independent of the currently displayed screen. Functions will be accessed via tool bar Icons, which will include Help prompts that will appear when the mouse pointer dwells on the selection button. It shall also be possible to link any standard Windows application to a custom toolbar icon. 11. The Security Management System shall support an unrestricted number of hours definitions. An hour definition is a description of the times during a 24-hour period during which a function will be active. The system shall support a minimum of 10 intervals per hour definition. 12. The system shall support an unrestricted number of time codes. A time code is defined as a set of hour definitions – one assigned to each day of the week (including Saturday and Sunday) as appropriate, and assigned to the various types of holidays (exceptions) defined in the system. 13. The system shall support a minimum of 9 holiday types. A holiday type shall be assignable to an unrestricted number of dates on the calendar. 14. Operator Permissions a. System operators shall be associated with a log in Name and Password. A system option will determine whether strong operator passwords will be used. The minimum definition of a strong password shall be a password that contains at least one upper case character, one lower case character, one numeral and one punctuation mark, with a minimum password length of six characters. Additionally the password cannot contain any full word of the operator’s username. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 14 Access Control b. The option to use a Secure Biometric or Smart card for system logon shall be provided. When used, this option will force the operator to present their Name, Password and Biometric or Smart card. c. The operator’s account shall be role based. The role is a permission profile. This will determine the functions that shall be available to that operator when logged-on to the system. The system shall support an option to hide Personal Identification Numbers of cardholders when an operator is viewing a record. d. The system shall show each operator only features and options for which he or she is authorized. Features and options for which the operator does not have permission must be hidden. Systems that display functionality that is unavailable due to inadequate permissions shall not be acceptable, even if such functionality is disabled or “grayed out”. e. Card record data entry shall be divided into operator permission areas, allowing separate permission categories to be assigned for the viewing of personal data, ID badge printing and access right management. f. The Security Management System shall support an unrestricted number of operator accounts and operator roles. g. For all operators, a means of re-arranging their Icon tool bar shall be provided to allow the most frequently used Icons to be repositioned by the operator. h. The system shall store operator preferences based on logon information. This feature shall allow an operator to work with their preferred configuration independent of which workstation they occupy. i. The system shall support an option to reset all window layouts to a pre- defined “Home Screen”. 15. Video Badging a. The system shall incorporate video imaging as a fully integrated function within the SME to customize access control cards by printing an identity badge directly onto the card. The badge design and image capture capabilities shall combine with the latest technology card printers to allow the production of an ID badge pass for each card holder at the time of registration. b. For each cardholder both a facial image and a signature shall be able to be captured, or imported, and stored within the database as part of the card record. These images shall be captured from a supported USB webcam or standard CCTV camera connected to the computer, or imported if available as a bit map or JPEG file. The system shall use data compression techniques to ensure efficient use of the available hard disk space to maximize the number of images that can be stored on the hard disk. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 15 Access Control c. System shall provide the ability to crop the image (live capture or imported from JPG, BMP, or WMF) to the desired area maintaining the proper aspect ratio. d. Additionally, a signature may be imported from a signature capture terminal connected to the system via an RS-232 com port or USB port of the client PC local to where the card is being issued. 16. Badge Design and Printing a. A comprehensive integrated badge design facility shall be provided as a standard integrated feature of the single Security Management System softwareapplication, with no separate licenses or license fees required to activate the feature. The badge designer must allow an unrestricted number of custom badge layouts to be defined, and then saved with a suitable description as a reference. This shall make full use of the card record details such as name, card number, inactive date as well as allowing personal data to be included in the badge design. Company logos shall be imported as bitmaps (BMP) or JPEG images to provide a personalized corporate appearance to the card. b. All elements incorporated into the design shall be able to be rotated. c. Badge design within the Security Management System shall contain either single sided or double-sided designs. Each side of the card may also be designated as being blank, or magnetic stripe side, or smart chip side, to ensure the designer is aware of the available space where printing may be incorporated for each card combination. The badge designer function shall be capable of supporting portrait, landscape, standard and custom-sized card designs. d. When creating a new card record a badge preview screen shall also be included that displays the specific card’s details on the selected badge design to allow confirmation prior to requesting the badge to be printed. e. Each new cardholder record shall have the option to be flagged for future printing. Cards flagged in this manner shall be easily recalled at a later stage and processed for output to the printer in a single action. Selecting multiple cards for bulk printing shall also allow each card to be printed either with its specific badge design, as defined within each card’s record, or alternatively printed with a selected common badge design. Encoding of magnetic stripe cards shall also be included as part of the bulk printing process. f. The Security Management System shall support any manufacturer’s ID badge printer with a Microsoft Windows (depending on the workstation configuration) compatible printer driver. g. The Security Management System shall incorporate the option to encode a magstripe or smart card during the print cycle. Applications that require on- site encoding can combine both actions in a single process. Encoding may 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 16 Access Control only be supported on a limited set of printer models defined by the Security Management System manufacturer. h. Each badge design shall include a default printer and validity period. i. Badge Designs shall include the ability to add access rights to the badge design, so a cardholder issued with a specific badge design will automatically receive badge permisions related to that badge design. j. The badge designer shall shall support the ability for objects (images, or other fields to be printed to the card) to be enabled or disabled by the presence of a specific label in the cardholder record. For instance, a logo indicating a certain training would be printed only if the personal data field identified indicated such a certification for that cardholder. Solutions requiring a separate badge design for any change in badge graphical content shall not be acceptable. 17. Identity Verification a. Identity verification shall include the ability to monitor up to 9 lanes, and each lane shall comprise a single entry point. b. There shall be up to three live video camera views available per lane on the same window to verify that each card offered is in fact being used by the person to whom it was issued. (for monitoring vehicles approaching and arriving at the entry point of each lane for example). c. A method of granting access to the individual at each entry point with a single mouse click shall be provided. d. Each lane shall automatically display the stored image for a card when used at a reader. e. The operator shall be provided with a means to quickly search cardholder records by name to manually compare and verify basic card information. f. Each lane shall provide configurable cardholder information to be displayed when a card is presented at the entry point reader (for example card expiry date and personal data) g. This screen shall also be frozen and printed to provide a hard copy evidence of any abuse observed by the operator. For high security entry points, the system shall be configured to not grant access until the operator has verified the stored and live images are the same person, with the door release being controlled by the system operator. h. This screen shall provide manual operation of pre-defined commands as a means of rapid response to events for each lane. i. Intercom station call and answer functionality shall be provided for each lane. 18. Report Generation a. Extensive history reporting shall be a standard integrated feature; and shall include the ability to review all system alarms, access control activity, and 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 17 Access Control operator actions. These reports shall be made available for review via the operator’s display screen, or to a printer, or to another disk media. Extensive sort parameters shall include by any of the “Personal Details” fields or Titles, for example by “Department”, and only Names commencing with “SM*”. b. The system shall support generation of reports detailing the system operation. The following reports shall be available in the software: i Cards on site ii Hours on site iii Cardholders with access to each door iv Access rights of each cardholder v System Configuration vi Scheduled and Conditional Commands defined vii System operator transaction history c. It shall be possible to replay video clips associated with events by directly interacting with the report as published to the computer screen. d. The system shall demonstrate the ability to export data, for example reports, to other standard office word processing packages such as Microsoft Word®. e. The system shall provide system management reporting, including detailed listings for all the operator actions and the current cardholder database for output to the display screen, printer or disk media. f. The system shall have the ability to save frequently used report configurations and associate them with a “Title”. Such predefined reports shall be available from a list to simplify the report selection. It shall be possible to request these reports to run immediately or schedule them to occur at a specified date and time. g. Scheduled reports shall additionally have the option to be automatically repeated by specifying the number of days and reporting period to be included, for example a weekly report of Alarms to run at 10:30 am each Monday and including the previous 7 days of Alarms. h. The system shall allow custom reporting options by providing an interface to a commercially available ‘off the shelf’ reporting product, The interface shall present all database fields in a structured format, which does not require detailed knowledge of the database design and table relationships. i. History Reporting i Extensive reporting shall be included to provide the ability to review all system alarms, access control activity and operator actions. These reports shall be available for review on the operator’s display, to a printer, or to a file. ii Extensive sort parameters shall include any of the personal details fields of information such as by department, job title, vehicle registration, contractor company name or any other reference appropriate for each site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 18 Access Control iii Frequently run report configurations shall be saved allowing them to be selected and run on demand, or scheduled to run automatically as required. When scheduled to run automatically this shall have the ability to be repeated. iv Total Hours Spent On-Site: This report shall provide a detailed audit of the arrival and departure times for cardholders and calculates the total time spent on site for the chosen reporting period. This report shall be filtered by any of the personal data fields of information associated with each cardholder. v Cards On-Site Reporting: This report shall provide a list of cardholders currently on the site. This may be for all persons within the site or just who, for a particular department or a particular contractor company, is currently present. The report may also be run to cover just a part of the site, for example, cardholders in a particular building or room. vi Report Auditing/Archiving: The Security Management System shall have the option to automatically and without user intervention keep a separate archival copy of each generated report, whether the report is sent to screen, printer, or file. The archival copy must be generated at the time of each request and stored unmodified thenceforth. Systems that attempt to reconstruct the archival copy only when it is requested are not acceptable. 19. Client PCs a. The system shall support an unrestricted number of client PCs to suit growing enterprise requirements. The system shall provide the means for multiple operators to simultaneously administer the system from convenient locations connected via a local area network (LAN) or across a wide area network (WAN). b. Systems that operate on the SQL Express database server that restrict the number of clients shall be upgradeable to a fully unrestricted version of the software. c. Clients shall not use mapped drives for server connections. d. Clients shall not use UDP messaging. e. System shall support a minimum of two pc monitors per client. The system shall additionally store the last position and size of all open dialog boxes and screens upon exiting the application on a per operator basis. The next time the operator logs into the application, the screen positions shall be restored. Such operation shall be independent of which workstation the operator uses. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 19 Access Control f. The capability shall be provided to “lock” the window arrangement for each operator individually, such that each time they log on they have a fixed arrangement of windows that they do not have the ability to alter. Systems that cannot prevent an operator from closing or rearranging windows will not be considered. Systems that allow windows to be locked by workstation but not by user will also not be considered. 20. Addition of Cardholders to the System Database a. The system shall provide a means of assigning access control rights to each cardholder. Access control rights determine which access points are accessible to the cardholder based on date and time of day. The system shall support an unrestricted number of access rights. b. The software shall also provide the ability to assign an advanced set of Access rights to a cardholder on a temporary basis. The change may be initiated at any time by an authorized operator, or automatically between specified dates. This shall provide the facility of automatically adding to a card’s rights between a specified date range, after which the card will revert to its normal Doors and Times. Advanced access rights shall be able to be configured for multiple date ranges. c. Each cardholder shall either be associated with standard door timings for door release, door open and door pre-held, or be given extended timings for persons with disabilities or – for example - someone who has to push a cart. d. Cardholders who have not used a card reader for some time shall be readily listed to allow their card’s status to be reviewed. An additional feature shall allow cardholders to be automatically set inactive and therefore access would be denied should the card have not been presented at any reader on the system for a defined number of days. e. Cardholders shall be assigned an expiration date, and more specifically an expiry time, after which a card shall automatically become inactive and therefore be rejected at all readers on the system. To further simplify card administration, the system shall have the ability to be configured to automatically purge expired cardholder records after a configurable number of days from the date of expiration. f. Cardholders who have mislaid or forgotten their issued card(s) shall be provided with a means of temporary card assignment. All cards issued for the cardholder shall automatically be inactivated whilst the temporary card is active. g. The system shall allow for the definition of Access control rights to be associated with a badge design. Each user that selects that badge design shall be provided with the associated access control rights that can further be customized for the specific cardholder. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 20 Access Control h. The system shall allow access control rights to be defined for a cardholder on a per reader basis. A timecode will be associated with each reader as it is assigned to the cardholder’s access control rights. i. The system shall allow access control rights to be defined for a cardholder on a per reader group basis. Reader groups are groups of readers. A timecode will be associated with each reader group as it is assigned to the cardholder’s access control rights. j. The system shall allow access control rights to be defined for a cardholder on an access code basis. An access code is a group of access control rights combining different readers and different reader groups, each at different timecodes. This is to be particularly suitable for role based access right assignment. k. The system shall have a note field associated with each cardholder record. The note field shall be free form text and shall support a minimum of 256 characters. The note field shall further support the ability to attach multiple files (of any type or size) to each cardholder record. l. When viewing a cardholder record the last twenty-five (25) valid door access transactions shall be displayed to help locate a cardholder. m. A driver’s license scanner shall be supported to simplify data entry of cardholder information. The scanner support shall include, at a minimum, the ability to automatically read, through optical character recognition, the most common fields from valid driver’s licenses issued by all 50 states in the USA and from international drivers licenses, and populate these fields into the appropriate user-defined personal data fields in the cardholder record. n. The system shall support a field for assigning an approving official to the cardholder record that defines the individual who authorized the assignment of a credential. Approving officials shall have an associated validity period and image of their signature. As an option, the assignment of an approving official shall be mandatory. o. The Security Management System shall allow the user to enroll biometric data as part of the cardholder enrollment process. The number of verifications to determine applicability of the enrolled biometric data shall be configurable. p. The Security Management System shall obtionally be connected to other suitable biomertric systems and the cardholder name and card number shall be passed to that other biometric system by a standard mechanism which has been cionfigured by the biometric system manufacturer. 21. Cardholder Details a. Cardholder information shall include first and last name, card number, PIN code and valid period to provide automatic expiration. PIN numbers shall be configurable from 4 to 8 digits in length. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 21 Access Control b. Each cardholder record shall also incorporate at least 50 user-defined personal data fields, independent of user-defined fields for visitor management. c. Data entry shall be simplified by remembering previous entries of personal data and allowing selection from a pick list to minimize repetitive typing when creating each cardholder’s record. The cardholder database and the history log shall also be sorted by any of the additional fields of information making them a powerful tool for filtering data. d. Personal data fields shall support free entry text, picking an entry from a previously configured list, or picking an entry from an updatable list. Each of these entries shall further be categorized as a date, a time, general input, card inactive date or customized input. Each category shall support the masking of input data to assure data integrity. For instance, a date mask might look like “mm/dd/yyyy” to indicate that the date input should be a two- digit month followed by a two-digit day followed by a four-digit year all separated by the slash character. The mask shall be required for customized input. e. Personal data fields shall have the option of being configured as mandatory. f. Personal data fields set as dates shall be definable so as to make badges expire when the date is reached, where the dates are dates at which specified training or other compliance expires 22. Locator a. This feature shall provide a quick method of locating cardholders by displaying the last 25 valid history events along with the time, date and access point used. This information shall be available for an individual or group of persons by name, card number or by personal data. 23. Card Watch Feature a. Any cardholder shall be easily tracked as they move around a large site by selecting card watch. As the person uses their access control card, the system shall have the ability to automatically notify the operator of the person’s presence at each location. 24. Key Card Mode a. Key card mode authority shall be assigned to special cardholders, such as site key holders, and can be enabled on a per reader basis. This shall allow a person when vacating an area or building to change the reader’s mode of operation from normal access control to Key Card Out operation. b. When in this condition only persons with key card privileges shall gain access through the door, all non-key card users are rejected regardless of their card’s current access rights. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 22 Access Control c. This special feature shall be activated/deactivated by the key cardholder, using a card swipe followed by a special code entered via the reader’s keypad. 25. Serial Device Interface a. The software shall allow the definition of ASCII commands to be sent out over a computer serial port (physical or virtual) or through the RS-232 interface of the DBU. These serial commands shall be available through the user interface as well as in the conditional logic described herein. 26. Automatic Holiday Override a. The software shall be programmed by the operator to recognize special or holiday dates, which in turn can be linked to operational changes in how the site is to be managed on these specific days. This feature shall notify a system operator of individual holiday dates up to seven days prior provides a useful check on the date’s current validity. Multiple types of holiday dates shall also be provided so that partial days or early closing requirements on specific dates can be accommodated. b. Cardholder definitions shall be provided with the ability to add vacations in a quick and convenient manner. Dates and time periods shall be defined during which access is denied to all access points and an alarm generated if access is attempted. c. The Security Management System shall provide a calendar function to enable scheduling of events up to three (3) years into the future. d. The Security Management System shall provide the ability to schedule one- time events for up to three (3) years into the future. 27. Multi-Company System Partitioning a. The access point readers, monitor points, and auxiliary outputs shall be managed on a multi-company partition basis by simply defining which devices are to be included in a partition. b. The Security Management System shall be supplied with the ability to manage up to 64 partitions, and shall have an option to manage up to 999 partitions. c. Multiple private or public entities shall be able to share the system with database segregation for card records and ownership of readers, monitor point inputs and switching outputs dependent upon the operators assigned permissions. Each company partition shall allow for autonomous system administration, allowing partitioned card administration, reports, and alarms. d. Operator permissions shall be created and assigned globally or by the owning company. When created and assigned globally an Operator’s password shall be associated with one or more companies. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 23 Access Control e. Alarm reporting shall be routed to a client PC located at the company owning the monitor point or reader and can be automatically redirected to a different PC at pre-programmed times and selective days of the week. f. Common areas, such as the main entrance, shall have the ability to be shared so that all companies may access these doors, even when different card customer/site codes have been configured. 28. Alarm Management a. Alarm and activity management must be handled in the same executable program as other access control functions such as cardholder management, badging, and hardware configuration. Systems utilizing a separate application for alarm handling shall not be acceptable. b. Alarms must be displayed in a separate window from non-alarm system activity. Systems which display both alarms and non-alarm activity in a single window shall not be acceptable. It must be possible to display either the alarm window, the activity window, or both at any time. c. The Alarm window shall provide a method to filter alarms for all available alarm field parameters. Configured filters shall be saved per user with the option of sharing to all users. Filtered records shall be displayed in a separate view within the alarm window. d. The system must provide separate permissions for alarms and activity, and allow users to be individually granted rights to view and or process either, neither, or both. Systems which cannot separately grant privileges for alarms and for non-alarm activity shall not be acceptable. e. Alarm handling shall be efficiently managed with up to 999 priority levels and user definable instruction messages to ensure the operator monitoring the site takes appropriate responses. f. To provide additional information when reviewing alarm signals, the operator shall either enter custom comments or simply select from a predefined pick list to provide a time-stamped record of all the actions taken throughout the incident. g. Predefined manual commands shall be uniquely assigned for each alarm, and readily activated by the operator via a command button provided on the alarm acknowledgement screen. Additionally automatic trigger commands shall be configured to automatically operate in response to any given alarm condition. h. The Security Management System shall be optionally configured to require operator comments when acknowledging alarms. i. The Security Management System shall support the ability to selectively choose alarms to acknowledge and/or clear. j. Each alarm shall be configurable to have a specified user defined color and sound, using standard sounds provided with the system or custom generated multimedia wave files. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 24 Access Control k. Each alarm shall be capable of linking video from specified integrated video management systems (if applicable) for incident playback. l. The Alarm Monitor screen shall provide an indication that cardholder information is available for a specific alarm. A “Card” button shall be available that when pressed will display the cardholder badge image. m. Alarm monitor screen shall support the display of alarm statistics, shall provide up to ten alarm filters to be displayed in different tabs on the alarm screen, and shall provide the ability to sort based on each different column. n. It shall be possible to add additional relevant fields of information to the alarm monitor screen o. Each alarm shall be time-stamped in the local time zone (not the server time zone), and the system shall support the additional display of labels associated with different geographical time zones such as PST, EST, GMT, etc. The labels for time zones shall be customizable. p. The system shall permit the routing and display of real time activity at any standard client PC. Activity shall be shown in a dedicated activity window that is updated automatically when new transactions occur. This option shall not be limited to routing transactions to one location and shall support the simultaneous routing and display of real time activity at multiple locations. q. The activity display refresh near real-time and shall allow filtering, color coding, addition of cardholder photos to relevant events, freezing of the display and review of historic activity for any previous date where the activity is still in the database. r. Alarms shall be capable of being routed to specific client machines by time of day or day of week. s. Unacknowledged alarms shall be capable of being routed to alternate client PC(s) or to be sent by email based on age and priority of alarm. t. E-mail alarm messages shall be controlled by time of day and day of the week. For example, e-mail to the Facility Security Supervisor would only be generated when alarms occur during after-hours times. u. Each alarm definition shall allow a destination e-mail address to be defined. The e-mail address may be an address group as defined in the e-mail MAPI application. v. The display of reader door alarms shall be automatically enabled or disabled by the use of timed commands, either by reader or by a group of readers. w. The system shall support a generic ASCII input capability that allows the system administrator to define specific ASCII input strings as alarms to be displayed in the alarm monitoring window as well as on the graphical map interface if so configured. x. An optional advanced alarm workflow capability will be available providing alternative routings through the alarm processing based on the answers to questions provided by operators. The workflow capability will be configured through an integrated dataflow diagram style drag and drop configuration screen 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 25 Access Control 29. Task Management a. A method to allow any ad-hoc or regular tasks to be completed by operators shall be provided. b. Tasks shall define actions to be completed by specific users, or any user with a specified user role. c. Each task shall be assigned a due date and time, and if the task is not marked as completed before the due time is reached its status shall automatically change to ‘overdue’. d. The tasks selection window shall show all completed and incomplete tasks, each task displaying subject, due date and time, the user name or role that the task is assigned to and current status. e. The tasks window shall provide filters for viewing task records and the ability to add new tasks, or open existing tasks (to mark them as complete or add comments for example). f. Tasks shall allow alarm generation when they become overdue or on the immediate creation of a new task. g. It shall be possible to add details to each task (for example, how to complete the task) and comments to facilitate management. h. Tasks shall be configurable for re-occurrence (for example every Tuesday or every day). Once the task is completed a new instance of the task shall be created. i. A means to attach files to tasks shall be provided. j. Overdue tasks appearing in the alarm window shall be cleared by opening the alarm and selecting ‘complete’. If the task is configured as ‘re-occurring’ a new task shall be generated depending upon the settings in the tasks recurrence window tab. k. Completed tasks shall be deleted automatically after the period specified by the ‘Purge daily logs after’ value configured for the Security Management System. l. The number of unacknowledged task alarms shall be displayed in the Security Management System status bar along the bottom edge of the main window -a blue background shall distinguish them from system alarms. m. The task Manager shall be a standard feature of the Security Management System with no separate licenses or license fees required to activate the feature. 30. Graphical Site Maps a. To further enhance the presentation to the operator, the system shall have the ability to import and use graphical maps. Graphics shall be linked together using a tiered tree structure. To speed the location of an incident, each map level shall contain a clearly visible indicator as to which sub map the operator should select next to find the device that is in alarm. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 26 Access Control b. Graphics shall also have the ability to be configured to appear automatically on presentation of a new alarm, providing the operator with prompt visual indication that an alarm has occurred. c. The status of card readers, doors, monitor points and auxiliary outputs shall be requested from any graphic by simply selecting the icon representing the device and its current state will be displayed. d. The icons on the graphic map shall dynamically indicate the status of the device they represent. For example, a door icon shall change to show the door open when the door position sensor indicates such, and shall change to the original icon when the door is again secure. Additionally, monitor points shall also change to show their current state. e. Should the operator wish to change the current setting, simply pressing the right mouse button shall cause the appropriate command options list to appear for selection. f. Having selected a command, confirmation shall be provided by reflecting the change in status on the display. g. It shall be possible to import photos, graphics and drawings in the following formats: JPEG, Bitmap, Windows metafile or DXF. h. Icons representing access points, monitoring points, switching outputs, alarm inputs, cameras or intercom call stations shall be placed on any map at the required location in a drag and drop manner. i. It shall be possible to define on the graphic the location of card readers, access doors, alarm monitored points, output switching relays, cameras, intercom call stations and alarm panel devices. j. The graphic display shall allow the operator to view the video stream from any video camera defined on the security management system. The graphic display shall allow the display of stored Digital Video Clips. k. It shall be possible to define on the graphic the location of reader groups and camera groups. Such groups shall be placed and appear as a single icon, but actions taken on them shall affect the entire group. l. It shall also be possible to change the status of card readers, reader groups, floor groups, alarm monitor points or output switching relays and confirm the successful execution of such commands from the graphical display. This functionality shall be capable of being restricted per device based on operator permissions. m. The graphic display shall include the option to display a group of similar devices as a single icon. Once devices are grouped it shall be possible to change their status. For example, it shall be possible to unlock all entrance doors by executing a single command from the map display. n. It shall be possible to display a device on any graphic, on multiple graphics, or on no graphics. It shall also be possible to display the same device in multiple locations on the same graphic. Systems that do not allow devices to be placed multiple times on the same or multiple graphic shall not be acceptable. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 27 Access Control 31. Manual and Automatic Commands a. Operators shall be provided with a wide choice of manual commands embracing the control of card readers, monitor points, output switching relays and door locking devices. Also the operator shall have the ability to check the status of single, or multiple devices. This shall ensure the operator is always able to check the operational status of the system and make any adjustments as requirements change. When graphical maps are utilized, status requests shall be simply initiated by “clicking” on the device icon within the map. This functionality shall be capable of being restricted per device based on operator permissions. b. Automatic commands shall be included and may operate on a timed or event basis. c. Scheduled commands shall easily be defined linking complementary commands to occur at the start and stop times of any chosen timecode. d. Event triggered commands shall provide an extremely powerful means of creating IF/THEN/WHEN associations encompassing a wide selection of IF conditions to the automatic execution of THEN commands subject to a WHEN timecode being active. A minimum of 10 THEN actions shall be available per trigger command. e. Devices shall be managed on a partition basis by grouping card readers, monitor points and auxiliary outputs. This feature shall allow multiple devices to be actioned by a single command when using manual, timed and conditional commands. This functionality shall be capable of being restricted per device based on operator permission. f. The Security Management System shall support an unrestricted number of automatic (scheduled and trigger) and manual commands. These commands shall be capable of spanning across multiple field controllers. g. Triggered commands shall be executed directly within field controllers if the input initiating the command and the output of the command are held within the same controller. 32. Card Initiated Commands a. The software shall allow authorized cardholders to initiate powerful trigger commands manually from selected card reader locations when certain models of card readers are used in conjunction with the field panels. b. Up to 99 predefined commands shall be invoked by an authorized card allowing, for example, a patrolling guard to switch on outputs, disable monitor points, lock doors, providing remote management of the system during a patrol of the site. c. The system shall only permit assigned users to enter command codes at keypad readers. Such assigned users shall not be restricted as to when or where they can enter a command code – such restrictions may be placed on the commands themselves. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 28 Access Control 33. User Code Mode a. The Security Management System shall support the ability to put a keypad- equipped reader into User Code Mode. This feature shall allow a cardholder to gain access by entering the card number of a valid card at a reader keypad, therefore not requiring the holder to carry a card. b. User code mode shall be enabled on a per reader basis and this mode shall support card number only, or card number and its assigned PIN code. 34. Visitor Management a. Visitor Management shall be incorporated as a standard feature of software, with no separate licenses or license fees required to activate the feature. Operators shall be able to pre-enroll visitors using a Web (thin) or Standard (thick) client. The thin client shall connect to the server via thin client technologies such as Citrix and Microsoft™ Internet Explorer to permit any operator with visitor permissions assigned the ability to pre-enroll visitors without the need to install client software on their local machine. b. Visitor Management shall be fully integrated with other key areas of the system, such as access, alarms management, muster and Video ID Badging. Visitor records shall have 50 personal data fields with user definable data titles independent from the personal data fields defined for cardholders. All visitor transactions and movements shall be recorded and may be reported on and filtered, using the extensive reporting capabilities of the software. Visitors may exist without being assigned a card number if access control is not required. c. Data entry shall be simplified by remembering previous entries of personal data and allowing selection from a pick list to minimize repetitive typing when creating each visitor’s record. The cardholder database and the history log shall also be sorted by any of the additional fields of information making them a powerful tool for filtering data. d. Personal data fields shall support free entry text, picking an entry from a previously configured list, or picking an entry from an updatable list. Each of these entries shall further be categorized as a date, a time, general input, or customized input. Each category shall support the masking of input data to assure data integrity. For instance, a date mask might look like “mm/dd/yyyy” to indicate that the date input should be a two-digit month followed by a two-digit day followed by a four-digit year all separated by the slash character. The mask shall be required for customized input. e. Personal data fields shall have the option of being configured as mandatory. f. Visitor time of arrival and time of departure shall be tracked by the system. This feature shall be available even if a visitor is not issued a card or card number in the system. g. It shall be possible to configure a reader to automatically inactivate presented visitor cards ready for reuse. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 29 Access Control h. The system shall support a driver’s license scanner including optical character recognition to ease data entry. i. The Security Management System shall support capture of a business card image. j. The Security Management System shall support the inclusion of a custom message for each visitor record. 35. Area Occupancy Monitor a. The system shall include the ability to monitor the occupancy of an area. b. Occupancy thresholds shall be configured for the maximum and minimum values, and associated with automatic conditional commands. These shall be used for applications such as to disable the entry readers when all the garage spaces are occupied and switch a garage full indicator sign on. c. Complementary commands shall also be provided to enable the entry readers and turn off the indicator as a vehicle leaves the garage. Similarly when the garage is empty, the lights could be automatically turned off. 36. Device Configuration a. The system shall support a notes field to be associated with each device configured on the system. The notes field shall be free-form text, and shall support a minimum of 256 characters. The notes field may be used for detailed device descriptions or for maintenance history. b. The system shall allow a unique set of arbitrary files of any type to be associated with each device. c. The system shall provide a hierarchical tree view of the system configuration supporting expansion and collapse of any and all branches. d. It shall be possible to define the location of each device (card reader, door controller, camera etc.) within the system through a dedicated location field in the configuration record. 37. Windows Daylight Saving Auto Adjustment a. The system shall support Windows TimeSrv or Windows time management. 38. History Archive and System Back up a. The system shall be capable of retaining at least 25 years of activity in its online log file, disk storage space permitting. Systems that require offline storage of historical events shall not be acceptable. b. The system shall allow on line archiving of history logs, along with database back-up of system configuration and cardholder details. To further ease the burden of remembering to back up your system’s database, this function shall be able to be automated to occur without intervention at a pre-set time. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 30 Access Control c. The system backup and history archive shall be to a local or remotely accessible UNC path. 39. Support for Smart Cards and Biometrics a. The system shall have the integrated capability to capture at least two forms of biometrics – preferably fingerprint and hand geometry. b. Any proposed fingerprint solution shall support the enrollment and use of at least two fingerprints, which shall allow the cardholder to present either finger to gain entry. c. On a timed or manual basis the system shall be configurable to allow entry using the smart card only, smart card plus fingerprint or smart card plus two fingerprints, thereby raising or lowering the level of security as required. d. The system shall allow the assignment of a fingerprint for normal entry and a different fingerprint for duress entry. The cardholder shall have the ability to trigger a silent duress alarm by presenting the duress fingerprint. This provides the cardholder with a safe way to indicate a duress condition, without alerting anyone locally that the alarm has been triggered. e. An option to recall the fingerprint acceptance threshold from the smart card to override the threshold stored at the reader shall be provided. By recalling the threshold from the smart card, overall site security is not compromised by a poor quality fingerprint, which would normally require a low acceptance threshold to be set at the reader. 40. Server Hardening and Cyber Security The manufacturer of the Security Management System shall make available documentation on Server Hardening, which shall, at a minimum, detail the TCP/IP ports that are utilized by the system to allow other ports to be closed. 41. Anti-Passback a. The system shall support both “hard” anti-passback and “soft” anti-passback alarm reporting modes. i If the cardholder has access rights at a reader, but creates an anti-passback alarm, if the reader configured as hard anti-passback sends an anti-passback alarm and denies access to the door/portal. ii Soft anti-passback sends an anti-passback alarm, but still allows access through the door/portal. b. The system shall support timed anti-passback. The principle of timed antipassback is simple: once a card has been used at a timed antipassback 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 31 Access Control reader, the card causes an anti-passback violation if it is used again at the same or another timed anti-passback reader within a predefined period of time. The exception to this rule is when the antipassback reader has been defined to be for an exit route. In this case, the card can be used at any time without causing an alarm or event. This allows for situations where a person enters an antipassback-protected area, then wishes to exit the area immediately, perhaps, for example, because he or she forgotten something. c. The use of an exit antipassback reader also causes the time delay for reuse of the card to be zeroed, so in the example, the person can re-enter the antipassback-protected area immediately, without having to wait. The delay can also be zeroed from the Card Holders screen or by means of an antipassback command. Sending a command may be useful if, for example, people have passed through an exit during a fire drill and the delay is long. d. The system shall support zonal anti-passback. In the case of zonal antipassback, the building needs to be partitioned into zones. For example, zone 1 may be the main lobby, zone 2 the computer room, etc. For each reader that is defined as a zonal antipassback reader, you can specify which zone of the building the card is going from and which zone it is going to. For example, the reader may allow a card to go from zone 1 (e.g. main lobby) to zone 2 (e.g. computer room). e. The system shall remember which zone each card is in and update this information whenever the card is used at a zonal antipassback reader. An antipassback alarm or event is generated if the reader’s from zone does not match the card’s currently-recorded zone. For example, an alarm or event is generated if the from zone of the reader is zone 3, but the card is currently recorded as being in zone 1. If a card’s currently-recorded zone and the actual zone get out of step, either because of some violation of the system (e.g. a person has previously climbed over a turnstile) or for a legitimate reason (e.g. a person has passed through a fire exit during a fire drill), some means is obviously required to bring the two back into step. This can be accomplished from the Card Holders screen or by means of an antipassback command. Both methods put the card(s) into a "neutral zone", so that the next transaction at an antipassback reader is always accepted without violation, and the reader’s to zone becomes the card’s new zone. 42. Elevator Control a. Each cardholder shall have floor permissions assigned as part of the normal access rights. The system shall provide outputs to the elevator controls to uniquely verify which floors are authorized for each cardholder. The system shall be capable of tracking which floor was enabled/selected by that person. b. The system shall be capable of integrating with elevators through a relay based field controller and also through a software based destination dispatch system according to the requirements of the project 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 32 Access Control F. Required Optional Software Modules [THE FOLLOWING FEATURES ARE OPTIONS, WHICH ADD COST TO THE SYSTEM PRICE. THE DESIGNER/SPECIFIER MUST CAREFULLY SELECT ONLY THE ONES THAT APPLY TO THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT OR CAREFULLY WORD THAT THE SYSTEM SHALL HAVE THE ABILITY TO ADD CERTAIN OPTIONS AT A LATER DATE, BUT THEIR PRICE IS NOT TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PRICE.] 1. Threat Level Manager Option a. A Threat Level Manager option shall provide the ability to make system-wide changes by simply changing the threat level. b. The Threat Level shall be selected from one of five levels that can be labeled and defined by the user. Each threat level shall also have a specified color associated. c. The present state of the system threat level shall be visible from any view within the software. d. The system shall restrict the ability to change threat level to the appropriate operator(s). e. The system shall allow the configuration option to require the approval of two authorized operators to change the threat level. f. The ability to change the threat level shall be integrated into the site graphical maps by right clicking on an appropriate icon. g. The system shall automatically disable access rights for individuals that have a threat level threshold below the selected level. The same access rights will automatically be enabled when the threat level changes to a level below their threshold. h. The system shall automatically modify the settings of selected card readers based on changes in threat level. For example a card reader configuration may be changed from “card only” to “card plus PIN” when the threat level changes. 2. Video Management System Option (See Section 28 23 00 for more details on Digital Video requirements) a. The software shall allow operator to view live video from network cameras and encoders, and playback recorded video from Network Video Recorder systems. The same software option shall allow the system administrator to operate cameras attached to Network Video Recorders and Video Management Systems from all supported manufacturers simultaneously. The software shall allow instant replay of recently recorded video from any digital video source. b. An operator with appropriate privileges shall be able to control supported CCTV matrix switchers in order to display any available CCTV video source on any available CCTV video monitor. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 33 Access Control c. When the system is integrated with a Network Video recorder or Video Management System, it shall be possible to recall and replay stored video clips associated with the selected alarm using the alarms management screen. d. Live video from any configured camera shall be available and viewed within the Security Management System by right-clicking on an appropriate map icon. e. The video components including, but not limited to, supported network cameras, analog cameras connected by encoders, supported Video Management Systems, Network Video Recorders, shall be included in management reports. Management reports are to include, at a minimum: i A tree view of all devices configured in the system, ii Camera Configurations, iii User audit trail of changes such as Who sent What commands that affected configuration (i.e. frame rate changes), iv Reporting of trigger operations. f. The video management module shall provide a graphical time and calendar tool for configuration of frame rate, resolution, pre-sets and other features. g. Virtual Matrix i The system shall provide a “virtual matrix” interface that shall contain: (a) Software Pan, Tilt, Zoom and Focus (PTZF) controls which shall only be displayed when appropriate cameras are selected, (b) Ability to view up to 36 video feeds per virtual matrix (including cameras connected to supported Video Management Systems, supported network cameras, cameras connected to supported video encoders, and other URL including web page or web interfaces to other devices), (c) Ability to select from at least 25 pre-configured virtual matrix layouts, (d) Ability to display active alarms in virtual matrix screen, (e) Ability to display real-time events in virtual matrix screen, (f) Provide a tree view of all cameras and other multimedia (such as web pages) configured in the system, 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 34 Access Control (g) Ability to save screen configurations and to restore previously saved screen configurations, (h) Ability to perform a virtual guard tour by sequencing live video from various cameras into the main cell. (i) The system shall support multiple instances of the virtual matrix. ii The live video management screen shall display software pan/tilt/zoom/focus (PTZF) controls for those cameras that support such features through a software interface. The software shall also have a means of sending the PTZ camera to a pre-set position. At least 999 pre-set positions shall be supported by the Video Management software. iii The video functions (live video display, instant replay of recently recorded video, playback of stored video, and configuration of the video functions) shall be available to any operator (with appropriate privileges) on any workstation connected to the system. iv System shall provide (through graphical map interface or through the virtual matrix) a simple means for a guard or other operator to quickly initiate recording on a specific camera (if it were not otherwise recording). v The system shall permit the operator to use drag-and-drop functionality to select cameras from the tree view of available sources and place them in desired positions on the virtual matrix. A double-click operation shall display the video feed from the selected camera in the next available cell. h. Video Playback i The system shall provide a video playback interface that shall support the following functionality as a minimum requirement: (a) Ability to replay up to four recoded video streams simultaneously in a 2 x 2 virtual matrix. (b) Ability to synchronize the video playback time of up to four recorded video streams. (c) A video playback time line will show the start and end time of the selected video stream (d) The video playback time line shall highlight any gaps in the selected video. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 35 Access Control (e) The video playback time line shall indicate in a different color any alarm activity that relates to the recorded video. (f) The video playback timeline shall show the alarm description and time when the mouse is positioned over the alarm in the timeline. (g) Ability to change the video playback speed to include the following options: 0.5x, 1x, 2x, 4x, 8x, 16x, 32x, 64x, and 128x normal speed. ii The video management module shall support still image capture and video clip export from the video stream. iii The video management module shall support the export of video clips to CD or removable flash memory for archiving and for off-line review. The archived data shall playback on standard video viewers such as Microsoft Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime Viewer. i. The system shall limit operator access to video based on individual permissions. j. Events received from Intrusion Detection Systems, Access Control, or others shall be capable of triggering video recording, to stop video recording, to display live video in the virtual matrix (or otherwise modify the view of the virtual matrix), and to display video playback. k. The system shall allow the programming of event-based triggers to cause: i Live video from a named camera to be displayed in a particular cell of the virtual matrix, ii Live video from a named camera to be displayed in the next available cell of the virtual matrix, iii Reconfiguration of the virtual matrix display based on previously stored data, iv Playback of pre- and post-event video. 3. Data Connect Option a. The system shall provide an option to import and/or export both cardholder details (including facial images and signatures) and system alarm information to/from an external source. This option may be used to speed initial commissioning of the Security Management System’s database, or in some cases, to allow synchronization with other employee management systems. This option may also be used to pass common data to other employee- related systems or databases. It shall be possible to manually start or schedule the data import. It shall also be possible to start the data import 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 36 Access Control process from an external application, thus providing the means for real time import. b. The interface requirements shall be fully defined and support either a comma delimited ASCII text file or a Microsoft SQL® database import mechanism. Fully detailed supporting documentation shall be provided to enable a third party to design and implement this facility without needing reference to the system’s manufacturer. c. Imported data shall reside in an intermediary table within the database until an integrity check can be applied. Only after satisfying this test will data be included in the Security Management System data tables. d. The data connect option shall be provided without extra charge for Enterprise sized Security Management Systems. 4. XML Developers Toolkit Option a. The system shall support the ability to send and receive commands to/from external web services through an XML interface, the XML Developers Toolkit. All operations through this interface shall be accompanied by a logon username and password that will be associated in the Security Management System with operator privileges, which will limit what is permissible. The interface shall use standard security provided by web services. b. The XML Developers Toolkit shall support the import of cardholder details. An external software system may use web services, for example, to add new cardholders, delete cardholders, modify existing cardholder data, make cards inactive, and change access rights. c. The XML interface shall allow an external software system to obtain the details of cardholders that are already in the Security Management System database. d. The XML interface shall allow an external software system to view, acknowledge, and clear outstanding Security Management System alarms. e. The XML interface shall allow an external software system to send a command to a device already defined in the Security Management System (e.g. to open a door or display video from a network camera). f. The XML interface shall allow an external software system to view the status of an Security Management System device (e.g. to determine whether a door is locked or unlocked). g. The XML interface shall allow an external software system to import alarms from external equipment, such as intrusion systems. 5. Smart Card Encoding Option 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 37 Access Control a. The system shall provide the ability to encode contactless smart cards with access control information. The system shall support encoding either MIFARE or DESFire. b. The software shall support the NXP Pegoda, GemPlus, and the HID OmniKey CardMan contactless card readers for the encoding and reading of Mifare and MIFARE DESFire cards. c. The system shall be capable of capturing fingerprint biometrics and storing them on a contactless smart card, which will then be read and used to verify the cardholder during an access control transaction. d. Any proposed fingerprint solution shall support the enrollment and use of at least two fingerprints, which shall allow the cardholder to present either finger to gain entry. e. An option to store the fingerprint acceptance threshold in the smart card or at the reader shall be provided. By storing the threshold in the smart card, overall site security is not compromised by a poor quality fingerprint, which would normally require a low acceptance threshold to be set at the reader. 6. Guard Tour Option a. This feature shall allow Guard Tour patrol sequences to be created consisting of a number of designated clocking points, which the patrolling guard has to visit. b. A guard tour sequence shall define the order in which the clocking points are to be visited and also how long the guard should take to move between each clocking point location. A window of tolerance shall be included to add a +/- value to these timings. c. The system operator shall initiate the required guard tour patrol and declares the guard who is to undertake the tour of the premises. The system shall then automatically monitor the guards progress around the patrol tour, reporting alarms if the clocking points are either out of sequence, or the guard arrives too early, or becomes overdue. The operator shall be notified as each point is clocked to allow the guard’s progress around the site to be monitored. A patrol tour shall be able to be suspended, if required, and will automatically resume when the next point is then clocked. d. Guard tour patrols shall be configurable on a per company basis when multiple companies are required on a site. Management reports shall be created from the history log to confirm when each guard tour was carried out, including any deviations or incidents during the tour. 7. Mustering Option a. The Security Management System shall support an option to generate a muster report. The muster report shows a list of people who may be in the building (or on the site), including visitors. It is intended to be used during fire 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 38 Access Control or other emergencies to support the emergency services identifying who may be left in the building, and where they may be located. b. The muster report shall support manual or automatic operation. The report shall be initiated manually from the operator workstation or automatically when a monitor point is triggered. Once initiated, the report will regenerate automatically until there is no one left on the report or the process is manually stopped. c. The system shall send the report automatically to nominated printers or to the screen. d. The system shall support the use of muster readers at the muster points. As soon as a person makes a transaction at a muster reader he/she is removed from the report. A set of muster readers can be defined by assigning a reader group. The system shall automatically enable and places these readers into card-only mode when the report is started. e. Cards with a status of inactive, expired or not yet valid shall not appear on the muster report. Once made active, the cardholder or visitor must perform a transaction at an on-site reader to be included in the report. f. If a cardholder has more than one card, each card shall be reported individually. g. The muster report shall include the date and time of each person's last transaction and the name of the reader used. The report shall support the ability to be subdivided/sorted according to a personal data title. For example, by choosing a personal data title of Department in the Configure/Muster screen, the report can list people under their respective departments. h. The muster report feature shall support a time delay between starting the report and the first report appearing on the printer or on the screen. This shall give the majority of people enough time to leave the building and reach the muster point within a safe period of time. Thereafter, the report shall be automatically repeated at regular intervals. As people make a transaction at a muster reader (or other off-site reader), each new report should list fewer people than the previous. Reports stop being generated automatically when there is no one to include on the report. i. The muster report feature shall support a delay of the first generated report until fewer than a specified number of people are left to muster. j. The Security Management System shall support monitoring of the progress of the muster by using the View/Muster screen. This screen shall appear automatically if the muster starts automatically from a monitor point. This screen gives an immediate view of the number of people left on site. k. The Security Management System shall support the ability to reset the muster once the emergency (or drill) is over. Resetting the muster shall automatically, if so configured, put all cardholders who had mustered back into the on-site group such that everyone would be included in another muster report, should it be started immediately after the one being reset. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 39 Access Control l. A muster reset shall allow the operator to choose whether to disable the muster readers automatically after the reset and whether to set all cards to neutral for anti-passback. m. For partitioned databases, the Security Management System shall support a mustering report for each partition independently. n. Musters shall be configurable for different areas of a site. It shall also be permitted for different areas to overlap, be entirely contained within other areas or to be completely separate. 8. Intercom Integration Option (See Section 28 50 00 for more details on Security Communications requirements) a. The system shall support a serial or other high-level connection to an intercom system. The intercom system shall be accessed by users through a call station; typically sited outside the building at doors, parking barriers, etc. b. Visitors or other personnel generally ask permission to gain entry at the intercom call stations. These are known as call requests. The Security Management System shall allow call requests to be answered and managed by using a dedicated screen within the Security Management System application - the View/Intercom Control screen. The screen shall list all outstanding call requests, and allow the operator to communicate with the callers using simple screen buttons. The screen shall contain a Command button that is associated with commands programmed for use with the intercom. Typically, the command is used to open a door or barrier for the caller. c. It shall also be possible to answer a call request by using the Connect button in the Acknowledge Alarms screen (if the call request is set up as an alarm) and from maps in the View/Maps screen. d. Various alarm and/or event messages shall be associated with the use of the intercom interface. These shall be included in transaction reports generated by the Security Management System. 9. Integrated Intrusion Detection Option (See Section 28 50 00) a. The system shall offer a field controller range (not necessarily within all field controller models) offering an option for basic area arming, disarming, and status without the need for separate or additional panels or hardware. Systems requiring additional or separate panels to provide basic area arming, disarming, and status from keypad readers shall not be considered. b. Integrated Intrusion Detection shall provide comprehensive control and status capabilities at the reader, including but not limited to: i Display area status at the reader ii Allow cardholder to arm or disarm the system, depending on permissions 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 40 Access Control iii Provide visual and audible indication of entry and exit delays iv Automatically disarm an area upon valid access grant at any entry reader in the area c. The system shall prevent access control readers from granting access while an area is armed, unless programmed to allow certain readers and cardholders to automatically disarm on valid access grant. d. The system shall allow multiple, individually controlled intrusion areas to be defined on a single DBU. Systems that allow only one area to be defined per DBU shall not be acceptable. i The system shall allow any intrusion keypad reader on a node to control any area defined on the node. e. For panels that include integrated intrusion, facilities shall be provided to lock out host-based modifications to configuration and access. f. In addition to native intrusion functionality, the system must also simultaneously have the ability to control the arming and disarming of external DMP XR500 or XR550 Intrusion panels from the system’s native intrusion keypads. Solutions that do not allow arming and disarming of DMP panel intrusion areas from the system’s native keypad readers shall not be acceptable. 10. Intrusion Detection Panel Integration Option a. The Security Management System shall support a high-level (serial or network interface) to an intrusion detection system (IDS). The third-party IDS shall be UL 1076 listed. The Security Management System shall support events to be recorded and displayed from the IDS system on the alarm management screen and in the transaction history reports. b. The integration to the IDS shall support, at a minimum, secondary monitoring of all IDS alarm transactions while allowing it to still be monitored by a central station, if desired. c. The IDS integration shall also include the ability to arm and disarm the IDS from the Security Management System user interface. This feature may not be available with all IDS products. d. IDS alarms shall be capable of triggering a series of Security Management System events. For instance, when the IDS reports that the system was armed, the Security Management System shall be able to lock all doors. e. IDS alarms shall be viewable on the Security Management System graphical map interface. f. The communication with the IDS control panel shall be monitored, and the Security Management System shall produce an alarm in the event of a communications failure. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 41 Access Control g. The Security Management System must provide integration with both the DMP communication with the IDS control panel shall be monitored, and the Security Management System shall produce an alarm in the event of a communications failure. 11. Thin Client Access Option a. The system shall provide for an option of thin client access to the Security Management System. The thin client interface shall utilize Citrix or Microsoft Remote Desktop Services to provide the same look and feel of the thick client to minimize training time and expense. The thin client shall be capable of the same functionality of a thick client with the exception of functionality that requires access to ports on the thin client computer – Microsoft Remote Desktop Services does not sufficiently support such access. b. The system shall provide for an option of thin client access specifically for the visitor management system. The thin client interface shall utilize Citrix or Microsoft Remote Desktop Services to provide the same look and feel of the thick client to minimize training time and expense. The thin client shall be restricted to Visitor Management functions. 12. Web Client Option a. The system shall provide a web browser interface to facilitate Security Management System operations using Windows Internet Information Services web server technology. b. The Security Management System web client shall allow users to easily manage cardholders, visitors and alarms from any standard web browser. c. Users shall be able to enter cardholder and visitor details, print and encode badges, sign visitors in and out, view card status, view the last 25 valid card transactions and manage alarms. d. Language translations shall be available together with a documented process for adding further languages at a later date. e. User interface language selection shall include the ability to manually override automatic system detection. f. Language selection shall determine localized input field formats (dates for example dd/mm/yyyy, mm/dd/yy etc.) g. There shall be no requirement to install additional software on the client machine hosting the web browser. 13. Alarm Workflow Option a. The Security Management System shall provide the ability to create, find, view modify, copy or delete workflows. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 42 Access Control b. A workflow shall be triggered automatically when a selected alarm or task based action is performed such as opening or acknowledging a new alarm or task. c. When a trigger event occurs, the configured workflow action(s) shall be performed (for example, opening an Security Management System window, clearing a specified alarm type, displaying an instruction or sending an email) d. Each workflow trigger shall allow more than one action to be performed. e. Workflow actions shall allow question prompts and answer inputs. Answers shall be able to determine the path for further actions. f. The order in which the actions are placed within each workflow shall determine the order in which they are executed. g. Multiple Workflows shall be allowed for each trigger. The priority of multiple workflows for a single trigger shall be configurable. h. Workflow Manager shall utilize a graphical flow chart design. i. Workflow Manager shall be able to execute predefined commands. j. Different workflows shall have the ability to automatically initiate for any device or any alarm type. k. Workflows must have the ability to display alarm instructions. l. Workflows shall have the ability to send automated emails or create tasks in the Task Manager. 1.10 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (PSG) A. Manufacturer shall provide Professional Services for direct end user support through the awarded contractor. 1. All contractors shall provide Professional Services direct from the Manufacturer as follows: a. Bench Testing and Commissioning. b. Custom reporting. c. Human Resource Integrations. d. Conversions. e. Third party integrations. f. Disaster recovery commissioning testing . B. Maintenance proposal should identify option for manufacturer provided Professional Services to include Life Cycle Management for ongoing system support 1. Optional elements for support should include: a. Program Management regularly scheduled calls to include manufacturer, integrator and end user. b. Routine manufacturer audits and scheduled maintenance. c. Manufacturer provided annual upgrade services. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 43 Access Control 2. Bundled professional service options should be provided direct from the Manufacturer. 1.11 ACCESS MONITORING & CONTROL SCHEDULES A. see Addendum 1 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Product Data submittal shall only be required if the Contractor requests a substitution, or a particular brand product is not specified or recommended. B. Procedures 1. Provide submittals to Client’s Project Manager. 2. Submit three (3) copies of each submittal. C. Shop Drawings 1. General Shop Drawings for the project as described elsewhere. 2. Provide other Shop Drawings only if specifically requested by [CLIENT]’s Project Manager. D. Manufacturers Installation and Programming Instructions 1. Provide Manufacturers Installation and Programming Instructions as requested in the various Specification Sections. E. Project Record Drawings 1. Definition: Project Record Drawings are drawings that completely record and document all aspects and features of the Work. (Also known as “as-built” drawings.) 2. The purpose of Project Record Drawings is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, to enable future service, modifications, and additions to the Work. 3. Project Record Drawings are an important element of this Work. Contractor shall accurately maintain Project Record Drawings throughout the course of this project. Project Record Drawings shall include documentation of all Work, including the documentation of existing equipment, wiring, conduits, and raceways that are to be reused in the Work. 4. 5. Client’s Project Manager shall furnish Contractor with two (2) sets of site plans for Contractor's use in preparing Project Record Drawings. One set shall be used as a working set, the other shall be used to prepare the final record set. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 44 Access Control 6. Contractor shall maintain the working set of Project Record Drawings at the project site throughout the course of the Work. The working set shall be updated on a daily basis as the Work progresses. 7. Project Record Drawings shall accurately show the physical placement of the following: a. Equipment and devices. b. Conduit and raceways. c. Junction and pull box locations. d. End-of-line resistor locations. e. Interfaces to external equipment. f. Connections to power and telephone circuits. F. Project Record Drawings shall show the physical placement of each device and conduit or aerial center line, to be accurate to within one foot (1') of the nearest landmark. Where the site plan furnished by [CLIENT] Project Manager conflicts with actual conditions, Contractor shall amend site plan as required. Indicate exact description of conduit runs (above ground, two foot trench, along outside wall of building, etc.). G. Project Record Drawings shall show wire and cable runs, zone numbers, tamper circuit configuration, panel/circuit breaker numbers from which equipment is powered, and splice points. Such information may be shown on the site plans. H. Project Record Drawings shall be available for inspection by [CLIENT] Project Manager on a daily basis. Incomplete or inaccurate Project Record Drawings may be cause for delay of Contractor's payment. I. Upon completion of Work, and prior to Final Acceptance, Contractor shall prepare and submit to [CLIENT] Project Manager a final record set of Project Record Drawings. This set shall consist of all data transferred from the working set, supplemented by Riser Diagrams and other information. The final record set of Project Record Drawings shall be drafted by a skilled draftsperson, under the supervision of Contractor. All final Project Record Drawings shall be provided to [CLIENT]. J. System Documentation 1. Definition: System Documentation is a complete collection of all installation, programming, operation, and maintenance manuals and work sheets relating to the equipment provided as part of the Work. 2. Contractor shall maintain a file of System Documentation at the project site throughout the course of the Work. Such file shall be updated with new information as equipment is received and installed. System Documentation shall be available for inspection by [CLIENT] Project Manager on a daily basis. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 45 Access Control 3. Upon completion of Work, and prior to final Acceptance, Contractor shall prepare and submit to [CLIENT] Project Manager three (3) sets of System Documentation. K. Closeout Submittals 1. Provide a set of as-built drawings and manuals to the [CLIENT] Project Manager a. As-Built Drawings b. Mounting Details c. Product Data d. Installation Manuals e. Operating Manuals f. Maintenance/Service Manuals 2. Provide the [CLIENT] Project Manager- with all programming sheets, keys to the equipment cabinets, as-built drawings, operating manuals, maintenance/repair manuals, spare fuses, all programming sheets and keys to the equipment cabinets, tools for tamper-resistant enclosures and tools for manual resetting devices. 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications Of Contractor 1. Contractor shall be an installation and service contractor regularly engaged in the sale, installation, maintenance and service of access control systems. 2. Contractor shall have three years experience with the installation, start-up and programming of systems of a similar size and complexity to the one proposed. 3. Contractor shall be a factory authorized dealer of the system proposed for at least two years. 4. Contractor shall provide factory certified technicians to perform the installation of all intelligent controller components in this project. Evidence of the certification shall be in writing from the manufacturer and shall be on the technicians person at all times while on site. B. Supervision Of Work 1. Contractor shall employ a competent Foreman to be in responsible charge of the Work. Foreman shall be on the project site daily during the execution of the Work. 2. Contractor's Foreman shall be a regular employee, principle, or officer of Contractor, who is thoroughly experienced in projects of a similar size and type. Contractor shall not use contract employees or Subcontractors as Foremen. C. Qualifications Of Technicians 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 46 Access Control 1. All electronic systems Work shall be performed by electronic technicians thoroughly trained in the installation and service of specialty low-voltage electronic systems. 2. Journeyman Wireman electrical workers may be used to install conduit, raceways, wiring, and the like, provided that final termination, hook-up, programming, and testing is performed by a qualified electronic technician, and that all such Work is supervised by the Contractor's Foreman. 3. All incidental Work, such as cutting and patching, lock hardware installation, painting, carpentry, and the like, shall be accomplished by skilled crafts - persons regularly engaged in such type of work. All such Work shall comply with the highest standards applicable to that respective industry or craft. 4. All 120 VAC power wiring and connections are to be performed by a qualified Journeyman Wireman, licensed to perform such Work in the [CLIENT]. D. Subcontractors 1. Definition: A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. 2. Use of any Subcontractor is subject to the approval of [CLIENT]. The Contractor shall identify all Subcontractors on the Bid Form. The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor previously selected without approval from [CLIENT]. 3. Contractor's Foreman shall be on the project site daily during all periods when Subcontractors are performing any of the Work. Contractor's Foreman shall be in responsible charge of all Work, including any Work being performed by Subcontractors. 4. By an appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Drawings and Specifications, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these documents, assumes toward [CLIENT]. E. Supervision And Construction Procedures 1. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. Contractor is solely responsible for all construction means, methods, and techniques. 2. The Contractor shall employ a competent foreman who shall be in attendance at the project site during the progress of the Work. The foreman shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the foreman shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. F. Regulatory Requirements 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 47 Access Control 1. All Work is to conform to all building, fire, and electrical codes and ordinances applicable in the [CLIENT]. In case of conflict between the Drawings/Specifications and codes, the codes shall govern. Notify [CLIENT] Project Manager of any such conflicts. 2. Contractor shall secure and pay for all licenses, permits, plan reviews, engineering certifications, and inspections required by regulatory agencies. Contractor shall prepare, at Contractor's expense, any documents, including drawings, that may be required by regulatory agencies. G. Permits 1. The Contractor shall make application for and obtain any and all permits required by federal, state, county, city, or other authority having jurisdiction over the work. 1.14 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Security of Contractor’s Tools and Equipment: [CLIENT] is not responsible for the care, storage or security of any of the Contractor's tools or equipment. 1.15 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions 1. Power: Electrical power will be supplied by [CLIENT] to the extent that the usage is compatible with available facilities in the vicinity of the work. 2. Telephone: Contractor may use a telephone designated by [CLIENT] for local and toll-free calls. The costs of long distance calls are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall not be charged to [CLIENT]. 3. Rest room Facilities: Contractor may use existing Rest room facilities designated by [CLIENT]. 4. Parking: [CLIENT] reserves the right to limit or restrict Contractor parking based upon the daily requirements of the other contractors on site. 5. Dust Control: Make provisions to control all dust, dirt, and foreign material caused by the performance of the Work. 6. Use of explosive type fastening equipment is prohibited. 7. Notify [CLIENT] immediately of any damage or possible damage to any other equipment. B. Clean-Up 1. Contractor shall clean-up, on a daily basis as the Work progresses, all dirt, dust and debris caused by Contractor’s operations. Clean-up shall be completed by the end of each workday to the satisfaction of [CLIENT]'s on-site representative. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 48 Access Control 2. In the event that Contractor fails to clean-up, [CLIENT] may elect to have clean- up performed by others, with the costs of such clean-up being charged to the Contractor. C. Construction Aids 1. Definition: Construction Aids are facilities and equipment required by personnel to facilitate the execution of the Work. Construction Aids include scaffolds, staging, ladders, platforms, hoists, cranes, lifts, trenchers, core drillers, protective equipment, and other such facilities and equipment. 2. Contractor shall provide all Construction Aids required in the execution of the Work. Construction Aids that are the property of [CLIENT] or other contractors shall not be used without permission. 3. Storage of Construction Aids shall be coordinated with [CLIENT]'s on-site representative. D. Safety 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 2. Contractor shall comply with all local, state, and federal regulations and laws for the safety of the work place. E. Accident Reports 1. Serious or fatal accidents shall be reported immediately by telephone or radio to the [CLIENT]'s Project Manager. F. Existing Conditions 1. [CLIENT] does not warrant the condition of any portion of the existing wiring, conduit or raceway systems. Prior to submitting his proposal, Contractor shall examine all existing conditions and determine to what extent the existing wiring, conduit, and raceway systems may be reused. 2. Contractor's proposal price shall include the cost of replacing existing wiring, conduit, and raceways as required. 1.16 SEQUENCING A. Description 1. This implementation plan describes the general approach that shall be followed in order to minimize the time for the access control systems to be operational. B. Approach 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 49 Access Control 1. Contractor shall plan and schedule all work in such a sequence as to minimize the time before the system is operational. The following is a suggested work sequence: a. Order all equipment needed and notify any subcontractors to schedule their participation. b. Perform all system layout work. c. Insure there are an adequate number of power receptacles available to operate all security equipment and coordinate with [CLIENT] as to where power is available. d. Provide shop drawings to verify location of all equipment, conduit runs, power connections, etc. Submit shop drawings to [CLIENT] Project Manager. e. Coordinate with [CLIENT] to provide space in each building’s Communications Room for mounting of processors. f. Provide training on how to fill out the programming sheets for access levels. g. Prepare and pre-test all equipment to the greatest extent possible. h. Install all equipment. i. Provide training on the programming other various options. j. Test and inspect all systems. k. Perform all other Work as required. l. Perform the Acceptance Test. m. Provide training. n. Provide as-built drawings. 1.17 SCHEDULING A. The Contractor, within five (5) days after being awarded the contract, shall prepare and submit for [CLIENT]’s information, an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to the entire project, and shall indicate start and completion dates. 1.18 WARRANTY A. Contractor warrants that all Work furnished (material and labor) under this Contract will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Project Drawings and Specifications. B. Contractor shall provide a parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor’s guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years from date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer time. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 50 Access Control C. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. D. Guarantee shall not cover any damage to material or equipment caused by accident, misuse, unauthorized modification or repair by [CLIENT], or acts of god. E. Contractor shall promptly respond to [CLIENT]’s requests for service during the guarantee period. Contractor shall provide repair service as soon as reasonably possible upon request from [CLIENT], but in no case shall service response exceed 8 hours from time of request. 1.19 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Power shall only be applied to the system after re-checking for proper grounding of the system and measuring all loops for lack of shorts, grounds, and open circuits. 1.20 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Coordination With [CLIENT] 1. Contractor shall closely schedule and coordinate his activities with designated [CLIENT] representatives. 2. Contractor shall provide [CLIENT]’s Project Manager with a work plan on a weekly basis. Such work plan will describe locations of intended activities, types of activities, and potential conflicts to facility operations. B. [CLIENT]'s Representatives The following are [CLIENT]’s designated representatives: 1. PROJECT MANAGER Mel Tan, SVA Architects (949) 809-3380 2. PROJECT ENGINEER Clifford Bliese, WSP (951) 299-4217 3. PROJECT CONSULTANT Ray Downs, P.A.C.E. (714) 455-2148 C. [CLIENT]’s Right To Carry Out The Work 1. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Project Drawings and Specifications and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from [CLIENT] to commence and continue correction of such 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 51 Access Control default or neglect with diligence and promptness, [CLIENT] may, after seven days following receipt of an additional written notice and without prejudice to any other remedy [CLIENT] may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case, an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies. D. Minor Changes In The Work 1. [CLIENT] shall have the authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Project Drawing and Specifications. Such changes shall be provided by written order. 1.21 COMMISSIONING A. Manufacturer shall provide the opportunity for Professional Services to assist Contractor with commissioning. B. After all Work is completed, and prior to requesting the Acceptance test, Contractor shall conduct a final inspection, and pre-test all equipment and system features. Contractor shall correct any deficiencies discovered as the result of the inspection and pre-test. C. Contractor shall submit a request for the Acceptance test in writing to the [CLIENT] Project Manager, no less than fourteen days prior to the requested test date. The request for Acceptance test shall be accompanied by a certification from Contractor that all Work is complete and has been pre-tested, and that all corrections have been made. D. During Acceptance test, Contractor shall demonstrate all equipment and system features to [CLIENT]. Contractor shall remove covers, open wiring connections, operate equipment, and perform other reasonable work as requested by [CLIENT]. E. Any portions of the Work found to be deficient or not in compliance with the Project Drawing and Specifications will be rejected. [CLIENT] Project Manager will prepare a list of any such deficiencies observed during the Acceptance test. Contractor shall promptly correct all deficiencies. Upon correction of deficiencies, Contractor shall submit a request in writing to [CLIENT] Project Manager for another Acceptance Test. F. If, at the conclusion of the Acceptance Test, all Work is found to be acceptable and in compliance with the Project Drawings and Specifications, [CLIENT] Project Manager will issue a letter of Acceptance to Contractor and [CLIENT]. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 52 Access Control 1.22 MAINTENANCE A. Provide full procedures for all database back-ups. B. Provide full procedures for server/workstation hard drive maintenance, such as defrag, etc. C. Provide full procedures for maintaining physical and software firewalls. D. Provide full procedures for upgrading software. E. Provide full procedures for testing battery condition on all field panels for adequate back-up time. F. Provide full procedures for any other tasks that must be performed to ensure the warranty remains intact. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 1.1 GENERAL A. All products not provided by [CLIENT] shall be new and unused, and shall be of manufacturer's current and standard production. B. Where two or more equipment items of the same kind are provided, all shall be identical and provided by the same manufacturer. C. Drawings and Specifications indicate major system components, and may not show every component, connector, module, or accessory that may be required to support the operation specified. Contractor shall provide all components needed for complete and satisfactory operation. D. Product Availability 1. Contractor, prior to submitting a proposal, shall determine product availability and delivery time, and shall include such considerations into his proposed Contract Time. 2. Certain products specified may only be available through factory authorized dealers and distributors. Contractor shall verify his ability to procure the products specified prior to submitting a proposal. E. Wire And Cable 1. General: Provide all wire and cable required to install systems as indicated. Wire and cable shall be sized to provide minimum voltage drop and minimum resistance to the devices being supplied. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 53 Access Control 2. All cables shall be specifically designed for their intended use (direct burial, aerial, etc.). 3. Comply with equipment manufacturers recommendations for wire and cable size and type. 4. Comply with all applicable codes and ordinances. F. Conduit And Raceway Systems 1. General: The placing of surface mounted conduit on the exterior of any building shall be approved by [CLIENT] prior to its installation. 2. Interior Conduit: a. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) b. Flexible Metal Conduit c. Provide fittings and connectors as required for installation of EMT or flexible conduit. 3. Surface Raceways: a. Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface metal raceway, WIREMOLD or approved equal. b. Provide fittings, elbows, and connectors designed for use with raceway system. 4. Exterior Conduit: (any of the following as determined by local code requirements): a. Rigid Steel Conduit b. Rigid Aluminum Conduit c. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (only if buried 18" below ground surface). d. Intermediate Metal Conduit e. Provide rain-tight fittings and connectors as required for installation of exterior conduit. 5. Exterior Flexible Conduit: a. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket. b. Provide rain-tight fittings and connectors as required for installation of Liquidtight Flexible Conduit. G. Junction And Pull Boxes 1. Interior Boxes: Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: Sizes to be determined in accordance with code requirements for conductor fill. No box shall be smaller than a single gang 1-1/2 deep. Provide box covers as required. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 54 Access Control 2. Exterior Boxes: All exterior boxes shall NEMA 4 or NEMA 3R, watertight and dust-tight 3. All interior and exterior boxes shall have their covers fastened using security screws. H. Lightning Protection 1. The Contractor shall provide suitable lightning protection for all processors/controllers. 2. All lightning protection equipment shall be UL listed. 1.2 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS A. Head-end Server and Client Computers COMPUTER1 Small Form Factor Tower - Dell OptiPlex 3000, Intel Core i5-12500 Processor, 3.0GHz, 8GB RAM, MD Radeon RX 640 (4GB DP/mDP/mDP), 256GB M.2 SSD + 1TB HDD, DVD+/-RW, Gigabit NIC, keyboard/mouse, 180 W internal power supply unit (PSU), 85% Efficient, 80 Plus Bronze DAO), 24" LCD monitor (P2422H), Windows 10 Professional, 3-year 5x10 NBD warranty Recommended for Symmetry Professional Server or Symmetry Professional / Enterprise Client PC COMPUTER1- 16GB-4MT Tower - Dell Precision 3650, Intel Xeon W-1350 Processor, 3.3GHz, 16GB RAM, NVIDIA T1000 (4GB 4xmDP to DP), 1TB HDD, DVD+/-RW, Gigabit NIC, keyboard/mouse , 24" LCD monitor (P2422H), Windows 10 Professional, 3-year 5x10 NBD warranty Recommended for Symmetry Professional Server or Symmetry Professional / Enterprise Client PC COMPUTER2 Tower - Dell PowerEdge T550, Intel Xeon Silver 4310 @ 2.1GHz, 32GB RAM, PERC H750 Raid Controller, 2 x 2TB SAS(RAID 1), DVD+/-RW, Dual Gigabit NICs, keyboard/mouse, 24" LCD monitor (P2422H) or equivalent, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded OS w/5cals, Includes SQL Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/ 5 CALs, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty. Recommended for Symmetry Enterprise Server or standalone database server. Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options COMPUTER2- SSD Tower - Dell PowerEdge T550, Intel Xeon Silver 4310 @ 2.1GHz, 32GB RAM, PERC H745 Raid Controller, 2 x 1.9TB SSD (RAID 1), DVD+/-RW, Dual Gigabit NICs, keyboard/mouse, 24" LCD monitor (P2422H) or equivalent, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded OS w/5cals, Includes SQL Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/ 5 CALs, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty Recommended for Symmetry Enterprise Server or standalone database server. Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 55 Access Control COMPUTER3 Rack mount – PowerEdge R250 Intel Xeon E-2324 3.1GHz, 16GB RAM, 1TB SATA HDD, DVD+/-RW, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded with 5 CALS, Rail kit, Standard, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty, (No keyboard/mouse/monitor) Recommended for a Symmetry Professional Server. Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. COMPUTER4 Rack mount - Dell PowerEdge R450, Intel Xeon Silver 4310 @ 2.1GHz, 32GB RAM, PERC H745 Raid Controller, 2x2TB SAS (RAID 1), DVD+/- RW, Quad Port NIC, rail kit, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/ 5cals, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty (No keyboard/mouse/monitor). Recommended for Symmetry Enterprise Server / Symmetry Native NVR (Legacy). Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. COMPUTER4- 2CPU Rack mount - Dell PowerEdge R450, Dual Intel Xeon Gold 5317 @ 3GHz, 64GB RAM, PERC H755 Raid Controller, 2x1.9TB SSD (RAID 1), DVD+/- RW, Quad Port NIC, rail kit, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded, 2x MS 2019 4 Core License, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty (No keyboard/mouse/monitor). Recommended for Symmetry Enterprise Server installs with API (~5,000 readers and ~20,000 active cardholders) Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. COMPUTER4- 2CPU-SSD Rack mount - Dell PowerEdge R450, Dual Intel Xeon Gold 6226 @ 2.7GHz, 64GB RAM, PERC H755 Raid Controller, 2x1.9TB SSD (RAID 1), DVD+/-RW, Quad Port NIC, rail kit, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded, 2x MS 2019 4 Core License, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty (No keyboard/mouse/monitor). Recommended for Symmetry Enterprise Server installs with API (~5,000 readers and ~20,000 active cardholders) Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options COMPUTER4- SSD Rack mount - Dell PowerEdge R450, Intel Xeon Silver 4309Y @ 2.8GHz, 32GB RAM, PERC H755 Raid Controller, 2x1.9TB SSD (RAID 1), DVD+/- RW, Quad Port NIC, rail kit, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/ 5cals, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty (No keyboard/mouse/monitor). Recommended for Symmetry Enterprise Server / Symmetry Native NVR (Legacy). Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options.. COMPUTER5 Tower - Dell PE T140, Intel Xeon E-2224 3.4GHz, 16GB RAM, 1TB HDD, DVD+/-RW, Gigabit NIC, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/5cals, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty (No keyboard/mouse/monitor. Terminal Services required for WebClient). Recommended for Symmetry RDS/Citrix Server. Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. COMPUTER6 Rack mount - Dell PowerEdge R540, Intel Xeon Silver 4210 @ 2.2GHz, 32GB RAM, PERC H755 Raid Controller, 2 x 2TB HDD (RAID 1), 3 x 2TB SATA HDD (RAID 5), DVD+/-RW, Quad Port NIC, rail kit, Redundant 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 56 Access Control Power, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/ 5cals, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty (No keyboard/mouse/monitor). Recommended for NEC Cluster Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. COMPUTER7 Rack mount 5TB - Dell PowerEdge R550, Intel Xeon Silver 4309Y @ 2.8GHz, 32GB RAM, 2 x 1TB HDD (RAID 1), 6 x 1TB SATA HDD (RAID 5), PERC H755 Raid Controller, DVD+/-RW, Redundant Power, 2U, Quad Port NIC, rail kit, Windows Server 2019 Standard Embedded w/5cals, 36 Month ProSupport NBD Onsite Warranty. (No keyboard/mouse/monitor). Recommended for Symmetry Native NVR (Legacy). Windows 2012 Server, 2016 Server, or 2019 Server are options. B. Software Only (owner-provided head-end CPU hardware) a) For job sites less than 512 doors maximum of 9 Clients, 8 Facility codes per site, and card length less than 9 numeric digits. – Non-Homeland security Edition: 1. AMAG Symmetry v9 Enterprise – PRO-PLAT-V9.4 2. Symmetry Enterprise Reader Licenses – PRO-LIC-xxx-V9 3. Symmetry Enterprise Client – PRO-CLIENT-V9.4 4. Optional Threat Level Manager – THREAT-LEVEL-V9.4 5. Optional Active Directory/Single Sign-On – DIRECTORY-AUTH-V9.4 6. Optional SymmetryWeb Management Platform a. SWEB-PLAT-V9.4 b. SWEB-xx-USER 7. Optional Digital Video Management a. VID-CAM-xxx-V9.4 8. Optional XML Developer’s Toolkit – XML-DEV-KIT-V9.4 9. Optional Intercom Integration – INTERCOM-KIT-V9.4 10. Optional Intrusion Detection Integration a. INTRUSION-PNL-01-V9 b. INTRUSION-PNL-04-V9 c. INTRUSION-PNL-16-V9 d. INTRUSION-RCV-01-V9 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 57 Access Control 11. Optional Guard Tour – GUARD-TOUR-V9 12. Optional Wireless Lock Integration License – AUTON-LIC-xxx-V9.4 13. Optional Workflow Manager – WORKFLOW-V9 14. Optional Muster – MUSTER-KIT-V9 15. Optional Encoding in Symmetry – CARD-ENCODING-V9 16. Optional MIFARE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MIFARE-V9 17. Optional DESFIRE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-DESFIRE-V9 18. Optional Magstripe Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MAGSTRIPE-V9 19. Optional Data Connect – DATACONNECT-V9 b) For job sites less than 512 doors, or a maximum of 9 Clients, and an unlimited amount of Facility codes per site and unlimited card length (Federal, FICAM, FIP) – Homeland security Edition (Note Panel Firmware must be HSE): 1. AMAG Symmetry v9 Enterprise – PRO-PLAT-V9.4-HSE 2. Symmetry Enterprise Reader Licenses – PRO-LIC-xxx-V9-HSE 3. Symmetry Enterprise Client – PRO-CLIENT-V9.4-HSE 4. Optional Threat Level Manager – THREAT-LEVEL-V9.4 5. Optional Active Directory/Single Sign-On – DIRECTORY-AUTH-V9.4 6. Optional SymmetryWeb Management Platform a. SWEB-PLAT-V9.4 b. SWEB-xx-USER 7. Optional Digital Video Management a. VID-CAM-xxx-V9.0 8. Optional XML Developer’s Toolkit – XML-DEV-KIT-V9.4 9. Optional Intercom Integration – INTERCOM-KIT-V9.4 10. Optional Intrusion Detection Integration a. INTRUSION-PNL-01-V9 b. INTRUSION-PNL-04-V9 c. INTRUSION-PNL-16-V9 d. INTRUSION-RCV-01-V9 11. Optional Guard Tour – GUARD-TOUR-V9 12. Optional Wireless Lock Integration License – AUTON-LIC-xxx-V9.4 13. Optional Workflow Manager – WORKFLOW-V9 14. Optional Muster – MUSTER-KIT-V9 15. Optional Encoding in Symmetry – CARD-ENCODING-V9 16. Optional MIFARE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MIFARE-V9 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 58 Access Control 17. Optional DESFIRE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-DESFIRE-V9 18. Optional Magstripe Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MAGSTRIPE-V9 19. Optional Data Connect – DATACONNECT-V9 c) For enterprise job sites Unlimited amount of doors, Clients but with a restriction of 8 Facility codes per site and card length less than 9 numeric digits. – Non- Homeland security Edition: 1. AMAG Symmetry v9 Enterprise – ENT-PLAT-V9.4 2. Symmetry Enterprise Reader Licenses – ENT-LIC-xxx-V9 3. Symmetry Enterprise Client – ENT-CLIENT-V9.0 4. Optional Threat Level Manager – THREAT-LEVEL-V9.0 5. Optional Active Directory/Single Sign-On – DIRECTORY-AUTH-V9.0 6. Optional SymmetryWeb Management Platform a. SWEB-PLAT-V9.4 b. SWEB-xx-USER 7. Optional Digital Video Management a. VID-CAM-xxx-V9.4 8. Optional XML Developer’s Toolkit – XML-DEV-KIT-V9.4 9. Optional Intercom Integration – INTERCOM-KIT-V9.4 10. Optional Intrusion Detection Integration a. INTRUSION-PNL-01-V9 b. INTRUSION-PNL-04-V9 c. INTRUSION-PNL-16-V9 d. INTRUSION-RCV-01-V9 11. Optional Guard Tour – GUARD-TOUR-V9 12. Optional Wireless Lock Integration License – AUTON-LIC-xxx-V9.4 13. Optional Workflow Manager – WORKFLOW-V9 14. Optional Muster – MUSTER-KIT-V9 15. Optional Encoding in Symmetry – CARD-ENCODING-V9 16. Optional MIFARE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MIFARE-V9 17. Optional DESFIRE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-DESFIRE-V9 18. Optional Magstripe Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MAGSTRIPE-V9 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 59 Access Control d) For enterprise job sites Unlimited amount of doors, Clients, Facility codes card lengths (Federal, FICAM, FIP). Note Casi Rusco conversions require – Homeland security Edition (Note Panel Firmware must be HSE): 1. AMAG Symmetry v9 Enterprise – ENT-PLAT-V9.4-HSE 2. Symmetry Enterprise Reader Licenses – ENT-LIC-xxx-V9-HSE 3. Symmetry Enterprise Client – ENT-CLIENT-V9.4-HSE 4. Optional Threat Level Manager – THREAT-LEVEL-V9.4 5. Optional Active Directory/Single Sign-On – DIRECTORY-AUTH-V9.4 6. Optional SymmetryWeb Management Platform a. SWEB-PLAT-V9.4 b. SWEB-xx-USER 7. Optional Digital Video Management a. VID-CAM-xxx-V9.4 8. Optional XML Developer’s Toolkit – XML-DEV-KIT-V9.4 9. Optional Intercom Integration – INTERCOM-KIT-V9.4 10. Optional Intrusion Detection Integration a. INTRUSION-PNL-01-V9 b. INTRUSION-PNL-04-V9 c. INTRUSION-PNL-16-V9 d. INTRUSION-RCV-01-V9 11. Optional Guard Tour – GUARD-TOUR-V9 12. Optional Wireless Lock Integration License – AUTON-LIC-xxx-V9.4 13. Optional Workflow Manager – WORKFLOW-V9 14. Optional Muster – MUSTER-KIT-V9 15. Optional Encoding in Symmetry – CARD-ENCODING-V9 16. Optional MIFARE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MIFARE-V9 17. Optional DESFIRE Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-DESFIRE-V9 18. Optional Magstripe Encoding Kit CARD-ENCODING-MAGSTRIPE-V9 C. Field Controllers 1. AMAG Technology model M2150 Series Controller a. M2150-DBU (20K cardholders) b. EN-DBU Network Database Unit (20K cardholders) c. M2150 Memory Expansion 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 60 Access Control i M2150-MEM-050K ii M2150-MEM-100K iii M2150-MEM-250K d. M2150-8DBC e. M2150-4DBC f. M2150-8DC g. M2150-4DC h. M2150-AC24/4 (24 inputs, 4 outputs) i. M2150-OC4/24 (4 inputs, 24 outputs) j. M2150 power supply – MN-PSU-6 k. M2150 Network interface: i MN-NIC-5 (with 100baseT) ii MN-NIC-5-ENC (with 100baseT and AES Encryption) l. MN-AC8/4 module (8 inputs, 4 outputs) m. MN-OC4/8 module (4 inputs, 8 outputs) n. Wiegand interface module i WIM2 ii WIM4 iii WIM8 2. AMAG Technology model EN Edge Network Controller a. EN-1DBC-PLUS PoE+ Single Door Controller b. EN-2DBC PoE+ Two Door Controller c. EN-LDBU Lock Database Unit (for Aperio wireless locks, 20K cardholders) D. Cards Readers & Cards 1. AMAG Technology Smart Card Series a. S874 Javelin wallswitch reader b. S874-KP Javelin wallswitch reader with keypad c. S874-EX-KP Javelin wallswitch reader with keypad – extreme temperature d. S884-KP Javelin wallswitch reader with 4 line display e. S853 Contact, Contactless, keypad, and LCD f. S844/849 Contactless, optional keypad, optional LCD, optional Magstripe g. S813 Biometric reader (fingerprint, contactless, keypad and LCD) h. DESFire ISO 14443 smart cards 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 61 Access Control 2. AMAG Technology Proximity Series a. S870 Javelin wallswitch reader b. S870-KP Javelin wallswitch reader with keypad c. S870-EX-KP Javelin wallswitch reader with keypad – extreme temperature d. S880-KP Javelin wallswitch reader with 4 line display e. S830 Mullion card reader f. 1326-* Standard proximity cards g. 1386-* ISO series proximity cards 3. AMAG Technology Magnetic Stripe Series a. S620 Card and keypad reader b. S630 Slim-line mullion card only reader c. S635 slim-line mullion card only reader with integrated MRI 4. AMAG Technology Symmetry Blue Readers a. 929S Symmetry Blue 929S (Wiegand + OSDP) Mullion Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF + HF b. 939S Symmetry Blue 939S (Wiegand + OSDP) Wallplate Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF + HF c. 939S-KP Symmetry Blue 939S-KP (Wiegand + OSDP) Keypad Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF + HF d. 929F Symmetry Blue 929F Mullion Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF / HF - F2F. e. 939F Symmetry Blue 939F Wallswitch Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF / HF - F2F f. 929M Symmetry Blue 929M Mullion Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF / HF - MCLP g. 939M Symmetry Blue 939M Wallswitch Reader - Black - for Bluetooth / LF / HF - MCLP h. 939M-KP Symmetry Blue 939M-KP Wallswitch Reader with Keypad - Black - for Bluetooth / LF / HF – MCLP i. 936 – USB Enrollment of Android and iOS Smartphones j. 937-USB (USB) Symmetry Blue 937-USB Desktop Encoder, for credential enrollment to & encoding from, Symmetry v9.1 or later using iOS/Android BLE phones 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 62 Access Control 5. The Contractor shall provide _____ cards with the system. E. Electric Locks 1. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electric strikes 2. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electromagnetic locks 3. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electric mortise locks 4. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electric latch bolts 5. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electric hinges 6. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electric power transfers 7. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx latch bolt monitors F. Request-to-Exit Devices 1. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx touch sense bars 2. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx electronic push bars 3. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx passive infrareds 4. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx passive infrareds with built-in audible alarm 5. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx push button switches 6. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx photoelectric beams 7. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx pressure mats G. Wiring 1. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx Network Connections 2. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx DBU to DBU 3. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx DBU to door controller 4. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx door controller to reader 5. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx door controller to electric lock 6. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx door controller to door status switch 7. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx door controller to request-to-exit device 8. xxxxxxxxxx model xxxxxxx DBU to power supply Part 3 - EXECUTION 1.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. The system shall only be provided by Contractors who are factory authorized to install, service and maintain the system by the access control manufacturer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 63 Access Control B. The Contractor must have been a factory authorized dealer with the proposed manufacturer for a period of at least two (2) years before the Bid Opening Date. C. The Contractor’s installers and technicians must also be factory trained and certified to perform such tasks. 1.2 EXAMINATION A. The Contractor shall be required to visit the installation site prior to bidding the job. B. The Contractor shall report any discrepancies between the Specifications, Drawings, and Site Examination prior to the Bid Opening Date. 1.3 PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall order all required parts and equipment upon notification of award of the Work. B. The Contractor shall bench test all equipment prior to delivery to the job site. C. The Contractor shall verify the availability of power where required. If a new source of power is required, a licensed electrician shall be used to install it. D. The Contractor shall arrange for obtaining all programming information including access times, free access times, door groups, operator levels, etc. 1.4 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the [CLIENT]’s IT Department if connecting to their network. B. The Contractor shall carefully follow the instructions in the manufacturers’ Installation Manual to insure all steps have been taken to provide a reliable, easy to operate system. C. The Administrator Terminal shall be connected to the remote terminals before connecting to any card reader processors. D. The Contractor shall coordinate with the [CLIENT]’s locksmith if converting from mechanical to electric locks. E. Perform all Work as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. F. The Contractor shall install the appropriate cable from the CPU to readers, door contacts, request-to-exit devices, and electric locks at each door and/or gate. G. All communications cables shall be kept away from power circuits. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 64 Access Control H. The Contractor shall install the power supply(s) for electric locks in locations where they won’t interfere with other operations. I. The Contractor shall also execute adequate testing of the system to insure proper operation. J. The Contractor shall provide adequate training of the system users to insure adequate understanding to prevent operating errors. 1.5 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with highest industry standards, except when specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform Work with persons experienced and qualified to produce workmanship specified. C. Maintain quality control over suppliers and Subcontractors. D. Quality of workmanship is considered important. [CLIENT] Project Manager will have the authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Drawings and Specifications. 1.6 EQUIPMENT PRE-TEST A. All equipment shall be bench tested prior to delivery to job site and prior to installation. Bench test per manufacturer’s installation instructions. 1.7 WIRE AND CABLE A. Design, layout, size, and plan new wire and cable runs as required. B. All wire and cable from the processors to all devices at each door shall be “home-run” unless otherwise specified. C. All wire and cable, including any wire and cable that is existing and will be reused in the Work, shall be installed in conduit or surface metal raceway, except as follows: D. Wire or cable, in lengths of less than ten (10) feet, that is “fished” within walls, ceilings, and door frames. E. All wire and cable passing thru metalwork shall be sleeved by an approved grommet or bushing. F. Avoid splicing conductors. All splices shall be made in junction boxes (except at equipment). Splices shall be made with an approved crimp connection. Wire nuts shall not be used on any low-voltage wiring. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 65 Access Control G. Identify all wire and cable at terminations and at every junction box. Identification shall be made with an approved permanent label, Brady or equal. 1.8 WIRE AND CABLE TERMINATIONS A. Identify all inputs and outputs on terminal strips with permanent marking labels. B. Neatly dress and tie all wiring. The length of conductors within enclosures shall be sufficient to neatly train the conductor to the terminal point with no excess. Run all wire and cable parallel or normal to walls, floors and ground. C. Install connectors as required by equipment manufacturers. D. Terminations shall be made so that there is no bare conductor at the terminal. The conductor insulation shall bear against the terminal or connector shoulder. E. Do not obstruct equipment controls or indicators with wire or cable. Route wire and cable away from heat producing components such as resistors, regulators, and the like. 1.9 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Design, lay-out, size and plan new conduit and raceway systems as required. B. Indoor Requirements: 1. Route exposed conduit and raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. 2. Maintain minimum six (6) inch clearance between conduit and piping. 3. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. 4. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Fasten conduits and raceways to structural steel using approved spring clips or clamps. 5. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, seal opening with UL listed fire rated sealer or other methods as approved by codes. 6. No exposed conduit, raceway, or junction box shall be installed within any office area. 7. Install all boxes straight and plumb. 8. Do not support conduit from mechanical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler systems. 9. Drill or core drill all holes in walls, ceilings, or floors where required for new conduits. Do not cause damage to any structural steel or other structural support member by drilling or cutting. 10. Do not use flexible conduit in lengths longer than six (6) feet. C. Outdoor Requirements: 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 66 Access Control 1. Where conduit penetrates exterior walls, seal opening around conduit in an approved manner to make watertight. 2. Use galvanized straps and fasteners on all exterior conduit. 3. All exterior boxes will only be used to aid in pulling the cable between points. 1.10 PENETRATIONS A. Do not penetrate any roof, flashing, exterior wall, or parapet without prior approval from [CLIENT]’s designated Construction Project representative. B. When penetrating a fire wall for passage of cables and/or conduit, always provide a fire-stop system that complies with code and the local authority having jurisdiction. 1.11 FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAMES A. Do nothing to modify a UL. rated door or frame that would void the UL. label or fire rating. 1.12 GROUNDING A. Provide earth-grounding of equipment as required by equipment manufacturer. Earth ground shall be connected to ground rod or approved cold water pipe. Electrical or telephone ground connections shall not be used as earth grounds. Connections to mounting posts or building structural steel shall not be used as earth grounds. 1.13 POWER TO SECURITY EQUIPMENT A. Power all equipment from 120 VAC circuit dedicated for security use, except as noted. Mark all panel circuit breakers with labels worded “Security Equipment - Do Not Operate”, or equivalent. B. All plug-in transformers shall be located at the security control panels. Secure all low- voltage plug-in transformers to outlet with screw or strap. Clearly label all transformers to identify purpose and use. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to complete the Work. 1.15 PAINTING A. [Not Applicable. Or 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 67 Access Control B. All surface raceway systems shall be painted to match the surfaces they are attached to.] 1.16 PLYWOOD BACKING A. Install the processor(s), power supplies, and all other related equipment on a plywood backboard for testing in the shop. The mounted assembly will then be transported “as is” to the job site for mounting in the Communication Room. B. Fasten the plywood backing to the wall using a hanger bolt at the four corners which align with pre-drilled holes in the plywood. Secure with flat washers and a nut. 1.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon reaching Substantial Completion, perform a complete test and inspection of the system. If found to be installed and operating properly, notify [Client] of your readiness to perform the formal Test & Inspection of the complete system. B. Submit the Record Drawings (as-builts) to [Client] for review prior to inspection. C. During the formal Test & Inspection (Commissioning) of the system, have personnel available with tools and equipment to remove devices from their mounts to inspect wiring connections. Provide wiring diagrams and labeling charts to properly identify all wiring. D. If corrections are needed, the Contractor will be provided with a Punch-List of all discrepancies. Perform the needed corrections in a timely fashion. E. Notify [Client] when ready to perform a re-inspection of the installation. 1.18 INITIAL PROGRAMMING AND CONFIGURATION A. Contractor shall provide initial programming and configuration of the Security Management System. Programming shall include defining hardware, doors, monitor points, clearance codes, time codes, door groups, alarm groups, operating sequences, camera call-ups, and the like. Input of all program data shall be by Contractor. Contractor shall consult with Security Consultant and Owner to determine operating parameters. B. Contractor shall develop and input system graphics, such as maps and standby screens. Owner shall provide floor plan drawings as the basis for the creation of maps. Development of maps shall include the creation of icons for all doors, monitor points, and tamper circuits. Owner shall provide floor plan drawings, in the form of AutoCAD .DWG or .DXF files, as the basis for the creation of maps. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 68 Access Control C. Owner, with the cooperation and assistance of Contractor, will input the cardholder data for each access card. D. Contractor shall maintain hard copy worksheets which fully document the system program and configuration. Worksheets shall be kept up to date on a daily basis by Contractor until final Acceptance by Owner. Worksheets shall be subject to inspection and approval by Owner. Provide final copies to Owner prior to Project Close-out. E. Contractor shall maintain a complete, up-to-date magnetic tape backup of the system configuration and cardholder database. Backup shall be maintained throughout programming period until final Acceptance by Owner. Submit back-up tapes to Owner upon Final Acceptance. F. Approximately sixty (60) days after start-up of system, Contractor shall return to project to provide follow-up assistance with system configuration as requested by Owner. Contractor shall include an allowance of forty (40) hours of labor for follow-up assistance in his Base Bid price. 1.19 TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide complete operator training on the Security Management System. Training shall consist of thirty-two hours of classroom instruction for ten people selected by Owner, plus two (2) hours of individual hands-on training for each of ten people selected by Owner. Hands-on training shall include the opportunity for each person to operate the system, and to practice each operation that an operator would be expected to perform. B. Training shall cover all operating features of the system, including the following: 1. System set-up and cardholder database configuration. 2. Access control features. 3. Alarm monitoring features. 4. Report generation and searches. 5. Card management and Badge Design/Printing 6. Disk backup procedures 7. Routine maintenance and adjustment procedures. C. Training sessions are to be held at Owner’s facility, and are to be scheduled at the convenience of Owner. Contractor shall provide written training outline and agenda for each training session prior to scheduling. D. Weekly format of training sessions shall be as follows: 1. Monday: Afternoon Session: Control Center Training 2. Tuesday: All Day: System Administrator Training 3. Wednesday: All Day: System Administrator Training 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 28 13 00 - 69 Access Control 4. Thursday: All Day: System Administrator Training 5. Friday: Morning Session: Control Center Training E. Contractor shall provide written training materials for each of ten (10) people. 1.20 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide complete operator training on the Security Management System. Two types of operator training shall be provided: 1. System Administrator Training: Three-day comprehensive training course for system managers and maintenance personnel. Provide two (2) separate on-site training sessions. B. Training sessions shall include the opportunity for each person to operate the system, and to practice each operation that an operator would be expected to perform. C. Contractor shall provide written training materials for each of ten (10) people at each training session. D. Training sessions are to be held at Owner’s facility, and are to be scheduled at the convenience of Owner. Some training sessions may be required to be held during evening hours and on weekends to accommodate users whose schedule does not permit attendance during regular hours. E. Contractor shall provide written training outline and agenda for each training session prior to scheduling. 1.21 MANUFACTURER PROFESSIONAL SERVICES A. Contractor shall coordinate with the manufacturer to provide the manufacturer’s professional services team to assist the Owner in coordinating the interfaces between the Security Management System and other on-site systems as necessary. B. Professional Services personnel shall be employed by the manufacturer of the Security Management System and shall be thoroughly knowledgeable of the Security Management System applications. C. Professional Services personnel shall be on-site and available to meet with Owner’s representatives for a period of not less than two consecutive days. On-site visit shall be scheduled at the convenience of the Owner. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 00 00 - 1 Site Clearing SECTION 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal of vegetation, grass, grass roots, shrubs, tree stumps, trees, upturned stumps, weed growth, tree roots, brush, masonry, concrete, rubbish, debris and other materials. 2. Removal of concrete and bituminous surfaces. 3. Removal of existing fences and gates. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 - General Requirements. 2. Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 3. Section 31 23 13 - Excavation and Fill. 4. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation and Fill for Pavement. 5. Section 31 23 19 - Excavation and Fill for Structures. 6. Section 31 23 23 - Excavation and Fill for Utilities. 7. Section 31 23 26 - Base Course. 8. Section 32 31 13 - Chain Link Fences and Gates. 9. Section 32 90 00 - Planting. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit site plan indicating extent of site clearing. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, current edition, as a minimum requirement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TREE AND STUMP REMOVAL A. Remove trees and stumps indicated or required to be removed. Remove trees, together with bulk of roots, to a minimum depth of 4 feet below required grade, and within a radius of approximately 7 feet beyond perimeter of trunk at grade. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 00 00 - 2 Site Clearing B. Fill and compact excavation from tree and stump removal. Fill in 6 inch layers, each compacted to 90 percent of maximum density in accordance with ASTM D1557. 1. Back filling shall not commence until the excavation is inspected and tested. 3.2 CONCRETE AND BITUMINOUS SURFACING REMOVAL A. Break up and completely remove existing concrete surfacing, curbs, gutters, walks and bituminous surfacing to indicated limits. Cutting shall be performed to a neat and even line with proper tools or a concrete cutting saw. Minimum depth of cut shall be 1 1/2-inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove concrete broken beyond the indicated limits to the nearest joint or score line and replace with new concrete to match existing. 3.3 FENCING A. Existing fences scheduled to remain may be removed to facilitate the Work, provided they are installed to their original condition in accordance with requirements of Section 32 31 13 - Chain Link Fences and Gates. B. Fencing indicated to be removed and not reinstalled shall be completely removed, including footings. Fill and compact excavations. C. Install chain link fencing indicated to be relocated or reset in accordance with applicable requirements specified under Section 32 3113 - Chain Link Fences and Gates. 3.4 CLEANUP A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 11 00 - 1 Site Clearing and Grubbing SECTION 31 11 00 SITE CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Clearing vegetation, debris, trash and other materials within limits indicated. B. Grubbing of vegetation within limits indicated. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 31 19 Vegetation Control B. Section 32 93 01 Tree Pruning 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. California Building Code: Site Work, Demolition and Construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Locate and clearly flag vegetation to remain or to be relocated. 3.2 RESTORATION A. Repair or replace vegetation indicated to remain that is damaged by construction operations, as directed by the Owner. B. Employ a qualified arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where the Project is located, to submit details of proposed repairs and to repair damage to shrubs. 3.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots. B. Remove trash, debris, logs, concrete, masonry and other waste materials. C. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 11 00 - 2 Site Clearing and Grubbing D. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18-inches below subgrade. E. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 22 00 - 1 Grading SECTION 31 22 00 GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General exterior grading, cutting and filling, including grading for building area, paving, planting areas, banks and hillsides. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 2. Section 31 23 13 - Excavation and Fill. 3. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation and Fill for Pavement. 4. Section 31 23 23 - Excavation and Fill for Utilities. 1.2 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Fees: Pay as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 2. Bonds: Post as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 3. Haul Routes and Restrictions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 4. Before grading, contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California (USASC) for information on public buried utilities and pipelines. Retain the services of an underground utility locator for on-site utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall conform to requirements specified in this and related sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain installed stakes until their removal is required for the Work. Provide replacement grade or location stakes lost or disturbed. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 22 00 - 2 Grading B. Install grade stakes and compare to indicated grades. If discrepancies are found between existing grades and grades indicated on Drawings, do not proceed until discrepancies are resolved. 3.2 ROUGH AND FINE GRADING A. Rough grade area sufficiently high to require cutting by fine grading: 1. Grade area for bituminous surfacing and other paving to the indicated grades, equal to the section of the indicated base and pavement. 2. Slope banks to required finish grades as cut progresses or leave cuts full and finish grade by mechanical equipment to provide grades and soil densities indicated on the Drawings. 3. Rough grade, fill and compact banks beyond indicated finish grades. Finish grade banks and slopes to indicated grades and specified soil densities. 4. Grade Only Areas: In areas not indicated to receive pavement, rough grade to approximate finish grades and then scarify, moisten and roll to obtain required density and indicated finish grades. 5. Tolerances: Finish grades shall be within a tolerance of 0.05 inch per foot above or below grades indicated. Provide an average grade as indicated. B. Base or Subgrade: 1. After subgrade has been constructed to approximate required grades, scarify to a depth of at least 6 inches: a. After scarifying, process loosened material to a finely divided condition and adjust moisture content to optimum condition by addition of water, addition and blending of dry suitable material, or by drying of existing material. b. Subgrade material shall be compacted by tamping, sheepsfoot rollers or pneumatic tire rollers. Required relative compaction shall be 90 percent minimum for the top 6 inches below subgrade. c. Install base course in accordance with Section 31 2326 - Base Course. 2. Tolerance of completed grades of base or subgrade shall not vary more than 0.03 inch per foot from grades indicated. Provide an average grade as indicated. 3.3 SHORING A. Provide shoring as necessary to properly and safely support earth sides of excavations, and existing curbs, sidewalks, gutter, drives and stairs, against movement and collapse. B. Design and Calculations: Provide in accordance with requirement of CalOHSA. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 22 00 - 3 Grading C. Remove shoring upon completion of the Work of this section or when no longer needed unless required otherwise by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.4 EXCESS MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 1 Excavation Fill SECTION 31 23 13 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating, filling, backfilling, and compacting for Project site pavement, planting areas, buildings, and other structures. 2. Trenches for utility lines such as water, gas, irrigation, storm drain and sewer lines, concrete-encased conduits, manholes, vaults, valve boxes, catch basins, underground tanks, thrust blocks, yard boxes, pull boxes, and other utility appurtenances. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 2. Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 3. Section 31 23 26 - Base Course. 4. Section 33 30 00 - Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities. 1.2 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. Import and Export of Earth Materials: 1. Fees: Pay as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 2. Bonds: Post as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 3. Haul Routes and Restrictions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shoring calculations as required in Article 3.03 of this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, current edition, except as modified herein. B. Sampling, testing, and certification of imported and exported soils shall be performed in accordance with Section 01 45 24, Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. 1.5 TESTING A. OWNER will retain a Geotechnical Engineer as an OWNER Consultant who will provide observations, tests, inspections and approvals identified in the Contract Documents as being responsibility of OWNER. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 2 Excavation Fill B. Imported Soils: The Geotechnical Engineer will obtain initial product Sample for testing in accordance Article 3.05 of this Section. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Information on Drawings or in soil investigation report does not constitute a guarantee of accuracy or uniformity of soil conditions over the Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Fill and backfill material shall be a granular material previously removed from excavation or imported fill material, free of clods and stones larger than 3 inches, (2½ inches for utility trenches) foreign materials, vegetable growths, sod, expansive soils, rubbish and debris. Material shall conform to these specified requirements and related sections. B. Fill material exhibiting a wide variation in consistency and moisture content shall be blended and aerated to stabilize and upgrade the material. C. Bedding material from trench bottom to one foot above the pipe: 1. Sand, gravel, crushed aggregate or native free-draining granular material providing a sand equivalent of at least 30 or a coefficient of permeability greater than 1.4 inches per hour. 2. Sand complying with the Specifications for cement concrete aggregates. D. Brick rubble and broken concrete originating from the Project site shall be legally disposed of off the Project site No such material shall be imported from outside the Project site. E. Permeable Backfill: 1. Provide permeable backfill material behind retaining structures consisting of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, natural sands, manufactured sand, or combinations of these materials conforming to the following gradations: Sieve Size: Percentage Passing: 3/4 inch (19mm) 100 3/8 inch (10mm) 80 to 100 No. 100 0 to 8 No. 200 0 to 3 2. Those portions of fill material passing a No. 4 sieve shall provide a sand equivalent of at least 60. 3. Provided backing for weep-holes shall consist of two cubic feet of aggregate in burlap sacks, securely tied. Aggregate shall conform to requirements for No. 3 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 3 Excavation Fill concrete aggregate as specified in subsection 200-1.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 4. Permeable Backfill Alternate Materials: Instead of the materials specified for retaining structures backfill, a drainage matting system Miradrain by Mirafi, Inc., American Wick Drain, JDR Enterprises, or equal, may be provided if reviewed and approved by the ARCHITECT. F. Cement-sand slurry shall be provided with one sack of cement per cubic yard of the mixture. 2.2 BASE MATERIALS A. Concrete Slabs on Grade: Provide "Crushed Aggregate Base" as specified in Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 200 - Rock Materials, with 3/4 inch maximum size aggregates. Provide 3 inch thick base, unless noted otherwise. B. Bituminous Surfacing: Provide as indicated on Drawings and specified in Section 31 23 26 Base Course. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Before initiating intrusive activities, contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California (USA or Dig Alert) to obtain a Dig Alert ticket for location information on buried public and USA member utilities and pipelines at least 48-hours prior to beginning work. A copy of the Dig Alert ticket shall be forwarded to the OWNER. For on-site utilities, retain a state-licensed third party underground utility locating service. B. Where the Work includes a building extension or addition on an occupied Project site, perform Work in such a manner, and at such times, as not to disrupt performance of existing utility services to existing Project site facilities. Where an interruption is necessary, obtain review from the OAR before proceeding. C. Remove concrete or bituminous pavement to straight lines by saw cutting. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect and guard excavations against danger to life, limb, and property as required by, but not limited to, OSHA regulations. B. Protect existing improvements including landscaping against damage. Repair or replace damaged items. C. Protect existing utility services and distribution systems from damage or displacement. D. Remove conduits or pipes not in service, exposed during Work, unless a minimum cover of two feet is provided. Remove concrete, clay or other non-metallic pipe over 8 inches in diameter, unless otherwise indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 4 Excavation Fill E. Shore, crib, or lag excavations and earthen banks as necessary to prevent cave in, erosion or gullying of sides. F. Provide excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining, or providing protection against water intrusion. If soil becomes soft, soggy, or saturated, excavate to firm undisturbed earth and fill as required. Slope adjacent grades away from excavations to minimize entry of water. 3.3 SHORING A. Provide shoring as necessary to properly and safely support earth sides of excavations, and existing curbs, sidewalks, gutter, drives and stairs, against movement and collapse. B. Design and Calculations: Provide in accordance with requirement of governing Cal- OSHA requirements. C. Remove shoring upon completion of the Work of this Section or when no longer needed unless required otherwise by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. Unclassified Excavations: Comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 300: "Earthwork", except as modified herein. B. Form sides of footings, pads, grade beams, and slab foundations, unless otherwise indicated. Provide excavations of sufficient size to permit installation and removal of forms and other required Work. C. Machine-drill excavation for round footings to size and depth indicated. Provide a collar or casing, or other adequate protection, to exclude dirt and debris. Protect excavations with plank covers until concrete is placed. D. Provide excavation bottoms level and free from loose material. Excavate to indicated or required elevations of undisturbed earth. E. Barricade trenches, ditches, pits, sumps, and similar Work outside the barricaded working area with chain link fence as specified in Section 01 5000 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, and in accord with Cal-OSHA standards and requirements. F. Trenches over five feet in depth shall comply with the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety. G. Where indicated or required to excavate in lawn areas, protect adjoining lawn areas outside of the Work area. Replace or install removed sod upon completion of backfill by installing sod level with adjacent lawns. If installation of removed sod fails, furnish sod and install to match existing lawns. H. For Structures: 1. Calculate excavation quantities based on elevations or depths indicated on Drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 5 Excavation Fill 2. Provide 2,000 psi concrete for backfill of over-excavated areas to indicated or required elevations. 3. Special preparation of bottom of excavated planes areas: Excavate areas shown on Drawings as bottom of excavated planes (B.E.P.), by excavating and filling to indicated grades and elevations. I. For Utilities: 1. Excavate trenches to required depth for utility lines, such as pipes, conduits, and tanks, with minimum allowance of 6 inches at the bottom and 6 inches at the sides for bedding or concrete encasement as indicated on Drawings. Grade bottom of trenches to a uniform smooth surface. Remove loose soil from the excavation before placing sand bedding or concrete encasement. 2. Do not install piping lengthwise under concrete walks without review by the ARCHITECT. 3. Do not excavate trenches parallel to footings closer than 18 inches from the face of the footing or below a plane having a downward slope of two horizontal to one vertical, from a line 9 inches above bottom of footings. a. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, depth of excavations outside buildings shall provide for a minimum coverage above top of piping, tank or conduit measured from the lowest adjoining finished grade, as follows: Steel Pipe 24 inches below finish grade Copper Water Tube 18 inches below finish grade Cast-Iron, Pressure Pipe 36 inches below finished grade Plastic Pipe (other than waste) 30 inches below finished grade Tanks or other structure 36 inches below finished grade Soil, sewer and storm drain minimum 18 inches below finished grade, and as required for proper pitch and traffic load. Install polypropylene sewer pipe with at least 24 inches of coverage. Irrigation Pipe: Non-pressure pipe - 12 inches, pressure pipe - 24 inches. b. Trench width shall provide space for fitting and joining. Excavate for piping bells and fittings, bell and spigot pipe and other fittings. 4. Where portions of existing structures, walks, paving, or other improvements are removed or cut for piping or conduit installation, replace the material with equal quality, finished to match adjoining existing improvements. Repair pavement as specified in Section 32 01 17 - Pavement Repair. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 6 Excavation Fill 5. Provide a minimum clear dimension of 2 inches from sides of wall excavation to outer surfaces of buried pipes or conduits placed in the same trench or outside surfaces of containers and tanks. 3.5 IMPORT/EXPORT OF MATERIALS A. Unclassified Fill and Compaction: Comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 300 - Earthwork, except as modified herein. Install and compact fill in layers not to exceed 6 inches in thickness. B. Provide fill materials as specified in Part 2- Products. If excavated materials from the Project site are not of required quality or sufficient quantity, import additional materials as necessary. C. In addition to the requirements of this Section, import and/or exported materials shall comply with the requirements of Section 01 45 24, Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. D. Imported fill materials shall be sampled by the Geotechnical Engineer, for compliance with the requirements of Part 2 of this Section. E. The Geotechnical Engineer, will submit the samples to an independent DSA approved testing laboratory for testing. F. Initial sampling and testing shall be performed before importing material to the Project site. Identify the location of the source site in addition to the address, name of the person and entity responsible for the source site. The Geotechnical Engineer, will obtain both the initial and additional samples from the identified site and submit samples for required testing. G. The Geotechnical Engineer will perform additional sampling during import operations. If the total quantity of import is determined to be greater than 1000 cubic yards of material, one sample shall be obtained and submitted for testing for each 250 cubic yards of imported material. If the total quantity of import is determined to be less th an 1000 yards, one sample shall be obtained and submitted for testing for each 100 cubic yards of imported material. H. The independent approved testing laboratory will perform the required tests and report results of tests noting if the tested material passed or failed such tests and will furnish copies to the Project Inspector, ARCHITECT, OAR, DSA, CONTRACTOR, and others as required. Report shall state tests were conducted under the responsible charge of a licensed State of California professional engineer and the material was tested in accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, California Building Code, and the DSA. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, the independent testing laboratory and Geotechnical Engineer will submit a verified report to the DSA as required by the CBC. I. Bills of lading or equivalent documentation will be submitted to the Project Inspector on a daily basis. J. Upon completion of import operations, provide the OAR a certification statement attesting that imported material has been obtained from the identified source site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 7 Excavation Fill 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS A. Pavement: Fill or backfill materials shall be installed in horizontal layers of 6 inches, unless otherwise required. Each layer shall be evenly placed and moistened or aerated as necessary. Unless otherwise reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer, each layer of fill material shall cover the length and width of the area to be filled before the next layer of material is installed. Top surface of each layer shall be installed to an approximate level with a crown or crossfall of at least 1 in 50, but not more than 1 in 20. Provide adequate drainage at all times during installation of the Work of this Section. B. Structures: 1. After concrete has been placed, forms removed, and concrete Work inspected, backfill excavations with earth to indicated or required grades. Backfill simultaneously on each side of walls or grade beams. Remove rubbish, debris and other waste materials from excavations before placing backfill. 2. Before placing backfill, adequately cure concrete and provide bracing, if required to stabilize structure. Protect waterproofing or damp-proofing against damage during backfilling operations, with required protection board. Remove bracing as backfill operation progresses. 3. Do not furnish or install expansive soils for retaining wall backfill. 4. Rigidly control the amount of water to be installed to provide optimum moisture content for type of fill material furnished. Do not over-saturate or compact by flooding or jetting. 5. Install wall backfill before installing railings and fences on walls. 6. Install weep hole drainage at the backside of walls so the backing completely covers the weep holes, is horizontally centered and extends at least 12 inches above the bottom of the weep opening. Provide an 8-inch square section of 1/4 inch galvanized or aluminum screen, with a minimum wire diameter of 0.03 inch, and install at the backside of each weep hole before installing the backfill material. 7. Where a reviewed drainage matting system is provided instead of permeable backfill for retaining structures, install in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations. C. Utilities: 1. Do not install backfill until the Work of this Section has been inspected and tested. Do not furnish or install materials excavated from the Project site containing materials not permitted for backfill. 2. Backfill electrical or other excavated utility trenches located outside of barricaded installation areas within 24 hours after inspection by the IOR. 3. Install backfill in layers not exceeding 4 inches in thickness, except cement- sand slurry. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 13 - 8 Excavation Fill 4. If materials excavated from the Project site are not permitted for trench backfill in paved areas, backfill trenches with a cement-sand slurry mix. Install backfill to an elevation of the existing undisturbed grades plus one inch. 3.7 COMPACTING A. Each layer of fill material shall be compacted by tamping, sheepsfoot rollers, or pneumatic-tired rollers to provide specified relative compaction. At inaccessible locations, provide specified compaction by manually held, operated and directed compaction equipment. B. Install and compact sand bedding to provide a uniform bearing under the full length of piping and conduits. C. Unless otherwise indicated, compact each layer of fill material to a relative compaction of at least ninety percent. D. When fill materials, or a combination of fill materials, are encountered or provided which develop densely packed surfaces as a result of installation or compacting operations, scarify each layer of compacted fill before installing the next succeeding layer. 3.8 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. The Geotechnical Engineer will inspect and test excavations, sample material quality for testing as set required in Part 2 and observe installation and compaction of fill materials. B. The Geotechnical Engineer will sample imported fill materials from their designated source and submit samples to the independent approved testing laboratory before delivery to the Project site. C. Installation of backfill shall be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer. D. The Geotechnical Engineer will inspect and test excavation Work before the installation of fill and other materials. E. Compaction: Test compaction in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method C. F. The Project Inspector will inspect foundation excavations when completed and ready for forms, after forms are in place, and before first placement of concrete. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this Section until Substantial Completion. 3.10 CLEANING A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 16 - 1 Excavation Fill Paving SECTION 31 23 16 Excavation Fill Paving PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating, backfill, and compacting for paved areas. 2. Installation of fill materials. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 - General Requirements. 2. Section 01 45 24 - Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. 3. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 4. Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 5. Section 31 23 23 - Excavation and Fill for Utilities. 6. Section 32 23 26 - Base Course. 7. Section 32 01 17 - Pavement Repair. 8. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving. 9. Section 32 13 13 - Site Concrete Work. 1.2 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. Import and Export of Earth Materials: 1. Fees: Pay as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 2. Bonds: Post as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 3. Haul Routes and Restrictions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, current edition, except as modified herein. B. Sampling, testing, and certification of imported and/or exported soils shall be performed in accordance with Section 01 45 24 - Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. 1.4 TESTING A. OWNER will retain a Geotechnical Engineer as an OWNER Consultant who will provide observations, tests, inspections and approvals identified in the Contract Documents as being responsibility of OWNER. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 16 - 2 Excavation Fill Paving B. Imported Soils: The Geotechnical Engineer will obtain initial product Sample for testing in accordance Article 3.05 of this Section. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Information on Drawings or in soils report does not constitute a guarantee of accuracy or uniformity of soil conditions over the Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASE MATERIALS A. Concrete Slabs on Grade: Provide “Crushed Aggregate Base “as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 200: “Rock Materials,” with ¾ inch maximum size aggregates. Provide 3-inch thick base, unless noted otherwise. B. Bituminous Surfacing: As indicated on Drawings and specified in Section 31 2326 - Base Course. 2.2 FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Fill and backfill materials shall be previously excavated materials or imported fill material, free of clods and stones larger than 3-inch, foreign materials, vegetable growths, sod, expansive soils, rubbish and debris. Material shall conform to these specified requirements and related sections. B. Fill material exhibiting a wide variation in consistency and moisture content shall be blended or aerated to stabilize and upgrade the material. C. Imported Fill Material: 1. Provide suitable materials obtained from Project site excavations for earthwork and fill materials. If excavated materials are not of suitable quality or sufficient quantity, import additional materials as necessary. 2. Imported fill shall be a granular material with sufficient binder to form a firm and stable unyielding subgrade and shall not have more than 60 percent of fines passing 200 mesh sieve. Material shall have a coefficient of expansion of not more than 2 percent from air dry to optimum moisture content and not more than 6 percent from air dry to saturation. Imported material shall be clean and free of rubbish, debris, and toxic or hazardous contaminants. Adobe or clay soils are not permitted. D. Brick rubble and broken concrete originating from the Project site shall be legally disposed of off the Project site. No such materials shall be imported from outside the Project site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 16 - 3 Excavation Fill Paving E. Permeable Backfill: 1. Provide permeable backfill material behind retaining structures consisting of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, natural sands, manufactured sand, or combinations of these materials conforming to the following gradations: Sieve Size: Percentage Passing: 3/4 inch (19mm) 100 3/8 inch (10mm) 80 to 100 No. 100 0 to 8 No. 200 0 to 3 2. Those portions of fill material passing a No. 4 sieve shall provide a sand equivalent of at least 60. 3. Provided backing for weep holes shall consist of two cubic feet of aggregate in burlap sacks, securely tied. Aggregate shall conform to requirements for No. 3 concrete aggregate as specified in subsection 200-1.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 4. Permeable Backfill Alternate Materials: Instead of the materials specified for retaining structures backfill, a drainage matting system, Miradrain by Mirafi, Inc., or equal, may be provided if reviewed and approved by the ARCHITECT. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Before initiating intrusive activities, contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California (USA or Dig Alert) to obtain a Dig Alert ticket for location information on buried public and USA member utilities and pipelines at least 48-hours prior to beginning work. A copy of the Dig Alert ticket shall be forwarded to the OWNER. For on-site utilities, retain a state-licensed third party underground utility locating service. B. Clear the Project site as indicated in Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect and guard excavations against danger to life, limb, and property as required by, but not limited to, Cal-OSHA regulations. B. Protect adjacent existing improvements including landscaping against damage. 3.3 EXISTING UTILITY LINES A. Protect existing utility lines from damage or displacement. B. Remove conduits or pipes not in service, exposed during Work, unless a minimum cover of 2 feet is provided. Remove concrete, clay or other non-metallic pipe over 8 inches in diameter, unless otherwise indicated. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 16 - 4 Excavation Fill Paving 3.4 EXCAVATION A. Unclassified Excavations: Comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 300: "Earthwork,” except as modified herein. 3.5 FILL A. Unclassified Fill and Compaction: Comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 300: "Earthwork,” except as modified herein. B. Provide fill materials as specified in Part 2 - Products. If excavated materials from the Project site are not of required quality or sufficient quantity, import additional materials as necessary. C. In addition to the requirements of this Section, import and/or exported materials shall comply with the requirements of Section 01 45 24 - Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. D. Imported fill materials will be sampled by the Geotechnical Engineer for compliance with the requirements of Part 2 of this Section. E. The Geotechnical Engineer will submit samples to a DSA approved independent approved testing laboratory for testing. F. Initial sampling will be performed by the Geotechnical Engineer before importing material to the Project site. Identify the location of the source site in addition to the address, name of the person and/or entity responsible for the source site. The Geotechnical Engineer will obtain both the initial and additional samples from the identified site and will submit samples to the approved independent testing laboratory for testing. G. The Geotechnical Engineer will perform additional sampling during import operations. If the total quantity of import is determined to be greater than 1,000 cubic yards of material, one sample shall be obtained and submitted for testing for each 250 cubic yards of imported material. If the total quantity of import is determined to be less than 1,000 yards, one sample shall be obtained and submitted for testing for each 100 cubic yards of imported material. H. The independent approved testing laboratory will perform the required tests and report results of tests noting if the tested material passed or failed such tests and will furnish copies to the Project Inspector, ARCHITECT, OAR, DSA, CONTRACTOR, and others as required. Report shall state tests were conducted under the responsible charge of a licensed State of California professional engineer and the material was tested in accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, CBC, and the DSA. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, the independent testing laboratory and Geotechnical Engineer shall submit a verified report to the DSA as required by CBC. I. Bills of lading or equivalent documentation will be submitted to the Project Inspector on a daily basis. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 16 - 5 Excavation Fill Paving J. Upon completion of import operations, provide the OAR a certification statement attesting that imported material has been obtained from the identified source site. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS A. Fill or backfill materials shall be installed in horizontal layers of 6 inches, unless otherwise required. Each layer shall be evenly placed and moistened or aerated as necessary. Unless otherwise reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer, each layer of fill material shall cover the length and width of the area to be filled before the next layer of material is installed. Top surface of each layer shall be installed to an approximate level with a crown or crossfall of at least 1 in 50, but no more than 1 in 20. Provide adequate drainage at all times during construction of the Work of this Section. 3.7 COMPACTING A. Each layer of fill material shall be compacted by tamping, sheepsfoot rollers, or pneumatic-tired rollers to provide specified relative compaction. At inaccessible locations, provide specified compaction by manually held, operated and directed compaction equipment. B. Unless otherwise indicated, compact each layer of earth fill to a relative compaction of at least 90 percent. C. When fill materials, or a combination of fill materials, are encountered or provided which develop densely packed surfaces as a result of installation or compacting operations, scarify each compacted layer before installing the next succeeding layer. 3.8 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. The Geotechnical Engineer will inspect and test excavations, sample material quality as required in Part 2, and observe installation and compaction of fill materials. B. The Geotechnical Engineer will sample imported fill materials from their designated source before delivery to the Project site. C. Installation of backfill will be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer. D. The Geotechnical Engineer will inspect and test excavation Work before the installation of fill and/or other materials. E. Compaction: Test compaction in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method C. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this Section until Substantial Completion. 3.10 CLEANING A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 16 - 6 Excavation Fill Paving END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 23 - 1 Excavation Fill Utilities SECTION 31 23 23 EXCAVATION FILL UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting utility trenches such as water, gas, irrigation, storm drain, sewer lines, concrete-encased conduits, and manholes, vaults, valve boxes, catch basins, underground tanks, thrust blocks, yard boxes, pull boxes and other utility appurtenances. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 - General Requirements. 2. Section 01 45 24 - Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. 3. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 4. Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 5. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation and Fill for Paving. 6. Section 31 23 19 - Excavation and Fill for Structures. 7. Section 32 01 17 - Pavement Repair. 8. Section 32 13 13 - Site Concrete Work. 9. Section 32 84 13 - Potable Water Irrigation. 10. Section 32 84 26 - Reclaimed Water Irrigation. 11. Section 33 11 00 - Site Water Distribution Utilities. 12. Section 33 30 00 - Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities. 13. Section 33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities. 14. Division 22 - Plumbing. 15. Division 26 - Electrical. 1.2 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. Import and Export of Earth Materials: 1. Fees: Pay as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 2. Bonds: Post as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 3. Haul Routes and Restrictions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: Standard Specifications for Public Works construction, current edition except as modified herein. B. Sampling, testing, and certification of imported and/or exported soils shall be performed in accordance with Section 01 45 24 - Environmental Import/Export Materials Testing. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 23 - 2 Excavation Fill Utilities 1.4 TESTING A. OWNER will retain a Geotechnical Engineer as an OWNER Consultant who will provide observations, tests, inspections and approvals identified in the Contract Documents as being responsibility of OWNER. B. Imported Soils: The Geotechnical Engineer will obtain initial product Sample for testing in accordance Article 3.02 of this Section. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Information on Drawings or in soils report does not constitute a guarantee of accuracy or uniformity of soil conditions over the Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bedding material from trench bottom to one foot above the pipe: 1. Sand, gravel, crushed aggregate or native free-draining granular material providing a sand equivalent of at least 30 or a coefficient of permeability greater than 1.4 inches per hour. 2. Sand complying with the Specifications for cement concrete aggregates. B. Backfill Materials: 1. Excavated trench material to be installed for backfilling shall be clean, free of large clods, and stones larger than 2 ½-inch in any dimension. 2. Cement-sand slurry shall be provided with one sack of cement per cubic yard of the mixture. 3. Imported Fill Material: Imported fill material shall be a granular material with sufficient binder to form a firm and stable unyielding subgrade and shall not have more than 60 percent of fines passing a 200 mesh sieve. Material shall provide a coefficient of expansion of not more than two percent from air dry to optimum moisture content and not more than six percent from air dry to saturation. Imported materials shall be clean and free of rubbish, debris, and toxic or hazardous contaminants. Adobe or clay soils are not permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Before initiating intrusive activities, contact Underground Service Alert of Southern California (USA or Dig Alert) to obtain a Dig Alert ticket for location information on buried public and USA member utilities and pipelines at least 48-hours prior to beginning work. A copy of the Dig Alert ticket shall be forwarded to the OWNER. For on-site utilities, retain a state-licensed third party underground utility locating service. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 23 - 3 Excavation Fill Utilities B. Barricade trenches, ditches, pits, sumps, and similar Work outside the barricaded working area with chain link fence as specified in Section 01 50 00, Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, and in accordance with Cal-OSHA standards and requirements. C. Saw-cut concrete or bituminous paving for trench installation. D. Trenches over 5 feet in depth shall conform to the Cal-OSHA. E. Where indicated and required to excavate in lawn areas, protect adjoining lawn areas outside of the Work area. Replace or install removed sod upon completion of backfill by installing sod level with adjacent lawns. If installation of removed sod fails, furnish sod and install to match existing lawns. F. Backfill over excavations to the required elevations with earth, gravel, sand, or concrete and compact as required. Provide excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining, or providing protection against water intrusion. Slope adjacent grades away from excavations to minimize entry of water. G. Do not install piping lengthwise under concrete walks without review by the ARCHITECT. H. Do not excavate trenches parallel to footings closer than 18 inches from the face of the footing or below a plane having a downward slope of two horizontal to one vertical, from a line 9 inches above bottom of footings. 1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, depth of excavations outside the buildings shall allow for a minimum coverage above top of pipe, tank, or conduit measured from the lowest adjoining finished grade, as follows: Steel Pipe 24 inches below finished grade Copper Water Tube 18 inches below finished grade Cast-Iron Pressure Pipe 36 inches below finished grade Plastic Pipe (other than waste) 30 inches below finished grade Tanks or other structures 36 inches below finished grade Soil, Sewer & Storm Drain minimum 18 inches below finished grade, and as required for proper pitch and traffic load. (Install polypropylene sewer pipe with at least 24 inches coverage) Irrigation Pipe: nonpressure pipe 12 inches, pressure pipe 24 inches 2. Trench width shall provide ample space for fitting and joining. Excavate for piping bells and fittings, bell and spigot pipe and other fittings. I. Unless indicated otherwise, excavate trenches to the required depths for utilities, such as pipes, conduit and tanks, with minimum allowances of 6 inches at the bottom and 6 inches at the sides for bedding of unprotected piping or as required for concrete encasement of conduits as indicated on Drawings. Grade bottom of trenches to a uniform smooth surface. Remove loose soil from the excavation before installing sand bedding or concrete encasement. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 23 - 4 Excavation Fill Utilities J. Provide excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining, or providing protection against water intrusion. If soil becomes soft, soggy, or saturated, excavate to firm undisturbed soil and fill as required. Slope adjacent grades away from excavations to minimize entry of water. K. Provide a minimum clear dimension of 2 inches from sides of wall excavation to outer surfaces of buried pipes or conduits installed in the same trench or outside surfaces of containers and tanks. L. Do not install backfill until required inspections and testing is completed. M. Backfill electrical or other excavated utility trenches located outside of barricaded installation areas within 24 hours after inspection by the Project Inspector. N. Install backfill materials in layers not exceeding 4 inches in thickness and compact to 90 percent of the maximum density. O. If materials excavated from the Project site are not permitted for trench backfill in paved areas, backfill trenches with a cement-sand slurry mix. Install backfill to an elevation of the existing undisturbed grade plus one inch. P. Install and compact sand bedding to provide a uniform full length bearing under piping and conduits. Q. Where portions of existing structures, walks, paving, or other improvements are removed or cut for piping or conduit installation, replace the material with equal quality, finished to match adjoining existing improvements. Repair pavement as specified in Section 32 0117, Pavement Repair. 3.2 IMPORT/EXPORT OF MATERIALS A. Provide fill materials as specified in Part 2, Products. If excavated materials from the Project site are not of required quality or sufficient quantity, import additional materials as necessary. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, import and exported materials shall comply with the requirements of Section 01 4524, Environmental Import/Export Material Testing. C. Imported fill materials will be sampled by the Geotechnical Engineer for compliance with the requirements of Part 2 of this Section. D. The Geotechnical Engineer will perform the tests by utilizing an independent approved testing laboratory. E. Initial sampling will be performed by the Geotechnical Engineer before importing material to the Project site. Identify the location of the source site in addition to the address, name of the person and/or entity responsible for the source site. The Geotechnical Engineer will obtain both the initial sample and additional samples from the identified site and shall submit all samples to the approved independent testing laboratory. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 23 - 5 Excavation Fill Utilities F. The Geotechnical Engineer will perform additional sampling during import operations. If the total quantity of import is determined to be greater than 1,000 cubic yards of material, one sample shall be obtained and submitted for testing for each 250 cubic yards of imported material. If the total quantity of import is determined to be less than 1,000 yards, one sample shall be obtained and submitted for testing for each 100 cubic yards of imported material. G. The independent approved testing laboratory will perform the required tests and report results of all tests noting if the tested material passed or failed such tests and will furnish copies to the Project Inspector, ARCHITECT, OAR, DSA, CONTRACTOR, and others as required. Report shall state tests were conducted under the responsible charge of a licensed State of California professional engineer and the material was tested in accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, CBC and the DSA. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, the independent testing laboratory and Geotechnical Engineer will submit a verified report to the DSA as required by CBC. H. Bills of lading or equivalent documentation will be submitted to the Project Inspector on a daily basis. I. Upon completion of import operations, provide the OAR a certification statement attesting that imported material has been obtained from the identified source site. 3.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. The Geotechnical Engineer will inspect and test excavations, sample material quality as required in Part 2, observe installation and compaction of fill materials. B. Compaction test shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, method "C.” 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this Section until Substantial Completion. 3.5 CLEANUP A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 26 - 1 Base Course SECTION 31 23 26 BASE COURSE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Installation of base material. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 2. Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 3. Section 31 23 13 - Excavation and Fill. 4. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation and Fill for Paving. 5. Section 32 01 17 - Pavement Repair. 6. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving. 7. Section 32 13 13 - Site Concrete Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Crushed aggregate base (CAB) shall consist of native rock without naturally occurring asbestos or recycled materials. The CONTRACTOR shall submit written documentation, which identifies the source, volume, and proposed transport date of the material for review and approval by OWNER’S Office of Environmental Health and Safety (OEHS) prior to importing the material. A statement on company letterhead from the CAB source, stamped by either a California Professional Geologist or Engineer, which states that the subject materials are native rock, do not contain any recycled materials and that the source quarry does not mine ultramafic materials, a source of natural occurring asbestos shall be included in the submittal to OEHS. The CONTRACTOR may request variance from analytical testing required by Section 01 4524 for CAB. To be considered for a variance, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a documentation package for OEHS approval, which includes all of the aforementioned information at least 48 hours in advance of planned import. 1. Frequently used suppliers for projects include: a. Hansen Aggregates. b. Vulcan Materials, Reliance Company. c. Vulcan Materials Durbin. B. Product Data: Submit material source, technical information and test data for base materials. Gradation and quality certifications shall be dated within 30 days of the submittal. C. Sample: Submit sample of proposed base course material. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 23 26 - 2 Base Course A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, current edition. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) materials shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction: Section 200 - Rock Materials. B. Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) or materials generated on site shall not be used as a base course material. 2.2 MATERIAL APPROVAL A. Base material shall be inspected by the Project Inspector for gradation and material content prior to installation. The OWNER may choose to have additional tests performed by a geotechnical engineer, retained by the OWNER, before installation. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install base course material in layers not exceeding 4 inches in thickness, unless required otherwise. Grade and compact to indicated levels or grades, cut and fill, water and roll until the surface is hard and true to line, grade and required section. Provide a relative compaction of at least 95 percent, unless otherwise required. B. Grade base course to elevations indicated on Drawings, ready to receive surfacing, in accordance with Section 31 22 00 - Grading. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. 3.3 CLEANUP A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 31 31 19 - 1 Vegetation Control SECTION 31 31 19 VEGETATION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Application of soil sterilant on subgrades for roadways, driveways, parking areas, walks, paths, trails and any other site improvements called for on the plans. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. CAL/OSHA, Title 8. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by EPA. Provide granular, liquid or wet-able powder form. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SOIL STERILIZATION A. Apply soil sterilant to areas indicated, such as beneath asphalt concrete pavement, brick pavement, concrete pavement and at grade concrete slabs, including sidewalks, curbs and gutters. Also, where indicated apply soil sterilant below expansion and control joints and at areas where pipes, ducts or other features penetrate slabs. B. Apply soil sterilant uniformly and at the rates recommended by the manufacturer. C. Apply soil sterilant to prepared subgrade, or after installation of aggregate base as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.2 DISPOSAL A. Lawfully dispose of all unsuitable and excess or surplus material off-site at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 01 90 - 1 Operation and Maintenance SECTION 32 01 90 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work Specified in this Section: Furnish all labor, material, equipment, and services required to maintain the landscape in an attractive condition as specified herein for a period of 90 calendar days. B. Definition: The word Architect as used herein shall refer to the Landscape Architect or the Owner's authorized representative. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor's representatives and employees shall be experienced in landscape maintenance. 1.3 90 CALENDAR DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain all areas involved in this Contract during the progress of work. Maintenance period shall not start until all elements of construction, planting, and irrigation for the entire project are in accordance with Plans and specifications. 1. A prime requirement is that all lawn and groundcover areas shall have been planted and that all lawn areas shall show an even, healthy stand of grass seedlings or sod, either of which shall have been mowed twice. Maintenance period will not be shortened when these criteria is met but may be lengthened if not met. 2. The Contractor’s maintenance period will be extended if the provisions required within the Plans and specifications are not fulfilled. Project may not be segmented into maintenance phases. 3. The Contractor shall request a Pre-Maintenance inspection by the Owner and Architect at the completion of the installation process. 4. The Maintenance Period shall begin upon successful completion of the Pre- Maintenance walk-through punch list and acceptance of the landscape installation by the Owner. 5. If such criteria are met to the satisfaction of the Owner, a field notification will be issued to the Contractor to establish the effective beginning date of the maintenance period. B. The Maintenance Period continues for 90 calendar days until final acceptance of the work by the Owner. Improper maintenance or poor condition of planting at the 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 01 90 - 2 Operation and Maintenance termination of the scheduled maintenance period shall cause postponement of the final completion date of the Contract. C. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately maintain planting, replace unsuitable plants or do weed control or other work, as determined necessary by the Owner, will not be credited as one of the maintenance periods working days. 1.4 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT A. Guarantee: All plant material installed under the contract shall be guaranteed for a period of one year. Plants found to be dead or in poor condition due to faulty materials or workmanship, as determined solely by the Architect, shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 1. Replacement: Materials found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the Maintenance period shall be replaced immediately. 2. The Architect shall be the sole judge as to the condition of material. 3. The Contractor shall replace material rejected during the Guarantee period within fifteen (15) days of written notification by the Owner. 1.5 OBSERVATION VISITS A. The Contractor shall request progress visits from the Architect at least 48 hours in advance of anticipated visits. Normal observation visits are as follows: 1. Immediately prior to the commencement of the work in this section. 2. Completion of first 90 days of maintenance. 3. Final acceptance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal fabrications similar to that shown on the drawings, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the work. C. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1 and D1.3. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. D. All materials used shall be free of lead and asbestos fibers. 1.6 OBSERVATION VISITS A. Prior to the date of the final observation visit, the Contractor shall acquire from the Architect-approved reproducible Plans and record (from the job record set) all changes made during construction, label these Plans "Record Drawings", and deliver to the Architect for review and approval. B. Prior to the date of final inspection, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect a written "Landscape and Irrigation Guarantee" as required herein. 1.6 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 01 90 - 3 Operation and Maintenance PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials used shall either conform to landscape specifications in other sections or shall otherwise be acceptable to the Owner. B. The Owner shall be given a monthly record of all herbicides, insecticides, and disease control chemicals used. Failure to provide such a record will continue maintenance period until compliance occurs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall be performed according to the following standards: 1. All areas shall be weeded and cultivated at intervals of not more than ten (10) days. 2. Watering, mowing, rolling, edging, trimming, fertilization, spraying, and pest and rodent control, as may be required, shall be included in the maintenance period. 3. Street gutters shall be cleaned as part of the maintenance program. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the area. a. Damaged areas shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 5. Between the 15th day and the 20th day of the maintenance period, the Contractor shall reseed and re-sod all spots or areas within the lawn where normal turf growth is not evident. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for reporting to the Owner conditions beyond his control that prevent or have negative impact on the work required herein. 3.2 TREE AND SHRUB CARE A. Watering 1. Apply enough irrigation water so that moisture penetrates throughout root zone and only as frequently as necessary to maintain healthy growth. a. Do not maintain soils in a constantly wet condition. b. Contractor shall be responsible for familiarizing himself with the particular water requirements for the various plantings and shall be responsible for setting and maintaining the automatic controller to optimum minimum levels. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 01 90 - 4 Operation and Maintenance c. Damage to the plantings caused by over-watering or under-watering shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to replace at no cost to Owner. 2. Maintain a water basin around newly planted plants so that water can be applied to moisturize throughout the root zone. At the end of the maintenance period these basins shall be flattened out to match surrounding grades. 3. If hand-watering, use a fan spray nozzle to break the water force. B. Tree Pruning 1. Nursery grown trees will not normally require pruning for the first year. Prune trees only if directed by Architect or Owner, and only for these purposes: a. selection and development of permanent scaffold branches that have a vertical spacing of from 18" to 48" and radial orientation so as not to cross each other, b. Elimination of diseased or damaged growth, c. Elimination of narrow V-shaped branch forks that lack strength, d. Reduction of toppling and wind damage by thinning out crowns, e. Maintenance of growth within space limitations, f. Maintenance of natural appearance, g. Balancing of crown-to-root ratio. 2. Under no circumstances will stripping of lower branches ("rising up") of young trees be permitted. a. Lower branches shall be retained in a “tipped-back" or pinched condition with as much foliage as possible to promote caliper trunk growth (tapered trunk). b. Lower branches can be cut flush with trunk only after the tree is able to stand erect without staking or other support. 3. Evergreen trees shall be thinned out and shaped when necessary to prevent wind and storm damage. The primary pruning of deciduous trees shall be done during the dormant season. Damaged trees or those that constitute health or safety hazards shall be pruned at any time of the year as required. C. Shrub Pruning 1. The objectives of shrub pruning are the same as for trees. Shrubs shall not be clipped into balled or boxed forms unless such is required by the design. 2. All pruning cuts shall be made to lateral branches or buds or flush with the trunk. "Stubbing" will not be permitted. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 01 90 - 5 Operation and Maintenance D. Staking and Guying: Stakes and guys shall remain in place until final acceptance and are to be continuously inspected and adjusted to prevent girdling of trunks or branches and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds and to allow trees to sway freely. Stakes and guys are to be removed when trees become sufficiently well rooted or after one year. When stakes or guys are removed, tree heads may be thinned to reduce wind load. E. Weed Control: Keep all areas, including basins and areas between plants, free of weeds. 1. Use recommended legally approved herbicides only when mechanical removal methods are not feasible. 2. Avoid frequent soil cultivation next to trees or shrubs that destroys shallow roots. 3. Use mulches to help prevent weed seed germination. F. Pest and Disease Control: Maintain control of insect and rodent infestations. The preferred method of control shall be biological control, or with non-toxic, biodegradable, organic materials. If stronger materials are needed, only materials that are recommended by a licensed Pest Control Advisor and are EPA approved and regulated shall be used. Only registered and licensed Pest Control Operators shall apply insecticide or chemical applications. Notify Owner a minimum of five (5) working days before chemical applications. G. Fertilization. 1. Fertilize all planting areas at 30-day intervals, with fertilizer and at rate as recommended by Soils Report. a. Avoid applying fertilizer to root balls and bases of main stems b. Spread fertilizer evenly around plants to drip line. c. Distribute fertilizer evenly over turf or groundcover areas to avoid patchy coloration. d. Replacement of Plants: Replace dead, dying, and missing plants with plants of a size, condition, and variety acceptable to Architect or Owner at Contractor's expense. 3.3 GROUND COVER CARE A. Weed Control: Control weeds preferably with mechanical methods, and also with preemergent herbicides and selective systemic herbicides. Hoe weeds as little as possible since this may result in plant damage. Foot traffic in planted areas shall be minimized, and soil compaction shall be loosened immediately. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 01 90 - 6 Operation and Maintenance B. Watering: Water enough so that moisture penetrates throughout root zone and only as frequently as necessary to maintain healthy growth. 1. Do not maintain soils in a constantly wet condition. 2. Contractor shall familiarize himself with the particular water requirements for the planting and shall be responsible for setting and maintaining the automatic controller to optimum minimum levels. 3. Damage to the planting caused by over-watering or under-watering shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to replace. C. Trash: Remove trash weekly. Remove debris, clippings or branches produced by maintenance activities within 8 hours. D. Edging and Trimming: Edge ground cover to keep in bounds and trim top growth as necessary to achieve an overall even appearance. E. Replacement: Replace dead and missing plants at Contractor's expense. 3.4 IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. System Inspection: Contractor shall continuously check all systems for proper operation. Lateral lines shall be flushed out after removing the last sprinkler head or two at each of the lateral. All heads are to be continuously adjusted as necessary for proper coverage and to eliminate over-spray on buildings or paving. Contractors regular maintenance personnel shall test, observe, and adjust each sprinkler system no less than once per month. B. Controllers: Set and program automatic controllers for seasonal water requirements and minimum optimum water use. Give Owner's representative a key to controllers and instructions on how to turn off system in case of emergency. C. Repairs: Repair all damage to irrigation system at Contractor's expense. Repairs shall be made within one watering period. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 1 Concrete for Exterior Improvements SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials for portland cement concrete. B. Aggregate and aggregate grading for portland cement concrete. C. Water for portland cement concrete. D. Admixtures for portland cement concrete. E. Proportioning for portland cement concrete. F. Mixing and transporting portland cement concrete. G. Formwork for cast in place portland cement concrete. H. Embedded materials for portland cement concrete. I. Steel reinforcement for portland cement concrete. J. Placing and finishing portland cement concrete. K. Curing portland cement concrete. L. Protecting portland cement concrete. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ASTM Standards 1. A 82, Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A 185, Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A 615, Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars, for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. C 94, Specification for Ready-mixed Concrete. 5. C 114, Method for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement. 6. C 150. Portland Cement. 7. C 618, Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Natural Admixture in Portland Cement. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 2 Concrete for Exterior Improvements 8. C 1751, Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete. Paving and Structural Construction 9. (Non-extruded and Resilient Bituminous Types). 10. Caltrans Standard Specifications: Section 51: Concrete Structures. 11. Section 73: Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. 12. Section 90: Portland Cement Concrete. B. California Building Code: 1. Chapter 11B – Accessibility To Public Buildings. 2. Chapter 19A – Concrete. 3. Chapter 33 – Site Work, Demolition and Construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. B. Design Mixes: Have all concrete mixes designed by a testing laboratory and approved by the Consulting Engineer. Conform all mixes to the applicable building code requirement, regardless of other minimum requirements listed herein or on the drawings. Submit mix designs for review before use. Show proportions and specific gravities of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, and water and gradation of combined aggregates. C. Reinforcing Steel Shop-Drawings 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete shall be subject to quality assurance in accordance with Section 90 of the Standard Specifications. 1. Slump tests: Have available, at job site, equipment required to perform slump tests. Make one slump test for each cylinder sample, from same concrete batch. Allowable maximum slump shall be 4 inches for walls and 3 inches for slabs on grade and other work. B. Certifications: 1. Provide Owner’s Representative at the time of delivery with certificates of compliance signed by both Contractor and Supplier containing the following 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 3 Concrete for Exterior Improvements statements and tickets: a. Materials contained comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents in all respects. b. Proportions and mixing comply with the design mix approved by the Consulting Engineer. Design mix shall have been field tested in accordance with the herein requirements of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and produces the required compressive strength under like conditions. c. Time of delivery, with certified delivery ticket stating volume of concrete delivered and time of mixing, or time of load-out in case of transit mixers. C. Conform to the applicable provisions of Section 51, 73 and 90 of the Caltrans Standard Specification and these Technical Specifications. 1. Conform construction of portland cement concrete surface improvements (including curbs, gutters, medians, valley gutters, walks) to the requirements of Section 73 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise required in these Technical Specifications or shown on the Plans. 2. Construct "V" ditches in accordance with Section 72-4 of the Standard Specifications; except that finishing shall be in accordance with Standard Specification Section 73 instead of 53, or as otherwise required in these Technical Specifications or shown on the Plans. 3. Conform other construction of portland cement concrete items to the requirements of Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise required in these Technical Specifications or shown on the Plans. D. Conform to the requirements of the California Building Code section 1929A.2 for testing of reinforcing bars. 1.6 DESIGNATION A. General: Whenever the 28-day compressive strength is designated herein or on the plans is greater than 3,600 psi, the concrete shall considered to be designated by compressive strength. The 28-day compressive strength shown herein or on the plans which are 3,600 psi or less are shown for design information only and are not considered a requirement for acceptance of the concrete. Whenever the concrete is designated by class or as minor concrete herein or on the plans, the concrete shall contain the cement per cubic meter shown in section 90-1.01 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. B. Unless specified otherwise herein or on the Plans, Portland Cement Concrete for this Project shall be Class "2” as specified in Section 90-1.01 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 4 Concrete for Exterior Improvements A. Portland cement concrete paving & concrete finishes: 1. Portland cement concrete paving shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall comply with CBC Sections 11B-302 and 11B-403. (Show plan reviewer the performance specifications or samples for demonstration of compliance.) B. General: Type V or type II (modified) cement conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 150, with the following modifications: 1. Cement shall not contain more than 0.60% by weight of alkalies, calculated as the percentage of Na2O plus 0.658 times the percentage of K2O when determined by either 4 intensity flame photometry or by the atomic absorption method. The instrument and procedure used shall be qualified as to precision and accuracy in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 114. 2. The autoclave expansion shall not exceed 0.50%. 3. Mortar containing the Portland Cement to be used and the sand, when tested in accordance with Test Method No. Calif. 527, shall not expand in water more than 0.010% and shall have an air content less than .048%. 4. Allowable tri-calcium Aluminate (C3A) by weight shall not exceed 5%. Allowable tetracalcium alumino ferrite plus twice the tricalcium aluminate (C4AF+2C3A) by weight shall not exceed 25%. The sulfate expansion test (ASTM C 452) may be used in lieu of the above chemical requirements, provided the sulfate expansion does not exceed 0.040% at 14 days (max.). 5. Contractor may substitute pozzolan for Portland Cement in amounts up to 15% of the required mix unless high early strength concrete is specified. Pozzolan shall consist of Class F Fly Ash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 618. C. Cement for Surface Improvements: Provide a coloring equivalent to ¼ pound of lampblack per cubic yard. Add to the concrete at the central mixing plant. D. Liquiblack, as supplied by Concrete Corporation of Redwood City, California, may be used in lieu of lampblack. One pint of liquiblack shall be considered equal to one pound of lampblack. 2.2 AGGREGATE AND AGGREGATE GRADING A. General: Conform to the requirements of Section 90-2.02, 2.02A and 2.02B of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. B. Aggregate Size and Gradation: Conform to the requirements of section 90-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications for 25-mm (1-inch) maximum combined aggregate. 2.3 WATER A. General: Conform to the requirements of section 90-2.03 of the Caltrans Standard 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 5 Concrete for Exterior Improvements Specifications, for mixing and curing portland cement concrete and for washing aggregates. 2.4 CLASSIFICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Concrete for the following items shall be designated by the following classes per Section 90-1.01 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. Vehicular Pavement: Class 2. 2. Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks: Minor Concrete. 3. Cast in place Concrete Pipe: The concrete shall consist of a minimum of 564 pounds of Portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. 4. Thrust Blocks: The concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 5. Sign and Fence Footings: The concrete shall consist of a minimum of 376 pounds of Portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. 6. Water, Storm, and Sanitary Structures: The concrete shall consist of a minimum of 564 pounds of Portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. 2.5 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Material for expansion joints in portland cement concrete improvements shall be premolded expansion joint fillers conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 1751. Expansion joint material shall be shaped to fit the cross section of the concrete prior to being placed. Suppliers certificates showing conformance with this specification shall be delivered with each shipment of materials delivered to the job site. Unless noted otherwise herein or on the Plans expansion joint thickness shall be as follows: 1. Curbs, Curb Ramps, Island Paving, Sidewalks, Driveways and Gutter Depressions: ¼-inch. 2. Concrete Slope Protection, Gutter Lining, Ditch Lining and Channel Lining: ½- inch. 3. Structures: As indicated. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT AND DOWELS A. Bar reinforcement for concrete improvements shall be deformed steel bars of the size or sizes called for on the plans conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 615 for Grade 60 bars. Size and shape for bar reinforcement shall conform to the details shown or called for on the Plans. Substitution of wire mesh reinforcement for reinforcing bars will not be allowed. B. Slip dowels, where noted or called for on the plans or detail drawings shall be smooth billet-steel bars as designated and conforming to the requirements of ASTM 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 6 Concrete for Exterior Improvements Designation A 615 for Grade 60 bars. Ends of bars inserted in new work shall be covered with a cardboard tube sealed with cork; no grease or oil shall be used. C. Mesh for reinforcement for concrete improvements shall be cold drawn steel wire mesh of the size and spacing called for on the plans conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 82 for the material and ASTM Designation A 185 for the mesh. Size and extent of mesh reinforcement shall conform to the details shown or called for on the plans. D. Tie wire for reinforcement shall be eighteen (18) gauge or heavier, black, annealed conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 82. E. Suppliers certificates showing conformance with this specification shall be delivered with each shipment of materials delivered to the job site. 2.7 COLOR AND PATTERNFOR DECORATIVE SURFACES A. Colors for decorative surfacing shall be per landscape architect. The specific color shall be as designated or called for on the Plans. B. Patterns for decorative surfacing shall be designated by the landscape architect. The specific pattern shall be as designated or called for on the Plans. 2.8 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Conform water stops and other items required to be embedded in of Portland Cement Concrete structures to the applicable requirements of Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise specifically noted or called for on the Plans or detail drawings. B. Curing Compounds: 1. Regular Portland Cement Concrete: "Non-Pigmented Curing Compound - chlorinated Rubber Base-Clear" conforming to the requirements contained in Section 90-7.01B, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2. Color Conditioned Decorative Portland Cement Concrete: LITHOCHROME colorwax as manufactured by the L. M. Scofield Company or approved equal. 2.9 FORMS A. Conform to the requirements of Section 51-1.05 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2.10 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Conform to the following Sections of Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. 51-1.02, Minor Structures. 2. 70-1.02C, Flared End Sections. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 7 Concrete for Exterior Improvements 3. 70-1.02H, Precast Concrete Structures. 2.11 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE VEHICULAR PAVEMENT A. General: See Section 32 13 00 – Rigid Paving. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION A. Structural excavation may be either by hand, or by machine and shall be neat to the line and dimension shown or called for on the plans. Excavation shall be sufficient width to provide adequate space for working therein, and comply with CAL-OSHA requirements. B. Where an excavation has been constructed below the design grade, refill the excavation to the bottom of the excavation grade with approved material and compact in place to 95% of the maximum dry density. C. Remove surplus excavation material remaining upon completion of the work from the job site, or condition it to optimum moisture content and compact it as fill or backfill on the site. 3.2 BRACING AND SHORING A. Conform to California and Federal OSHA requirements. B. Place and maintain such bracing and shoring as may be required to support the sides of the excavations for the proper protection of workmen; to facilitate the work; to prevent damage to the facility being constructed; and to prevent damage to adjacent structures or facilities. Remove all bracing and shoring upon completion of the work. C. Be solely responsible for all bracing and shoring and, if requested by the Owner’s Representative, submit details and calculations to the Owner’s Representative. The Owner’s Representative may forward the submittal to the Consulting Engineer and/or the California Division of Industrial Safety for their review. The Contractor's submittal shall include the basic design, assumed soils conditions and estimation of forces to be resisted, together with plans and specifications of the materials and methods to be used, and shall be prepared by a civil engineer or structural engineer registered in California. No excavations related to the proposed facility shall precede a response to the submittal by the Owner’s Representative. D. Be solely responsible for installing and extracting the sheathing in a manner which will not disturb the position or operation of the facility being constructed or adjacent utilities and facilities. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE FORMS A. Form concrete improvements with a smooth and true upper edge. Side of the form 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 8 Concrete for Exterior Improvements with a smooth finish shall be placed next to concrete. Construct forms rigid enough to withstand the pressure of the fresh concrete to be placed without any distortion. B. Thoroughly clean all forms prior to placement and coat forms with an approved form oil in sufficient quantity to prevent adherence of concrete prior to placing concrete. C. Carefully set forms to the alignment and grade established and conform to the required dimensions. Rigidly hold forms in place by stakes set at satisfactory intervals. Provide sufficient clamps, spreaders and braces to insure the rigidity of the forms. D. Provide forms for back and face of curbs, lip of gutters and edge of walks, valley gutters or other surface slabs that are equal to the full depth of the concrete as shown, noted or called for on the Plans. On curves and curb returns provide composite forms made from benders or thin planks of sufficient ply to ensure rigidity of the form. 3.4 PLACING STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Bars shall be free of mortar, oil, dirt, excessive mill scale and scabby rust and other coatings of any character that would destroy or reduce the bond. All bending shall be done cold, to the shapes shown on the plans. The length of lapped splices shall be as follows: 1. Reinforcing bars No. 8, or smaller, shall be lapped at least 45 bar diameters of the smaller bar joined, and reinforced bars Nos. 9, 10, and 11 shall be lapped at least 60 bar diameters of the smaller bars joined, except when otherwise shown on the plans. 2. Splice locations shall be made as indicated on the plans. B. Accurately place reinforcement as shown on the plans and hold firmly and securely in position by wiring at intersections and splices, and by providing precast mortar blocks or ferrous metal chairs, spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires, and other approved devices of sufficient strength to resist crushing under applied loads. Provide supports and ties of such strength and density to permit walking on reinforcing without undue displacement. C. Place reinforcing to provide the following minimum concrete cover: 1. Surfaces exposed to water: 4-inches. 2. Surfaces poured against earth: 3-inches. 3. Formed surfaces exposed to earth or weather: 2-inches. 4. Slabs, walls, not exposed to weather or earth: 1-inch. D. Minimum spacing, center of parallel bars shall be two and one half (2-1/2) times the diameter of the larger sized bar. Accurately tie reinforcing securely in place prior to pouring concrete. Placing of dowels or other reinforcing in the wet concrete is not 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 9 Concrete for Exterior Improvements permitted. 3.5 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Transit mix concrete in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 94. Transit mix for not less than ten (10) minutes total, not less than three (3) minutes of which shall be on the site just prior to pouring. Mix continuous with no interruptions from the time the truck is filled until the time it is emptied. Place concrete within one hour of the time water is first added unless authorized otherwise by the Owner’s Representative. B. Do not hand mix concrete for use in concrete structures. 3.6 PLACING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Thoroughly wet subgrade when concrete is placed directly on soil. Remove all standing water prior to placing concrete. B. Do not place concrete until the subgrade and the forms have been approved. C. Convey concrete from mixer to final location as rapidly as possible by methods that prevent separation of the ingredients. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in final position to avoid re-handling. D. Place and solidify concrete in forms without segregation by means of mechanical vibration or by other means as approved by the Owner’s Representative. Continue vibration until the material is sufficiently consolidated and absent of all voids without causing segregation of material. The use of vibrators for extensive shifting of fresh concrete will not be permitted. E. Concrete in certain locations may be pumped into place upon prior approval by the Owner’s Representative. When this procedure requires redesign of the mix, such redesign shall be submitted for approval in the same manner as herein specified for approval of design mixes. 3.7 PLACING ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Place water stops and other items required to be embedded in of portland cement concrete structures at locations shown or required in accordance with Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise specifically noted or called for on the Plans. B. Curing Compounds: 1. Regular Portland Cement Concrete: Apply "Non-Pigmented Curing Compound - chlorinated Rubber Base-Clear" in accordance with Section 90-7.01B, 7.01D and 7.03 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2. Color Conditioned Decorative Portland Cement Concrete: Apply LITHOCHROME colorwax in accordance with the manufactures instructions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 10 Concrete for Exterior Improvements 3.8 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Construct expansion joints incorporating premolded joint fillers at twenty (20) foot intervals in all concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, median/island paving, valley gutters, driveway approaches and at the ends of all returns. At each expansion joint install one-half inch by twelve inch (1/2" x 12") smooth slip dowels in the positions shown or noted on the detail drawings. B. Orient slip dowels at right angles to the expansion joint and hold firmly in place during the construction process by means of appropriate chairs. 3.9 WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS A. Construct weakened plane joints in concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, median/island paving and valley gutters between expansion joints at ten (10) foot intervals throughout, or as otherwise indicated. Depth of joint score depth to be one-fourth (25%) the thickness of the concrete. 1. Grooved Joints: Form weakened plane joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8-inch. Repeat grooving of weakened plane joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 3.10 FINISHING CONCRETE A. Finish curb and gutter in conformance with the applicable requirements of Section 73- 1.04 and 73-1.05A of the Caltrans Standard Specifications as modified herein. B. Where monolithic curb, gutter and sidewalk is specified, separate concrete pours will not be allowed. C. Provide a medium broom finish to all horizontal surfaces unless otherwise shown. 3.11 FORM REMOVAL A. Remove forms without damage to the concrete. Remove all shores and braces below the ground surface, before backfilling. B. Do not backfill against concrete until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to prevent damage. C. Leave forms for cast-in-place walls in place at least 72 hours after pouring. D. Leave edge forms in place at least 24 hours after pouring. 3.12 CONSTRUCTION A. Form, place and finish concrete walkways, island paving, valley gutters and driveway approaches in conformance with the applicable requirements of Section 73-1.04 and 73-1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications as modified herein. B. Construct new concrete curb, curb and gutter and valley gutters against existing 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 13 13 - 11 Concrete for Exterior Improvements asphalt concrete by removing a minimum of 12-inches of the asphalt concrete to allow placement of curb or gutter forms. Patch pavement with a 6-inch deep lift of asphalt concrete after gutter form is removed. 3.13 CONNECTING TO EXISTING CONCRETE IMPROVMENTS A. New curb, gutter, or sidewalk is to connect to existing improvements to remain by saw cutting to existing sound concrete at the nearest score line, expansion joint or control joint. Drill and insert ½-inch diameter by 12-inch long dowels at 24-inches on center into existing improvements. Install pre-molded expansion joint filler at the matching joint. B. A cold joint to the existing curb is not acceptable. 3.14 DECORATIVE SURFACING CONSTRUCTION A. Decorative surfacing concrete walks, concrete median islands or other installations shall be formed and placed as a concrete slab conforming to the details shown or noted on the Plans. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Finish subgrade for concrete improvements shall be subject to approval prior to placement of forms. B. No concrete shall be placed prior to approval of forms. C. Concrete improvements constructed shall not contain "bird baths" or pond water and shall be smooth and ridge free. D. Conform the finish grade at top of curb, flow line of gutter, and the finish cross section of concrete improvements to the design grades and cross sections. E. Variation of concrete improvements from design grade and cross section as shown or called for on the plans shall not exceed the tolerances established in Sections 73- 1.05 and/or 73-1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 3.16 RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Contractor is responsible for and shall replace in kind all pavement or other improvements removed or damaged due to the installation of concrete improvements. B. Contractor is responsible for and shall remove, landscaping or plantings damaged or disturbed due to the installation of concrete improvements. Replace in kind. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 1 Landscape Irrigation SECTION 32 84 00 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes automatic-control irrigation system as shown on the Drawings and as follows: 1. Trenching 2. Piping and Fitting 3. Valving 4. Assemblies 5. Automatic Controllers 6. Specialties 7. Wiring 8. Drip Irrigation 9. Cleanup 10. Connections to existing mains or municipal water systems. a. Related work: 1) Section 32 01 90: Operation and Maintenance of Planting 2) Section 32 93 00: Planting b. Definition: The word Architect as used herein shall refer to the Landscape Architect or the Owner's authorized representative. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REQUIREMENTS A. Permits and Fees: The Contractor shall obtain and pay for any normally required and permits, fees and inspections as required. 1. Manufacturer's Directions: Manufacturer's directions and detailed Drawings shall be followed in cases where the manufacturers of articles used in this contract furnish directions covering points not shown in the Drawings and Specifications. 2. Ordinances and Regulations: Any local, municipal and state laws, and rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work, are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these Specifications and their provisions 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 2 Landscape Irrigation shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these Specifications shall not be construed to conflict with any of the above rules and regulations or requirements of the same. However, when these Specifications and Drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, the provisions of these Specifications and Drawings shall take precedence. a. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. b. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water- service piping, including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material List 1. Furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes specified by name in the Drawings and Specifications per requirements of Division 1 or the General Provisions. No substitutions will be allowed without prior written approval by the Architect. 2. Submit a complete materials list to Architect prior to performing any work. Material list shall include the manufacturer, model number and description of all materials and equipment to be used according to example as follows: Item Description Manufacturer Model No. 1 Backflow Preventer 2 Controller 3 Isolation Valve 4 Etc. 3. Irrigation submittals must be specific and complete. All items must be listed and should include solvent and primer, wire, wire connectors, valve boxes, etc. No copies of manufacturer's literature (catalog cuts) are required as submittal information. 4. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without prior approval of the Architect may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove such materials from the site at his own expense. 5. Approval of any item, alternate or substitute indicates only that the product or products apparently meet the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted. B. Record Drawings 1. Refer to Division 1 or General Provisions. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 3 Landscape Irrigation 2. Record Set During the Work: At site, maintain not less than one complete set of Drawings as a Field Record Set. Record by showing depth and dimensioning horizontally from two permanent points of reference, building corners, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the location of the following items: a. Connection to existing water lines. b. Connection to existing electrical power. c. Ball valves. d. Control valves. e. Quick coupling valves. f. Routing of mainline (pressurized line). g. Routing of control wiring. h. Items specified under Division 1 or as directed by the Architect. C. Final Record Drawings 1. Prior to substantial completion, the Architect will order for the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, one complete set of reverse-reading, reproducible Mylar transparencies. 2. The Contractor shall transfer recorded changes in the work indicated on the field set to the reproducible set, neatly and clearly, technically correct, and drafted in ink by a skilled draftsman. 3. On or before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall deliver the corrected and completed reproducible plans to the Architect with a transmittal containing the date, project title and number, Contractor's name, address and authorized signature. 4. Delivery of the reproducible plans will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing required information that may be omitted from the prints. D. Controller Charts 1. Record Drawings shall be approved by the Architect before controller charts are prepared. 2. Provide one controller chart for each controller supplied. The chart shall show the area controlled by the automatic controller and shall be the maximum size that the controller door will allow. 3. The chart shall be a reduced drawing of the actual as-built system. However, in the event the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, it shall be enlarged to a size that will be readable when reduced. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 4 Landscape Irrigation 4. The chart shall be a black and white bond print and a different color highlighter shall be used to indicate the area of coverage for each station. 5. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically laminated between two pieces of plastic, each piece being minimum 10 mils thick. 6. These charts shall be completed and approved prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Prepare and deliver to Owner within 10 days prior to completion, three hardcover ring binders with the following in each: a. Index b. Guarantee statement. c. Address and phone number of Contractor d. Catalog and parts sheets on every material and equipment installed under this Contract with name, address and phone numbers of manufacturers and local representatives. e. 11” x 17” color copy of controller charts (not laminated). f. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 2. In addition to the above-mentioned maintenance manuals, provide the Owner's maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Architect at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. F. Extra Equipment to be Furnished 1. Furnish extra materials described below (match products installed), packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. a. Special Tools: Two sets of special tools required for removal, disassembling and adjusting each type of sprinkler, drip emitter, and valve on the project b. Controller Keys: Two keys for each automatic controller. c. Bubbler Units: Equal to 10% percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 10 units. d. Emitter Units: Equal to 10% percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 10 units. e. Drip Tubing Units: Equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 10 units. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 5 Landscape Irrigation 2. The above-described equipment shall be turned over to the Owner at the conclusion of the project. Before final inspection can occur, evidence that the Owner has received material must be shown to Architect. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling of PVC Pipe and Fittings: The Contractor is cautioned to exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing of PVC pipe and fittings. 1. All PVC pipe shall be transported in a vehicle which allows the length of pipe to lie flat so as not to subject it to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. 2. Do not drop PVC pipe on hard surfaces. 3. Any section of pipe that has been dented or damaged is to be discarded. 4. If damaged material is installed, it shall be replaced with new material. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall fully warrant and agree to replace any poor, inadequate or defective materials and workmanship for one year from date of acceptance of completed Irrigation System. The Architect shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of materials or workmanship. B. Replacement: Materials found to be defective, missing or in poor condition during the warranty period shall be replaced immediately. The Architect shall be the sole judge as to the condition of material. Material to be replaced during the warranty period shall be replaced by the Contractor within 15 days of written notification by Owner. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Handling Location of Bubblers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. B. Explanation of Drawings 1. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. All offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., which may be required, may not be indicated. Carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of the work and plan the work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc., as may be required to meet such conditions. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting, architectural features, drainage systems, or hardscape construction. 2. Do not install the irrigation system as shown on the Drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences, or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in the engineering. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 6 Landscape Irrigation a. Any discrepancy in Drawings shall be brought to the attention of the Architect. Contractor assumes full responsibility for work installed without clarification. 3. The final location and exact positioning of automatic controllers, backflow prevention assemblies, gate valves, pressure regulators, or other equipment shall be approved by the Owner's authorized representative prior to installation. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Use only new materials of brands and types noted on the Drawings, as specified herein, or approved equivalents. 2.2 PIPE A. Pressure supply line between the water meter and the backflow prevention device shall be type K copper. B. Non-pressure lines 3/4 inch in diameter and larger downstream of the remote control valve shall be SCH 40 solvent weld PVC conforming to ASTM D1785.Bar Stock: ASTM A276, Type 302 or 304. 2.3 POLY VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPES, TUBES & FITTINGS A. PVC pipe, tubes & fittings shall be of the schedule rating designated on the contract Drawings. B. PVC pipe shall continuously bear the following markings. 1. Nominal pipe size. 2. PVC Schedule or class. 3. Type of plastic material in standard code 4. Pressure rating in psi 5. SDR for class rated pipe 6. ASTM designation 7. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approval. 8. Manufacturer's name or trademark 9. Date of extrusion. C. Schedule rated PVC Pipe shall be made from NSF approved Type 1, Grade I, PVC compound conforming to ASTM D-1785. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 7 Landscape Irrigation D. PVC Fittings, Solvent and Primer. 1. For schedule rated pipe, fittings shall correspond to the same schedule rating. 2. For class rated pipe, fittings shall be Schedule 40. 3. PVC solvent-weld fittings shall be Type 1, Grade I, NSF approved, conforming to ASTM test procedure D-2466. 4. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. 5. Solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent-weld pipe and fittings shall be of the type prescribed by the pipe manufacturer. Installation methods shall be according to ASTM D-2885.Extruded Bars and Shapes: ASTM B221, alloy 6061-T6 or 6063-T6 for bearing bars of gratings and shapes and 6061-T6 for grating cross bars. 2.4 BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Where indicated on the Drawings or required by Code, use red brass screwed pipe conforming to ASTM B43. B. Fittings shall be red brass. 2.5 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE A. Backflow preventers shall be one of the approved reduced pressure principle devices listed by the California Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, 601 North 7th Street, Mailing Station (MS) 92, P.O. Box 942732, Sacramento, CA 94234-7320. B. Backflow preventers shall be factory assembled and shall include two (2) check valves, one (1) pressure differential relief valve, two (2) shut-off valves, and four (4) test cocks. Backflow preventer and valves shall be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise shown on the plans. C. Backflow preventer shut-off valves shall be manufactured from bronze and shall be resilient seated and fully ported ball valves. Threaded type shut-off valves shall be provided with a union on one side of each valve. Unions shall be brass. 2.6 VALVES A. Isolation Valves. 1. Shall be as called out on Drawings and details. 2. Brass and stainless steel, fully ported ball valves 3. 150 PSI at 73° 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 8 Landscape Irrigation B. Automatic Electric Control Valves. 1. Shall be as called out on Drawings and details. 2. Normally closed, diaphragm type with manual flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. 3. Automatic control valve shall have a brass or bronze body and bonnet. C. Master Control Valve. 1. Shall be as called out on Drawings and details. 2. Normally closed, diaphragm type with manual flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. 3. Master control valve shall have a brass or bronze body and bonnet. D. Pressure Reducing Valve and Wye Strainer. 1. Pressure reducing valve shall be Wilkins Model #500HLR with wye strainer and bronze body. Size and pressure setting shall be as noted on irrigation Drawings. 2. Wye strainer used alone shall be Wilkins Model #YBXL with bronze body. Size shall be as noted on irrigation Drawings. E. Flow Sensor 1. Shall be as called out on Drawings and details. 2. Brass bodied, female threaded ends. F. Drip Flush Valve. 1. Shall be as called out on Drawings and details. 2. Sch. 40 PVC bodied, female slip ends. G. Check Valves. 1. Shall be as called out on Drawings and details. 2. Brass bodied, female threaded ends. 2.7 CONTROL WIRING A. Connections between the automatic controllers and the electric control valves shall be made with #14 THHN - UF 600 volt stranded copper wire manufactured for irrigation system use. Pilot wires shall be red. B. Common wires shall be white. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 9 Landscape Irrigation C. Install in accordance with valve manufacturer's specifications and wire chart. In no case shall wire size be less than #14. D. Install control wires inside steel conduit, sweeps and junction boxes between the controller and the control valves. E. All control wire splices shall be made with waterproof wire connectors. Manufacturers: 3M DBY/R-6 or approved equal. F. All electrical work shall conform to local codes and ordinances. Above ground wires shall be conduit enclosed. 2.8 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS A. Shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings. B. Controller shall be a weather based, with a satellite service providing daily evapotranspiration data to allow for the self-adjusting of the programming. C. Automatic controllers shall be as indicated on the drawings complete with hookup to electrical sources. D. All controllers shall be enclosed in a vandal-resistant, waterproof enclosure. E. Controller shall be connected to a rain sensor as shown on the Drawings. 2.9 VALVE BOXES A. Plastic Valve Boxes (to be used when valve is in planting areas). 1. For Drip System Flush valve, use. a. 10" diameter x 10" deep round box, Carson #910-4B or approved equivalent. b. Use min 10" diameter extensions to achieve proper depth below assembly. c. Lid shall be T-form, bolt-down type. d. Label: heat brand lid with the text “FV” in 1” tall block letters. 2. For Drip System Air Relief Valves, use. a. 8" diameter x 10" deep round box, Carson #809 or approved equivalent. b. Label: heat brand lid with the text “ARV” in 1” tall block letters. 3. Brand boxes with a commercially produced branding iron, as manufactured by BrandNew Industries, Inc. (800) 964-8251, or equal.. 2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT A. Drip emitters and inline drip tubing shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 10 Landscape Irrigation B. Single outlet emitters shall be a self-flushing and pressure compensating type. Emitter bodies shall be constructed of durable UV resistant plastic and have a self-piercing barb on the inlet side of the emitter. Regulating diaphragms shall be constructed of silicone rubber. C. Air / vacuum relief valve: Netafim 65AR1B1-B D. Screen filters shall be as manufactured by Rainbird with pressure rating of at least 115 psi. Disc type filter element shall be minimum 150 mesh screen equivalent. Screen filters shall have glass reinforced nylon bodies and threaded male connections. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION OF EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS A. Before any work begins, a conference shall be held with the Owner's authorized representative and the Contractor regarding general requirements for the project. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to familiarize himself with future locations of walls, paving, grade differences, etc. He shall coordinate his work with the General Contractor and other Sub-Contractors for the location and installation of pipe sleeves through walls, footings, under paving, etc., and so that there is no difficulty in the subsequent planting of trees or shrubs which are shown in the plans. C. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities that are caused by his operation or neglect. Check existing utilities Drawings for existing utility locations. Before excavating, call Underground Service Alert, (800) 422-4133 D. Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the Drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences, or differences in dimensions of areas exist that might not have been considered in the engineering. 1. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the Owner's authorized representative. 2. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revisions necessary. E. Contractor shall carefully check all grades to satisfy for himself that he may safely proceed before starting work on the sprinkler irrigation system. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Physical Layout: Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing and location of sprinkler heads. All layouts shall be approved by Architect prior to installation. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 11 Landscape Irrigation 3.3 WATER SUPPLY A. The Contractor shall verify static pressure on site prior to commencement of any work. B. The system design is based upon the minimum operating pressure and maximum flow demand shown on the Drawings. 1. Contractor shall report any difference between the water pressure shown on the Drawings and the actual pressure at the point of connection to the Owner's authorized representative. C. All work required for proper point of connection and laying of irrigation supply line shall be in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances. D. Connections shall be made at approximate locations as shown on Drawings. Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions. 3.4 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY A. Electrical connections for automatic controller shall be made to electrical points of connection at approximate locations as shown on Drawings. Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Trenching 1. Dig trenches straight and support pipe continuously on bottom of trench. Lay pipe to even grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings and as noted. 2. Provide for a minimum cover of 12" for all non-pressure lines. 3. Provide for a minimum cover of 18” for all pressure lines. 4. Provide a minimum cover of 18” minimum for all non-pressure lines under paved areas. 5. Provide a minimum cover of 24” minimum for all pressure lines under paved areas. B. Backfilling - General 1. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed. Trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stones. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted in landscaped areas to a dry density equivalent to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting areas. Backfill will conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other surface irregularities. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 12 Landscape Irrigation 2. A fine granular material backfill will be initially placed on all lines. No foreign matter larger than 1/2" in size will be permitted in the initial backfill. 3. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of the Architect. 4. Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used to compact soil. 5. Provide sand backfill a minimum of 6" over and under all piping routed under paving areas. 6. If settlement occurs and subsequent adjustments in pipe, valves, bubbler heads, planting, paving or other construction are necessary, the Contractor shall make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner. C. Trenching and Backfill under Paving 1. Trenches located under areas where paving, asphaltic concrete or concrete will be installed shall be backfilled with sand (a layer three inches below the pipe and three inches above the pipe) and compacted to 90% compaction, using manual or mechanical tamping devices. Trenches for piping shall be compacted to equal the compaction of the existing adjacent undisturbed soil and shall be left in a firm unyielding condition. All trenches shall be left flush with the adjoining grade. Contractor shall set in place, cap, and pressure test all piping under paving prior to the paving work. 2. Generally, piping under existing walks is done by jacking, boring or hydraulic driving, but where any cutting or breaking of sidewalks and/or concrete is necessary, it shall be done and re-placed by the Contractor as part of the contract cost. Permission to cut or break sidewalks and/or concrete shall be obtained from the Architect. No hydraulic driving will be permitted under concrete paving. 3. Provide for a minimum cover of 24" between the top of the pipe and the bottom of the aggregate base for all pressure and non-pressure piping installed under asphaltic concrete paving. D. Assemblies 1. Routing of sprinkler irrigation lines as indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic. Install lines and various assemblies to conform to the details shown on Drawings. 2. Perform all directional changes using 45-degree elbows. No 90-degree elbows will be permitted without approval of Architect. 3. Install all assemblies in accordance with respective detail. In absence of detail Drawings or Specifications pertaining to specific items required to complete work, perform such work in accordance with best standard practice with prior approval of Architect. 4. PVC pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before installation. Installation and solvent-welding methods shall be as recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 13 Landscape Irrigation 5. On PVC to metal connections, the Contractor shall work the metal connections first. Teflon tape or approved equivalent shall be used on all threaded PVC-to- PVC joints, and on all threaded PVC-to-metal joints. Light wrench pressure is all that is required. Where threaded PVC connections are required, use threaded PVC adapters into which the pipe may be welded. E. Line Clearance: All lines shall have a minimum clearance of six inches from each other and from lines of other trades. Parallel lines shall not be in-stalled directly over one another. F. Automatic Controller 1. Install as per manufacturer's instructions. Remote control valves shall be connected to controller in numerical sequence shown on the Drawings. 2. The Architect shall approve final location of automatic controllers. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the 120-volt electrical power to the automatic controller location to be furnished by others. The final electrical hookup shall be the responsibility of the irrigation Contractor. All electrical work shall conform to local codes, ordinances, and governing authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Install a line voltage surge device (intermatic ag2401c3/ or square d sdsa1175) for 120v in a junction box prior to controller. 4. Grounding for the irrigation controller is to be installed per the manufacturer's specifications and per the American Society of Irrigation Consultants guideline 100-2002 for earth grounding electronic equipment in irrigation systems found at www.asic.org/design_guides.aspx. For technical support regarding the irrigation controller or grounding please contact manufacturer's technical services. 5. Rain sensor shall be installed on building eave adjacent to the controller. The sensor shall be mounted in a location in full sun and open to rainfall. Sensor shall be no more than 200' from wireless receiver. mount wireless receiver on or adjacent to the irrigation controller. G. Control Wiring 1. An expansion curl shall be provided within three feet of each wire connection. 2. A minimum of one additional blank remote control valve station wire shall be run from the controller to the furthest point of each separate leg of the mainline. Terminate wire in nearest valve box and tag "blank" in valve box and in controller. 3. Wiring shall occupy the same trench and shall be installed along the same route as the pressure supply lines wherever possible. 4. Where more than one wire is placed in a trench, the wiring shall be taped together at intervals of 12 feet. 5. All connections shall be of an approved type and shall occur in a valve box. Provide an 18 inch service loop at each connection. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 14 Landscape Irrigation 6. An expansion loop of 12 inches shall be provided at each wire connection and/ or directional turn, and one of 24 inches shall be provided at each remote control valve. 7. A continuous run of wire shall be used between the controller and each remote control valve. Under no circumstances shall splices be used without prior approval. 8. Wire running from controller to control valves shall be AWG-UF 600V, No. 14 minimum, solid core, single conductor copper wire, and style Br. (direct burial type). 9. Spare control wires shall be run to valve box locations as shown on the plans. Provide an 18 inch expansion loop at valve box. H. Remote Control Valves: Install where shown on Drawings and details. I. Low Head Drainage: It is the intention of the design to indicate check valves and/or low head drain valves in order to prevent water from running out of sprinkler heads when systems are shut off. The Contractor shall include as part of the cost of his work installing any necessary check valves and/or low head drain valves which are necessary and may not be shown on the plans. J. Flushing of System 1. After all new sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, and prior to installation of sprinkler heads, the control valves shall be opened and full head of water used to flush out the system. 2. Sprinkler heads shall be installed only after flushing of the system has been accomplished to the complete satisfaction of the Architect. K. Drip Irrigation installation 1. Install control valves and rigid PVC distribution lines prior to planting operations. 2. Drip tubing shall be installed in parallel rows not to exceed the spacing indicated on the Drawings and details. The perimeter row of tubing in all planters shall be installed a maximum of 4” from the edge of the planter, all interior rows shall be evenly spaced at a distance not exceeding 16” on center. Closer spacing of the tubing may be required in some or all planters due to planter size. 3. Where vines are planted in drip tubing irrigated planters, additional emitters shall be punched into the drip tubing to provide additional irrigation to the vine plantings. Install all emitters and accessories shown on the Drawings and details with the additional vine emitters. Only if vines are not being irrigated by any other water emitting device, i.e. bubblers. 4. Flush and adjust systems, eliminate leaks, operate for a one-hour period, then re-check and re-adjust systems. 5. Complete planting and mulching operations. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 15 Landscape Irrigation 3.6 TEMPORARY REPAIRS A. The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the sprinkler system equipment in operating condition. The exercise of this right by the builder/developer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the terms of the guarantee as herein specified. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adjustment of the System 1. The Contractor shall flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and to prevent over-spray onto walks, roadways, and buildings. 2. If it is determined that adjustment in the irrigation equipment will provide proper and more adequate coverage, the Contractor shall make such adjustments prior to planting. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle size and degrees of arc as required. 3. When the radius of any bubbler head requires downward adjustment to better suit actual conditions, the Contractor shall install pressure-compensating screens by the same manufacturer as the sprinkler nozzle, for flow and radius control. 4. The Contractor shall lower raised sprinkler heads within 10 days after notification by Owner. 5. All bubbler heads shall be set perpendicular to finished grades unless otherwise designated on the plans. 3.8 CLEAN-UP A. Cleanup shall be made as each portion of work progresses. 1. Refuse and excess dirt shall be removed from the site. 2. All walks and paving shall be swept or washed down. 3. Any damage sustained on the work of others shall be repaired to original conditions acceptable to Owner and Architect. B. Cleanup shall be performed at the end of each working day, and a maximum cleanup effort shall be made for each weekend by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. 3.9 FINAL OBSERVATION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE A. The Contractor shall operate each system in its entirety for the Architect at time of final observation. Any items deemed not acceptable shall be reworked to the complete satisfaction of the Architect. B. The Contractor shall show evidence to the Architect that the Owner has received all accessories, extra parts, charts, record Drawings, and equipment as required before final observation can occur. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 84 00 - 16 Landscape Irrigation 3.10 OBSERVATION SCHEDULE A. Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Architect in advance for the following observations according to the time indicated. 1. Pre-job Conference - Seven days. 2. Lateral line and bubbler installation - 48 hours. 3. Final observation - Seven days. B. When inspections have been conducted by other than the Architect, show evidence of when and by whom these inspections were made. C. No observation shall commence without adequate preparation or as-built Drawings. In the event the Contractor calls for an observation without as-built Drawings without completing previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for observations, he shall be responsible for reimbursing the Architect at the hourly rate in effect at the time the observation portal-to-portal (plus transportation costs) for the inconvenience. No further inspections will be scheduled until this charge has been paid. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 1 Landscape Planting SECTION 32 93 00 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the supplying and installation of the following: 1. Trees. 2. Shrubs. 3. Ground cover shrubs. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 56 39 - "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" 2. Section 32 84 00 - “Landscape Irrigation” 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants grown in a container with well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for kind, type, and size of exterior plant required. B. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. C. Planting Soil: Native topsoil, or surface soil modified to become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments. D. Sub-grade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, signed by product manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products. 2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. C. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 2 Landscape Planting D. Material Test Reports: For existing surface soil. E. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful establishment of exterior plants. Installer shall have a valid contractor C- 27 license. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full- time supervisor on Project site when exterior planting is in progress. B. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; pH; and mineral and plant-nutrient content of topsoil. 1. Report suitability of topsoil for plant growth. State recommended quantities of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory topsoil. D. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock." E. Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. F. Observation: City authorized representative may observe trees and shrubs at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and quality. City authorized representative retains right to observe trees and shrubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. 1. Notify Owner’s authorized representative of planting materials seven days in advance of delivery to site. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery, except as approved by City authorized representative. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sunscald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do not drop exterior plants during delivery. B. Handle planting stock by root ball, container, or box. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 3 Landscape Planting C. Deliver exterior plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set exterior plants trees in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting. 2. Water root systems of exterior plants stored on-site with a fine-mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Warrant the following exterior plants, for the warranty period indicated, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control. 1. Warranty Period for Trees and 5-gallon Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Ground Cover 1-gallon plants: Three months from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Remove dead exterior plants immediately. Replace immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. 4. Replace exterior plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. 5. A limit of one replacement of each exterior plant will be required, except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI Z60.1, with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well- shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sunscald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. B. Grade: Provide trees and shrubs of sizes and grades complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size may be used if acceptable to City authorized representative, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or rootballs. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 4 Landscape Planting C. If formal arrangements for consecutive order of trees or shrubs are shown, select stock for uniform height and spread. 2.2 GROUND COVER PLANTS A. Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in pots, or similar containers, and complying with ANSI Z60.1. 2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials. 2.4 FERTILIZER A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing agency. B. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water- insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing agency. 2.5 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1. Type: Shredded Bark Mulch. Reference Section 32 93 00 Part 2.1. 2.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. Upright Stakes: Sound, new pressure-preservative-treated lodge pole, free of holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2-inch diameter by length indicated, pointed at one end. B. Rubber Tree Ties: Per Detail or approved equal. 2.7 PLANTING SOIL MIX A. Planting Soil Mix: Mix topsoil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities: 1. Ratio of Loose Wood Derivatives to Topsoil by Volume: 1:4. 2. Weight of Commercial Fertilizer per 1000 Sq. Ft.: 10 lbs. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 5 Landscape Planting PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive exterior plants for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, and lawns and existing exterior plants from damage caused by planting operations. B. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple exterior plantings. 3.3 PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT A. Loosen sub-grade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 1. Spread amendments and fertilizer onto surface, and thoroughly incorporate into the top 6” depth of soil by roto-till, or equal. B. Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. C. Restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting. 3.4 TREE AND SHRUB EXCAVATION A. Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving center area raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further disturb base. Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 1. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for container-grown stock. B. Subsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill. C. Obstructions: Notify City authorized representative if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. D. Drainage: Notify City authorized representative if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 6 Landscape Planting 3.5 TREE PLANTING A. Set container-grown stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball 1 inch above adjacent finish grades. 1. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. 2. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix. B. Organic Mulching: Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic mulch extending 12 inches beyond edge of planting pit or trench. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems. 3.6 SHRUB PLANTING A. Shrub installation. 1. Positioning: After removing plant from container, scarify side of root ball to prevent formation of girdling roots and position plant in planting pit. 2. Backfilling: Use planting soil mix to backfill plant pits. Set each plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until planting soil has been tamped solidly around the ball and roots. When plant pits have been backfilled approximately two-thirds (2/3) full, water thoroughly and saturate root ball before installing remainder of the backfill mix, eliminating all air pockets. Install remainder of mix to top of pit. 3. Where fertilizers are recommended, use a slow-release fertilizer. Place evenly distributed in plant pits when backfilled two-thirds (2/3) to finish grade according to the schedule. 4. Adjustment: Adjust plants to that after full settlement has occurred; the natural grade at the base of the plants is one (1) inch above the adjacent planting finish grade. B. Watering Basin: Form saucer with four (4) inches high berm centered around shrub pits twelve (12) inches wider than ball diameter. C. Watering: Water all plants immediately after planting. D. Labels: Remove all nursery-type plant labels from plants. 3.7 STAKING A. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake all single trunk trees. Use a minimum of 2 stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend at least 72 inches above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls or root masses. Support trees with two rubber 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 7 Landscape Planting ties at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. 3.8 WEED ABATEMENT A. Weed Abatement Prior to Planting: 1. Water all areas thoroughly and uniformly. Continue watering at the frequency and duration necessary to germinate all residual week seeds, and as directed by the Agency’s Authorized Representative. 2. Unless otherwise directed, maintain watering for not less than three (3) weeks. 3. When perennial weeds appear, apply approved contact herbicide over affected areas. Apply in accord with manufacturer’s instructions. 4. When annual weeds appear, apply approved contact herbicide over affected areas. Apply in accord with manufacturer’s instructions. 5. Do not water affected areas for a period of four (4) days minimum, following application of contact herbicides. 6. Follow manufacturer’s instructions relating to time required for chemicals to effectively destroy week growth. 7. Resume watering and, continue for a second period of three (3) weeks. a. A shorter watering period may be permitted by the Agency’s Authorized Representative, as determined by project conditions. 8. Discontinue watering for one (1) day prior to a second application of herbicide spraying. a. Reapply straight contact herbicide in accord with manufacturer’s instructions. b. Do not water treated areas for a period of four (4) days minimum following application of herbicide. c. Remove all desiccated weeds from the slopes to the finish grade. 3.9 PLANTING BED MULCHING A. Mulch surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. 1. Organic Mulch: Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch against plant stems. 3.10 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During exterior planting, keep adjacent pavings and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 00 - 8 Landscape Planting B. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting. 3.11 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 01 - 1 Tree Pruning SECTION 32 93 01 TREE PRUNING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work Included: All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to provide pruning of existing trees indicated to remain, or to be relocated and disposing of waste materials off the worksite. 1. Remove dead, diseased and injured limbs. 2. Balance canopy with root system distribution. 3. Reduce density of tree canopy as directed. 4. Root pruning. B. Related Work: 1. Section 01 56 39 – Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 2. Section 31 11 00 – Site Clearing and Grubbing 3. Section 32 93 00 – Landscape Planting 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with provisions of Section 01340 - SUBMITTALS of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of these Specifications. B. Make all submittal 30 calendar days prior to start of Work of this Section. C. Submit in quintuplicate 5 complete lists of landscape materials and equipment, including manufacturer's name and address, specific trade names, catalog numbers, complete with illustrations and descriptive literature and clearly mark or underline proposed items. D. Shop Drawings: Required for any landscape structure as may be specified hereinafter in accordance with provisions of Section 01340 in DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. E. Disapprovals: Promptly resubmit for approval necessary data concerning a substitution for a disapproved item. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 01 - 2 Tree Pruning F. Procurement List: Use the approved list of landscape materials and equipment for procurement without deviation unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Local City/County jurisdiction. G. Certification: In addition to other required certification, furnish a certificate with each delivery of bulk material, stating its source, quantity, type of material furnished and that such item or material conforms to specification requirements. H. Bonds: Furnish a faithful performance bond in the amount specified in the Contract Documents to cover the guarantees per Section 4.01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workers: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the Work of this Section. Contractor shall have a licensed arborist present on site at all times to direct root pruning. B. Codes and Regulations: All materials and workmanship in this Section shall comply with all applicable City, County, Federal and State Codes and Regulations. Contractor will obtain and pay for all required permits. Deliver all permits and certifications of inspection to the Local City/County Jurisdiction. 1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Approvals by the City/County and or local Jurisdiction: 1. All approvals on required submittals hereinafter specified. 2. All re-submittals requested by the Local City/County Jurisdiction. B. Inspection: Notify the Local City/County Jurisdiction at least 72 hours prior to time of the following required inspections: 1. At time of all tree pruning. C. Existing Utilities and Plant Materials: Protect utilities and/or plant materials not designated for removal or modification in place against damage resulting from work of this Contract. Perform any removal and/or modifications only on approval or instructions from the Local City/County Jurisdiction or in accordance with applicable provisions noted or specified on the Contract Drawings or in other sections of these Specifications. Replace damaged existing plant material with like type and size material. Determine the cost of irreplaceable plant material according to the "square inch" method as described by the council of tree and landscape appraisers "Manual for Plant Appraisers" (https://wwv.isa-arbor.com/store/product/4390) Handbook Current Edition and "Guide for Establishing Values of Trees and Other Plants" (https://www.isa-arbor.com/Newsroom/determine-the-value-of-trees-with-the-guide- for-plant-appraisal). D. Verifications of Dimensions and Quantities: Verify all scaled dimensions and quantities prior to start of work. Plant quantities noted on the Contract Drawings are 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 01 - 3 Tree Pruning for the convenience of the Contractor only and do not limit the Contractor to those specific quantities. Furnish the quantities as may be necessary to do the specific work. Promptly notify the Local City/County Jurisdiction and/or actual job-site conditions which would affect the proper executions of the landscaping work. Do not work in areas where such discrepancies occur until further instructed by the Local City/County Jurisdiction. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 PRUNING PAINT A. Waterproof, antiseptic, adhesive, elastic and free from kerosene, coal tar, creosote and other substances harmful to plants. Do not use shellac. 2.2 FUNGICIDE AND INSECTICIDE A. Selected by the Contractor, but acceptable by the Local City/County Jurisdiction before application. B. Inspect trees and surrounding areas for adverse conditions that may impede or adversely affect the Work, such as, but not limited to, overhead wires, wind conditions, and soundness and strength of tree. Notify the Local City/County Jurisdiction or its designee of any such adverse conditions. Do not proceed with pruning until the Local City/County Jurisdiction or its designee has been advised of the correction of such conditions. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 PRUNING A. Cut limbs and branches, as necessary, to healthy wood, in accordance with the undercut, overcut, and flush-cut technique to reduce tree canopy density as directed. Do not remove limbs of diameter greater than two-inches unless directed by the Local City/County Jurisdiction. Seal wounds larger than one-inch in diameter with tree wound dressing. Trim bruises back to sound bark and tight cambium, and coat with tree wound dressing. Prune tree roots with cross-section larger than one-inch and which will remain exposed during excavation operations. Cut exposed roots approximately three-inches below elevation of finish grade. Coat wounds with root wound dressing and wrap with wet root wrap. B. Engage a qualified arborist to recommend procedures to compensate for loss of roots, such as pruning of branches and stimulation of root growth. Furnish maintenance during the Contract period, and as recommended by the arborist and accepted by the Local City/County Jurisdiction. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before permanent backfill is placed; either cover roots with earth or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water, keep moist, and temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they have been permanently relocated and covered with backfill. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovations 10/13/2023 Santa Ana, California 32 93 01 - 4 Tree Pruning 3.2 INSECTICIDE A. Apply fungicide and insecticide if trees exhibit symptoms of being attacked. Apply in accordance with the manufacturers' printed application instructions. 3.3 GUARANTEE A. General: Guarantee the life of all trees for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the work. B. Deficiencies: Should any deficiencies develop within the specified guarantee period, correct such deficiencies to the full satisfaction of the Local City/County Jurisdiction without added expense to the City as per Section 3.5F. 3.4 FINAL CLEAN-UP A. Required: Upon completion of all landscape work and before final acceptance, remove all tools, surplus materials, apparatus, debris, weeds and exterminate rodents from the job-site. leave the job-site in a neat, clean conditions, acceptable to the City Inspector. Wash, clean and leave all paved areas without stains. B. Use, storage and disposal of containers and equipment shall comply with pertinent Federal, State and local agency requirements. END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 1 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities SECTION 33 30 00 SITE SANITARY SEWER UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building Sanitary Sewer Lateral. 2. Closed-circuit television inspection of sewer laterals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 23 13 - Excavation and Fill. 2. Section 31 23 23 - Excavation and Fill for Utilities. 3. Section 32 01 17 - Pavement Repair. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit site plan denoting locations of lines, valves, and appurtenances. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s catalog data for materials. Include technical data for accessories, gaskets, joints and couplings. C. Certificates: Certificates attesting that tests set forth in referenced publication have been performed and the results required by design have been met. D. Closeout Submittal: Submit three DVD’s of Closed-circuit television inspections performed. Include the following information: 1. Electronic Media Recordings: Visual and audio record of the entire length of pipe. For existing laterals identify problem areas, such as roots, cracks, fractures, broken pipe, and other unusual conditions found. 2. Digital Photographs of the pipe condition, connections, points of interest and defects found. Indicate distance of defects to a point of reference such as face of building or mainline. 3. Inspection Log: Provide written report including: a. Date and time of inspection. b. Name of School, Project, CONTRACTOR, and operator name. c. Location, material and size of pipe. d. Description of defects found. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 2 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: 1. Standard Specifications for Public Works construction, current edition. 2. California Plumbing Code, CPC, current edition. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipeline: Building or Project Site Sanitary Sewer and Vent: Minimum 5 feet away from building boundaries. For piping within 5 feet from building boundaries, and interior piping refer to Division 22 plumbing sections 1. Cast iron soil pipe: Hubless, service weight, ASTM A888, CISPI 301, conforming to CISPI 310 and installed in accordance to IAPMO IS 6. Manufacturer: American Foundry, Tyler, or AB&I, or equal. a. Cast iron soil coupling: Hubless, heavy-duty with neoprene gaskets, stainless steel corrugated shields, and 4 bands of stainless-steel clamps. IAPMO, ASTM C564 and CISPI 310. Manufacturer: American Foundry, Mission Rubber Company, Tyler, or equal. 2. PVC (Poly Vinyl Chloride) Schedule 40 DWV Pipe, Conforming to ASTM D2665, ASTM F794, and ASTM F1866. Installer of PVC Schedule 40 DWV piping system shall carry ASTM D2855 and ASME B31.3 qualification. Installer shall provide proof of these qualifications to IOR prior to commencing work. Manufacturer: Charlotte pipe and foundry, Spears Manufacturing Company, Harvel Plastics Inc., or equal. a. PVC primer and solvent for chemical weld of pipe and fittings shall be as recommended by pipe manufacturer. Containers for solvent and primer shall be clearly marked with manufacturer's data. Solvent and primer shall not be more than one year old. The safety placards must be visible. Blue or red hot glue shall not be used. 1) Primer: Weld-On P-70 by IPS, Conforming to ASTM F656. 2) Cement: Weld-On 711 (gray) by IPS, Conforming to ASTM D2564. 3. Vitrified clay extra strength piping with plain ends. Comply with ASTM C700. Install with mechanical compression couplings. Joints shall comply with ASTM C425. Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM C12. Manufacturer: Mission Clay Products, or equal. 4. Acid waste and vent pipeline from building to Sampling Box: Refer to Division 22 for corrosive waste and vent piping. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 3 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities B. Cleanout Assemblies: Cleanout plug shall be line size. 1. In covered concrete-paved floors: Iron body with UPC recognized plug, top, and adjustable sleeve, cut-off ferrule, polished brass/nickel/bronze, and secured Scoriated cover: a. Square: J.R.SMITH ZURN JOSAM OR EQUAL 4053 Z1400-SZ 57008-Z-1-SQ b. Round: J.R.SMITH ZURN WADE JOSAM OR EQUAL 4033 Z1400-BZ W-6000 57008-Z-1 2. Outside covered concrete-paved floors: Secured cover, extra heavy-duty, adjustable sleeve, cut-off ferrule, UPC recognized brass type plug, scoriated tractor type cover: J.R.SMITH ZURN OR EQUAL 4233 Z1402-HD 3. In yard boxes: Raised threaded head brass plug and Cast Iron Body Cleanout. J.R.SMITH ZURN WADE JOSAM OR EQUAL 8590A C. Yard Boxes: 14 1/2-inch by 19 3/4-inch by 12-inch, cast concrete, with cast-iron hinged locking traffic cover with the word “SEWER,” embossed on the cover in one inch high upper case lettering. BROOKS No. 36-HFL Assembly with cast iron hinged locking cover OR EQUAL D. Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials: Conform to Section 32 1313 - Site Concrete Work, unless noted otherwise. E. Metal Covers, Frames and Accessories: 1. Conform to Section 206 – Miscellaneous Metal Items of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 2. Metal Covers and Frames: Vandal-resistant design and construction. 3. Hot-dip galvanize steel parts after fabrication and prior to assembly in accordance with Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coating of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. F. Bedding Materials: Conform to the requirements of Section 31 2313 - Excavation and Fill or Section 31 2323 - Excavation and Fill for Utilities, as required. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 4 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATION A. Install sanitary sewers in a uniform alignment and slope to the point of connection as indicated. Before trench excavation, verify size, material, depth, and location of the point of connection. Minimum depth of below grade sewer lines shall be 24 inches to centerline of pipe B. Pipe slope shall not be less than ¼ inch per foot or 2 percent unless pipe inverts are indicated. Where invert elevations are indicated, install pipe at a uniform slope between inverts. C. Join pipes and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. D. PVC schedule 40 DWV pipe and fittings shall be solvent welded. PVC pipe ends shall be cut ninety (90) degrees and Beveled from 10°-15° with a proper beveling tool, cleaned and cleared of cutting burrs prior to cementing. Use approved reaming tool. Pipe ends shall be wiped clean and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and other foreign material with a rag. Primer shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Cement shall be applied with a light coat on the inside of the fitting and two heavier coats on the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be inserted into the fitting and given a quarter turn while inserting if possible to help seat the cement while both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbed for 1 minute after assembly. Excess cement shall be wiped from the outside of the pipe. 3.2 CLEARANCE OF SANITARY SEWERS A. Buildings or Structures: Two feet. B. Parallel to Water Line: 1. Building sanitary drain, is not permitted to be installed in a common trench with a potable water line unless the bottom of the water line is at least 12 inches above the top of the sanitary sewer. 2. In addition, the potable water line shall be installed on a solid shelf excavated on one side of the common trench with a minimum clear horizontal distance of 12 inches from the sanitary sewer or building sanitary drain. 3. Project site sanitary sewer, receiving more than one building sanitary drain or acid pipeline, shall be separated from a potable water line in accordance with the requirements of the California Health, and Human Services Agency: Department of Public Health. C. Crossing Water Line: 1. Building sanitary drain shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches below the potable water line. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 5 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities 2. Project site sanitary sewer shall be separated from the potable water main in accordance with the requirements of the State of California Administrative Code, Title 22, Section 64630(e)(2). 3.3 MANHOLES A. Provide manholes in accordance with the Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, unless otherwise indicated. B. Adjust manholes in accordance with the sub-section 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 3.4 CLEANOUTS A. Provide cleanout at the upper terminal for each sanitary pipeline, at intervals not exceeding 100 feet in straight run and any fraction thereof and for each aggregate horizontal change in direction exceeding 135 degrees. B. Install required cleanouts before back filling of horizontal pipelines. C. In unpaved and asphalt-paved areas, install cleanouts in yard boxes 2 inches below the yard box cover. D. In concrete-paved areas, extend cleanouts flush with finish grade. E. In traffic areas, install countersunk cleanout plugs where raised heads protrude. 3.5 ABANDONED SEWERS AND STRUCTURES A. Plug or cap every abandoned sanitary sewer within 5 feet of the property line in a code required manner. B. Demolish abandoned sanitary structures such as cesspool, septic tank, sewage pit, and manholes to a minimum depth of 5 feet below the finish grade, including removal of sewage. Disconnect any piping. After inspection, completely fill with earth, sand, gravel, cement-sand slurry, or other required material. 3.6 TESTING A. After installation, test each sanitary drain and/or sewer and each section between successive manholes for either infiltration or exfiltration. Test shall be conducted in accordance with Section 306 - Underground Conduit Construction of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. B. Where excessive ground water is encountered test the pipeline for infiltration. C. When infiltration or exfiltration exceeds allowable amounts as set forth in the Section 306 formula, perform repairs or replacements as necessary to comply with the required limits. 3.7 CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 6 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities A. Coordinate with OAR time and date of inspection. Project Inspector shall be present during the CCTV inspection. B. Clean laterals by hydraulic jet. C. Perform internal closed-circuit television inspection of lateral from the building to the public mainline. Record sewer in its entirety with no breaks or interruptions. Move camera at a speed no grater than 30 feet per minute, stopping for a minimum of ten seconds to record pipe connections, defects, and points of interest. D. Maintain technical quality, sharp focus and distortion free picture. Pan, tilt, and rotate as necessary to best view and evaluate connections, defects and points of interest. E. Closed-circuit Television Equipment: As a minimum equipment shall include: 1. Television camera specially designed for pipe inspections, and operative in 100 percent humidity conditions. 2. Camera and television monitor capable of producing minimum 470H-line resolution color video picture. 3. Camera capable to inspect laterals as small as three inches up to 70 feet from sewer mainline. 4. Camera lighting shall be suitable to allow clear picture of inner wall at least ten feet in front. F. Defective Work: 1. New Laterals: Defective Work found shall be repaired at CONTRACTOR’s expense. Perform a new closed-circuit television inspection at no cost to OWNER. 2. Existing Laterals: a. If roots, sludge, or sediment material or other defect not related to the Work of this project impedes inspection, withdraw camera, restart inspection from opposite end and notify OAR of defects found. b. If obstruction or stoppage was caused by Work related to this project, remove obstruction at no cost to OWNER. Perform a new closed-circuit television inspection at CONTRACTOR’s expense. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. 3.9 CLEAN UP A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 Delhi Community Center Library Renovation 9/29/2023 Santa Ana, California 33 30 00 - 7 Site Sanitary Sewer Utilities END OF SECTION 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 505 E Central Ave #B11/6/2024 001 N/A COVER SHEET SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 GENERAL NOTES 1.RAINBOW GLAZING INC WILL NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR: A.ERRORS RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THESE DRAWINGS BY OTHER TRADES. B.COORDINATION OF OTHER TRADES' DRAWINGS TO THESE DRAWINGS. C.ERRORS RESULTING FROM FABRICATING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED DRAWINGS THOUGH DIFFERING FROM THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. D.ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANUP OF WINDOWS DURING AND AFTER ERECTION AND ANY DAMAGE DUE TO AN IMPROPER CARE DURING AND AFTER ERECTION. E.DRILLING OF HOLES IN SYSTEM FRAMES, SUB FRAMES, TRIM, OR ANY OTHER MATERIAL FOR ATTACHMENT TO THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. F.DAMAGE TO FINISH OR MALFUNCTION OF SYSTEM OPERATION DUE TO THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS. G.ALL OPENINGS TO BE FINAL ADJUSTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED TOLERANCES PRIOR TO START OF SYSTEM ERECTION BY OTHERS. 2.SEALANT NOTES: A.IT IS NOT RAINBOW'S POSITION TO SELECT OR RECOMMEND SEALANT OR CAULKING TYPES AND WILL NOT ASSUME LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY THEREOF. B.ANY SEALANT DETAILS SHOWN HEREIN, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT TO BE BY RAINBOW ARE BY OTHERS. C.ANY AND ALL FIELD SEALANT DETAILS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHOULD BE APPLIED AND TOOLED WATER TIGHT PER THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. D.ALL GASKET INTERSECTIONS ARE TO BE COMPLETELY SEALED AND MADE WATER TIGHT PER THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 3. ARCHITECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND CUSTOMER NOTES: A.ALL OPENING DIMENSION, REFERENCE DIMENSIONS MUST BE VERIFIED. ALL DIMENSIONS MUST BE FULLY EVALUATED AND ACCEPTED BY THE REVIEWING PARTIES AND BE FULLY COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES. B.STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ALL SURROUNDING CONDITIONS WHICH BEAR LOAD BY RAINBOW'S RECOMMENDED ANCHORING DETAILS, MUST BE VERIFIED, BY OTHERS, TO BE SOUND, CAPABLE OF ACCEPTING THE TYPE OF ANCHOR AND LOAD TRANSFERRED TO THE OPENING. C.ATTACHMENT OF OTHER TRADES WORK TO RAINBOW WINDOWS AND SURROUNDS IS NOT PERMITTED AND MAY VOID WARRANTIES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM RAINBOW. 4. CORRECTIVE WORK POLICY: A.ANY PROPOSED CORRECTIVE WORK MUST BE EVALUATED AND APPROVED BY RAINBOW. ALL PROPOSALS MUST BE FORWARDED TO RAINBOW WITH A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEM, RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE CORRECTION AND ESTIMATED LABOR AND MATERIAL COST BREAK DOWN. AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE WORK WILL BE BASED ON THIS REVIEW PROCESS ONLY. Aluminum Storefront Shop Drawings 1 RAINBOW WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE QUALITY AND ACCURACY OF SHOP DRAWINGS PREPARED BY THE CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY, AND WILL MANUFACTURE FROM APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS ONLY. 2 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER TO ENSURE THAT WHAT IS INCORPORATED INTO THESE DRAWINGS IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS, BUILDING CODES, AND ANY AND ALL FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND MUNICIPAL CODES. 3 IT IS THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE MATERIAL SUBMITTED ON THESE DRAWINGS HAS BEEN REVIEWED FOR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AS WELL AS THE PRODUCT'S SUITABILITY FOR A PARTICULAR USE WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. IT IS RAINBOW'S INTENT TO PROVIDE DETAILS OF PRODUCT ONLY AND RAINBOW MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS. DISCLAIMER STAMP Rainbow Glazing, Inc. REVIEW NOTES & COMMENTS Glazing Contractor Submittal Date : 03/24/2025 SHEET INDEX SHEET TITLENO.SHEET 1 001 COVER SHEET 2 101 IMPROVEMENT ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 3 201 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS 4 501 STOREFRONT DETAILS (HORZ. MEMBERS) 5 502 STOREFRONT DETAILS (HORZ. MEMBERS) 6 601 STOREFRONT DETAILS (VERT. MEMBERS) 7 602 STOREFRONT DETAILS (VERT. MEMBERS) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 NO. MISC. MATERIALS 1) SEALANT : AS REQUIRED IN SPECIFICATION 2) FASTENERS : STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IN WET AREA, USE STAINLESS STEEL OR CADIUM PLATED 3) SETTING BLOCK : EPDM w/SHORE A HARDNESS = 85 4) ANTI-WALK BLOCK : EPDM w/SHORE A = 60 5) GASKET : CELLULAR NEOPRENE 6) ALUMINUM BREAK METAL : AS SHOWN IN THIS SUBMITTAL GLASS SCHEDULE - FINISH : T.B.D. - Paint or Anodized FRAMES & FINISH CITY OF SANTA ANA DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS NOTES 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 ·ALUMINUM STOREFRONT : Arcadia AFG45 Series 2" x 4-1/2" Non-Thermal Offset Glazing System ·ALUMINUM DOOR : Arcadia MS362 Medium Stile Door ·GLASS GL-1 : 1" I.G.U. (1/4" SB60 Clear Temp. + 1/2" Air + 1/4" Clear Temp.) 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review Deferred submittal to 101117766 APPROVALS: PLNG - C. Santana BLDG - CSG 201 SF3 TEEN AREA 4 293 SF CHILDRENS AREA 5 504 SF READING AREA 7 205 SF GENERAL STACKS 3 1080 SF RESTROOM 2 N 1 275 SF OFFICE Arch Ref: 1 IMPROVEMENTS ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN A11.3 THIS FLOOR PLAN IS JUST FOR THE GLAZING CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE SHOWING ONLY. DISREGARD ANY ARCHITECTURAL ANNOTATIONS AND DON'T TAKE ANY DIMENSIONS FROM THIS DRAWING. 201 SF2 SF1 AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR & TRANSOM (BY OTHERS) 201 #4 4 FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 101 N.T.S (REF ONLY) 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review - FRAME : Arcadia AFG451 Series (2" x 4-1/2") Non-Thermal Offset Glazed System SF2 STOREFRONT ELEVATION (Ref. Arch. Dwg.: A52.2) - Q'TY : 1 EA @GENERAL STACKS - FINISH : T.B.D. - Paint or Anodized - GLASS : 1" I.G.U. (GL-1) - FRAME : Arcadia AFG451 Series (2" x 4-1/2") Non-Thermal Offset Glazed System SF3 STOREFRONT ELEVATION (Ref. Arch. Dwg.: A52.2) - Q'TY : 1 EA @CHILDREN'S AREA - FINISH : T.B.D. - Paint or Anodized - GLASS : 1" I.G.U. (GL-1) F.F. T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 1 501 3 501 1 601 1 601 OPP. 2 501 2 601 T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 F.F. T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 1 501 3 501 1 601 1 601 OPP. 2 501 2 601 T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 T GL-1 Door # 4 ·ARCADIA MS362 Medium Stile Door ·6'-0" X 7'-0" DOOR OPENING ·PAIR DOOR, SWING-OUT ·Panic Hardware (See separate submittal for Hardware) 4 T GL-1 T GL-1 F.F. - FRAME : Arcadia AFG451 Series (2" x 4-1/2") Non-Thermal Offset Glazed System # 4 STOREFRONT ELEVATION (Ref. Arch. Dwg.: A52.2) - Q'TY : 1 EA @CHILDREN'S AREA - FINISH : T.B.D. - Paint or Anodized - GLASS : 1" I.G.U. (GL-1) - DOOR : Arcadia MS362 Medium Stile Door 1 502 2 502 1 602 1 602 OPP. 2 602 NOTE: VERIFY IN FIELD AS WALL CONDITION MAY BE DIFFERENT. 3/4" = 1' - 0" STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 201 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review TOP OF VERTICAL HC420 HCF431 Arch Ref: 1 S/F HEAD DETAIL ~ HM435 FF205 HM347 430CLIPX Arch Ref: 2 S/F HORIZONTAL ~ SCF425 SC422 SCF-425ST Arch Ref: 3 S/F SILL DETAIL 13/A52.3 FULL SCALE STOREFRONT DETAILS (HORZ. DETAILS) SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 501 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review EXTERIOR INTERIOR Arch Ref: 1 DOOR HEADER & TOP RAIL 4 / A52.3 T245 UCH201 DRB-803 DS-001DS-001 Arch Ref: 2 DOOR BOTTOM RAIL DRB-950 DS-001DS-001 FULL SCALE SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 502 STOREFRONT DETAILS (HORZ. DETAILS) 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review EXTERIOR DJM265 FF200 Arch Ref: 1 STOREFRONT JAMB 5 / A52.3 MO255 Arch Ref: 2 S/F INTERMEDIATE VERTICAL ~ FULL SCALE SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 601 STOREFRONT DETAILS (VERT. DETAILS) 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review INTERIOR EXTERIOR Arch Ref: 1 S/F DOOR JAMB ~ S155 S155BASE DJM260 P1 2 5 DSO-901 DS-001 DS-001 DS-001 DS-001 DS-001 DS-001 31-302 31-312 31-012 Arch Ref: 2 DOOR MEETING STILE ~ FULL SCALE SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE SCALE CHECKED BYDRAWN BY DATE MARK ARCHITECT PROJECT NAME 11-25-2024 ISSUES DATE DESCRIPTION (FOR 24" x 36" PAPER) JY CHECKER GLAZING CONTRACTOR Rainbow Glazing, Inc. 1510 Kimberly Ave. Fullerton, CA 92831 Tel : 714.680.3400 Fax : 714.680.3404 DELHI COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS CITY OF SANTA ANA SVA ARCHITECTS 6 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 1150 Santa Ana, CA 92707 P: 949.809.3380 505 E CENTRAL AVE #B SANTA ANA, CA 92707 602 STOREFRONT DETAILS (VERT. DETAILS) 03/24/2025 4 VCA Engineers Inc.7/4/2025 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN BY DATE CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR SUBMITTALS DURING THIS REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CHECK IS ONLY FOR REVIEW OF GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS, SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES, AND PERFORMING HIS WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED REJECTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT VCA Engineers, Inc - Structural Submittal Review CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency TABLE OF DIMENSIONS L W H R HT D RL EL 30' 0" 20' 0" 10' 0" 4' 8" 14' 8" 36' 1" 13' 9" Cr (L) F= TOP VIEW 1A 113 FRONT ELEVATION TABLE OF DIMENSIONS KEY L LENGTH W WIDTH H DISTANCE FROM FINISHED SURFACE TO PIN R RAISE FROM RAFTER TO CROSSPIECE HT TOTAL HEIGHT D DIAGONAL RL RIDGE LENGTH EL EXTENSION LENGTH RAFTER B STEEL FABRIC CABLE CABLE TERMINATION END 'B" 1/8 r' CLAMPS FABRIC PIN (2 EACH SIDE) CABLE TERMINATION END 'A" DETAIL 2 MACHINE SWAGED EXTENSION TO FIT SNUGLY INSIDE CROSSPIECE ARM (±1116" TOLERANCE. 2 PL-) RIDGE 6' 4314. EXTENSION MACHINE SWAGED CROSSPIECE TO 61, FIT SNUGLY INSIDE RIDGE 1 (t1116" TOLERANCE) CROSSPIECE t 18 RAFTER MACHINE SWAGED RAFTER TO FIT SNUGLY INSIDE EXTENSION (t1116- TOLERANCE) 1A 1 Et SIDE ELEVATION DETAIL 3 DETAIL 4 9" PLATE 112" THK e� s N IL BEAM I !4 BOLT SEMBLY 6� AM PLAN NORTH (ID FOR TRUE NORTH SEE CUSTOMER'S SITE PLAN FOR PARKME l'RM5V I E AND FABRIC STRUCTURES AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THEIR WRITTEN Master D: PERMISSION. � Date: I - USASHADE 21112" EYE NUT y FABRIC BEAM DETAIL 5 ZIG-ZAG STITCH r FABRIC t - CABLE FABRIC POCKET SECTION A -A MACHINE SWAG=19771,FABR DRAFTR TO FIT SNUGLY INS (t111 IC BOLT — 318"THK ASSEMBLY PLATE 3J16. 318 "THK PLATE l 3116 .. _ PJP 3116 COLUMN BOLT ASSEMBLY SECTION C-C Y tl COLUMN - `318" GUSSET PLATE 3/16. CUP CONNECTOR SUPPORT PLATE (WELDED TO BEAM) PLT-251 PLT-252 CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 2580 ESTERS BLVD., SUITE 100 DFW AIRPORT, TX 75261 800-966-5005 CERTIFICATIONS: AS CERTIFICATION No: FA-428 CLARK COUNTY MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION NUMBER (NEVADA): 355 CUSTOMER: City of Santa Ana PROJECT NAME: Newhope Library Renovation LOCATION: Santa Ana CA PROJECT NUMBER: Q-048274 STRUCTURE TYPE: Single Full Hip Canti 202 SIZE: 20' 0" x 30' 0" x 10' We SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWING SIZE B 0 m z w Y m U C 0 w a 0 z O U z °C O (1) a O U Q Cr W O1 w w w J w m > U w Z m Eng. By: MB Design By: QD Approved By: MB DRAWING DESCRIPTION: ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS DWG. PAGE 2000 REV NC CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency REINFORCED CONCRETE NOTES 1 CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ACI 301 AND BUILDING CODE ACI 318. CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: • 28 DAY STRENGTH: 2500 PSI SLUMP: 3-5 • PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO C-150 AGGREGATE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-33 2. ALL REINFORCEMENT STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-615 GRADE 60; AND SHALL BE DETAILED, FABRICATED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ACI SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ACI 301, ACI DETAILING MANUAL AND CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE. 3. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS SET IN NEW CONCRETE (WHEN APPLICABLE) SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM F-1554 GRADE 55 (GALVANIZED). 4. ALL NON -SHRINK GROUT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAYS COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 5000 PSI, AND SHALL COMPLY THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C109, ASTM C939, ASTM C1090, ASTM C1107, WHEN APPLICABLE. 5• SOIL PARAMETERS FOR FOOTING ANALYSIS;TABLE 1806.2, CLASS: 5 - 1500(PSF) 6• FOR SPREAD FOOTING, EDGE OF COLUMN OR ANCHOR BOLTS MUST BE SET AT LEAST 12" FROM THE EDGE OF SPREAD FOOTING EDGE. 7• FOR DRILLED PIER, THE EDGE OF COLUMN MUST BE SET AT LEAST 3/4" FROM REBAR WITHIN DRILLED PIER. 8• SPREAD FOOTING ALLOWED TO BE ROTATED AS REQUIRED. 9• ANCHOR ROD Sets, 1 -1 /4"x36" F1554 GR55, Qty 8 101 1/2 PLT-018 THK= 1 114" (A572 GR. 50) TABLE FOR SPREAD FOOTING LENGTH THICKNESS TOP AND BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT MIN. COLUMN EMBEDMENT (EMBED) MIN. ANCHOR EMBEDMENT (RECESS. & SURFACE) (FT) (FT) QTY. SIZE SPACING (IN) (IN) (IN) 7.00 3.00 10.00 #5 @ 8.50 O.C.E.W. 33 30 NOTE: ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION COSTS FOR SPREAD FOOTING DRILLED PIER 0 SECOND POUR CONCRETE C COLUMN PROVIDE TAPER STD. SLOPE (1:12) 1-1/2" GROUT Z Z w z = TOP & BOTTOM a i U w REINFORCEMENT' Q � ! `= (REFER TO TABLE w FOR SIZE & QTY.) 'LENGTH' / 2 'LENGTH' (SQUARE) SPREAD FOOTING TYPE RECESSED BASE PLATE SCHEMATIC VIEW ONLY REFER TO TABLE FOR VARIABLE DIMENSIONS 3' TYP. I UN. FOR AME`PROPERMWA I AND FABRIC STRUCTURES AND NORTH SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THEIR WRITTEN r___1 PERMISSION. ter D: Izte: ` T USASHADE FORTRUE NORTH SEE CUSTOMER'S TABLE FOR NON -CONSTRAINED DRILLED PIER FOOTING DIAMETER DEPTH VERTICAL REBAR TIES MIN. COLUMN MIN. ANCHOR EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT (EMBED) (RECESS. & SURFACE) (FT) (FT) QTY SIZE QTY. 0 LOOP (FT) SIZE (IN) (IN) 2.50 10.00 9.00 #8 17 2.00 #4 36 30 COLUMN 1 1 1 -------------�- 'DIAMETER' CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS 2580 ESTERS BLVD., SUITE 100 DFW AIRPORT, TX 75261 800-966-5005 CERTIFICATIONS: IAS CERTIFICATION No: FA-428 CLARK COUNTY MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION NUMBER (NEVADA): 355 CUSTOMER: City of Santa Ana PROJECT NAME: Newhope Library Renovation LOCATION: Santa Ana CA PROJECT NUMBER: Q-048274 STRUCTURETYPE: Single Full Hip Canti 202 SIZE: 20' 0" x 30' 0" x 10' 0"e ERTICAL REBAR' EFER TO TABLE SCALE: AS NOTED )R SIZE & OTY.) DRAWING SIZE 71ES' CONCRETE - PROVIDE TAPER STD SLOPE (1:12) ,-- I-I/2" GROUT t0 w M r R a !A W R' W MIN. TYP UN DRILLED PIER FOOTING TYPE RECESSED BASE PLATE SCHEMATIC VIEW ONLY REFER TO TABLE FOR VARIABLE DIMENSIONS & OTY 0m Z w Y m 2 m U w z 0 I— U M z M 0 cn z a- 0 p� U w Ow ❑ w Q w J w Ir U w z w Eng. By: MB Design By: QD Approved By: MB DRAWING DESCRIPTION: FOOTING DETAILS DWG. PAGE 3000 REV NC E Adaptive Re-use Engineering, Inc. 101 Parkshore Drive Craig M. Horner, CE84674 Folsom, CA 95630 Phone: 214-407-3184 chorner@are-eng.com C i v i l E n g i n e e r i n g STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR Delhi Community Center Renovations Storefront Santa Ana, CA February 11, 2025 JOB #25028 1 Design Criteria - (2022 CBC) Job Information ARE Job No Delhi Community Center Renovations Storefront 25028 1) California Building Code [CBC 1609] 2) ADM 1-2015 3) AISC 360 4) ASCE 7-16 Wind Loading Wind Speed, Vult = 105 mph Exposure = Structure Height, h =(for design) (ASCE 7, 30.3.2) Design pressure, p = qh [ (GCp) - (GCpi)](ASCE 7, Eqn. 30.3-1) qh = 0.00256 Kz Kzt Kd Ke V2 (ASCE 7, Eqn. 26.10-1) Kz =0.92 (ASCE 7, Table 26.10-1) Kzt =1.0 (ASCE 7, 26.8.1) Kd =0.85 (ASCE 7, Table 26.6-1) Ke =1.0 (ASCE 7, Table 26.9-1) VASD = Vult * sqrt(0.6) =81 mph Velocity pressure, qh = 13.25 psf Design pressure, p = qh [ (GCp) - (GCpi)] Where, Gcpi =0.18 (ASCE 7, Table 26.13-1) Gcp value GCp10=1.4 GCp100 =1.05 (ASCE 7, Figure 30.3-1) GCp20 =1.3 GCp200 =0.98 (Worst Case : Zone 5) GCp50 =1.18 Trib. Area AT 10 sq.ft pnet10 =20.93 psf 20 sq.ft pnet20 =19.60 psf 50 sq.ft pnet50 =18.01 psf 100 sq.ft pnet100 =16.29 psf 200 sq.ft pnet200 =15.36 psf Net Pressure ASD, pnet 2 Mullion Check Job Information ARE Job No Delhi Community Center Renovations Storefront 25028 References 1) California Building Code [CBC 1609] 2) ADM 1-2015 3) AISC 360 4) ASCE 7-16 Loading Information Span 10.500 ft Trib 2.193 ft Detail Mark b 3.203 Area 23.02 ft2 1 19.47 Load 42.69 plf Moment 0.59 k-ft Section Properties (Channel Shape) Mullion DJM 265 Ix 2.453 in4 Sxc 1.018 in3 ry 0.687 in rye=1.2*ry 0.824 in Fcy 25 ksi E 10100 ksi EI 24775.3 k-in2 Lateral Torsional Buckling F.4 Mnp= Fcy Sxc 25.45 k-in [ADM F.2 pg. I-46] Cb 1.00 Cc 78.38 [ADM Table B.4.2] λ 46.62 [ADM F.4.2.1 pg. I-47] Mnmbo 20.14 k-in [ADM F.4 pg. I-47] Deflection Check where REF 2 L 175 Refer Shape Designer section properties on separate page Mnmbo/ꭥF=1.65 12.20 k-in >Mprovided 7.06 k-in Pass Pass <3/4 0.72 >0.33 in Denominator =175, 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 ≤ 13.5 240 + 1 4", > 13.5 3 C Section Properties and Stresses Analysis - Results Date : 01-08-2021 / 14:27:55 Engineer : Client : Comment : Project Ref.: Project Name: DJM265 page 1/2Approved by: V2018.1 - © MechaTools Technologies Inc. 2021 This Product is licenced to : ARE System Units: Length:[in] Mass :[lb] Stress:[psi] Section Material Identiﬁcation: [Aluminium 6063 - T6]: E=+10000000. [psi]; Nu=0.33; Ro=+0.1[lb/in³] 4 Section Properties and Stresses Analysis Results Axes X-Y Centroidal Axes Principal Axes Ix (in^4) +2.453 +2.453 +2.464 Iy (in^4) +0.402 +0.402 +0.392 Ixy (in^4) +0.145 +0.145 +0. Io (in^4) +2.856 +2.856 +2.856 rx (in) +1.698 +1.698 +1.701 ry (in) +0.687 +0.687 +0.678 ro (in) +1.832 +1.832 +1.832 Y top (in)+2.409 +2.459 Y bot (in)+2.091 +2.169 Sx top (in^3)+1.018 +1.002 Sx bot (in^3)+1.173 +1.136 X right (in)+0.813 +0.957 X left (in)+1.187 +1.354 Sy right (in^3)+0.495 +0.41 Sy left (in^3)+0.339 +0.29 Zpx (in^3)+1.257 +1.267 Zpy (in^3)+0.527 +0.512 Max Mx (lb.in)+25462.068 +25044.114 Max My (lb.in)+8464.854 +7238.036 Mpx (lb.in)+31415.669 +31677.962 Mpy (lb.in)+13172.541 +12809.561 SFx +1.234 +1.265 SFy +1.556 +1.77 IMax (in^4)+2.464 IMin (in^4)+0.392 Theta (Deg)-4.023 Elastic Neutral Axis In (in^4)+2.125 ENA Angle(°) +19.828 Y top (in)+2.669 Y bot (in)+2.24 Sx top (in^3) +0.796 Sx bot (in^3) +0.949 X right (in)+1.579 X left (in)+1.824 Sy right (in^3) +0.463 Sy left (in^3) +0.401 Zpx (in^3) +1.135 Zpy (in^3) +0.673 Max Mx (lb.in) +19904.402 Max My (lb.in) +10016.324 Mpx (lb.in) +28369.105 Mpy (lb.in) +16829.536 SFx +1.425 SFy +1.68 Torque Max (lb.in) +138.538 Buckling jy (monosymmetry) +0.606 in jx (monosymmetry) +1.443 in Cxrt Shear Constant +0.333 in^2 Cyrt Shear Constant +0.28 in^2 ßtf Torsional-flexural +0.705 a Torsional-Bending +58.699 in Area +0.851 in^2 Mass/L +0.085 lb/ in Xc +0. in Yc +0. in NA (Deg)+19.83 Deg PNA (x,y)(+0.12,-0.35) Torsion and Shear J(Torsion)+0.002 in^4 Cw(Warping) +2.162 in^6 Xs (Shear) +0.883 in Ys (Shear) +0.789 in Ax +0.398 in^2 Kx +0.467 Ay +0.415 in^2 Ky +0.488 Ios +4.049 in^4 ros +2.181 in Swx +0.189 in^5 Swy -2.052 in^5 Dsc +1.184 in Composite Section Ref. Aluminium 606 +10000000. psi Transf. Area +0.851 in^2 Xcc +0. in Ycc +0. in Stressses Yield & Max/Min Sig-yield T +25000. psi Sig-yield C -25000. psi Tau yield +15000. psi Sig-x max T) +99.159 psi Sig-x max C) -118.155 psi Fpt +10640.638 lb Fpc +10640.638 lb Loads Moment Mx +100. lb.in Moment My +0. lb.in Axial N [.0,.0] +0. lb Torque Tz +100. lb.in Bimoment Bw +10000. lb.in² Shear Vx +100. lb Shear Vy +100. lb Date : 01-08-2021 / 14:27:57 Engineer : Client : Comment : Project Ref.: Project Name: DJM265 page 2/2Approved by: V2018.1 - © MechaTools Technologies Inc. 2021 This Product is licenced to : ARE System Units: Length:[in] Mass :[lb] Stress:[psi] Section Material Identiﬁcation: [Aluminium 6063 - T6]: E=+10000000. [psi]; Nu=0.33; Ro=+0.1[lb/in³] 5 Mullion Check Job Information ARE Job No Delhi Community Center Renovations Storefront 25028 1) California Building Code [CBC 1609] 2) ADM 1-2015 3) AISC 360 Span 10.500 ft Detail Mark Trib 4.552 ft Lb 3.203 2 Area 47.80 ft2 6.01 18.80 85.58 1.18 Section Properties (Closed Shape) Ix 2.769 in4 Iy 0.632 in4 Sxc 1.189 in3 J 0.974 in4 Fcy 25 ksi EI 27966.9 k-in2 Lateral Torsional Buckling F.4 Mnp= Fcy Sxc 29.725 k-in [ADM F.2 pg. I-46] Cb 1.00 Cc 78.38 [ADM Table B.4.2] λ 17.55 [ADM F.4.2.3 pg. I-48] Mnmbo 27.39 k-in [ADM F.4 pg. I-47] Deflection Check where REF 2 L 175 Pass Pass <3/4 0.72 >0.59 in Refer Shape Designer section properties on separate page Mnmbo/ꭥF=1.65 16.60 k-in >Mprovided 14.15 k-in Denominator =175, 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 ≤ 13.5 240 + 1 4", > 13.5 6 C Section Properties and Stresses Analysis - Results Date : 01-08-2021 / 14:31:57 Engineer : Client : Comment : Project Ref.: Project Name: MO255 page 1/2Approved by: V2018.1 - © MechaTools Technologies Inc. 2021 This Product is licenced to : ARE System Units: Length:[in] Mass :[lb] Stress:[psi] Section Material Identiﬁcation: [Aluminium 6063 - T6]: E=+10000000. [psi]; Nu=0.33; Ro=+0.1[lb/in³] 7 Section Properties and Stresses Analysis Results Axes X-Y Centroidal Axes Principal Axes Ix (in^4) +2.769 +2.769 +2.769 Iy (in^4) +0.632 +0.632 +0.632 Ixy (in^4) -0.036 -0.036 +0. Io (in^4) +3.401 +3.401 +3.401 rx (in) +1.547 +1.547 +1.547 ry (in) +0.739 +0.739 +0.739 ro (in) +1.714 +1.714 +1.714 Y top (in)+2.328 +2.345 Y bot (in)+2.172 +2.188 Sx top (in^3)+1.189 +1.181 Sx bot (in^3)+1.275 +1.266 X right (in)+0.976 +1.015 X left (in)+1.024 +1.061 Sy right (in^3)+0.648 +0.623 Sy left (in^3)+0.618 +0.596 Zpx (in^3)+1.519 +1.52 Zpy (in^3)+0.749 +0.747 Max Mx (lb.in)+29729.094 +29523.135 Max My (lb.in)+15439.793 +14894.262 Mpx (lb.in)+37984.68 +37994.03 Mpy (lb.in)+18714.445 +18680.772 SFx +1.278 +1.287 SFy +1.212 +1.254 IMax (in^4)+2.769 IMin (in^4)+0.632 Theta (Deg)+0.971 Elastic Neutral Axis In (in^4)+2.757 ENA Angle(°) -3.276 Y top (in)+2.379 Y bot (in)+2.226 Sx top (in^3) +1.159 Sx bot (in^3) +1.239 X right (in)+1.098 X left (in)+1.155 Sy right (in^3) +0.586 Sy left (in^3) +0.557 Zpx (in^3) +1.516 Zpy (in^3) +0.757 Max Mx (lb.in) +28973.588 Max My (lb.in) +13934.708 Mpx (lb.in) +37906.656 Mpy (lb.in) +18932.034 SFx +1.308 SFy +1.359 Torque Max (lb.in) +6011.433 Buckling jy (monosymmetry) +0.234 in jx (monosymmetry) +0.194 in Cxrt Shear Constant +0.398 in^2 Cyrt Shear Constant +0.374 in^2 ßtf Torsional-flexural +0.955 a Torsional-Bending +1.585 in Area +1.157 in^2 Mass/L +0.116 lb/ in Xc +0. in Yc +0. in NA (Deg)-3.28 Deg PNA (x,y)(-0.02,-0.32) Torsion and Shear J(Torsion)+0.974 in^4 Cw(Warping) +0.92 in^6 Xs (Shear) +0.148 in Ys (Shear) +0.343 in Ax +0.517 in^2 Kx +0.447 Ay +0.518 in^2 Ky +0.448 Ios +3.562 in^4 ros +1.755 in Swx +0.222 in^5 Swy -0.422 in^5 Dsc +0.373 in Composite Section Ref. Aluminium 606 +10000000. psi Transf. Area +1.157 in^2 Xcc +0. in Ycc +0. in Stressses Yield & Max/Min Sig-yield T +25000. psi Sig-yield C -25000. psi Tau yield +15000. psi Sig-x max T) +80.603 psi Sig-x max C) -86.145 psi Fpt +14463.904 lb Fpc +14463.904 lb Loads Moment Mx +100. lb.in Moment My +0. lb.in Axial N [.0,.0] +0. lb Torque Tz +100. lb.in Bimoment Bw +10000. lb.in² Shear Vx +100. lb Shear Vy +100. lb Date : 01-08-2021 / 14:31:58 Engineer : Client : Comment : Project Ref.: Project Name: MO255 page 2/2Approved by: V2018.1 - © MechaTools Technologies Inc. 2021 This Product is licenced to : ARE System Units: Length:[in] Mass :[lb] Stress:[psi] Section Material Identiﬁcation: [Aluminium 6063 - T6]: E=+10000000. [psi]; Nu=0.33; Ro=+0.1[lb/in³] 8 Mullion Check Job Information ARE Job No Delhi Community Center Renovations Storefront 25028 1) California Building Code [CBC 1609] 2) ADM 1-2015 3) AISC 360 4) ASCE 7-16 Span 7.250 ft Trib 3.000 ft Detail Mark Lb 7.167 ft Area 21.75 ft2 1 19.50 58.51 0.38 Section Properties (Closed Shape) Ix 2.865 in4 Iy 0.699 in4 Sx = Sxc 1.205 in3 J 1.039 in4 Fcy 25 ksi EI 28936.5 k-in2 Lateral Torsional Buckling F.4 Mnp= Fcy Sxc 30.125 k-in [ADM F.2 pg. I-46] Cb 1.00 Cc 78.38 [ADM Table B.4.2] λ 25.36 [ADM F.4.2.3 pg. I-48] Mnmbo 26.70 k-in [ADM F.4 pg. I-47] Deflection Check where REF 2 L 175 Pass Pass <3/4 0.50 >0.09 in Refer Shape Designer section properties on separate page Mnmbo/ꭥF=1.65 16.18 k-in >Mprovided 4.61 k-in Denominator =175, 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 ≤ 13.5 240 + 1 4", > 13.5 9 C S Section Properties and Stresses Analysis - Results Date : 01-08-2021 / 14:36:02 Engineer : Client : Comment : Project Ref.: Project Name: DJM260 page 1/2Approved by: V2018.1 - © MechaTools Technologies Inc. 2021 This Product is licenced to : ARE System Units: Length:[in] Mass :[lb] Stress:[psi] Section Material Identiﬁcation: [Aluminium 6063 - T6]: E=+10000000. [psi]; Nu=0.33; Ro=+0.1[lb/in³] 10 Section Properties and Stresses Analysis Results Axes X-Y Centroidal Axes Principal Axes Ix (in^4) +2.865 +2.865 +2.87 Iy (in^4) +0.699 +0.699 +0.694 Ixy (in^4) -0.108 -0.108 +0. Io (in^4) +3.564 +3.564 +3.564 rx (in) +1.56 +1.56 +1.561 ry (in) +0.77 +0.77 +0.767 ro (in) +1.739 +1.739 +1.739 Y top (in)+2.377 +2.427 Y bot (in)+2.123 +2.167 Sx top (in^3)+1.205 +1.183 Sx bot (in^3)+1.349 +1.325 X right (in)+0.934 +1.051 X left (in)+1.066 +1.169 Sy right (in^3)+0.748 +0.66 Sy left (in^3)+0.656 +0.593 Zpx (in^3)+1.574 +1.578 Zpy (in^3)+0.806 +0.801 Max Mx (lb.in)+30128.294 +29564.577 Max My (lb.in)+16400.444 +14831.039 Mpx (lb.in)+39362.275 +39440.786 Mpy (lb.in)+20156.931 +20013.809 SFx +1.306 +1.334 SFy +1.229 +1.349 IMax (in^4)+2.87 IMin (in^4)+0.694 Theta (Deg)+2.837 Elastic Neutral Axis In (in^4)+2.782 ENA Angle(°) -8.75 Y top (in)+2.492 Y bot (in)+2.26 Sx top (in^3) +1.117 Sx bot (in^3) +1.231 X right (in)+1.246 X left (in)+1.415 Sy right (in^3) +0.627 Sy left (in^3) +0.552 Zpx (in^3) +1.548 Zpy (in^3) +0.846 Max Mx (lb.in) +27916.676 Max My (lb.in) +13809.78 Mpx (lb.in) +38691.798 Mpy (lb.in) +21144.146 SFx +1.386 SFy +1.531 Torque Max (lb.in) +7360.835 Buckling jy (monosymmetry) +0.466 in jx (monosymmetry) +0.539 in Cxrt Shear Constant +0.298 in^2 Cyrt Shear Constant +0.571 in^2 ßtf Torsional-flexural +0.842 a Torsional-Bending +2.021 in Area +1.178 in^2 Mass/L +0.118 lb/ in Xc +0. in Yc +0. in NA (Deg)-8.75 Deg PNA (x,y)(-0.05,-0.31) Torsion and Shear J(Torsion)+1.039 in^4 Cw(Warping) +1.596 in^6 Xs (Shear) +0.438 in Ys (Shear) +0.613 in Ax +0.432 in^2 Kx +0.367 Ay +0.437 in^2 Ky +0.371 Ios +4.232 in^4 ros +1.896 in Swx +0.476 in^5 Swy -1.322 in^5 Dsc +0.753 in Composite Section Ref. Aluminium 606 +10000000. psi Transf. Area +1.178 in^2 Xcc +0. in Ycc +0. in Stressses Yield & Max/Min Sig-yield T +25000. psi Sig-yield C -25000. psi Tau yield +15000. psi Sig-x max T) +80.294 psi Sig-x max C) -88.51 psi Fpt +14722.445 lb Fpc +14722.445 lb Loads Moment Mx +100. lb.in Moment My +0. lb.in Axial N [.0,.0] +0. lb Torque Tz +100. lb.in Bimoment Bw +10000. lb.in² Shear Vx +100. lb Shear Vy +100. lb Date : 01-08-2021 / 14:36:03 Engineer : Client : Comment : Project Ref.: Project Name: DJM260 page 2/2Approved by: V2018.1 - © MechaTools Technologies Inc. 2021 This Product is licenced to : ARE System Units: Length:[in] Mass :[lb] Stress:[psi] Section Material Identiﬁcation: [Aluminium 6063 - T6]: E=+10000000. [psi]; Nu=0.33; Ro=+0.1[lb/in³] 11 12 13 Page 1 of 10 DIVISION: 05 00 00 METALS Section: 05 05 23 Metal Fastenings REPORT HOLDER: DEWALT ADDITIONAL LISTEE: HILTI, INC. EVALUATION SUBJECT: DRIL-FLEX®SELF- DRILLING STRUCTURAL SCREWS (DEWALT) EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: 2024, 2021, 2018 and 2015 International Building Code®(IBC) 2024, 2021, 2018 and 2015 International Residential Code (IRC) Section number references in this report are for the 2024 IBC and IRC and the standards referenced therein. Corresponding section numbers for earlier code editions are shown in Table 7 at the end of this report. Property evaluated: Structural USES Dril-Flex®Self-Drilling Structural Screws are used to connect cold-formed steel members together, to connect cold-formed steel to hot-rolled steel plates and to connect sheet steel to cold-formed steel. The screws are used to resist shear and tension loads in engineered connections. The screws may be used under the IRC when an engineered design is submitted for review in accordance with IRC Section R301.1.3. DESCRIPTION 3.1 General: Dril-Flex®Self-Drilling Structural Screws are proprietary, fully-threaded, self-drilling tapping screws that have a dual heat treatment. Product names for the report holder and the additional listee are presented in the following table: Hex washer head parts are coated with a corrosion-preventive coating identified as Stalgard® SUB, which is silver in color. All other head styles are coated with a corrosion-preventive coating identified as Stalgard ®, ICC-ES Evaluation Re ort SR-3332 Reissued Se tember 2024 This re ort also contains: -City of LA Supplement FL Supplement w/HVHZSubject to renewal eptember 2025 CC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an ndorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or ther matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Co ri ht © 2024 ICC Evaluation Service LLC. All ri hts reserved. Company Name Product Name DEWALT Dril-Flex ® Hilti Kwik-Flex 14 ESR-3332 Page 2 of 10 which is silver in color. The drill point and lead threads of the screws are heat-treated to a relatively high hardness to facilitate drilling and thread forming. The balance of the screw is treated to a lower hardness complying with the hardness limits for SAE J429 Grade 5 screws and the hardness limits for ASTM A449-10 Type 1 screws.Table 1 provides screw descriptions (size, tpi, length), nominal diameters, head styles, drive type / size, head diameters, point styles, drilling capacities and minimum required protrusion lengths. 3.1.1 Type 1:These #10 screws have coarse threads and a phillips pan head. See Figure 1. 3.1.2 Types 2A and 2B:These #10 screws have coarse threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 2. 3.1.3 Type 3:These #10 screws have fine threads and a phillips wafer head. See Figure 3. 3.1.4 Type 4:These #12 screws have coarse threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 4. 3.1.5 Type 5:These #12 screws have coarse threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 5. 3.1.6 Type 6:These #12 screws have coarse threads and a phillips undercut flat head. See Figure 6. 3.1.7 Type 7:These #12 screws have fine threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 7. 3.1.8 Type 8:These 1/4-inch screws have coarse threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 8. 3.1.9 Type 9:These 1/4-inch screws have fine threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 9. 3.1.10 Type 10: These 1/4-inch screws have fine threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 10. 3.1.11 Type 11:These 5/16-inch screws have coarse threads and a hex washer head. See Figure 11. 3.1.12 Types 12A and 12B:These 5/16-inch screws have fine threads and a hex washer head. At the end of the screw, the shank of type 12A screws are notched to form a shank slot. See Figures 12 and 13. 3.2 Screw Material: heat-treated to a through-hardness of 28 to 34 HRC. The drilling point and lead threads are heat-treated to a minimum of 52 HRC. 3.3 Connected Material: The connected steel materials must comply with one of the standards listed in Section A3.1 of AISI S100 and must have the minimum thickness, yield strength and tensile strength shown in the tables in this report. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION 4.1 Design: Dril-Flex®Self-Drilling Structural Screws have been evaluated for use in engineered connections of cold- formed steel construction. Design of the connections must comply with Section J4 of AISI S100. Nominal and available screw tension and shear strengths for the screws are shown in Table 2. Available connection shear, pull-over and pull-out capacities are given in Tables 3,4 and 5, respectively. For tension connections, the lowest of the available screw tension strength, pull-over strength and pull-out strength, in accordance with Tables 2,4 and 5, respectively, must be used for design. For shear connections, the lower of the available screw shear strength and the shear (bearing) strength, in accordance with Tables 2 and 3, respectively, must be used for design. Design provisions for tapping screw connections subjected to combined shear and tension loading are outside the scope of the report. The connection shear strength is for connections where the connected steel elements are in direct contact with one another. Under the 2024 and 2021 IBC, for screws used in framing connections, in order for the screws to be considered fully effective, the minimum spacing between the fasteners must be 3 times the nominal screws diameter and the minimum edge distance must be 1.5 times the nominal screw diameter. Under the 2018 and 2015 IBC, for screws used in framing connections, in order for the screws to be considered fully effective, the minimum spacing between the screws and the minimum edge distance must be 3 times the nominal diameter of the screws; except when the edge is parallel to the direction of the applied force, the minimum edge distance may be 1.5 times the nominal screw diameter. When the spacing between screws is less than 3 times the nominal screws diameter, but at least 2 times the screw diameter, the connection shear strength values in Table 3 must be reduced by 20 percent (refer to Section B1.5.1.3 of AISI S240). See Table 6 for applicable spacing and edge distance dimensions for each screw size. For screws used in applications other than framing connections, the minimum spacing between screws must be 3 times the nominal screws diameter and the minimum edge and end distance must be 1.5 times the nominal screw diameter. 15 ESR-3332 Page 3 of 10 Connected members must be checked for rupture in accordance with Section J6 of AISI S100. When tested for corrosion resistance in accordance with ASTM B117, the screws meet the minimum requirement listed in ASTM F1941, as required by ASTM C1513, with no white corrosion after three hours and no red rust after twelve hours. 4.2 Installation: Installation of Dril-Flex®Self- be available at the jobsite at all times during installation. Selection of screw length and point style must be based on the thickness of the fastened steel members plus the minimum required protrusion past the back side of the supporting steel. Point selection must be based on the drilling capacity of the screw. See Table 1 for minimum required protrusion lengths and drilling capacities. The screws must be installed without predrilling holes in the receiving member of the connection. The drilling function of the fastener must be completed prior to the lead threads of the fastener engaging the metal. When the total connection thickness exceeds the maximum drilling capacity shown in Table 1, clearance holes must be provided in the attached material to reduce the thickness to be drilled by the screw. Clearance holes must be 13/64,15/64,17/64 and 21/64 inch (5.2, 5.9, 6.7 and 8.3 mm) in diameter for #10, #12,1/4-inch-diameter and 5/16-inch-diameter (4.7, 5.5, 6.4 and 7.9 mm) screws, respectively. The screws must be installed perpendicular to the work surface using a screw driving tool incorporating a depth-sensitive or torque-limiting nose piece. The installation speed for 5/16-inch diameter screws should not exceed 1,200 rpm. The installation speed for all 1/4-inch diameter screws and #12 screws with a #5 point type should not exceed 1,800 rpm. The installation speed for all other screws should not exceed 2,500 rpm. The screws must penetrate through the supporting steel so that the minimum required protrusion length requirements listed in Table 1 are met. This ensures that the higher hardness portion of the screws or a minimum of three threads will protrude past the back side of the supporting steel. CONDITIONS OF USE: The Dril-Flex®Self-Drilling Structural Screws described in this report comply with, or are suitable alternatives to what is specified in, those codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 the more severe requirements govern. 5.2 The allowable connection capacities specified in Section 4.1 are not to be increased when the screws are used to resist short-duration loads, such as wind or seismic forces. 5.3 Evaluation of screws subjected to cyclic or fatigue loading is outside the scope of this report. Applicable Seismic Design Categories must be determined in accordance with the code for the entire assembly constructed with the screws. 5.4 Drawings and calculations verifying compliance with this report and the applicable code must be submitted to the code official for approval. The drawings and calculations are to be prepared by a registered design professional when required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. 5.5 The screws are manufactured under a quality-control program with inspections by ICC-ES. EVIDENCE SUBMITTED Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Tapping Screw Fasteners Used in Steel-to-steel Connections (AC118), dated January 2018 (editorially revised February 2024). IDENTIFICATION 7.1 The ICC-ES mark of conformity, electronic labeling, or the evaluation report number (ICC-ES ESR-3332) along with the name, registered trademark, or registered logo of the report holder and/or listee must be included in the product label. 7.2 In addition, the self- shown in Figures 1 through 13. Packages of self-drilling tapping screws are labeled with the product brand name, product number or item number, size and length, and point type. 16 ESR-3332 Page 4 of 10 7.3 contact information is the following: DEWALT 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 (800) 524-3244 www.DEWALT.com anchors@DEWALT.com 7.4 The Additional Listee s contact information is the following: HILTI, INC. 7250 DALLAS PARKWAY, SUITE 1000 PLANO, TEXAS 75024 (800) 879-8000 www.us.hilti.com FIGURE 1 #10-16 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD (TYPE 1 SCREW) FIGURE 8 1/4-14 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 8 SCREW) FIGURE 2 #10-16 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 2A and 2B SCREW) FIGURE 9 1/4-20 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 9) SCREW FIGURE 3 - #10-24 PHILLIPS WAFER HEAD (TYPE 3 SCREW) FIGURE 10 1/4-20 HEX WASHER (TYPE 10 SCREW) FIGURE 4 #12-14 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 4 SCREW) FIGURE 11 /16-18 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 11 SCREW) FIGURE 5 #12-14HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 5 SCREW) FIGURE 12 5/16-24 HEX WASHER HEAD WITH SHANK SLOT (TYPE 12A SCREW) FIGURE 6 - #12-14 PHILLIPS UNDERCUT FLAT HEAD (TYPE 6 SCREW) FIGURE 13 /16-24 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 12B SCREW) FIGURE 7 #12-24 HEX WASHER HEAD (TYPE 7 SCREW) 17 ESR-3332 Page 5 of 10 TABLE 1 DRIL-FLEX SELF-DRILLING STRUCTURAL SCREWS SCREW TYPE DESCRIPTION (nominal size and tpi) NOMINAL DIAMETER (inch) HEAD STYLE1 HEX DRIVE SIZE (INCH) / PHILLIPS SIZE (No.) NOMINAL HEAD DIAMETER (inch) POINT TYPE DRILLING CAPACITY 2 inch MINIMUM REQUIRED PROTRUSION3 (inch)Min. Max. 1 #10-16 0.190 PPH 2 0.365 #2 0.048 0.110 0.406 2A #10-16 0.190 HWH 5/16 0.400 #3 0.048 0.150 0.500 2B #10-16 0.190 HWH /1 0.415 #3 0.048 0.150 0.500 3 #10-24 0.190 PWH 2 0.470 #3 0.048 0.150 0.468 4 #12-14 0.216 HWH 5/1 0.500 #2 0.048 0.110 0.625 5 #12-14 0.216 HWH 5/1 0.415 #3 0.048 0.187 0.500 6 #12-14 0.216 PUFH 3 0.415 #3 0.048 0.187 0.500 7 #12-24 0.216 HWH 5/1 0.415 #5 0.048 0.500 1.000 8 1/4-14 0.250 HWH 3/0.500 #3 0.048 0.210 0.563 9 1/4-20 0.250 HWH 3/0.500 #4 0.060 0.312 0.813 10 /4-20 0.250 HWH /0.500 #5 0.060 0.500 1.000 11 5/1 -18 0.313 HWH 3/0.600 #3 0.096 0.210 0.750 12A 5/1 -24 0.313 HWH 3/0.600 #4 0.105 0.312 0.813 12B 5/1 -24 0.313 HWH 3/0.600 #4 0.105 0.312 0.813 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm. 1Head styles: HWH = Hex Washer Head; PPH = Phillips Pan Head; PWH = Phillips Wafer Head; PUFH = Phillips Undercut Flat Head. 2 The drilling capacity of a screw refers to minimum and maximum thickness of the steel that the screw is designed to drill through. 3Maximum load bearing length can be calculated by subtracting the minimum required protrusion from the nominal length of the screw. TABLE 2 SCREW SHEAR AND TENSION STRENGTH, pounds-force1,2,3 SCREW TYPE SCREW SIZE HEAD STYLE 4 NOMINAL STRENGTH TESTED ALLOWABLE STRENGTH (ASD)DESIGN STRENGTH (LRFD) Shear P Tension P Shear P Tension P Shear P P 1 #10-16 PPH 1526 2273 509 758 763 1136 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 1463 2276 488 759 732 1138 3 #10-24 PWH 1080 2613 360 871 540 1307 4 5 #12-14 HWH 1992 3216 664 1072 996 1608 6 #12-14 PUFH 1980 2149 660 716 990 1075 7 #12-24 HWH 1904 3254 644 1085 967 1627 8 1/4-14 HWH 2692 4363 897 1454 1346 2182 9 10 1/4-20 HWH 2617 4359 872 1453 1308 2179 11 5/1 -18 HWH 4568 7222 1523 2407 2284 3611 12A 12B 5/1 -24 HWH 4960 8757 1653 2919 2480 4379 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.4 N. 1For tension connections, the lower of the available screw tension strength, pullover strength, and pull-out strength found in Tables 2,4 and 5, respectively, must be used for design. 2For shear connections, the lower of the available screw shear strength and the allowable shear (bearing) capacity found in Tables 2 and 3, respectively, must be used for design. 3Nominal strengths are based on laboratory tests. 4Head styles: HWH = Hex Washer Head; PPH = Phillips Pan Head; PWH = Phillips Wafer Head; PUFH = Phillips Undercut Flat Head. 18 ESR-3332 Page 6 of 10 TABLE 3 SHEAR (BEARING) CAPACITY OF SCREW CONNECTIONS, pounds-force 1,2,3,4,5 SCREW TYPE SCREW SIZE HEAD STYLE11 DESIGN THICKNESS in.6 0.048-0.048 0.048-0.075 0.060-0.060 0.075-0.075 1/"-3/1 "3/1 "-1/4"1/4"-0.105" ALLOWABLE STRENGTH ASD 1 #10-16 PPH 289 289 404 ---- 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 369 395 453 ---- 3 #10-24 PWH 32210 57110 5347,8,9 ---- 4 5 #12-14 HWH 356 573 513 497 --- 6 #12-14 PUFH 32510 60910 4817,8,9 6247,8 --- 7 #12-24 HWH 29110 61010 4767,8,9 6477,8 6307,8,9 7347,8,9 6007,8,9 8 /4-14 HWH 377 626 520 661 638 -- 9 10 1/4-20 HWH 3867,8 5267,8 5338 6708 5959 6249 5549 11 5/1 -18 HWH 408 622 561 891 --- 12A 12B 5/-24 HWH ----1347 - 887 DESIGN STRENGTH LRFD 1 #10-16 PPH 433 433 605 ---- 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 590 631 724 ---- 3 #10-24 PWH 51510 85410 9137,8,9 ---- 4 5 #12-14 HWH 569 917 820 795 --- 6 #12-14 PUFH 52010 97510 7707,8,9 9997,8 --- 7 #12-24 HWH 46610 97610 7617,8,9 10357,8 10097,8,9 11747,8,9 9607,8,9 8 1/4-14 HWH 603 1001 833 1058 1021 - - 9 10 1/4-20 HWH 6177,8 8427,8 8528 10728 9529 9999 8869 11 5/1 -18 HWH 653 996 897 1425 --- 12A 12B 5/1 -24 HWH ----2155 - 1419 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.4 N, 1 ksi = 6.89 Mpa. 1Available strengths are based on laboratory tests, with safety factors/resistance factors calculated in accordance with AISI S100. 2For shear connections, the lower of the available screw shear strength and the available shear (bearing) capacity must be used for design. 3Values are based on steel members with a minimum yield strength of Fy = 33 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of Fu = 45 ksi. 4Available capacity for other member thickness may be determined by interpolating within the table. 5Unless otherwise noted, when both steel sheets have a minimum specified tensile strength Fu have a minimum tensile strength Fu 6The first number is the thickness of the steel sheet in in contact with the screw head (top sheet). The second number is the thickness of the steel sheet not in contact with the screw head (bottom sheet). 7When both steel sheets have a minimum specified tensile strength of Fu 8When both steel sheets have a minimum specified tensile strength of Fu 9When both steel sheets have a minimum specified tensile strength of Fu 10Increasing values for higher steel tensile strength per Note 5 is not allowed. 11Head styles: HWH = Hex Washer Head; PPH = Phillips Pan Head; PWH = Phillips Wafer Head; PUFH = Phillips Undercut Flat Head. 19 ESR-3332 Page 7 of 10 TABLE 4 TENSILE PULL-OVER CAPACITY OF SCREW CONNECTIONS, pounds-force 1,3,4,5,6 SCREW TYPE SCREW SIZE HEAD STYLE7 MINIMUM EFFECTIVE PULL-OVER DIAMETER in. DESIGN THICKNESS OF MEMBER IN CONTACT WITH SCREW HEAD in. 0.048 0.060 0.075 0.105 1/8"3/16"1/4"5/16" ALLOWABLE STRENGTH ASD 1 #10-16 PPH 0.357 386 481 2 4812 4812 4812 - - - 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 0.400 415 481 2 4812 4812 4812 - - - 3 #10-24 PWH 0.470 6102 5972 7152 7152 7152 - - - 4 5 #12-14 HWH 0.415 430 537 672 734 2 7342 7342 - - 6 #12-14 PUFH 0.415 3912 5372 6832 7982 7982 7982 - - 7 #12-24 HWH 0.415 430 537 672 734 2 7342 7342 7342 7342 8 1/4-14 HWH 0.500 518 648 810 11262 11262 11262 - - 9 10 1/4-20 HWH 0.500 - 648 810 11262 11262 11262 11262 11262 11 5/1 -18 HWH 0.600 - - - 11692 11692 - - - 12A 12B 5/1 -24 HWH 0.600 - - - 13262 13262 13262 13262 13262 DESIGN STRENGTH LRFD 1 #10-16 PPH 0.357 578 723 781 2 7812 7812 - - - 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 0.400 622 778 781 2 7812 7812 - - - 3 #10-24 PWH 0.470 9762 9552 11432 11432 11432 - - - 4 5 #12-14 HWH 0.415 645 806 1007 1192 2 11922 11922 - - 6 #12-14 PUFH 0.415 6262 8602 10922 12762 12762 12762 - - 7 #12-24 HWH 0.415 645 806 1007 1192 2 11922 11922 11922 11922 8 1/4-14 HWH 0.500 778 972 1215 1701 1830 2 18302 - - 9 10 1/4-20 HWH 0.500 - 972 1215 1701 1830 2 18302 18302 18302 11 5/1 -18 HWH 0.600 - - - 18712 18712 - - - 12A 12B 5/1 -24 HWH 0.600 - - - 21212 21212 21212 21212 21212 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.4 N, 1 ksi = 6.89 Mpa. 1Available strengths are based on calculations in accordance with AISI S100, unless otherwise noted. 2Available strengths are based on laboratory tests, with safety factors/resistance factors calculated in accordance with AISI S100, or on the shear strength of the integral washer. Increasing values for higher steel tensile strength per Note 6 is not allowed. 3For tension connections, the lowest of the available pull-out, pull-over, and screw tension strength must be used for design. 4Values are based on steel members with a minimum yield strength of Fy = 33 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of Fu = 45 ksi. 5Available capacity for other member thickness may be determined by interpolating within the table. 6For steel with a minimum tensile strength Fu Fu values by 1.44. 7Head styles: HWH = Hex Washer Head; PPH = Phillips Pan Head; PWH = Phillips Wafer Head; PUFH = Phillips Undercut Flat Head. 20 ESR-3332 Page 8 of 10 TABLE 5 TENSILE PULL-OUT CAPACITY OF SCREW CONNECTIONS, pounds-force1,2,3,4,5 SCREW TYPE SCREW SIZE HEAD STYLE9 DESIGN THICKNESS OF MEMBER NOT IN CONTACT WITH SCREW HEAD in. 0.048 0.060 0.075 0.105 1/"3/1 "1/4"5/1 " ALLOWABLE STRENGTH ASD 1 #10-16 PPH 136 193 236 307 297 --- 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 136 193 236 307 297 --- 3 #10-24 PWH 1228 1867 2506 4156 5467 --- 4 5 #12-14 HWH 132 205 264 328 510 665 -- 6 #12-14 PUFH 132 205 264 328 510 665 -- 7 #12-24 HWH 968 1657 2246 3816 5077 8917 1020 1020 8 1/-14 HWH 131 207 255 342 561 899 -- 9 10 /4-20 HWH - 204 260 423 524 914 1044 1206 11 5/1 -18 HWH --- 520 707 --- 12A 12B 5/1 -24 HWH --- 459 637 724 1189 1424 DESIGN STRENGTH LRFD 1 #10-16 PPH 217 309 378 492 476 --- 2A 2B #10-16 HWH 217 309 378 492 476 --- 3 #10-24 PWH 1948 2987 4006 6646 8747 --- 4 5 #12-14 HWH 211 328 423 525 816 1064 -- 6 #12-14 PUFH 211 328 423 525 816 1064 -- 7 #12-24 HWH 154 264 359 609 811 1426 1632 1632 8 1/4-14 HWH 210 331 409 548 897 1439 -- 9 10 1/4-20 HWH - 3266 4166 6776 8387 14627 1670 1930 11 5/1 -18 HWH --- 832 1131 --- 12A 12B 5/-24 HWH --- 735 1019 1159 1903 2279 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.4 N, 1 ksi = 6.89 Mpa. 1Available strengths are based on laboratory tests, with safety factors/resistance factors calculated in accordance with AISI S100. 2For tension connections, the lowest of the available pull-out, pull-over, and screw tension strength must be used for design. 3Values are based on steel members with a minimum yield strength of Fy = 33 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of Fu = 45 ksi. 4Available capacity for other member thickness may be determined by interpolating within the table. 5Unless otherwise noted, for steel with a minimum tensile strength Fu Fu steel, multiply tabulated values by 1.44. 6When both steel sheets have a minimum specified tensile strength of Fu 7When both steel sheets have a minimum specified tensile strength of Fu 8Increasing values for higher steel tensile strength per Note 5 is not allowed. 9Head styles: HWH = Hex Washer Head; PPH = Phillips Pan Head; PWH = Phillips Wafer Head; PUFH = Phillips Undercut Flat Head. TABLE 6 MINIMUM SCREW SPACING AND EDGE DISTANCE BASIC SCREW DIAMETER (inch) FASTENED MATERIAL MINIMUM SPACING1 (inch) (3d) MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE (inch) (1.5d) MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE FOR FRAMING MEMBERS UNDER THE 2018, 2015 AND 2012 IBC 2 inch 3d 0.190 #10 Steel 9/16 5/16 9/16 0.216 #12 Steel 11/16 3/8 11/16 0.250 1/4 Steel 3/4 3/8 3/4 0.3125 5/1 Steel 15/16 1/2 15/16 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm. 1For screws used in framing connections, when the spacing between screws is less than 3 times the nominal screws diameter, but at least 2 times the screw diameter, the connection shear strength values in Table 3 must be reduced by 20 percent (refer to Section B1.5.1.3 of AISI S240). 2For screws used in framing connections, when the edge is parallel to the direction of the applied force, the minimum edge distance may be 1.5 times the nominal screw diameter (refer to Section B1.5.1.3 of AISI S240). TABLE 7 CODE SECTION NUMBER REFERENCE MATRIX 2024 IBC 2021 IBC 2018 IBC 2015 IBC AISI S100-16 2020 w/S2-20 A3.1 AISI S100-16 2020 w/S2-20 A3.1 AISI S100-16 A3.1 AISI S100-12 A2.1 AISI S100-16 2020 w/S2-20 J4 AISI S100-16 2020 w/S2-20 J4 AISI S100-16 J4 AISI S100-12 E4 AISI S100-16 2020 w/S2-20 J6 AISI S100-16 2020 w/S2-20 J6 AISI S100-16 J6 AISI S100-12 E6 AISI S240-20 B1.5.1.3 AISI S240-20 B1.5.1.3 AISI S240-20 B1.5.1.3 AISI S200-12 D1.5 21 22 Page 1 of 23 DIVISION: 03 00 00 CONCRETE Section: 03 16 00 Concrete Anchors DIVISION: 05 00 00 METALS Section: 05 05 19 Post- Installed Concrete Anchors REPORT HOLDER: HILTI, INC. EVALUATION SUBJECT: HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ E, KH- EZ I, AND KH-EZ CRC AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE 1.0EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 International Building Code®(IBC) 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 International Residential Code ®(IRC) For evaluation for compliance with codes adopted by the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety (LADBS), see ESR-3027 LABC and LARC Supplement. Property evaluated: Structural 2.0USES The Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ E, KH- EZ I and KH-EZ CRC screw anchors are used as anchorage in cracked and uncracked normal-weight and lightweight concrete having a specified strength,c,of 2,500 psi to 8,500 psi (17.2 MPa to 58.6 MPa); and cracked and uncracked normal-weight or sand-lightweight concrete over steel deck having a minimum specified compressive strength,c, of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) to resist static, wind and seismic (Seismic Design Categories A through F) tension and shear loads. The Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ E, KH- EZ I and KH-EZ CRC screw anchors are an alternative to anchors described in Section 1901.3 of the 2021, 2018 and 2015 IBC and Sections 1908 and 1909 of the 2012 IBC. The anchors may also be used where an engineered design is submitted in accordance with Section R301.1.3 of the IRC. ICC-ES Evaluation Re ort SR-3027 Reissued ecember 2023 This re ort also contains: -FBC Supplement LABC SupplementSubject to renewal ecember 2025 CC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an ndorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or ther matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Co ri ht © 2023 ICC Evaluation Service LLC. All ri hts reserved. 23 ESR-3027 Page 2 of 23 3.0DESCRIPTION 3.1 KH-EZ: The KH-EZ anchors are comprised of a body with hex washer head. The anchor is manufactured from carbon steel and is heat-treated. It has a minimum 0.0003-inch- ISO 4042. The anchoring system is available in a variety of lengths with nominal diameters of 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch,1/2-inch,5/8-inch and 3/4-inch. The KH-EZ is illustrated in Figure 2. The hex head is larger than the diameter of the anchor and is formed with serrations on the underside. The anchor body is formed with threads running most of the length of the anchor body. The anchor is installed in a predrilled hole with a powered impact wrench or torque wrench. The anchor threads cut into the concrete on the sides of the hole and interlock with the base material during installation. 3.2 KH-EZ I: The KH-EZ I anchors are comprised of a body with a long internally threaded (1/4-inch,3/8-inch, or 1/2-inch internal thread) hex washer head. The anchor is manufactured from carbon steel and is heat-treated. It has a minimum 0.0003-inch--EZ I is illustrated in Figure 3. The over-sized hex head is larger than the diameter of the anchor and is formed with serrations on the underside. The anchor body is formed with threads running most of the length of the anchor body. The anchor is installed in a predrilled hole with a powered impact wrench or torque wrench directly to the supporting member surface. The anchor threads cut into the concrete on the sides of the hole and interlock with the base material during installation. Shear design values in this report for the KH-EZ I are for threaded inserts with F u equal to or greater than 125 ksi. For use with inserts with Fu less than 125 ksi, the shear values are multiplied by the ratio of Fu of insert and 125 ksi. 3.3 KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM and KH-EZ PL: The KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM and KH-EZ PL anchors are comprised of a body with round pan style head with an indented area in the top of the head with a six point star configuration. The KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM and KH-EZ PL have different size pan style heads: small (P), medium (PM) and Large (PL). The anchor is manufactured from carbon steel and is heat-treated. It has a minimum 0.0003-inch- with DIN EN ISO 4042. The KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM and KH-EZ PL are available in 1/4-inch diameter. The KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM and KH-EZ PL are illustrated in Figure 4. 3.4 KH-EZ E: The KH-EZ E anchors are comprised of a body with a long externally threaded (3/8-inch external thread) head. The anchor is manufactured from carbon steel and is heat-treated. It has a minimum 0.0003-inch- zinc coating in accordance with DIN EN ISO 4042. The KH-EZ E is available in 1/4-inch diameter. The KH-EZ E is illustrated in Figure 5. 3.5 KH-EZ C: The KH-EZ C anchors are comprised of the same thread profile as the hex head but with a countersunk head. The anchor is manufactured from carbon steel and is heat-treated. It has a minimum 0.0003-inch- zinc coating in accordance with DIN EN ISO 4042. The KH-EZ C is available in 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch diameter. The KH-EZ C is illustrated in Figure 7. 3.6 KH-EZ CRC: The KH-EZ CRC anchors are comprised of a body with hex washer head. The anchor is manufactured from carbon steel and is heat-treated. It has a minimum of 0.0021-inch- coating in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55. The anchoring system is available in a variety of lengths with nominal diameters of 3/8-inch,1/2-inch,5/8-inch and 3/4-inch. The KH-EZ CRC is illustrated in Figure 6. 3.7 KH-EZ SS316: The KH-EZ SS316 anchors are comprised of a body with hex washer head. The anchor is manufactured from AISI Type 316 stainless steel material. The anchoring system is available in a variety of lengths with nominal diameters of ¼-inch,3/8-inch and 1/2-inch. The KH-EZ SS316 is illustrated in Figure 8. 24 ESR-3027 Page 3 of 23 The hex head is larger than the diameter of the anchor and is formed with serrations on the underside. The anchor body is formed with threads running most of the length of the anchor body. The anchor is installed in a predrilled hole with a powered impact wrench. The anchor threads cut into the concrete on the sides of the hole and interlock with the base material during installation. 3.8 KH-EZ C SS316: The KH-EZ C SS316 anchors are comprised of the same thread profile as the stainless steel hex head but with a countersunk head. The anchor is manufactured from AISI Type 316 stainless steel material. The KH-EZ C SS316 is available in 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch diameter. The KH-EZ C SS316 is illustrated in Figure 9. 3.9 Concrete: Normal-weight and lightweight concrete must conform to Sections 1903 and 1905 of the IBC. 3.10 Steel Deck Panels: Steel deck panels must comply with the configurations in Figure 12 and have a minimum base steel thickness of 0.035 inch (0.889 mm). Steel must comply with ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 50 and have a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi (345 MPa). 4.0DESIGN AND INSTALLATION 4.1 Strength Design: 4.1.1 General:Design strength of anchors complying with the 2021 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2021 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-19 Chapter 17 and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2018 and 2015 IBC, as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2018 and 2015 IRC, must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2012 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2012 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix D and this report. Design parameters provided in Table 1 through Table 9 of this report are based on the 2021 IBC (ACI 318-19), 2018 and 2015 IBC (ACI 318-14) and 2012 IBC (ACI 318-11) unless noted otherwise in Sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.12. The strength design of anchors must comply with ACI 318-19 17.5.1.2, ACI 318-14 17.3.1 or ACI 318-11 D.4.1, as applicable, except as required in ACI 318-19 17.10, ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable. Strength reduction factors,, as given in ACI 318-19 17.5.3, ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, and noted in Tables 3,4 and 7 of this report, must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.1 of the 2021 IBC or Section 1605.2 of the 2018, 2015 and 2012 IBC and Section 5.3 of ACI 318 (-19 and -14) or Section 9.2 of ACI 318-11, as applicable. Strength reduction factors,, as given in ACI 318-11 D.4.4 must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix C. The value of c used in the calculations must be limited to a maximum of 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa), in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.3.1, ACI 318-14 17.2.7 or ACI 318-11 D.3.7, as applicable. An example calculation in accordance with the 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IBC is provided in Figure 13. 4.1.2 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Tension,Nsa:The nominal static steel strength,Nsa, of a single anchor in tension calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.1.2, ACI 318-14 17.4.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1.2, as applicable, is given in Tables 3,4 and 7 of this report. Strength reduction factors,, corresponding to brittle steel elements must be used. 4.1.3 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension,N cb or Ncbg:The nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or a group of anchors in tension,Ncb and Ncbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.2, ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, with modifications as described in this section. The basic concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in tension, Nb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.2.2, ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable, using the values of hef and kcr as given in Tables 3,4 and 7 of this report. The nominal concrete breakout strength in tension in regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.2.5, ACI 318-14 17.4.2.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.6, as applicable, must be calculated with the value of k uncr as given in Tables 3,4 and 7 with c,N = 1.0. 25 ESR-3027 Page 4 of 23 For anchors installed in the lower or upper flute of the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete- filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 12, calculation of the concrete breakout strength in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.2, ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, is not required. 4.1.4 Requirements for Static Pullout Strength in Tension,Np:The nominal pullout strength of a single anchor in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.3.1 and 17.6.3.2.1, ACI 318-14 17.4.3.1 and 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.1 and D.5.3.2, as applicable, in cracked and uncracked concrete,Np,cr, and Np,uncr, respectively, is given in Tables 3,4 and 7. In lieu of ACI 318-19 17.6.3.3, ACI 318-14 17.4.3.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.6, as applicable,c,P =1.0 for all design cases.In accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.3, ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3, as applicable, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete may be adjusted according to Eq.-1: (lb, psi) (Eq-1) (N, MPa) where c is the specified concrete compressive strength and n is the factor defining the influence of concrete compressive strength on the pullout strength. For the 1/4-inch-diameter anchor at 15/8 inches nominal embedment in cracked concrete,n is 0.3. For all other cases,n is 0.5. In regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.3.3, ACI 318-14 17.4.3.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.6, as applicable, the nominal pullout strength in tension may be adjusted according to Eq-2: (lb, psi) (Eq-2) (N, MPa) where c is the specified concrete compressive strength and n is the factor defining the influence of concrete compressive strength on the pullout strength. For the 1/4-inch-diameter anchor at a nominal embedment of 15/8 inches in uncracked concrete,n is 0.3. For all other cases,n is 0.5. Where values for Np,cr or Np,uncr are not provided in Tables 3,4 or Table 7 of this report, the pullout strength in tension need not be considered. The nominal pullout strength in tension of the anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal- weight concrete filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 12, is provided in Table 5 for KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC and Table 8 for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E. In accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.3.2.1, ACI 318-14 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.2, as applicable, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete must be calculated according to Eq-1, whereby the value of N p,deck,cr must be substituted for Np,cr and the value of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) must be substituted for the value of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) in the denominator. In regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.3.3, ACI 318-14 17.4.3.6 or ACI 318-11 5.3.6, as applicable, the nominal strength in uncracked concrete must be calculated according to Eq-2, whereby the value of Np,deck,uncr must be substituted for Np,uncr and the value of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) must be substituted for the value of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) in the denominator. 4.1.5 Requirements for Static Steel Shear Capacity,Vsa:The nominal steel strength in shear,Vsa, of a single anchor in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.1.2, ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2, as applicable is given in Tables 3,4 and 7 of this report and must be used in lieu of the values derived by calculation from ACI 318-19 Eq. 17.7.1.2b, ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2b or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-29, as applicable. The strength reduction factor,,corresponding to brittle steel elements must be used. The nominal shear strength Vsa,deck, of anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 12, is given in Table 5 for KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC and Table 8 for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E. Shear values for KH-EZ I are for threaded inserts with Fu u less than 125 ksi, the shear values are multiplied by the ratio of Fu of insert and 125 ksi. 4.1.6 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear,V cb or Vcbg:The nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in shear,Vcb or Vcbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.2, ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2, as applicable, with 26 ESR-3027 Page 5 of 23 modifications as described in this section. The basic concrete breakout strength in shear,V b, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.2.2.1, ACI 318-14 17.5.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2.2, as e and da given in Tables 3,4 and 7. For anchors installed in the lower or upper flute of the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete- filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 12, calculation of the concrete breakout strength in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.2, ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2 is not required. 4.1.7 Requirements for Static Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear,Vcp or Vcpg:The nominal concrete pryout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors,Vcp or Vcpg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.3, ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, using the coefficient for pryout strength,kcp provided in Tables 3,4 and 7 and the value of Ncb or Ncbg as calculated in Section 4.1.3 of this report. For anchors installed in the lower or upper flute of the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete- filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 12, calculation of the concrete pryout strength in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.3, ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3 is not required. 4.1.8 Requirements for Seismic Design: 4.1.8.1 General:For load combinations including seismic, the design must be in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.10, ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable. Modifications to ACI 318-19 17.10 or ACI 318-14 17.2.3 shall be applied under Section 1905.1.8 of the 2021, 2018 and 2015 IBC, as applicable. For the 2012 IBC, Section 1905.1.9 shall be omitted. The anchors comply with ACI 318 (-19 and -14) 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable, as brittle steel elements and must be designed in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.10.5 or 17.10.6; ACI 318-14 17.2.3.4 or 17.2.3.5; ACI 318-11 D.3.3.4 or D.3.3.5, as applicable. 4.1.8.2 Seismic Tension:The nominal steel strength and nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.1 and 17.6.2, ACI 318-14 17.4.1 and 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1 and D.5.2, respectively, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 of this report. In accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.3.2.1, ACI 318-14 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.2, as applicable, the appropriate value for pullout strength in tension for seismic loads,Np,eq or Np,deck,cr described in Tables 3,4 and 5 for KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ CRC; and in Tables 7 and 8 for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E, must be used in lieu of N p.Np,eq or Np,deck,cr may be adjusted by calculations for concrete compressive strength in accordance with Eq-1 of this report in addition for concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies the value of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) must be substituted for the value of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) in the denominator. Where values for N p,eq are not provided in Tables 3,4 or 7 of this report, the pullout strength in tension for seismic loads need not be evaluated. 4.1.8.3 Seismic Shear:The nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.2 and 17.7.3, ACI 318-14 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2 and D.6.3, respectively, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of this report. In accordance with ACI 318-19 17.7.1.2, ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2, as applicable, the appropriate value for nominal steel strength for seismic loads,Vsa,eq or Vsa,deck,eq described in Tables 3,4 and 5 for KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ CRC , and in Tables 7 and 8 for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E, must be used in lieu of Vsa. 4.1.9 Requirements for Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces:For anchors or groups of anchors that are subject to the effects of combined tensile and shear forces, the design must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.8, ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as applicable. 4.1.10 Requirements for Minimum Member Thickness, Minimum Anchor Spacing and Minimum Edge Distance:In lieu of ACI 318-19 17.9.2, ACI 318-14 17.7.1 and 17.7.3 or ACI 318-11 D.8.1 and D.8.3, as applicable, values of smin and cmin, respectively, as given in Tables 1,2 and 6 of this report must be used. In lieu of ACI 318-19 17.9.4, ACI 318-14 17.7.5 or ACI 318-11 D.8.5, as applicable, minimum member thicknesses,hmin as given in Tables 1,2 and 6 must be used. Additional combinations for minimum edge distance,cmin,and minimum spacing distance,smin,may be derived by linear interpolation between the given boundary values as defined in Tables 1,2 and 6 of this report. For anchors installed through the lower flute of the soffit of steel deck assemblies, the anchors must be installed in accordance with Figure 12 and shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width. For installations in the upper flute of the soffit of steel deck assemblies the anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to or greater than 3h ef. 27 ESR-3027 Page 6 of 23 For ¼-inch,3/8-inch and 1/2-inch KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C anchors installed on the top of steel deck assemblies, values of cac,deck,top, smin,deck,top,and cmin,deck,top, as given in Table 9 of this report must be used. 4.1.11 Requirements for Critical Edge Distance, cac:In applications where c < cac and supplemental reinforcement to control splitting of the concrete is not present, the concrete breakout strength in tension for uncracked concrete, calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.6.2, ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, must be further multiplied by the factor cp,N as given by Eq-3: (Eq-3) where the factor cp,N need not be taken as less than . For all other cases,cp,N = 1.0. In lieu of using ACI 318-19 17.9.5, ACI 318-14 17.7.6 or ACI 318-11 D.8.6, as applicable, values of cac must comply with Tables 3,4 and 7. 4.1.12 Lightweight Concrete:a equal cf affecting Nn and Vn. For ACI 318-19 (2021 IBC), ACI 318-14 (2018 and 2015 IBC) and ACI 318- determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight concrete-filled steel deck and floor and roof assemblies, further reduction of the pullout values provided in this report is not required. 4.2 Allowable Stress Design (ASD): 4.2.1 General:Design values for use with allowable stress design load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.1 of the 2021 IBC or Section 1605.3 of the 2018, 2015 and 2012 IBC must be established using the following equations: (Eq-4) (Eq-5) where: Tallowable,ASD = Allowable tension load (lb, N) Vallowable ASD = Allowable shear load (lb, N) Nn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in tension as determined in accordance with ACI 318 (-19 and -14) Chapter 17 and 2021, 2018 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318-11 Appendix D, and Section 4.1 of this report, as applicable. For the 2012 IBC, Section 1905.1.9 shall be omitted. Vn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in shear as determined in accordance with ACI 318 (-19 and -14) Chapter 17 and 2021, 2018 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318-11 Appendix D, and Section 4.1 of this report, as applicable. For the 2012 IBC, Section 1905.1.9 shall be omitted. = Conversion factor calculated as a weighted average of the load factors for the controlling failure modes and required over-strength. Limits on edge distance, anchor spacing and member thickness as given in Tables 1,2 and 6 of this report must apply. An example of Allowable Stress Design tension values is given in Table 10 and Figure 13. 4.2.2 Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces:The interaction must be calculated and consistent with ACI 318-19 17.8, ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as follows: For shear loads Vapplied Vallowable,ASD, the full allowable load in tension Tallowable,ASD shall be permitted. For tension loads Tapplied Tallowable,ASD, the full allowable load in shear Vallowable,ASD shall be permitted. For all other cases: (Eq-6) 28 ESR-3027 Page 7 of 23 4.3 Installation: Installation parameters are provided in Tables 1,2,6 and 9 and Figures 1,11A,11B,11C,11D,11E and 12. Anchor locations must comply with this report and plans and specifications approved by the code official. The Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ E, KH-EZ I and KH-EZ CRC must be installed in accordance wi In case of conflict, this report governs. Anchors must be installed in holes drilled into concrete perpendicular to the surface using carbide-tipped masonry drill bits complying with ANSI B212.15-1994 or using the Hilti SafeSet SystemTM. The Hilti SafeSet SystemTM is comprised of Hilti TE-YD or TE-CD Hollow Drill Bits with a Hilti vacuum with a minimum value for the maximum volumetric flow rate of 129 CFM (61 /s). The Hollow Drill Bits are not permitted for use with the 1/4-inch- and 3/8-inch-diameter anchors. The nominal drill bit diameter must be equal to that of the anchor. The minimum drilled hole depth,h0, is given in Tables 1,2,6 and 8. When drilling dust is not removed after hole drilling, make sure to drill deep enough to achieve h nom, taking into account the depth of debris remaining in the hole. If dust and debris is removed from the drilled hole with the Hilti TE-YD or TE-CD Hollow Drill Bits or compressed air, vacuum, or a manual pump,hnom is achieved at the specified value of h0.The anchor must be installed into the predrilled hole using a powered impact wrench or installed with a torque wrench until the proper nominal embedment depth is obtained. The maximum impact wrench torque,Timpact,max and maximum installation torque,Tinst,max for the manual torque wrench must be in accordance with Tables 1,2 and 6. The KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ E, KH-EZ I and KH-EZ CRC may be loosened by a maximum of one turn and retightened with a torque wrench or powered impact wrench to facilitate fixture attachment or realignment. Complete removal and reinstallation of the anchor is not allowed. For installation in the soffit of concrete on steel deck assemblies, the hole diameter in the steel deck must not exceed the diameter of the hole in the concrete by more the 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). For member thickness and edge distance restrictions for installations into the soffit of concrete on steel deck assemblies, see Figure 12. For installation of 1/4-inch,3/8-inch and 1/2-inch KH-EZ KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C, anchors on the top of steel deck assemblies, see Table 9 for installation setting information. 4.4 Special Inspection: Periodic special inspection is required, in accordance with Section 1705.1.1 and Table 1705.3 of the 2021, 2018 and 2015 IBC and 2012 IBC. The special inspector must be on the site periodically during anchor installation to verify anchor type, anchor dimensions, hole dimensions, concrete type, concrete compressive strength, drill bit type and size, hole dimensions, hole cleaning procedures, anchor spacing(s), edge distance(s), concrete member thickness, anchor embedment, installation torque, impact wrench power and conflict, this report governs). The special inspector must be present as often as required in accordance with 1706 and 1707 must be observed, where applicable. 5.0CONDITIONS OF USE: Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ E, KH-EZ I and KH-EZ CRC concrete anchors described in this report are suitable alternatives to what is specified in, those codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 this report. In case of conflict, this report governs. 5.2 Anchor sizes, dimensions, and minimum embedment depths are as set forth in this report. 5.3 Anchors must be installed in accordance with Section 4.3 of this report in uncracked or cracked normal- weight concrete and lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength,c,of 2,500 psi to 8,500 psi (17.2 MPa to 58.6 MPa),and cracked and uncracked normal-weight or sand-lightweight concrete over metal deck having a minimum specified compressive strength,c,of 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa). 5.4 The value of c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa). 5.5 The concrete must have attained its minimum design strength prior to installation of the anchors. 5.6 Strength design values must be established in accordance with Section 4.1 of this report. 5.7 Allowable stress design values must be established in accordance with Section 4.2 of this report. 29 30 31 ESR-3027 Page 10 of 23 Hilti SafeSet System with Hollow Drill Bit Hilti TE-CD or TE-YD Hollow Carbide Drill Bit with a Hilti Vacuum er section 4.3 Hilti Dust Removal Systems Hilti Rotary Hammer Drill with DRS (Dust Removal S stem Module Hilti TE DRS-D Dust Removal System with Hilti Vacuum FIGURE 10 HILTI SAFESETTM AND DUST REMOVAL SYSTEMS FIGURE 11A INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316 AND KH-EZ CRC SCREW ANCHORS FIGURE 11B INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HILTI KH-EZ I SCREW ANCHORS 32 33 ESR-3027 Page 12 of 23 TABLE 1 HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C AND KH-EZ CRC INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND ANCHOR SPECIFICATION 1 Characteristic Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter (inches) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal drill bit diameter dbit in.1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)(mm) Head Style and Coating --Hex, P, PM, PL, C Head Hex, C Head Hex, C Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC) Minimum Nominal Embedment depth hnom in. 15/8 21/2 15/8 21/8 21/2 31/4 41/2 21/4 3 41/4 51/2 31/4 4 5 6 4 5 61/4 71/4 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (54) (64) (83) (114) (57) (76) (108) (140) (83) (102) (127) (152) (102) (127) (159) (184) Effective Embedment (min.)hef in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 3.55 1.52 2.16 3.22 4.28 2.39 3.03 3.88 4.73 2.92 3.77 4.84 5.69 (mm) (30) (49) (28) (39) (47) (64) (90) (39) (55) (82) (109) (61) (77) (99) (120) (74) (96) (123) (145) Minimum Hole Depth (min.)ho in. 2 27/8 17/8 23/8 23/4 31/2 43/4 25/8 33/8 45/8 57/8 35/8 43/8 53/8 63/8 43/8 53/8 65/8 75/8 (mm) (51) (73) (48) (60) (70) (89) (121) (67) (86) (117) (149) (92) (111) (137) (162) (111) (137) (168) (194) Minimum Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter dh in.3/8 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2)(mm) (9.5) Maximum Installation Torque Tinst,max4 ft-lbf 18 19 40 (54) 45 50 85 (115) 956 (129)(Nm) (24) (26)(61)(68) Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating3 Timpact,max ft-lbf 157 157 450 (610) 137 450 (610) 590 (800) 590 (800)(Nm) (213) (213)(186) Wrench socket size WS in.7/16 9/16 (14.3) 3/4 (19.1) 15/16 (23.8) 11/8 (28.6)(mm) (11.1) Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3.25 4.125 3.25 3.67 4 4.75 7.75 4.5 4.75 6.75 8.75 5 6 7 9.5 6 7 8.125 11.5 (mm) (83) (105) (83) (93) (102) (121) (197) (114) (121) (171) (222) (127) (152) (178) (241) (152) (178) (206) (292) Minimum edge distance2 cmin in. 11/2 11/2 (38) 13/4 (44) 13/4 (44) 13/4 (44)(mm) (38) in. 3 3 (76) 3 (76) 4 (102) 4 (102)(mm) (76) Minimum spacing2 smin in. 11/2 21/4 (57) 3 (76) 3 (76) 3 (76)(mm) (38) in. 2.00 2.78 2.63 2.75 2.92 3.75 14.2 2.75 3.75 5.25 17.1 3.63 4.57 5.82 18.9 4.41 5.69 7.28 22.8 (mm) (51) (71) (67) (70) (74) (95) (361) (70) (95) (133) (434) (92) (116) (148) (480) (112) (145) (185) (579) Max. Head height - in.0.17 (P Head) 0.24 (Hex Head)0.35 (8.9) 0.49 (12.4) 0.57 (14.5) 0.70 (17.8)(mm)(4.3) P Head (6.1) Hex Head For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. 1The data presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-19 Chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable. 2Linear interpolation permitted for minimum spacing and edge distance. 3 Because of variability in measurement procedures, the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques. Over- torqueing can damage the anchor and/or reduce its holding capacity. 4Tinst,max applies to installations using a calibrated torque wrench. 5Additional combinations for minimum edge distance,cmin,and minimum spacing distance,smin or smin,cac,may be derived by linear interpolation between the given boundary values. 6 Maximum installation torque for 3/4-in diameter KH-EZ CRC is 85 ft-lbs (115 Nm). 34 ESR-3027 Page 13 of 23 TABLE 2 HILTI KH-EZ SS316 AND KH-EZ C SS316 INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND ANCHOR SPECIFICATION 1 Characteristic Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter (in) 1/4 3/8 1/2 Nominal drill bit diameter dbit in.1/4 3/8 1 /2 Head style -- Hex and C Hex and C Hex Effective embedment (min.)hef in. 1.19 1.93 1.49 1.92 2.55 1.56 2.20 3.26 (mm) (30) (49) (38) (49) (65) (40) (56) (83) Nominal embedment hnom in. 15/8 21/2 2 21/2 31/4 21/4 3 41/4 (mm) (41) (64) (51) (64) (83) (57) (76) (108) Hole depth in concrete (min.)h0 in. 2 27/8 21/4 23/4 31/2 25/8 33/8 45/8 (mm) (51) (73) (57) (70) (89) (67) (86) (117) Fixture hole diameter dh in.3/8 1/2 5/8 (mm) (9.5)(12.7)(15.9) Maximum impact wrench2 Timpact,max ft-lb 100 157 332 torque rating (Nm) (136)(213)(450) Wrench socket size WS in.7/16 9/16 3/4 Minimum concrete thickness hmin in. 31/4 41/8 31/2 4 43/4 41/2 43/4 63/4 (mm) (83) (105) (89) (102) (121) (114) (121) (171) Minimum edge distance3 cmin in. 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 13/4 13/4 13/4 (mm) (38) (38) (38) (38) (38) (44) (44) (44) in. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (mm) (76) (76) (76) (76) (76) (76) (76) (76) Minimum anchor spacing3 smin in. 11/2 11/2 21/4 21/4 21/4 3 3 3 (mm) (38) (38) (57) (57) (57) (76) (76) (76) in. 2 2 3 3 3 1 3/4 13/4 13/4 (mm) (51) (51) (76) (76) (76) (44) (44) (44) r SI: 1 inch = 25.4mm, 1 ft-lb = 1.3558 Nm The data presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-19 Chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D as a licable. Because of variability in measurement procedures, the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques. Over-tor uin can dama e the anchor and/or reduce its holdin ca acit . Linear interpolation permitted for minimum spacing and edge distance. 35 ESR-3027 Page 14 of 23 TABLE 3 HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C AND KH-EZ CRC TENSION AND SHEAR STRENGTH DESIGN DATA 1,2,3,6 Characteristic Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter inches 1/4 3/1/2 5/3/4 Head style and coating --Hex, P, PM, PL, C Head Hex, C Head Hex, C Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC Hex Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC) Hex Head (including CRC) Nominal diameter da in. 0.250 0.375 (9.5) 0.500 (12.7) 0.625 (15.9) 0.750 (19.1)(mm) (6.4) Effective embedment hef in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 3.55 1.52 2.16 3.22 4.28 2.39 3.03 3.88 4.73 2.92 3.77 4.84 5.69 mm 30 49 28 39 47 64 90 (39) (55) (82) (109)61 77 99 120 74 96 123 145 Nominal embedment hnom in. 15/8 21/2 15/8 21/8 21/2 31/4 41/2 21/4 3 41/4 51/2 31/4 4 5 6 4 5 61/4 71/4 mm 41 64 41 54 64 83 114 (57) (76) (108) (140)83 102 127 127 102 127 159 184 Strength reduction factor for steel in tension 2,7 sa - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Effective tensile stress area Ase in.2 0.045 0.086 (55.5) 0.161 (103.9) 0.268 (172.9) 0.392 (252.9)mm2 29.0 Minimum specified ultimate strength futa psi 125,000 106,975 120,300 (829) 112,540 (776) 90,180 (622) 81,600 (563)MPa 862 738 Tension resistance of steel Nsa lbf. 5,660 9,200 10,335 (46) 18,120 (81) 24,210 (108) 32,015 (142)kN 25 41 Anchor cate or -- 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 Strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes in tension2 c,N - 0.45 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.65 Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete kuncr - 24 24 27 24 27 24 27 24 Effectiveness factor cracked concrete kcr - 17 17 17 17 17 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete6 c,N - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Critical edge distance cac in. 2.00 2.78 2.63 2.75 2.92 3.75 14.2 2.75 3.75 5.25 17.1 3.63 4.57 5.82 18.9 4.41 5.69 7.28 22.8 (mm) (51) (71) (67) (70) (74) (95) (361) (70) (95) (133) (434) (92) (116) (148) (480) (112) (145) (185) (578) Pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,uncr6 lbf. 1,3055 2,3504 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A(kN) (5.8) (10.5) Pullout strength in cracked concrete Np,cr6 lbf. 6655 1,1654 7254 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A(kN) (3.0) (5.2) (3.2) Pullout strength in cracked concrete, seismic Np,eq6 lbf. 5355 1,1654 7254 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A(kN) (2.4) (5.2) (3.2) Strength reduction factor for steel in shear 2,7 sa - 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 Nominal steel strength in shear 8 Vsa lbf. 1,550 3,670 5,185 9,245 11,220 16,660 kN 6.9 16.3 23.1 41.1 49.9 74.1 Nominal steel strength in shear, seismic 8 Vsa,eq lbf. 1,395 3,670 3,110 5,545 6,735 11,555 kN 6.2 16.3 13.8 24.7 30.0 (51.4) Load bearing length of anchor e in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 3 1.52 2.16 3.22 4 2.39 3.03 3.88 4.73 2.92 3.77 4.84 5.69 (mm) (30) (49) (28) (39) (47) (64) (76) (39) (55) (82) (102) (61) (77) (99) (120) (74) (96) (123) (145) Strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes in shear 2 c,V - 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 Effectiveness factor for r out kcp - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Mean axial stiffness, uncracked concrete uncr lb/in. 437,000 540,000 835,000 819,000 261,000 Mean axial stiffness, cracked concrete cr 284,000 239,000 272,000 332,000 252,000 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. 1The data in this table is intended for use with the design provisions of ACI 318-19 Chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-19 17.10, ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. 2The strength reduction factor applies when the load combinations from the IBC or ACI 318 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-19 17.5.3, ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate strength reduction factor must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. 3In this report, N/A denotes that pullout resistance does not govern and does not need to be considered. 4The characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/2,500)0.5 for psi or (f'c/17.2)0.5 for MPa. 5The characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/2,500)0.3 for psi or (f'c/17.2)0.3 for MPa. 6For lightweight concrete, calculate values according to Section 4.1.12 of this report. 7The KH-EZ,KH-EZ P, PM, PL and KH-EZ CRC are considered brittle steel elements as defined by ACI 318 (-19 and -14) 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable. 8Reported values for steel strength in shear are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.4 and must be used for design in lieu of calculated results using equation 17.7.1.2b of ACI 318-19, equation 17.5.1.2b of ACI 318-14 or equation D-29 of ACI 318-11, as applicable. 36 ESR-3027 Page 15 of 23 TABLE 4 HILTI KH-EZ SS316 AND KH-EZ C SS316 TENSION AND SHEAR STRENGTH DESIGN DATA 1 Characteristic Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter (in) 1/41 3/8 1/2 Head style -- Hex and C Hex and C Hex Anchor O.D.da in.0.250 0.375 0.5 (mm)(6.4)(9.5)(12.7) Effective embedment hef in. 1.19 1.93 1.49 1.92 2.55 1.56 2.20 3.26 (mm) (30) (49) (38) (49) (65) (40) (56) (83) Nominal embedment hnom in. 15/8 21/2 2 21/2 31/4 21/4 3 41/4 (mm) (41) (64) (51) (64) (83) (57) (76) (108) Strength reduction factor for steel in tension1,2 sa,N -0.75 0.75 0.75 Min. specified yield strength fya psi 135,600 125,000 101,400 (N/mm2) (935)(862)(699) Min. specified ult. strength futa psi 153,000 139,300 120,100 (N/mm2) (1055)(961)(828) Effective-cross sectional steel area in tension A se,N in2 0.040 0.094 0.172 (mm2) (25.5)(60.8)(111.2) Nominal steel strength in tension4 Nsa lb 6,120 13,095 20,655 (kN)(27.2)(58.2)(91.9) Anchor category - 2 3 1 2 Strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes in tension2 c,N - 0.55 0.45 0.65 0.55 Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete uncr in-lb 24 27 27 (SI)(10.0)(11.3)(11.3) Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete cr in-lb 17 17 21 (SI)(7.1)(7.1)(8.8) Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked conc.3 c,N - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Critical edge distance cac in. 4.76 7.72 5.96 7.68 10.20 6.24 8.80 7.50 (mm) (121) (196) (151) (195) (259) (158) (224) (191) Pullout strength in uncracked N p,uncr lb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/Aconcrete(kN) Pullout strength in cracked Np,cr lb 570 1,100 1,510 2,215 N/A N/A N/A N/Aconcrete4(kN) (2.5) (4.9) (6.7) (9.9) Pullout strength in cracked Np,eq lb 390 1,100 1,510 2,215 N/A N/A N/A N/Aconcrete, seismic4 (kN) (1.7) (4.9) (6.7) (9.9) Strength reduction factor for steel in shear1,2 sa,V -0.65 0.65 0.65 Nominal steel strength in shear Vsa lb 1,830 1,830 4,355 4,355 4,355 4,790 4,790 4,790 (kN) (8.1) (8.1) (19.4) (19.4) (19.4) (21.3) (21.3) (21.3) Nominal steel strength in shear, seismic Vsa,eq lb 1,200 1,200 4,355 4,355 4,355 4,790 4,790 4,790 (kN) (5.3) (5.3) (19.4) (19.4) (19.4) (21.3) (21.3) (21.3) Strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes in shear2 c,V -0.70 0.70 0.70 Effectiveness factor for pryout cp - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 Mean axial stiffness, uncracked concrete5 uncr lbf/in 519,400 770,900 1,244,000 Mean axial stiffness, cracked concrete5 cr lbf/in 341,600 452,600 757,000 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in 2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. The KH-EZ SS is considered a ductile steel element as defined b ICC-ES AC193 Section 6.3.6. The strength reduction factor applies when the load combinations from the IBC or ACI 318 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-19 17.5.3, ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate strength reduction factor must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. For all desi n cases c N = 1.0. The a ro riate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kcr or uncracked concrete kuncr must be used. For all desi n cases c P = 1.0. Tabular value for ullout stren th is for a concrete com ressive stren th of 2 500 si 17.2 MPa . Pullout stren th for concrete com ressive stren th reater than 2 500 si 17.2 MPa ma be increased b multi l in the tabular ullout stren th b (f'c / 2,500)n for psi or (f'c / 17.2)n for MPa where n=0.15 for 1/4" x 1-5/8" and n=0.35 for 1/4" x 2-1/2". NA (not applicable) denotes that pullout strength does not need to be considered for desi n. Mean values shown. Actual stiffness varies considerabl de endin on concrete stren th loadin and eometr of a lication. 37 ESR-3027 Page 16 of 23 TABLE 5 HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C AND KH-EZ CRC TENSION AND SHEAR DESIGN DATA FOR INSTALLATION IN THE UNDERSIDE OF CONCRETE-FILLED PROFILE STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES 1,5,6,7 Characteristic Symbol Units Lower Flute Upper Flute Anchor Diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 Head Style and Coating --Hex, P, PM, PL, C Head Hex, C Head Hex Head (including CRC)Same as previous Embedment hnom in.15/8 21/2 15/8 21/2 31/4 21/4 3 41/4 31/4 5 4 15/8 21/2 15/8 21/2 21/4 (mm)(41) (64) (41) (64) (83) (57) (76) (108) (83) (127) (102) (41) (64) (41) (64) (57) Minimum Hole Depth ho in.2 27/8 17/8 23/4 31/2 25/8 33/8 45/8 35/8 53/8 43/8 2 27/8 17/8 27/8 25/8 (mm)(51) (73) (47) (70) (83) (67) (86) (117) (92) (137) (111) (51) (73) (48) (73) (67) Effective Embedment Depth hef in.1.18 1.92 1.11 1.86 2.50 1.52 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.88 2.92 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.86 1.52 (mm)(30) (49) (28) (47) (64) (39) (55) (82) (61) (99) (74) (30) (49) (28) (47) (39) Pullout Resistance, (uncracked concrete)2 Np,deck,unc lbf. 1,210 1,875 1,300 2,240 3,920 1,305 3,060 5,360 4,180 9,495 4,180 1,490 1,960 1,490 2,920 1,395 (kN)(5.4) (8.3) (5.8) (10.0) (17.4) (5.8) (13.6) (23.8) (18.6) (42.2) (18.6) (6.6) (8.7) (6.6) (13.0) (6.2) Pullout Resistance (cracked conc. / seismic loads)3 Np,deck,cr lbf. 620 930 810 1,590 2,780 820 1,930 3,375 2,630 5,980 2,630 760 975 1,185 2,070 985 (kN)(2.8) (4.1) (3.6) (7.1) (12.4) (3.6) (8.6) (15.0) (11.7) (26.6) (11.7) (3.4) (4.3) (5.3) (9.2) (4.4) Steel Strength in Shear4 Vsa,deck lbf. 1,205 2,210 1,510 1,510 3,605 1,605 2,920 3,590 3,470 4,190 3,760 1,205 3,265 3,670 6,090 7,850 (kN)(5.4) (9.8) (6.7) (6.7) (16.0) (7.1) (13.0) (16.0) (15.4) (18.6) (16.7) (5.4) (14.5) (16.3) (27.1) (34.9) Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic Vsa,deck,eq lbf. 905 1,990 905 905 2,165 965 1,750 2,155 2,080 2,515 2,610 1,080 2,940 3,670 3,650 4,710 (kN)(4.0) (8.9) (4.0) (4.0) (9.6) (4.3) (7.8) (9.6) (9.3) (11.2) (11.6) (4.8) (13.1) (16.3) (16.2) (21.0) For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in 2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. 1Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3 and Figure 12 of this report. 2The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.4 of this report. 3The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.4 and 4.1.8.2 of this report. 4The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.5 and 4.1.8.3 of this report. 5The values for p in tension and the values for sa in shear can be found in Table 3 of this report. 6For the 1/4-inch-diameter (KH-EZ) at 21/2-inch nominal embedment and the 3/8-inch- through 3/4-inch-diameter anchors the characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 3,000 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/3,000)1/2 for psi or (f'c/20.7)1/2 for MPa. 7For the 1/4-inch-diameter anchors (KH-EZ and KH-EZ P, PM, PL) at 15/8-inch nominal embedment characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 3,000 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/3,000)0.3 for psi or (f'c/20.7)0.3 for MPa. 38 ESR-3027 Page 17 of 23 TABLE 6 HILTI KH-EZ E AND KH-EZ I, INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND ANCHOR SPECIFICATION 1 Characteristic Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter (inches) 1/4 (KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E) 3/8 (KH-EZ I) Nominal drill bit diameter d bit in.1/4 3 /8 Head style -- Internally (I) or Externally (E) Threaded Internally (I) Effective embedment h ef in.1.18 1.92 1.54 (mm)(30)(49)(39) Nominal embedment hnom in.15/8 21/2 2 1/8 (mm)(41)(64)(54) Hole depth in concreteHole depth in concrete (min.)ho in.2 27/8 23/8 (mm)(51)(73)(60) Maximum installation torque T inst,max4 ft-lbf 18 40 (Nm)(24)(54) Maximum impact wrench torque rating 3 Timpact,max ft-lbf 114 137 450 (Nm) (155)(186)(610) Wrench socket size KH-EZ I 1/4 in.3/8 N/A(mm)(9.5) 3/8 in.1/2 N/A(mm)(12.7) 1/2 in.N/A 3/4 (mm)(19.1) Wrench socket size KH-EZ E WS in.1/2 N/A(mm)(12.7) Minimum concrete thickness h min in.31/4 41/8 35/8 (mm)(83)(105)(92) Minimum edge distance 2 cmin 6 in.11/2 11/2 (mm)(38)(38) 6 in.3 3 (mm)(76)(76) Minimum anchor spacing s min 6 in.11/2 21/4 (mm)(38)(57) 6 in.2.00 2.78 2.75 (mm)(51)(71)(70) Max. head height KH-EZ I 1/4 in.5/8 N/A(mm)(15.9) 3/8 Internal Thread in.11/16 N/A(mm)(17.5) in.N/A 3/4 (mm)(19.1) Max. head height KH-EZ E 3/8 in.13/8 N/A(mm)(35) For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in 2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. 1The data presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-19 Chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable. 2For installations through the soffit of steel deck into concrete (see Figure 12) anchors installed in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1 inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. 3Because of variability in measurement procedures, the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques. Over- torqueing can damage the anchor and/or reduce its holding capacity. 4Tinst,max applies to installations using a calibrated torque wrench. 5The KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E versions are driven directly to the supporting member surface. 6Additional combinations for minimum edge distance,cmin,and minimum spacing distance,smin,may be derived by linear interpolation between the given boundary values. 39 ESR-3027 Page 18 of 23 TABLE 7 HILTI KH-EZ E AND KH-EZ I TENSION AND SHEAR STRENGTH DESIGN DATA 1,2,3,6 Characteristic Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Dimension 1/4 (KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E) 3/8 (KH-EZ I) Head style -- Internally (I) or Externally (E) Threaded Internally (I) Nominal diameter d a in.0.250 0.375 mm 6.4 9.5 Effective embedment hef in.1.18 1.92 1.54 (mm)(30)(49)(39) Nominal embedment h nom in.15/8 21/2 21/8 (mm)(41)(64)(54) Strength reduction factor for steel in tension 2,7 sa -0.65 0.65 Min. specified ult. strength A se in.2 0.045 0.086 (mm2)(29.0)(55.5) Effective-cross sectional steel area in tension futa psi 125,000 106,975 (MPa)(862)(738) Nominal steel strength in tension Nsa lbf.5,660 9,200 (kN)(25)(41) Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 --3 1 1 Strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes in tension 2 c,N -0.45 0.65 0.65 Effectiveness factor for uncracked oncrete kuncr -24 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kcr -17 17 Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked concrete c,N -1.0 1.0 Critical edge distance cac in.2.00 2.78 2.75 (mm)(51)(71)(70) Pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,uncr6 lbf.1,3055 2,3504 N/A(kN)(5.8)(10.5) Pullout strength in cracked concrete Np,cr6 lbf.6655 1,1654 N/AkN3.0 5.2 Pullout strength in cracked concrete, seismic Np,eq6 lbf.5355 1,1654 N/A(kN)(2.4)(5.2) Strength reduction factor for steel in shear 2 sa,V -0.60 0.60 Nominal steel strength in shear8 Vsa lbf.1,360 1,315 1,885 (mm)(6.4)(9.5)(12.7) Nominal steel strength in shear, seismic8 Vsa,eq lbf.605 1,120 1,885 (kN)(2.7)(5.0)(8.4) Load bearing length of anchor e in.1.18 1.92 1.54 (mm)(30)(49)(39) Strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes in shear 2 c,V -0.70 0.70 Coefficient for Pr out Stren th kc -1.0 1.0 1.0 Mean axial stiffness, uncracked concrete uncr lb/in.760,000 (N/mm)(133,000) Mean axial stiffness, cracked concrete cr lb/in.293,000 (N/mm)(51,275) For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in 2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. 1The data in this table is intended for use with the design provisions of ACI 318-19 Chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-19 17.10, ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. 2The strength reduction factor applies when the load combinations from the IBC or ACI 318 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-19 17.5.3, ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate strength reduction factor must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. 3In this report, N/A denotes that pullout resistance does not govern and does not need to be considered. 4The characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/2,500)0.5 for psi or (f'c/17.2)0.5 for MPa. 5The characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/2,500)0.3 for psi or (f'c/17.2)0.3 for MPa. 6For lightweight concrete, calculate values according to Section 4.1.12 of this report. 7The KH-EZ E and KH-EZ I are considered brittle steel elements as defined by ACI 318 (-19 and -14) 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable. 8Reported values for steel strength in shear are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.4 and must be used for design in lieu of calculated results using equation 17.7.1.2b of ACI 318-19, equation 17.5.1.2b of ACI 318-14 or equation D-29 of ACI 318-11, as applicable. 40 ESR-3027 Page 19 of 23 TABLE 8 HILTI KH-EZ I AND KH-EZ E TENSION AND SHEAR DESIGN DATA FOR INSTALLATION IN THE UNDERSIDE OF CONCRETE-FILLED PROFILE STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES 1,6,7 Characteristic Symbol Units Lower Flute U er Flute Nominal Anchor Diameter 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 Head Style - -Internally (I) Threaded and Externally (E) Threaded Internally Threaded Internally (I) Threaded and Externally (E) Threaded Internally Threaded Embedment hnom in. 15/8 21/2 15/8 21/2 21/8 15/8 21/2 15/8 21/2 21/8 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (54) (41) (64) (41) (64) (54) Minimum Hole Depth ho in. 2 27/8 2 27/8 23/8 2 27/8 2 27/8 23/8 (mm) (51) (73) (51) (73) (60) (51) (73) (51) (73) (60) Internal Thread Diameter -in.1/4 3/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/2 (mm) (6.4)(9.5) (12.7)(6.4)(9.5) (12.7) Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.18 1.92 1.18 1.92 1.54 1.18 1.92 1.18 1.92 1.54 (mm) (30) (49) (30) (49) (39) (30) (49) (30) (49) (39) Pullout Resistance, (uncracked concrete)2 Np,deck,uncr lbf. 1,210 1,875 1,210 1,875 1,720 1,490 1,960 1,490 1,960 2,660 (kN) (5.4) (8.3) (5.4) (8.3) (7.7) (6.6) (8.7) (6.6) (8.7) (11.8) Pullout Resistance (cracked concrete and seismic loads)3 Np,deck,cr lbf. 620 930 620 930 1,220 730 975 730 975 1,885 (kN) (2.8) (4.1) (2.8) (4.1) (5.4) (3.2) (4.3) (3.2) (4.3) (8.4) Steel Strength in Shear4 Vsa,deck lbf. 860 1,025 2,380 1,015 1,525 3,650 (kN) (3.8)(4.6) (10.6)(4.5)(6.8) (16.2) Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic Vsa,deck,eq lbf. 385 875 2,380 445 1,295 3,650 (kN) (1.7)(3.9) (10.6)(2.0)(5.8) (16.2) For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb/in = 0.175 N/mm. 1Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3 and Figures 11B,11D, and 12 of this report. 2The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.4 of this report. 3The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.4 and 4.1.8.2 of this report. 4The values listed must be used in accordance with Section 4.1.5 and 4.1.8.3 of this report. 5The values for p in tension and the values for sa in shear can be found in Table 3 of this report. 6For the 1/4-inch-diameter (KH-EZ I) at 2-1/2 inch nominal embedment the characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 3,000 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/3,000)1/2 for psi or (f'c/20.7)1/2 for MPa. 7For the 1/4-inch-diameter anchors (KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E) at 15/8-inch nominal embedment characteristic pullout resistance for concrete compressive strengths greater than 3,000 psi may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c/3,000)0.3 for psi or (f'c/20.7)0.3 for MPa. TABLE 9 HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C AND KH-EZ E, SETTING INFORMATION FOR INSTALLATION ON THE TOP OF CONCRETE-FILLED PROFILE STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES.1,2,3,4,5,6,7 DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 Effective Embedment Depth hef in.1.18 1.92 1.11 1.86 2.50 1.52 2.16 (mm)(30) (49) (28)(47)(64)(39)(55) Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. (mm) 15/8 (41) 21/2 (64) 15/8 (41) 21/2 (64) 31/4 (83) 21/4 (57) 3 (76) Minimum concrete thickness hmin,deck in.21/2 21/2 21/2 21/2 31/4 21/2 31/4 (mm)(64) (64) (64)(64)(83)(64)(83) Critical edge distance cac,deck,top in.4 71/2 3 71/2 41/4 6 83/4 (mm)(104) (191) (76) (191) (108)(152)(83) Minimum edge distance cmin,deck,top in.13/4 13/4 13/4 3 13/4 3 13/4 (mm)(44) (44) (44)(76)(44)(76)(222) Minimum spacing smin,deck,top in.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (mm)(76) (76) (76)(76)(76)(76)(76) For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm. 1Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3 of this report. 2For all other anchor diameters and embedment depths refer to Table 1 for values of hmin,cmin and smin. 3Design capacity must be based on calculations according to values in Tables 3 and 6 of this report. 4Applicable for 2½-min,deck <31/4-inch. For hmin,deck 1/4-inch, use setting information in Tables 3 and 6 of this report. 5Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to concrete thickness above upper flute. 6Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to bottom of flute) is 3 inches. 7Steel deck thickness must be minimum 20 gauge. 41 ESR-3027 Page 20 of 23 FIGURE 12 INSTALLATION OF KH-EZ, KH-EZ CRC AND KH-EZ I IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES 1 1Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. 2Minimum flute width for ¼-inch diameter KH-EZ and KH-EZ I and 3/8-inch diameter KH-EZ I is 37/8 inches. Minimum flute width for KH-EZ 3/8-, ½-,5/8- and ¾-inch diameters is 4 1/2 inches. 3Minimum concrete thickness above upper flute for ¼-inch diameter KH-EZ and 3/8-inch KH-EZ I is 21/2 inches. Minimum concrete thickness above upper flute for KH-EZ 3/8-, ½-,5/8- and ¾-inch diameter is 3-1/4 inches. 4Minimum distance from edge of flute to centerline of anchor for KH-EZ and KH-EZ I ¼-inch diameter is 1-inch. Minimum distance from edge of flute to centerline of anchor for KH-EZ 3/8-, ½-,5/8- and ¾-inch diameter is 11/4 inches. TABLE 10 HILTI KH-EZ, KH-EZ SS316, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C, KH-EZ C SS316, KH-EZ CRC, KH-EZ E, AND KH- EZ I ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES Nominal Anchor Diameter Nominal Embedment Depth, hnom Effective Embedment Depth, hef Allowable Tension Load [in.][in.][in.][lbs] 1/4 15/8 1.18 407 21/2 1.92 1,031 3/8 15/8 1.11 620 21/2 1.86 1,334 31/4 2.5 2,077 1/2 21/4 1.52 1,111 3 2.16 1,882 41/4 3.22 3,426 5/8 31/4 2.39 2,192 4 3.03 3,127 5 3.88 4,530 3/4 4 2.92 2,963 61/4 4.84 6,305 KH-EZ SS316 and KH-EZ C SS316 Allowable stress design values 1/4 15/8 1.19 595 21/2 1.93 1,006 3/8 2 1.49 1,108 21/2 1.92 1,622 31/4 2.55 2,481 1/2 21/4 1.56 1,005 3 2.2 1,683 41/4 3.26 3,035 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.45 N. 1Single anchor with static tension load only. 2Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 3Load combinations are taken from ACI 318 (-19 and -14) Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, (no seismic loading). 440% dead load and 60% live load, controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6L. 5Calculation of weighted average for conversion factor = 1.2(0.4) + 1.6(0.6) = 1.44. 6 c = 2,500 psi (normal weight concrete). 7 ca1 =ca2 cac. 8 h hmin. 9Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-19 17.5.3, ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. 10KH-EZ P, PM, PL and KH-EZ E available in 1/4-inch diameter only. KH-EZ I, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ C SS316 available in 1/4-inch and 3/8 diameters only. 42 ESR-3027 Page 21 of 23 Given: Two 1/2 -EZ with static tension load hnom = 4.25 inches hef = 3.22 inches Normal Weight Concrete:c = 3,000 psi No supplementary reinforcement (Cond. B) No eccentricity, 60% live load, 40% dead load. Assume cracked concrete since no other information is available. Needed: Allowable stress design (ASD) tension capacity Calculation per ACI 318-19 Chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17, ACI 318-11 Appendix D and this report ACI 318-19 Ref. ACI 318-14 Ref. ACI 318-11 Ref. ESR Reference Step 1: Calculate steel capacity: 17.6.1.2 17.4.1.2 D.5.1.2 Table 3 Step 2: Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: 17.9 17.7 D.8 Table 1 Step 3: Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor group in tension: 17.6.2.1 17.4.2.1 D.5.2.1 4.1.3 Step 3a: Calculate ANc and ANco: 17.6.2.1 17.4.2.1 D.5.2.1 Table 3 Step 3b: Determine 17.6.2.3.1 17.4.2.4 D.5.2.4 ---- Step 3c: Calculate 17.6.2.4.1 17.4.2.5 D.5.2.5 Table 3 Step 3d: Determine because concrete is cracked.17.6.3.3 17.4.3.6 D.5.3.6 ---- Step 3e: Calculate Nb: (a =1.0 for normal weight concrete) 17.6.2.2 17.4.2.2 D.5.2.2 Table 3 Step 3f: Calculate :17.6.2.1 17.5.3 (c) 17.4.2.1 17.3.3 (c) D.5.2.1 D.4.3 (c) 4.1.3 Table 3 Table 2 does not control ------------Table 3 Step 5: Controlling Strength: Lesser of and 17.5.2.2 17.3.1.2 D.4.1.2 Table 3 Step 6: Convert to ASD based on 1.6 (0.60)+1.2(0.40)=1.44 60% Live Load and 40% Dead Load:---------4.2.1 FIGURE 13 EXAMPLE CALCULATION 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 ARE Job No: 25028 GLAZING ELEVATION FOR MULLION DRIFT Maximum Inner-Story Drift Δ1=G1+G2 LMax=3.2 Ft. TanØ=G2/W W Max=52.6 In Δ2=TanØ*L =>Δ2=(G3*L)/W FrameHT=10.4 Ft. ΔFallout=TAD= Total allowable drift ΔM=1.0 In TAD=G1+G2+G3(L/W)G1=0.625 In G2=0.625 In If G1=G2=G3 =>TAD=G1((2+(L/W)) G3=0.625 In 56 ARE Job No: 25028 ΔLite=0.31 In ΔLite=Dp [ASCE 7, 13.5.9.1] ΔFallout=TAD= 1.71 In I=1.0 [ASCE 7, Table 1.5-2] Δfallout>1.25*I*Dp 1.25*I*Dp= 0.38 In ΔFallout > 1.25*I*Dp - OK 57